c71a52cb7a · cmc/cleberg.net

.gitignore +2 −2

		@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
1		public/
2		static/syntax*
3	1	.DS_Store
	2	public/*
	3	sitemap.org

README.md deleted −28

		@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
1		# cleberg.net
2
3		[cleberg.net](https://cleberg.net) is my personal webpage.
4
5		## Overview
6
7		This website & blog uses Markdown and [Zola](https://www.getzola.org/).
8
9		## Building
10
11		Local testing:
12
13		```sh
14		zola serve
15		```
16
17		Building:
18
19		```sh
20		zola build
21		```
22
23		If you want to build locally and push remotely, you can include `zola build`
24		in your CI\CD pipeline, or simply use `scp` after building.
25
26		```sh
27		scp -r public/* user@remote_host:/var/www/your_website/
28		```

README.org added +83

		@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
	1	#+title: README
	2	#+description: Project README.
	3
	4	* cleberg.net
	5
	6	[[https://cleberg.net][cleberg.net]] is my personal webpage.
	7
	8	This README is viewable on [[https://git.cleberg.net/cleberg.net.git/tree/README.org][cgit]] (raw), or on [[https://cleberg.net/README.html][my website]] (html).
	9
	10	** Overview
	11
	12	This website & blog uses [[https://orgmode.org/][Org-Mode]], published with =org-publish=.
	13
	14	** Configuration
	15
	16	In order to configure the project for publishing, add the following code to your =~/.emacs= file (for Doom, =~/.doom.d/config.el=).
	17
	18	#+begin_src lisp
	19	;; org-publish
	20	(require 'ox-publish)
	21
	22	(setq org-publish-project-alist
	23	`(("blog"
	24	:base-directory "~/Source/cleberg.net/"
	25	:base-extension "org"
	26	:recursive t
	27	:publishing-directory "~/Source/cleberg.net/public/"
	28	:publishing-function org-html-publish-to-html)
	29	;; HTML5
	30	:html-doctype "html5"
	31	:html-html5-fancy t
	32	;; Disable some Org's HTML defaults
	33	:html-head-include-scripts nil
	34	:html-head-include-default-style nil
	35	;; Generate sitemap
	36	:auto-sitemap t
	37	:sitemap-filename "sitemap.org"
	38	;; Customize head, preamble, & postamble
	39	:html-head "<link rel='stylesheet' href='/static/styles.css' type='text/css'>"
	40	:html-preamble ""
	41	:html-postamble ""
	42	("static"
	43	:base-directory "~/Source/cleberg.net/static/"
	44	:base-extension "css\\\|txt\\\|jpg\\\|gif\\\|png"
	45	:recursive t
	46	:publishing-directory "~/Source/cleberg.net/public/"
	47	:publishing-function org-publish-attachment)
	48
	49	("cleberg.net" :components ("blog" "static"))));; org-publish
	50	(require 'ox-publish)
	51	#+end_src
	52
	53	** Building
	54
	55	Local testing can be done via [[https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/][Emacs]].
	56
	57	To get running:
	58
	59	#+begin_src shell
	60	git clone https://git.cleberg.net/cleberg.net.git
	61	cd cleberg.net
	62	emacs -nw
	63	#+end_src
	64
	65	Within Emacs, open any of the repository files. In Doom, I do this with =Spc f f= and selecting =README.org=. Once a file has been opened, you can publish the project with =C-c C-e P a=.
	66
	67	If you need to re-publish unchanged files, I recommend using the following command:
	68
	69	#+begin_src lisp
	70	M-: (org-publish "project name" t)
	71	#+end_src
	72
	73	The files will be published to the =public= directory.
	74
	75	** Tasks
	76
	77	*** TODO Create RSS feed
	78	Possible Solution: [[https://writepermission.com/org-blogging-rss-feed.html][Org mode blogging: RSS feed]]
	79	Possible Solution: [[https://www.zoraster.org/blog/script-to-generate-rss-feed][Script to Generate RSS Feeds]]
	80	*** TODO Format all blog posts with =M q=
	81	*** TODO Create script to auto-generate the =/blog/= list and =/= most recent posts
	82	Possible Solution: [[https://taingram.org/blog/org-mode-blog.html#orgde61a58][Sitemap]]
	83	*** TODO Figure out how to get filetags to show up

blog/aes-encryption/index.org added +103

		@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
	1	#+title: AES Encryption
	2	#+description: Learn how the AES Encryption algorithm works.
	3	#+date: <2018-11-28 Wed>
	4	#+filetags: :security:
	5
	6	* Basic AES
	7	If you're not familiar with encryption techniques, [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Advanced_Encryption_Standard][AES]] is the *Advanced
	8	Encryption Standard*. This specification was established by the National
	9	Institute of Standards and Technology, sub-selected from the Rijndael family of
	10	ciphers (128, 192, and 256 bits) in 2001. Furthering its popularity and status,
	11	the US government chose AES as their default encryption method for top-secret
	12	data, removing the previous standard which had been in place since 1977.
	13
	14	AES has proven to be an extremely safe encryption method, with 7-round and
	15	8-round attacks making no material improvements since the release of this
	16	encryption standard almost two decades ago.
	17
	18	#+begin_quote
	19	Though many papers have been published on the cryptanalysis of AES, the fastest
	20	single-key attacks on round-reduced AES variants [20, 33] so far are only
	21	slightly more powerful than those proposed 10 years ago [23,24].
	22
	23	- [[http://research.microsoft.com/en-us/projects/cryptanalysis/aesbc.pdf][Bogdonav, et al.]]
	24	#+end_quote
	25
	26	* How Secure is AES?
	27	In theory, AES-256 is non-crackable due to the massive number of combinations
	28	that can be produced. However, AES-128 is no longer recommended as a viable
	29	implementation to protect important data.
	30
	31	A semi-short [[http://www.moserware.com/2009/09/stick-figure-guide-to-advanced.html][comic strip]] from Moserware quickly explains AES for the public to
	32	understand. Basically AES encrypts the data by obscuring the relationship
	33	between the data and the encrypted data. Additionally, this method spreads the
	34	message out. Lastly, the key produced by AES is the secret to decrypting it.
	35	Someone may know the method of AES, but without the key, they are powerless.
	36
	37	To obscure and spread the data out, AES creates a substitution-permutation
	38	network. Wikipedia has a wonderful [[https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/c/cd/SubstitutionPermutationNetwork2.png/468px-SubstitutionPermutationNetwork2.png][example of an SP network]] available. This
	39	network sends the data through a set of S boxes (using the unique key) to
	40	substitute the bits with another block of bits. Then, a P box will permutate, or
	41	rearrange, the bits. This is done over and over, with the key being derived from
	42	the last round. For AES, the key size specifies the number of transformation
	43	rounds: 10, 12, and 14 rounds for 128-bit, 192-bit, and 256-bit keys,
	44	respectively.
	45
	46	* The Process
	47	1. *KeyExpansion=: Using [[https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Advanced_Encryption_Standard][Rijndael's key schedule]], the keys are dynamically
	48	generated.
	49	2. AddRoundKey: Each byte of the data is combined with this key using bitwise
	50	xor.
	51	3. SubBytes: This is followed by the substitution of each byte of data.
	52	4. ShiftRows: Then, the final three rows are shifted a certain number of
	53	steps, dictated by the cipher.
	54	5. MixColumns: After the rows have been shifted, the columns are mixed and
	55	combined.
	56
	57	This process does not necessarily stop after one full round. Steps 2 through 5
	58	will repeat for the number of rounds specified by the key. However, the final
	59	round excludes the MixColumns step. As you can see, this is a fairly complex
	60	process. One must have a solid understanding of general mathematic principles to
	61	fully understand how the sequence works (and to even attempt to find a
	62	weakness).
	63
	64	According to research done by Bogdanov et al., it would take billions of years
	65	to brute force a 126-bit key with current hardware. Additionally, this brute
	66	force attack would require storing 2^{88} bits of data! However, there are a few
	67	different attacks that have been used to show vulnerabilities with the use of
	68	this technology. Side-channel attacks use inadvertent leaks of data from the
	69	hardware or software, which can allow attackers to obtain the key or run
	70	programs on a user's hardware.
	71
	72	Please note that this is not something you should run out and try to implement
	73	in your =Hello, World!= app after only a few hours of research. While AES
	74	(basically all encryption methods) is extremely efficient in what it does, it
	75	takes a lot of time and patience to understand. If you're looking for something
	76	which currently implements AES, check out the [[https://www.bouncycastle.org/documentation.html][Legion of the Bouncy Castle]] for
	77	Java implementations of cryptographic algorithms.
	78
	79	* Why Does Encryption Matter?
	80	There are limitless reasons to enable encryption at-rest or in-transit for
	81	various aspects of your digital life. You can research specific examples, such
	82	as [[https://arstechnica.com/tech-policy/2018/12/australia-passes-new-law-to-thwart-strong-encryption/][Australia passes new law to thwart strong encryption]]. However, I will simply
	83	list a few basic reasons to always enable encryption, where feasible:
	84
	85	1. Privacy is a human right and is recognized as a national right in some
	86	countries (e.g., [[https://www.law.cornell.edu/wex/fourth_amendment][US Fourth Amendment]]).
	87	2. "Why not?" Encryption rarely affects performance or speed, so there's usually
	88	not a reason to avoid it in the first place.
	89	3. Your digital identity and activity (texts, emails, phone calls, online
	90	accounts, etc.) are extremely valuable and can result in terrible
	91	consequences, such as identity theft, if leaked to other parties. Encrypting
	92	this data prevents such leaks from ruining lives.
	93	4. Wiping or factory-resetting does not actually wipe all data from the storage
	94	device. There are methods to read data from the physical disks/boards inside
	95	devices.
	96	5. Corporations, governments, and other nefarious groups/individuals are
	97	actively looking for ways to collect personal information about anyone they
	98	can. If someone's data is unencrypted, that person may become a target due to
	99	the ease of data collection.
	100
	101	Read More:
	102
	103	- [[http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.197.pdf][Federal Information Processing Standards Publication 197]]

blog/agile-auditing/index.org added +137

		@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
	1	#+title: Agile Auditing: An Introduction
	2	#+date: <2023-08-18>
	3	#+description: A quick introduction to using the Agile methodology in an audit.
	4	#+filetags: :audit:
	5
	6	* What is Agile Auditing?
	7	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Agile_software_development][Agile]], the collaborative philosophy behind many software development methods,
	8	has been picking up steam as a beneficial tool to use in the external and
	9	internal auditing world.
	10
	11	This blog post will walk through commonly used terms within Agile, Scrum, and
	12	Kanban in order to translate these terms and roles into audit-specific terms.
	13
	14	Whether your team is in charge of a financial statement audit, an attestation
	15	(SOC 1, SOC 2, etc.), or a unique internal audit, the terms used throughout this
	16	post should still apply.
	17
	18	* Agile
	19	To start, I'll take a look at Agile.
	20
	21	#+begin_quote
	22	The Agile methodology is a project management approach that involves breaking
	23	the project into phases and emphasizes continuous collaboration and improvement.
	24	Teams follow a cycle of planning, executing, and evaluating.
	25	#+end_quote
	26
	27	While this approach may seem familiar to what audit teams have historically
	28	done, an audit team must make distinct changes in their mentality and how they
	29	approach and manage a project.
	30
	31	** Agile Values
	32	The Agile Manifesto, written in 2001 at a summit in Utah, contain a set of four
	33	main values that comprise the Agile approach:
	34
	35	1. Individuals and interactions over processes and tools.
	36	2. Working software over comprehensive documentation.
	37	3. Customer collaboration over contract negotiation.
	38	4. Responding to change over following a plan.
	39
	40	Beyond the four values, [[https://agilemanifesto.org/principles.html][twelve principles]] were also written as part of the
	41	summit.
	42
	43	In order to relate these values to an audit or attestation engagement, we need
	44	to shift the focus from software development to the main goal of an engagement:
	45	completing sufficient audit testing to address to relevant risks over the
	46	processes and controls at hand.
	47
	48	Audit Examples:
	49
	50	- Engagement teams must value the team members, client contacts, and their
	51	interactions over the historical processes and tools that have been used.
	52	- Engagement teams must value a final report that contains sufficient audit
	53	documentation over excessive documentation or scope creep.
	54	- Engagement teams must collaborate with the audit clients as much as feasible
	55	to ensure that both sides are constantly updated with current knowledge of the
	56	engagement's status and any potential findings, rather than waiting for
	57	pre-set meetings or the end of the engagement to communicate.
	58	- Engagement teams must be able to respond to change in an engagement's
	59	schedule, scope, or environment to ensure that the project is completed in a
	60	timely manner and that all relevant areas are tested.
	61	- In terms of an audit department's portfolio, they must be able to respond to
	62	changes in their company's or client's environment and be able to
	63	dynamically change their audit plan accordingly.
	64
	65	* Scrum
	66	The above section discusses the high-level details of the Agile philosophy and
	67	how an audit team can potentially mold that mindset into the audit world, but
	68	how does a team implement these ideas?
	69
	70	There are many methods that use an Agile mindset, but I prefer [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scrum_(software_development)][Scrum]]. Scrum is a
	71	framework based on Agile that enables a team to work through a project through a
	72	series of roles, ceremonies, artifacts, and values.
	73
	74	Let's dive into each of these individually.
	75
	76	** Scrum Team
	77	A scrum project is only as good as the team running the project. Standard scrum
	78	teams are separated into three distinct areas:
	79
	80	1. Product Owner (Client Contact): The client contact is the audit equivalent
	81	of the product owner in Scrum. They are responsible for partnering with the
	82	engagement or audit team to ensure progress is being made, priorities are
	83	established, and clear guidance is given when questions or findings arise
	84	within each sprint.
	85	2. Scrum Master (Engagement Lead): The engagement or audit team lead is
	86	responsible for coaching the team and the client contact on the scrum
	87	process, tracking team progress against plan, scheduling necessary resources,
	88	and helping remove obstacles.
	89	3. Scrum Developers (Engagement Members): The engagement or audit team is the
	90	set of team members responsible for getting the work done. These team members
	91	will work on each task, report progress, resolve obstacles, and collaborate
	92	with other team members and the client contact to ensure goals are being met.
	93
	94	** Scrum Ceremonies
	95	Scrum ceremonies are events that are performed on a regular basis.
	96
	97	1. Sprint Planning: The team works together to plan the upcoming sprint goal
	98	and which user stories (tasks) will be added to the sprint to achieve that
	99	goal.
	100	2. Sprint: The time period, typically at least one week and no more than one
	101	month in length, where the team works on the stories and anything in the
	102	backlog.
	103	3. Daily Scrum: A very short meeting held each day, typically 15 minutes, to
	104	quickly emphasize alignment on the sprint goal and plan the next 24 hours.
	105	Each team member may share what they did the day before, what they'll do
	106	today, and any obstacles to their work.
	107	4. Sprint Review: At the end of each sprint, the team will gather and discuss
	108	the progress, obstacles, and backlog from the previous sprint.
	109	5. Sprint Retrospective: More specific than the sprint review, the
	110	retrospective is meant to discuss what worked and what did not work during
	111	the sprint. This may be processes, tools, people, or even things related to
	112	the Scrum ceremonies.
	113
	114	One additional ceremony that may be applicable is organizing the backlog. This
	115	is typically the responsibility of the engagement leader and is meant to
	116	prioritize and clarify what needs to be done to complete items in the backlog.
	117
	118	** Artifacts
	119	While artifacts are generally not customizable in the audit world (i.e., each
	120	control test must include some kind of working paper with evidence supporting
	121	the test results), I wanted to include some quick notes on associating scrum
	122	artifact terms with an audit.
	123
	124	1. Product Backlog: This is the overall backlog of unfinished audit tasks from
	125	all prior sprints.
	126	2. Sprint Backlog: This is the backlog of unfinished audit tasks from one
	127	individual sprint.
	128	3. Increment: This is the output of each sprint - generally this is best
	129	thought of as any documentation prepared during the sprint, such as risk
	130	assessments, control working papers, deficiency analysis, etc.
	131
	132	* Kanban
	133	Last but not least, Kanban is a methodology that relies on boards to categorize
	134	work into distinct, descriptive categories that allow an agile or scrum team to
	135	effectively plan the work of a sprint or project.
	136
	137	See Atlassian's [[https://www.atlassian.com/agile/kanban][Kanban]] page for more information.

content/blog/2022-12-23-alpine-desktop.md → blog/alpine-desktop/index.org renamed +78 −89

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-12-23
3		title = "Alpine Linux as a Desktop OS"
4		description = "Learn how to set up Alpine Linux with Sway to use as a desktop operating system."
5		+++
6
7		## Isn't Alpine Linux for Servers?
	1	#+title: Alpine Linux as a Desktop OS
	2	#+date: 2022-12-23
	3	#+description: Learn how to set up Alpine Linux with Sway to use as a desktop operating system.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
8	5
	6	* Isn't Alpine Linux for Servers?
9	7	This is a question I see a lot when people are presented with an example
10	8	of Alpine Linux running as a desktop OS.
11	9
		@@ -15,76 +13,73 @@ functioning at a productive level for desktop users.
15	13	This post is documentation of how I installed and modified Alpine Linux
16	14	to become my daily desktop OS.
17	15
18		## Installation
19
	16	* Installation
20	17	Note that I cover the installation of Alpine Linux in my other post, so
21		I won't repeat it here: [Alpine Linux: My New Server
22		OS](/blog/alpine-linux/).
	18	I won't repeat it here: [[../alpine-linux/][Alpine Linux: My New
	19	Server OS]].
23	20
24	21	Basically, get a bootable USB or whatever you prefer with Alpine on it,
25	22	boot the ISO, and run the setup script.
26	23
27		```sh
	24	#+begin_src sh
28	25	setup-alpine
29		```
	26	#+end_src
30	27
31	28	Once you have gone through all the options and installer finishes
32	29	without errors, reboot.
33	30
34		```sh
	31	#+begin_src sh
35	32	reboot
36		```
37
38		## Initial Setup
	33	#+end_src
39	34
	35	* Initial Setup
40	36	Once Alpine is installed and the machine has rebooted, login is as root
41		initially or `su` to root once you log in as your user. From
42		here, you should start by updating and upgrading the system in case the
43		ISO was not fully up-to-date.
	37	initially or =su= to root once you log in as your user. From here, you
	38	should start by updating and upgrading the system in case the ISO was
	39	not fully up-to-date.
44	40
45		```sh
	41	#+begin_src sh
46	42	# Update and upgrade system
47	43	apk -U update && apk -U upgrade
48	44
49	45	# Add an editor so we can enable the community repository
50	46	apk add nano
51		```
	47	#+end_src
52	48
53		You need to uncomment the `community` repository for your
54		version of Alpine Linux.
	49	You need to uncomment the =community= repository for your version of
	50	Alpine Linux.
55	51
56		For v3.17, the `repositories` file should look like this:
	52	For v3.17, the =repositories= file should look like this:
57	53
58		```sh
	54	#+begin_src sh
59	55	nano /etc/apk/repositories
60		```
	56	#+end_src
61	57
62		```conf
	58	#+begin_src conf
63	59	#/media/sda/apks
64	60	http://mirrors.gigenet.com/alpinelinux/v3.17/main
65	61	http://mirrors.gigenet.com/alpinelinux/v3.17/community
66	62	#http://mirrors.gigenet.com/alpinelinux/edge/main
67	63	#http://mirrors.gigenet.com/alpinelinux/edge/community
68	64	#http://mirrors.gigenet.com/alpinelinux/edge/testing
69		```
	65	#+end_src
70	66
71		```sh
	67	#+begin_src sh
72	68	# Add the rest of your packages
73	69	apk add linux-firmware iwd doas git curl wget
74	70
75	71	# Add yourself to the wheel group so you can use the doas command
76	72	adduser $USER wheel
77		```
78
79		## Window Manager (Desktop)
	73	#+end_src
80	74
81		The [Sway installation guide](https://wiki.alpinelinux.org/wiki/Sway)
	75	* Window Manager (Desktop)
	76	The [[https://wiki.alpinelinux.org/wiki/Sway][Sway installation guide]]
82	77	has everything you need to get Sway working on Alpine.
83	78
84	79	However, I'll include a brief list of the commands I ran and their
85	80	purpose for posterity here.
86	81
87		```sh
	82	#+begin_src sh
88	83	# Add eudev and set it up
89	84	apk add eudev
90	85	setup-devd udev
		@@ -121,43 +116,41 @@ apk add \ # Install optional dependencies:
121	116	swaylock swaylockd \ # lockscreen tool
122	117	swaybg \ # wallpaper daemon
123	118	swayidle # idle management (DPMS) daemon
124		```
	119	#+end_src
125	120
126	121	Once you have the packages installed and set-up, you need to export the
127		`XDG_RUNTIME_DIR` upon login. To do this, edit your
128		`.profile` file.
	122	=XDG_RUNTIME_DIR= upon login. To do this, edit your =.profile= file.
129	123
130		If you use another shell, such as `zsh`, you need to edit
131		that shell's profile (e.g., `~/.zprofile`)!
	124	If you use another shell, such as =zsh=, you need to edit that shell's
	125	profile (e.g., =~/.zprofile=)!
132	126
133		```sh
	127	#+begin_src sh
134	128	nano ~/.profile
135		```
	129	#+end_src
136	130
137	131	Within the file, paste this:
138	132
139		```sh
	133	#+begin_src sh
140	134	if test -z "${XDG_RUNTIME_DIR}"; then
141	135	export XDG_RUNTIME_DIR=/tmp/$(id -u)-runtime-dir
142		if ! test -d "${XDG_RUNTIME_DIR}"; then
	136	if ! test -d "${XDG_RUNTIME_DIR}"; then
143	137	mkdir "${XDG_RUNTIME_DIR}"
144	138	chmod 0700 "${XDG_RUNTIME_DIR}"
145	139	fi
146	140	fi
147		```
	141	#+end_src
148	142
149	143	Once that's complete, you can launch Sway manually.
150	144
151		```sh
	145	#+begin_src sh
152	146	dbus-run-session -- sway
153		```
154
155		## Personal Touches
	147	#+end_src
156	148
	149	** Personal Touches
157	150	I also added the following packages, per my personal preferences and
158	151	situation.
159	152
160		```sh
	153	#+begin_src sh
161	154	doas apk add brightnessctl \ # Brightness controller
162	155	zsh \ # Shell
163	156	firefox \ # Browser
		@@ -167,93 +160,89 @@ doas apk add brightnessctl \ # Brightness controller
167	160	neomutt \ # CLI email client
168	161	thunderbird \ # GUI email client
169	162	gnupg # GPG key manager
170		```
	163	#+end_src
171	164
172	165	From here, I use my Syncthing storage to pull all the configuration
173		files I stored from prior desktops, such as [my
174		dotfiles](https://git.sr.ht/~cmc/dotfiles).
175
176		## Resolving Issues
	166	files I stored from prior desktops, such as
	167	[[https://git.sr.ht/~cmc/dotfiles][my dotfiles]].
177	168
178		### WiFi Issues
	169	* Resolving Issues
	170	** WiFi Issues
	171	I initially tried to set up my Wi-Fi the standard way with =iwd=, but it
	172	didn't work.
179	173
180		I initially tried to set up my Wi-Fi the standard way with
181		`iwd`, but it didn't work.
	174	Here is what I initially tried (I did all of this as =root=):
182	175
183		Here is what I initially tried (I did all of this as `root`):
184
185		```sh
	176	#+begin_src sh
186	177	apk add iwd
187	178	rc-service iwd start
188	179	iwctl station wlan0 connect <SSID> # This will prompt for the password
189	180	rc-update add iwd boot && rc-update add dbus boot
190		```
	181	#+end_src
191	182
192	183	Then, I added the Wi-Fi entry to the bottom of the networking interface
193	184	file:
194	185
195		```sh
	186	#+begin_src sh
196	187	nano /etc/network/interfaces
197		```
	188	#+end_src
198	189
199		```conf
	190	#+begin_src conf
200	191	auto wlan0
201	192	iface wlan0 inet dhcp
202		```
	193	#+end_src
203	194
204	195	Finally, restart the networking service:
205	196
206		```sh
	197	#+begin_src sh
207	198	rc-service networking restart
208		```
	199	#+end_src
209	200
210	201	My Wi-Fi interface would receive an IP address from the router, but it
211	202	could not ping anything in the network. To solve the Wi-Fi issues, I
212		originally upgraded to Alpine's `edge` repositories, which
213		was unnecessary.
	203	originally upgraded to Alpine's =edge= repositories, which was
	204	unnecessary.
214	205
215		Really, the solution was to enable the
216		`NameResolvingService=resolvconf` in
217		`/etc/iwd/main.conf`.
	206	Really, the solution was to enable the =NameResolvingService=resolvconf=
	207	in =/etc/iwd/main.conf=.
218	208
219		```sh
	209	#+begin_src sh
220	210	doas nano /etc/iwd/main.conf
221		```
	211	#+end_src
222	212
223		```conf
	213	#+begin_src conf
224	214	[Network]
225	215
226	216	NameResolvingService=resolvconf
227		```
	217	#+end_src
228	218
229	219	Once I finished this process, my Wi-Fi is working flawlessly.
230	220
231		### Sound Issues
232
	221	** Sound Issues
233	222	Same as with the Wi-Fi, I had no sound and could not control the
234	223	mute/unmute or volume buttons on my laptop.
235	224
236	225	To resolve this, I installed
237		[pipewire](https://wiki.alpinelinux.org/wiki/PipeWire).
	226	[[https://wiki.alpinelinux.org/wiki/PipeWire][pipewire]].
238	227
239		```sh
	228	#+begin_src sh
240	229	# Add your user to the following groups
241	230	addgroup $USER audio
242	231	addgroup $USER video
243	232
244	233	# Install pipewire and other useful packages
245	234	apk add pipewire wireplumber pipewire-pulse pipewire-jack pipewire-alsa
246		```
	235	#+end_src
247	236
248		Finally, I needed to add `/usr/libexec/pipewire-launcher` to
249		my `.config/sway/config` file so that Pipewire would run
250		every time I launched sway.
	237	Finally, I needed to add =/usr/libexec/pipewire-launcher= to my
	238	=.config/sway/config= file so that Pipewire would run every time I
	239	launched sway.
251	240
252		```sh
	241	#+begin_src sh
253	242	nano ~/.config/sway/config
254		```
	243	#+end_src
255	244
256		```conf
	245	#+begin_src conf
257	246	# Run pipewire audio server
258	247	exec /usr/libexec/pipewire-launcher
259	248
		@@ -262,7 +251,7 @@ bindsym XF86AudioRaiseVolume exec --no-startup-id pactl set-sink-volume @DEFAULT
262	251	bindsym XF86AudioLowerVolume exec --no-startup-id pactl set-sink-volume @DEFAULT_SINK@ -5%
263	252	bindsym XF86AudioMute exec --no-startup-id pactl set-sink-mute @DEFAULT_SINK@ toggle
264	253	bindsym XF86AudioMicMute exec --no-startup-id pactl set-source-mute @DEFAULT_SOURCE@ toggle
265		```
	254	#+end_src
266	255
267	256	Note that I do not use bluetooth or screen sharing, so I won't cover
268	257	those options in this post.

blog/alpine-linux/index.org added +269

		@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
	1	#+title: Alpine Linux: My New Server OS
	2	#+date: 2022-10-22
	3	#+description: A retrospective on installing and configuring Alpine Linux as my new server operating system.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
	5
	6	* Alpine Linux
	7	[[https://alpinelinux.org][Alpine Linux]] is a very small distro, built
	8	on musl libc and busybox. It uses ash as the default shell, OpenRC as
	9	the init system, and apk as the package manager. According to their
	10	website, an Alpine container "requires no more than 8 MB and a minimal
	11	installation to disk requires around 130 MB of storage." An actual bare
	12	metal machine is recommended to have 100 MB of RAM and 0-700 MB of
	13	storage space.
	14
	15	Historically, I've used Ubuntu's minimal installation image as my server
	16	OS for the last five years. Ubuntu worked well and helped as my original
	17	server contained an nVidia GPU and no onboard graphics, so quite a few
	18	distros won't boot or install without a lot of tinkering.
	19
	20	Alpine has given me a huge increase in performance across my Docker apps
	21	and Nginx websites. CPU load for the new server I'm using to test Alpine
	22	hovers around 0-5% on average with an Intel(R) Core(TM) i3-6100 CPU @
	23	3.70GHz.
	24
	25	The only services I haven't moved over to Alpine are Plex Media Server
	26	and Syncthing, which may increase CPU load quite a bit depending on how
	27	many streams are running.
	28
	29	** Installation
	30	In terms of installation, Alpine has an incredibly useful
	31	[[https://wiki.alpinelinux.org/wiki/Installation][wiki]] that will guide
	32	a user throughout the installation and post-installation processes, as
	33	well as various other articles and guides.
	34
	35	To install Alpine, find an appropriate
	36	[[https://alpinelinux.org/downloads/][image to download]] and flash it
	37	to a USB using software such as Rufus or Etcher. I opted to use the
	38	Standard image for my x86_{64} architecture.
	39
	40	Once the USB is ready, plug it into the machine and reboot. Note that
	41	you may have to use a key such as =Esc= or =F1-12= to access the boot
	42	menu. The Alpine Linux terminal will load quickly and for a login.
	43
	44	To log in to the installation image, use the =root= account; there is no
	45	password. Once logged-in, execute the setup command:
	46
	47	#+begin_src sh
	48	setup-alpine
	49	#+end_src
	50
	51	The setup script will ask a series of questions to configure the system.
	52	Be sure to answer carefully or else you may have to re-configure the
	53	system after boot.
	54
	55	- Keyboard Layout (Local keyboard language and usage mode, e.g., us and
	56	variant of us-nodeadkeys.)
	57	- Hostname (The name for the computer.)
	58	- Network (For example, automatic IP address discovery with the "DHCP"
	59	protocol.)
	60	- DNS Servers (Domain Name Servers to query. For privacy reasons, it is
	61	NOT recommended to route every local request to servers like Google's
	62	8.8.8.8 .)
	63	- Timezone
	64	- Proxy (Proxy server to use for accessing the web. Use "none" for
	65	direct connections to the internet.)
	66	- Mirror (From where to download packages. Choose the organization you
	67	trust giving your usage patterns to.)
	68	- SSH (Secure SHell remote access server. "Openssh" is part of the
	69	default install image. Use "none" to disable remote login, e.g. on
	70	laptops.)
	71	- NTP (Network Time Protocol client used for keeping the system clock in
	72	sync with a time-server. Package "chrony" is part of the default
	73	install image.)
	74	- Disk Mode (Select between diskless (disk="none"), "data" or "sys", as
	75	described above.)
	76
	77	Once the setup script is finished, be sure to reboot the machine and
	78	remove the USB device.
	79
	80	#+begin_src sh
	81	reboot
	82	#+end_src
	83
	84	** Post-Installation
	85	There are many things you can do once your Alpine Linux system is up and
	86	running, and it largely depends on what you'll use the machine for. I'm
	87	going to walk through my personal post-installation setup for my web
	88	server.
	89
	90	1. Upgrade the System
	91
	92	First, login as =root= in order to update and upgrade the system:
	93
	94	#+begin_src sh
	95	apk -U upgrade
	96	#+end_src
	97
	98	2. Adding a User
	99
	100	I needed to add a user so that I don't need to log in as root. Note
	101	that if you're used to using the =sudo= command, you will now need to
	102	use the =doas= command on Alpine Linux.
	103
	104	#+begin_src sh
	105	apk add doas
	106	adduser <username>
	107	adduser <username> wheel
	108	#+end_src
	109
	110	You can now log out and log back in using the newly-created user:
	111
	112	#+begin_src sh
	113	exit
	114	#+end_src
	115
	116	3. Enable Community Packages
	117
	118	In order to install more common packages that aren't found in the
	119	=main= repository, you will need to enable the =community=
	120	repository:
	121
	122	#+begin_src sh
	123	doas nano /etc/apk/repositories
	124	#+end_src
	125
	126	Uncomment the community line for whichever version of Alpine you're
	127	running:
	128
	129	#+begin_src sh
	130	/media/usb/apks
	131	http://dl-cdn.alpinelinux.org/alpine/v3.16/main
	132	http://dl-cdn.alpinelinux.org/alpine/v3.16/community
	133	#http://dl-cdn.alpinelinux.org/alpine/edge/main
	134	#http://dl-cdn.alpinelinux.org/alpine/edge/community
	135	#http://dl-cdn.alpinelinux.org/alpine/edge/testing
	136	#+end_src
	137
	138	4. Install Required Packages
	139
	140	Now that the community packages are available, you can install any
	141	packages you need. In my case, I installed the web server packages I
	142	need for my services:
	143
	144	#+begin_src sh
	145	doas apk add nano nginx docker docker-compose ufw
	146	#+end_src
	147
	148	5. SSH
	149
	150	If you didn't install OpenSSH as part of the installation, you can do
	151	so now:
	152
	153	#+begin_src sh
	154	doas apk add openssh
	155	#+end_src
	156
	157	Next, either create a new key or copy your SSH key to the server from
	158	your current machines:
	159
	160	#+begin_src sh
	161	# Create a new key
	162	ssh-keygen
	163	#+end_src
	164
	165	If you need to copy an existing SSH key from a current machine:
	166
	167	#+begin_src sh
	168	# Copy key from existing machines
	169	ssh-copy-id <username>@<ip_address>
	170	#+end_src
	171
	172	6. Firewall
	173
	174	Lastly, I installed =ufw= above as my firewall. To set up, default to
	175	deny incoming and allow outgoing connections. Then selectively allow
	176	other ports or apps as needed.
	177
	178	#+begin_src sh
	179	doas ufw default deny incoming
	180	doas ufw default allow outgoing
	181	doas ufw allow SSH
	182	doas ufw allow "WWW Full"
	183	doas ufw allow 9418 # Git server port
	184	#+end_src
	185
	186	7. Change Hostname
	187
	188	If you don't like the hostname set during installation, you just need
	189	to edit two files. First, edit the simple hostname file:
	190
	191	#+begin_src sh
	192	doas nano /etc/hostname
	193	#+end_src
	194
	195	#+begin_src sh
	196	<hostname>
	197	#+end_src
	198
	199	Next, edit the =hosts= file:
	200
	201	#+begin_src sh
	202	doas nano /etc/hosts
	203	#+end_src
	204
	205	#+begin_src sh
	206	127.0.0.1 <hostname>.local <hostname> localhost.local localhost
	207	::1 <hostname> <hostname>.local
	208	#+end_src
	209
	210	* Nginx Web Server
	211	To set up my web server, I simply created the =www= user and created the
	212	necessary files.
	213
	214	#+begin_src sh
	215	doas adduser -D -g 'www' www
	216	mkdir /www
	217	doas mkdir /www
	218	doas chown -R www:www /var/lib/nginx/
	219	doas chown -R www:www /www
	220	#+end_src
	221
	222	If you're running a simple webroot, you can alter the main =nginx.conf=
	223	file. Otherwise, you can drop configuration files in the following
	224	directory. You don't need to enable or symlink the configuration file
	225	like you do in other systems.
	226
	227	#+begin_src sh
	228	doas nano /etc/nginx/http.d/example_website.conf
	229	#+end_src
	230
	231	Once the configuration is set and pointed at the =/www= directory to
	232	serve files, enable the Nginx service:
	233
	234	#+begin_src sh
	235	# Note that 'default' must be included or Nginx will not start on boot
	236	doas rc-update add nginx default
	237	#+end_src
	238
	239	* Docker Containers
	240	Docker works exactly the same as other systems. Either execute a
	241	=docker run= command or create a =docker-compose.yml= file and do
	242	=docker-compose up -d=.
	243
	244	* Git Server
	245	I went in-depth on how to self-host a git server in another post:
	246	[[../git-server/][Self-Hosting a Personal Git Server]].
	247
	248	However, there are a few differences with Alpine. First note that in
	249	order to change the =git= user's shell, you must do a few things a
	250	little different:
	251
	252	#+begin_src sh
	253	doas apk add libuser
	254	doas touch /etc/login.defs
	255	doas mkdir /etc/default
	256	doas touch /etc/default/useradd
	257	doas lchsh git
	258	#+end_src
	259
	260	* Thoughts on Alpine
	261	So far, I love Alpine Linux. I have no complaints about anything at this
	262	point, but I'm not completely finished with the migration yet. Once I'm
	263	able to upgrade my hardware to a rack-mounted server, I will migrate
	264	Plex and Syncthing over to Alpine as well - possibly putting Plex into a
	265	container or VM.
	266
	267	The performance is stellar, the =apk= package manager is seamless, and
	268	system administration tasks are effortless. My only regret is that I
	269	didn't install Alpine sooner.

content/blog/2023-10-15-alpine-ssh-hardening.md → blog/alpine-ssh-hardening/index.org renamed +37 −40

		@@ -1,74 +1,71 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-10-15
3		title = "SSH Hardening for Alpine Linux"
4		description = "A quick guide to harden SSH configuration on Alpine."
5		+++
6
7		## Overview
	1	#+title: SSH Hardening for Alpine Linux
	2	#+date: 2023-10-15
	3	#+description: A quick guide to harden SSH configuration on Alpine.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
8	5
	6	* Overview
9	7	This guide follows the standard
10		[ssh-audit](https://www.ssh-audit.com/hardening_guides.html) hardening
	8	[[https://www.ssh-audit.com/hardening_guides.html][ssh-audit]] hardening
11	9	guide, tweaked for Alpine Linux.
12	10
13		## Hardening Guide
14
15		These steps must be performed as root. You can try to use
16		`doas` or `sudo`, but there may be issues.
	11	* Hardening Guide
	12	These steps must be performed as root. You can try to use =doas= or
	13	=sudo=, but there may be issues.
17	14
18		1. Re-generate the RSA and ED25519 keys
	15	1. Re-generate the RSA and ED25519 keys
19	16
20		```sh
	17	#+begin_src sh
21	18	rm /etc/ssh/ssh_host_*
22	19	ssh-keygen -t rsa -b 4096 -f /etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key -N ""
23	20	ssh-keygen -t ed25519 -f /etc/ssh/ssh_host_ed25519_key -N ""
24		```
	21	#+end_src
25	22
26		2. Remove small Diffie-Hellman moduli
	23	2. [@2] Remove small Diffie-Hellman moduli
27	24
28		```sh
	25	#+begin_src sh
29	26	awk '$5 >= 3071' /etc/ssh/moduli > /etc/ssh/moduli.safe
30	27	mv /etc/ssh/moduli.safe /etc/ssh/moduli
31		```
	28	#+end_src
32	29
33		3. Enable the RSA and ED25519 HostKey directives in the
34		/etc/ssh/sshd~config~ file
	30	3. [@3] Enable the RSA and ED25519 HostKey directives in the
	31	/etc/ssh/sshd_{config} file
35	32
36		```sh
	33	#+begin_src sh
37	34	sed -i 's/^\#HostKey \/etc\/ssh\/ssh_host_$rsa\\|ed25519$_key$/HostKey \/etc\/ssh\/ssh_host_\1_key/g' /etc/ssh/sshd_config
38		```
	35	#+end_src
39	36
40		4. Restrict supported key exchange, cipher, and MAC algorithms
	37	4. [@4] Restrict supported key exchange, cipher, and MAC algorithms
41	38
42		```sh
	39	#+begin_src sh
43	40	echo -e "\n# Restrict key exchange, cipher, and MAC algorithms, as per sshaudit.com\n# hardening guide.\nKexAlgorithms sntrup761x25519-sha512@openssh.com,curve25519-sha256,curve25519-sha256@libssh.org,diffie-hellman-group16-sha512,diffie-hellman-group18-sha512,diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256\nCiphers chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com,aes256-gcm@openssh.com,aes128-gcm@openssh.com,aes256-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes128-ctr\nMACs hmac-sha2-256-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-512-etm@openssh.com,umac-128-etm@openssh.com\nHostKeyAlgorithms ssh-ed25519,ssh-ed25519-cert-v01@openssh.com,sk-ssh-ed25519@openssh.com,sk-ssh-ed25519-cert-v01@openssh.com,rsa-sha2-512,rsa-sha2-512-cert-v01@openssh.com,rsa-sha2-256,rsa-sha2-256-cert-v01@openssh.com" > /etc/ssh/sshd_config.d/ssh-audit_hardening.conf
44		```
	41	#+end_src
45	42
46		5. Include the /etc/ssh/sshd~config~.d directory
	43	5. [@5] Include the /etc/ssh/sshd_{config}.d directory
47	44
48		```sh
	45	#+begin_src sh
49	46	echo -e "Include /etc/ssh/sshd_config.d/*.conf" > /etc/ssh/sshd_config
50		```
	47	#+end_src
51	48
52		6. Restart OpenSSH server
	49	6. [@6] Restart OpenSSH server
53	50
54		```sh
	51	#+begin_src sh
55	52	rc-service sshd restart
56		```
57
58		## Testing SSH
	53	#+end_src
59	54
60		You can test the results with the `ssh-audit` python script.
	55	* Testing SSH
	56	You can test the results with the =ssh-audit= python script.
61	57
62		```sh
	58	#+begin_src sh
63	59	pip3 install ssh-audit
64	60	ssh-audit localhost
65		```
	61	#+end_src
66	62
67	63	If everything succeeded, the results will show as all green. If anything
68	64	is yellow, orange, or red, you may need to tweak additional settings.
69	65
70		```txt
71		#+caption: ssh audit
72		```
	66	#+begin_src txt
	67	,#+caption: ssh audit
	68	#+end_src
73	69
74		![ssh-audit](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20231015-ssh-hardening/ssh-audit.png "ssh-audit")
	70	#+caption: ssh-audit
	71	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20231015-ssh-hardening/ssh-audit.png]]

blog/apache-redirect/index.org added +43

		@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
	1	#+title: Apache Redirect HTML Files to a Directory
	2	#+date: 2021-10-09
	3	#+description: A guide on redirecting HTML files to directory in Apache.
	4	#+filetags: :apache:
	5
	6	* The Problem
	7	After recently switching static site generators (SSG), my blog URLs
	8	changed with no option to preserve the classic =.html= extension at the
	9	end of my blog post URLs.
	10
	11	I really disliked using my old SSG ([[https://jekyllrb.com][Jekyll]])
	12	and prefer my new tool ([[https://www.getzola.org][Zola]]) much more, so
	13	I was determined to figure out a way to get the proper redirect set up
	14	so that people who find my posts online aren't constantly met by 404
	15	errors.
	16
	17	* The Solution
	18	To solve this problem, I really needed to solve two pieces:
	19
	20	1. Redirect all blog post URL requests from =/blog/some-post.html= to
	21	=/blog/some-post/=.
	22	2. Ensure that no other =.html= files are redirected, such as
	23	=index.html=.
	24
	25	After /a lot/ of tweaking and testing, I believe I have finally found
	26	the solution. The solution is shown below.
	27
	28	#+begin_src conf
	29	RewriteEngine On
	30	RewriteCond %{REQUEST_URI} !\index.html$ [NC]
	31	RewriteRule ^(.*).html$ https://example.com/$1 [R=301,L]
	32	#+end_src
	33
	34	This piece of code in the Apache =.conf= or =.htaccess= file will do the
	35	following:
	36
	37	1. Turn on the RewriteEngine so that we can modify URLs.
	38	2. Ignore any =index.html= files from the rule we are about to specify.
	39	3. Find any =.html= files within the website directory and redirect it
	40	to exclude the file extension.
	41	4. The final piece is adding the trailing slash (=/=) at the end of the
	42	URL - you'll notice that I don't have an Apache rule for that since
	43	Apache handles that automatically.

content/blog/2019-09-09-audit-analytics.md → blog/audit-analytics/index.org renamed +119 −121

		@@ -1,17 +1,15 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2019-09-09
3		title = "Data Analysis in Auditing"
4		description = "Learn how to use data analysis in the world of auditing."
5		+++
6
7		# What Are Data Analytics?
8
9		A quick aside before I dive into this post: `data analytics` is a
10		vague term that has become popular in recent years. Think of a `data
11		analytic` as the output of any data analysis you perform. For example,
12		a pivot table or a pie chart could be a data analytic.
13
14		[Data analysis](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_analysis) is a
	1	#+title: Data Analysis in Auditing
	2	#+date: 2019-09-09
	3	#+description: Learn how to use data analysis in the world of auditing.
	4	#+filetags: :audit:
	5
	6	* What Are Data Analytics?
	7	A quick aside before I dive into this post: =data analytics= is a vague
	8	term that has become popular in recent years. Think of a =data analytic=
	9	as the output of any data analysis you perform. For example, a pivot
	10	table or a pie chart could be a data analytic.
	11
	12	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_analysis][Data analysis]] is a
15	13	process that utilizes statistics and other mathematical methods to
16	14	discover useful information within datasets. This involves examining,
17	15	cleaning, transforming, and modeling data so that you can use the data
		@@ -23,18 +21,16 @@ make is assuming that everything involved with this process is "data
23	21	analytics". In fact, data analytics are only a small part of the
24	22	process.
25	23
26		See Figure 1 for a more accurate representation of where data
27		analysis sits within the full process. This means that data analysis
28		does not include querying or extracting data, selecting samples, or
29		performing audit tests. These steps can be necessary for an audit (and
30		may even be performed by the same associates), but they are not data
31		analytics.
32
33		![The Intelligence
34		Cycle](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20190909-data-analysis-in-auditing/intelligence_cycle-min.png)
	24	See Figure 1* for a more accurate representation of where data analysis
	25	sits within the full process. This means that data analysis does not
	26	include querying or extracting data, selecting samples, or performing
	27	audit tests. These steps can be necessary for an audit (and may even be
	28	performed by the same associates), but they are not data analytics.
35	29
36		# Current Use of Analytics in Auditing
	30	#+caption: The Intelligence Cycle
	31	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20190909-data-analysis-in-auditing/intelligence_cycle-min.png]]
37	32
	33	* Current Use of Analytics in Auditing
38	34	While data analysis has been an integral part of most businesses and
39	35	departments for the better part of the last century, only recently have
40	36	internal audit functions been adopting this practice. The internal audit
		@@ -42,21 +38,23 @@ function works exclusively to provide assurance and consulting services
42	38	to the business areas within the firm (except for internal auditing
43	39	firms who are hired by different companies to perform their roles).
44	40
45		> Internal Auditing helps an organization accomplish its objectives by
46		> bringing a systematic, disciplined approach to evaluate and improve
47		> the effectiveness of risk management, control and governance
48		> processes.
49		>
50		> - The IIA's Definition of Internal Audit
	41	#+begin_quote
	42	Internal Auditing helps an organization accomplish its objectives by
	43	bringing a systematic, disciplined approach to evaluate and improve the
	44	effectiveness of risk management, control and governance processes.
	45
	46	- The IIA's Definition of Internal Audit
	47
	48	#+end_quote
51	49
52	50	Part of the blame for the slow adoption of data analysis can be
53	51	attributed to the fact that internal auditing is strongly based on
54	52	tradition and following the precedents set by previous auditors.
55	53	However, there can be no progress without auditors who are willing to
56		break the mold and test new audit techniques. In fact, as of 2018, [only
57		63% of internal audit departments currently utilize data
58		analytics](https://www.cpapracticeadvisor.com/accounting-audit/news/12404086/internal-audit-groups-are-lagging-in-data-analytics)
59		in North America. This number should be as close as possible to 100%. I
	54	break the mold and test new audit techniques. In fact, as of 2018,
	55	[[https://www.cpapracticeadvisor.com/accounting-audit/news/12404086/internal-audit-groups-are-lagging-in-data-analytics][only
	56	63% of internal audit departments currently utilize data analytics]] in
	57	North America. This number should be as close as possible to 100%. I
60	58	have never been part of an audit that would not have benefited from data
61	59	analytics.
62	60
		@@ -66,66 +64,70 @@ Chief Audit Executive that you're going to start implementing analytics
66	64	in the next audit. You need a plan and a system to make the analysis
67	65	process as effective as possible.
68	66
69		# The DELTA Model
70
	67	* The DELTA Model
71	68	One of the easiest ways to experiment with data analytics and gain an
72	69	understanding of the processes is to implement them within your own
73	70	department. But how do we do this if we've never worked with analysis
74	71	before? One of the most common places to start is to research some data
75		analysis models currently available. For this post, we'll take a look
76		at the DELTA model. You can take a look at **Figure 2** for a quick
	72	analysis models currently available. For this post, we'll take a look at
	73	the DELTA model. You can take a look at **Figure 2*** for a quick
77	74	overview of the model.
78	75
79	76	The DELTA model sets a few guidelines for areas wanting to implement
80	77	data analytics so that the results can be as comprehensive as possible:
81	78
82		- Data: Must be clean, accessible, and (usually) unique.
83		- Enterprise-Wide Focus: Key data systems and analytical resources
84		must be available for use (by the Internal Audit Function).
85		- Leaders: Must promote a data analytics approach and show the
86		value of analytical results.
87		- Targets: Must be set for key areas and risks that the analytics
88		can be compared against (KPIs).
89		- Analysts: There must be auditors willing and able to perform
90		data analytics or else the system cannot be sustained.
	79	- Data: Must be clean, accessible, and (usually) unique.
	80	- Enterprise-Wide Focus: Key data systems and analytical resources
	81	must be available for use (by the Internal Audit Function).
	82	- Leaders: Must promote a data analytics approach and show the value
	83	of analytical results.
	84	- Targets: Must be set for key areas and risks that the analytics can
	85	be compared against (KPIs).
	86	- Analysts: There must be auditors willing and able to perform data
	87	analytics or else the system cannot be sustained.
91	88
92		![The Delta
93		Model](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20190909-data-analysis-in-auditing/delta-min.png)
94
95		# Finding the Proper KPIs
	89	#+caption: The Delta Model
	90	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20190909-data-analysis-in-auditing/delta-min.png]]
96	91
	92	* Finding the Proper KPIs
97	93	Once the Internal Audit Function has decided that they want to start
98		using data analytics internally and have ensured they're properly set
99		up to do so, they need to figure out what they will be testing against.
100		Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) are qualitative or quantitative
101		factors that can be evaluated and assessed to determine if the
102		department is performing well, usually compared to historical or
103		industry benchmarks. Once KPIs have been agreed upon and set, auditors
104		can use data analytics to assess and report on these KPIs. This allows
105		the person performing the analytics the freedom to express opinions on
106		the results, whereas the results are ambiguous if no KPIs exist.
	94	using data analytics internally and have ensured they're properly set up
	95	to do so, they need to figure out what they will be testing against. Key
	96	Performance Indicators (KPIs) are qualitative or quantitative factors
	97	that can be evaluated and assessed to determine if the department is
	98	performing well, usually compared to historical or industry benchmarks.
	99	Once KPIs have been agreed upon and set, auditors can use data analytics
	100	to assess and report on these KPIs. This allows the person performing
	101	the analytics the freedom to express opinions on the results, whereas
	102	the results are ambiguous if no KPIs exist.
107	103
108	104	It should be noted that tracking KPIs in the department can help ensure
109	105	you have a rigorous Quality Assurance and Improvement Program (QAIP) in
110	106	accordance with some applicable standards, such as IPPF Standard 1300.
111	107
112		> The chief audit executive must develop and maintain a quality assurance
113		> and improvement program that covers all aspects of the internal audit
114		> activity.
115		>
116		> - IPPF Standard 1300
	108	#+begin_quote
	109	The chief audit executive must develop and maintain a quality assurance
	110	and improvement program that covers all aspects of the internal audit
	111	activity.
	112
	113	- IPPF Standard 1300
	114
	115	#+end_quote
117	116
118	117	Additionally, IPPF Standard 2060 discusses reporting:
119	118
120		> The chief audit executive must report periodically to senior
121		> management and the board on the internal audit activity's purpose,
122		> authority, responsibility, and performance relative to its plan and on
123		> its conformance with the Code of Ethics and the Standards. Reporting
124		> must also include significant risk and control issues, including fraud
125		> risks, governance issues, and other matters that require the attention
126		> of senior management and/or the board.
127		>
128		> - IPPF Standard 2060
	119	#+begin_quote
	120	The chief audit executive must report periodically to senior management
	121	and the board on the internal audit activity's purpose, authority,
	122	responsibility, and performance relative to its plan and on its
	123	conformance with the Code of Ethics and the Standards. Reporting must
	124	also include significant risk and control issues, including fraud risks,
	125	governance issues, and other matters that require the attention of
	126	senior management and/or the board.
	127
	128	- IPPF Standard 2060
	129
	130	#+end_quote
129	131
130	132	The hardest part of finding KPIs is to determine which KPIs are
131	133	appropriate for your department. Since every department is different and
		@@ -133,37 +135,35 @@ has different goals, KPIs will vary drastically between companies. To
133	135	give you an idea of where to look, here are some ideas I came up with
134	136	when discussing the topic with a few colleagues.
135	137
136		- Efficiency/Budgeting:
137		- Audit hours to staff utilization ratio (annual hours divided by
138		total annual work hours).
139		- Audit hours compared to the number of audits completed.
140		- Time between audit steps or to complete the whole audit. E.g.,
141		time from fieldwork completion to audit report issuance.
142		- Reputation:
143		- The frequency that management has requested the services of the
144		IAF.
145		- Management, audit committee, or external audit satisfaction
146		survey results.
147		- Education, experience, certifications, tenure, and training of
148		the auditors on staff.
149		- Quality:
150		- Number and frequency of audit findings. Assign monetary or
151		numerical values, if possible.
152		- Percentage of recommendations issued and implemented.
153		- Planning:
154		- Percentage or number of key risks audited per year or per audit.
155		- Proportion of audit universe audited per year.
156
157		# Data Analysis Tools
158
	138	- Efficiency/Budgeting:
	139	- Audit hours to staff utilization ratio (annual hours divided by
	140	total annual work hours).
	141	- Audit hours compared to the number of audits completed.
	142	- Time between audit steps or to complete the whole audit. E.g., time
	143	from fieldwork completion to audit report issuance.
	144	- Reputation:
	145	- The frequency that management has requested the services of the IAF.
	146	- Management, audit committee, or external audit satisfaction survey
	147	results.
	148	- Education, experience, certifications, tenure, and training of the
	149	auditors on staff.
	150	- Quality:
	151	- Number and frequency of audit findings. Assign monetary or numerical
	152	values, if possible.
	153	- Percentage of recommendations issued and implemented.
	154	- Planning:
	155	- Percentage or number of key risks audited per year or per audit.
	156	- Proportion of audit universe audited per year.
	157
	158	* Data Analysis Tools
159	159	Finally, to be able to analyze and report on the data analysis, auditors
160	160	need to evaluate the tools at their disposal. There are many options
161	161	available, but a few of the most common ones can easily get the job
162	162	done. For example, almost every auditor already has access to Microsoft
163	163	Excel. Excel is more powerful than most people give it credit for and
164		can accomplish a lot of basic statistics without much work. If you
165		don't know a lot about statistics but still want to see some of the
166		more basic results, Excel is a great option.
	164	can accomplish a lot of basic statistics without much work. If you don't
	165	know a lot about statistics but still want to see some of the more basic
	166	results, Excel is a great option.
167	167
168	168	To perform more in-depth statistical analysis or to explore large
169	169	datasets that Excel cannot handle, auditors will need to explore other
		@@ -182,8 +182,7 @@ increases, it usually means that the learning curve for that tool will
182	182	also be higher. It will take auditors longer to learn how to utilize
183	183	Python, R, or ACL versus learning how to utilize Excel.
184	184
185		# Visualization
186
	185	* Visualization
187	186	Once an auditor has finally found the right data, KPIs, and tools, they
188	187	must report these results so that actions can be taken. Performing
189	188	in-depth data analysis is only useful if the results are understood by
		@@ -196,34 +195,33 @@ Microsoft PowerBI and Tableau Desktop. However, other tools exist such
196	195	as JMP, Plotly, Qlikview, Alteryx, or D3. Some require commercial
197	196	licenses while others are simply free to use. For corporate data, you
198	197	may want to make sure that the tool does not communicate any of the data
199		outside the company (such as cloud storage). I won't be going into
200		depth on any of these tools since visualization is largely a subjective
201		and creative experience, but remember to constantly explore new options
202		as you repeat the process.
	198	outside the company (such as cloud storage). I won't be going into depth
	199	on any of these tools since visualization is largely a subjective and
	200	creative experience, but remember to constantly explore new options as
	201	you repeat the process.
203	202
204	203	Lastly, let's take a look at an example of data visualization. This
205		example comes from a [blog post written by Kushal
206		Chakrabarti](https://talent.works/2018/03/28/the-science-of-the-job-search-part-iii-61-of-entry-level-jobs-require-3-years-of-experience/)
207		in 2018 about the percent of entry-level US jobs that require
208		experience. Figure 3 shows us an easy-to-digest picture of the data.
209		We can quickly tell that only about 12.5% of entry-level jobs don't
210		require experience.
	204	example comes from a
	205	[[https://talent.works/2018/03/28/the-science-of-the-job-search-part-iii-61-of-entry-level-jobs-require-3-years-of-experience/][blog
	206	post written by Kushal Chakrabarti]] in 2018 about the percent of
	207	entry-level US jobs that require experience. Figure 3* shows us an
	208	easy-to-digest picture of the data. We can quickly tell that only about
	209	12.5% of entry-level jobs don't require experience.
211	210
212	211	This is the kind of result that easily describes the data for you.
213	212	However, make sure to include an explanation of what the results mean.
214	213	Don't let the reader assume what the data means, especially if it
215		relates to a complex subject. Tell a story about the data and why the
216		results matter. For example, Figure 4 shows a part of the
217		explanation the author gives to illustrate his point.
218
219		![Entry-Level
220		Visualization](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20190909-data-analysis-in-auditing/vis_example-min.png)
	214	relates to a complex subject. /Tell a story/ about the data and why the
	215	results matter. For example, Figure 4* shows a part of the explanation
	216	the author gives to illustrate his point.
221	217
222		![Visualization
223		Explanation](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20190909-data-analysis-in-auditing/vis_example_explanation-min.png)
	218	#+caption: Entry-Level Visualization
	219	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20190909-data-analysis-in-auditing/vis_example-min.png]]
224	220
225		# Wrap-Up
	221	#+caption: Visualization Explanation
	222	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20190909-data-analysis-in-auditing/vis_example_explanation-min.png]]
226	223
	224	* Wrap-Up
227	225	While this is not an all-encompassing program that you can just adopt
228	226	into your department, it should be enough to get anyone started on the
229	227	process of understanding and implementing data analytics. Always

blog/audit-dashboard/index.org added +171

		@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
	1	#+title: Building an Audit Status Dashboard
	2	#+date: 2024-01-26
	3	#+description: Learn how to utilize Alteryx Designer and Power BI Desktop to build a simple status tracking dashboard for an audit or other engagement.
	4	#+filetags: :audit:
	5
	6	Alteryx and Power BI are powerful tools that can help turn your
	7	old-school audit trackers into interactive tools that provide useful
	8	insights and potential action plans.
	9
	10	With these tools, we are going to build the following dashboard:
	11
	12	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/dashboard_01.png]]
	13	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/dashboard_02.png]]
	14
	15	* Requirements
	16	This project assumes the following:
	17
	18	- You have access to Alteryx Designer and Power BI Desktop.
	19	- If you only have Power BI Desktop, you may need to perform some
	20	analysis in Power BI instead of Alteryx.
	21	- Your data is in a format that can be imported into Alteryx and/or
	22	Power BI.
	23	- You have a basic understanding of data types and visualization.
	24
	25	* Alteryx: Data Preparation & Analysis
	26	** Import Data
	27	With Alteryx, importing data is easy with the use of the =Input Data=
	28	tool. Simply drag this tool onto the canvas from the =In/Out= tab in the
	29	Ribbon to create it as a node.
	30
	31	You can choose the File Format manually or simply connect to your
	32	file/database and let Alteryx determine the format for you. For this
	33	example, we will be importing an Excel file and changing the
	34	=Start Data Import on Line= variable to =2=.
	35
	36	#+caption: Alteryx Excel Import
	37	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/alteryx_import.png]]
	38
	39	** Transform Data
	40	Next, let's replace null data and remove whitespace to clean up our
	41	data. We can do this with the =Data Cleansing= tool in the =Preparation=
	42	tab in the Ribbon.
	43
	44	Ensure that the following options are enabled:
	45
	46	- Replace Nulls
	47	- Replace with Blanks (String Fields)
	48	- Replace with 0 (Numeric Fields)
	49	- Remove Unwanted Characters
	50	- Leading and Trailing Whitespace
	51
	52	#+caption: Data Cleansing
	53	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/alteryx_cleansing.png]]
	54
	55	For our next step, we will transform the date fields from strings to
	56	datetime format. Add a =Datetime= tool for each field you want to
	57	transform - in the example below, I am using the tool twice for the
	58	"Started On" and "Submitted On" fields.
	59
	60	#+caption: Data Transformation
	61	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/alteryx_transformation.png]]
	62
	63	Now that the dates are in the correct format, let's perform a
	64	calculation based on those fields. Start by adding a =Filter= tool,
	65	naming a new Output Column, and pasting the formula below into it (the
	66	two fields used in this formula must match the output of the =Datetime=
	67	tools above):
	68
	69	#+begin_src txt
	70	DateTimeDiff([SubmittedOn_Out],[StartedOn_Out], "days")
	71	#+end_src
	72
	73	#+caption: Data Analysis
	74	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/alteryx_analysis.png]]
	75
	76	** Export Data
	77	Finalize the process by exporting the transformed data set to a new
	78	file, for use in the following visualization step.
	79
	80	#+caption: Data Export
	81	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/alteryx_export.png]]
	82
	83	* Power BI: Data Visualization
	84	** Import Data
	85	To start, open the Power BI Desktop application. Upon first use, Power
	86	BI will ask if you want to open an existing dashboard or import new
	87	data.
	88
	89	As we are creating our first dashboard, let's import our data. In my
	90	example below, I'm importing data from the "Tracker" sheet of the Excel
	91	file I'm using for this project.
	92
	93	During this process, I also imported the export from the Alteryx
	94	workflow above. Therefore, we have two different files available for use
	95	in our dashboard.
	96
	97	#+caption: Excel Tracker
	98	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/excel_tracker.png]]
	99
	100	#+caption: Power BI Excel Import
	101	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/powerbi_import.png]]
	102
	103	** Add Visuals
	104	To create the dashboard below, you will need to follow the list
	105	instructions below and format as needed:
	106
	107	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/dashboard_01.png]]
	108	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/dashboard_02.png]]
	109
	110	Instructions to create the visuals above:
	111
	112	- =Text Box=: Explain the name and purpose of the dashboard. You can
	113	also add images and logos at the top of the dashboard.
	114	- =Donut Chart=: Overall status of the project.
	115	- =Legend=: Status
	116	- =Values=: Count of Status
	117	- =Stacked Column Chart=: Task count by assignee.
	118	- =X-axis=: Preparer
	119	- =Y-axis=: Count of Control ID
	120	- =Legend=: Status
	121	- =Treemap=: Top N client submitters by average days to submit.
	122	- =Details=: Preparer
	123	- =Values=: Sum of Avg_DaysToSubmit
	124	- =Line Chart=: Projected vs. actual hours over time.
	125	- =Clustered Bar Chart=: Projected vs. actual hours per person.
	126	- =Slicer & Table= - Upcoming due dates.
	127	- =Slicer=:
	128	- =Values=: Date Due
	129	- =Table=:
	130	- =Columns=: Count of Control ID, Date Due, Preparer, Status
	131
	132	** Format the Dashboard
	133	You can choose a theme in the View tab of the Ribbon. You can even
	134	browse for custom JSON files that define themes, such as ones found
	135	online or custom ones created by your organization.
	136
	137	For each visual, you can click the =Format= button in the
	138	=Visualizations= side pane and explore the options. You can custom
	139	options such as:
	140
	141	- Visual
	142	- Legend
	143	- Colors
	144	- Data labels
	145	- Category labels
	146	- General
	147	- Properties
	148	- Title
	149	- Effects
	150	- Header icons
	151	- Tooltips
	152	- Alt text
	153
	154	You can always look online for inspiration when trying to decide how
	155	best to organize and style your dashboard.
	156
	157	* Sharing the Results
	158	Generally, you have a few different options for sharing your dashboards
	159	with others:
	160
	161	1. Export the dashboard as a PDF in the file menu of Power BI. This will
	162	export all tabs and visuals as they are set when the export button is
	163	pressed. You will lose all interactivity with this option.
	164	2. Send the full Power BI file to those you wish to share the dashboard.
	165	This will retain all settings and interactivity. However, you will
	166	also need to send the source files if they need to refresh the
	167	dashboard and you will need to re-send the files if you make updates.
	168	3. Store the dashboard in a synced location, such as a shared drive or
	169	Microsoft Teams. Depending on how a user configures their local
	170	Windows paths, the data source paths may not be compatible for all
	171	users with such a setup.

blog/audit-review-template/index.org added +76

		@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
	1	#+title: Audit Testing Review Template
	2	#+date: 2023-06-20
	3	#+description: A handy reference template for audit review.
	4	#+filetags: :audit:
	5
	6	* Overview
	7	This post is a /very/ brief overview on the basic process to review
	8	audit test results, focusing on work done as part of a financial
	9	statement audit (FSA) or service organization controls (SOC) report.
	10
	11	While there are numerous different things to review and look for - all
	12	varying wildly depending on the report, client, and tester - this list
	13	serves as a solid base foundation for a reviewer.
	14
	15	I have used this throughout my career as a starting point to my reviews,
	16	and it has worked wonders for creating a consistent and objective
	17	template to my reviews. The goal is to keep this base high-level enough
	18	to be used on a wide variety of engagements, while still ensuring that
	19	all key areas are covered.
	20
	21	* Review Template
	22	1. [ ] Check all documents for spelling and grammar.
	23	2. [ ] Ensure all acronyms are fully explained upon first use.
	24	3. [ ] For all people referenced, use their full names and job titles
	25	upon first use.
	26	4. [ ] All supporting documents must cross-reference to the lead sheet
	27	and vice-versa.
	28	5. [ ] Verify that the control has been adequately tested:
	29	- [ ] Test of Design: Did the tester obtain information regarding
	30	how the control should perform normally and abnormally (e.g.,
	31	emergency scenarios)?
	32	- [ ] Test of Operating Effectiveness: Did the tester inquire,
	33	observe, inspect, or re-perform sufficient evidence to support
	34	their conclusion over the control? Inquiry alone is not adequate!
	35	6. [ ] For any information used in the control, whether by the control
	36	operator or by the tester, did the tester appropriately document the
	37	source (system or person), extraction method, parameters, and
	38	completeness and accuracy (C&A)?
	39	- [ ] For any reports, queries, etc. used in the extraction, did the
	40	tester include a copy and notate C&A considerations?
	41	7. [ ] Did the tester document the specific criteria that the control is
	42	being tested against?
	43	8. [ ] Did the tester notate in the supporting documents where each
	44	criterion was satisfied?
	45	9. [ ] If testing specific policies or procedures, are the documents
	46	adequate?
	47	- [ ] e.g., a test to validate that a review of policy XYZ occurs
	48	periodically should also evaluate the sufficiency of the policy
	49	itself, if meant to cover the risk that such a policy does not
	50	exist and is not reviewed.
	51	10. [ ] Does the test cover the appropriate period under review?
	52	- [ ] If the test is meant to cover only a portion of the audit
	53	period, do other controls exist to mitigate the risks that exist
	54	for the remainder of the period?
	55	11. [ ] For any computer-aided audit tools (CAATs) or other automation
	56	techniques used in the test, is the use of such tools explained and
	57	appropriately documented?
	58	12. [ ] If prior-period documentation exists, are there any missing
	59	pieces of evidence that would further enhance the quality of the
	60	test?
	61	13. [ ] Was any information discovered during the walkthrough or inquiry
	62	phase that was not incorporated into the test?
	63	14. [ ] Are there new rules or expectations from your company's internal
	64	guidance or your regulatory bodies that would affect the audit
	65	approach for this control?
	66	15. [ ] Was an exception, finding, or deficiency identified as a result
	67	of this test?
	68	- [ ] Was the control deficient in design, operation, or both?
	69	- [ ] What was the root cause of the finding?
	70	- [ ] Does the finding indicate other findings or potential fraud?
	71	- [ ] What's the severity and scope of the finding?
	72	- [ ] Do other controls exist as a form of compensation against the
	73	finding's severity, and do they mitigate the risk within the
	74	control objective?
	75	- [ ] Does the finding exist at the end of the period, or was it
	76	resolved within the audit period?

content/blog/2021-08-25-audit-sampling.md → blog/audit-sampling/index.org renamed +74 −87

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2021-08-25
3		title = "Audit Sampling with Python"
4		description = "Learn how to sample populations with Python."
5		+++
6
7		## Introduction
	1	#+title: Audit Sampling with Python
	2	#+date: 2021-08-25
	3	#+description: Learn how to sample populations with Python.
	4	#+filetags: :audit:
8	5
	6	* Introduction
9	7	For anyone who is familiar with internal auditing, external auditing, or
10	8	consulting, you will understand how tedious audit testing can become
11	9	when you are required to test large swaths of data. When we cannot
		@@ -16,37 +14,35 @@ represent the population.
16	14
17	15	However, sampling data within the world of audit still seems to confuse
18	16	quite a lot of people. While some audit-focused tools have introduced
19		sampling functionality (e.g. Wdesk), many audit departments and firms
	17	sampling functionality (e.g. Wdesk), many audit departments and firms
20	18	cannot use software like this due to certain constraints, such as the
21	19	team's budget or knowledge. Here is where this article comes in: we're
22		going to use [Python](https://www.python.org), a free and open-source
	20	going to use [[https://www.python.org][Python]], a free and open-source
23	21	programming language, to generate random samples from a dataset in order
24	22	to suffice numerous audit situations.
25	23
26		## Audit Requirements for Sampling
27
	24	* Audit Requirements for Sampling
28	25	Before we get into the details of how to sample with Python, I want to
29	26	make sure I discuss the different requirements that auditors may have of
30	27	samples used within their projects.
31	28
32		### Randomness
33
34		First, let's discuss randomness. When testing out new technology to
35		help assist with audit sampling, you need to understand exactly how your
	29	** Randomness
	30	First, let's discuss randomness. When testing out new technology to help
	31	assist with audit sampling, you need to understand exactly how your
36	32	samples are being generated. For example, if the underlying function is
37	33	just picking every 57th element from a list, that's not truly random;
38	34	it's a systematic form of sampling. Luckily, since Python is
39	35	open-source, we have access to its codebase. Through this blog post, I
40		will be using the [pandas](https://pandas.pydata.org) module in order to
41		generate the random samples. More specifically, I will be using the
42		[pandas.DataFrame.sample](https://pandas.pydata.org/pandas-docs/stable/reference/api/pandas.DataFrame.sample.html)
	36	will be using the [[https://pandas.pydata.org][pandas]] module in order
	37	to generate the random samples. More specifically, I will be using the
	38	[[https://pandas.pydata.org/pandas-docs/stable/reference/api/pandas.DataFrame.sample.html][pandas.DataFrame.sample]]
43	39	function provided by Pandas.
44	40
45	41	Now that you know what you're using, you can always check out the code
46		behind `pandas.DataFrame.sample`. This function does a lot of
47		work, but we really only care about the following snippets of code:
	42	behind =pandas.DataFrame.sample=. This function does a lot of work, but
	43	we really only care about the following snippets of code:
48	44
49		```python
	45	#+begin_src python
50	46	# Process random_state argument
51	47	rs = com.random_state(random_state)
52	48
		@@ -58,24 +54,22 @@ if ignore_index:
58	54	result.index = ibase.default_index(len(result))
59	55
60	56	return result
61		```
62
63		The block of code above shows you that if you assign a
64		`random_state` argument when you run the function, that will
65		be used as a seed number in the random generation and will allow you to
66		reproduce a sample, given that nothing else changes. This is critical to
67		the posterity of audit work. After all, how can you say your audit
68		process is adequately documented if the next person can't run the code
69		and get the same sample? The final piece here on randomness is to look
70		at the
71		[choice](https://docs.%20python.org/3/library/random.html#random.choice)
	57	#+end_src
	58
	59	The block of code above shows you that if you assign a =random_state=
	60	argument when you run the function, that will be used as a seed number
	61	in the random generation and will allow you to reproduce a sample, given
	62	that nothing else changes. This is critical to the posterity of audit
	63	work. After all, how can you say your audit process is adequately
	64	documented if the next person can't run the code and get the same
	65	sample? The final piece here on randomness is to look at the
	66	[[https://docs.%20python.org/3/library/random.html#random.choice][choice]]
72	67	function used above. This is the crux of the generation and can also be
73	68	examined for more detailed analysis on its reliability. As far as
74	69	auditing goes, we will trust that these functions are mathematically
75	70	random.
76	71
77		### Sample Sizes
78
	72	** Sample Sizes
79	73	As mentioned in the intro, sampling is only an effective method of
80	74	auditing when it truly represents the entire population. While some
81	75	audit departments or firms may consider certain judgmental sample sizes
		@@ -94,35 +88,32 @@ proprietary, table that will instruct auditors which sample sizes to
94	88	choose. This allows for uniform testing and reduces overall workload.
95	89	See the table below for a common implementation of sample sizes:
96	90
97		Control Frequency Sample Size - High Risk Sample Size - Low Risk
98		------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------
99		More Than Daily 40 25
100		Daily 40 25
101		Weekly 12 5
102		Monthly 5 3
103		Quarterly 2 2
104		Semi-Annually 1 1
105		Annually 1 1
106		Ad-hoc 1 1
107
108		## Sampling with Python & Pandas
109
	91	\| Control Frequency \| Sample Size - High Risk \| Sample Size - Low Risk \|
	92	\|-------------------+-------------------------+------------------------\|
	93	\| More Than Daily \| 40 \| 25 \|
	94	\| Daily \| 40 \| 25 \|
	95	\| Weekly \| 12 \| 5 \|
	96	\| Monthly \| 5 \| 3 \|
	97	\| Quarterly \| 2 \| 2 \|
	98	\| Semi-Annually \| 1 \| 1 \|
	99	\| Annually \| 1 \| 1 \|
	100	\| Ad-hoc \| 1 \| 1 \|
	101
	102	*** Sampling with Python & Pandas
110	103	In this section, I am going to cover a few basic audit situations that
111	104	require sampling. While some situations may require more effort, the
112	105	syntax, organization, and intellect used remain largely the same. If
113		you've never used Python before, note that lines starting with a
114		'`#`' symbol are called comments, and they will be skipped
115		by Python. I highly recommend taking a quick tutorial online to
116		understand the basics of Python if any of the code below is confusing to
117		you.
118
119		### Simple Random Sample
	106	you've never used Python before, note that lines starting with a '=#='
	107	symbol are called comments, and they will be skipped by Python. I highly
	108	recommend taking a quick tutorial online to understand the basics of
	109	Python if any of the code below is confusing to you.
120	110
	111	** Simple Random Sample
121	112	First, let's look at a simple, random sample. The code block below will
122		import the `pandas` module, load a data file, sample the
123		data, and export the sample to a file.
	113	import the =pandas= module, load a data file, sample the data, and
	114	export the sample to a file.
124	115
125		```python
	116	#+begin_src python
126	117	# Import the Pandas module
127	118	import pandas
128	119
		@@ -140,14 +131,13 @@ sample = df.sample(n=25, random_state=0)
140	131
141	132	# Save the sample to Excel
142	133	sample.to_excel(file_output)
143		```
144
145		### Simple Random Sample: Using Multiple Input Files
	134	#+end_src
146	135
	136	** Simple Random Sample: Using Multiple Input Files
147	137	Now that we've created a simple sample, let's create a sample from
148	138	multiple files.
149	139
150		```python
	140	#+begin_src python
151	141	# Import the Pandas module
152	142	import pandas
153	143
		@@ -174,15 +164,14 @@ sample = pandas.concat([sample_01, sample_02, sample_03], ignore_index=True)
174	164
175	165	# Save the sample to Excel
176	166	sample.to_excel(file_output)
177		```
178
179		### Stratified Random Sample
	167	#+end_src
180	168
	169	** Stratified Random Sample
181	170	Well, what if you need to sample distinct parts of a single file? For
182	171	example, let's write some code to separate our data by "Region" and
183	172	sample those regions independently.
184	173
185		```python
	174	#+begin_src python
186	175	# Import the Pandas module
187	176	import pandas
188	177
		@@ -208,16 +197,15 @@ sample = pandas.concat([sample_east, sample_west], ignore_index=True)
208	197
209	198	# Save the sample to Excel
210	199	sample.to_excel(file_output)
211		```
212
213		### Stratified Systematic Sample
	200	#+end_src
214	201
	202	** Stratified Systematic Sample
215	203	This next example is quite useful if you need audit coverage over a
216	204	certain time period. This code will generate samples for each month in
217	205	the data and combine them all together at the end. Obviously, this code
218	206	can be modified to stratify by something other than months, if needed.
219	207
220		```python
	208	#+begin_src python
221	209	# Import the Pandas module
222	210	import pandas
223	211
		@@ -257,21 +245,20 @@ def monthly_stratified_sample(df: pandas.DataFrame, date_column: str, num_select
257	245	sample_size = 3
258	246	sample = monthly_stratified_sample(df, 'Date of Sale', sample_size)
259	247	sample.to_excel(file_output)
260		```
261
262		## Documenting the Results
263
264		Once you've generated a proper sample, there are a few things left to
265		do in order to properly ensure your process is reproducible.
266
267		1. Document the sample. Make sure the resulting file is readable and
268		includes the documentation listed in the next bullet.
269		2. Include documentation around the data source, extraction techniques,
270		any modifications made to the data, and be sure to include a copy of
271		the script itself.
272		3. Whenever possible, perform a completeness and accuracy test to
273		ensure your sample is coming from a complete and accurate
274		population. To ensure completeness, compare the record count from
275		the data source to the record count loaded into Python. To ensure
276		accuracy, test a small sample against the source data (e.g., test 5
277		sales against the database to see if the details are accurate).
	248	#+end_src
	249
	250	*** Documenting the Results
	251	Once you've generated a proper sample, there are a few things left to do
	252	in order to properly ensure your process is reproducible.
	253
	254	1. Document the sample. Make sure the resulting file is readable and
	255	includes the documentation listed in the next bullet.
	256	2. Include documentation around the data source, extraction techniques,
	257	any modifications made to the data, and be sure to include a copy of
	258	the script itself.
	259	3. Whenever possible, perform a completeness and accuracy test to ensure
	260	your sample is coming from a complete and accurate population. To
	261	ensure completeness, compare the record count from the data source to
	262	the record count loaded into Python. To ensure accuracy, test a small
	263	sample against the source data (e.g., test 5 sales against the
	264	database to see if the details are accurate).

content/blog/2023-09-19-audit-sql-scripts.md → blog/audit-sql-scripts/index.org renamed +45 −55

		@@ -1,24 +1,21 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-09-19
3		title = "Useful SQL Scripts for Auditing Logical Access"
4		description = "A reference of SQL scripts for auditing logical access for common databases."
5		+++
6
7		## Overview
	1	#+title: Useful SQL Scripts for Auditing Logical Access
	2	#+date: 2023-09-19
	3	#+description: A reference of SQL scripts for auditing logical access for common databases.
	4	#+filetags: :audit:
8	5
	6	* Overview
9	7	When you have to scope a database into your engagement, you may be
10	8	curious how to best extract the information from the database. While
11	9	there are numerous different methods to extract this type of
12		information, I'm going to show an example of how to gather all users
13		and privileges from three main database types: Oracle, Microsoft SQL,
14		and MySQL.
15
16		## Oracle
	10	information, I'm going to show an example of how to gather all users and
	11	privileges from three main database types: Oracle, Microsoft SQL, and
	12	MySQL.
17	13
	14	* Oracle
18	15	You can use the following SQL script to see all users and their
19	16	privileges in an Oracle database:
20	17
21		```sql
	18	#+begin_src sql
22	19	SELECT
23	20	grantee AS "User",
24	21	privilege AS "Privilege"
		@@ -34,40 +31,37 @@ FROM
34	31	dba_tab_privs
35	32	WHERE
36	33	grantee IN (SELECT DISTINCT grantee FROM dba_tab_privs);
37		```
	34	#+end_src
38	35
39		This script queries the `dba_sys_privs` and
40		`dba_tab_privs` views to retrieve system and table-level
41		privileges respectively. It then combines the results using
42		`UNION ALL` to show all users and their associated
43		privileges. Please note that this method does not extract information
44		from the `dba_role_privs` table - use the method below for
	36	This script queries the =dba_sys_privs= and =dba_tab_privs= views to
	37	retrieve system and table-level privileges respectively. It then
	38	combines the results using =UNION ALL= to show all users and their
	39	associated privileges. Please note that this method does not extract
	40	information from the =dba_role_privs= table - use the method below for
45	41	that data.
46	42
47	43	Please note that you might need appropriate privileges (e.g., DBA
48	44	privileges) to access these views, and you should exercise caution when
49	45	querying system tables in a production Oracle database.
50	46
51		### Alternative Oracle Query
52
	47	** Alternative Oracle Query
53	48	You can also extract each table's information separately and perform
54	49	processing outside the database to explore and determine the information
55	50	necessary for the audit:
56	51
57		```sql
58		SELECT * FROM sys.dba_role_privs;
59		SELECT * FROM sys.dba_sys_privs;
60		SELECT * FROM sys.dba_tab_privs;
61		SELECT * FROM sys.dba_users;
62		```
63
64		## Microsoft SQL
	52	#+begin_src sql
	53	SELECT ** FROM sys.dba_role_privs;
	54	SELECT ** FROM sys.dba_sys_privs;
	55	SELECT ** FROM sys.dba_tab_privs;
	56	SELECT ** FROM sys.dba_users;
	57	#+end_src
65	58
	59	* Microsoft SQL
66	60	You can use the following SQL script to see all users and their
67	61	privileges in a Microsoft SQL Server database
68		([source](https://stackoverflow.com/a/30040784)):
	62	([[https://stackoverflow.com/a/30040784][source]]):
69	63
70		```sql
	64	#+begin_src sql
71	65	/*
72	66	Security Audit Report
73	67	1) List all access provisioned to a sql user or windows user/group directly
		@@ -98,7 +92,7 @@ ObjectName : Name of the object that the user/role is assigned permissions
98	92	definitions.
99	93	ColumnName : Name of the column of the object that the user/role is assigned permissions on. This value
100	94	is only populated if the object is a table, view or a table value function.
101		*/
	95	,*/
102	96
103	97	--List all access provisioned to a sql user or windows user/group directly
104	98	SELECT
		@@ -212,45 +206,41 @@ ORDER BY
212	206	perm.[permission_name],
213	207	perm.[state_desc],
214	208	obj.type_desc--perm.[class_desc]
215		```
216
217		## MySQL
	209	#+end_src
218	210
	211	* MySQL
219	212	You can use the following SQL script to see all users and their
220	213	privileges in a MySQL database:
221	214
222		```sh
	215	#+begin_src sh
223	216	mysql -u root -p
224		```
	217	#+end_src
225	218
226	219	Find all users and hosts with access to the database:
227	220
228		```sql
229		SELECT * FROM information_schema.user_privileges;
230		```
	221	#+begin_src sql
	222	SELECT ** FROM information_schema.user_privileges;
	223	#+end_src
231	224
232	225	This script retrieves user information and their associated
233		database-level privileges from the
234		`information_schema.user_privileges` table in MySQL. It lists
235		various privileges such as SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, CREATE, and
236		more for each user and database combination.
	226	database-level privileges from the =information_schema.user_privileges=
	227	table in MySQL. It lists various privileges such as SELECT, INSERT,
	228	UPDATE, DELETE, CREATE, and more for each user and database combination.
237	229
238		Please note that you may need appropriate privileges (e.g.,
239		`SELECT` privileges on
240		`information_schema.user_privileges`) to access this
	230	Please note that you may need appropriate privileges (e.g., =SELECT=
	231	privileges on =information_schema.user_privileges=) to access this
241	232	information in a MySQL database. Additionally, some privileges like
242	233	GRANT OPTION, EXECUTE, EVENT, and TRIGGER may not be relevant for all
243	234	users and databases.
244	235
245		### Alternative MySQL Query
246
	236	** Alternative MySQL Query
247	237	You can also grab individual sets of data from MySQL if you prefer to
248	238	join them after extraction. I have marked the queries below with
249		`SELECT ...` and excluded most `WHERE` clauses for
250		brevity. You should determine the relevant privileges in-scope and query
251		for those privileges to reduce the length of time to query.
	239	=SELECT ...= and excluded most =WHERE= clauses for brevity. You should
	240	determine the relevant privileges in-scope and query for those
	241	privileges to reduce the length of time to query.
252	242
253		```sql
	243	#+begin_src sql
254	244	-- Global Permissions
255	245	SELECT ... FROM mysql.user;
256	246
		@@ -269,4 +259,4 @@ WHERE db = @db_name;
269	259	-- Password Configuration
270	260	SHOW GLOBAL VARIABLES LIKE 'validate_password%';
271	261	SHOW VARIABLES LIKE 'validate_password%';
272		```
	262	#+end_src

blog/backblaze-b2/index.org added +176

		@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
	1	#+title: Getting Started with Backblaze B2 Cloud Storage
	2	#+date: 2023-06-28
	3	#+description: An introduction to the free ttier of Backblaze B2 Cloud Storage.
	4	#+filetags: :sysadmin:
	5
	6	* Overview
	7	Backblaze [[https://www.backblaze.com/b2/cloud-storage.html][B2 Cloud
	8	Storage]] is an inexpensive and reliable on-demand cloud storage and
	9	backup solution.
	10
	11	The service starts at $5/TB/month ($0.005/GB/month) with a download rate
	12	of $0.01/GB/month.
	13
	14	However, there are free tiers:
	15
	16	- The first 10 GB of storage is free.
	17	- The first 1 GB of data downloaded each day is free.
	18	- Class A transactions are free.
	19	- The first 2500 Class B transactions each day are free.
	20	- The first 2500 Class C transactions each day are free.
	21
	22	You can see which API calls fall into categories A, B, or C here:
	23	[[https://www.backblaze.com/b2/b2-transactions-price.html][Pricing
	24	Organized by API Calls]].
	25
	26	For someone like me, who wants an offsite backup of their server's
	27	=/home/= directory and various other server configs that fall under 10
	28	GB total, Backblaze is a great solution from a financial perspective.
	29
	30	* Create An Account
	31	To start with Backblaze, you'll need to
	32	[[https://www.backblaze.com/b2/sign-up.html][create a free account]] -
	33	no payment method is required to sign up.
	34
	35	Once you have an account, you can test out the service with their web
	36	GUI, their mobile app, or their CLI tool. I'm going to use the CLI tool
	37	below to test a file upload and then sync an entire directory to my
	38	Backblaze bucket.
	39
	40	* Create a Bucket
	41	Before you can start uploading, you need to create a bucket. If you're
	42	familiar with other object storage services, this will feel familiar. If
	43	not, it's pretty simple to create one.
	44
	45	As their webpage says:
	46
	47	#+begin_quote
	48	A bucket is a container that holds files that are uploaded into B2 Cloud
	49	Storage. The bucket name must be globally unique and must have a minimum
	50	of 6 characters. A limit of 100 buckets may be created per account. An
	51	unlimited number of files may be uploaded into a bucket.
	52
	53	#+end_quote
	54
	55	Once you click the =Create a Bucket= button on their webpage or mobile
	56	app, you need to provide the following:
	57
	58	- Bucket Unique Name
	59	- Files in Bucket are: =Private= or =Public=
	60	- Default Encryption: =Disable= or =Enable=
	61	- Object Lock: =Disable= or =Enable=
	62
	63	For my bucket, I created a private bucket with encryption enabled and
	64	object lock disabled.
	65
	66	Once your bucket is created, you can test the upload/download feature on
	67	their web GUI or mobile app! At this point, you have a fully functional
	68	bucket and account.
	69
	70	* Linux CLI Tool
	71	** Installation
	72	To install the =b2= CLI tool, you'll need to download it from the
	73	[[https://www.backblaze.com/docs/cloud-storage-command-line-tools][CLI
	74	Tools]] page. I recommend copying the URL from the link that says
	75	=Linux= and using wget to download it, as shown below.
	76
	77	Once downloaded, make the file executable and move it to a location on
	78	your =$PATH=, so that you can execute that command from anywhere on the
	79	machine.
	80
	81	#+begin_src sh
	82	wget <b2_cli_url>
	83	chmod +x b2_linux
	84	mv b2_linux /usr/bin/b2
	85	#+end_src
	86
	87	** Log In
	88	The first step after installation is to log in. To do this, execute the
	89	following command and provide your =<applicationKeyId>= and
	90	=<applicationKey>=.
	91
	92	If you don't want to provide these values in the command itself, you can
	93	simply execute the base command and it will request them in an
	94	interactive prompt.
	95
	96	#+begin_src sh
	97	# if you want to provide the keys directly:
	98	b2 authorize-account [<applicationKeyId>] [<applicationKey>]
	99
	100	# or, if you don't want your keys in your shell history:
	101	b2 authorize-account
	102	#+end_src
	103
	104	** Upload a Test File
	105	In order to test the functionality of the CLI tool, I'll start by
	106	uploading a single test file to the bucket I created above. We can do
	107	this with the =upload_file= function.
	108
	109	The command is issued as follows:
	110
	111	#+begin_src sh
	112	b2 upload_file <bucket_name> <local_file> <remote_file>
	113	#+end_src
	114
	115	In my situation, I executed the following command with my username.
	116
	117	#+begin_src sh
	118	b2 upload_file my_unique_bucket /home/<user>/test.md test.md
	119	#+end_src
	120
	121	To confirm that the file was uploaded successfully, list the files in
	122	your bucket:
	123
	124	#+begin_src sh
	125	b2 ls <bucket_name>
	126	#+end_src
	127
	128	#+begin_src txt
	129	test.md
	130	#+end_src
	131
	132	** Sync a Directory
	133	If you have numerous files, you can use the =sync= function to perform
	134	functionality similar to =rsync=, where you can check what's in your
	135	bucket and sync anything that is new or modified.
	136
	137	The command is issued as follows:
	138
	139	#+begin_src sh
	140	b2 sync <source file location> <B2 bucket destination>
	141	#+end_src
	142
	143	In my case, I can sync my user's entire home directory to my bucket
	144	without specifying any of the files directly:
	145
	146	#+begin_src sh
	147	b2 sync /home/<user>/ "b2://<bucketName>/home/<user>"
	148	#+end_src
	149
	150	* Caveats
	151	** Timing of Updates to the Web GUI
	152	When performing actions over a bucket, there is a slight delay in the
	153	web GUI when inspecting a bucket or its file. Note that simple actions
	154	such as uploading or deleting files may have a delay of a few minutes up
	155	to 24 hours. In my experience (<10 GB and ~20,000 files), any actions
	156	took only a few minutes to update across clients.
	157
	158	** Symlinks
	159	Note that symlinks are resolved by b2, so if you have a link from
	160	=/home/<user>/nas-storage= that symlinks out to a =/mnt/nas-storage=
	161	folder that has 10TB of data, =b2= will resolve that link and start
	162	uploading all 10TB of data linked within the folder.
	163
	164	If you're not sure if you have any symlinks, a symlink will look like
	165	this (note the =->= symbol):
	166
	167	#+begin_src sh
	168	> ls -lha
	169	lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 20 Jun 28 13:32 nas -> /mnt/nas-storage/
	170	#+end_src
	171
	172	You can recursively find symlink in a path with the following command:
	173
	174	#+begin_src sh
	175	ls -lR /path/to/search \| grep '^l'
	176	#+end_src

content/blog/2022-07-31-bash-it.md → blog/bash-it/index.org renamed +98 −107

		@@ -1,117 +1,113 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-07-31
3		title = "Upgrade Bash with Bash-It & Ble.sh"
4		description = "Learn how to increase the power of bash with Bash-It and Ble.sh."
5		+++
6
7		## Bash
	1	#+title: Upgrade Bash with Bash-It & Ble.sh
	2	#+date: 2022-07-31
	3	#+description: Learn how to increase the power of bash with Bash-It and Ble.sh.
	4	#+filetags: :sysadmin:
8	5
	6	* Bash
9	7	For those who are not familiar,
10		[Bash](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bash_(Unix_shell)) is a Unix shell
11		that is used as the default login shell for most Linux distributions.
12		This shell and command processor should be familiar if you've used
13		Linux (or older version of macOS) before.
	8	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bash_(Unix_shell)][Bash]] is a Unix
	9	shell that is used as the default login shell for most Linux
	10	distributions. This shell and command processor should be familiar if
	11	you've used Linux (or older version of macOS) before.
14	12
15	13	However, bash is not the only option. There are numerous other shells
16	14	that exist. Here are some popular examples:
17	15
18		- [zsh](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Z_shell)
19		- [fish](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fish_(Unix_shell))
20		- [oksh](https://github.com/ibara/oksh)
21		- [mksh](https://wiki.gentoo.org/wiki/Mksh)
22		- [dash](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Debian_Almquist_shell)
	16	- [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Z_shell][zsh]]
	17	- [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fish_(Unix_shell)][fish]]
	18	- [[https://github.com/ibara/oksh][oksh]]
	19	- [[https://wiki.gentoo.org/wiki/Mksh][mksh]]
	20	- [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Debian_Almquist_shell][dash]]
23	21
24	22	While each shell has its differences, bash is POSIX compliant and the
25	23	default for many Linux users. Because of this, I am going to explore a
26		program called `bash-it` below that helps bash users increase
27		the utility of their shell without installing a completely new shell.
28
29		### Installation
	24	program called =bash-it= below that helps bash users increase the
	25	utility of their shell without installing a completely new shell.
30	26
	27	** Installation
31	28	First, if bash is not already installed on your system, you can
32		[download bash from GNU](https://www.gnu.org/software/bash/) or use your
33		package manager to install it.
	29	[[https://www.gnu.org/software/bash/][download bash from GNU]] or use
	30	your package manager to install it.
34	31
35	32	For example, this is how you can install bash on Fedora Linux:
36	33
37		```sh
	34	#+begin_src sh
38	35	sudo dnf install bash
39		```
	36	#+end_src
40	37
41		If you are not using bash as your default shell, use the
42		`chsh` command to change your shell:
	38	If you are not using bash as your default shell, use the =chsh= command
	39	to change your shell:
43	40
44		```sh
	41	#+begin_src sh
45	42	chsh
46		```
	43	#+end_src
47	44
48		You should see a prompt like the one below. If the brackets
49		(`[]`) contain `bash` already, you're done, and
50		you can simply continue by hitting the Enter key.
	45	You should see a prompt like the one below. If the brackets (=[]=)
	46	contain =bash= already, you're done, and you can simply continue by
	47	hitting the Enter key.
51	48
52		If the brackets contain another shell path (e.g. =/usr/bin/zsh=), enter
53		the path to the bash program on your system (it's most likely located
54		at `/usr/bin/bash`).
	49	If the brackets contain another shell path (e.g. =/usr/bin/zsh=), enter
	50	the path to the bash program on your system (it's most likely located at
	51	=/usr/bin/bash=).
55	52
56		```sh
	53	#+begin_src sh
57	54	Changing shell for <user>.
58	55	New shell [/usr/bin/bash]:
59		```
	56	#+end_src
60	57
61	58	You must log out or restart the machine in order for the login shell to
62	59	be refreshed. You can do it now or wait until you're finished
63	60	customizing the shell.
64	61
65		```sh
	62	#+begin_src sh
66	63	sudo reboot now
67		```
68
69		## Bash-it
	64	#+end_src
70	65
71		As noted on the [Bash-it](https://github.com/Bash-it/bash-it)
	66	* Bash-it
	67	As noted on the [[https://github.com/Bash-it/bash-it][Bash-it]]
72	68	repository:
73	69
74		> Bash-it is a collection of community Bash commands and scripts for
75		> Bash 3.2+. (And a shameless ripoff of oh-my-zsh 😃)
	70	#+begin_quote
	71	Bash-it is a collection of community Bash commands and scripts for Bash
	72	3.2+. (And a shameless ripoff of oh-my-zsh 😃)
	73
	74	#+end_quote
76	75
77	76	Bash-it makes it easy to install plugins, set up aliases for common
78	77	commands, and easily change the visual theme of your shell.
79	78
80		### Installation
81
	79	** Installation
82	80	To install the framework, simply copy the repository files and use the
83		`install.sh` script provided. If you want, you can (and
84		should!) inspect the contents of the installation script before you run
85		it.
	81	=install.sh= script provided. If you want, you can (and should!) inspect
	82	the contents of the installation script before you run it.
86	83
87		```sh
	84	#+begin_src sh
88	85	git clone --depth=1 https://github.com/Bash-it/bash-it.git ~/.bash_it
89	86	~/.bash_it/install.sh
90		```
	87	#+end_src
91	88
92	89	If you didn't restart your session after making bash the default, and
93	90	are currently working within another shell, be sure to enter a bash
94		session before using `bash-it`:
	91	session before using =bash-it=:
95	92
96		```sh
	93	#+begin_src sh
97	94	bash
98		```
99
100		### Aliases
	95	#+end_src
101	96
	97	** Aliases
102	98	Bash-it contains a number of aliases for common commands to help improve
103	99	efficiency in the terminal. To list all available options, use the
104	100	following command:
105	101
106		```sh
	102	#+begin_src sh
107	103	bash-it show aliases
108		```
	104	#+end_src
109	105
110	106	This will provide you a list that looks like the following text block.
111	107	Within this screen, you will be able to see all available options and
112	108	which ones are currently enabled.
113	109
114		```txt
	110	#+begin_src txt
115	111	Alias Enabled? Description
116	112	ag [ ] the silver searcher (ag) aliases
117	113	ansible [ ] ansible abbreviations
		@@ -124,33 +120,32 @@ clipboard [ ] xclip shortcuts
124	120	composer [ ] common composer abbreviations
125	121	curl [x] Curl aliases for convenience.
126	122	...
127		```
	123	#+end_src
128	124
129	125	To enable an alias, do:
130	126
131		```sh
	127	#+begin_src sh
132	128	bash-it enable alias <alias name> [alias name]... -or- $ bash-it enable alias all
133		```
	129	#+end_src
134	130
135	131	To disable an alias, do:
136	132
137		```sh
	133	#+begin_src sh
138	134	bash-it disable alias <alias name> [alias name]... -or- $ bash-it disable alias all
139		```
140
141		### Plugins
	135	#+end_src
142	136
	137	** Plugins
143	138	Similar to aliases, plugins are available with bash-it. You can find a
144	139	complete list of plugins in the same way as aliases. Simply execute the
145	140	following:
146	141
147		```sh
	142	#+begin_src sh
148	143	bash-it show plugins
149		```
	144	#+end_src
150	145
151	146	You will see the following output showing enabled and disabled plugins:
152	147
153		```txt
	148	#+begin_src txt
154	149	Plugin Enabled? Description
155	150	alias-completion [ ]
156	151	autojump [ ] Autojump configuration, see https://github.com/wting/autojump for more details
		@@ -161,82 +156,78 @@ battery [x] display info about your battery charge level
161	156	blesh [ ] load ble.sh, the Bash line editor!
162	157	boot2docker [ ] Helpers to get Docker setup correctly for boot2docker
163	158	browser [ ] render commandline output in your browser
164		```
	159	#+end_src
165	160
166	161	To enable a plugin, do:
167	162
168		```sh
	163	#+begin_src sh
169	164	bash-it enable plugin <plugin name> [plugin name]... -or- $ bash-it enable plugin all
170		```
	165	#+end_src
171	166
172	167	To disable a plugin, do:
173	168
174		```sh
	169	#+begin_src sh
175	170	bash-it disable plugin <plugin name> [plugin name]... -or- $ bash-it disable plugin all
176		```
177
178		### Themes
	171	#+end_src
179	172
	173	** Themes
180	174	There are quite a few pre-defined
181		[themes](https://bash-it.readthedocs.io/en/latest/themes-list/#list-of-themes)
	175	[[https://bash-it.readthedocs.io/en/latest/themes-list/#list-of-themes][themes]]
182	176	available with bash-it.
183	177
184	178	To list all themes:
185	179
186		```sh
	180	#+begin_src sh
187	181	ls ~/.bash_it/themes/
188		```
	182	#+end_src
189	183
190		To use a new theme, you'll need to edit `.bashrc` and alter
191		the `BASH_IT_THEME` variable to your desired theme. For
192		example, I am using the `zork` theme.
	184	To use a new theme, you'll need to edit =.bashrc= and alter the
	185	=BASH_IT_THEME= variable to your desired theme. For example, I am using
	186	the =zork= theme.
193	187
194		```sh
	188	#+begin_src sh
195	189	nano ~/.bashrc
196		```
	190	#+end_src
197	191
198		```sh
	192	#+begin_src sh
199	193	export BASH_IT_THEME='zork'
200		```
	194	#+end_src
201	195
202	196	Once you save your changes, you just need to exit your terminal and
203		create a new one in order to see your changes to the
204		`.bashrc` file. You can also `source` the file to
205		see changes, but I recommend starting a completely new shell instead.
206
207		## ble.sh
208
209		One big feature I was missing in Bash that both `zsh` and
210		`fish` have is an autosuggestion feature. To explain: as you
211		type, an autosuggestion feature in the shell will offer suggestions in a
212		lighter font color beyond the characters already typed. Once you see the
213		command you want, you can click the right arrow and have the shell
214		auto-complete that line for you.
215
216		Luckily, the [Bash Line Editor](https://github.com/akinomyoga/ble.sh)
	197	create a new one in order to see your changes to the =.bashrc= file. You
	198	can also =source= the file to see changes, but I recommend starting a
	199	completely new shell instead.
	200
	201	*** ble.sh
	202	One big feature I was missing in Bash that both =zsh= and =fish= have is
	203	an autosuggestion feature. To explain: as you type, an autosuggestion
	204	feature in the shell will offer suggestions in a lighter font color
	205	beyond the characters already typed. Once you see the command you want,
	206	you can click the right arrow and have the shell auto-complete that line
	207	for you.
	208
	209	Luckily, the [[https://github.com/akinomyoga/ble.sh][Bash Line Editor]]
217	210	(ble.sh) exists! This program provides a wonderful autosuggestions
218	211	feature perfectly, among other features that I haven't tested yet.
219	212
220	213	In order to install ble.sh, execute the following:
221	214
222		```sh
	215	#+begin_src sh
223	216	git clone --recursive https://github.com/akinomyoga/ble.sh.git
224	217	make -C ble.sh install PREFIX=~/.local
225	218	echo 'source ~/.local/share/blesh/ble.sh' >> ~/.bashrc
226		```
	219	#+end_src
227	220
228	221	Again, exit the terminal and open a new one in order to see the
229	222	newly-configured shell.
230	223
231		## Restart the Session
232
	224	* Restart the Session
233	225	Finally, as mentioned above, you'll need to restart the session to
234	226	ensure that your user is using bash by default.
235	227
236	228	You will also need to exit and re-open a shell (e.g., terminal or
237		terminal tab) any time you make changes to the `.bashrc`
238		file.
	229	terminal tab) any time you make changes to the =.bashrc= file.
239	230
240		```sh
	231	#+begin_src sh
241	232	sudo reboot now
242		```
	233	#+end_src

content/blog/2023-05-22-burnout.md → blog/burnout/index.org renamed +18 −21

		@@ -1,19 +1,17 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-05-22
3		title = "RE: Burnout"
4		description = "A response to Drew DeVault's burnout post."
5		+++
6
7		## RE: Burnout
8
9		I recently read [Drew DeVault's post on
10		burnout](https://drewdevault.com/2023/05/01/2023-05-01-Burnout.html)
11		around the same time I was pulling out of a burnout rut myself earlier
12		this month. Finally, seeing the light at the end of my burnout tunnel
13		made me want to write my first post back on this topic.
14
15		## Busy Seasons on Busy Seasons
16
	1	#+title: RE: Burnout
	2	#+date: 2023-05-22
	3	#+description: A response to Drew DeVault's burnout post.
	4	#+filetags: :personal:
	5
	6	* RE: Burnout
	7	I recently read
	8	[[https://drewdevault.com/2023/05/01/2023-05-01-Burnout.html][Drew
	9	DeVault's post on burnout]] around the same time I was pulling out of a
	10	burnout rut myself earlier this month. Finally, seeing the light at the
	11	end of my burnout tunnel made me want to write my first post back on
	12	this topic.
	13
	14	* Busy Seasons on Busy Seasons
17	15	My career deals with busy seasons, generally driven by client demand.
18	16	This last year, I dealt with a harsh busy season from Aug to Oct 2022 to
19	17	issue a few SOC reports for the period ending 2022-09-30. Immediately
		@@ -28,12 +26,11 @@ I have a brief break and need to focus on the 2023-09-30 SOC reports
28	26	again. While auditing and consulting always involve a busy season, this
29	27	is the first time I've had one last 9+ months without a break.
30	28
31		While it's been tough, I have a handful of breaks pre-planned
32		throughout this next cycle and should be able to moderate the level of
33		commitment required for each client.
34
35		## Refocusing
	29	While it's been tough, I have a handful of breaks pre-planned throughout
	30	this next cycle and should be able to moderate the level of commitment
	31	required for each client.
36	32
	33	* Refocusing
37	34	Outside of work, I finally have time to work on hobbies such as this
38	35	website, programming, athletics, games, etc.
39	36

content/blog/2020-07-26-business-analysis.md → blog/business-analysis/index.org renamed +57 −66

		@@ -1,31 +1,28 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2020-07-26
3		title = "Algorithmically Analyzing Local Businesses"
4		description = "Exploring and visualizing data with Python."
5		+++
6
7		# Background Information
	1	#+title: Algorithmically Analyzing Local Businesses
	2	#+date: 2020-07-26
	3	#+description: Exploring and visualizing data with Python.
	4	#+filetags: :data:
8	5
	6	* Background Information
9	7	This project aims to help investors learn more about a random city in
10	8	order to determine optimal locations for business investments. The data
11	9	used in this project was obtained using Foursquare's developer API.
12	10
13	11	Fields include:
14	12
15		- Venue Name
16		- Venue Category
17		- Venue Latitude
18		- Venue Longitude
	13	- Venue Name
	14	- Venue Category
	15	- Venue Latitude
	16	- Venue Longitude
19	17
20	18	There are 232 records found using the center of Lincoln as the area of
21	19	interest with a radius of 10,000.
22	20
23		# Import the Data
24
	21	* Import the Data
25	22	The first step is the simplest: import the applicable libraries. We will
26	23	be using the libraries below for this project.
27	24
28		```python
	25	#+begin_src python
29	26	# Import the Python libraries we will be using
30	27	import pandas as pd
31	28	import requests
		@@ -34,24 +31,24 @@ import math
34	31	import json
35	32	from pandas.io.json import json_normalize
36	33	from sklearn.cluster import KMeans
37		```
	34	#+end_src
38	35
39	36	To begin our analysis, we need to import the data for this project. The
40	37	data we are using in this project comes directly from the Foursquare
41	38	API. The first step is to get the latitude and longitude of the city
42	39	being studied (Lincoln, NE) and setting up the folium map.
43	40
44		```python
	41	#+begin_src python
45	42	# Define the latitude and longitude, then map the results
46	43	latitude = 40.806862
47	44	longitude = -96.681679
48	45	map_LNK = folium.Map(location=[latitude, longitude], zoom_start=12)
49	46
50	47	map_LNK
51		```
	48	#+end_src
52	49
53		![Blank
54		Map](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200726-ibm-data-science/01_blank_map-min.png)
	50	#+caption: Blank Map
	51	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200726-ibm-data-science/01_blank_map-min.png]]
55	52
56	53	Now that we have defined our city and created the map, we need to go get
57	54	the business data. The Foursquare API will limit the results to 100 per
		@@ -59,7 +56,7 @@ API call, so we use our first API call below to determine the total
59	56	results that Foursquare has found. Since the total results are 232, we
60	57	perform the API fetching process three times (100 + 100 + 32 = 232).
61	58
62		```python
	59	#+begin_src python
63	60	# Foursquare API credentials
64	61	CLIENT_ID = 'your-client-id'
65	62	CLIENT_SECRET = 'your-client-secret'
		@@ -117,19 +114,18 @@ url3 = 'https://api.foursquare.com/v2/venues/explore?&client_id={}&client_secret
117	114
118	115	# Fetch the final results (201 - 232)
119	116	results3 = requests.get(url3).json()
120		```
121
122		# Clean the Data
	117	#+end_src
123	118
	119	* Clean the Data
124	120	Now that we have our data in three separate dataframes, we need to
125	121	combine them into a single dataframe and make sure to reset the index so
126		that we have a unique ID for each business. The `get~categorytype~`
	122	that we have a unique ID for each business. The =get~categorytype~=
127	123	function below will pull the categories and name from each business's
128	124	entry in the Foursquare data automatically. Once all the data has been
129		labeled and combined, the results are stored in the
130		`nearby_venues` dataframe.
	125	labeled and combined, the results are stored in the =nearby_venues=
	126	dataframe.
131	127
132		```python
	128	#+begin_src python
133	129	# This function will extract the category of the venue from the API dictionary
134	130	def get_category_type(row):
135	131	try:
		@@ -192,18 +188,17 @@ nearby_venues3.columns = [col.split(".")[-1] for col in nearby_venues3.columns]
192	188	nearby_venues = nearby_venues.append(nearby_venues3)
193	189	nearby_venues = nearby_venues.reset_index(drop=True)
194	190	nearby_venues
195		```
196
197		![Clean
198		Data](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200726-ibm-data-science/02_clean_data-min.png)
	191	#+end_src
199	192
200		# Visualize the Data
	193	#+caption: Clean Data
	194	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200726-ibm-data-science/02_clean_data-min.png]]
201	195
	196	* Visualize the Data
202	197	We now have a complete, clean data set. The next step is to visualize
203	198	this data onto the map we created earlier. We will be using folium's
204		`CircleMarker()` function to do this.
	199	=CircleMarker()= function to do this.
205	200
206		```python
	201	#+begin_src python
207	202	# add markers to map
208	203	for lat, lng, name, categories in zip(nearby_venues['lat'], nearby_venues['lng'], nearby_venues['name'], nearby_venues['categories']):
209	204	label = '{} ({})'.format(name, categories)
		@@ -219,25 +214,23 @@ for lat, lng, name, categories in zip(nearby_venues['lat'], nearby_venues['lng']
219	214	).add_to(map_LNK)
220	215
221	216	map_LNK
222		```
	217	#+end_src
223	218
224		\![Initial data
225		map](<https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200726-ibm-data-science/03_data_map-min.png>
226		"Initial data map")
	219	![[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200726-ibm-data-science/03_data_map-min.png][Initial
	220	data map]]
227	221
228		# Clustering: k-means
229
230		To cluster the data, we will be using the k-means algorithm. This
	222	* Clustering: /k-means/
	223	To cluster the data, we will be using the /k-means/ algorithm. This
231	224	algorithm is iterative and will automatically make sure that data points
232	225	in each cluster are as close as possible to each other, while being as
233	226	far as possible away from other clusters.
234	227
235	228	However, we first have to figure out how many clusters to use (defined
236		as the variable 'k'). To do so, we will use the next two functions
237		to calculate the sum of squares within clusters and then return the
238		optimal number of clusters.
	229	as the variable /'k'/). To do so, we will use the next two functions to
	230	calculate the sum of squares within clusters and then return the optimal
	231	number of clusters.
239	232
240		```python
	233	#+begin_src python
241	234	# This function will return the sum of squares found in the data
242	235	def calculate_wcss(data):
243	236	wcss = []
		@@ -271,13 +264,13 @@ def optimal_number_of_clusters(wcss):
271	264
272	265	# calculating the optimal number of clusters
273	266	n = optimal_number_of_clusters(sum_of_squares)
274		```
	267	#+end_src
275	268
276	269	Now that we have found that our optimal number of clusters is six, we
277	270	need to perform k-means clustering. When this clustering occurs, each
278	271	business is assigned a cluster number from 0 to 5 in the dataframe.
279	272
280		```python
	273	#+begin_src python
281	274	# set number of clusters equal to the optimal number
282	275	kclusters = n
283	276
		@@ -286,13 +279,13 @@ kmeans = KMeans(n_clusters=kclusters, random_state=0).fit(cluster_df)
286	279
287	280	# add clustering labels to dataframe
288	281	nearby_venues.insert(0, 'Cluster Labels', kmeans.labels_)
289		```
	282	#+end_src
290	283
291	284	Success! We now have a dataframe with clean business data, along with a
292	285	cluster number for each business. Now let's map the data using six
293	286	different colors.
294	287
295		```python
	288	#+begin_src python
296	289	# create map with clusters
297	290	map_clusters = folium.Map(location=[latitude, longitude], zoom_start=12)
298	291	colors = ['#0F9D58', '#DB4437', '#4285F4', '#800080', '#ce12c0', '#171717']
		@@ -311,13 +304,12 @@ for lat, lng, name, categories, cluster in zip(nearby_venues['lat'], nearby_venu
311	304	fill_opacity=0.7).add_to(map_clusters)
312	305
313	306	map_clusters
314		```
315
316		![Clustered
317		Map](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200726-ibm-data-science/04_clusters-min.png)
	307	#+end_src
318	308
319		# Investigate Clusters
	309	#+caption: Clustered Map
	310	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200726-ibm-data-science/04_clusters-min.png]]
320	311
	312	* Investigate Clusters
321	313	Now that we have figured out our clusters, let's do a little more
322	314	analysis to provide more insight into the clusters. With the information
323	315	below, we can see which clusters are more popular for businesses and
		@@ -325,23 +317,23 @@ which are less popular. The results below show us that clusters 0
325	317	through 3 are popular, while clusters 4 and 5 are not very popular at
326	318	all.
327	319
328		```python
	320	#+begin_src python
329	321	# Show how many venues are in each cluster
330	322	color_names = ['Dark Green', 'Red', 'Blue', 'Purple', 'Pink', 'Black']
331	323	for x in range(0,6):
332	324	print("Color of Cluster", x, ":", color_names[x])
333	325	print("Venues found in Cluster", x, ":", nearby_venues.loc[nearby_venues['Cluster Labels'] == x, nearby_venues.columns[:]].shape[0])
334	326	print("---")
335		```
	327	#+end_src
336	328
337		![Venues per
338		Cluster](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200726-ibm-data-science/05_venues_per_cluster-min.png)
	329	#+caption: Venues per Cluster
	330	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200726-ibm-data-science/05_venues_per_cluster-min.png]]
339	331
340	332	Our last piece of analysis is to summarize the categories of businesses
341	333	within each cluster. With these results, we can clearly see that
342	334	restaurants, coffee shops, and grocery stores are the most popular.
343	335
344		```python
	336	#+begin_src python
345	337	# Calculate how many venues there are in each category
346	338	# Sort from largest to smallest
347	339	temp_df = nearby_venues.drop(columns=['name', 'lat', 'lng'])
		@@ -361,16 +353,15 @@ with pd.option_context('display.max_rows', None, 'display.max_columns', None):
361	353	print("\n\n", "Cluster 3:", "\n", cluster3_grouped.loc[cluster3_grouped['Cluster Labels'] > 1])
362	354	print("\n\n", "Cluster 4:", "\n", cluster4_grouped.loc[cluster4_grouped['Cluster Labels'] > 1])
363	355	print("\n\n", "Cluster 5:", "\n", cluster5_grouped.loc[cluster5_grouped['Cluster Labels'] > 1])
364		```
365
366		![Venues per Cluster, pt.
367		1](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200726-ibm-data-science/06_categories_per_cluster_pt1-min.png)
	356	#+end_src
368	357
369		![Venues per Cluster, pt.
370		2](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200726-ibm-data-science/07_categories_per_cluster_pt2-min.png)
	358	#+caption: Venues per Cluster, pt. 1
	359	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200726-ibm-data-science/06_categories_per_cluster_pt1-min.png]]
371	360
372		# Discussion
	361	#+caption: Venues per Cluster, pt. 2
	362	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200726-ibm-data-science/07_categories_per_cluster_pt2-min.png]]
373	363
	364	* Discussion
374	365	In this project, we gathered location data for Lincoln, Nebraska, USA
375	366	and clustered the data using the k-means algorithm in order to identify
376	367	the unique clusters of businesses in Lincoln. Through these actions, we

content/blog/2023-06-23-byobu.md → blog/byobu/index.org renamed +17 −20

		@@ -1,36 +1,33 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-06-23
3		title = "Byobu"
4		description = "Learning about the Byobu application for terminals."
5		+++
	1	#+title: Byobu
	2	#+date: 2023-06-23
	3	#+description: Learning about the Byobu application for terminals.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
6	5
7		## Byobu
8
9		[byobu](https://www.byobu.org) is a command-line tool that allows you to
10		use numerous screens within a single terminal emulator instance. More
11		specifically, it's a text based window manager, using either
12		`screen` or `tmux`.
	6	* Byobu
	7	[[https://www.byobu.org][byobu]] is a command-line tool that allows you
	8	to use numerous screens within a single terminal emulator instance. More
	9	specifically, it's a text based window manager, using either =screen= or
	10	=tmux=.
13	11
14	12	This post is mostly just a self-reference as I explore byobu, so I may
15	13	come back later and update this post with more content.
16	14
17		### Screenshot
18
	15	** Screenshot
19	16	Take a look below at my current multi-window set-up in byobu while I
20	17	write this blog post:
21	18
22		![byobu](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230623-byobu/byobu.png)
23
24		## Keybindings
	19	#+caption: byobu
	20	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230623-byobu/byobu.png]]
25	21
	22	*** Keybindings
26	23	You can open the help menu with either of the following commands; they
27	24	will both open the same manpage:
28	25
29		```sh
	26	#+begin_src sh
30	27	byobu --help
31	28	# or
32	29	man byobu
33		```
	30	#+end_src
34	31
35	32	While the manpage contains a ton of information about the functionality
36	33	of byobu (such as status notifications, sessions, and windows), the
		@@ -38,7 +35,7 @@ first location to explore should be the keybindings section.
38	35
39	36	The keybindings are configured as follows:
40	37
41		```txt
	38	#+begin_src txt
42	39	byobu keybindings can be user defined in /usr/share/byobu/keybindings/ (or
43	40	within .screenrc if byobu-export was used). The common key bindings are:
44	41
		@@ -66,4 +63,4 @@ Ctrl-a R - Reload profile
66	63	Ctrl-a ! - Toggle key bindings on and off
67	64	Ctrl-a k - Kill the current window
68	65	Ctrl-a ~ - Save the current window's scrollback buffer
69		```
	66	#+end_src

content/blog/2021-05-30-changing-git-authors.md → blog/changing-git-authors/index.org renamed +16 −18

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2021-05-30
3		title = "Changing Git Authors"
4		description = "A guide to change Git author names and emails in old commits."
5		+++
6
7		## Changing Git Author/Email Based on Previously Committed Email
	1	#+title: Changing Git Authors
	2	#+date: 2021-05-30
	3	#+description: A guide to change Git author names and emails in old commits.
	4	#+filetags: :dev:
8	5
	6	* Changing Git Author/Email Based on Previously Committed Email
9	7	Here's the dilemma: You've been committing changes to your git
10	8	repository with an incorrect name or email (or multiple repositories),
11	9	and now you want to fix it. Luckily, there's a semi-reliable way to fix
		@@ -15,18 +13,18 @@ of commits, so use this method only if you're okay accepting that risk.
15	13
16	14	Okay, let's create the bash script:
17	15
18		```sh
	16	#+begin_src sh
19	17	nano change_git_authors.sh
20		```
	18	#+end_src
21	19
22	20	The following information can be pasted directly into your bash script.
23	21	The only changes you need to make are to the following variables:
24	22
25		- `OLD_EMAIL`
26		- `CORRECT_NAME`
27		- `CORRECT_EMAIL`
	23	- =OLD_EMAIL=
	24	- =CORRECT_NAME=
	25	- =CORRECT_EMAIL=
28	26
29		```sh
	27	#+begin_src sh
30	28	#!/bin/sh
31	29
32	30	# List all sub-directories in the current directory
		@@ -59,16 +57,16 @@ do
59	57
60	58	cd ..
61	59	done
62		```
	60	#+end_src
63	61
64	62	Finally, save the bash script and make it executable.
65	63
66		```sh
	64	#+begin_src sh
67	65	chmod a+x change_git_authors.sh
68		```
	66	#+end_src
69	67
70	68	Now you can run the script and should see the process begin.
71	69
72		```sh
	70	#+begin_src sh
73	71	./change_git_authors.sh
74		```
	72	#+end_src

content/blog/2021-12-04-cisa.md → blog/cisa/index.org renamed +75 −84

		@@ -1,21 +1,18 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2021-12-04
3		title = "I Passed the CISA!"
4		description = "A recap of the CISA certification exam and my results."
5		+++
6
7		## What is the CISA?
	1	#+title: I Passed the CISA!
	2	#+date: 2021-12-04
	3	#+description: A recap of the CISA certification exam and my results.
	4	#+filetags: :audit:
8	5
	6	* What is the CISA?
9	7	For those of you lucky enough not to be knee-deep in the world of IT/IS
10		Auditing, [CISA](https://www.isaca.org/credentialing/cisa) stands for
	8	Auditing, [[https://www.isaca.org/credentialing/cisa][CISA]] stands for
11	9	Certified Information Systems Auditor. This certification and exam are
12		part of ISACA's suite of certifications. As I often explain it to
13		people like my family, it basically means you're employed to use your
14		knowledge of information systems, regulations, common threats, risks,
15		etc. in order to assess an organization's current control of their
16		risk. If a risk isn't controlled (and the company doesn't want to
17		accept the risk), an IS auditor will suggest implementing a control to
18		address that risk.
	10	part of ISACA's suite of certifications. As I often explain it to people
	11	like my family, it basically means you're employed to use your knowledge
	12	of information systems, regulations, common threats, risks, etc. in
	13	order to assess an organization's current control of their risk. If a
	14	risk isn't controlled (and the company doesn't want to accept the risk),
	15	an IS auditor will suggest implementing a control to address that risk.
19	16
20	17	Now, the CISA certification itself is, in my opinion, the main
21	18	certification for this career. While certifications such as the CPA or
		@@ -27,13 +24,13 @@ However, to be honest, I am a skeptic of most certifications. I
27	24	understand the value they hold in terms of how much you need to commit
28	25	to studying or learning on the job, as well as the market value for
29	26	certifications such as the CISA. But I also have known some very
30		~~incompetent~~ less than stellar auditors who have CPAs, CISAs, CIAs,
	27	+incompetent+ /less than stellar/ auditors who have CPAs, CISAs, CIAs,
31	28	etc.
32	29
33	30	The same goes for most industries: if a person is good at studying, they
34	31	can earn the certification. However, that knowledge means nothing unless
35		you're actually able to use it in real life and perform as expected of
36		a certification holder. The challenge comes when people are hired or
	32	you're actually able to use it in real life and perform as expected of a
	33	certification holder. The challenge comes when people are hired or
37	34	connected strictly because of their certifications or resume; you need
38	35	to see a person work before you can assume them having a CISA means
39	36	they're better than someone without the CISA.
		@@ -42,50 +39,47 @@ Okay, rant over. Certifications are generally accepted as a measuring
42	39	stick of commitment and quality of an employee, so I am accepting it
43	40	too.
44	41
45		## Exam Content
46
	42	* Exam Content
47	43	The CISA is broken down into five sections, each weighted with a
48	44	percentage of test questions that may appear.
49	45
50		![CISA exam
51		sections](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20211204-i-passed-the-cisa/cisa-exam-sections.png)
	46	#+caption: CISA exam sections
	47	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20211204-i-passed-the-cisa/cisa-exam-sections.png]]
52	48
53	49	Since the exam contains 150 questions, here's how those sections break
54	50	down:
55	51
56		Exam Section Percentage of Exam Questions
57		----------------- -------------------- -----------
58		1 21% 32
59		2 17% 26
60		3 12% 18
61		4 23% 34
62		5 27% 40
63		Grand Total 100% 150
64
65		## My Studying Habits
	52	\| Exam Section \| Percentage of Exam \| Questions \|
	53	\|---------------+--------------------+-----------\|
	54	\| 1 \| 21% \| 32 \|
	55	\| 2 \| 17% \| 26 \|
	56	\| 3 \| 12% \| 18 \|
	57	\| 4 \| 23% \| 34 \|
	58	\| 5 \| 27% \| 40 \|
	59	\| Grand Total \| 100% \| 150 \|
66	60
	61	* My Studying Habits
67	62	This part is a little hard for me to break down into specific detail due
68	63	to the craziness of the last year. While I officially purchased my
69		studying materials in December 2020 and opened them to "start
70		studying" in January 2021, I really wasn't able to study much due to
71		the demands of my job and personal life.
	64	studying materials in December 2020 and opened them to "start studying"
	65	in January 2021, I really wasn't able to study much due to the demands
	66	of my job and personal life.
72	67
73	68	Let me approach this from a few different viewpoints.
74	69
75		### Study Materials
76
	70	** Study Materials
77	71	Let's start by discussing the study materials I purchased. I'll be
78	72	referring to #1 as the CRM and #2 as the QAE.
79	73
80		1. [CISA Review Manual, 27th Edition \\|
81		Print](https://store.isaca.org/s/store#/store/browse/detail/a2S4w000004KoCbEAK)
82		2. [[<https://store.isaca.org/s/store#/store/browse/detail/a2S4w000004KoCcEAK>][CISA
83		Review Questions, Answers & Explanations Manual, 12th Edition \\|
84		Print]]
	74	1. [[https://store.isaca.org/s/store#/store/browse/detail/a2S4w000004KoCbEAK][CISA
	75	Review Manual, 27th Edition \| Print]]
	76	2. [[[[https://store.isaca.org/s/store#/store/browse/detail/a2S4w000004KoCcEAK]]][CISA
	77	Review Questions, Answers & Explanations Manual, 12th Edition \|
	78	Print]]
85	79
86	80	The CRM is an excellent source of information and could honestly be used
87	81	as a reference for most IS auditors as a learning reference during their
88		daily audit responsibilities. However, it is full of information and
	82	daily audit responsibilities. However, it is full* of information and
89	83	can be overloading if you're not good at filtering out useless
90	84	information while studying.
91	85
		@@ -95,10 +89,10 @@ complaint about the QAE is that each question is immediately followed
95	89	with the correct answer and explanations below it, which means I had to
96	90	use something to constantly cover the answers while I was studying.
97	91
98		I didn't use the online database version of the QAE, but I've heard
99		that it's easier to use than the printed book. However, it is more
100		expensive (\$299 database vs \$129 book) which might be important if
101		you're paying for materials yourself.
	92	I didn't use the online database version of the QAE, but I've heard that
	93	it's easier to use than the printed book. However, it is more expensive
	94	($299 database vs $129 book) which might be important if you're paying
	95	for materials yourself.
102	96
103	97	In terms of question difficulty, I felt that the QAE was a good
104	98	representation of the actual exam. I've seen a lot of people online say
		@@ -111,8 +105,7 @@ topics you struggle with), and use the QAE to continue practicing
111	105	exam-like questions, you should be fine. I didn't use any online
112	106	courses, videos, etc. - the ISACA materials are more than enough.
113	107
114		### Studying Process
115
	108	** Studying Process
116	109	While I was able to briefly read through sections 1 and 2 in early 2021,
117	110	I had to stop and take a break from February/March to September. I
118	111	switched jobs in September, which allowed me a lot more free time to
		@@ -124,60 +117,59 @@ practice exam from the QAE manual and scored 70% (105/150).
124	117
125	118	Here's a breakdown of my initial practice exam:
126	119
127		Exam Section Incorrect Correct Grand Total Percent
128		----------------- ----------- --------- ------------- ---------
129		1 8 25 33 76%
130		2 5 20 25 80%
131		3 6 12 18 67%
132		4 10 23 33 70%
133		5 16 25 41 61%
134		Grand Total 45 105 150 70%
	120	\| Exam Section \| Incorrect \| Correct \| Grand Total \| Percent \|
	121	\|---------------+-----------+---------+-------------+---------\|
	122	\| 1 \| 8 \| 25 \| 33 \| 76% \|
	123	\| 2 \| 5 \| 20 \| 25 \| 80% \|
	124	\| 3 \| 6 \| 12 \| 18 \| 67% \|
	125	\| 4 \| 10 \| 23 \| 33 \| 70% \|
	126	\| 5 \| 16 \| 25 \| 41 \| 61% \|
	127	\| Grand Total* \| 45* \| 105* \| 150* \| 70%* \|
135	128
136	129	As I expected, my toughest sections were related to project management,
137	130	development, implementation, and security.
138	131
139	132	This just leaves October and November. For these months, I tried to
140	133	practice every few days, doing 10 questions for each section, until the
141		exam. This came out to 13 practice sessions, \~140 questions per
142		section, and \~700 questions total.
	134	exam. This came out to 13 practice sessions, ~140 questions per section,
	135	and ~700 questions total.
143	136
144	137	While some practice sessions were worse and some were better, the final
145	138	results were similar to my practice exam results. As you can see below,
146	139	my averages were slightly worse than my practice exam. However, I got in
147		over 700 questions of practice and, most importantly, \*I read through
	140	over 700 questions of practice and, most importantly, *I read through
148	141	the explanations every time I answered incorrectly and learned from my
149		mistakes\*.
150
151		Exam Section Incorrect Correct Grand Total Percent
152		----------------- ----------- --------- ------------- ---------
153		1 33 108 141 77%
154		2 33 109 142 77%
155		3 55 89 144 62%
156		4 52 88 140 63%
157		5 55 85 140 61%
158		Grand Total 228 479 707 68%
	142	mistakes*.
159	143
160		![CISA practice question
161		results](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20211204-i-passed-the-cisa/cisa-practice-questions-results.png)
	144	\| Exam Section \| Incorrect \| Correct \| Grand Total \| Percent \|
	145	\|---------------+-----------+---------+-------------+---------\|
	146	\| 1 \| 33 \| 108 \| 141 \| 77% \|
	147	\| 2 \| 33 \| 109 \| 142 \| 77% \|
	148	\| 3 \| 55 \| 89 \| 144 \| 62% \|
	149	\| 4 \| 52 \| 88 \| 140 \| 63% \|
	150	\| 5 \| 55 \| 85 \| 140 \| 61% \|
	151	\| Grand Total* \| 228* \| 479* \| 707* \| 68%* \|
162	152
163		## Results
	153	#+caption: CISA practice question results
	154	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20211204-i-passed-the-cisa/cisa-practice-questions-results.png]]
164	155
	156	* Results
165	157	Now, how do the practice scores reflect my actual results? After all,
166	158	it's hard to tell how good a practice regimen is unless you see how it
167	159	turns out.
168	160
169		Exam Section Section Name Score
170		-------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------ ---------
171		1 Information Systems Auditing Process 678
172		2 Governance and Management of IT 590
173		3 Information Systems Acquisition, Development, and Implementation 721
174		4 Information Systems Operations and Business Resilience 643
175		5 Protection of Information Assets 511
176		TOTAL 616
	161	\| Exam Section \| Section Name \| Score \|
	162	\|--------------+------------------------------------------------------------------+-------\|
	163	\| 1 \| Information Systems Auditing Process \| 678 \|
	164	\| 2 \| Governance and Management of IT \| 590 \|
	165	\| 3 \| Information Systems Acquisition, Development, and Implementation \| 721 \|
	166	\| 4 \| Information Systems Operations and Business Resilience \| 643 \|
	167	\| 5 \| Protection of Information Assets \| 511 \|
	168	\| TOTAL \| \| 616 \|
177	169
178	170	Now, in order to pass the CISA, you need at least 450 on a sliding scale
179	171	of 200-800. Personally, I really have no clue what an average CISA score
180		is. After a very brief look online, I can see that the high end is
	172	is. After a /very/ brief look online, I can see that the high end is
181	173	usually in the low 700s. In addition, only about 50-60% of people pass
182	174	the exam.
183	175
		@@ -196,8 +188,7 @@ CISA topics at all, the most important part of studying is doing
196	188	practice questions. You really need to understand how to read the
197	189	questions critically and pick the best answer.
198	190
199		## Looking Forward
200
	191	* Looking Forward
201	192	I am extremely happy that I was finally able to pass the CISA. Looking
202	193	to the future, I'm not sure what's next in terms of professional
203	194	learning. My current company offers internal learning courses, so I will

content/blog/2021-03-19-clone-github-repos.md → blog/clone-github-repos/index.org renamed +42 −49

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2021-03-19
3		title = "How to Clone All Repositories from a GitHub or Sourcehut Account"
4		description = "Learn how to clone all GitHub or Sourcehut repositories."
5		+++
6
7		## Cloning from GitHub
	1	#+title: How to Clone All Repositories from a GitHub or Sourcehut Account
	2	#+date: 2021-03-19
	3	#+description: Learn how to clone all GitHub or Sourcehut repositories.
	4	#+filetags: :dev:
8	5
	6	* Cloning from GitHub
9	7	If you're like me and use a lot of different devices (and sometimes
10	8	decide to just wipe your device and start with a new OS), you probably
11	9	know the pain of cloning all your old code repositories down to your
		@@ -13,47 +11,45 @@ local file system.
13	11
14	12	If you're using GitHub, you can easily clone all of your code back down
15	13	in just seconds. First, create a bash script. I do so by opening a new
16		file in `nano`, but you can use `gedit`,
17		`vim`, or something else:
	14	file in =nano=, but you can use =gedit=, =vim=, or something else:
18	15
19		```sh
	16	#+begin_src sh
20	17	nano clone_github_repos.sh
21		```
	18	#+end_src
22	19
23	20	Next, paste in the following information. Note that you can replace the
24		word `users` in the first line with `orgs` and
25		type an organization's name instead of a user's name.
	21	word =users= in the first line with =orgs= and type an organization's
	22	name instead of a user's name.
26	23
27		```sh
	24	#+begin_src sh
28	25	CNTX=users; NAME=YOUR-USERNAME; PAGE=1
29	26	curl "https://api.github.com/$CNTX/$NAME/repos?page=$PAGE&per_page=100" \|
30	27	grep -e 'git_url*' \|
31	28	cut -d \" -f 4 \|
32	29	xargs -L1 git clone
33		```
	30	#+end_src
34	31
35	32	Finally, save the bash script and make it executable.
36	33
37		```sh
	34	#+begin_src sh
38	35	chmod a+x clone_github_repos.sh
39		```
	36	#+end_src
40	37
41	38	Now you can run the script and should see the cloning process begin.
42	39
43		```sh
	40	#+begin_src sh
44	41	./clone_github_repos.sh
45		```
46
47		## Cloning from Sourcehut
	42	#+end_src
48	43
	44	* Cloning from Sourcehut
49	45	I haven't fully figured out how to directly incorporate Sourcehut's
50	46	GraphQL API into a bash script yet, so this one will take two steps.
51	47
52		First, log-in to Sourcehut and go to their [GraphQL playground for
53		Git](https://git.sr.ht/graphql). Next, paste the following query into
54		the left box:
	48	First, log-in to Sourcehut and go to their
	49	[[https://git.sr.ht/graphql][GraphQL playground for Git]]. Next, paste
	50	the following query into the left box:
55	51
56		```sh
	52	#+begin_src sh
57	53	query {
58	54	me {
59	55	canonicalName
		@@ -65,7 +61,7 @@ query {
65	61	}
66	62	}
67	63	}
68		```
	64	#+end_src
69	65
70	66	The output on the right side will give you an object of all your
71	67	repositories. Just grab that text and remove all the characters such as
		@@ -74,19 +70,18 @@ space-separated values for the next step.
74	70
75	71	Now let's create the bash script:
76	72
77		```sh
	73	#+begin_src sh
78	74	nano clone_sourcehut_repos.sh
79		```
	75	#+end_src
80	76
81	77	Next, paste the following bash script in with the list of repositories
82		you obtained above and replace `your-username` with your
83		username.
	78	you obtained above and replace =your-username= with your username.
84	79
85	80	Note that this uses the SSH-based Git cloning method
86		(e.g. =git@git...=), so you'll need to ensure you have set up Sourcehut
	81	(e.g. =git@git...=), so you'll need to ensure you have set up Sourcehut
87	82	with your SSH key.
88	83
89		```sh
	84	#+begin_src sh
90	85	repos=(repo1 repo2 repo3)
91	86
92	87	# List all sub-directories in the current directory
		@@ -95,37 +90,35 @@ do
95	90	# Clone
96	91	git clone git@git.sr.ht:~your-username/$repo
97	92	done
98		```
	93	#+end_src
99	94
100	95	Finally, save the bash script and make it executable.
101	96
102		```sh
	97	#+begin_src sh
103	98	chmod a+x clone_sourcehut_repos.sh
104		```
	99	#+end_src
105	100
106	101	Now you can run the script and should see the cloning process begin.
107	102
108		```sh
	103	#+begin_src sh
109	104	./clone_sourcehut_repos.sh
110		```
111
112		## Moving Repositories to a New Host
	105	#+end_src
113	106
	107	* Moving Repositories to a New Host
114	108	Now that you have all of your code repositories cloned to your local
115	109	computer, you may want to change the remote host (e.g., moving from
116	110	GitHub to GitLab). To do this, let's create another bash script:
117	111
118		```sh
	112	#+begin_src sh
119	113	nano change_remote_urls.sh
120		```
	114	#+end_src
121	115
122	116	Past the following information and be sure to change the URL information
123	117	to whichever host you are moving to. For this example, I am looping
124	118	through all of my cloned GitHub directories and changing them to
125		Sourcehut (e.g. `<YOUR_NEW_REMOTE_URL>` -\>
126		`git@git.sr.ht:~myusername`).
	119	Sourcehut (e.g. =<YOUR_NEW_REMOTE_URL>= -> =git@git.sr.ht:~myusername=).
127	120
128		```sh
	121	#+begin_src sh
129	122	# List all sub-directories in the current directory
130	123	for dir in */
131	124	do
		@@ -140,16 +133,16 @@ do
140	133	# Go back to main directory
141	134	cd ..
142	135	done
143		```
	136	#+end_src
144	137
145	138	Finally, save the bash script and make it executable.
146	139
147		```sh
	140	#+begin_src sh
148	141	chmod a+x change_remote_urls.sh
149		```
	142	#+end_src
150	143
151	144	Now you can run the script and should see the cloning process begin.
152	145
153		```sh
	146	#+begin_src sh
154	147	./change_remote_urls.sh
155		```
	148	#+end_src

content/blog/2022-03-23-cloudflare-dns-api.md → blog/cloudflare-dns-api/index.org renamed +44 −49

		@@ -1,41 +1,39 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-03-23
3		title = "Dynamic DNS with Cloudflare API"
4		description = "Learn how to dynamically update DNS records for changing IPs with Cloudflare."
5		+++
6
7		## DDNS: Dynamic DNS
8
9		If you're hosting a service from a location with dynamic DNS (where
10		your IP may change at any time), you must have a solution to update the
11		DNS so that you can access your service even when the IP of the server
	1	#+title: Dynamic DNS with Cloudflare API
	2	#+date: 2022-03-23
	3	#+description: Learn how to dynamically update DNS records for changing IPs with Cloudflare.
	4	#+filetags: :sysadmin:
	5
	6	* DDNS: Dynamic DNS
	7	If you're hosting a service from a location with dynamic DNS (where your
	8	IP may change at any time), you must have a solution to update the DNS
	9	so that you can access your service even when the IP of the server
12	10	changes.
13	11
14		The process below uses the [Cloudflare API](https://api.cloudflare.com/)
15		to update DNS `A` and `AAAA` records with the
16		server's current IP. If you use another DNS provider, you will have to
17		find a way to update your DNS (or find a way to get a static IP).
	12	The process below uses the [[https://api.cloudflare.com/][Cloudflare
	13	API]] to update DNS =A= and =AAAA= records with the server's current IP.
	14	If you use another DNS provider, you will have to find a way to update
	15	your DNS (or find a way to get a static IP).
18	16
19		First, install `jq` since we will use it in the next script:
	17	First, install =jq= since we will use it in the next script:
20	18
21		```sh
	19	#+begin_src sh
22	20	sudo apt install jq
23		```
	21	#+end_src
24	22
25	23	Next, create a location for your DDNS update scripts and open the first
26	24	script:
27	25
28		```sh
	26	#+begin_src sh
29	27	mkdir ~/ddns
30	28	nano ~/ddns/update.sh
31		```
	29	#+end_src
32	30
33		The following `update.sh` script will take all of your
34		domains and subdomains and check Cloudflare to see if the current
35		`A` and `AAAA` records match your server's IP
36		address. If not, it will update the records.
	31	The following =update.sh= script will take all of your domains and
	32	subdomains and check Cloudflare to see if the current =A= and =AAAA=
	33	records match your server's IP address. If not, it will update the
	34	records.
37	35
38		```sh
	36	#+begin_src sh
39	37	# file: update.sh
40	38	#!/bin/bash
41	39
		@@ -57,22 +55,20 @@ do
57	55	echo -e "\nUpdating $subdomain..."
58	56	zone_name=$domain dns_record=$subdomain /home/<your-username>/ddns/ddns.sh
59	57	done
60		```
	58	#+end_src
61	59
62		Next, open up the `ddns.sh` script. Paste the following into
63		the script and update the `api_token` and `email`
64		variables.
	60	Next, open up the =ddns.sh= script. Paste the following into the script
	61	and update the =api_token= and =email= variables.
65	62
66		```sh
	63	#+begin_src sh
67	64	nano ~/ddns/ddns.sh
68		```
	65	#+end_src
69	66
70		:warning: Note: If you want your DNS records to be proxied through
71		Cloudflare, find and update the following snippet:
72		`"proxied":false}"` to say `true` instead of
73		`false`.
	67	Note: If you want your DNS records to be proxied through
	68	Cloudflare, find and update the following snippet: ="proxied":false}"=
	69	to say =true= instead of =false=.
74	70
75		```sh
	71	#+begin_src sh
76	72	# file: ddns.sh
77	73	#!/bin/bash
78	74	# based on https://gist.github.com/Tras2/cba88201b17d765ec065ccbedfb16d9a
		@@ -165,31 +161,30 @@ then
165	161	else
166	162	echo "There is a problem with either the email or the password"
167	163	fi
168		```
	164	#+end_src
169	165
170	166	Once the script is saved and closed, make the scripts executable:
171	167
172		```sh
	168	#+begin_src sh
173	169	chmod +x ~/ddns/ddns.sh
174	170	chmod +x ~/ddns/update.sh
175		```
	171	#+end_src
176	172
177	173	You can test the script by running it manually:
178	174
179		```sh
	175	#+begin_src sh
180	176	./update.sh
181		```
	177	#+end_src
182	178
183		To make sure the scripts run automatically, add it to the
184		`cron` file so that it will run on a schedule. To do this,
185		open the cron file:
	179	To make sure the scripts run automatically, add it to the =cron= file so
	180	that it will run on a schedule. To do this, open the cron file:
186	181
187		```sh
	182	#+begin_src sh
188	183	crontab -e
189		```
	184	#+end_src
190	185
191	186	In the cron file, paste the following at the bottom of the editor:
192	187
193		```sh
194		/5 * * * bash /home/<your_username>/ddns/update.sh
195		```
	188	#+begin_src sh
	189	,/5 * ** bash /home/<your_username>/ddns/update.sh
	190	#+end_src

content/blog/2018-11-28-cpp-compiler.md → blog/cpp-compiler/index.org renamed +39 −49

		@@ -1,12 +1,10 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2018-11-28
3		title = "The C++ Compiler"
4		description = "Learn basics about the C++ compilation process."
5		+++
	1	#+title: The C++ Compiler
	2	#+date: 2018-11-28
	3	#+description: Learn basics about the C++ compilation process.
	4	#+filetags: :dev:
6	5
7		# A Brief Introduction
8
9		[C++](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/C%2B%2B) is a general-purpose
	6	* A Brief Introduction
	7	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/C%2B%2B][C++]] is a general-purpose
10	8	programming language with object-oriented, generic, and functional
11	9	features in addition to facilities for low-level memory manipulation.
12	10
		@@ -15,19 +13,17 @@ can be executed. There are many steps and intricacies to the compilation
15	13	process, and this post was a personal exercise to learn and remember as
16	14	much information as I can.
17	15
18		```cpp
	16	#+begin_src cpp
19	17	#include <iostream>
20	18
21	19	int main()
22	20	{
23	21	std::cout << "Hello, world!\n";
24	22	}
25		```
26
27		# Compilation Process
28
29		## An Overview
	23	#+end_src
30	24
	25	** Compilation Process
	26	*** An Overview
31	27	Compiling C++ projects is a frustrating task most days. Seemingly
32	28	nonexistent errors keeping your program from successfully compiling can
33	29	be annoying (especially since you know you wrote it perfectly the first
		@@ -35,50 +31,46 @@ time, right?).
35	31
36	32	I'm learning more and more about C++ these days and decided to write
37	33	this concept down so that I can cement it even further in my own head.
38		However, C++ is not the only compiled language. Check out [the Wikipedia
39		entry for compiled
40		languages](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compiled_language) for more
41		examples of compiled languages.
	34	However, C++ is not the only compiled language. Check out
	35	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compiled_language][the Wikipedia entry
	36	for compiled languages]] for more examples of compiled languages.
42	37
43	38	I'll start with a wonderful, graphical way to conceptualize the C++
44		compiler. View [The C++ Compilation
45		Process](https://web.archive.org/web/20190419035048/http://faculty.cs.niu.edu/~mcmahon/CS241/Notes/compile.html)
46		by Kurt MacMahon, an NIU professor, to see the graphic and an
47		explanation. The goal of the compilation process is to take the C++ code
48		and produce a shared library, dynamic library, or an executable file.
49
50		## Compilation Phases
51
	39	compiler. View
	40	[[https://web.archive.org/web/20190419035048/http://faculty.cs.niu.edu/~mcmahon/CS241/Notes/compile.html][The
	41	C++ Compilation Process]] by Kurt MacMahon, an NIU professor, to see the
	42	graphic and an explanation. The goal of the compilation process is to
	43	take the C++ code and produce a shared library, dynamic library, or an
	44	executable file.
	45
	46	** Compilation Phases
52	47	Let's break down the compilation process. There are four major steps to
53	48	compiling C++ code.
54	49
55		### Step 1
56
	50	*** Step 1
57	51	The first step is to expand the source code file to meet all
58	52	dependencies. The C++ preprocessor includes the code from all the header
59		files, such as `#include <iostream>`. Now, what does that
60		mean? The previous example includes the `iostream` header.
61		This tells the computer that you want to use the `iostream`
62		standard library, which contains classes and functions written in the
63		core language. This specific header allows you to manipulate
64		input/output streams. After all this, you'll end up which a temporary
65		file that contains the expanded source code.
66
67		In the example of the C++ code above, the `iostream` class
68		would be included in the expanded code.
	53	files, such as =#include <iostream>=. Now, what does that mean? The
	54	previous example includes the =iostream= header. This tells the computer
	55	that you want to use the =iostream= standard library, which contains
	56	classes and functions written in the core language. This specific header
	57	allows you to manipulate input/output streams. After all this, you'll
	58	end up which a temporary file that contains the expanded source code.
69	59
70		### Step 2
	60	In the example of the C++ code above, the =iostream= class would be
	61	included in the expanded code.
71	62
	63	*** Step 2
72	64	After the code is expanded, the compiler comes into play. The compiler
73	65	takes the C++ code and converts this code into the assembly language,
74	66	understood by the platform. You can see this in action if you head over
75		to the [GodBolt Compiler Explorer](https://godbolt.org), which shows C++
76		being converted into assembly dynamically.
	67	to the [[https://godbolt.org][GodBolt Compiler Explorer]], which shows
	68	C++ being converted into assembly dynamically.
77	69
78		For example, the `Hello, world!` code snippet above compiles
79		into the following assembly code:
	70	For example, the =Hello, world!= code snippet above compiles into the
	71	following assembly code:
80	72
81		```asm
	73	#+begin_src asm
82	74	.LC0:
83	75	.string "Hello, world!\n"
84	76	main:
		@@ -118,10 +110,9 @@ _GLOBAL__sub_I_main:
118	110	call __static_initialization_and_destruction_0(int, int)
119	111	pop rbp
120	112	ret
121		```
122
123		### Step 3
	113	#+end_src
124	114
	115	*** Step 3
125	116	Third, the assembly code generated by the compiler is assembled into the
126	117	object code for the platform. Essentially, this is when the compiler
127	118	takes the assembly code and assembles it into machine code in a binary
		@@ -130,8 +121,7 @@ compilers will allow you to stop compilation at this step. This would be
130	121	useful for compiling each source code file separately. This saves time
131	122	later if a single file changes; only that file needs to be recompiled.
132	123
133		### Step 4
134
	124	*** Step 4
135	125	Finally, the object code file generated by the assembler is linked
136	126	together with the object code files for any library functions used to
137	127	produce a shared library, dynamic library, or an executable file. It

content/blog/2020-02-09-cryptography-basics.md → blog/cryptography-basics/index.org renamed +70 −77

		@@ -1,30 +1,29 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2020-02-09
3		title = "Cryptography Basics"
4		description = "Learn about the basics of cryptography."
5		+++
6
7		# Similar Article Available
8
9		If you haven't already, feel free to read my post on [AES
10		Encryption](/blog/aes-encryption/).
11
12		# What is Cryptography?
13
14		In layman's terms, cryptography is a process that can change data from
15		a readable format into an unreadable format (and vice-versa) through a
	1	#+title: Cryptography Basics
	2	#+date: 2020-02-09
	3	#+description: Learn about the basics of cryptography.
	4	#+filetags: :security:
	5
	6	* Similar Article Available
	7	If you haven't already, feel free to read my post on
	8	[[../aes-encryption/][AES Encryption]].
	9
	10	* What is Cryptography?
	11	In layman's terms, cryptography is a process that can change data from a
	12	readable format into an unreadable format (and vice-versa) through a
16	13	series of processes and secrets. More technically, this is the Internet
17	14	Security Glossary's definition:
18	15
19		> [Cryptography is] the mathematical science that deals with
20		> transforming data to render its meaning unintelligible (i.e., to hide
21		> its semantic content), prevent its undetected alteration, or prevent
22		> its unauthorized use. If the transformation is reversible,
23		> cryptography also deals with restoring encrypted data to an
24		> intelligible form.
25		>
26		> - [Internet Security Glossary
27		> (2000)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2828)
	16	#+begin_quote
	17	[Cryptography is] the mathematical science that deals with transforming
	18	data to render its meaning unintelligible (i.e., to hide its semantic
	19	content), prevent its undetected alteration, or prevent its unauthorized
	20	use. If the transformation is reversible, cryptography also deals with
	21	restoring encrypted data to an intelligible form.
	22
	23	- [[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2828][Internet Security Glossary
	24	(2000)]]
	25
	26	#+end_quote
28	27
29	28	Cryptography cannot offer protection against the loss of data; it simply
30	29	offers encryption methods to protect data at-rest and data in-traffic.
		@@ -34,25 +33,23 @@ decrypted back to plaintext). The encryption process is completed
34	33	through the use of a mathematical function that utilizes one or more
35	34	values called keys to encrypt or decrypt the data.
36	35
37		# Key Elements of Cryptographic Systems
38
	36	* Key Elements of Cryptographic Systems
39	37	To create or evaluate a cryptographic system, you need to know the
40	38	essential pieces to the system:
41	39
42		- Encryption Algorithm (Primitive): A mathematical process that
43		encrypts and decrypts data.
44		- Encryption Key: A string of bits used within the encryption
45		algorithm as the secret that allows successful encryption or
46		decryption of data.
47		- Key Length (Size): The maximum number of bits within the
48		encryption key. It's important to remember that key size is
49		regulated in many countries.
50		- Message Digest: A smaller, fixed-size bit string version of the
51		original message. This is practically infeasible to reverse, which
52		is why it's commonly used to verify integrity.
53
54		# Symmetric Systems (Secret Key Cryptography)
55
	40	- Encryption Algorithm (Primitive):* A mathematical process that
	41	encrypts and decrypts data.
	42	- Encryption Key:* A string of bits used within the encryption
	43	algorithm as the secret that allows successful encryption or
	44	decryption of data.
	45	- Key Length (Size):* The maximum number of bits within the encryption
	46	key. It's important to remember that key size is regulated in many
	47	countries.
	48	- Message Digest:* A smaller, fixed-size bit string version of the
	49	original message. This is practically infeasible to reverse, which is
	50	why it's commonly used to verify integrity.
	51
	52	* Symmetric Systems (Secret Key Cryptography)
56	53	Symmetric cryptography utilizes a secret, bidirectional key to perform
57	54	both encryption and decryption of the data. The most common
58	55	implementation of symmetric cryptography is the Advanced Encryption
		@@ -76,14 +73,13 @@ key is private, it can be difficult to safely distribute keys to
76	73	communication partners. Additionally, the key cannot be used to sign
77	74	messages since it's necessary to keep the key private.
78	75
79		# Asymmetric Systems (Public Key Cryptography)
80
	76	* Asymmetric Systems (Public Key Cryptography)
81	77	Asymmetric cryptography utilizes two keys within the system: a secret
82	78	key that is privately-held and a public key that can be distributed
83	79	freely. The interesting aspect of asymmetric cryptography is that either
84		key can be used to encrypt the data, there's no rule that dictates
85		which key must be used for encryption. Once one key is used to encrypt
86		the data, only the other key can be used to decrypt the data. This means
	80	key can be used to encrypt the data, there's no rule that dictates which
	81	key must be used for encryption. Once one key is used to encrypt the
	82	data, only the other key can be used to decrypt the data. This means
87	83	that if the private key encrypts the data, only the public key can
88	84	decrypt the data.
89	85
		@@ -103,17 +99,16 @@ with digital signatures and public keys. To combat this, applications
103	99	often use a public key infrastructure (PKI) to independently
104	100	authenticate the validity of signatures and keys.
105	101
106		Due to the large key size and [inefficient mathematical
107		functions](https://crypto.stackexchange.com/a/591) of asymmetric
108		encryption, elliptical curve cryptography (ECC) is often used to
109		increase security while using fewer resources.
110
111		# Applications of Cryptographic Systems
	102	Due to the large key size and
	103	[[https://crypto.stackexchange.com/a/591][inefficient mathematical
	104	functions]] of asymmetric encryption, elliptical curve cryptography
	105	(ECC) is often used to increase security while using fewer resources.
112	106
	107	* Applications of Cryptographic Systems
113	108	There are quite a few implementations of cryptographic systems around
114	109	the world. Here are a few popular examples:
115	110
116		Transport Layer Security (TLS): One of the most famous cryptographic
	111	Transport Layer Security (TLS):* One of the most famous cryptographic
117	112	solutions created is TLS, a session-layered or connection-layered
118	113	internet protocol that allows for secure communications between browsers
119	114	and servers. Using handshakes, peer negotiation, and authentication
		@@ -123,12 +118,12 @@ was found in the SSL protocol in 2014. Instead of SSL, TLS can be used
123	118	with HTTP to form HTTPS and is the preferred method for modern web
124	119	development due to its increased security.
125	120
126		Secure Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTPS): An application layer
	121	Secure Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTPS):* An application layer
127	122	protocol that allows for secure transport of data between servers and
128	123	web clients. One of the unique parts of HTTPS is that it uses a secured
129	124	port number instead of the default web port address.
130	125
131		Virtual Private Network (VPN): VPNs are made to securely extend a
	126	Virtual Private Network (VPN):* VPNs are made to securely extend a
132	127	private network across public networks by utilizing an encrypted layered
133	128	tunneling protocol paired with an authentication method, such as
134	129	usernames and passwords. This technology originally allowed remote
		@@ -136,7 +131,7 @@ employees to access their company's data but have evolved into one of
136	131	the top choices for anyone who wishes to mask their sensitive personal
137	132	data.
138	133
139		Internet Protocol Security (IPSec): This protocol suite facilitates
	134	Internet Protocol Security (IPSec):* This protocol suite facilitates
140	135	communication between two or more hosts or subnets by authenticating and
141	136	encrypting the data packets. IPSec is used in a lot of VPNs to establish
142	137	the VPN connection through the transport and tunnel mode encryption
		@@ -144,35 +139,33 @@ methods. IPSec encrypts just the data portion of packets in the
144	139	transport methods, but it encrypts both the data and headers in the
145	140	tunnel method (introducing an additional header for authentication).
146	141
147		Secure Shell (SSH): SSH is another network protocol used to protect
	142	Secure Shell (SSH):* SSH is another network protocol used to protect
148	143	network services by authenticating users through a secure channel. This
149	144	protocol is often used for command-line (shell) functions such as remote
150	145	shell commands, logins, and file transfers.
151	146
152		Kerberos: Developed by MIT, Kerberos is a computer-network
	147	Kerberos:* Developed by MIT, Kerberos is a computer-network
153	148	authentication protocol that works on the basis of tickets to allow
154	149	nodes communicating over a non-secure network to prove their identity to
155	150	one another securely. This is most commonly used in business
156	151	environments when used as the authentication and encryption method for
157	152	Windows Active Directory (AD).
158	153
159		# Cybersecurity Controls
160
161		If you're someone who needs solutions on how to control risks
162		associated with utilizing a crytograhpic system, start with a few basic
163		controls:
164
165		- Policies: A policy on the use of cryptographic controls for
166		protection of information is implemented and is in accordance with
167		organizational objectives.
168		- Key management: A policy on the use, protection and lifetime of
169		cryptographic keys is implemented through the entire application
170		lifecycle.
171		- Key size: The organization has researched the optimal key size
172		for their purposes, considering national laws, required processing
173		power, and longevity of the solution.
174		- Algorithm selection: Implemented algorithms are sufficiently
175		appropriate for the business of the organization, robust, and align
176		with recommended guidelines.
177		- Protocol configuration: Protocols have been reviewed and
178		configured suitable to the purpose of the business.
	154	* Cybersecurity Controls
	155	If you're someone who needs solutions on how to control risks associated
	156	with utilizing a crytograhpic system, start with a few basic controls:
	157
	158	- Policies:* A policy on the use of cryptographic controls for
	159	protection of information is implemented and is in accordance with
	160	organizational objectives.
	161	- Key management:* A policy on the use, protection and lifetime of
	162	cryptographic keys is implemented through the entire application
	163	lifecycle.
	164	- Key size:* The organization has researched the optimal key size for
	165	their purposes, considering national laws, required processing power,
	166	and longevity of the solution.
	167	- Algorithm selection:* Implemented algorithms are sufficiently
	168	appropriate for the business of the organization, robust, and align
	169	with recommended guidelines.
	170	- Protocol configuration:* Protocols have been reviewed and configured
	171	suitable to the purpose of the business.

blog/curseradio/index.org added +95

		@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
	1	#+title: CurseRadio: Listening to the Radio on the Command Line
	2	#+date: 2022-07-25
	3	#+description: Use Curse Radio to listen to radio on the command line.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
	5
	6	* Overview
	7	While exploring some interesting Linux applications, I stumbled across
	8	[[https://github.com/chronitis/curseradio][curseradio]], a command-line
	9	radio player based on Python.
	10
	11	This application is fantastic and incredibly easy to install, so I
	12	wanted to dedicate a post today to this app. Let's look at the features
	13	within the app and then walk through the installation process I took to
	14	get =curseradio= working.
	15
	16	* Features
	17	#+caption: curseradio
	18	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220725-curseradio/curseradio.png]]
	19
	20	The radio player itself is quite minimal. As you can see in the
	21	screenshot above, it contains a simple plaintext list of all available
	22	categories, which can be broken down further and further. In addition,
	23	radio shows are available for listening, alongside regular radio
	24	stations.
	25
	26	For example, the =Sports= > =Pro Basketball= > =Shows= category contains
	27	a number of specific shows related to Professional Basketball.
	28
	29	Aside from being able to play any of the listed stations/shows, you can
	30	make a channel your favorite by pressing =f=. It will now show up at the
	31	top of the radio player in the =Favourites= category.
	32
	33	** Commands/Shortcuts
	34	\| Key(s) \| Command \|
	35	\|------------+---------------------------------\|
	36	\| ↑, ↓ \| navigate \|
	37	\| PgUp, PgDn \| navigate quickly \|
	38	\| Home, End \| to top/bottom \|
	39	\| Enter \| open/close folders, play stream \|
	40	\| k \| stop playing stream \|
	41	\| q \| quit \|
	42	\| f \| toggle favourite \|
	43
	44	* Installation
	45	** Dependencies
	46	Before installing =curseradio=, a handful of system and Python packages
	47	are required. To get started, install =python3=, =pip3=, and =mpv= on
	48	your system. In this example, I'm using Fedora Linux, which uses the
	49	=dnf= package manager. You may need to adjust this if you're using a
	50	different system.
	51
	52	#+begin_src sh
	53	sudo dnf install python3 pip3 mpv
	54	#+end_src
	55
	56	Next, use =pip3= to install =requests=, =xdg=, and =lxml=:
	57
	58	#+begin_src sh
	59	pip3 install requests xdg lxml
	60	#+end_src
	61
	62	** Repository Source Installation
	63	Once all the dependencies are installed, we can clone the source code
	64	and enter that directory:
	65
	66	#+begin_src sh
	67	git clone https://github.com/chronitis/curseradio && cd curseradio
	68	#+end_src
	69
	70	Once you're within the =curseradio= directory, you can install the
	71	application with the provided =setup.py= script.
	72
	73	#+begin_src sh
	74	sudo python3 setup.py install
	75	#+end_src
	76
	77	In my case, I ran into a few errors and needed to create the folders
	78	that curseradio wanted to use for its installation. If you don't get any
	79	errors, you can skip this and run the app.
	80
	81	#+begin_src sh
	82	sudo mkdir /usr/local/lib/python3.10/
	83	sudo mkdir /usr/local/lib/python3.10/site-packages/
	84	#+end_src
	85
	86	#+begin_src sh
	87	sudo chown -R $USER:$USER /usr/local/lib/python3.10/
	88	#+end_src
	89
	90	* Run the Application
	91	Once fully installed without errors, you can run the application!
	92
	93	#+begin_src sh
	94	python3 /usr/local/bin/curseradio
	95	#+end_src

blog/customizing-ubuntu/index.org added +195

		@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
	1	#+title: Beginner's Guide: Customizing Ubuntu
	2	#+date: 2020-05-19
	3	#+description: A beginner's guide to customizing the Ubuntu operating system.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
	5
	6	* More Information
	7	For inspiration on designing your *nix computer, check out the
	8	[[https://libredd.it/r/unixporn][r/unixporn]] subreddit!
	9
	10	* Customizing Ubuntu
	11	New to Linux and want to add a personal touch to your machine? One of
	12	the best perks of Linux is that it is extremely* customizable. You can
	13	change the styles of the windows, shell (status bars/docks), icons,
	14	fonts, terminals, and more.
	15
	16	In this post, I'm going to go through customization on Ubuntu 20.04
	17	(GNOME) since most new users tend to choose Ubuntu-based distros. If
	18	you've found a way to install Arch with i3-gaps, I'm assuming you know
	19	how to find more advanced tutorials out there on customizations.
	20
	21	** Required Tools
	22	#+caption: Gnome Tweaks
	23	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200519-customizing-ubuntu/gnome-tweaks-min.png]]
	24
	25	Ubuntu 20.04 ships with the default desktop environment
	26	[[https://www.gnome.org/][Gnome]], which includes the handy
	27	=gnome-tweaks= tool to quickly change designs. To install this, just
	28	open your terminal and enter the following command:
	29
	30	#+begin_src sh
	31	sudo apt install gnome-tweaks
	32	#+end_src
	33
	34	After you've finished installing the tool, simply launch the Tweaks
	35	application, and you'll be able to access the various customization
	36	options available by default on Ubuntu. You might even like some of the
	37	pre-installed options.
	38
	39	** GNOME Application Themes
	40	To change the themes applied to applications in GNOME, you will need to
	41	change the Applications dropdown in the Appearance section of Tweaks. To
	42	add more themes, you will have to find your preferred theme online and
	43	follow the steps below to have it show up in the Tweaks tool. While you
	44	may find themes anywhere, one of the most popular sites for GNOME themes
	45	is [[https://www.gnome-look.org/][gnome-look.org]]. This website
	46	contains themes for applications, shells, icons, and cursors.
	47
	48	Steps to import themes into Tweaks:
	49
	50	1. Download the theme.
	51	2. These files are usually compressed (.zip, .tar.gz, .tar.xz), so you
	52	will need to extract the contents. This is easiest when opening the
	53	file explorer, right-clicking the compressed file, and choosing
	54	"Extract here."
	55	3. Move the theme folder to =/usr/share/themes/=. You can do so with the
	56	following command: =sudo mv theme-folder/ /usr/share/themes/=.
	57	- Icons and cursors will be moved to the =/usr/share/icons/= folder.
	58	- Fonts will be moved to the =/usr/share/fonts/= folder
	59	Alternatively, you can move them to the
	60	=/usr/share/fonts/opentype/= or =/usr/share/fonts/opentype/=
	61	folders, if you have a specific font type.
	62	4. Close tweaks if it is open. Re-open Tweaks and your new theme will be
	63	available in the Applications dropdown in the Appearance section of
	64	Tweaks.
	65
	66	If the theme is not showing up after you've moved it into the themes
	67	folder, you may have uncompressed the folder into a sub-folder. You can
	68	check this by entering the theme folder and listing the contents:
	69
	70	#+begin_src sh
	71	cd /usr/share/themes/Mojave-Dark && ls -la
	72	#+end_src
	73
	74	This is an example of what the contents of your theme folder should look
	75	like. If you just see another folder there, you should move that folder
	76	up into the =/usr/share/themes/= folder.
	77
	78	#+begin_src sh
	79	cinnamon COPYING gnome-shell gtk-2.0 gtk-3.0 index.theme metacity-1 plank xfwm4
	80	#+end_src
	81
	82	** GNOME Shell Themes
	83	To change the appearance of the title bar, default dock, app menu, and
	84	other parts of the GNOME shell, you'll need to install the
	85	[[https://extensions.gnome.org/extension/19/user-themes/][user themes]]
	86	extension on [[https://extensions.gnome.org/][Gnome Extensions]]. To be
	87	able to install extensions, you will first need to install the browser
	88	extension that the website instructs you to. See this screenshot for the
	89	blue box with a link to the extension.
	90
	91	#+caption: Gnome Extensions
	92	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200519-customizing-ubuntu/gnome-extensions-min.png]]
	93
	94	After the browser extension is installed, you will need to install the
	95	native host connector:
	96
	97	#+begin_src sh
	98	sudo apt install chrome-gnome-shell
	99	#+end_src
	100
	101	Finally, you can go the
	102	[[https://extensions.gnome.org/extension/19/user-themes/][user themes]]
	103	extension page and click the installation button. This will enable the
	104	Shell option in Tweaks. Now you can move shell themes to the
	105	=/usr/share/themes= directory, using the same steps mentioned in the
	106	previous section, and enable the new theme in Tweaks.
	107
	108	** Icons & Cursors
	109	Icons and cursors are installed exactly the same way, so I'm grouping
	110	these together in this post. Both of these items will need to follow the
	111	same process as installing themes, except you will want to move your
	112	font folders to the =/usr/share/icons/= directory instead.
	113
	114	** Fonts
	115	Fonts are one of the overlooked parts of customization, but a good font
	116	can make the whole screen look different. For example, I have installed
	117	the [[https://github.com/IBM/plex/releases][IBM Plex]] fonts on my
	118	system. This follows the same process as installing themes, except you
	119	will want to move your font folders to the =/usr/share/fonts/= directory
	120	instead.
	121
	122	** Terminal
	123	If you spend a lot of time typing commands, you know how important the
	124	style and functionality of the terminal is. After spending a lot of time
	125	using the default GNOME terminal with
	126	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bash_(Unix_shell)][unix shell]], I
	127	decided to try some different options. I ended up choosing
	128	[[https://terminator-gtk3.readthedocs.io/en/latest/][Terminator]] with
	129	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Z_shell][zsh]].
	130
	131	Terminator is great if you need to open multiple terminals at one time
	132	by simply right-clicking and splitting the screen into as many terminals
	133	as you want. While this project hasn't been updated in a while,
	134	[[https://github.com/gnome-terminator/terminator/issues/1][it is coming
	135	under new development]]. However, this terminal is great and I haven't
	136	experienced any errors yet.
	137
	138	For the shell choice, I decided to choose zsh after trying it out on a
	139	fresh Manjaro installation. Zsh is great if you like to change the
	140	themes of your terminal, include icons, or add plugins.
	141
	142	The desktop uses the
	143	[[https://github.com/zsh-users/zsh-autosuggestions][zsh-autosuggestions]]
	144	to suggest past commands as you type. In addition, it suggests
	145	corrections if you misspell a command. Lastly, it uses the =af-magic=
	146	theme, which adds dashed lines between commands, moving the user@host
	147	tag to the right side of the terminal, and changes the colors. There are
	148	plenty of plugins and themes to choose from. Just figure out what you
	149	like and add it to your =~/.zshrc= file!
	150
	151	*** Steps to Replicate My Terminal
	152	To install zsh on Ubuntu, enter the following command into a terminal:
	153
	154	#+begin_src sh
	155	sudo apt install zsh
	156	#+end_src
	157
	158	Then, enter the next command to activate zsh:
	159
	160	#+begin_src sh
	161	sudo chsh -s $(which zsh) $(whoami)
	162	#+end_src
	163
	164	To install Terminator on Ubuntu:
	165
	166	#+begin_src sh
	167	sudo apt install terminator
	168	#+end_src
	169
	170	To install Oh My Zsh on Ubuntu:
	171
	172	#+begin_src sh
	173	sh -c "$(curl -fsSL https://raw.github.com/ohmyzsh/ohmyzsh/master/tools/install.sh)"
	174	#+end_src
	175
	176	To install zsh-autosuggestions via Oh My Zsh:
	177
	178	#+begin_src sh
	179	git clone https://github.com/zsh-users/zsh-autosuggestions ${ZSH_CUSTOM:-~/.oh-my-zsh/custom}/plugins/zsh-autosuggestions
	180	#+end_src
	181
	182	Then, add the following plugin wording to your =~/.zshrc= file (the
	183	default config usually has the =git= plugin activated, so just add any
	184	other plugins to the parentheses separated by a space):
	185
	186	#+begin_src sh
	187	nano ~/.zshrc
	188	#+end_src
	189
	190	#+begin_src sh
	191	plugins=(git zsh-autosuggestions)
	192	#+end_src
	193
	194	Finally, you need to log out of your computer and log back in so your
	195	user shell can refresh.

content/blog/2022-06-22-daily-poetry.md → blog/daily-poetry/index.org renamed +69 −80

		@@ -1,17 +1,14 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-06-22
3		title = "Daily Plaintext Poetry via Email"
4		description = "A small project to automatically deliver poetry to your inbox daily."
5		+++
6
7		## Source Code
	1	#+title: Daily Plaintext Poetry via Email
	2	#+date: 2022-06-22
	3	#+description: A small project to automatically deliver poetry to your inbox daily.
	4	#+filetags: :selfhosting:
8	5
	6	* Source Code
9	7	I don't want to bury the lede here, so if you'd like to see the full
10	8	source code I use to email myself plaintext poems daily, visit the
11		repository: [daily-poem](https://git.sr.ht/~cmc/daily-poem/).
12
13		## My Daily Dose of Poetry
	9	repository: [[https://git.cleberg.net/daily-poem.git][daily-poem.git]].
14	10
	11	* My Daily Dose of Poetry
15	12	Most of my programming projects are small, random projects that are made
16	13	strictly to fix some small problem I have or enhance my quality of life.
17	14
		@@ -25,47 +22,43 @@ each morning, as I know I would simply give up and stop reading daily.
25	22	Thus, I found a way to deliver poetry to myself in plain-text format, on
26	23	a daily basis, and scheduled to deliver automatically.
27	24
28		## Prerequisites
29
	25	* Prerequisites
30	26	This solution uses Python and email, so the following process requires
31	27	the following to be installed:
32	28
33		1. An SMTP server, which can be as easy as installing
34		`mailutils` if you're on a Debian-based distro.
35		2. Python (& pip!)
36		3. The following Python packages: `email`,
37		`smtplib`, `json`, and `requests`
38
39		## Breaking Down the Logic
	29	1. An SMTP server, which can be as easy as installing =mailutils= if
	30	you're on a Debian-based distro.
	31	2. Python (& pip!)
	32	3. The following Python packages: =email=, =smtplib=, =json=, and
	33	=requests=
40	34
	35	* Breaking Down the Logic
41	36	I want to break down the logic for this program, as it's quite simple
42	37	and informational.
43	38
44		### Required Packages
45
	39	** Required Packages
46	40	This program starts with a simple import of the required packages, so I
47	41	wanted to explain why each package is used:
48	42
49		```python
	43	#+begin_src python
50	44	from email.mime.text import MIMEText # Required for translating MIMEText
51	45	import smtplib # Required to process the SMTP mail delivery
52	46	import json # Required to parse the poetry API results
53	47	import requests # Required to send out a request to the API
54		```
55
56		### Sending the API Request
	48	#+end_src
57	49
	50	** Sending the API Request
58	51	Next, we need to actually send the API request. In my case, I'm calling
59	52	a random poem from the entire API. If you want, you can call specific
60	53	poems or authors from this API.
61	54
62		```python
	55	#+begin_src python
63	56	json_data = requests.get('https://poetrydb.org/random').json()
64		```
	57	#+end_src
65	58
66	59	This gives us the following result in JSON:
67	60
68		```json
	61	#+begin_src json
69	62	[
70	63	{
71	64	"title": "Sonnet XXII: With Fools and Children",
		@@ -91,40 +84,40 @@ This gives us the following result in JSON:
91	84	"linecount": "15"
92	85	}
93	86	]
94		```
	87	#+end_src
95	88
96		### Parsing the API Results
97
98		In order to parse this into a readable format, we need to use the
99		`json` package and extract the fields we want. In the example
100		below, I am grabbing every field presented by the API.
	89	** Parsing the API Results
	90	In order to parse this into a readable format, we need to use the =json=
	91	package and extract the fields we want. In the example below, I am
	92	grabbing every field presented by the API.
101	93
102	94	For the actual poem content, we need to loop over each line in the
103		`lines` variable since each line is a separate string by
104		default.
105
106		> You could also extract the title or author and make another call out
107		> to the API to avoid having to build the plaintext poem with a loop,
108		> but it just doesn't make sense to me to send multiple requests when
109		> we can create a simple loop on our local machine to work with the data
110		> we already have.
111		>
112		> For
113		> [example](https://poetrydb.org/title/Sonnet%20XXII:%20With%20Fools%20and%20Children/lines.text),
114		> look at the raw data response of this link to see the poem's lines
115		> returned in plaintext.
116
117		```python
	95	=lines= variable since each line is a separate string by default.
	96
	97	#+begin_quote
	98	You /could/ also extract the title or author and make another call out
	99	to the API to avoid having to build the plaintext poem with a loop, but
	100	it just doesn't make sense to me to send multiple requests when we can
	101	create a simple loop on our local machine to work with the data we
	102	already have.
	103
	104	For
	105	[[https://poetrydb.org/title/Sonnet%20XXII:%20With%20Fools%20and%20Children/lines.text][example]],
	106	look at the raw data response of this link to see the poem's lines
	107	returned in plaintext.
	108
	109	#+end_quote
	110
	111	#+begin_src python
118	112	title = json_data[0]['title']
119	113	author = json_data[0]['author']
120	114	line_count = json_data[0]['linecount']
121	115	lines = ''
122	116	for line in json_data[0]['lines']:
123	117	lines = lines + line + "\n"
124		```
125
126		### Composing the Email
	118	#+end_src
127	119
	120	** Composing the Email
128	121	Now that I have all the data I need, I just need to compose it into a
129	122	message and prepare the message metadata.
130	123
		@@ -133,43 +126,41 @@ by the author, then a blank line, and finally the full poem. This code
133	126	snippet combines that data and packages it into a MIMEText container,
134	127	ready to be emailed.
135	128
136		```python
	129	#+begin_src python
137	130	msg_body = title + "\n" + author + "\n\n" + lines
138	131	msg = MIMEText(msg_body)
139		```
	132	#+end_src
140	133
141	134	Before we send the email, we need to prepare the metadata (subject,
142	135	from, to, etc.):
143	136
144		```python
	137	#+begin_src python
145	138	sender_email = 'example@server.local'
146	139	recipient_emails = ['user@example.com']
147	140	msg['Subject'] = 'Your Daily Poem (' + line_count + ' lines)'
148	141	msg['From'] = sender_email
149	142	msg['To'] = recipient_email
150		```
151
152		### Sending the Email
	143	#+end_src
153	144
	145	** Sending the Email
154	146	Now that I have everything ready to be emailed, the last step is to
155	147	simply connect to an SMTP server and send the email out to the
156		recipients. In my case, I installed `mailutils` on Ubuntu and
157		let my SMTP server be `localhost`.
	148	recipients. In my case, I installed =mailutils= on Ubuntu and let my
	149	SMTP server be =localhost=.
158	150
159		```python
	151	#+begin_src python
160	152	smtp_server = 'localhost'
161	153	s = smtplib.SMTP(smtp_server)
162	154	s.sendmail(sender_email, recipient_emails, msg.as_string())
163	155	s.quit()
164		```
165
166		## The Result!
	156	#+end_src
167	157
168		Instead of including a screenshot, I've copied the contents of the
169		email that was delivered to my inbox below since I set this process up
170		in plaintext format.
	158	* The Result!
	159	Instead of including a screenshot, I've copied the contents of the email
	160	that was delivered to my inbox below since I set this process up in
	161	plaintext format.
171	162
172		```txt
	163	#+begin_src txt
173	164	Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 14:37:19 +0000 (UTC)
174	165	From: REDACTED
175	166	To: REDACTED
		@@ -195,25 +186,23 @@ You that behold us, laugh us not to scorn;
195	186	Give Nature thanks you are not such as we.
196	187	Yet fools and children sometimes tell in play
197	188	Some, wise in show, more fools indeed than they.
198		```
199
200		## Scheduling the Daily Email
	189	#+end_src
201	190
202		Last, but not least, is scheduling this Python script with
203		`crontab`. To schedule a script to run daily, you can add it
204		to the `crontab` file. To do this, open `crontab`
205		in editing mode:
	191	* Scheduling the Daily Email
	192	Last, but not least, is scheduling this Python script with =crontab=. To
	193	schedule a script to run daily, you can add it to the =crontab= file. To
	194	do this, open =crontab= in editing mode:
206	195
207		```sh
	196	#+begin_src sh
208	197	crontab -e
209		```
	198	#+end_src
210	199
211	200	In the file, simply paste the following snippet at the bottom of the
212	201	file and ensure that the file path is correctly pointing to wherever you
213	202	saved your Python script:
214	203
215		```config
216		0 8 * * * python3 /home/<your_user>/dailypoem/main.py
217		```
	204	#+begin_src config
	205	0 8 ** python3 /home/<your_user>/dailypoem/main.py
	206	#+end_src
218	207
219	208	We have now set up the script and scheduled it to run daily at 08:00!

content/blog/2022-02-16-debian-and-nginx.md → blog/debian-and-nginx/index.org renamed +65 −73

		@@ -1,13 +1,11 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-02-16
3		title = "Migrating to a New Web Server Setup with Debian, Nginx, and Agate"
4		description = "A retrospective on my recent server migration."
5		+++
	1	#+title: Migrating to a New Web Server Setup with Debian, Nginx, and Agate
	2	#+date: 2022-02-16
	3	#+description: A retrospective on my recent server migration.
	4	#+filetags: :sysadmin:
6	5
7		## Server OS: Debian
8
9		![Debian +
10		neofetch](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220216-migrating-to-debian-and-nginx/neofetch.png)
	6	* Server OS: Debian
	7	#+caption: Debian + neofetch
	8	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220216-migrating-to-debian-and-nginx/neofetch.png]]
11	9
12	10	I've used various Linux distributions throughout the years, but I've
13	11	never used anything except Ubuntu for my servers. Why? I really have no
		@@ -16,62 +14,61 @@ idea, mostly just comfort around the commands and software availability.
16	14	However, I have always wanted to try Debian as a server OS after testing
17	15	it out in a VM a few years ago (side-note: I'd love to try Alpine too,
18	16	but I always struggle with compatibility). So, I decided to launch a new
19		VPS and use [Debian](https://www.debian.org) 11 as the OS. Spoiler
	17	VPS and use [[https://www.debian.org][Debian]] 11 as the OS. Spoiler
20	18	alert: it feels identical to Ubuntu for my purposes.
21	19
22	20	I did the normal things when first launching the VPS, such as adding a
23	21	new user, locking down SSH, etc. If you want to see that level of
24		detail, read my other post about [How to Set Up a VPS Web
25		Server](https://cleberg.net/blog/how-to-set-up-a-vps-web-server/).
	22	detail, read my other post about
	23	[[https://cleberg.net/blog/how-to-set-up-a-vps-web-server/][How to Set
	24	Up a VPS Web Server]].
26	25
27	26	All of this has been similar, apart from small things such as the
28	27	location of users' home folders. No complaints at all from me - Debian
29	28	seems great.
30	29
31		## Web Server: Nginx
32
33		![Nginx
34		status](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220216-migrating-to-debian-and-nginx/nginx.png)
	30	* Web Server: Nginx
	31	#+caption: Nginx status
	32	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220216-migrating-to-debian-and-nginx/nginx.png]]
35	33
36	34	Once I had the baseline server configuration set-up for Debian, I moved
37		on to trying out [Nginx](https://nginx.org) as my web server software.
38		This required me to install the `nginx` and `ufw`
39		packages, as well as setting up the initial UFW config:
	35	on to trying out [[https://nginx.org][Nginx]] as my web server software.
	36	This required me to install the =nginx= and =ufw= packages, as well as
	37	setting up the initial UFW config:
40	38
41		```sh
	39	#+begin_src sh
42	40	sudo apt install nginx ufw
43	41	sudo ufw allow 'Nginx Full'
44	42	sudo ufw allow SSH
45	43	sudo ufw enable
46	44	sudo ufw status
47	45	sudo systemctl status nginx
48		```
	46	#+end_src
49	47
50	48	Once I had the firewall set, I moved on to creating the directories and
51	49	files for my website. This is very easy and is basically the same as
52	50	setting up an Apache server, so no struggles here.
53	51
54		```sh
	52	#+begin_src sh
55	53	sudo mkdir -p /var/www/your_domain/html
56	54	sudo chown -R $USER:$USER /var/www/your_domain/html
57	55	sudo chmod -R 755 /var/www/your_domain
58	56	nano /var/www/your_domain/html/index.html
59		```
	57	#+end_src
60	58
61	59	The next part, creating the Nginx configuration files, is quite a bit
62	60	different from Apache. First, you need to create the files in the
63		`sites-available` folder and symlink it the
64		`sites-enabled` folder.
	61	=sites-available= folder and symlink it the =sites-enabled= folder.
65	62
66	63	Creating the config file for your domain:
67	64
68		```sh
	65	#+begin_src sh
69	66	sudo nano /etc/nginx/sites-available/your_domain
70		```
	67	#+end_src
71	68
72	69	Default content for an Nginx config file:
73	70
74		```sh
	71	#+begin_src sh
75	72	server {
76	73	listen 80;
77	74	listen [::]:80;
		@@ -85,45 +82,43 @@ server {
85	82	try_files $uri $uri/ =404;
86	83	}
87	84	}
88		```
	85	#+end_src
89	86
90	87	Finally, symlink it together:
91	88
92		```sh
	89	#+begin_src sh
93	90	sudo ln -s /etc/nginx/sites-available/your_domain /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/
94		```
	91	#+end_src
95	92
96	93	This will make your site available to the public (as long as you have
97		`your_domain` DNS records pointed at the server's IP
98		address)!
	94	=your_domain= DNS records pointed at the server's IP address)!
99	95
100		Next, I used [certbot](https://certbot.eff.org/) to issue an HTTPS
	96	Next, I used [[https://certbot.eff.org/][certbot]] to issue an HTTPS
101	97	certificate for my domains using the following commands:
102	98
103		```sh
	99	#+begin_src sh
104	100	sudo apt install snapd; sudo snap install core; sudo snap refresh core
105	101	sudo snap install --classic certbot
106	102	sudo ln -s /snap/bin/certbot /usr/bin/certbot
107	103	sudo certbot --nginx
108		```
	104	#+end_src
109	105
110	106	Now that certbot ran successfully and updated my Nginx config files to
111		include a `443` server block of code, I went back in and
112		edited the config file to include security HTTP headers. This part is
113		optional, but is recommended for security purposes; you can even test a
114		website's HTTP header security at [Security
115		Headers](https://securityheaders.com/).
	107	include a =443= server block of code, I went back in and edited the
	108	config file to include security HTTP headers. This part is optional, but
	109	is recommended for security purposes; you can even test a website's HTTP
	110	header security at [[https://securityheaders.com/][Security Headers]].
116	111
117	112	The configuration below shows a set-up where you only want your website
118	113	to serve content from its own domain, except for images and scripts,
119		which may come from `nullitics.com`. All other content would
120		be blocked from loading in a browser.
	114	which may come from =nullitics.com=. All other content would be blocked
	115	from loading in a browser.
121	116
122		```sh
	117	#+begin_src sh
123	118	sudo nano /etc/nginx/sites-available/your_domain
124		```
	119	#+end_src
125	120
126		```sh
	121	#+begin_src sh
127	122	server {
128	123	...
129	124	add_header Content-Security-Policy "default-src 'none'; img-src 'self' https://nullitics.com; script-src 'self' https://nullitics.com; style-src 'self'; font-src 'self'";
		@@ -134,47 +129,44 @@ server {
134	129	add_header Referrer-Policy "no-referrer";
135	130	...
136	131	}
137		```
	132	#+end_src
138	133
139		```sh
	134	#+begin_src sh
140	135	sudo systemctl restart nginx
141		```
142
143		### Nginx vs. Apache
	136	#+end_src
144	137
	138	** Nginx vs. Apache
145	139	As I stated at the beginning, my historical hesitation with trying Nginx
146	140	was that the differences in configuration formats scared me away from
147	141	leaving Apache. However, I prefer Nginx to Apache for a few reasons:
148	142
149		1. Nginx uses only one config file (`your_domain`)
150		vs. Apache's two-file approach for HTTP vs. HTTPS
151		(`your_domain.conf` and
152		`your_domain-le-ssl.conf`).
153		2. Symlinking new configurations files and reloading Nginx are way
154		easier than Apache's process of having to enable headers with
155		`a2enmod mod_headers`, enable PHP with
156		`a2enmod php` (plus any other mods you need), and then
157		enabling sites with `a2ensite`, and THEN reloading
158		Apache.
159		3. The contents of the Nginx config files seem more organized and
160		logical with the curly-bracket approach. This is a minor reason, but
161		everything just felt cleaner while I was installing my sites and
162		that had a big quality of life impact on the installation for me.
	143	1. Nginx uses only one config file (=your_domain=) vs. Apache's two-file
	144	approach for HTTP vs. HTTPS (=your_domain.conf= and
	145	=your_domain-le-ssl.conf=).
	146	2. Symlinking new configurations files and reloading Nginx are way
	147	easier than Apache's process of having to enable headers with
	148	=a2enmod mod_headers=, enable PHP with =a2enmod php= (plus any other
	149	mods you need), and then enabling sites with =a2ensite=, and THEN
	150	reloading Apache.
	151	3. The contents of the Nginx config files seem more organized and
	152	logical with the curly-bracket approach. This is a minor reason, but
	153	everything just felt cleaner while I was installing my sites and that
	154	had a big quality of life impact on the installation for me.
163	155
164	156	They're both great software packages, but Nginx just seems more
165	157	organized and easier to use these days. I will certainly be exploring
166	158	the Nginx docs to see what other fun things I can do with all of this.
167	159
168		## Gemini Server: Agate
169
170		![Agate
171		status](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220216-migrating-to-debian-and-nginx/agate.png)
	160	* Gemini Server: Agate
	161	#+caption: Agate status
	162	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220216-migrating-to-debian-and-nginx/agate.png]]
172	163
173	164	Finally, I set up the Agate software on this server again to host my
174	165	Gemini server content, using Rust as I have before. You can read my
175		other post for more information on installing Agate: [Hosting a Gemini
176		Server](https://cleberg.net/blog/hosting-a-gemini-server/).
	166	other post for more information on installing Agate:
	167	[[https://cleberg.net/blog/hosting-a-gemini-server/][Hosting a Gemini
	168	Server]].
177	169
178	170	All in all, Debian + Nginx is very slick and I prefer it over my old
179		combination of Ubuntu + Apache (although it's really just Nginx \>
180		Apache for me, since Debian seems mostly the same as Ubuntu is so far).
	171	combination of Ubuntu + Apache (although it's really just Nginx > Apache
	172	for me, since Debian seems mostly the same as Ubuntu is so far).

content/blog/2021-07-15-delete-gitlab-repos.md → blog/delete-gitlab-repos/index.org renamed +28 −33

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2021-07-15
3		title = "How to Delete All GitLab Repositories"
4		description = "Learn how to delete all GitLab repositories in your account."
5		+++
6
7		## Background
	1	#+title: How to Delete All GitLab Repositories
	2	#+date: 2021-07-15
	3	#+description: Learn how to delete all GitLab repositories in your account.
	4	#+filetags: :dev:
8	5
	6	* Background
9	7	Have you ever used GitLab to host your source code, moved to a different
10	8	host, and wanted to delete everything from your GitLab account? Well,
11	9	this post covers any scenario where you would want to delete all
		@@ -16,37 +14,34 @@ manually delete them whenever I switch host. GitHub has a few different
16	14	tools online to delete all repositories for you, but I have not found
17	15	anything similar for GitLab, so I needed an alternative solution.
18	16
19		## Use a Python Script
20
21		### Requirements
22
	17	* Use a Python Script
	18	** Requirements
23	19	Before we look at the script, make sure you know your GitLab username.
24		Next, [create an authorization
25		token](https://gitlab.com/-/profile/personal_access_tokens) so that the
26		Python script can delete your repositories. Don't lose this token or
27		else you'll need to create a new one.
28
29		### Create the Script
	20	Next, [[https://gitlab.com/-/profile/personal_access_tokens][create an
	21	authorization token]] so that the Python script can delete your
	22	repositories. Don't lose this token or else you'll need to create a new
	23	one.
30	24
	25	** Create the Script
31	26	To run a Python script, you must first create it. Open a terminal and
32	27	enter the following commands in whichever directory you prefer to store
33	28	the script. You can do the same things in a file manager if you prefer.
34	29
35		```sh
	30	#+begin_src sh
36	31	mkdir delete-gitlab
37		```
	32	#+end_src
38	33
39		```sh
	34	#+begin_src sh
40	35	cd delete-gitlab
41		```
	36	#+end_src
42	37
43		```sh
	38	#+begin_src sh
44	39	nano main.py
45		```
	40	#+end_src
46	41
47		Enter the following code into your `main.py` script.
	42	Enter the following code into your =main.py= script.
48	43
49		```python
	44	#+begin_src python
50	45	import request
51	46	import json
52	47
		@@ -100,16 +95,16 @@ def main():
100	95
101	96	if __name__ == "__main__":
102	97	main()
103		```
	98	#+end_src
104	99
105		Now that you have the proper information, replace `{user-id}`
106		with your GitLab username and `{auth-token}` with the
107		authorization token you created earlier.
	100	Now that you have the proper information, replace ={user-id}= with your
	101	GitLab username and ={auth-token}= with the authorization token you
	102	created earlier.
108	103
109	104	Finally, simply run the script and watch the output. You can also use
110		PyCharm Community Edition to edit and run the Python script if you
111		don't want to work in a terminal.
	105	PyCharm Community Edition to edit and run the Python script if you don't
	106	want to work in a terminal.
112	107
113		```sh
	108	#+begin_src sh
114	109	python3 main.py
115		```
	110	#+end_src

blog/digital-minimalism/index.org added +100

		@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
	1	#+title: Digital Minimalism
	2	#+date: 2023-10-04
	3	#+description: My personal retrospective on digital minimalism.
	4	#+filetags: :personal:
	5
	6	I've written [[/wiki/#digital-garden][a note about minimalism]] before,
	7	but I wanted to dedicate some time to reflect on digital minimalism and
	8	how I've been able to minimize the impact of digital devices in my life.
	9
	10	#+begin_quote
	11	These changes crept up on us and happened fast, before we had a chance
	12	to step back and ask what we really wanted out of the rapid advances of
	13	the past decade. We added new technologies to the periphery of our
	14	experience for minor reasons, then woke one morning to discover that
	15	they had colonized the core of our daily life. We didn't, in other
	16	words, sign up for the digital world in which we're currently
	17	entrenched; we seem to have stumbled backward into it.
	18
	19	/(Digital Minimalism, 2019)/
	20
	21	#+end_quote
	22
	23	* The Principles of Digital Minimalism
	24	As noted in Cal Newport's book, /Digital Minimalism/, there are three
	25	main principles to digital minimalism that I tend to agree with:
	26
	27	1. Clutter is costly.
	28	- Digital minimalists recognize that cluttering their time and
	29	attention with too many devices, apps, and services creates an
	30	overall negative cost that can swamp the small benefits that each
	31	individual item provides in isolation.
	32	2. Optimization is important.
	33	- Digital minimalists believe that deciding a particular technology
	34	supports something they value is only the first step. To truly
	35	extract its full potential benefit, it's necessary to think
	36	carefully about how they'll use the technology.
	37	3. Intentionality is satisfying.
	38	- Digital minimalists derive significant satisfaction from their
	39	general commitment to being more intentional about how they engage
	40	with new technologies. This source of satisfaction is independent
	41	of the specific decisions they make and is one of the biggest
	42	reasons that minimalism tends to be immensely meaningful to its
	43	practitioners.
	44
	45	* Taking Action
	46	In order to put the logic into practice, I've created a few new habits
	47	and continued performing old habits that are working well:
	48
	49	** Using Devices With Intention
	50	- I already rarely use "social media", mostly limited to forums such as
	51	Hacker News and Tildes, so I've just tweaked my behavior to stop
	52	looking for content in those places when I'm bored.
	53	- Use devices with intention. Each time I pick up a digital device,
	54	there should be an intention to use the device to improve my current
	55	situation. No more endless scrolling or searching for something to
	56	interest me.
	57
	58	** Prevent Distractions
	59	- Disable (most) notifications on all devices. I spent 15-30 minutes
	60	going through the notifications on my phone, watch, and computer to
	61	ensure that only a select few apps have the ability to interrupt me:
	62	Calendar, Messages, Phone, Reminders, & Signal.
	63	- Disable badges for any apps except the ones mentioned in the bullet
	64	above.
	65	- Set-up focus profiles across devices so that I can enable different
	66	modes, such as Personal when I only want to see notifications from
	67	people I care about or Do Not Disturb, where absolutely nothing can
	68	interrupt me.
	69	- Clean up my home screens. This one was quite easy as I already
	70	maintain a minimalist set-up, but I went extreme by limiting my phone
	71	to just eight apps on the home screen and four in the dock. If I need
	72	another app, I'll have to search or use the app library.
	73	- Remove the work profile from my phone. This was a tough decision as
	74	having my work profile on my device definitely makes my life easier at
	75	times, but it also has quite a negative effect when I'm "always
	76	online" and can see the notifications and team activity 24/7. I
	77	believe creating a distinct barrier between my work and personal
	78	devices will be beneficial in the end.
	79
	80	** Creating Alternative Activities
	81	This is the most difficult piece, as most of my hobbies and interests
	82	lie in the digital world. However, I'm making a concerted effort to put
	83	devices down unless necessary and force myself to perform other
	84	activities in the physical world instead.
	85
	86	I've started with a few basics that are always readily available to me:
	87
	88	- Do a chore, such as organizing or cleaning.
	89	- Read a book, study a piece of art, etc.
	90	- Exercise or get outdoors.
	91	- Participate in a hobby, such as photography, birding, disc golf, etc.
	92	- Let yourself be bored and wander into creativity.
	93
	94	* Making Progress
	95	I'll be taking notes as I continue down this journey and hope to see
	96	positive trends. I've always been a minimalist in the physical world and
	97	it feels refreshing to filter out the clutter that has come to dominate
	98	my digital life over the years.
	99
	100	I'm excited to see where this journey leads.

content/blog/2022-06-01-ditching-cloudflare.md → blog/ditching-cloudflare/index.org renamed +36 −41

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-06-01
3		title = "Ditching Cloudflare for Njalla"
4		description = "A retrospective on my decision to leave Cloudflare and move to Njalla for domain registration and DNS."
5		+++
6
7		## Registrar
	1	#+title: Ditching Cloudflare for Njalla
	2	#+date: 2022-06-01
	3	#+description: A retrospective on my decision to leave Cloudflare and move to Njalla for domain registration and DNS.
	4	#+filetags: :sysadmin:
8	5
	6	* Registrar
9	7	After spending a year or so using Cloudflare for DNS only - no proxying
10	8	or applications - I spent the last few months using Cloudflare Tunnels
11	9	and Cloudflare Access to protect my self-hosted websites and
		@@ -15,22 +13,24 @@ However, I have never liked using Cloudflare due to their increasingly
15	13	large share of control over web traffic, as well as their business model
16	14	of being a MITM for all of your traffic.
17	15
18		So, as of today, I have switched over to [Njalla](https://njal.la) as my
19		registrar and DNS manager. I was able to easily transfer my domains over
20		rapidly, with only one domain taking more than 15-30 minutes to
	16	So, as of today, I have switched over to [[https://njal.la][Njalla]] as
	17	my registrar and DNS manager. I was able to easily transfer my domains
	18	over rapidly, with only one domain taking more than 15-30 minutes to
21	19	propagate.
22	20
23	21	+I do still have two domains sitting at Cloudflare for the moment while
24	22	I decide if they're worth the higher rates (one domain is 30€ and the
25	23	other is 45€).+
26	24
27		> Update (2022.06.03): I ended up transferring my final two domains
28		> over to Njalla, clearing my Cloudflare account of personal data, and
29		> deleting the Cloudflare account entirely. *I actually feel relieved to
30		> have moved on to a provider I trust.*
	25	#+begin_quote
	26	Update (2022.06.03): I ended up transferring my final two domains over
	27	to Njalla, clearing my Cloudflare account of personal data, and deleting
	28	the Cloudflare account entirely. /I actually feel relieved to have moved
	29	on to a provider I trust./
31	30
32		## DNS
	31	#+end_quote
33	32
	33	* DNS
34	34	As noted above, I'm using Njalla exclusively for DNS configurations on
35	35	my domains.
36	36
		@@ -42,48 +42,43 @@ back in one-by-one.
42	42
43	43	This would be much simpler if I were able to edit the plain-text format
44	44	of the DNS configuration. I was able to do that at a past registrar
45		(perhaps it was [Gandi.net](https://gandi.net/)?) and it made life a lot
46		easier.
47
48		### Dynamic DNS Updates
	45	(perhaps it was [[https://gandi.net/][Gandi.net]]?) and it made life a
	46	lot easier.
49	47
50		I have built an easy Python script to run (or set-up in
51		`cron` to run automatically) that will check my server's
52		IPv4 and IPv6, compare it to Njalla, and update the DNS records if they
53		don't match. You can see the full script and process in my other post:
54		[Updating Dynamic DNS with Njalla API](/blog/njalla-dns-api/).
	48	** Dynamic DNS Updates
	49	I have built an easy Python script to run (or set-up in =cron= to run
	50	automatically) that will check my server's IPv4 and IPv6, compare it to
	51	Njalla, and update the DNS records if they don't match. You can see the
	52	full script and process in my other post:
	53	[[../njalla-dns-api/][Updating Dynamic DNS with Njalla API]].
55	54
56	55	I haven't used this other method, but I do know that you can create
57		`Dynamic` DNS records with Njalla that [work for updating
58		dynamic subdomains](https://njal.la/docs/ddns/).
59
60		### Njalla's DNS Tool
	56	=Dynamic= DNS records with Njalla that
	57	[[https://njal.la/docs/ddns/][work for updating dynamic subdomains]].
61	58
62		One neat upside to Njalla is that they have a [DNS lookup
63		tool](https://check.njal.la/dns/) that provides a lot of great
64		information for those of you (AKA: me) who hate using the
65		`dig` command.
	59	** Njalla's DNS Tool
	60	One neat upside to Njalla is that they have a
	61	[[https://check.njal.la/dns/][DNS lookup tool]] that provides a lot of
	62	great information for those of you (AKA: me) who hate using the =dig=
	63	command.
66	64
67	65	This was very useful for monitoring a couple of my transferred domains
68	66	to see when the changes in nameservers, records, and DNSSEC went into
69	67	effect.
70	68
71		## Tunnel
72
	69	* Tunnel
73	70	Cloudflare Tunnel is a service that acts as a reverse-proxy (hosted on
74	71	Cloudflare's servers) and allowed me to mask the private IP address of
75	72	the server hosting my various websites and apps.
76	73
77	74	However, as I was moving away from Cloudflare, I was not able to find a
78	75	suitable replacement that was both inexpensive and simple. So, I simply
79		went back to hosting [my own reverse proxy with
80		Nginx](/blog/set-up-nginx-reverse-proxy/). With the recent
81		additions of Unifi hardware in my server/network rack, I am much more
82		protected against spam and malicious attacks at the network edge than I
83		was before I switched to Cloudflare.
84
85		## Access
	76	went back to hosting [[/blog/set-up-nginx-reverse-proxy/][my own reverse
	77	proxy with Nginx]]. With the recent additions of Unifi hardware in my
	78	server/network rack, I am much more protected against spam and malicious
	79	attacks at the network edge than I was before I switched to Cloudflare.
86	80
	81	* Access
87	82	Cloudflare Access, another app I used in combination with Cloudflare
88	83	Tunnel, provided an authentication screen that required you to enter
89	84	valid credentials before Cloudflare would forward you to the actual

blog/dont-say-hello/index.org added +26

		@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
	1	#+title: Don't Say Hello
	2	#+date: 2024-01-08
	3	#+description: A short post describing my displeasure with cliffhanger conversations.
	4	#+filetags: :personal:
	5
	6	I recently came back from a winter break and have started working
	7	again... only to immediately run into the dilemma of people sending me
	8	cliffhanger messages again.
	9
	10	* No Hello
	11	A year or two ago, I discovered [[https://nohello.net/en/][no hello]]
	12	and have thought about it often since then. I've even sent it to a few
	13	people since then (who wouldn't take offense to it).
	14
	15	I work in a fast-paced environment where efficiency is extremely
	16	valuable. Therefore, I have always held a deep displeasure for
	17	conversations where people start with "Hello" and then.
	18
	19	I searched back through my work messages and found that I received ~50
	20	messages from ~10 people last year from people that contained "hi",
	21	"hey", or "hello" and did not contain any indication of the purpose of
	22	the conversation. I also noticed that a few of the users were
	23	responsible for the large majority of the cliffhangers.
	24
	25	There's no real point to this post, just a desparate request for people
	26	to please stop doing this.

blog/exiftool/index.org added +60

		@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
	1	#+title: Stripping Image Metadata with exiftool
	2	#+date: 2022-02-17
	3	#+description: A simple guide to remove exif data with exiftool.
	4	#+filetags: :privacy:
	5
	6	** Why Strip Metadata?
	7	Okay, so you want to strip metadata from your photos. Perhaps you take
	8	pictures of very rare birds, and the location metadata is a gold mine
	9	for poachers, or perhaps you're just privacy-oriented like me and prefer
	10	to strip metadata from publicly-available images.
	11
	12	There are various components of image metadata that you may want to
	13	delete before releasing a photo to the public. Here's an incomplete list
	14	of things I could easily see just by inspecting a photo on my laptop:
	15
	16	- Location (Latitude & Longitude)
	17	- Dimensions
	18	- Device Make & Model
	19	- Color Space
	20	- Color Profile
	21	- Focal Length
	22	- Alpha Channel
	23	- Red Eye
	24	- Metering Mode
	25	- F Number
	26
	27	Regardless of your reasoning, I'm going to explain how I used the
	28	=exiftool= package in Linux to automatically strip metadata from all
	29	images in a directory (+ subdirectories).
	30
	31	** Installing =exiftool=
	32	First things first: we need to install the tool. I'm running Debian 11
	33	on my server (Ubuntu will work the same), so the command is as simple
	34	as:
	35
	36	#+begin_src sh
	37	sudo apt install exiftool
	38	#+end_src
	39
	40	There are different tools that can accomplish the same thing across
	41	distributions, but I really only care to test out this one package.
	42
	43	** Recursively Strip Data
	44	I actually use this tool extensively to strip any photos uploaded to the
	45	website that serves all the images for my blog (=img.cleberg.net=).
	46
	47	The following command is incredibly useful and can be modified to
	48	include any image extensions that =exiftool= supports:
	49
	50	#+begin_src sh
	51	exiftool -r -all= -ext jpg -ext png /path/to/directory/
	52	#+end_src
	53
	54	See below for the results of my most recent usage of =exiftool= after I
	55	uploaded the image for this blog post. You can see that the command will
	56	let you know how many directories were scanned, how many images were
	57	updated, and how many images were unchanged.
	58
	59	#+caption: exiftool results
	60	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220217-stripping-metadata-with-exiftool/exiftool.png]]

blog/exploring-hare/index.org added +169

		@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
	1	#+title: Exploring the Hare Programming Language
	2	#+date: 2023-02-02
	3	#+description: A retrospective on my first time using the Hare Programming Language.
	4	#+filetags: :dev:
	5
	6	* A Quick Note
	7	By no means am I a professional developer, so this post will be rather
	8	short. I won't be going into depth on the specification or anything that
	9	technical.
	10
	11	Instead, I will simply be talking about how I (a relatively basic
	12	hobbyist programmer) have been playing with Hare and what intrigues me
	13	about the language.
	14
	15	* Hare
	16	The [[https://harelang.org][Hare]] programming language is a
	17	straightforward language that should look familiar if you've ever
	18	programmed with C, Rust, or other languages that aim to build software
	19	at the system-level.
	20
	21	The Hare homepage states the following:
	22
	23	#+begin_quote
	24	Hare is a systems programming language designed to be simple, stable,
	25	and robust. Hare uses a static type system, manual memory management,
	26	and minimal runtime. It is well-suited to writing operating systems,
	27	system tools, compilers, networking software, and other low-level, high
	28	performance tasks.
	29
	30	#+end_quote
	31
	32	I have found this all to be true while playing with it for the first
	33	time today. In the next few sections, I'm going to walk through my
	34	installation and first program.
	35
	36	** Installation
	37	I'm currently running Alpine Linux on my Thinkpad, so the installation
	38	was quite easy as there is a package for Hare in the =apk= repositories.
	39
	40	#+begin_src sh
	41	doas apk add hare hare-doc
	42	#+end_src
	43
	44	However, I was able to install Hare from scratch on Fedora Linux a short
	45	while ago, which was also very easy to do. If you need further
	46	instructions and Hare doesn't have a package on your system, take a look
	47	at the [[https://harelang.org/installation/][Hare Installation]] page.
	48
	49	** Creating a Test Project
	50	In order to play with the language, I created
	51	[[https://git.sr.ht/~cmc/hare-projects][hare-test]] and will be putting
	52	any of my Hare-related adventures in here.
	53
	54	#+begin_quote
	55	Update:* I also created a simple Hare program for creating a file from
	56	user input:
	57	[[https://git.sr.ht/~cmc/hare-projects/tree/main/item/files/files.ha][files.ha]]
	58
	59	#+end_quote
	60
	61	Luckily, Hare doesn't require any complex set-up tools or build
	62	environment. Once you have Hare installed, you simply need to create a
	63	file ending with =.ha= and you can run a Hare program.
	64
	65	I created a file called =rgb.ha= in order to test out the random number
	66	generation and passing parameters between functions.
	67
	68	#+begin_src sh
	69	nano rgb.ha
	70	#+end_src
	71
	72	Within this file, I was able to easily import a few of the
	73	[[https://harelang.org/tutorials/stdlib/][standard library modules]]:
	74	=fmt=, =math::random=, and =datetime=.
	75
	76	With these modules, I created two functions:
	77
	78	1. =main=: This function calls the =generate_rgb= function and then
	79	prints out the returned values.
	80	2. =generate_rgb=: This function uses the current Unix epoch time to
	81	generate a pseudo-random value and uses this value to create three
	82	more random values between 0 and 255. These three numbers represent a
	83	color in RGB format.
	84
	85	#+begin_quote
	86	Note: Some syntax coloring may look odd, as Zola currently doesn't
	87	have a syntax highlighting theme for Hare. Instead, I'm using the C
	88	theme, which may not be exactly accurate when coloring the code below.
	89
	90	#+end_quote
	91
	92	#+begin_src C
	93	use datetime;
	94	use fmt;
	95	use math::random;
	96
	97	export fn main() void = {
	98	const rgb = generate_rgb();
	99	fmt::printfln("RGB: ({}, {}, {})", rgb[0], rgb[1], rgb[2])!;
	100	};
	101
	102	fn generate_rgb() []u64 = {
	103	// Use the current Unix epoch time as the seed value
	104	let datetime = datetime::epochunix(&datetime::now());
	105
	106	// Generate initial pseudo-random value
	107	// You must cast the datetime from int to u64
	108	let x = random::init(datetime: u64);
	109
	110	// Generate RGB values between (0, 255) using pseudo-random init value
	111	let r = random::u64n(&x, 255);
	112	let g = random::u64n(&x, 255);
	113	let b = random::u64n(&x, 255);
	114
	115	// Structure data as array and return
	116	let rgb_array: [3]u64 = [r, g, b];
	117	return rgb_array;
	118	};
	119	#+end_src
	120
	121	** Running a Program
	122	Once you have a Hare file written and ready to run, you simply need to
	123	run it:
	124
	125	#+begin_src sh
	126	hare run file.ha
	127	#+end_src
	128
	129	You can also compile the program into an executable:
	130
	131	#+begin_src sh
	132	hare build -o example file.ha
	133	./example
	134	#+end_src
	135
	136	** Initial Thoughts
	137	1. Documentation Improvements Would Help
	138
	139	While I was able to piece everything together eventually, the biggest
	140	downfall right now in Hare's documentation. For such a new project,
	141	the documentation is in a great spot. However, bare specifications
	142	don't help as much as a brief examples section would.
	143
	144	For example, it took me a while to figure out what the =u64n=
	145	function was looking for. I could tell that it took two parameters
	146	and the second was my max value (255), but couldn't figure out what
	147	the first value should be. Eventually, I inspected the =random.ha=
	148	file in the
	149	[[https://git.sr.ht/~sircmpwn/hare/tree/master/item/math/random/random.ha][Hare
	150	source code]] and found the test suite that helped me discover that
	151	it needed an =init()= value in the form of =&var=.
	152
	153	2. More Basic Modules
	154
	155	This is another point that comes from Hare being new and awaiting
	156	more contributions, but there are some basic functions that I would
	157	personally enjoy seeing in Hare, such as one to convert decimal
	158	(base 10) values to hexadecimal (base 16).
	159
	160	If I'm feeling comfortable with my math, I may work on the list of
	161	functions I want and see if any can make it into the Hare source
	162	code.
	163
	164	3. Overall Thoughts
	165
	166	Overall, I actually really enjoy Hare. It's not as tedious to get a
	167	project up and running as Rust, but it's also simpler and more
	168	user-friendly than learning C. I am going to continue playing with it
	169	and see if I can make anything of particular value.

content/blog/2021-01-04-fediverse.md → blog/fediverse/index.org renamed +40 −54

		@@ -1,29 +1,27 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2021-01-04
3		title = "A Simple Guide to the Fediverse"
4		description = "Learn about the basics of the Fediverse."
5		+++
6
7		## What is the Fediverse?
	1	#+title: A Simple Guide to the Fediverse
	2	#+date: 2021-01-04
	3	#+description: Learn about the basics of the Fediverse.
	4	#+filetags: :social:
8	5
	6	* What is the Fediverse?
9	7	The fediverse is a federated universe of servers commonly used for
10	8	sharing content, like social media. So, instead of having to rely on a
11		single organization to run the server (e.g. Facebook), the fediverse is
	9	single organization to run the server (e.g. Facebook), the fediverse is
12	10	a giant collection of servers across the world, owned by many people and
13	11	organizations.
14	12
15	13	Take a look at this depiction of a federated network. Each server in
16	14	this photo is owned and run by different administrators/owners.
17	15	Federated networks are best explained as email servers: you have an
18		email account that exists on a server (e.g. Outlook), your friend has an
19		account on a different server (e.g. GMail), and another friend has an
20		account on a third server (e.g. ProtonMail). All three of you can talk
	16	email account that exists on a server (e.g. Outlook), your friend has an
	17	account on a different server (e.g. GMail), and another friend has an
	18	account on a third server (e.g. ProtonMail). All three of you can talk
21	19	and communicate back and forth without having to be on the same server.
22	20	However, responsible email admins are there to set rules and control the
23	21	traffic going in/out of the server.
24	22
25		![Federated services
26		diagram](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210104-a-simple-guide-to-the-fediverse/federated-example.svg)
	23	#+caption: Federated services diagram
	24	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210104-a-simple-guide-to-the-fediverse/federated-example.svg]]
27	25
28	26	The main objective of this architecture is to decentralize the control
29	27	within the internet connections. For example, if you run your own
		@@ -36,13 +34,12 @@ This strategy is great for making sure control of the social web isn't
36	34	controlled by a single organization, but it also has some downsides. If
37	35	I create a Mastodon instance and get a ton of users to sign up, I can
38	36	shut the server down at any time. That means you're at risk of losing
39		the content you've created unless you back it up, or the server backs
40		it up for you. Also, depending on the software used (e.g. Mastodon,
	37	the content you've created unless you back it up, or the server backs it
	38	up for you. Also, depending on the software used (e.g. Mastodon,
41	39	Pixelfed, etc.), censorship may still be an issue if the server admins
42	40	decide they want to censor their users. Now, censorship isn't always a
43		bad thing and can even benefit the community as a whole, but you'll
44		want to determine which servers align with your idea of proper
45		censorship.
	41	bad thing and can even benefit the community as a whole, but you'll want
	42	to determine which servers align with your idea of proper censorship.
46	43
47	44	However, these are risks that we take when we sign up for any online
48	45	platform. Whatever your reason is for trying out federated social
		@@ -52,55 +49,44 @@ with the increased difficulty understanding and signing up for these
52	49	platforms. Perhaps increased regulation and litigation against current
53	50	social media sites will push more users into the fediverse.
54	51
55		## Federated Alternatives to Popular Sites
56
	52	* Federated Alternatives to Popular Sites
57	53	The list below is a small guide that will show you federated
58	54	alternatives to current popular websites. There are many more out there,
59	55	so go and explore: you might just find the perfect home.
60	56
61		### Reddit
62
63		- [Lemmy](https://lemmy.ml/instances)
64
65		### Twitter/Facebook/Tumblr
66
67		- [Mastodon](https://joinmastodon.org)
68		- [Diaspora](https://diasporafoundation.org)
69		- [Friendica](https://friendi.ca)
70		- [GNU Social](https://gnusocial.network)
71		- [Pleroma](https://pleroma.social)
72
73		### Instagram
74
75		- [Pixelfed](https://pixelfed.org)
76
77		### Slack/Discord
78
79		- [Matrix](https://element.io)
80
81		### Youtube/Vimeo
82
83		- [Peertube](https://joinpeertube.org)
	57	** Reddit
	58	- [[https://lemmy.ml/instances][Lemmy]]
84	59
85		### Spotify/Soundcloud
	60	** Twitter/Facebook/Tumblr
	61	- [[https://joinmastodon.org][Mastodon]]
	62	- [[https://diasporafoundation.org][Diaspora]]
	63	- [[https://friendi.ca][Friendica]]
	64	- [[https://gnusocial.network][GNU Social]]
	65	- [[https://pleroma.social][Pleroma]]
86	66
87		- [Funkwhale](https://funkwhale.audio)
	67	** Instagram
	68	- [[https://pixelfed.org][Pixelfed]]
88	69
89		### Podcasting
	70	** Slack/Discord
	71	- [[https://element.io][Matrix]]
90	72
91		- [Pubcast](https://pubcast.pub)
	73	** Youtube/Vimeo
	74	- [[https://joinpeertube.org][Peertube]]
92	75
93		### Medium/Blogger
	76	** Spotify/Soundcloud
	77	- [[https://funkwhale.audio][Funkwhale]]
94	78
95		- [WriteFreely](https://writefreely.org)
	79	** Podcasting
	80	- [[https://pubcast.pub][Pubcast]]
96	81
97		## Get Started
	82	** Medium/Blogger
	83	- [[https://writefreely.org][WriteFreely]]
98	84
	85	* Get Started
99	86	The best way to get started is to simply sign up and learn as you go. If
100	87	you're comfortable signing up through a Mastodon, Pleroma, or Friendica
101		server, here is [a list of themed
102		servers](https://fediverse.party/en/portal/servers) to choose from. If
103		you're looking for something else, try a web search for a federated
104		alternative to your favorite sites.
	88	server, here is [[https://fediverse.party/en/portal/servers][a list of
	89	themed servers]] to choose from. If you're looking for something else,
	90	try a web search for a federated alternative to your favorite sites.
105	91
106	92	Find a server that focuses on your passions and start there!

blog/fedora-i3/index.org added +152

		@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
	1	#+title: Rebooting My Love Affair with Linux
	2	#+date: 2022-06-24
	3	#+description: A retrospective on moving from macOS to Linux.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
	5
	6	* Leaving macOS
	7	As I noted [[../foss-macos-apps][in a recent post]], I have been
	8	planning on migrating from macOS back to a Linux-based OS. I am happy to
	9	say that I have finally completed my migration and am now stuck in the
	10	wonderful world of Linux again.
	11
	12	My decision to leave macOS really came down to just a few important
	13	things:
	14
	15	- Apple Security (Gatekeeper) restricting me from running any software I
	16	want. Even if you disable Gatekeeper and allow software to bypass the
	17	rest of the device installation security, you still have to repeat
	18	that process every time the allowed software is updated.
	19	- macOS sends out nearly constant connections, pings, telemetry, etc. to
	20	a myriad of mysterious Apple services. I'm not even going to dive into
	21	how many macOS apps have constant telemetry on, as well.
	22	- Lastly, I just /really/ missed the customization and freedom that
	23	comes with Linux. Being able to switch to entirely new kernel, OS, or
	24	desktop within minutes is a freedom I took for granted when I switched
	25	to macOS.
	26
	27	Now that I've covered macOS, I'm going to move on to more exciting
	28	topics: my personal choice of OS, DE, and various customizations I'm
	29	using.
	30
	31	* Fedora
	32	After trying a ton of distros (I think I booted and tested around 20-25
	33	distros), I finally landed on [[https://getfedora.org/][Fedora Linux]].
	34	I have quite a bit of experience with Fedora and enjoy the =dnf= package
	35	manager. Fedora allows me to keep up-to-date with recent software (I'm
	36	looking at you, Debian), but still provides a level of stability you
	37	don't find in every distro.
	38
	39	In a very close second place was Arch Linux, as well as its spin-off:
	40	Garuda Linux (Garuda w/ sway is /beautiful/). Arch is great for
	41	compatibility and the massive community it has, but I have just never
	42	had the time to properly sit down and learn the methodology behind their
	43	packaging systems.
	44
	45	Basically, everything else I tested was unacceptable in at least one way
	46	or another. Void (=glibc=) was great, but doesn't support all the
	47	software I need. Slackware worked well as a tui, but I wasn't skilled
	48	enough to get a tiling window manager (WM) working on it.
	49
	50	** i3
	51	One of the reasons I settled on Fedora is that it comes with an official
	52	i3 spin. Being able to use a tiling WM, such as i3 or sway, is one of
	53	the biggest things I wanted to do as soon as I adopted Linux again.
	54
	55	I will probably set up a dotfile repository soon, so that I don't lose
	56	any of my configurations, but nothing big has been configured thus far.
	57
	58	The two main things I have updated in i3wm are natural scrolling and
	59	binding my brightness keys to the =brightnessctl= program.
	60
	61	1. Natural Scrolling
	62
	63	You can enable natural scrolling by opening the following file:
	64
	65	#+begin_src sh
	66	sudo nano /usr/share/X11/xorg.conf.d/40-libinput.conf
	67	#+end_src
	68
	69	Within the =40-libinput.conf= file, find the following input sections
	70	and enable the natural scrolling option.
	71
	72	This is the =pointer= section:
	73
	74	#+begin_src conf
	75	Section "InputClass"
	76	Identifier "libinput pointer catchall"
	77	MatchIsPointer "on"
	78	MatchDevicePath "/dev/input/event*"
	79	Driver "libinput"
	80	Option "NaturalScrolling" "True"
	81	EndSection
	82	#+end_src
	83
	84	This is the =touchpad= section:
	85
	86	#+begin_src conf
	87	Section "InputClass"
	88	Identifier "libinput touchpad catchall"
	89	MatchIsTouchpad "on"
	90	MatchDevicePath "/dev/input/event*"
	91	Driver "libinput"
	92	Option "NaturalScrolling" "True"
	93	EndSection
	94	#+end_src
	95
	96	2. Enabling Brightness Keys
	97
	98	Likewise, enabling brightness key functionality is as simple as
	99	binding the keys to the =brightnessctl= program.
	100
	101	To do this, open up your i3 config file. Mine is located here:
	102
	103	#+begin_src sh
	104	nano /home/<my-user>/.config/i3/config
	105	#+end_src
	106
	107	#+begin_src conf
	108	# Use brightnessctl to adjust brightness.
	109	bindsym XF86MonBrightnessDown exec --no-startup-id brightnessctl --min-val=2 -q set 3%-
	110	bindsym XF86MonBrightnessUp exec --no-startup-id brightnessctl -q set 3%+
	111	#+end_src
	112
	113	3. =polybar=
	114
	115	Instead of using the default =i3status= bar, I have opted to use
	116	=polybar= instead (as you can also see in the screenshot above).
	117
	118	My config for this menu bar is basically just the default settings
	119	with modified colors and an added battery block to quickly show me
	120	the machine's battery info.
	121
	122	4. =alacritty=
	123
	124	Not much to say on this part yet, as I haven't configured it much,
	125	but I installed =alacritty= as my default terminal, and I am using
	126	=zsh= and the shell.
	127
	128	* Software Choices
	129	Again, I'm not going to say much that I haven't said yet in other blog
	130	posts, so I'll just do a quick rundown of the apps I installed
	131	immediately after I set up the environment.
	132
	133	Flatpak Apps:
	134
	135	- Cryptomator
	136	- pCloud
	137	- Signal
	138
	139	Fedora Packages:
	140
	141	- gomuks
	142	- neomutt
	143	- neofetch
	144	- Firefox
	145	- uBlock Origin
	146	- Bitwarden
	147	- Stylus
	148	- Privacy Redirect
	149
	150	Other:
	151
	152	- exiftool

content/blog/2023-01-08-fedora-remove-login-manager.md → blog/fedora-login-manager/index.org renamed +17 −21

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-01-08
3		title = "How to Remove the Login Manager from Fedora i3"
4		description = "Learn how to completely remove the login manager from Fedora i3."
5		+++
6
7		## Fedora i3's Login Manager
	1	#+title: How to Remove the Login Manager from Fedora i3
	2	#+date: 2023-01-08
	3	#+description: Learn how to completely remove the login manager from Fedora i3.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
8	5
	6	* Fedora i3's Login Manager
9	7	Since I use the i3 spin of Fedora Workstation, I don't like to have a
10	8	login manager installed by default. As of the current version of Fedora
11	9	i3, the default login manager is LightDM.
		@@ -14,31 +12,29 @@ If this is no longer the case, you can search for currently-installed
14	12	packages with the following command and see if you can identify a
15	13	different login manager.
16	14
17		```sh
	15	#+begin_src sh
18	16	sudo dnf list installed
19		```
20
21		## Removing the Login Manager
	17	#+end_src
22	18
	19	* Removing the Login Manager
23	20	In order to remove the login manager, simply uninstall the package.
24	21
25		```sh
	22	#+begin_src sh
26	23	sudo dnf remove lightdm
27		```
28
29		## Launching i3 Manually
	24	#+end_src
30	25
	26	* Launching i3 Manually
31	27	In order to launch i3 manually, you need to set up your X session
32		properly. To start, create or edit the `~/.xinitrc` file to
33		include the following at the bottom.
	28	properly. To start, create or edit the =~/.xinitrc= file to include the
	29	following at the bottom.
34	30
35		```config
	31	#+begin_src config
36	32	exec i3
37		```
	33	#+end_src
38	34
39	35	Now, whenever you log in to the TTY, you can launch your desktop with
40	36	the following command.
41	37
42		```sh
	38	#+begin_src sh
43	39	startx
44		```
	40	#+end_src

blog/financial-database/index.org added +256

		@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
	1	#+title: Maintaining a Personal Financial Database
	2	#+date: 2022-03-03
	3	#+description: An example project showing to build and maintain a simple financial database.
	4	#+filetags: :personal:
	5
	6	* Personal Financial Tracking
	7	For the last 6-ish years, I've tracked my finances in a spreadsheet.
	8	This is common practice in the business world, but any good dev will
	9	cringe at the thought of storing long-term data in a spreadsheet. A
	10	spreadsheet is not for long-term storage or as a source of data to pull
	11	data/reports.
	12
	13	As I wanted to expand the functionality of my financial data (e.g.,
	14	adding more reports), I decided to migrate the data into a database. To
	15	run reports, I would query the database and use a language like Python
	16	or Javascript to process the data, perform calculations, and visualize
	17	the data.
	18
	19	* SQLite
	20	When choosing the type of database I wanted to use for this project, I
	21	was split between three options:
	22
	23	1. MySQL: The database I have the most experience with and have used for
	24	years.
	25	2. PostgreSQL: A database I'm new to, but want to learn.
	26	3. SQLite: A database that I've used for a couple projects and have
	27	moderate experience.
	28
	29	I ended up choosing SQLite since it can be maintained within a single
	30	=.sqlite= file, which allows me more flexibility for storage and backup.
	31	I keep this file in my cloud storage and pull it up whenever needed.
	32
	33	** GUI Editing
	34	Since I didn't want to try and import 1000--1500 records into my new
	35	database via the command line, I opted to use
	36	[[https://sqlitebrowser.org/][DB Browser for SQLite (DB4S)]] as a GUI
	37	tool. This application is excellent, and I don't see myself going back
	38	to the CLI when working in this database.
	39
	40	DB4S allows you to copy a range of cells from a spreadsheet and paste it
	41	straight into the SQL table. I used this process for all 36 accounts,
	42	1290 account statements, and 126 pay statements. Overall, I'm guessing
	43	this took anywhere between 4--8 hours. In comparison, it probably took
	44	me 2-3 days to initially create the spreadsheet.
	45
	46	#+caption: DB4S
	47	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220303-maintaining-a-personal-financial-database/db4s.png]]
	48
	49	** Schema
	50	The schema for this database is actually extremely simple and involves
	51	only three tables (for now):
	52
	53	1. Accounts
	54	2. Statements
	55	3. Payroll
	56
	57	Accounts
	58
	59	The Accounts table contains summary information about an account, such
	60	as a car loan or a credit card. By viewing this table, you can find
	61	high-level data, such as interest rate, credit line, or owner.
	62
	63	#+begin_src sql
	64	CREATE TABLE "Accounts" (
	65	"AccountID" INTEGER NOT NULL UNIQUE,
	66	"AccountType" TEXT,
	67	"AccountName" TEXT,
	68	"InterestRate" NUMERIC,
	69	"CreditLine" NUMERIC,
	70	"State" TEXT,
	71	"Owner" TEXT,
	72	"Co-Owner" TEXT,
	73	PRIMARY KEY("AccountID" AUTOINCREMENT)
	74	)
	75	#+end_src
	76
	77	Statements
	78
	79	The Statements table uses the same unique identifier as the Accounts
	80	table, meaning you can join the tables to find a monthly statement for
	81	any of the accounts listed in the Accounts table. Each statement has an
	82	account ID, statement date, and total balance.
	83
	84	#+begin_src sql
	85	CREATE TABLE "Statements" (
	86	"StatementID" INTEGER NOT NULL UNIQUE,
	87	"AccountID" INTEGER,
	88	"StatementDate" INTEGER,
	89	"Balance" NUMERIC,
	90	PRIMARY KEY("StatementID" AUTOINCREMENT),
	91	FOREIGN KEY("AccountID") REFERENCES "Accounts"("AccountID")
	92	)
	93	#+end_src
	94
	95	Payroll
	96
	97	The Payroll table is a separate entity, unrelated to the Accounts or
	98	Statements tables. This table contains all information you would find on
	99	a pay statement from an employer. As you change employers or obtain new
	100	perks/benefits, just add new columns to adapt to the new data.
	101
	102	#+begin_src sql
	103	CREATE TABLE "Payroll" (
	104	"PaycheckID" INTEGER NOT NULL UNIQUE,
	105	"PayDate" TEXT,
	106	"Payee" TEXT,
	107	"Employer" TEXT,
	108	"JobTitle" TEXT,
	109	"IncomeRegular" NUMERIC,
	110	"IncomePTO" NUMERIC,
	111	"IncomeHoliday" NUMERIC,
	112	"IncomeBonus" NUMERIC,
	113	"IncomePTOPayout" NUMERIC,
	114	"IncomeReimbursements" NUMERIC,
	115	"FringeHSA" NUMERIC,
	116	"FringeStudentLoan" NUMERIC,
	117	"Fringe401k" NUMERIC,
	118	"PreTaxMedical" NUMERIC,
	119	"PreTaxDental" NUMERIC,
	120	"PreTaxVision" NUMERIC,
	121	"PreTaxLifeInsurance" NUMERIC,
	122	"PreTax401k" NUMERIC,
	123	"PreTaxParking" NUMERIC,
	124	"PreTaxStudentLoan" NUMERIC,
	125	"PreTaxOther" NUMERIC,
	126	"TaxFederal" NUMERIC,
	127	"TaxSocial" NUMERIC,
	128	"TaxMedicare" NUMERIC,
	129	"TaxState" NUMERIC,
	130	PRIMARY KEY("PaycheckID" AUTOINCREMENT)
	131	)
	132	#+end_src
	133
	134	** Python Reporting
	135	Once I created the database tables and imported all my data, the only
	136	step left was to create a process to report and visualize on various
	137	aspects of the data.
	138
	139	In order to explore and create the reports I'm interested in, I utilized
	140	a two-part process involving Jupyter Notebooks and Python scripts.
	141
	142	1. Step 1: Jupyter Notebooks
	143
	144	When I need to explore data, try different things, and re-run my code
	145	cell-by-cell, I use Jupyter Notebooks. For example, I explored the
	146	=Accounts= table until I found the following useful information:
	147
	148	#+begin_src python
	149	import sqlite3
	150	import pandas as pd
	151	import matplotlib
	152
	153	# Set up database filename and connect
	154	db = "finances.sqlite"
	155	connection = sqlite3.connect(db)
	156	df = pd.read_sql_query("SELECT ** FROM Accounts", connection)
	157
	158	# Set global matplotlib variables
	159	%matplotlib inline
	160	matplotlib.rcParams['text.color'] = 'white'
	161	matplotlib.rcParams['axes.labelcolor'] = 'white'
	162	matplotlib.rcParams['xtick.color'] = 'white'
	163	matplotlib.rcParams['ytick.color'] = 'white'
	164	matplotlib.rcParams['legend.labelcolor'] = 'black'
	165
	166	# Display graph
	167	df.groupby(['AccountType']).sum().plot.pie(title='Credit Line by Account Type', y='CreditLine', figsize=(5,5), autopct='%1.1f%%')
	168	#+end_src
	169
	170	2. Step 2: Python Scripts
	171
	172	Once I explored enough through the notebooks and had a list of
	173	reports I wanted, I moved on to create a Python project with the
	174	following structure:
	175
	176	#+begin_src txt
	177	finance/
	178	├── notebooks/
	179	│ │ ├── account_summary.ipynb
	180	│ │ ├── account_details.ipynb
	181	│ │ └── payroll.ipynb
	182	├── public/
	183	│ │ ├── image-01.png
	184	│ │ └── image-0X.png
	185	├── src/
	186	│ └── finance.sqlite
	187	├── venv/
	188	├── _init.py
	189	├── database.py
	190	├── process.py
	191	├── requirements.txt
	192	└── README.md
	193	#+end_src
	194
	195	This structure allows me to:
	196
	197	1. Compile all required python packages into =requirements.txt= for
	198	easy installation if I move to a new machine.
	199	2. Activate a virtual environment in =venv/= so I don't need to
	200	maintain a system-wide Python environment just for this project.
	201	3. Keep my =notebooks/= folder to continuously explore the data as I
	202	see fit.
	203	4. Maintain a local copy of the database in =src/= for easy access.
	204	5. Export reports, images, HTML files, etc. to =public/=.
	205
	206	Now, onto the differences between the code in a Jupyter Notebook and
	207	the actual Python files. To create the report in the Notebook snippet
	208	above, I created the following function inside =process.py=:
	209
	210	#+begin_src python
	211	# Create summary pie chart
	212	def summary_data(accounts: pandas.DataFrame) -> None:
	213	accounts_01 = accounts[accounts["Owner"] == "Person01"]
	214	accounts_02 = accounts[accounts["Owner"] == "Person02"]
	215	for x in range(1, 4):
	216	if x == 1:
	217	df = accounts
	218	account_string = "All Accounts"
	219	elif x == 2:
	220	df = accounts_01
	221	account_string = "Person01's Accounts"
	222	elif x == 3:
	223	df = accounts_02
	224	account_string = "Person02's Accounts"
	225	print(f"Generating pie chart summary image for {account_string}...")
	226	summary_chart = (
	227	df.groupby(["AccountType"])
	228	.sum()
	229	.plot.pie(
	230	title=f"Credit Line by Type for {account_string}",
	231	y="CreditLine",
	232	autopct="%1.1f%%",
	233	)
	234	)
	235	summary_chart.figure.savefig(f"public/summary_chart_{x}.png", dpi=1200)
	236	#+end_src
	237
	238	The result? A high-quality pie chart that is read directly by the
	239	=public/index.html= template I use.
	240
	241	#+caption: Summary Pie Chart
	242	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220303-maintaining-a-personal-financial-database/summary_chart.png]]
	243
	244	Other charts generated by this project include:
	245
	246	- Charts of account balances over time.
	247	- Line chart of effective tax rate (taxes divided by taxable income).
	248	- Salary projections and error limits using past income and inflation
	249	rates.
	250	- Multi-line chart of gross income, taxable income, and net income.
	251
	252	The best thing about this project? I can improve it at any given
	253	time, shaping it into whatever helps me the most for that time. I
	254	imagine that I will be introducing an asset tracking table soon to
	255	track the depreciating value of cars, houses, etc. Who knows what's
	256	next?

content/blog/2022-07-30-flac-to-opus.md → blog/flac-to-opus/index.org renamed +56 −64

		@@ -1,70 +1,65 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-07-30
3		title = "Recursive Command-Line FLAC to Opus Conversion"
4		description = "Learn how to convert all FLAC files to Opus, including recursive files in subdirectories."
5		+++
6
7		## Converting FLAC to OPUS
	1	#+title: Recursive Command-Line FLAC to Opus Conversion
	2	#+date: 2022-07-30
	3	#+description: Learn how to convert all FLAC files to Opus, including recursive files in subdirectories.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
8	5
	6	* Converting FLAC to OPUS
9	7	I am currently rebuilding my music library from scratch so that I can
10		effectively archive all the music I own in the [FLAC file
11		format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FLAC), a lossless audio codec.
	8	effectively archive all the music I own in the
	9	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FLAC][FLAC file format]], a lossless
	10	audio codec.
12	11
13	12	However, streaming FLAC files outside the home can be difficult due to
14	13	the size of the files, especially if you're using a weak connection.
15	14
16	15	So, in order to archive the music in a lossless format and still be able
17	16	to stream it easily, I opted to create a copy of my FLAC files in the
18		[Opus audio codec](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Opus_(audio_format)).
	17	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Opus_(audio_format)][Opus audio codec]].
19	18	This allows me to archive a quality, lossless version of the music and
20	19	then point my streaming service to the smaller, stream-ready version.
21	20
22		### Dependencies
23
24		The process I follow utilizes the `opus-tools` package in
25		Ubuntu. Before proceeding, install the package:
	21	** Dependencies
	22	The process I follow utilizes the =opus-tools= package in Ubuntu. Before
	23	proceeding, install the package:
26	24
27		```sh
	25	#+begin_src sh
28	26	sudo apt install opus-tools
29		```
30
31		If you want to use a different conversion method, such as
32		`ffmpeg` or `avconv`, simply install that package
33		instead.
	27	#+end_src
34	28
35		### Conversion Process
	29	If you want to use a different conversion method, such as =ffmpeg= or
	30	=avconv=, simply install that package instead.
36	31
	32	** Conversion Process
37	33	The script I'm using is stored in my home directory, but feel free to
38	34	create it wherever you want. It does not need to be in the same
39	35	directory as your music files.
40	36
41		```sh
	37	#+begin_src sh
42	38	cd ~ && nano transform.sh
43		```
	39	#+end_src
44	40
45	41	Once you have your new bash script opened in an editor, go ahead and
46	42	paste the following logic into the script.
47	43
48		You MUST edit the following variables in order for it to work:
	44	You MUST edit the following variables in order for it to work:
49	45
50		- `source`: The source directory where your FLAC files are
51		stored.
52		- `dest`: The destination directory where you want the
53		resulting Opus files to be stored.
	46	- =source=: The source directory where your FLAC files are stored.
	47	- =dest=: The destination directory where you want the resulting Opus
	48	files to be stored.
54	49
55		You MAY want to edit the following variables to suit your needs:
	50	You MAY want to edit the following variables to suit your needs:
56	51
57		- `filename`: If you are converting to a file format other
58		than Opus, you'll need to edit this so that your resulting files
59		have the correct filename extension.
60		- `reldir`: This variable can be edited to strip out more
61		leading directories in the file path. As you'll see later, I ignore
62		this for now and simply clean it up afterward.
63		- `opusenc`: This is the actual conversion process. You may
64		want to edit the bitrate to suit your needs. I set mine at 128 but
65		some prefer 160 or higher.
	52	- =filename=: If you are converting to a file format other than Opus,
	53	you'll need to edit this so that your resulting files have the correct
	54	filename extension.
	55	- =reldir=: This variable can be edited to strip out more leading
	56	directories in the file path. As you'll see later, I ignore this for
	57	now and simply clean it up afterward.
	58	- =opusenc=: This is the actual conversion process. You may want to edit
	59	the bitrate to suit your needs. I set mine at 128 but some prefer 160
	60	or higher.
66	61
67		```sh
	62	#+begin_src sh
68	63	#!/bin/bash
69	64	## - The IFS takes care of spaces in file and dirnames
70	65	## - your folders may vary
		@@ -126,52 +121,49 @@ opusenc --vbr --bitrate 128 --date "$DATE" \
126	121	## just for testing
127	122	# sleep 1
128	123	done
129		```
	124	#+end_src
130	125
131	126	Once you're done, simply save the file and exit your editor. Don't
132	127	forget to enable execution of the script:
133	128
134		```sh
	129	#+begin_src sh
135	130	chmod +x transform.sh
136		```
	131	#+end_src
137	132
138	133	Finally, you may now run the script:
139	134
140		```sh
	135	#+begin_src sh
141	136	./transform.sh
142		```
	137	#+end_src
143	138
144		If you used `opusenc`, you'll see the conversions happen
145		within the terminal as it progresses. You will also see variables
146		printed if you uncommented any of the bash script's comments.
	139	If you used =opusenc=, you'll see the conversions happen within the
	140	terminal as it progresses. You will also see variables printed if you
	141	uncommented any of the bash script's comments.
147	142
148		### Cleanup
149
150		As I noted above, I didn't customize my `reldir` variable in
151		the script, which caused my output directory to be
152		`/mnt/music/library/archives` instead of
153		`/mnt/music/library`. So, I moved the output up one level and
	143	** Cleanup
	144	As I noted above, I didn't customize my =reldir= variable in the script,
	145	which caused my output directory to be =/mnt/music/library/archives=
	146	instead of =/mnt/music/library=. So, I moved the output up one level and
154	147	deleted the accidental directory.
155	148
156		```sh
	149	#+begin_src sh
157	150	cd /mnt/music/library
158		mv archives/* .
	151	mv archives/** .
159	152	rm -rf archives
160		```
161
162		### Check the Resulting Size
	153	#+end_src
163	154
164		If you want to see what kind of file size savings you've gained, you
165		can always use the `du` command to check:
	155	** Check the Resulting Size
	156	If you want to see what kind of file size savings you've gained, you can
	157	always use the =du= command to check:
166	158
167		```sh
	159	#+begin_src sh
168	160	cd /mnt/music
169	161	du -h --max-depth=1 .
170		```
	162	#+end_src
171	163
172	164	In my case, my small library went from 78GB to 6.3GB!
173	165
174		```txt
	166	#+begin_src txt
175	167	78G ./archives
176	168	6.3G ./library
177		```
	169	#+end_src

content/blog/2023-01-21-running-flatpak-apps-easily.md → blog/flatpak-symlinks/index.org renamed +21 −25

		@@ -1,50 +1,46 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-01-21
3		title = "Running Flatpak Apps with Symlinks"
4		description = "Learn how to run Flatpak apps through menu launchers with symlinks."
5		+++
6
7		## Running Flatpak Apps Should Be Faster
	1	#+title: Running Flatpak Apps with Symlinks
	2	#+date: 2023-01-21
	3	#+description: Learn how to run Flatpak apps through menu launchers with symlinks.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
8	5
	6	* Running Flatpak Apps Should Be Faster
9	7	If you're like me and use Flatpak for those pesky apps that cannot run
10	8	on your system for one reason or another, you likely get annoyed with
11	9	opening a terminal and manually running the Flatpak app with the lengthy
12		`flatpak run ...` command.
	10	=flatpak run ...= command.
13	11
14		In the past, I manually created aliases in my `.zshrc` file
15		for certain apps. For example, an alias would look like the example
16		below.
	12	In the past, I manually created aliases in my =.zshrc= file for certain
	13	apps. For example, an alias would look like the example below.
17	14
18	15	This would allow me to run the command fast within the terminal, but it
19	16	wouldn't allow me to run it in an application launcher.
20	17
21		```sh
	18	#+begin_src sh
22	19	# ~/.zshrc
23	20	alias librewolf = "flatpak run io.gitlab.librewolf-community"
24		```
	21	#+end_src
25	22
26	23	However, I now use a much faster and better method that integrates with
27		the tiling WMs I use and their application launchers -
28		`dmenu` and `bemenu`.
29
30		## Creating Symlinks for Flatpak Apps
	24	the tiling WMs I use and their application launchers - =dmenu= and
	25	=bemenu=.
31	26
	27	* Creating Symlinks for Flatpak Apps
32	28	Let's use the example of Librewolf below. I can install the application
33	29	like so:
34	30
35		```sh
	31	#+begin_src sh
36	32	flatpak install flathub io.gitlab.librewolf-community
37		```
	33	#+end_src
38	34
39	35	Once installed, I can create a symlink to link the flatpak app to my new
40	36	symlink in a location commonly included in your PATH. In this case, I
41		chose `/usr/bin`. You may need to choose a different location
42		if `/usr/bin` isn't in your PATH.
	37	chose =/usr/bin=. You may need to choose a different location if
	38	=/usr/bin= isn't in your PATH.
43	39
44		```sh
	40	#+begin_src sh
45	41	ln -s /var/lib/flatpak/exports/bin/io.gitlab.librewolf-community /usr/bin/librewolf
46		```
	42	#+end_src
47	43
48	44	Once complete, you should be able to launch the app using the command
49		name you chose above in the symlink (`librewolf`) from a
50		terminal or from your application launcher!
	45	name you chose above in the symlink (=librewolf=) from a terminal or
	46	from your application launcher!

content/blog/2021-03-28-gemini-capsule.md → blog/gemini-capsule/index.org renamed +63 −71

		@@ -1,30 +1,28 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2021-03-28
3		title = "Launching a Gemini Capsule"
4		description = "A guide to self-hosting a Gemini capsule on your own server."
5		+++
	1	#+title: Launching a Gemini Capsule
	2	#+date: 2021-03-28
	3	#+description: A guide to self-hosting a Gemini capsule on your own server.
	4	#+filetags: :dev:
6	5
7		## What is Gemini?
8
9		[Gemini](https://gemini.circumlunar.space/) is an internet protocol
	6	* What is Gemini?
	7	[[https://gemini.circumlunar.space/][Gemini]] is an internet protocol
10	8	introduced in June 2019 as an alternative to HTTP(S) or Gopher. In
11	9	layman's terms, it's an alternative way to browse sites (called
12	10	capsules) that requires a special browser. Since Gemini is not
13	11	standardized as an internet standard, normal web browsers won't be able
14		to load a Gemini capsule. Instead, you'll need to use [a
15		Gemini-specific
16		browser](https://gemini.%20circumlunar.space/clients.html).
	12	to load a Gemini capsule. Instead, you'll need to use
	13	[[https://gemini.%20circumlunar.space/clients.html][a Gemini-specific
	14	browser]].
17	15
18	16	The content found within a Gemini page is called
19		[Gemtext](https://gemini.circumlunar.space/docs/cheatsheet.gmi) and is
20		extremely basic (on purpose). Gemini only processes the text, no media
21		content like images. However, you're able to style 3 levels of
22		headings, regular text, links (which will display on their own line),
23		quotes, and an unordered list.
	17	[[https://gemini.circumlunar.space/docs/cheatsheet.gmi][Gemtext]] and is
	18	/extremely/ basic (on purpose). Gemini only processes the text, no media
	19	content like images. However, you're able to style 3 levels of headings,
	20	regular text, links (which will display on their own line), quotes, and
	21	an unordered list.
24	22
25	23	Here's a complete listing of valid Gemtext:
26	24
27		```txt
	25	#+begin_src txt
28	26	# Heading 1
29	27	## Heading 2
30	28	### Heading 3
		@@ -37,14 +35,13 @@ Regular text! Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
37	35	> "If life were predictable it would cease to be life, and be without flavor." - Eleanor Roosevelt
38	36
39	37	My List:
40		* Item
41		* Item
	38	,** Item
	39	,** Item
42	40
43	41	```Anything between three backticks will be rendered as code.```
44		```
45
46		## Free Option
	42	#+end_src
47	43
	44	*** Free Option
48	45	There are probably numerous websites that allow you to create your
49	46	personal Gemini capsule, but I'm going to focus on the two sites that I
50	47	have personally tested. The first option below, Midnight Pub, allows you
		@@ -54,18 +51,17 @@ second option below, Sourcehut, allows you to use a Git repository and
54	51	automatic build process to deploy your personal Gemini capsule every
55	52	time you push a commit.
56	53
57		### Midnight Pub - Beginner Friendly
58
59		[Midnight Pub](https://midnight.pub/) is a small, virtual community
	54	** Midnight Pub - Beginner Friendly
	55	[[https://midnight.pub/][Midnight Pub]] is a small, virtual community
60	56	meant to reflect the atmosphere of wandering into a small alley pub. The
61	57	site is built in Gemtext and has a server-side process to convert
62	58	Gemtext to HTML if someone loads the site in an HTTP(S) browser.
63	59
64	60	To create an account, you'll need to email the owner of the website to
65	61	obtain a key. You can find their email on the Midnight Pub homepage.
66		Once registered, head to [your account](https://midnight.pub/account)
67		and select [manage site](https://midnight.pub/site). This is the screen
68		where you can upload or create any files to be displayed on the
	62	Once registered, head to [[https://midnight.pub/account][your account]]
	63	and select [[https://midnight.pub/site][manage site]]. This is the
	64	screen where you can upload or create any files to be displayed on the
69	65	internet.
70	66
71	67	For example, I've created both an HTML file and a Gemini file. Remember
		@@ -73,22 +69,19 @@ that Gemini is automatically converted to HTML on the Pub, so you don't
73	69	need an HTML version. For example, I created an HTML version to add in
74	70	some extra styling.
75	71
76		All you need to do is create a page like `index.gmi` and use
77		your Gemini browser to head over to your-username.midnight.pub to see
78		the result.
	72	All you need to do is create a page like =index.gmi= and use your Gemini
	73	browser to head over to your-username.midnight.pub to see the result.
79	74
80	75	That's all there is to it! Easy enough, right? Let's check out a more
81	76	advanced version in the next section.
82	77
83		## Paid Option
84
	78	* Paid Option
85	79	As of 2021, Sourcehut has decided to require users to have a paid
86	80	account in order to utilize their automated build system. For now, paid
87		accounts can be as low as \$2/month.
88
89		### Sourcehut
	81	accounts can be as low as $2/month.
90	82
91		[Sourcehut](https://sourcehut.org/) is a collection of software
	83	** Sourcehut
	84	[[https://sourcehut.org/][Sourcehut]] is a collection of software
92	85	development tools, but mostly surrounds their hosted Git repository
93	86	service. Simply put, it's a minimal and more private alternative to
94	87	services like GitHub.
		@@ -100,43 +93,43 @@ instead.
100	93
101	94	The first thing you'll need to do is create an SSH key pair, if you
102	95	don't already have one on your system. Once created, grab the contents
103		of `id_rsa.pub` and add it to your Sourcehut account
104		settings - this will allow you to push and pull code changes without
105		using a username/password.
	96	of =id_rsa.pub= and add it to your Sourcehut account settings - this
	97	will allow you to push and pull code changes without using a
	98	username/password.
106	99
107		```sh
	100	#+begin_src sh
108	101	ssh keygen
109		```
	102	#+end_src
110	103
111	104	Next up, let's create a repository with the proper name so that the
112	105	Sourcehut build system will know we want them to host a website for us.
113	106	Use the following format exactly:
114	107
115		```sh
	108	#+begin_src sh
116	109	mkdir your-username.srht.site && cd your-username.srht.site
117		```
	110	#+end_src
118	111
119		Now that we've created the repo, let's initialize Git and add the
120		proper remote URL.
	112	Now that we've created the repo, let's initialize Git and add the proper
	113	remote URL.
121	114
122		```sh
	115	#+begin_src sh
123	116	git init
124		```
	117	#+end_src
125	118
126		```sh
	119	#+begin_src sh
127	120	git remote add origin git@git.sr.ht:~your-username/your-username.srht.site
128		```
	121	#+end_src
129	122
130	123	Now that our repository is set up and configured, we will need to create
131	124	at least two files:
132	125
133		- `index.gmi`
134		- `.build.yml`
	126	- =index.gmi=
	127	- =.build.yml=
135	128
136		For your `.build.yml` file, use the following content and be
137		sure to update the `site` line with your username!
	129	For your =.build.yml= file, use the following content and be sure to
	130	update the =site= line with your username!
138	131
139		```yaml
	132	#+begin_src yaml
140	133	image: alpine/latest
141	134	oauth: pages.sr.ht/PAGES:RW
142	135	environment:
		@@ -147,39 +140,38 @@ tasks:
147	140	tar -cvz . > ../site.tar.gz
148	141	- upload: \|
149	142	acurl -f https://pages.sr.ht/publish/$site -Fcontent=@site.tar.gz -Fprotocol=GEMINI
150		```
	143	#+end_src
151	144
152		For the `index.gmi` file, put whatever you want in there and
153		save it. You could even just copy and paste the Gemtext cheatsheet.
	145	For the =index.gmi= file, put whatever you want in there and save it.
	146	You could even just copy and paste the Gemtext cheatsheet.
154	147
155	148	If you want to serve both HTML and Gemini files from this repository,
156		just add a second command to the `upload` section:
	149	just add a second command to the =upload= section:
157	150
158		```yaml
	151	#+begin_src yaml
159	152	- upload: \|
160	153	acurl -f https://pages.sr.ht/publish/$site -Fcontent=@site.tar.gz -Fprotocol=GEMINI
161	154	acurl -f https://pages.sr.ht/publish/$site -Fcontent=@site.tar.gz
162		```
	155	#+end_src
163	156
164	157	Lastly, commit your changes and push them to the remote repo.
165	158
166		```sh
	159	#+begin_src sh
167	160	git add .; git commit -m "initial commit"; git push --set-upstream origin HEAD
168		```
	161	#+end_src
169	162
170		If you've successfully created the files with the proper format,
171		you'll see the terminal print a message that lets you know where the
172		automatic build is taking place. For example, here's what the terminal
173		tells me:
	163	If you've successfully created the files with the proper format, you'll
	164	see the terminal print a message that lets you know where the automatic
	165	build is taking place. For example, here's what the terminal tells me:
174	166
175		```sh
	167	#+begin_src sh
176	168	remote: Build started:
177	169	remote: https://builds.sr.ht/~user/job/689803 [.build.yml]
178		```
	170	#+end_src
179	171
180	172	Now that you've properly built your Sourcehut page, you can browse to
181	173	your-username.srht.site in a Gemini browser and view the final results.
182	174	Take a look at the image below for my Sourcehut Gemini capsule.
183	175
184		![Gemini page on the amfora
185		browser](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210328-launching-a-gemini-capsule/amfora.png)
	176	#+caption: Gemini page on the amfora browser
	177	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210328-launching-a-gemini-capsule/amfora.png]]

content/blog/2021-04-17-gemini-server.md → blog/gemini-server/index.org renamed +63 −77

		@@ -1,164 +1,150 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2021-04-17
3		title = "Hosting a Gemini Server"
4		description = "A guide to self-hosting a Gemini web server on your own server."
5		+++
6
7		## Similar Article Available
	1	#+title: Hosting a Gemini Server
	2	#+date: 2021-04-17
	3	#+description: A guide to self-hosting a Gemini web server on your own server.
	4	#+filetags: :sysadmin:
8	5
	6	* Similar Article Available
9	7	To read more about Gemini and ways to test out this new protocol without
10		your own server, see my previous post [Launching a Gemini
11		Capsule](/blog/launching-a-gemini-capsule/).
12
13		## Preparation
	8	your own server, see my previous post
	9	[[../launching-a-gemini-capsule/][Launching a Gemini Capsule]].
14	10
	11	* Preparation
15	12	This guide assumes you have access to a server accessible to the world
16	13	through a public IP address and that you own a domain name used for this
17	14	Gemini capsule.
18	15
19		## Getting Started with Agate
20
21		We are going to use [Agate](https://github.com/mbrubeck/agate) for this
22		tutorial. This is a basic Gemini server written in Rust. It takes very
23		little time and maintenance to get it running.
24
25		## Install Dependencies
	16	* Getting Started with Agate
	17	We are going to use [[https://github.com/mbrubeck/agate][Agate]] for
	18	this tutorial. This is a basic Gemini server written in Rust. It takes
	19	very little time and maintenance to get it running.
26	20
	21	* Install Dependencies
27	22	First, you will need to install the Rust package for your system. On
28		Ubuntu, use the following commands (remember to use `sudo` if
29		you are not the root user). The Rust installation will give you options
30		to customize the installation; I used the default installation options.
	23	Ubuntu, use the following commands (remember to use =sudo= if you are
	24	not the root user). The Rust installation will give you options to
	25	customize the installation; I used the default installation options.
31	26
32		```sh
	27	#+begin_src sh
33	28	sudo apt update && sudo apt upgrade -y
34	29	curl https://sh.rustup.rs -sSf \| sh
35		```
	30	#+end_src
36	31
37	32	Remember to configure your shell with the new configuration:
38	33
39		```sh
	34	#+begin_src sh
40	35	source $HOME/.cargo/env
41		```
	36	#+end_src
42	37
43		Before we install agate, make sure you have the `gcc` package
44		installed:
	38	Before we install agate, make sure you have the =gcc= package installed:
45	39
46		```sh
	40	#+begin_src sh
47	41	sudo apt install gcc
48		```
	42	#+end_src
49	43
50	44	Next, you'll need to install the agate executable with Rust's Cargo
51	45	package maintainer:
52	46
53		```sh
	47	#+begin_src sh
54	48	cargo install agate
55		```
56
57		## Create Symlinks
	49	#+end_src
58	50
	51	* Create Symlinks
59	52	Once Cargo has finished installing all the required packages, symlink
60		the executable to your \$PATH.
	53	the executable to your $PATH.
61	54
62		```sh
	55	#+begin_src sh
63	56	sudo ln -s $HOME/.cargo/bin/agate /usr/local/bin/agate
64		```
65
66		## Using Agate's Built-In Installation Tool
	57	#+end_src
67	58
	59	* Using Agate's Built-In Installation Tool
68	60	If you're running Ubuntu or Debian, use the Debian installation script
69		found in Agate's GitHub repository, under the `tools/debian`
70		folder.
	61	found in Agate's GitHub repository, under the =tools/debian= folder.
71	62
72		```sh
	63	#+begin_src sh
73	64	git clone https://github.com/mbrubeck/agate
74	65	cd agate/tools/debian
75	66	sudo ./install.sh
76		```
77
78		## Configure the Gemini Service
	67	#+end_src
79	68
	69	* Configure the Gemini Service
80	70	We have a little more to do, but since this script tries to immediately
81	71	run the service, it will likely fail with an exit code. Let's add our
82	72	finishing touches. Edit the following file and replace the hostname with
83	73	your desired URL. You can also change the directory where content will
84	74	be served.
85	75
86		```sh
	76	#+begin_src sh
87	77	sudo nano /etc/systemd/system/gemini.service
88		```
	78	#+end_src
89	79
90		```sh
	80	#+begin_src sh
91	81	# Edit these lines to whatever you want - see the next code block for my personal configuration.
92	82	WorkingDirectory=/srv/gemini
93	83	ExecStart=agate --hostname $(uname -n) --lang en
94		```
	84	#+end_src
95	85
96	86	This is my personal config:
97	87
98		```sh
	88	#+begin_src sh
99	89	WorkingDirectory=/var/gemini/
100	90	ExecStart=agate --hostname gemini.example.com --lang en
101		```
	91	#+end_src
102	92
103	93	Since we've altered the systemd configuration files, we have to reload
104	94	the daemon. Let's do that, restart our service, and check its status.
105	95
106		```sh
	96	#+begin_src sh
107	97	sudo systemctl daemon-reload
108	98	sudo systemctl restart gemini.service
109	99	sudo systemctl status gemini.service
110		```
111
112		## Fixing Systemd Errors
	100	#+end_src
113	101
	102	* Fixing Systemd Errors
114	103	If you're still getting errors, the installation process may not have
115	104	properly enabled the gemini service. Fix it with the following commands.
116	105
117		```sh
	106	#+begin_src sh
118	107	sudo systemctl enable gemini.service
119	108	sudo systemctl restart gemini.service
120	109	sudo systemctl status gemini.service
121		```
122
123		## Firewall Rules
	110	#+end_src
124	111
	112	* Firewall Rules
125	113	Great! Our server is now functional and running. The first consideration
126	114	now is that you need to be able to access port 1965 on the server. If
127	115	you have a firewall enabled, you'll need to open that port up.
128	116
129		```sh
	117	#+begin_src sh
130	118	sudo ufw allow 1965
131	119	sudo ufw reload
132		```
133
134		## Creating Content
	120	#+end_src
135	121
	122	* Creating Content
136	123	Let's create the Gemini capsule. Note that wherever you set the
137	124	WorkingDirectory variable to earlier, Agate will expect you to put your
138		Gemini capsule contents in a sub-folder called "content." So, I place
139		my files in "/var/gmi/content." I'm going to create that folder now
140		and put a file in there.
	125	Gemini capsule contents in a sub-folder called "content." So, I place my
	126	files in "/var/gmi/content." I'm going to create that folder now and put
	127	a file in there.
141	128
142		```sh
	129	#+begin_src sh
143	130	sudo mkdir /var/gemini/content
144	131	sudo nano /var/gemini/content/index.gmi
145		```
	132	#+end_src
146	133
147	134	You can put whatever you want in the "index.gmi" file, just make sure
148	135	it's valid Gemtext.
149	136
150		## The Results
151
	137	* The Results
152	138	Here are some screenshots of the Gemini page I just created in the
153		[Lagrange](https://gmi.skyjake.fi/lagrange/) browser and the
154		[amfora](https://github.com/makeworld-the-better-one/amfora) browser.
	139	[[https://gmi.skyjake.fi/lagrange/][Lagrange]] browser and the
	140	[[https://github.com/makeworld-the-better-one/amfora][amfora]] browser.
155	141
156		![GUI Gemini
157		browser](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210417-hosting-a-gemini-server/lagrange.png)
	142	#+caption: GUI Gemini browser
	143	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210417-hosting-a-gemini-server/lagrange.png]]
158	144
159		Lagrange
	145	/Lagrange/
160	146
161		![CLI Gemini
162		browser](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210417-hosting-a-gemini-server/amfora.png)
	147	#+caption: CLI Gemini browser
	148	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210417-hosting-a-gemini-server/amfora.png]]
163	149
164		Amfora
	150	/Amfora/

content/blog/2022-07-01-git-server.md → blog/git-server/index.org renamed +234 −271

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-07-01
3		title = "Self-Hosting a Personal Git Server"
4		description = "A guide to self-hosting a Git server on your own server."
5		+++
6
7		## My Approach to Self-Hosting Git
	1	#+title: Self-Hosting a Personal Git Server
	2	#+date: 2022-07-01
	3	#+description: A guide to self-hosting a Git server on your own server.
	4	#+filetags: :selfhosting:
8	5
	6	* My Approach to Self-Hosting Git
9	7	I have often tried to self-host my Git repositories, but have always
10	8	fallen short when I tried to find a suitable web interface to show on
11	9	the front-end.
		@@ -17,240 +15,223 @@ access them from anywhere.
17	15	Before I dive into the details, I want to state a high-level summary of
18	16	my self-hosted Git approach:
19	17
20		- This method uses the `ssh://` (read & write) and
21		`git://` (read-only) protocols for push and pull access.
22		- For the `git://` protocol, I create a
23		`git-daemon-export-ok` file in any repository that I
24		want to be cloneable by anyone.
25		- The web interface I am using (`cgit`) allows simple
26		HTTP cloning by default. I do not disable this setting as I want
27		beginners to be able to clone one of my repositories even if
28		they don't know the proper method.
29		- I am not enabling Smart HTTPS for any repositories. Updates to
30		repositories must be pushed via SSH.
31		- Beyond the actual repository management, I am using
32		`cgit` for the front-end web interface.
33		- If you use the `scan-path=<path>` configuration in
34		the `cgitrc` configuration file to automatically find
35		repositories, you can't exclude a repository from
36		`cgit` if it's stored within the path that
37		`cgit` reads. To host private repositories, you'd
38		need to set up another directory that `cgit` can't
39		read.
40
41		## Assumptions
42
	18	- This method uses the =ssh://= (read & write) and =git://= (read-only)
	19	protocols for push and pull access.
	20	- For the =git://= protocol, I create a =git-daemon-export-ok= file in
	21	any repository that I want to be cloneable by anyone.
	22	- The web interface I am using (=cgit=) allows simple HTTP cloning by
	23	default. I do not disable this setting as I want beginners to be
	24	able to clone one of my repositories even if they don't know the
	25	proper method.
	26	- I am not enabling Smart HTTPS for any repositories. Updates to
	27	repositories must be pushed via SSH.
	28	- Beyond the actual repository management, I am using =cgit= for the
	29	front-end web interface.
	30	- If you use the =scan-path=<path>= configuration in the =cgitrc=
	31	configuration file to automatically find repositories, you can't
	32	exclude a repository from =cgit= if it's stored within the path that
	33	=cgit= reads. To host private repositories, you'd need to set up
	34	another directory that =cgit= can't read.
	35
	36	* Assumptions
43	37	For the purposes of this walkthrough, I am assuming you have a URL
44		(`git.example.com`) or IP address
45		(`207.84.26.991`) addressed to the server that you will be
46		using to host your git repositories.
47
48		## Adding a Git User
	38	(=git.example.com=) or IP address (=207.84.26.991=) addressed to the
	39	server that you will be using to host your git repositories.
49	40
	41	* Adding a Git User
50	42	In order to use the SSH method associated with git, we will need to add
51		a user named `git`. If you have used the SSH method for other
52		git hosting sites, you are probably used to the following syntax:
	43	a user named =git=. If you have used the SSH method for other git
	44	hosting sites, you are probably used to the following syntax:
53	45
54		```sh
	46	#+begin_src sh
55	47	git clone [user@]server:project.git
56		```
	48	#+end_src
57	49
58		The syntax above is an `scp`-like syntax for using SSH on the
59		`git` user on the server to access your repository.
	50	The syntax above is an =scp=-like syntax for using SSH on the =git= user
	51	on the server to access your repository.
60	52
61		Let's delete any remnants of an old `git` user, if any, and
62		create the new user account:
	53	Let's delete any remnants of an old =git= user, if any, and create the
	54	new user account:
63	55
64		```sh
	56	#+begin_src sh
65	57	sudo deluser --remove-home git
66	58	sudo adduser git
67		```
	59	#+end_src
68	60
69		### Import Your SSH Keys to the Git User
70
71		Once the `git` user is created, you will need to copy your
72		public SSH key on your local development machine to the `git`
73		user on the server.
	61	** Import Your SSH Keys to the Git User
	62	Once the =git= user is created, you will need to copy your public SSH
	63	key on your local development machine to the =git= user on the server.
74	64
75	65	If you don't have an SSH key yet, create one with this command:
76	66
77		```sh
	67	#+begin_src sh
78	68	ssh-keygen
79		```
	69	#+end_src
80	70
81	71	Once you create the key pair, the public should be saved to
82		`~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub`.
	72	=~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub=.
83	73
84	74	If your server still has password-based authentication available, you
85	75	can copy it over to your user's home directory like this:
86	76
87		```sh
	77	#+begin_src sh
88	78	ssh-copy-id git@server
89		```
	79	#+end_src
90	80
91	81	Otherwise, copy it over to any user that you can access.
92	82
93		```sh
	83	#+begin_src sh
94	84	scp ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub your_user@your_server:
95		```
	85	#+end_src
96	86
97		Once on the server, you will need to copy the contents into the
98		`git` user's `authorized_keys` file:
	87	Once on the server, you will need to copy the contents into the =git=
	88	user's =authorized_keys= file:
99	89
100		```sh
	90	#+begin_src sh
101	91	cat id_rsa.pub > /home/git/.ssh/authorized_keys
102		```
103
104		### (Optional) Disable Password-Based SSH
	92	#+end_src
105	93
	94	** (Optional) Disable Password-Based SSH
106	95	If you want to lock down your server and ensure that no one can
107	96	authenticate in via SSH with a password, you will need to edit your SSH
108	97	configuration.
109	98
110		```sh
	99	#+begin_src sh
111	100	sudo nano /etc/ssh/sshd_config
112		```
	101	#+end_src
113	102
114	103	Within this file, find the following settings and set them to the values
115	104	I am showing below:
116	105
117		```conf
	106	#+begin_src conf
118	107	PermitRootLogin no
119	108	PasswordAuthentication no
120	109	AuthenticationMethods publickey
121		```
	110	#+end_src
122	111
123	112	You may have other Authentication Methods required in your personal
124		set-up, so the key here is just to ensure that
125		`AuthenticationMethods` does not allow passwords.
126
127		## Setting up the Base Directory
	113	set-up, so the key here is just to ensure that =AuthenticationMethods=
	114	does not allow passwords.
128	115
129		Now that we have set up a `git` user to handle all transport
130		methods, we need to set up the directory that we will be using as our
131		base of all repositories.
	116	*** Setting up the Base Directory
	117	Now that we have set up a =git= user to handle all transport methods, we
	118	need to set up the directory that we will be using as our base of all
	119	repositories.
132	120
133		In my case, I am using `/git` as my source folder. To create
134		this folder and assign it to the user we created, execute the following
135		commands:
	121	In my case, I am using =/git= as my source folder. To create this folder
	122	and assign it to the user we created, execute the following commands:
136	123
137		```sh
	124	#+begin_src sh
138	125	sudo mkdir /git
139	126	sudo chown -R git:git /git
140		```
	127	#+end_src
141	128
142		## Creating a Test Repository
	129	*** Creating a Test Repository
	130	On your server, switch over to the =git= user in order to start managing
	131	git files.
143	132
144		On your server, switch over to the `git` user in order to
145		start managing git files.
146
147		```sh
	133	#+begin_src sh
148	134	su git
149		```
	135	#+end_src
150	136
151		Once logged-in as the `git` user, go to your base directory
152		and create a test repository.
	137	Once logged-in as the =git= user, go to your base directory and create a
	138	test repository.
153	139
154		```sh
	140	#+begin_src sh
155	141	cd /git
156	142	mkdir test.git && cd test.git
157	143	git init --bare
158		```
	144	#+end_src
159	145
160	146	If you want to make this repo viewable/cloneable to the public via the
161		`git://` protocol, you need to create a
162		`git-daemon-export-ok` file inside the repository.
	147	=git://= protocol, you need to create a =git-daemon-export-ok= file
	148	inside the repository.
163	149
164		```sh
	150	#+begin_src sh
165	151	touch git-daemon-export-ok
166		```
167
168		## Change the Login Shell for `git`
	152	#+end_src
169	153
170		To make sure that the `git` user is only used for git
171		operations and nothing else, you need to change the user's login shell.
172		To do this, simply use the `chsh` command:
	154	* Change the Login Shell for =git=
	155	To make sure that the =git= user is only used for git operations and
	156	nothing else, you need to change the user's login shell. To do this,
	157	simply use the =chsh= command:
173	158
174		```sh
	159	#+begin_src sh
175	160	sudo chsh git
176		```
	161	#+end_src
177	162
178		The interactive prompt will ask which shell you want the
179		`git` user to use. You must use the following value:
	163	The interactive prompt will ask which shell you want the =git= user to
	164	use. You must use the following value:
180	165
181		```sh
	166	#+begin_src sh
182	167	/usr/bin/git-shell
183		```
184
185		Once done, no one will be able to SSH to the `git` user or
186		execute commands other than the standard git commands.
	168	#+end_src
187	169
188		## Opening the Firewall
	170	Once done, no one will be able to SSH to the =git= user or execute
	171	commands other than the standard git commands.
189	172
	173	* Opening the Firewall
190	174	Don't forget to open up ports on the device firewall and network
191	175	firewall if you want to access these repositories publicly. If you're
192		using default ports, forward ports `22` (ssh) and
193		`9418` (git) from your router to your server's IP address.
	176	using default ports, forward ports =22= (ssh) and =9418= (git) from your
	177	router to your server's IP address.
194	178
195	179	If your server also has a firewall, ensure that the firewall allows the
196	180	same ports that are forwarded from the router. For example, if you use
197		`ufw`:
	181	=ufw=:
198	182
199		```sh
	183	#+begin_src sh
200	184	sudo ufw allow 22
201	185	sudo ufw allow 9418
202		```
	186	#+end_src
203	187
204		### Non-Standard SSH Ports
205
206		If you use a non-standard port for SSH, such as `9876`, you
207		will need to create an SSH configuration file on your local development
208		machine in order to connect to your server's git repositories.
	188	** Non-Standard SSH Ports
	189	If you use a non-standard port for SSH, such as =9876=, you will need to
	190	create an SSH configuration file on your local development machine in
	191	order to connect to your server's git repositories.
209	192
210	193	To do this, you'll need to define your custom port on your client
211		machine in your `~/.ssh/config` file:
	194	machine in your =~/.ssh/config= file:
212	195
213		```sh
	196	#+begin_src sh
214	197	nano ~/.ssh/config
215		```
	198	#+end_src
216	199
217		```conf
	200	#+begin_src conf
218	201	Host git.example.com
219	202	# HostName can be a URL or an IP address
220	203	HostName git.example.com
221	204	Port 9876
222	205	User git
223		```
224
225		### Testing SSH
	206	#+end_src
226	207
	208	** Testing SSH
227	209	There are two main syntaxes you can use to manage git over SSH:
228	210
229		- `git clone [user@]server:project.git`
230		- `git clone ssh://[user@]server/project.git`
	211	- =git clone [user@]server:project.git=
	212	- =git clone ssh://[user@]server/project.git=
231	213
232		I prefer the first, which is an `scp`-like syntax. To test
233		it, try to clone the test repository you set up on the server:
	214	I prefer the first, which is an =scp=-like syntax. To test it, try to
	215	clone the test repository you set up on the server:
234	216
235		```sh
	217	#+begin_src sh
236	218	git clone git@git.example.com:/git/test.git
237		```
238
239		## Enabling Read-Only Access
	219	#+end_src
240	220
	221	* Enabling Read-Only Access
241	222	If you want people to be able to clone any repository where you've
242		placed a `git-daemon-export-ok` file, you will need to start
243		the git daemon.
	223	placed a =git-daemon-export-ok= file, you will need to start the git
	224	daemon.
244	225
245		To do this on a system with `systemd`, create a service file:
	226	To do this on a system with =systemd=, create a service file:
246	227
247		```sh
	228	#+begin_src sh
248	229	sudo nano /etc/systemd/system/git-daemon.service
249		```
	230	#+end_src
250	231
251		Inside the `git-daemon.service` file, paste the following:
	232	Inside the =git-daemon.service= file, paste the following:
252	233
253		```conf
	234	#+begin_src conf
254	235	[Unit]
255	236	Description=Start Git Daemon
256	237
		@@ -269,24 +250,23 @@ Group=git
269	250
270	251	[Install]
271	252	WantedBy=multi-user.target
272		```
	253	#+end_src
273	254
274	255	Once created, enable and start the service:
275	256
276		```sh
	257	#+begin_src sh
277	258	sudo systemctl enable git-daemon.service
278	259	sudo systemctl start git-daemon.service
279		```
	260	#+end_src
280	261
281		To clone read-only via the `git://` protocol, you can use the
282		following syntax:
	262	To clone read-only via the =git://= protocol, you can use the following
	263	syntax:
283	264
284		```sh
	265	#+begin_src sh
285	266	git clone git://git.example.com/test.git
286		```
287
288		## Migrating Repositories
	267	#+end_src
289	268
	269	* Migrating Repositories
290	270	At this point, we have a working git server that works with both SSH and
291	271	read-only access.
292	272
		@@ -296,49 +276,44 @@ my new source of truth:
296	276
297	277	Server:
298	278
299		```sh
	279	#+begin_src sh
300	280	su git
301	281	mkdir /git/<REPOSITORY_NAME>.git && cd /git/<REPOSITORY_NAME>.git
302	282	git init --bare
303	283
304	284	# If you want to make this repo viewable/cloneable to the public
305	285	touch git-daemon-export-ok
306		```
	286	#+end_src
307	287
308	288	Client:
309	289
310		```sh
	290	#+begin_src sh
311	291	git clone git@<PREVIOUS_HOST>:<REPOSITORY_NAME>
312	292	git remote set-url origin git@git.EXAMPLE.COM:/git/<REPOSITORY_NAME>.git
313	293	git push
314		```
315
316		## Optional Web View: `cgit`
	294	#+end_src
317	295
	296	* Optional Web View: =cgit=
318	297	If you want a web viewer for your repositories, you can use various
319		tools, such as `gitweb`, `cgit`, or
320		`klaus`. I chose `cgit` due to its simple
321		interface and fairly easy set-up (compared to others). Not to mention
322		that the [Linux kernel uses `cgit`](https://git.kernel.org/).
	298	tools, such as =gitweb=, =cgit=, or =klaus=. I chose =cgit= due to its
	299	simple interface and fairly easy set-up (compared to others). Not to
	300	mention that the [[https://git.kernel.org/][Linux kernel uses =cgit=]].
323	301
324		### Docker Compose
	302	** Docker Compose
	303	Instead of using my previous method of using a =docker run= command,
	304	I've updated this section to use =docker-compose= instead for an easier
	305	installation and simpler management and configuration.
325	306
326		Instead of using my previous method of using a `docker run`
327		command, I've updated this section to use `docker-compose`
328		instead for an easier installation and simpler management and
329		configuration.
330
331		In order to use Docker Compose, you will set up a
332		`docker-compose.yml` file to automatically connect resources
333		like the repositories, `cgitrc`, and various files or folders
334		to the `cgit` container you're creating:
	307	In order to use Docker Compose, you will set up a =docker-compose.yml=
	308	file to automatically connect resources like the repositories, =cgitrc=,
	309	and various files or folders to the =cgit= container you're creating:
335	310
336		```sh
	311	#+begin_src sh
337	312	mkdir ~/cgit && cd ~/cgit
338	313	nano docker-compose.yml
339		```
	314	#+end_src
340	315
341		```conf
	316	#+begin_src conf
342	317	# docker-compose.yml
343	318	version: '3'
344	319
		@@ -354,31 +329,29 @@ services:
354	329	ports:
355	330	- "8763:80"
356	331	restart: always
357		```
	332	#+end_src
358	333
359	334	Then, just start the container:
360	335
361		```sh
	336	#+begin_src sh
362	337	sudo docker-compose up -d
363		```
	338	#+end_src
364	339
365	340	Once it's finished installing, you can access the site at
366		`<SERVER_IP>:8763` or use a reverse-proxy service to forward
367		`cgit` to a URL, such as `git.example.com`. See
368		the next section for more details on reverse proxying a URL to a local
369		port.
370
371		### Nginx Reverse Proxy
	341	=<SERVER_IP>:8763= or use a reverse-proxy service to forward =cgit= to a
	342	URL, such as =git.example.com=. See the next section for more details on
	343	reverse proxying a URL to a local port.
372	344
373		I am using Nginx as my reverse proxy so that the `cgit`
374		Docker container can use `git.example.com` as its URL. To do
375		so, I simply created the following configuration file:
	345	** Nginx Reverse Proxy
	346	I am using Nginx as my reverse proxy so that the =cgit= Docker container
	347	can use =git.example.com= as its URL. To do so, I simply created the
	348	following configuration file:
376	349
377		```sh
	350	#+begin_src sh
378	351	sudo nano /etc/nginx/sites-available/git.example.com
379		```
	352	#+end_src
380	353
381		```conf
	354	#+begin_src conf
382	355	server {
383	356	listen 80;
384	357	server_name git.example.com;
		@@ -412,67 +385,65 @@ server {
412	385	include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-nginx.conf;
413	386	ssl_dhparam /etc/letsencrypt/ssl-dhparams.pem;
414	387	}
415		```
	388	#+end_src
416	389
417	390	Once created, symlink it and restart the web server.
418	391
419		```sh
	392	#+begin_src sh
420	393	sudo ln -s /etc/nginx/sites-available/git.example.com /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/
421	394	sudo systemctl restart nginx.service
422		```
	395	#+end_src
423	396
424		As we can see below, my site at `git.example.com` is
425		available and running:
	397	As we can see below, my site at =git.example.com= is available and
	398	running:
426	399
427		### Settings Up Git Details
	400	** Settings Up Git Details
	401	Once you have =cgit= running, you can add some small details, such as
	402	repository owners and descriptions by editing the following files within
	403	each repository.
428	404
429		Once you have `cgit` running, you can add some small details,
430		such as repository owners and descriptions by editing the following
431		files within each repository.
	405	Alternatively, you can use the =cgitrc= file to edit these details if
	406	you only care to edit them for the purpose of seeing them on your
	407	website.
432	408
433		Alternatively, you can use the `cgitrc` file to edit these
434		details if you only care to edit them for the purpose of seeing them on
435		your website.
	409	The =description= file within the repository on your server will display
	410	the description online.
436	411
437		The `description` file within the repository on your server
438		will display the description online.
439
440		```sh
	412	#+begin_src sh
441	413	cd /git/example.git
442	414	nano description
443		```
	415	#+end_src
444	416
445		You can add a `[gitweb]` block to the `config`
446		file in order to display the owner of the repository.
	417	You can add a =[gitweb]= block to the =config= file in order to display
	418	the owner of the repository.
447	419
448		```sh
	420	#+begin_src sh
449	421	cd /git/example.git
450	422	nano config
451		```
	423	#+end_src
452	424
453		```conf
	425	#+begin_src conf
454	426	[gitweb]
455	427	owner = "YourName"
456		```
	428	#+end_src
457	429
458	430	Note that you can ignore the configuration within each repository and
459		simply set up this information in the `cgitrc` file, if you
460		want to do it that way.
461
462		### Editing `cgit`
	431	simply set up this information in the =cgitrc= file, if you want to do
	432	it that way.
463	433
464		In order to edit certain items within `cgit`, you need to
465		edit the `cgitrc` file.
	434	** Editing =cgit=
	435	In order to edit certain items within =cgit=, you need to edit the
	436	=cgitrc= file.
466	437
467		```sh
	438	#+begin_src sh
468	439	nano ~/cgit/cgitrc
469		```
	440	#+end_src
470	441
471		Below is an example configuration for `cgitrc`. You can find
472		all the configuration options within the [configuration manual]
473		(<https://git.zx2c4.com/cgit/plain/cgitrc.5.txt>).
	442	Below is an example configuration for =cgitrc=. You can find all the
	443	configuration options within the [configuration manual]
	444	([[https://git.zx2c4.com/cgit/plain/cgitrc.5.txt]]).
474	445
475		```conf
	446	#+begin_src conf
476	447	css=/cgit.css
477	448	logo=/logo.png
478	449	favicon=/favicon.png
		@@ -544,111 +515,103 @@ repo.path=/git/test.git
544	515	repo.readme=:README.md
545	516	repo.owner=John Doe
546	517	repo.desc=An example repository!
547		```
548
549		### Final Fixes: Syntax Highlighting & README Rendering
	518	#+end_src
550	519
	520	** Final Fixes: Syntax Highlighting & README Rendering
551	521	After completing my initial install and playing around with it for a few
552	522	days, I noticed two issues:
553	523
554		1. Syntax highlighting did not work when viewing the source code within
555		a file.
556		2. The `about` tab within a repository was not rendered to
557		HTML.
	524	1. Syntax highlighting did not work when viewing the source code within
	525	a file.
	526	2. The =about= tab within a repository was not rendered to HTML.
558	527
559	528	The following process fixes these issues. To start, let's go to the
560		`cgit` directory where we were editing our configuration file
561		earlier.
	529	=cgit= directory where we were editing our configuration file earlier.
562	530
563		```sh
	531	#+begin_src sh
564	532	cd ~/cgit
565		```
	533	#+end_src
566	534
567	535	In here, create two folders that will hold our syntax files:
568	536
569		```sh
	537	#+begin_src sh
570	538	mkdir filters && mkdir filters/html-converters && cd filters
571		```
	539	#+end_src
572	540
573	541	Next, download the default filters:
574	542
575		```sh
	543	#+begin_src sh
576	544	curl https://git.zx2c4.com/cgit/plain/filters/about-formatting.sh > about-formatting.sh
577	545	chmod 755 about-formatting.sh
578	546	curl https://git.zx2c4.com/cgit/plain/filters/syntax-highlighting.py > syntax-highlighting.py
579	547	chmod 755 syntax-highlighting.py
580		```
	548	#+end_src
581	549
582	550	Finally, download the HTML conversion files you need. The example below
583	551	downloads the Markdown converter:
584	552
585		```sh
	553	#+begin_src sh
586	554	cd html-converters
587	555	curl https://git.zx2c4.com/cgit/plain/filters/html-converters/md2html > md2html
588	556	chmod 755 md2html
589		```
	557	#+end_src
590	558
591		If you need other filters or html-converters found within [the cgit
592		project files](https://git.zx2c4.com/cgit/tree/filters), repeat the
593		`curl` and `chmod` process above for whichever
594		files you need.
	559	If you need other filters or html-converters found within
	560	[[https://git.zx2c4.com/cgit/tree/filters][the cgit project files]],
	561	repeat the =curl= and =chmod= process above for whichever files you
	562	need.
595	563
596	564	However, formatting will not work quite yet since the Docker cgit
597		container we're using doesn't have the formatting package installed.
598		You can install this easily by install Python 3+ and the
599		`pygments` package:
	565	container we're using doesn't have the formatting package installed. You
	566	can install this easily by install Python 3+ and the =pygments= package:
600	567
601		```sh
	568	#+begin_src sh
602	569	# Enter the container's command line
603	570	sudo docker exec -it cgit bash
604		```
	571	#+end_src
605	572
606		```sh
	573	#+begin_src sh
607	574	# Install the necessary packages and then exit
608	575	yum update -y && \
609	576	yum upgrade -y && \
610	577	yum install python3 python3-pip -y && \
611	578	pip3 install markdown pygments && \
612	579	exit
613		```
	580	#+end_src
614	581
615		**You will need to enter the cgit docker container and re-run these
616		`yum` commands every time you kill and restart the
617		container!**
	582	*You will need to enter the cgit docker container and re-run these =yum=
	583	commands every time you kill and restart the container!*
618	584
619	585	If not done already, we need to add the following variables to our
620		`cgitrc` file in order for `cgit` to know where
621		our filtering files are:
	586	=cgitrc= file in order for =cgit= to know where our filtering files are:
622	587
623		```conf
	588	#+begin_src conf
624	589	# Highlight source code with python pygments-based highlighter
625	590	source-filter=/var/www/htdocs/cgit/filters/syntax-highlighting.py
626	591
627	592	# Format markdown, restructuredtext, manpages, text files, and html files
628	593	# through the right converters
629	594	about-filter=/var/www/htdocs/cgit/filters/about-formatting.sh
630		```
	595	#+end_src
631	596
632	597	Now you should see that syntax highlighting and README rendering to the
633		`about` tab is fixed.
634
635		### Theming
	598	=about= tab is fixed.
636	599
	600	** Theming
637	601	I won't go into much detail in this section, but you can fully theme
638		your installation of `cgit` since you have access to the
639		`cgit.css` file in your web root. This is another file you
640		can add as a volume to the `docker-compose.yml` file if you
641		want to edit this without entering the container's command line.
642
643		## :warning: Remember to Back Up Your Data!
	602	your installation of =cgit= since you have access to the =cgit.css= file
	603	in your web root. This is another file you can add as a volume to the
	604	=docker-compose.yml= file if you want to edit this without entering the
	605	container's command line.
644	606
	607	*** :warning: Remember to Back Up Your Data!
645	608	The last thing to note is that running services on your own equipment
646	609	means that you're assuming a level of risk that exists regarding data
647	610	loss, catastrophes, etc. In order to reduce the impact of any such
648	611	occurrence, I suggest backing up your data regularly.
649	612
650		Backups can be automated via `cron`, by hooking your base
651		directory up to a cloud provider, or even setting up hooks to push all
652		repository info to git mirrors on other git hosts. Whatever the method,
653		make sure that your data doesn't vanish in the event that your drives
654		or servers fail.
	613	Backups can be automated via =cron=, by hooking your base directory up
	614	to a cloud provider, or even setting up hooks to push all repository
	615	info to git mirrors on other git hosts. Whatever the method, make sure
	616	that your data doesn't vanish in the event that your drives or servers
	617	fail.

content/blog/2022-07-14-gnupg.md → blog/gnupg/index.org renamed +97 −113

		@@ -1,30 +1,27 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-07-14
3		title = "GNU Privacy Guard (GPG)"
4		description = "Learn how to create a PGP key with GNU Privacy Guard (GPG)."
5		+++
	1	#+title: GNU Privacy Guard (GPG)
	2	#+date: 2022-07-14
	3	#+description: Learn how to create a PGP key with GNU Privacy Guard (GPG).
	4	#+filetags: :privacy:
6	5
7		## The History of GPG
8
9		[GNU Privacy Guard](https://gnupg.org/), also known as GnuPG and GPG, is
10		a free ("free" as in both speech and beer) software that fully
11		implements the OpenPGP Message Format documented in [RFC
12		4880](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc4880).
	6	* The History of GPG
	7	[[https://gnupg.org/][GNU Privacy Guard]], also known as GnuPG and GPG,
	8	is a free ("free" as in both speech and beer) software that fully
	9	implements the OpenPGP Message Format documented in
	10	[[https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc4880][RFC 4880]].
13	11
14	12	I won't go in-depth on the full history of the software in this post,
15	13	but it is important to understand that GPG is not the same as PGP
16	14	(Pretty Good Privacy), which is a different implementation of RFC 4880.
17	15	However, GPG was designed to interoperate with PGP.
18	16
19		GPG was originally developed in the late 1990s by [Werner
20		Koch](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Werner_Koch) and has historically
21		been funded generously by the German government.
22
23		Now that we have all the high-level info out of the way, let's dive
24		into the different aspects of GPG and its uses.
	17	GPG was originally developed in the late 1990s by
	18	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Werner_Koch][Werner Koch]] and has
	19	historically been funded generously by the German government.
25	20
26		## Encryption Algorithms
	21	Now that we have all the high-level info out of the way, let's dive into
	22	the different aspects of GPG and its uses.
27	23
	24	* Encryption Algorithms
28	25	GPG supports a wide range of different encryption algorithms, including
29	26	public-key, cipher, hash, and compression algorithms. The support for
30	27	these algorithms has grown since the adoption of the Libgcrypt library
		@@ -34,7 +31,7 @@ As you will be able to see below in an example of a full key generation
34	31	with the GPG command line tool, GPG recommends the following algorithms
35	32	to new users:
36	33
37		```sh
	34	#+begin_src sh
38	35	Please select what kind of key you want:
39	36	(1) RSA and RSA
40	37	(2) DSA and Elgamal
		@@ -42,72 +39,66 @@ Please select what kind of key you want:
42	39	(4) RSA (sign only)
43	40	(9) ECC (sign and encrypt) default
44	41	(10) ECC (sign only)
45		```
	42	#+end_src
46	43
47	44	I am not doing an in-depth explanation here in order to keep the focus
48	45	on GPG and not encryption algorithms. If you want a deep dive into
49	46	cryptography or encryption algorithms, please read my other posts:
50	47
51		- [AES Encryption](/blog/aes-encryption/) (2018)
52		- [Cryptography Basics](/blog/cryptography-basics/) (2020)
53
54		### Vulnerabilities
	48	- [[../aes-encryption/][AES Encryption]] (2018)
	49	- [[../cryptography-basics/][Cryptography Basics]] (2020)
55	50
	51	** Vulnerabilities
56	52	As of 2022-07-14, there are a few different vulnerabilities associated
57	53	with GPG or the libraries it uses:
58	54
59		- GPG versions 1.0.2--1.2.3 contains a bug where "as soon as one
60		(GPG-generated) ElGamal signature of an arbitrary message is
61		released, one can recover the signer's private key in less than a
62		second on a PC."
63		([Source](https://www.di.ens.fr/~pnguyen/pub_Ng04.htm))
64		- GPG versions prior to 1.4.2.1 contain a false positive signature
65		verification bug.
66		([Source](https://lists.gnupg.%20org/pipermail/gnupg-announce/2006q1/000211.html))
67		- GPG versions prior to 1.4.2.2 cannot detect injection of unsigned
68		data. (
69		[Source](https://lists.gnupg.org/pipermail/gnupg-announce/2006q1/000218.html))
70		- Libgcrypt, a library used by GPG, contained a bug which enabled full
71		key recovery for RSA-1024 and some RSA-2048 keys. This was resolved
72		in a GPG update in 2017.
73		([Source](https://lwn.net/Articles/727179/))
74		- The [ROCA
75		Vulnerability](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ROCA_vulnerability)
76		affects RSA keys generated by YubiKey 4 tokens.
77		([Source](https://crocs.fi.%20muni.cz/_media/public/papers/nemec_roca_ccs17_preprint.pdf))
78		- The [SigSpoof Attack](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SigSpoof) allows
79		an attacker to spoof digital signatures.
80		([Source](https://arstechnica.%20com/information-technology/2018/06/decades-old-pgp-bug-allowed-hackers-to-spoof-just-about-anyones-signature/))
81		- Libgcrypt 1.9.0 contains a severe flaw related to a heap buffer
82		overflow, fixed in Libgcrypt 1.9.1
83		([Source](https://web.archive.%20org/web/20210221012505/https://www.theregister.com/2021/01/29/severe_libgcrypt_bug/))
84
85		## Platforms
86
87		Originally developed as a command-line program for *nix systems, GPG
88		now has a wealth of front-end applications and libraries available for
	55	- GPG versions 1.0.2--1.2.3 contains a bug where "as soon as one
	56	(GPG-generated) ElGamal signature of an arbitrary message is released,
	57	one can recover the signer's private key in less than a second on a
	58	PC." ([[https://www.di.ens.fr/~pnguyen/pub_Ng04.htm][Source]])
	59	- GPG versions prior to 1.4.2.1 contain a false positive signature
	60	verification bug.
	61	([[https://lists.gnupg.%20org/pipermail/gnupg-announce/2006q1/000211.html][Source]])
	62	- GPG versions prior to 1.4.2.2 cannot detect injection of unsigned
	63	data. (
	64	[[https://lists.gnupg.org/pipermail/gnupg-announce/2006q1/000218.html][Source]])
	65	- Libgcrypt, a library used by GPG, contained a bug which enabled full
	66	key recovery for RSA-1024 and some RSA-2048 keys. This was resolved in
	67	a GPG update in 2017. ([[https://lwn.net/Articles/727179/][Source]])
	68	- The [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ROCA_vulnerability][ROCA
	69	Vulnerability]] affects RSA keys generated by YubiKey 4 tokens.
	70	([[https://crocs.fi.%20muni.cz/_media/public/papers/nemec_roca_ccs17_preprint.pdf][Source]])
	71	- The [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SigSpoof][SigSpoof Attack]] allows
	72	an attacker to spoof digital signatures.
	73	([[https://arstechnica.%20com/information-technology/2018/06/decades-old-pgp-bug-allowed-hackers-to-spoof-just-about-anyones-signature/][Source]])
	74	- Libgcrypt 1.9.0 contains a severe flaw related to a heap buffer
	75	overflow, fixed in Libgcrypt 1.9.1
	76	([[https://web.archive.%20org/web/20210221012505/https://www.theregister.com/2021/01/29/severe_libgcrypt_bug/][Source]])
	77
	78	*** Platforms
	79	Originally developed as a command-line program for *nix systems, GPG now
	80	has a wealth of front-end applications and libraries available for
89	81	end-users. However, the most recommended programs remain the same:
90	82
91		- [GnuPG](https://gnupg.org) for Linux (depending on distro)
92		- [Gpg4win](https://gpg4win.org) for Windows
93		- [GPGTools](https://gpgtools.org) for macOS
94
95		## Creating a Key Pair
	83	- [[https://gnupg.org][GnuPG]] for Linux (depending on distro)
	84	- [[https://gpg4win.org][Gpg4win]] for Windows
	85	- [[https://gpgtools.org][GPGTools]] for macOS
96	86
	87	* Creating a Key Pair
97	88	In order to create a GPG key pair, a user would first need to install
98		GPG on their system. If we're assuming that the user is on Fedora
99		Linux, they would execute the following:
	89	GPG on their system. If we're assuming that the user is on Fedora Linux,
	90	they would execute the following:
100	91
101		```sh
	92	#+begin_src sh
102	93	sudo dnf install gpg
103		```
	94	#+end_src
104	95
105	96	Once installed, a user can create a new key pair with the following
106	97	command(s):
107	98
108		```sh
	99	#+begin_src sh
109	100	gpg --full-generate-key
110		```
	101	#+end_src
111	102
112	103	GPG will walk the user through an interactive setup that asks for an
113	104	algorithm preference, expiration date, name, and email to associate with
		@@ -116,7 +107,7 @@ this key.
116	107	See the following example key set-up for a default key generation using
117	108	the GnuPG command-line interface:
118	109
119		```sh
	110	#+begin_src sh
120	111	gpg (GnuPG) 2.3.6; Copyright (C) 2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
121	112	This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
122	113	There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
		@@ -168,20 +159,19 @@ pub ed25519 2022-07-14 [SC]
168	159	E955B7700FFC11EF51C2BA1FE096AACDD4C32E9C
169	160	uid John Doe (test key) <johndoe@example.com>
170	161	sub cv25519 2022-07-14 [E]
171		```
	162	#+end_src
172	163
173	164	Please note that GUI apps may differ slightly from the GPG command-line
174	165	interface.
175	166
176		## Common Usage
177
	167	* Common Usage
178	168	As noted in RFC 4880, the general functions of OpenPGP are as follows:
179	169
180		- digital signatures
181		- encryption
182		- compression
183		- Radix-64 conversion
184		- key management and certificate services
	170	- digital signatures
	171	- encryption
	172	- compression
	173	- Radix-64 conversion
	174	- key management and certificate services
185	175
186	176	From this, you can probably gather that the main use of GPG is for
187	177	encrypting data and/or signing the data with a key. The purpose of
		@@ -190,8 +180,7 @@ recipient(s) can access the data.
190	180
191	181	Let's explore some specific GPG use-cases.
192	182
193		### Email
194
	183	** Email
195	184	One of the more popular uses of GPG is to sign and/or encrypt emails.
196	185	With the use of a GPG keypair, you can encrypt a message, its subject,
197	186	and even the attachments within.
		@@ -206,8 +195,8 @@ The second process, regarding the actual encryption of the message and
206	195	its contents, works by using a combination of the sender's keys and the
207	196	recipient's keys. This process may vary slightly by implementation, but
208	197	it most commonly uses asymmetric cryptography, also known as public-key
209		cryptography. In this version of encryption, the sender's private key
210		to sign the message and a combination of the sender's keys and the
	198	cryptography. In this version of encryption, the sender's private key to
	199	sign the message and a combination of the sender's keys and the
211	200	recipient's public key to encrypt the message.
212	201
213	202	If two people each have their own private keys and exchange their public
		@@ -219,61 +208,57 @@ Implementation of email encryption varies greatly between email clients,
219	208	so you will need to reference your email client's documentation to
220	209	ensure you are setting it up correctly for that specific client.
221	210
222		### File Encryption
223
	211	** File Encryption
224	212	As noted in the section above regarding emails, GPG enables users to be
225	213	able to send a message to each other if they are both set-up with GPG
226	214	keys. In this example, I am going to show how a user could send a file
227		called `example_file.txt` to another user via the
228		recipient's email.
	215	called =example_file.txt= to another user via the recipient's email.
229	216
230	217	The sender would find the file they want to send and execute the
231	218	following command:
232	219
233		```sh
	220	#+begin_src sh
234	221	gpg --encrypt --output example_file.txt.gpg --recipient \
235	222	recipient@example.com example_file.txt
236		```
	223	#+end_src
237	224
238	225	Once received, the recipient can decrypt the file with the following
239	226	command:
240	227
241		```sh
	228	#+begin_src sh
242	229	gpg --decrypt --output example_file.txt example_file.txt.gpg
243		```
244
245		### Ownership Signatures
	230	#+end_src
246	231
	232	** Ownership Signatures
247	233	One important aspect of GPG, especially for developers, is the ability
248	234	to sign data without encrypting it. For example, developers often sign
249	235	code changes when they commit the changes back to a central repository,
250	236	in order to display ownership of who made the changes. This allows other
251	237	users to look at a code change and determine that the change was valid.
252	238
253		In order to do this using [Git](https://git-scm.com), the developer
254		simply needs to alter the `git commit` command to include the
255		`-S` flag. Here's an example:
	239	In order to do this using [[https://git-scm.com][Git]], the developer
	240	simply needs to alter the =git commit= command to include the =-S= flag.
	241	Here's an example:
256	242
257		```sh
	243	#+begin_src sh
258	244	git commit -S -m "my commit message"
259		```
	245	#+end_src
260	246
261	247	As an expansion of the example above, Git users can configure their
262	248	environment with a default key to use by adding their GPG signature:
263	249
264		```sh
	250	#+begin_src sh
265	251	git config --global user.signingkey XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
266		```
	252	#+end_src
267	253
268		If you're not sure what your signature is, you can find it titled
269		`sig` in the output of this command:
	254	If you're not sure what your signature is, you can find it titled =sig=
	255	in the output of this command:
270	256
271		```sh
	257	#+begin_src sh
272	258	gpg --list-signatures
273		```
274
275		### File Integrity
	259	#+end_src
276	260
	261	** File Integrity
277	262	When a person generates a signature for data, they are allowing users
278	263	the ability to verify the signature on that data in the future to ensure
279	264	the data has not been corrupted. This is most common with software
		@@ -283,24 +268,23 @@ replaced with dangerous software.
283	268
284	269	In order to verify signed data, a user needs to have:
285	270
286		1. The signed data
287		2. A signature file
288		3. The public GPG key of the signer
	271	1. The signed data
	272	2. A signature file
	273	3. The public GPG key of the signer
289	274
290		Once the signer's public key is imported on the user's system, and
291		they have the data and signature, they can verify the data with the
292		following commands:
	275	Once the signer's public key is imported on the user's system, and they
	276	have the data and signature, they can verify the data with the following
	277	commands:
293	278
294		```sh
	279	#+begin_src sh
295	280	# If the signature is attached to the data
296	281	gpg --verify [signature-file]
297	282
298	283	# If the signature is detached as a separate file from the data
299	284	gpg --verify [signature-file] [original-file]
300		```
301
302		## Finding Public Keys
	285	#+end_src
303	286
	287	*** Finding Public Keys
304	288	In order to use GPG with others, a user needs to know the other user(s)
305	289	keys. This is easy to do if the user knows the other user(s) in person,
306	290	but may be hard if the relationship is strictly digital. Luckily, there
		@@ -309,5 +293,5 @@ social pages if they have them.
309	293
310	294	Otherwise, the best option is to use a keyserver, such as:
311	295
312		- [pgp.mit.edu](https://pgp.mit.edu)
313		- [keys.openpgp.org](https://keys.openpgp.org)
	296	- [[https://pgp.mit.edu][pgp.mit.edu]]
	297	- [[https://keys.openpgp.org][keys.openpgp.org]]

content/blog/2023-06-08-goaccess-geoip.md → blog/goaccess-geoip/index.org renamed +27 −32

		@@ -1,48 +1,44 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-06-08
3		title = "Inspecting Nginx Logs with GoAccess and MaxMind GeoIP Data"
4		description = "Learn how to use GoAccess and MaxMind to evaluate visitors to your web server."
5		+++
6
7		## Overview
8
9		[GoAccess](https://goaccess.io/) is an open source real-time web log
10		analyzer and interactive viewer that runs in a terminal in \*nix systems
	1	#+title: Inspecting Nginx Logs with GoAccess and MaxMind GeoIP Data
	2	#+date: 2023-06-08
	3	#+description: Learn how to use GoAccess and MaxMind to evaluate visitors to your web server.
	4	#+filetags: :sysadmin:
	5
	6	* Overview
	7	[[https://goaccess.io/][GoAccess]] is an open source real-time web log
	8	analyzer and interactive viewer that runs in a terminal in *nix systems
11	9	or through your browser.
12	10
13		## Installation
14
15		To start, you'll need to install GoAccess for your OS. Here's an
16		example for Debian-based distros:
	11	* Installation
	12	To start, you'll need to install GoAccess for your OS. Here's an example
	13	for Debian-based distros:
17	14
18		```sh
	15	#+begin_src sh
19	16	sudo apt install goaccess
20		```
	17	#+end_src
21	18
22	19	Next, find any number of the MaxMind GeoIP database files on GitHub or
23	20	another file hosting website. We're going to use P3TERX's version in
24	21	this example:
25	22
26		```sh
	23	#+begin_src sh
27	24	wget https://github.com/P3TERX/GeoLite.mmdb/raw/download/GeoLite2-City.mmdb
28		```
	25	#+end_src
29	26
30	27	Be sure to save this file in an easy to remember location!
31	28
32		## Usage
33
	29	* Usage
34	30	In order to utilize the full capabilities of GoAccess and MMDB, start
35	31	with the command template below and customize as necessary. This will
36	32	export an HTML view of the GoAccess dashboard, showing all relevant
37	33	information related to that site's access log. You can also omit the
38		`-o output.html` parameter if you prefer to view the data
39		within the CLI instead of creating an HTML file.
	34	=-o output.html= parameter if you prefer to view the data within the CLI
	35	instead of creating an HTML file.
40	36
41	37	With the addition of the GeoIP Database parameter, section
42		`16 - Geo Location` will be added with the various countries
43		that are associated with the collected IP addresses.
	38	=16 - Geo Location= will be added with the various countries that are
	39	associated with the collected IP addresses.
44	40
45		```sh
	41	#+begin_src sh
46	42	zcat /var/log/nginx/example.access.log.*.gz \| goaccess \
47	43	--geoip-database=/home/user/GeoLite2-City.mmdb \
48	44	--date-format=%d/%b/%Y \
		@@ -50,20 +46,19 @@ zcat /var/log/nginx/example.access.log.*.gz \| goaccess \
50	46	--log-format=COMBINED \
51	47	-o output.html \
52	48	/var/log/nginx/example.access.log -
53		```
54
55		### Example Output
	49	#+end_src
56	50
	51	** Example Output
57	52	See below for an example of the HTML output:
58	53
59		![GoAccess
60		HTML](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230608-goaccess/goaccess-dashboard.png)
	54	#+caption: GoAccess HTML
	55	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230608-goaccess/goaccess-dashboard.png]]
61	56
62	57	You can also see the GeoIP card created by the integration of the
63	58	MaxMind database information.
64	59
65		![GoAccess
66		GeoIP](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230608-goaccess/goaccess-geoip.png)
	60	#+caption: GoAccess GeoIP
	61	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230608-goaccess/goaccess-geoip.png]]
67	62
68	63	That's all there is to it! Informational data is provided in an
69	64	organized fashion with minimal effort.

blog/graphene-os/index.org added +154

		@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
	1	#+title: Installing Graphene OS on the Pixel 6 Pro
	2	#+date: 2022-09-21
	3	#+description: A retrospective on the successful command-line installation of Graphene OS on a Pixel 6 Pro.
	4	#+filetags: :privacy:
	5
	6	* Introduction
	7	After using iOS for a couple of years, I finally took the plunge and
	8	purchased a Pixel 6 Pro in order to test and use [GrapheneOS]
	9	([[https://grapheneos.org]]).
	10
	11	The installation process was rather quick once you have the tools and
	12	files you need. Overall, it can be done in just a few minutes.
	13
	14	* Gathering Tools & Files
	15	** Android Tools
	16	First, in order to interact with the device, we will need the
	17	[[https://developer.android.com/studio/releases/platform-tools.html][Android
	18	platform tools]]. Find the Linux download and save the ZIP folder to
	19	your preferred location.
	20
	21	Once we've downloaded the files, we will need to unzip them, enter the
	22	directory, and move the necessary executables to a central location,
	23	such as =/usr/bin/=. For this installation, we only need the =fastboot=
	24	and =adb= executables.
	25
	26	#+begin_src sh
	27	cd ~/Downloads
	28	#+end_src
	29
	30	#+begin_src sh
	31	unzip platform-tools_r33.0.3-linux.zip
	32	cd platform-tools
	33	sudo mv fastboot /usr/bin/
	34	sudo mv adb /usr/bin
	35	#+end_src
	36
	37	** GrapheneOS Files
	38	Next, we need the [[https://grapheneos.org/releases][GrapheneOS files]]
	39	for our device and model. For example, the Pixel 6 Pro is codenamed
	40	=raven= on the release page.
	41
	42	Once we have the links, let's download them to our working directory:
	43
	44	#+begin_src sh
	45	curl -O https://releases.grapheneos.org/factory.pub
	46	curl -0 https://releases.grapheneos.org/raven-factory-2022091400.zip
	47	curl -0 https://releases.grapheneos.org/raven-factory-2022091400.zip.sig
	48	#+end_src
	49
	50	1. Validate Integrity
	51
	52	In order to validate the integrity of the downloaded files, we will
	53	need the =signify= package and Graphene's =factory.pub= file.
	54
	55	#+begin_src sh
	56	sudo dnf install signify
	57	#+end_src
	58
	59	#+begin_src sh
	60	curl -O https://releases.grapheneos.org/factory.pub
	61	#+end_src
	62
	63	Then we can validate the files and ensure that no data was corrupted
	64	or modified before it was saved to our device.
	65
	66	#+begin_src sh
	67	signify -Cqp factory.pub -x raven-factory-2022091400.zip.sig && echo verified
	68	#+end_src
	69
	70	2. Unzip Files
	71
	72	Once the files are verified, we can unzip the Graphene image and
	73	enter the directory:
	74
	75	#+begin_src sh
	76	unzip raven-factory-2022091400.zip && cd raven-factory-2022091400
	77	#+end_src
	78
	79	* Installation Process
	80	** Enable Developer Debugging & OEM Unlock
	81	Before we can actually flash anything to the phone, we will need to
	82	enable OEM Unlocking, as well as either USB Debugging or Wireless
	83	Debugging, depending on which method we will be using.
	84
	85	To start, enable developer mode by going to =Settings= > =About= and
	86	tapping =Build Number= seven (7) times. You may need to enter your PIN
	87	to enable this mode.
	88
	89	Once developer mode is enabled, go to =Settings= > =System= >
	90	=Devloper Options= and enable OEM Unlocking, as well as USB or Wireless
	91	Debugging. In my case, I chose USB Debugging and performed all actions
	92	via USB cable.
	93
	94	Once these options are enabled, plug the phone into the computer and
	95	execute the following command:
	96
	97	#+begin_src sh
	98	adb devices
	99	#+end_src
	100
	101	If an unauthorized error occurs, make sure the USB mode on the phone is
	102	changed from charging to something like "File Transfer" or "PTP." You
	103	can find the USB mode in the notification tray.
	104
	105	** Reboot Device
	106	Once we have found the device via =adb=, we can either boot into the
	107	bootloader interface by holding the volume down button while the phone
	108	reboots or by executing the following command:
	109
	110	#+begin_src sh
	111	adb reboot bootloader
	112	#+end_src
	113
	114	** Unlock the Bootloader
	115	The phone will reboot and load the bootloader screen upon startup. At
	116	this point, we are ready to start the actual flashing of GrapheneOS onto
	117	the device.
	118
	119	NOTE: In my situation, I needed to use =sudo= with every =fastboot=
	120	command, but not with =adb= commands. I am not sure if this is standard
	121	or a Fedora quirk, but I'm documenting my commands verbatim in this
	122	post.
	123
	124	First, we start by unlocking the bootloader so that we can load other
	125	ROMs:
	126
	127	#+begin_src sh
	128	sudo fastboot flashing unlock
	129	#+end_src
	130
	131	** Flashing Factory Images
	132	Once the phone is unlocked, we can flash it with the =flash-all.sh=
	133	script found inside the =raven-factory-2022091400= folder we entered
	134	earlier:
	135
	136	#+begin_src sh
	137	sudo ./flash-all.sh
	138	#+end_src
	139
	140	This process should take a few minutes and will print informational
	141	messages as things progress. Avoid doing anything on the phone while
	142	this process is operating.
	143
	144	** Lock the Bootloader
	145	If everything was successful, the phone should reboot a few times and
	146	finally land back on the bootloader screen. At this point, we can
	147	re-lock the bootloader to enable full verified boot and protect the
	148	device from unwanted flashing or erasure of data.
	149
	150	#+begin_src sh
	151	sudo fastboot flashing lock
	152	#+end_src
	153
	154	Once done, the device will be wiped and ready for a fresh set-up!

content/blog/2020-09-25-happiness-map.md → blog/happiness-map/index.org renamed +60 −68

		@@ -1,52 +1,48 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2020-09-25
3		title = "Data Visualization: World Choropleth Map of Happiness"
4		description = "Exploring and visualizing data with Python."
5		+++
6
7		# Background Information
	1	#+title: Data Visualization: World Choropleth Map of Happiness
	2	#+date: 2020-09-25
	3	#+description: Exploring and visualizing data with Python.
	4	#+filetags: :data:
8	5
	6	* Background Information
9	7	The dataset (obtained from
10		[Kaggle](https://www.kaggle.com/unsdsn/world-happiness)) used in this
	8	[[https://www.kaggle.com/unsdsn/world-happiness][Kaggle]]) used in this
11	9	article contains a list of countries around the world, their happiness
12	10	rankings and scores, as well as other national scoring measures.
13	11
14	12	Fields include:
15	13
16		- Overall rank
17		- Country or region
18		- GDP per capita
19		- Social support
20		- Healthy life expectancy
21		- Freedom to make life choices
22		- Generosity
23		- Perceptions of corruption
	14	- Overall rank
	15	- Country or region
	16	- GDP per capita
	17	- Social support
	18	- Healthy life expectancy
	19	- Freedom to make life choices
	20	- Generosity
	21	- Perceptions of corruption
24	22
25		There are 156 records. Since there are \~195 countries in the world, we
	23	There are 156 records. Since there are ~195 countries in the world, we
26	24	can see that around 40 countries will be missing from this dataset.
27	25
28		# Install Packages
29
30		As always, run the `install` command for all packages needed
31		to perform analysis.
	26	* Install Packages
	27	As always, run the =install= command for all packages needed to perform
	28	analysis.
32	29
33		```python
	30	#+begin_src python
34	31	!pip install folium geopandas matplotlib numpy pandas
35		```
36
37		# Import the Data
	32	#+end_src
38	33
	34	* Import the Data
39	35	We only need a couple packages to create a choropleth map. We will use
40		[Folium](https://python-visualization.github.io/folium/), which provides
41		map visualizations in Python. We will also use geopandas and pandas to
42		wrangle our data before we put it on a map.
	36	[[https://python-visualization.github.io/folium/][Folium]], which
	37	provides map visualizations in Python. We will also use geopandas and
	38	pandas to wrangle our data before we put it on a map.
43	39
44		```python
	40	#+begin_src python
45	41	# Import the necessary Python packages
46	42	import folium
47	43	import geopandas as gpd
48	44	import pandas as pd
49		```
	45	#+end_src
50	46
51	47	To get anything to show up on a map, we need a file that will specify
52	48	the boundaries of each country. Luckily, GeoJSON files exist (for free!)
		@@ -57,38 +53,37 @@ GeoPandas will take this data and load it into a dataframe so that we
57	53	can easily match it to the data we're trying to analyze. Let's look at
58	54	the GeoJSON dataframe:
59	55
60		```python
	56	#+begin_src python
61	57	# Load the GeoJSON data with geopandas
62	58	geo_data = gpd.read_file('https://raw.githubusercontent.com/datasets/geo-countries/master/data/countries.geojson')
63	59	geo_data.head()
64		```
	60	#+end_src
65	61
66		![GeoJSON
67		Dataframe](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200925-world-choropleth-map/geojson_df.png)
	62	#+caption: GeoJSON Dataframe
	63	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200925-world-choropleth-map/geojson_df.png]]
68	64
69		Next, let's load the data from the Kaggle dataset. I've downloaded
70		this file, so update the file path if you have it somewhere else. After
	65	Next, let's load the data from the Kaggle dataset. I've downloaded this
	66	file, so update the file path if you have it somewhere else. After
71	67	loading, let's take a look at this dataframe:
72	68
73		```python
	69	#+begin_src python
74	70	# Load the world happiness data with pandas
75	71	happy_data = pd.read_csv(r'~/Downloads/world_happiness_data_2019.csv')
76	72	happy_data.head()
77		```
78
79		![Happiness
80		Dataframe](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200925-world-choropleth-map/happiness_df.png)
	73	#+end_src
81	74
82		# Clean the Data
	75	#+caption: Happiness Dataframe
	76	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200925-world-choropleth-map/happiness_df.png]]
83	77
	78	* Clean the Data
84	79	Some countries need to be renamed, or they will be lost when you merge
85	80	the happiness and GeoJSON dataframes. This is something I discovered
86	81	when the map below showed empty countries. I searched both data frames
87	82	for the missing countries to see the naming differences. Any countries
88		that do not have records in the `happy_data` df will not show
89		up on the map.
	83	that do not have records in the =happy_data= df will not show up on the
	84	map.
90	85
91		```python
	86	#+begin_src python
92	87	# Rename some countries to match our GeoJSON data
93	88
94	89	# Rename USA
		@@ -106,38 +101,36 @@ happy_data.at[republic_congo_index, 'Country or region'] = 'Republic of Congo'
106	101	# Rename the DRC
107	102	democratic_congo_index = happy_data.index[happy_data['Country or region'] == 'Congo (Kinshasa)']
108	103	happy_data.at[democratic_congo_index, 'Country or region'] = 'Democratic Republic of the Congo'
109		```
110
111		# Merge the Data
	104	#+end_src
112	105
	106	* Merge the Data
113	107	Now that we have clean data, we need to merge the GeoJSON data with the
114		happiness data. Since we've stored them both in dataframes, we just
115		need to call the `.merge()` function.
	108	happiness data. Since we've stored them both in dataframes, we just need
	109	to call the =.merge()= function.
116	110
117	111	We will also rename a couple columns, just so that they're a little
118	112	easier to use when we create the map.
119	113
120		```python
	114	#+begin_src python
121	115	# Merge the two previous dataframes into a single geopandas dataframe
122	116	merged_df = geo_data.merge(happy_data,left_on='ADMIN', right_on='Country or region')
123	117
124	118	# Rename columns for ease of use
125	119	merged_df = merged_df.rename(columns = {'ADMIN':'GeoJSON_Country'})
126	120	merged_df = merged_df.rename(columns = {'Country or region':'Country'})
127		```
128
129		![Merged
130		Dataframe](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200925-world-choropleth-map/merged_df.png)
	121	#+end_src
131	122
132		# Create the Map
	123	#+caption: Merged Dataframe
	124	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200925-world-choropleth-map/merged_df.png]]
133	125
	126	* Create the Map
134	127	The data is finally ready to be added to a map. The code below shows the
135	128	simplest way to find the center of the map and create a Folium map
136	129	object. The important part is to remember to reference the merged
137	130	dataframe for our GeoJSON data and value data. The columns specify which
138	131	geo data and value data to use.
139	132
140		```python
	133	#+begin_src python
141	134	# Assign centroids to map
142	135	x_map = merged_df.centroid.x.mean()
143	136	y_map = merged_df.centroid.y.mean()
		@@ -161,21 +154,20 @@ folium.Choropleth(
161	154	smooth_factor=0,
162	155	highlight=True
163	156	).add_to(world_map)
164		```
	157	#+end_src
165	158
166	159	Let's look at the resulting map.
167	160
168		![Choropleth
169		Map](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200925-world-choropleth-map/map.png)
170
171		# Create a Tooltip on Hover
	161	#+caption: Choropleth Map
	162	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200925-world-choropleth-map/map.png]]
172	163
	164	* Create a Tooltip on Hover
173	165	Now that we have a map set up, we could stop. However, I want to add a
174	166	tooltip so that I can see more information about each country. The
175		`tooltip_data` code below will show a popup on hover with all
176		the data fields shown.
	167	=tooltip_data= code below will show a popup on hover with all the data
	168	fields shown.
177	169
178		```python
	170	#+begin_src python
179	171	# Adding labels to map
180	172	style_function = lambda x: {'fillColor': '#ffffff',
181	173	'color':'#000000',
		@@ -216,10 +208,10 @@ folium.LayerControl().add_to(world_map)
216	208
217	209	# Display the map
218	210	world_map
219		```
	211	#+end_src
220	212
221	213	The final image below will show you what the tooltip looks like whenever
222	214	you hover over a country.
223	215
224		![Choropleth Map
225		Tooltip](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200925-world-choropleth-map/tooltip_map.png)
	216	#+caption: Choropleth Map Tooltip
	217	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200925-world-choropleth-map/tooltip_map.png]]

content/blog/2020-05-03-homelab.md → blog/homelab/index.org renamed +55 −71

		@@ -1,60 +1,55 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2020-05-03
3		title = "An Inside Look at My Homelab"
4		description = "A retrospective on the first iteration of my home lab."
5		+++
6
7		# What is a Homelab?
	1	#+title: An Inside Look at My Homelab
	2	#+date: 2020-05-03
	3	#+description: A retrospective on the first iteration of my home lab.
	4	#+filetags: :sysadmin:
8	5
	6	* What is a Homelab?
9	7	Starting as a developer, I have largely stayed away from hardware-based
10	8	hobbies (other than building a gaming desktop). However, as the
11	9	quarantine for COVID-19 stretches out further and further, I found
12	10	myself bored and in search of new hobbies. After spending the last few
13		months browsing the [r/homelab](https://www.reddit.com/r/homelab/)
	11	months browsing the [[https://www.reddit.com/r/homelab/][r/homelab]]
14	12	subreddit, I decided it was time to jump in and try things out for
15	13	myself.
16	14
17	15	Since I am a beginner and just recently graduated from college,
18	16	everything I've done so far in my homelab is fairly low-budget.
19	17
20		# Hardware
21
22		![HomeLab
23		Diagram](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200503-homelab/homelab-min.png)
	18	* Hardware
	19	#+caption: HomeLab Diagram
	20	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200503-homelab/homelab-min.png]]
24	21
25		## Raspberry Pi 4
26
27		Luckily, I had actually purchased a [Raspberry Pi
28		4](https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-4-model-b/) before
29		the quarantine started so that I could try to keep Plex Media Center
30		running, even while my desktop computer was turned off. I started here,
31		using the Pi to hold Plex and Pi-hole until I grew tired with the slow
32		performance.
	22	*** Raspberry Pi 4
	23	Luckily, I had actually purchased a
	24	[[https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-4-model-b/][Raspberry
	25	Pi 4]] before the quarantine started so that I could try to keep Plex
	26	Media Center running, even while my desktop computer was turned off. I
	27	started here, using the Pi to hold Plex and Pi-hole until I grew tired
	28	with the slow performance.
33	29
34	30	Here are the specifications for the Pi 4:
35	31
36		- Broadcom BCM2711, Quad core Cortex-A72 (ARM v8) 64-bit SoC @ 1.5GHz
37		- 4GB LPDDR4-3200 SDRAM
38		- Gigabit Ethernet
39		- H.265 (4kp60 decode), H264 (1080p60 decode, 1080p30 encode)
40		- 64 GB MicroSD Card
41
42		## Dell Optiplex 5040
	32	- Broadcom BCM2711, Quad core Cortex-A72 (ARM v8) 64-bit SoC @ 1.5GHz
	33	- 4GB LPDDR4-3200 SDRAM
	34	- Gigabit Ethernet
	35	- H.265 (4kp60 decode), H264 (1080p60 decode, 1080p30 encode)
	36	- 64 GB MicroSD Card
43	37
	38	** Dell Optiplex 5040
44	39	Since I wasn't happy with the Pi as my main server, I turned to
45		Craigslist. I know a lot of other homelabbers use Ebay, but I can't
46		seem to ever trust it enough to purchase items on there. So I used
47		Craigslist and found a Dell Optiplex 5040 desktop computer on sale for
48		\$90. While this computer might be underpowered, it was one of the few
49		computers under \$100 that was available during quarantine.
	40	Craigslist. I know a lot of other homelabbers use Ebay, but I can't seem
	41	to ever trust it enough to purchase items on there. So I used Craigslist
	42	and found a Dell Optiplex 5040 desktop computer on sale for $90. While
	43	this computer might be underpowered, it was one of the few computers
	44	under $100 that was available during quarantine.
50	45
51	46	Here are the specifications for the Dell Optiplex 5040:
52	47
53		- Intel Core i3 6100
54		- 8GB RAM DDR3
55		- Intel HD Graphics
56		- Gigabit Ethernet
57		- 500GB Hard Drive
	48	- Intel Core i3 6100
	49	- 8GB RAM DDR3
	50	- Intel HD Graphics
	51	- Gigabit Ethernet
	52	- 500GB Hard Drive
58	53
59	54	While this hardware would be awful for a work computer or a gaming rig,
60	55	it turned out to be wonderful for my server purposes. The only
		@@ -63,36 +58,34 @@ power for a single 4k video transcode at a time. I haven't tested more
63	58	than three 1080p streams at a time, but the maximum amount of streams
64	59	I've ever actually used is two.
65	60
66		## WD easystore 10TB & 8TB
67
	61	** WD easystore 10TB & 8TB
68	62	Application storage and temporary files are stored on the internal hard
69	63	drive of the server, but all media files (movies, tv, games, books, etc)
70	64	are stored externally on my WD easystore hard drive. Creating auto-boot
71		configurations in the `/etc/fstab` file on my server allows
72		the hard drives to automatically mount whenever I need to restart my
73		server.
	65	configurations in the =/etc/fstab= file on my server allows the hard
	66	drives to automatically mount whenever I need to restart my server.
74	67
75		> Update: In March 2022, I shucked the hard drives out of their external
76		> cases, put some Kapton tape on the third power pin to prevent power
77		> shutdowns, and stuck them inside my server tower using internal SATA
78		> cables.
	68	#+begin_quote
	69	Update: In March 2022, I shucked the hard drives out of their external
	70	cases, put some Kapton tape on the third power pin to prevent power
	71	shutdowns, and stuck them inside my server tower using internal SATA
	72	cables.
79	73
80		## Netgear Unmanaged Switch
	74	#+end_quote
81	75
	76	** Netgear Unmanaged Switch
82	77	To manage all the ethernet cords used by my homelab, my desktop, and my
83	78	living room media center, I purchased an 8-port gigabit ethernet switch
84		for \$50 at my local computer store. This is probably much more than I
	79	for $50 at my local computer store. This is probably much more than I
85	80	should have spent on an unmanaged switch, but I am comfortable with the
86	81	choice.
87	82
88		## TP-Link Managed Switch
89
	83	** TP-Link Managed Switch
90	84	Since I use the unmanaged switch to group all living room devices
91	85	together, I use the managed switch to configure VLANs and secure my
92	86	network.
93	87
94		## Arris TM1602A Modem & Sagecom Fast 5280 Router
95
	88	** Arris TM1602A Modem & Sagecom Fast 5280 Router
96	89	My default modem and router, provided by my ISP, are fairly standard.
97	90	The Arris modem supports DOCSIS 3.0, which is something that I
98	91	definitely wanted as a minimum. The Sagecom router is also standard, no
		@@ -100,23 +93,19 @@ fancy bells or whistles. However, it does support DHCP and DHCPv6, which
100	93	is something you can use to route all household traffic through a
101	94	pi-hole or firewall.
102	95
103		## TP-Link EAP
104
	96	** TP-Link EAP
105	97	In order to gain better control over the network, I use my own wireless
106	98	access point instead of the one included in the Sagecom router above.
107	99	Now I can control and organize all of my ethernet connections through
108	100	the VLANs on the managed switch and wireless connections through the
109	101	VLANS on the EAP.
110	102
111		## Generic Printer
112
	103	** Generic Printer
113	104	The last piece to my homelab is a standard wireless printer. Nothing
114	105	special here.
115	106
116		# Software
117
118		## Ubuntu Server 20.04
119
	107	* Software
	108	** Ubuntu Server 20.04
120	109	While the 20.04 version of Ubuntu was just released, I always like to
121	110	experiment with new features (and I don't mind breaking my system - it
122	111	just gives me more experience learning how to fix things). So, I have
		@@ -124,31 +113,27 @@ Ubuntu Server 20.04 installed on the Dell Optiplex server and Ubuntu
124	113	Server 19.10 installed on the Raspberry Pi. Once I find an acceptable
125	114	use for the Pi, I will most likely switch the operating system.
126	115
127		## Docker
128
129		I am very new to Docker, but I have had a lot of fun playing with it
	116	** Docker
	117	I am /very/ new to Docker, but I have had a lot of fun playing with it
130	118	so far. Docker is used to create containers that can hold all the
131	119	contents of a system without interfering with other software on the same
132	120	system. So far, I have successfully installed pi-hole, GitLab, Gogs, and
133	121	Nextcloud in containers. However, I opted to delete all of those so that
134	122	I can reconfigure them more professionally at a later time.
135	123
136		## Plex Media Server
137
	124	** Plex Media Server
138	125	Plex is a media center software that allows you to organize your movies,
139	126	TV shows, music, photos, and videos automatically. It will even download
140	127	metadata for you so that you can easily browse these collections.
141	128
142		## Pi-hole
143
	129	** Pi-hole
144	130	Pi-hole is an alternative ad-blocker that runs at the DNS level,
145	131	allowing you to block traffic when it hits your network, so that you can
146	132	reject any traffic you deem to be bad. Pi-hole uses blacklists and
147	133	whitelists to decide which traffic block and, luckily, there are a lot
148	134	of pre-made lists out there on Reddit, GitHub, etc.
149	135
150		## Nextcloud
151
	136	** Nextcloud
152	137	While I had trouble with the Docker version of Nextcloud, I was very
153	138	successful when setting up the snap version. Using this, I was able to
154	139	map Nextcloud to a subdomain of a domain I own in Namecheap.
		@@ -156,8 +141,7 @@ Additionally, Nextcloud has an integration with Let's Encrypt that
156	141	allows me to issue certificates automatically to any new domain I
157	142	authorize.
158	143
159		## Webmin
160
	144	** Webmin
161	145	To monitor my servers, and the processes running on them, I use the
162	146	Webmin dashboard. This was fairly painless to set up, and I currently
163	147	access it straight through the server's IP address. In the future, I

blog/index.org added +141

		@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
	1	#+title: Blog
	2	#+options: toc:nil
	3
	4	Use =Ctrl + F= to search blog post titles for keywords.
	5
	6	* TODO Create RSS Feed
	7
	8	* 2024
	9
	10	- 2024-02-26 [[./org-blog/][Blogging in Org-Mode]]
	11	- 2024-02-21 [[./self-hosting-otter-wiki/][Self-Hosting An Otter Wiki]]
	12	- 2024-02-13 [[./ubuntu-emergency-mode/][Stuck in Ubuntu's Emergency Mode? Try Fixing the Fstab File]]
	13	- 2024-02-06 [[./zfs/][How to Create a ZFS Pool on Ubuntu Linux]]
	14	- 2024-01-27 [[./tableau-dashboard/][Data Visualization: Mapping Omaha Crime Data with Tableau]]
	15	- 2024-01-26 [[./audit-dashboard/][Building an Audit Status Dashboard]]
	16	- 2024-01-13 [[./local-llm/][Running Local LLMs on macOS and iOS]]
	17	- 2024-01-09 [[./macos-customization/][Customizing macOS]]
	18	- 2024-01-08 [[./dont-say-hello/][Don't Say Hello]]
	19
	20	* 2023
	21
	22	- 2023-12-03 [[./unifi-nextdns/][How to Install NextDNS on the Unifi Dream Machine]]
	23	- 2023-11-08 [[./scli/][Installing scli on Alpine Linux (musl)]]
	24	- 2023-10-17 [[./self-hosting-anonymousoverflow/][Self-Hosting AnonymousOverflow]]
	25	- 2023-10-15 [[./alpine-ssh-hardening/][SSH Hardening for Alpine Linux]]
	26	- 2023-10-11 [[./self-hosting-authelia/][Self-Hosting Authelia]]
	27	- 2023-10-04 [[./digital-minimalism/][Digital Minimalism]]
	28	- 2023-09-19 [[./audit-sql-scripts/][Useful SQL Scripts for Auditing Logical Access]]
	29	- 2023-09-15 [[./self-hosting-gitweb/][Self-Hosting GitWeb via Nginx]]
	30	- 2023-08-18 [[./agile-auditing/][Agile Auditing: An Introduction]]
	31	- 2023-07-19 [[./plex-transcoder-errors/][How to Avoid Plex Error: 'Conversion failed. The transcoder failed to start up.']]
	32	- 2023-07-12 [[./wireguard-lan/][Enable LAN Access in Mullvad Wireguard Conf Files]]
	33	- 2023-06-30 [[./self-hosting-voyager/][Self-Hosting Voyager - A Lemmy Web Client]]
	34	- 2023-06-28 [[./backblaze-b2/][Getting Started with Backblaze B2 Cloud Storage]]
	35	- 2023-06-23 [[./self-hosting-convos/][Self-Hosting Convos IRC Web Client]]
	36	- 2023-06-23 [[./byobu/][Byobu]]
	37	- 2023-06-20 [[./audit-review-template/][Audit Testing Review Template]]
	38	- 2023-06-18 [[./unifi-ip-blocklist/][Block IP Addresses and Subnets with Unifi Network Firewall]]
	39	- 2023-06-08 [[./goaccess-geoip/][Inspecting Nginx Logs with GoAccess and MaxMind GeoIP Data]]
	40	- 2023-06-08 [[./self-hosting-baikal/][Self-Hosting Baikal Server (CalDAV & CardDAV)]]
	41	- 2023-05-22 [[./burnout/][RE: Burnout]]
	42	- 2023-02-02 [[./exploring-hare/][Exploring the Hare Programming Language]]
	43	- 2023-01-28 [[./self-hosting-wger/][Self-Hosting Wger Workout Manager]]
	44	- 2023-01-23 [[./random-wireguard/][Connecting to a Random Mullvad Wireguard Host on Boot]]
	45	- 2023-01-21 [[./flatpak-symlinks/][Running Flatpak Apps with Symlinks]]
	46	- 2023-01-08 [[./fedora-login-manager/][How to Remove the Login Manager from Fedora i3]]
	47	- 2023-01-05 [[./mass-unlike-tumblr-posts/][How to Easily Mass Unlike Tumblr Posts with Javascript]]
	48	- 2023-01-03 [[./recent-website-changes/][Recent Website Changes]]
	49
	50	* 2022
	51
	52	- 2022-12-23 [[./alpine-desktop/][Alpine Linux as a Desktop OS]]
	53	- 2022-12-17 [[./st/][Simple Terminal]]
	54	- 2022-12-07 [[./nginx-wildcard-redirect/][Redirect Nginx Subdomains & Trailing Content with Regex]]
	55	- 2022-12-01 [[./nginx-compression/][Enable GZIP Compression in Nginx]]
	56	- 2022-11-29 [[./nginx-referrer-ban-list/][Creating a Referrer Ban List in Nginx]]
	57	- 2022-11-27 [[./server-build/][Building a Custom Rack-Mounted Server]]
	58	- 2022-11-11 [[./nginx-tmp-errors/][Fixing Permission Errors in /var/lib/nginx]]
	59	- 2022-10-30 [[./linux-display-manager/][How to Disable or Change the Display Manager on Void Linux]]
	60	- 2022-10-22 [[./alpine-linux/][Alpine Linux: My New Server OS]]
	61	- 2022-10-04 [[./syncthing/][Syncthing: A Minimal Self-Hosted Cloud Storage Solution]]
	62	- 2022-10-04 [[./mtp-linux/][How to Mount an MTP Mobile Device on Fedora Linux]]
	63	- 2022-09-21 [[./graphene-os/][Installing Graphene OS on the Pixel 6 Pro]]
	64	- 2022-09-17 [[./serenity-os/][Serenity OS: Testing Out a Unique System]]
	65	- 2022-08-31 [[./privacy-com-changes/][Concerning Changes on Privacy.com]]
	66	- 2022-03-23 [[./cloudflare-dns-api/][Dynamic DNS with Cloudflare API]]
	67	- 2022-07-31 [[./bash-it/][Upgrade Bash with Bash-It & Ble.sh]]
	68	- 2022-07-30 [[./flac-to-opus/][Recursive Command-Line FLAC to Opus Conversion]]
	69	- 2022-07-25 [[./curseradio/][CurseRadio: Listening to the Radio on the Command Line]]
	70	- 2022-07-14 [[./gnupg/][GNU Privacy Guard (GPG)]]
	71	- 2022-07-01 [[./git-server/][Self-Hosting a Personal Git Server]]
	72	- 2022-06-24 [[./fedora-i3/][Rebooting My Love Affair with Linux]]
	73	- 2022-06-22 [[./daily-poetry/][Daily Plaintext Poetry via Email]]
	74	- 2022-06-16 [[./terminal-lifestyle/][A Terminal Lifestyle]]
	75	- 2022-06-07 [[./self-hosting-freshrss/][Self-Hosting FreshRSS]]
	76	- 2022-06-01 [[./ditching-cloudflare/][Ditching Cloudflare for Njalla]]
	77	- 2022-04-09 [[./pinetime/][PineTime: An Open-Source Smart Watch]]
	78	- 2022-04-02 [[./nginx-reverse-proxy/][Set-Up a Reverse Proxy with Nginx]]
	79	- 2022-03-26 [[./ssh-mfa/][Enable TOTP MFA for SSH]]
	80	- 2022-03-24 [[./server-hardening/][Hardening a Public-Facing Home Server]]
	81	- 2022-03-23 [[./nextcloud-on-ubuntu/][Nextcloud on Ubuntu]]
	82	- 2022-03-08 [[./plex-migration/][Migrating Plex to a New Server (& Nvidia Transcoding)]]
	83	- 2022-03-03 [[./financial-database/][Maintaining a Personal Financial Database]]
	84	- 2022-03-02 [[./reliable-notes/][Easy, Reliable Note-Taking]]
	85	- 2022-02-22 [[./tuesday/][Tuesday]]
	86	- 2022-02-20 [[./nginx-caching/][Caching Static Content with Nginx]]
	87	- 2022-02-17 [[./exiftool/][Stripping Image Metadata with exiftool]]
	88	- 2022-02-16 [[./debian-and-nginx/][Migrating to a New Web Server Setup with Debian, Nginx, and Agate]]
	89	- 2022-02-10 [[./leaving-the-office/][Leaving Office-Based Work in the Past]]
	90	- 2022-02-10 [[./njalla-dns-api/][Dynamic DNS with Njalla API]]
	91
	92	* 2021
	93
	94	- 2021-12-04 [[./cisa/][I Passed the CISA!]]
	95	- 2021-10-09 [[./apache-redirect/][Apache Redirect HTML Files to a Directory]]
	96	- 2021-08-25 [[./audit-sampling/][Audit Sampling with Python]]
	97	- 2021-07-15 [[./delete-gitlab-repos/][How to Delete All GitLab Repositories]]
	98	- 2021-05-30 [[./changing-git-authors/][Changing Git Authors]]
	99	- 2021-04-28 [[./photography/][Jumping Back Into Photography]]
	100	- 2021-04-23 [[./php-comment-system/][Roll Your Own Static Commenting System in PHP]]
	101	- 2021-04-17 [[./gemini-server/][Hosting a Gemini Server]]
	102	- 2021-03-30 [[./vps-web-server/][How to Set Up a VPS Web Server]]
	103	- 2021-03-28 [[./vaporwave-vs-outrun/][Vaporwave vs Outrun]]
	104	- 2021-03-28 [[./gemini-capsule/][Launching a Gemini Capsule]]
	105	- 2021-03-19 [[./clone-github-repos/][How to Clone All Repositories from a GitHub or Sourcehut Account]]
	106	- 2021-02-19 [[./macos/][macOS: Testing Out A New OS]]
	107	- 2021-01-04 [[./fediverse/][A Simple Guide to the Fediverse]]
	108	- 2021-01-07 [[./ufw/][Secure Your Network with the Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw)]]
	109	- 2021-01-01 [[./seum/][SEUM: Speedrunners from Hell]]
	110
	111	* 2020
	112
	113	- 2020-12-29 [[./zork/][Zork: Let's Explore a Classic]]
	114	- 2020-12-27 [[./website-redesign/][Redesigning My Website: The 5 KB Result]]
	115	- 2020-12-28 [[./neon-drive/][Neon Drive: A Nostalgic 80s Arcade Racing Game]]
	116	- 2020-10-12 [[./mediocrity/][On the Pursuit of Mediocrity]]
	117	- 2020-09-25 [[./happiness-map/][Data Visualization: World Choropleth Map of Happiness]]
	118	- 2020-09-22 [[./internal-audit/][What is Internal Audit?]]
	119	- 2020-09-01 [[./visual-recognition/][IBM Watson Visual Recognition]]
	120	- 2020-08-29 [[./php-auth-flow/][PHP Authentication Flow]]
	121	- 2020-08-22 [[./redirect-github-pages/][Redirect GitHub Pages from Subdomain to the Top-Level Domain]]
	122	- 2020-07-26 [[./business-analysis/][Algorithmically Analyzing Local Businesses]]
	123	- 2020-07-20 [[./video-game-sales/][Data Exploration: Video Game Sales]]
	124	- 2020-05-19 [[./customizing-ubuntu/][Beginner's Guide: Customizing Ubuntu]]
	125	- 2020-05-03 [[./homelab/][An Inside Look at My Homelab]]
	126	- 2020-03-25 [[./session-manager/][Session Private Messenger]]
	127	- 2020-02-09 [[./cryptography-basics/][Cryptography Basics]]
	128	- 2020-01-26 [[./steam-on-ntfs/][Linux Gaming Tweak: Steam on NTFS Drives]]
	129	- 2020-01-25 [[./linux-software/][Linux Software]]
	130
	131	* 2019
	132
	133	- 2019-12-16 [[./password-security//][Password Security]]
	134	- 2019-12-03 [[./the-ansoff-matrix//][The Ansoff Matrix]]
	135	- 2019-09-09 [[./audit-analytics//][Data Analysis in Auditing]]
	136	- 2019-01-07 [[./useful-css//][Useful CSS Snippets]]
	137
	138	* 2018
	139
	140	- 2018-12-08 [[./aes-encryption//][AES Encryption]]
	141	- 2018-11-28 [[./cpp-compiler//][The C++ Compiler]]

content/blog/2020-09-22-internal-audit.md → blog/internal-audit/index.org renamed +54 −70

		@@ -1,33 +1,32 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2020-09-22
3		title = "What is Internal Audit?"
4		description = "Learn about the Internal Audit function and their purpose."
5		+++
	1	#+title: What is Internal Audit?
	2	#+date: 2020-09-22
	3	#+description: Learn about the Internal Audit function and their purpose.
	4	#+filetags: :audit:
6	5
7		![Internal Audit
8		Overview](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200922-what-is-internal-audit/internal-audit-overview.jpg)
9
10		# Definitions
	6	#+caption: Internal Audit Overview
	7	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200922-what-is-internal-audit/internal-audit-overview.jpg]]
11	8
	9	* Definitions
12	10	One of the many reasons that Internal Audit needs such thorough
13	11	explaining to non-auditors is that Internal Audit can serve many
14	12	purposes, depending on the organization's size and needs. However, the
15	13	Institute of Internal Auditors (IIA) defines Internal Auditing as:
16	14
17		> Internal auditing is an independent, objective assurance and
18		> consulting activity designed to add value and improve an
19		> organization's operations. It helps an organization accomplish its
20		> objectives by bringing a systematic, disciplined approach to evaluate
21		> and improve the effectiveness of risk management, control, and
22		> governance processes.
	15	#+begin_quote
	16	Internal auditing is an independent, objective assurance and consulting
	17	activity designed to add value and improve an organization's operations.
	18	It helps an organization accomplish its objectives by bringing a
	19	systematic, disciplined approach to evaluate and improve the
	20	effectiveness of risk management, control, and governance processes.
23	21
24		However, this definition uses quite a few terms that aren't clear
25		unless the reader already has a solid understanding of the auditing
26		profession. To further explain, the following is a list of definitions
27		that can help supplement understanding of internal auditing.
	22	#+end_quote
28	23
29		## Independent
	24	However, this definition uses quite a few terms that aren't clear unless
	25	the reader already has a solid understanding of the auditing profession.
	26	To further explain, the following is a list of definitions that can help
	27	supplement understanding of internal auditing.
30	28
	29	** Independent
31	30	Independence is the freedom from conditions that threaten the ability of
32	31	the internal audit activity to carry out internal audit responsibilities
33	32	in an unbiased manner. To achieve the degree of independence necessary
		@@ -38,8 +37,7 @@ dual-reporting relationship. Threats to independence must be managed at
38	37	the individual auditor, engagement, functional, and organizational
39	38	levels.
40	39
41		## Objective
42
	40	** Objective
43	41	Objectivity is an unbiased mental attitude that allows internal auditors
44	42	to perform engagements in such a manner that they believe in their work
45	43	product and that no quality compromises are made. Objectivity requires
		@@ -47,8 +45,7 @@ that internal auditors do not subordinate their judgment on audit
47	45	matters to others. Threats to objectivity must be managed at the
48	46	individual auditor, engagement, functional, and organizational levels.
49	47
50		## Assurance
51
	48	** Assurance
52	49	Assurance services involve the internal auditor's objective assessment
53	50	of evidence to provide opinions or conclusions regarding an entity,
54	51	operation, function, process, system, or other subject matters. The
		@@ -59,8 +56,7 @@ operation, function, process, system, or other subject - (the process
59	56	owner), (2) the person or group making the assessment - (the internal
60	57	auditor), and (3) the person or group using the assessment - (the user).
61	58
62		## Consulting
63
	59	** Consulting
64	60	Consulting services are advisory in nature and are generally performed
65	61	at the specific request of an engagement client. The nature and scope of
66	62	the consulting engagement are subject to agreement with the engagement
		@@ -70,23 +66,21 @@ person or group seeking and receiving the advice (the engagement
70	66	client). When performing consulting services, the internal auditor
71	67	should maintain objectivity and not assume management responsibility.
72	68
73		## Governance, Risk Management, & Compliance (GRC)
74
	69	** Governance, Risk Management, & Compliance (GRC)
75	70	The integrated collection of capabilities that enable an organization to
76	71	reliably achieve objectives, address uncertainty and act with integrity.
77	72
78		# Audit Charter & Standards
79
80		First, it's important to note that not every organization needs
81		internal auditors. In fact, it's unwise for an organization to hire
82		internal auditors unless they have regulatory requirements for auditing
83		and have the capital to support the department. Internal audit is a cost
84		center that can only affect revenue indirectly.
	73	* Audit Charter & Standards
	74	First, it's important to note that not every organization needs internal
	75	auditors. In fact, it's unwise for an organization to hire internal
	76	auditors unless they have regulatory requirements for auditing and have
	77	the capital to support the department. Internal audit is a cost center
	78	that can only affect revenue indirectly.
85	79
86	80	Once an organization determines the need for internal assurance
87	81	services, they will hire a Chief Audit Executive and create the audit
88		charter. This charter is a document, approved by the company's
89		governing body, that will define internal audit's purpose, authority,
	82	charter. This charter is a document, approved by the company's governing
	83	body, that will define internal audit's purpose, authority,
90	84	responsibility, and position within the organization. Fortunately, the
91	85	IIA has model charters available to IIA members for those developing or
92	86	improving their charter.
		@@ -101,21 +95,20 @@ assurance. Finally, additional standards such as FASB, GAAP, and
101	95	industry-specific standards are used when performing internal audit
102	96	work.
103	97
104		# Three Lines of Defense
105
106		[The IIA](https://theiia.org) released the original Three Lines of
	98	* Three Lines of Defense
	99	[[https://theiia.org][The IIA]] released the original Three Lines of
107	100	Defense model in 2013, but have released an updated version in 2020.
108	101	Here is what the Three Lines of Defense model has historically looked
109	102	like:
110	103
111		![2013 Three Lines of Defense
112		Model](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200922-what-is-internal-audit/three_lines_model.png)
	104	#+caption: 2013 Three Lines of Defense Model
	105	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200922-what-is-internal-audit/three_lines_model.png]]
113	106
114	107	I won't go into depth about the changes made to the model in this
115	108	article. Instead, let's take a look at the most current model.
116	109
117		![2020 Three Lines of Defense
118		Model](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200922-what-is-internal-audit/updated_three_lines_model.png)
	110	#+caption: 2020 Three Lines of Defense Model
	111	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200922-what-is-internal-audit/updated_three_lines_model.png]]
119	112
120	113	The updated model forgets the strict idea of areas performing their own
121	114	functions or line of defense. Instead of talking about management, risk,
		@@ -126,10 +119,10 @@ Looking at this model from an auditing perspective shows us that
126	119	auditors will need to align, communicate, and collaborate with
127	120	management, including business area managers and chief officers, as well
128	121	as reporting to the governing body. The governing body will instruct
129		internal audit functionally on their goals and track their progress
	122	internal audit /functionally/ on their goals and track their progress
130	123	periodically.
131	124
132		However, the internal audit department will report administratively to
	125	However, the internal audit department will report /administratively/ to
133	126	a chief officer in the company for the purposes of collaboration,
134	127	direction, and assistance with the business. Note that in most
135	128	situations, the governing body is the audit committee on the company's
		@@ -139,22 +132,20 @@ The result of this structure is that internal audit is an independent
139	132	and objective function that can provide assurance over the topics they
140	133	audit.
141	134
142		# Audit Process
143
	135	* Audit Process
144	136	A normal audit will generally follow the same process, regardless of the
145	137	topic. However, certain special projects or abnormal business areas may
146	138	call for changes to the audit process. The audit process is not set in
147	139	stone, it's simply a set of best practices so that audits can be
148	140	performed consistently.
149	141
150		![The Internal Audit
151		Process](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200922-what-is-internal-audit/internal-audit-process.jpg)
	142	#+caption: The Internal Audit Process
	143	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200922-what-is-internal-audit/internal-audit-process.jpg]]
152	144
153	145	While different organizations may tweak the process, it will generally
154	146	follow this flow:
155	147
156		## 1. Risk Assessment
157
	148	** 1. Risk Assessment
158	149	The risk assessment part of the process has historically been performed
159	150	annually, but many organizations have moved to performing this process
160	151	much more frequently. In fact, some organizations are moving to an agile
		@@ -168,8 +159,7 @@ Once a risk assessment has been documented, the audit department has a
168	159	prioritized list of risks that can be audited. This is usually in the
169	160	form of auditable entities, such as business areas or departments.
170	161
171		## 2. Planning
172
	162	** 2. Planning
173	163	During the planning phase of an audit, auditors will meet with the
174	164	business area to discuss the various processes, controls, and risks
175	165	applicable to the business. This helps the auditors determine the scope
		@@ -177,8 +167,7 @@ limits for the audit, as well as timing and subject-matter experts.
177	167	Certain documents will be created in this phase that will be used to
178	168	keep the audit on-track an in-scope as it goes forward.
179	169
180		## 3. Testing
181
	170	** 3. Testing
182	171	The testing phase, also known as fieldwork or execution, is where
183	172	internal auditors will take the information they've discovered and test
184	173	it against regulations, industry standards, company rules, best
		@@ -192,8 +181,7 @@ well as compared against regulations such as the Equal Employment
192	181	Opportunity (EEO), American with Disabilities Act, and National Labor
193	182	Relations Act.
194	183
195		## 4. Reporting
196
	184	** 4. Reporting
197	185	Once all the tests have been completed, the audit will enter the
198	186	reporting phase. This is when the audit team will conclude on the
199	187	evidence they've collected, interviews they've held, and any opinions
		@@ -204,16 +192,14 @@ opportunity to respond to the report and submit an action plan and time
204	192	frame. These responses become part of the final report which is
205	193	distributed to the appropriate level of administration.
206	194
207		## 5. Follow-Up
208
	195	** 5. Follow-Up
209	196	After audits have been completed and management has formed action plans
210	197	and time frames for audit issues, internal audit will follow up once
211	198	that due date has arrived. In most cases, the follow-up will simply
212	199	consist of a meeting to discuss how the action plan has been completed
213	200	and to request documentation to prove it.
214	201
215		# Audit Department Structure
216
	202	* Audit Department Structure
217	203	While an internal audit department is most often thought of as a team of
218	204	full-time employees, there are actually many different ways in which a
219	205	department can be structured. As the world becomes more digital and
		@@ -230,12 +216,11 @@ large organizations, but organizations tend to rotate lower-level audit
230	216	staff instead of managers. This helps prevent any significant knowledge
231	217	loss as auditors rotate out to business areas.
232	218
233		# Consulting
234
	219	* Consulting
235	220	Consulting is not an easy task at any organization, especially for a
236	221	department that can have negative perceptions within the organization as
237		the "compliance police." However, once an internal audit department
238		has delivered value to organization, adding consulting to their suite of
	222	the "compliance police." However, once an internal audit department has
	223	delivered value to organization, adding consulting to their suite of
239	224	services is a smart move. In most cases, Internal Audit can insert
240	225	themselves into a consulting role without affecting the process of
241	226	project management at the company. This means that internal audit can
		@@ -243,10 +228,9 @@ add objective assurance and opinions to business areas as they develop
243	228	new processes, instead of coming in periodically to audit an area and
244	229	file issues that could have been fixed at the beginning.
245	230
246		# Data Science & Data Analytics
247
248		![Data Science Skill
249		Set](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200922-what-is-internal-audit/data-science-skillset.png)
	231	* Data Science & Data Analytics
	232	#+caption: Data Science Skill Set
	233	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200922-what-is-internal-audit/data-science-skillset.png]]
250	234
251	235	One major piece of the internal audit function in the modern world is
252	236	data science. While the process is data science, most auditors will

content/blog/2022-02-10-leaving-the-office.md → blog/leaving-the-office/index.org renamed +54 −56

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-02-10
3		title = "Leaving Office-Based Work in the Past"
4		description = "My thoughts on the current surge of remote work and what that means for full-time office-based roles."
5		+++
6
7		## The Working World is Changing
	1	#+title: Leaving Office-Based Work in the Past
	2	#+date: 2022-02-10
	3	#+description: My thoughts on the current surge of remote work and what that means for full-time office-based roles.
	4	#+filetags: :audit:
8	5
	6	* The Working World is Changing
9	7	There has been a trend for the past few years of companies slowly
10	8	realizing that the pandemic is not just a temporary state that will go
11	9	away eventually and let everything return to the way it was before. In
		@@ -23,10 +21,8 @@ I decided to take a look back at my relatively short career so far and
23	21	compare the positive and negative effects of the different work
24	22	environments I've been in.
25	23
26		## In-Person Offices
27
28		### Retail Internship
29
	24	* In-Person Offices
	25	** Retail Internship
30	26	I started my first job as a management intern at a busy retail pharmacy,
31	27	working my 40-hour weeks on my feet. As these retail stores don't
32	28	believe in resting or sitting down, you can guarantee that you will
		@@ -42,10 +38,9 @@ However, if you are able to operate a retail store with a limited crew
42	38	and provide enough comfort and support, I believe these jobs could be
43	39	both comfortable and efficient.
44	40
45		### Semi-Private Cubicles
46
47		![Semi-Private
48		Cubicles](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220210-leaving-office-based-work-in-the-past/private_cubicles.png)
	41	** Semi-Private Cubicles
	42	#+caption: Semi-Private Cubicles
	43	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220210-leaving-office-based-work-in-the-past/private_cubicles.png]]
49	44
50	45	After about a year, I was able to find another internship - this time,
51	46	it was in my field of interest: internal auditing. This was for a life
		@@ -60,8 +55,8 @@ formed into cubicles that house 4 desks/employees. These "pods" of
60	55	4-person cubicles are linked throughout each floor of the headquarters
61	56	(except the sales people, who had that open-floor concept going on). The
62	57	walls of the cubicle were tall and provided a lot of privacy and
63		sound-proofing, except when I used the standing desk feature (I'm over
64		6 feet tall, so probably not an issue for most people).
	58	sound-proofing, except when I used the standing desk feature (I'm over 6
	59	feet tall, so probably not an issue for most people).
65	60
66	61	I loved this environment, it allowed me to focus on my work with minimal
67	62	distractions, but also allowed easy access, so I could spin around in my
		@@ -69,10 +64,9 @@ chair and chat with my friends without leaving my chair. This is the
69	64	closest I've been to a home office environment (which is my personal
70	65	favorite, as I'll get to later in this post).
71	66
72		### Semi-Open Floor Concept
73
74		![Semi-Open Floor
75		Concept](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220210-leaving-office-based-work-in-the-past/semi_open_office.png)
	67	** Semi-Open Floor Concept
	68	#+caption: Semi-Open Floor Concept
	69	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220210-leaving-office-based-work-in-the-past/semi_open_office.png]]
76	70
77	71	When I shifted to my first full-time internal audit job out of college,
78	72	I was working at a company that was headquartered on a floor in a
		@@ -80,8 +74,8 @@ downtown high-rise building. The company was only about 20 years old
80	74	when I worked there and were trying a lot of new things to attract young
81	75	talent, one of which was a semi-open floor concept for the office. My
82	76	department worked just around the hallway corner from the executive
83		offices and used that "modern" layout young tech companies started
84		using in the 2000s/2010s.
	77	offices and used that "modern" layout young tech companies started using
	78	in the 2000s/2010s.
85	79
86	80	Each desk was brief, and you could look most coworkers in the face
87	81	without moving from your chair, I hated this so much. Directly to my
		@@ -97,17 +91,15 @@ conversation would be constant throughout the day while you try to work.
97	91	For someone like me, who needs silence to get work done, that was a
98	92	non-starter.
99	93
100		### Hotel Office Concept
101
102		![Hotel Office
103		Concept](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220210-leaving-office-based-work-in-the-past/hotel_desks.png)
	94	** Hotel Office Concept
	95	#+caption: Hotel Office Concept
	96	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220210-leaving-office-based-work-in-the-past/hotel_desks.png]]
104	97
105	98	I currently work for a company remotely (for now) and travel to the
106	99	office every once in a while for events and to help coach the staff
107	100	underneath me. The office I visit uses the hotel desk concept, where you
108		need to check in at a touch screen when you enter the office and
109		"rent" a desk for the day. The same goes for offices and meeting
110		rooms.
	101	need to check in at a touch screen when you enter the office and "rent"
	102	a desk for the day. The same goes for offices and meeting rooms.
111	103
112	104	These desks are flat-top only and do not have any walls at all. In
113	105	addition, they're stacked with one row of 4 desks facing another row of
		@@ -125,10 +117,9 @@ Luckily, you can rent offices with doors that offer quiet and privacy,
125	117	which can be very nice if you have a lot of meetings or webinars on a
126	118	certain day.
127	119
128		## Home Office
129
130		![Home
131		Office](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220210-leaving-office-based-work-in-the-past/home_office.png)
	120	* Home Office
	121	#+caption: Home Office
	122	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220210-leaving-office-based-work-in-the-past/home_office.png]]
132	123
133	124	Okay, now let's finally get to the home office concept. I have worked
134	125	from home for a little over two years at this point, across three
		@@ -140,11 +131,13 @@ These things might not apply to you, and that's fine. Everyone has a
140	131	different situation, and I really don't think you'll know what works
141	132	until you try.
142	133
143		### Tip #1
144
	134	** Tip #1
145	135	Let's start with my top rule for a home office:
146	136
147		> If you live with others, working in a shared space is not effective.
	137	#+begin_quote
	138	If you live with others, working in a shared space is not effective.
	139
	140	#+end_quote
148	141
149	142	It just does not work. If you have another person sleeping in your
150	143	bedroom, it is difficult to manage your work schedule with their
		@@ -157,12 +150,14 @@ likely won't work either. Distractions will come far more frequently:
157	150	televisions, cooking, cleaning, deliveries, etc. If you're like me,
158	151	you'll end up playing a game instead of actually doing any work.
159	152
160		### Tip #2
161
	153	** Tip #2
162	154	Okay, the second thing I've discovered that works for me:
163	155
164		> Use the pomodoro method (or something similar) to balance work tasks
165		> with personal tasks.
	156	#+begin_quote
	157	Use the pomodoro method (or something similar) to balance work tasks
	158	with personal tasks.
	159
	160	#+end_quote
166	161
167	162	I use a very casual version of the pomodoro method where I will work for
168	163	1-2 hours (usually set in strict intervals like 1, 1.5, 2 hours) and
		@@ -176,13 +171,15 @@ clothes in the washer, get the mail, etc. If you're in a convenient
176	171	location, this usually gives time for things like getting groceries (as
177	172	long as you're not a slow shopper).
178	173
179		### Tip #3
180
	174	** Tip #3
181	175	While I listed this one as number three, I don't think I'd accomplish
182	176	anything without it:
183	177
184		> Document everything: even things you didn't before - such as task
185		> lists and notes from casual calls or meetings.
	178	#+begin_quote
	179	Document everything: even things you didn't before - such as task lists
	180	and notes from casual calls or meetings.
	181
	182	#+end_quote
186	183
187	184	I've noticed that staying in an office gave me more constant reminders
188	185	of outstanding tasks or facts I had learned in a conversation.
		@@ -196,11 +193,13 @@ has improved my retention immensely. Beyond helping my mental
196	193	recollection, it has saved me numerous times when I need to do a keyword
197	194	search for some topic that was discussed 6+ months ago.
198	195
199		### Tip #4
200
	196	** Tip #4
201	197	Okay, last one for now.
202	198
203		> Keep your work area clean.
	199	#+begin_quote
	200	Keep your work area clean.
	201
	202	#+end_quote
204	203
205	204	This one is straightforward, but I know some people struggle with
206	205	cleanliness or may not believe it makes a difference. Trust me, keeping
		@@ -211,8 +210,8 @@ Just think about it, you walk into your home office and see a clean desk
211	210	with a laptop, dock, monitors, keyboard, mouse, and a notepad with a pen
212	211	on top.
213	212
214		Now imagine the opposite, there's an office with the same equipment,
215		but there are clothes hanging on the chair, empty drink bottles, candy
	213	Now imagine the opposite, there's an office with the same equipment, but
	214	there are clothes hanging on the chair, empty drink bottles, candy
216	215	wrappers and dirty plates. This can take both a mental and emotional
217	216	toll by bringing constant disarray and stress into your working
218	217	environment.
		@@ -220,12 +219,11 @@ environment.
220	219	Just keep things clean each day, and you won't need to do any big
221	220	cleaning days to recover.
222	221
223		## My Preferences
224
	222	* My Preferences
225	223	I've talked about the different environments I've worked in and
226	224	expressed some honest thoughts on pros or cons to each, but what do I
227		prefer? Well, if you're reading along, you should be able to tell that
228		I much prefer a home office above all else.
	225	prefer? Well, if you're reading along, you should be able to tell that I
	226	much prefer a home office above all else.
229	227
230	228	Being able to control my own day and allot my time as needed has brought
231	229	a calmness to my life and has allowed me to maximize each day. I feel
		@@ -238,5 +236,5 @@ my work done.
238	236
239	237	Cubicles are good! I agree with Alice (from the comic Dilbert):
240	238
241		![Dilbert comic
242		strip](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220210-leaving-office-based-work-in-the-past/dilbert_120109.png)
	239	#+caption: Dilbert comic strip
	240	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220210-leaving-office-based-work-in-the-past/dilbert_120109.png]]

blog/linux-display-manager/index.org added +72

		@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
	1	#+title: How to Disable or Change the Display Manager on Void Linux
	2	#+date: 2022-10-30
	3	#+description: Learn how to remove or modify the display manager on Void Linux.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
	5
	6	* Display Manager Services
	7	In order to change the
	8	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Display_manager][display manager]] on
	9	Void Linux - or any other Linux distro - you need to identify the
	10	currently enabled display manager.
	11
	12	** Disabling the Current Display Manager
	13	Void Linux only has one ISO available for download with a pre-built
	14	display manager at the time of this post: the XFCE ISO. If you've
	15	installed this version, the pre-assigned display manager is =lxdm=. If
	16	you installed another display manager, replace =lxdm= in the following
	17	command with the display manager you have installed.
	18
	19	To disable =lxdm=, simply remove the service symlink:
	20
	21	#+begin_src sh
	22	sudo rm /var/service/lxdm
	23	#+end_src
	24
	25	** Enabling a New Display Manager
	26	If you want to enable a new display manager, you can do so after =lxdm=
	27	is disabled. Make sure to replace =<new_display_manager>= with your new
	28	DM, such as =gdm=, =xdm=, etc.
	29
	30	#+begin_src sh
	31	sudo ln -s /etc/sv/<new_display_manager> /var/service
	32	#+end_src
	33
	34	* Set Up =.xinitrc=
	35	Depending on your setup, you may need to create a few X files, such as
	36	=~/.xinitrc=. For my personal set-up, I created this file to launch the
	37	i3wm as my desktop.
	38
	39	#+begin_src sh
	40	nano ~/.xinitrc
	41	#+end_src
	42
	43	#+begin_src sh
	44	#!/bin/sh
	45
	46	exec i3
	47	#+end_src
	48
	49	If you run a desktop other than i3, simply replace =i3= with the shell
	50	command that launches that desktop.
	51
	52	* Set Up Your Shell Profile
	53	Finally, in order to automatically launch an X session upon login, you
	54	will need to edit the =.bash_profile= (bash) or =.zprofile= (zsh) files
	55	for your shell:
	56
	57	#+begin_src sh
	58	nano ~/.zprofile
	59	#+end_src
	60
	61	Add the following snippet to the end of the shell profile file. This
	62	will execute the =startx= command upon login.
	63
	64	#+begin_src sh
	65	if [ -z "${DISPLAY}" ] && [ "${XDG_VTNR}" -eq 1 ]; then
	66	exec startx
	67	fi
	68	#+end_src
	69
	70	Alternatively, you can ignore this step and simply choose to manually
	71	execute =startx= upon login. This can be useful if you have issues with
	72	your desktop or like to manually launch different desktops by choice.

content/blog/2020-01-25-linux-software.md → blog/linux-software/index.org renamed +123 −127

		@@ -1,172 +1,169 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2020-01-25
3		title = "Linux Software"
4		description = "A look at some useful Linux applications."
5		+++
6
7		# GUI Applications
8
9		## Etcher
10
11		![Etcher Screenshot](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200125-the-best-linux-software/etcher.png)
12
13		[Etcher](https://www.balena.io/etcher/) is a quick and easy way to burn
14		ISO images to CDs and USB devices. There are two different ways you can
15		install this program. First, you can navigate to the [official
16		website](https://www.balena.io/etcher/) and download the AppImage file,
17		which can run without installation.
	1	#+title: Linux Software
	2	#+date: 2020-01-25
	3	#+description: A look at some useful Linux applications.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
	5
	6	* GUI Applications
	7	** Etcher
	8	#+caption: Etcher Screenshot
	9	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200125-the-best-linux-software/etcher.png]]
	10
	11	[[https://www.balena.io/etcher/][Etcher]] is a quick and easy way to
	12	burn ISO images to CDs and USB devices. There are two different ways you
	13	can install this program. First, you can navigate to the
	14	[[https://www.balena.io/etcher/][official website]] and download the
	15	AppImage file, which can run without installation.
18	16
19	17	However, AppImage files are not executable by default, so you'll either
20	18	need to right-click to open the properties of the file and click the
21		"Allow executing file as program" box in the Permissions tab or use
22		the following command:
	19	"Allow executing file as program" box in the Permissions tab or use the
	20	following command:
23	21
24		```sh
	22	#+begin_src sh
25	23	chmod u+x FILE_NAME
26		```
	24	#+end_src
27	25
28	26	If you don't like AppImage files or just prefer repositories, you can
29		use the following commands to add the author's repository and install
30		it through the command-line only.
	27	use the following commands to add the author's repository and install it
	28	through the command-line only.
31	29
32	30	First, you'll have to echo the repo and write it to a list file:
33	31
34		```sh
	32	#+begin_src sh
35	33	echo "deb https://deb.etcher.io stable etcher" \| sudo tee /etc/apt/sources.list.d/balena-etcher.list
36		```
	34	#+end_src
37	35
38	36	Next, add the application keys to Ubuntu's keyring:
39	37
40		```sh
	38	#+begin_src sh
41	39	sudo apt-key adv --keyserver keyserver.ubuntu.com --recv-keys 379CE192D401AB61
42		```
	40	#+end_src
43	41
44	42	Finally, update the repositories and install the app.
45	43
46		```sh
	44	#+begin_src sh
47	45	sudo apt update && sudo apt install balena-etcher-electron
48		```
	46	#+end_src
49	47
50	48	Using Arch, Manjaro, or another distro using the AUR? Use this command
51	49	instead:
52	50
53		```sh
	51	#+begin_src sh
54	52	sudo pacman -S etcher
55		```
56
57		## Atom
	53	#+end_src
58	54
59		![Atom Screenshot](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200125-the-best-linux-software/atom.png)
	55	** Atom
	56	#+caption: Atom Screenshot
	57	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200125-the-best-linux-software/atom.png]]
60	58
61		[Atom](https://atom.io) is the self-proclaimed "hackable text editor
62		for the 21st century". This text editor is made by GitHub, [now owned
63		by
64		Microsoft](https://news.microsoft.com/2018/06/04/microsoft-to-acquire-github-for-7-5-billion/),
65		and has some of the best add-ons available to customize the layout and
66		abilities of the app.
	59	[[https://atom.io][Atom]] is the self-proclaimed "hackable text editor
	60	for the 21st century". This text editor is made by GitHub,
	61	[[https://news.microsoft.com/2018/06/04/microsoft-to-acquire-github-for-7-5-billion/][now
	62	owned by Microsoft]], and has some of the best add-ons available to
	63	customize the layout and abilities of the app.
67	64
68	65	First, add the Atom repository to your sources.
69	66
70		```sh
	67	#+begin_src sh
71	68	sudo add-apt-repository ppa:webupd8team/atom
72		```
	69	#+end_src
73	70
74	71	Next, update your package listings and install atom.
75	72
76		```sh
	73	#+begin_src sh
77	74	sudo apt update && sudo apt install atom
78		```
	75	#+end_src
79	76
80	77	If you have issues updating your packages with the Atom repository,
81	78	you'll need to use the snap package described below instead of the
82	79	repository. To remove the repository we just added, use this command:
83	80
84		```sh
	81	#+begin_src sh
85	82	sudo add-apt-repository -r ppa:webupd8team/atom
86		```
	83	#+end_src
87	84
88	85	You can also install Atom as a snap package, but it must be installed
89		with the `--classic` flag. A [full explanation is
90		available](https://language-bash.com/blog/how-to-snap-introducing-classic-confinement)
91		if you'd like to read more about why you need the classic flag.
	86	with the =--classic= flag. A
	87	[[https://language-bash.com/blog/how-to-snap-introducing-classic-confinement][full
	88	explanation is available]] if you'd like to read more about why you need
	89	the classic flag.
92	90
93		```sh
	91	#+begin_src sh
94	92	snap install atom --classic
95		```
	93	#+end_src
96	94
97	95	Using Arch, Manjaro, or another distro using the AUR? Use this command
98	96	instead:
99	97
100		```sh
	98	#+begin_src sh
101	99	sudo pacman -S atom
102		```
103
104		---
	100	#+end_src
105	101
106		## Visual Studio Code
	102	** Visual Studio Code
	103	#+caption: Visual Studio Code Code
	104	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200125-the-best-linux-software/vscode.png]]
107	105
108		![Visual Studio Code Code](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200125-the-best-linux-software/vscode.png)
109
110		[Visual Studio Code](https://code.visualstudio.com) is yet another
	106	[[https://code.visualstudio.com][Visual Studio Code]] is yet another
111	107	fantastic choice for programming on Linux, especially if you need those
112	108	extra add-ons to spice up your late-night coding sessions. The theme
113	109	used in the screenshot is
114		[Mars](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=EliverLara.mars)
115		by theme creator [Eliver Lara](https://github.com/EliverLara), who makes
116		a ton of great themes for VS Code, Atom, and various Linux desktop
	110	[[https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=EliverLara.mars][Mars]]
	111	by theme creator [[https://github.com/EliverLara][Eliver Lara]], who
	112	makes a ton of great themes for VS Code, Atom, and various Linux desktop
117	113	environments.
118	114
119		To install VS Code, you'll need to download the `.deb` file from the
	115	To install VS Code, you'll need to download the =.deb= file from the
120	116	official website. Once you've downloaded the file, either double-click
121	117	it to install through the Software Center or run the following command:
122	118
123		```sh
	119	#+begin_src sh
124	120	sudo dpkg -i FILE_NAME.deb
125		```
	121	#+end_src
126	122
127	123	You can also install VS Code as a snap package, but it must be installed
128		with the `--classic` flag. A [full explanation is
129		available](https://language-bash.com/blog/how-to-snap-introducing-classic-confinement)
130		if you'd like to read more about why you need the classic flag.
	124	with the =--classic= flag. A
	125	[[https://language-bash.com/blog/how-to-snap-introducing-classic-confinement][full
	126	explanation is available]] if you'd like to read more about why you need
	127	the classic flag.
131	128
132		```sh
	129	#+begin_src sh
133	130	snap install code --classic
134		```
	131	#+end_src
135	132
136	133	Using Arch, Manjaro, or another distro using the AUR? Use these commands
137	134	instead:
138	135
139		```sh
	136	#+begin_src sh
140	137	sudo pacman -S yay binutils make gcc pkg-config fakeroot yay -S visual-studio-code-bin
141		```
142
143		## GNOME Tweaks
	138	#+end_src
144	139
145		![Gnome Tweaks Screenshot](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200125-the-best-linux-software/gnome-tweaks.png)
	140	** GNOME Tweaks
	141	#+caption: Gnome Tweaks Screenshot
	142	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200125-the-best-linux-software/gnome-tweaks.png]]
146	143
147		[Gnome Tweaks](https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-tweaks) is the
	144	[[https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-tweaks][Gnome Tweaks]] is the
148	145	ultimate tool to use if you want to customize your GNOME desktop
149	146	environment. This is how you can switch application themes (GTK), shell
150	147	themes, icons, fonts, and more. To install GNOME Tweaks on Ubuntu, you
151	148	just need to install the official package.
152	149
153		```sh
	150	#+begin_src sh
154	151	sudo apt install gnome-tweaks
155		```
	152	#+end_src
156	153
157	154	If you've installed Manjaro or Arch with Gnome, you should have the
158		tweak tool pre-installed. If you're on Fedora, this tool is available
159		as an official package:
	155	tweak tool pre-installed. If you're on Fedora, this tool is available as
	156	an official package:
160	157
161		```sh
	158	#+begin_src sh
162	159	sudo dnf install gnome-tweaks
163		```
164
165		## Steam
	160	#+end_src
166	161
167		![Steam Screenshot](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200125-the-best-linux-software/steam.png)
	162	** Steam
	163	#+caption: Steam Screenshot
	164	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200125-the-best-linux-software/steam.png]]
168	165
169		[Steam](https://steampowered.com) is one of the most popular gaming
	166	[[https://steampowered.com][Steam]] is one of the most popular gaming
170	167	libraries for computers and is one of the main reasons that many people
171	168	have been able to switch to Linux in recent years, thanks to Steam
172	169	Proton, which makes it easier to play games not officially created for
		@@ -175,21 +172,21 @@ Linux platforms.
175	172	To install Steam on Ubuntu, you just need to install the official
176	173	package.
177	174
178		```sh
	175	#+begin_src sh
179	176	sudo apt install steam-installer
180		```
	177	#+end_src
181	178
182		For Arch-based systems, you'll simply need to install the
183		`steam` package. However, this requires that you enable the
184		`multilib` source. To do so, use the following command:
	179	For Arch-based systems, you'll simply need to install the =steam=
	180	package. However, this requires that you enable the =multilib= source.
	181	To do so, use the following command:
185	182
186		```sh
	183	#+begin_src sh
187	184	sudo nano /etc/pacman.conf
188		```
	185	#+end_src
189	186
190		Now, scroll down and uncomment the `multilib` section.
	187	Now, scroll down and uncomment the =multilib= section.
191	188
192		```config
	189	#+begin_src config
193	190	# Before:
194	191	#[multilib]
195	192	#Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
		@@ -197,24 +194,23 @@ Now, scroll down and uncomment the `multilib` section.
197	194	# After:
198	195	[multilib]
199	196	Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
200		```
	197	#+end_src
201	198
202	199	Finally, install the program:
203	200
204		```sh
	201	#+begin_src sh
205	202	sudo pacman -S steam
206		```
	203	#+end_src
207	204
208		[Problem Launching Steam Games? Click
209		Here.](./2020-01-26-steam-on-ntfs-drives.html)
	205	[[./2020-01-26-steam-on-ntfs-drives.html][Problem Launching Steam Games?
	206	Click Here.]]
210	207
211		# Command-Line Packages
	208	* Command-Line Packages
	209	** neofetch
	210	#+caption: Neofetch Screenshot
	211	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200125-the-best-linux-software/neofetch.png]]
212	212
213		## neofetch
214
215		![Neofetch Screenshot](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200125-the-best-linux-software/neofetch.png)
216
217		[Neofetch](https://github.com/dylanaraps/neofetch) is a customizable
	213	[[https://github.com/dylanaraps/neofetch][Neofetch]] is a customizable
218	214	tool used in the command-line to show system information. This is
219	215	exceptionally useful if you want to see your system's information
220	216	quickly without the clutter of some resource-heavy GUI apps.
		@@ -222,54 +218,54 @@ quickly without the clutter of some resource-heavy GUI apps.
222	218	This is an official package if you're running Ubuntu 17.04 or later, so
223	219	simply use the following command:
224	220
225		```sh
	221	#+begin_src sh
226	222	sudo apt install neofetch
227		```
	223	#+end_src
228	224
229	225	If you're running Ubuntu 16.10 or earlier, you'll have to use a series
230	226	of commands:
231	227
232		```sh
	228	#+begin_src sh
233	229	sudo add-apt-repository ppa:dawidd0811/neofetch; sudo apt update; sudo apt install neofetch
234		```
	230	#+end_src
235	231
236	232	Using Arch, Manjaro, or another distro using the AUR? Use this command
237	233	instead:
238	234
239		```sh
	235	#+begin_src sh
240	236	sudo pacman -S neofetch
241		```
242
243		## yt-dlp
	237	#+end_src
244	238
245		![yt-dlp Screenshot](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200125-the-best-linux-software/yt-dlp.png)
	239	** yt-dlp
	240	#+caption: yt-dlp Screenshot
	241	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200125-the-best-linux-software/yt-dlp.png]]
246	242
247		[yt-dlp](https://github.com/yt-dlp/yt-dlp) is an extremely handy
	243	[[https://github.com/yt-dlp/yt-dlp][yt-dlp]] is an extremely handy
248	244	command-line tool that allows you to download video or audio files from
249	245	various websites, such as YouTube. There are a ton of different options
250		when running this package, so be sure to run `yt-dlp --help` first to
	246	when running this package, so be sure to run =yt-dlp --help= first to
251	247	look through everything you can do (or give up and search for the best
252	248	config online).
253	249
254		While this shouldn't be a problem for most users, yt-dlp requires
255		Python 2.6, 2.7, or 3.2+ to work correctly, so install Python if you
256		don't have it already. You can check to see if you have Python
257		installed by running:
	250	While this shouldn't be a problem for most users, yt-dlp requires Python
	251	2.6, 2.7, or 3.2+ to work correctly, so install Python if you don't have
	252	it already. You can check to see if you have Python installed by
	253	running:
258	254
259		```sh
	255	#+begin_src sh
260	256	python -V
261		```
	257	#+end_src
262	258
263	259	To get the youtube-dl package, simply curl the URL and output the
264	260	results.
265	261
266		```sh
	262	#+begin_src sh
267	263	sudo curl -L https://github.com/yt-dlp/yt-dlp/releases/latest/download/yt-dlp -o /usr/local/bin/yt-dlp
268		```
	264	#+end_src
269	265
270	266	Finally, make the file executable so that it can be run from the
271	267	command-line.
272	268
273		```sh
	269	#+begin_src sh
274	270	sudo chmod a+rx /usr/local/bin/yt-dlp
275		```
	271	#+end_src

blog/local-llm/index.org added +108

		@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
	1	#+title: Running Local LLMs on macOS and iOS
	2	#+date: 2024-01-13
	3	#+description: Finding some useful applications for running local LLMs on macOS and iOS.
	4	#+filetags: :apple:
	5
	6	* Requirements
	7	I've recently started playing with large language models (LLMs), mostly
	8	in the popular chatbot form, as part of my job and have decided to see
	9	if there's a consistent and reliable way to interact with these models
	10	on Apple devices without sacrificing privacy or requiring in-depth
	11	technical setup.
	12
	13	My requirements for this test:
	14
	15	- Open source platform
	16	- On-device model files
	17	- Minimal required configuration
	18	- Preferably pre-built, but a simple build process is acceptable
	19
	20	I tested a handful of apps and have summarized my favorite (so far) for
	21	macOS and iOS below.
	22
	23	#+begin_quote
	24	TL;DR - Here are the two that met my requirements and I have found the
	25	easiest to install and use so far:
	26
	27	#+end_quote
	28
	29	- macOS: [[https://ollama.ai/][Ollama]]
	30	- iOS : [[https://llmfarm.site/][LLM Farm]]
	31
	32	* macOS
	33	[[https://ollama.ai/][Ollama]] is a simple Go application for macOS and
	34	Linux that can run various LLMs locally.
	35
	36	For macOS, you can download the pplication on the
	37	[[https://ollama.ai/download/mac][Ollama download page]] and install it
	38	by unzipping the =Ollama.app= file and moving it to the =Applications=
	39	folder.
	40
	41	If you prefer the command line, you can run these commands after the
	42	download finished:
	43
	44	#+begin_src sh
	45	cd ~/Downloads && \
	46	unzip Ollama-darwin.zip && \
	47	mv ~/Downloads/Ollama.app /Applications/
	48	#+end_src
	49
	50	After running the app, the app will ask you to open a terminal and run
	51	the default =llama2= model, which will open an interactive chat session
	52	in the terminal. You can startfully using the application at this point.
	53
	54	#+caption: Ollama
	55	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240113-local-llm/ollama.png]]
	56
	57	If you don't want to use the default =llama2= model, you can download
	58	and run additional models found on the
	59	[[https://ollama.ai/library][Models]] page.
	60
	61	To see the information for the currently-used model, you can run the
	62	=/show info= command in the chat.
	63
	64	#+caption: Model Info
	65	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240113-local-llm/ollama_info.png]]
	66
	67	** Community Integrations
	68	I highly recommend browsing the
	69	[[https://github.com/jmorganca/ollama#community-integrations][Community
	70	Integrations]] section of the project to see how you would prefer to
	71	extend Ollama beyond a simple command-line interface. There are options
	72	for APIs, browser UIs, advanced terminal configurations, and more.
	73
	74	#+caption: Ollama SwiftUI
	75	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240113-local-llm/ollama-swiftui.png]]
	76
	77	* iOS
	78	While there are a handful of decent macOS options, it was quite
	79	difficult to find an iOS app that offered an open source platform
	80	without an extensive configuration and building process. I found LLM
	81	Farm to be decent enough in quality to sit at the top of my list -
	82	however, it's definitely not user friendly enough for me to consider
	83	using it on a daily basis.
	84
	85	[[https://llmfarm.site/][LLM Farm]] is available on TestFlight, so
	86	there's no manual build process required. However, you can view the
	87	[[https://github.com/guinmoon/LLMFarm][LLMFarm repository]] if you wish.
	88
	89	The caveat is that you will have to manually download the model files
	90	from the links in the
	91	[[https://github.com/guinmoon/LLMFarm/blob/main/models.md][models.md]]
	92	file to your iPhone to use the app - there's currently no option in the
	93	app to reach out and grab the latest version of any supported model.
	94
	95	Once you have a file downloaded, you simply create a new chat and select
	96	the downloaded model file and ensure the inference matches the
	97	requirement in the =models.md= file.
	98
	99	See below for a test of the ORCA Mini v3 model:
	100
	101	\| Chat List \| Chat \|
	102	\|------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------\|
	103	\| [[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240113-local-llm/llm_farm_chats.png]] \| [[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240113-local-llm/llm_farm.png]] \|
	104
	105	[[https://github.com/AugustDev/enchanted][Enchanted]] is also an iOS for
	106	private AI models, but it requires a public-facing Ollama API, which did
	107	not meet my "on device requirement." Nonetheless, it's an interesting
	108	looking app and I will likely set it up to test soon.

blog/macos-customization/index.org added +170

		@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
	1	#+title: Customizing macOS
	2	#+date: 2024-01-09
	3	#+description: Learn how to customize macOS beyond the standard, built-in options provided by Apple.
	4	#+filetags: :apple:
	5
	6	I have been using macOS more than Linux lately, so I wrote this post to
	7	describe some simple options to customize macOS beyond the normal
	8	built-in settings menu.
	9
	10	While not all-encompassing, the options below should be a good start for
	11	anyone looking to dive down the rabbit hole.
	12
	13	* Basics
	14	** Package Management
	15	To install a lot of software on macOS, you will need
	16	[[https://brew.sh/][Homebrew]]. You can use their installation script to
	17	get started. Simply open the =Terminal= application and paste the
	18	following snippet:
	19
	20	#+begin_src sh
	21	/bin/bash -c "$(curl -fsSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/Homebrew/install/HEAD/install.sh)"
	22	#+end_src
	23
	24	This will allow you to easily install and manage applications and other
	25	software easily through the =brew= command.
	26
	27	** Terminal
	28	If you're serious about customizing your macOS system, I highly
	29	recommend installing a terminal emulator that you like and if you're not
	30	comfortable on the command line yet, start learning. A lot of
	31	customization options require you to edit hidden files, which is easiest
	32	in a terminal.
	33
	34	There are options like iTerm2, Kitty, Alacritty, Hyper, Warp, or the
	35	built-in Terminal app.
	36
	37	I use [[https://iterm2.com/][iTerm2]], which can be installed with
	38	Homebrew:
	39
	40	#+begin_src sh
	41	brew install iterm2
	42	#+end_src
	43
	44	#+caption: iTerm2
	45	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240109-macos-customization/iterm2.png]]
	46
	47	To install color schemes, such as the Dracula scheme shown in the
	48	screenshot above, you visit [[https://iterm2colorschemes.com/][iTerm
	49	Themes]] and follow their installation instructions to install any of
	50	the themes.
	51
	52	* Desktop
	53	** Window Management
	54	[[https://github.com/koekeishiya/yabai][yabai]] is a tiling window
	55	manager for macOS. While other window managers exist, I found that most
	56	of them struggled to create logical layouts and to allow me to easily
	57	move windows around the screen.
	58
	59	Some advanced settings for yabai are only available if partially disable
	60	System Integrity Protection (SIP). However, I chose not to do this and
	61	it hasn't affected my basic usage of yabai at all.
	62
	63	Refer to the
	64	[[https://github.com/koekeishiya/yabai/wiki/Installing-yabai-(latest-release)][yabai
	65	wiki]] for installation instructions. You will need to ensure that yabai
	66	is allowed to access the accessibility and screen recording APIs.
	67
	68	You can see a basic three-pane layout atuomatically configured by yabai
	69	for me as I opened the windows below.
	70
	71	#+caption: yabai window manager
	72	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240109-macos-customization/yabai.png]]
	73
	74	** Keyboard Shortcuts
	75	[[https://github.com/koekeishiya/skhd][skhd]] is a simple hotkey daemon
	76	that allows you to define hotkeys in a file for usage on your system.
	77
	78	Installation is simple:
	79
	80	#+begin_src sh
	81	brew install koekeishiya/formulae/skhd
	82	skhd --start-service
	83	#+end_src
	84
	85	After installation, be sure to allow =skhd= access to the accessibility
	86	API in the macOS privacy settings.
	87
	88	You can configure your hotkeys in the =~/.config/skhd/skhdrc= file:
	89
	90	#+begin_src sh
	91	nano ~/.config/skhd/skhdrc
	92	#+end_src
	93
	94	For example, I have hotkeys to open my browser and terminal:
	95
	96	#+begin_src conf
	97	# Terminal
	98	cmd - return : /Applications/iTerm.app/Contents/MacOS/iTerm2
	99
	100	# Browser
	101	cmd + shift - return : /Applications/LibreWolf.app/Contents/MacOS/librewolf
	102	#+end_src
	103
	104	** Widgets
	105	[[https://github.com/felixhageloh/uebersicht/][uebersicht]] is a handy
	106	desktop-based widget tool with a plethora of community-made widgets
	107	available in the [[https://tracesof.net/uebersicht-widgets/][widgets
	108	gallery]]. You can also write your own widgets with this tool.
	109
	110	To install, simply download the latest release from the
	111	[[https://tracesof.net/uebersicht/][uebersicht website]] and copy it to
	112	the Applications folder.
	113
	114	See below for an example of the
	115	[[https://tracesof.net/uebersicht-widgets/#Mond][Mond]] widget in
	116	action.
	117
	118	#+caption: uebersicht desktop widgets
	119	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240109-macos-customization/uebersicht.png]]
	120
	121	** Status Bar
	122	[[https://github.com/FelixKratz/SketchyBar][SketchyBar]] is a
	123	customizable replacement for the macOS status or menu bar.
	124
	125	You can browse a discussion where various users shared their
	126	[[https://github.com/FelixKratz/SketchyBar/discussions/47?sort=top][configurations]]
	127	for inspiration or to copy their dotfiles.
	128
	129	See below for a quick (& slightly broken) copy of
	130	[[https://github.com/zer0yu/dotfiles][zer0yu's]] SketchyBar
	131	configuration.
	132
	133	#+caption: SketchyBar
	134	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240109-macos-customization/sketchybar.png]]
	135
	136	** Dock
	137	The easiest way to customize the dock is to install
	138	[[https://ubarapp.com/][uBar]], which uses a Windows-like menu bar as
	139	the default style.
	140
	141	However, the built-in macOS dock cannot be disabled and can only be set
	142	to "always hidden". This can be annoying as it will pop out any time
	143	your mouse cursor passes closely to the dock edge of the screen. Because
	144	of this, I simply use the built-in dock instead of customizing it with
	145	third-party software.
	146
	147	Regardless, see below for the default installation style of uBar.
	148
	149	#+caption: uBar
	150	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240109-macos-customization/ubar.png]]
	151
	152	** Application Icons
	153	You can also customize the icon of any application in macOS, which will
	154	show up in Finder, the Dock, Launchpad, search results, etc. I recommend
	155	using [[https://macosicons.com/][macOSicons]] to download icons you
	156	want, and then apply them by following this process.
	157
	158	1. Open the Finder application.
	159	2. Navigate to the =Applications= folder.
	160	3. Right-click an application of your choice, and select =Get Info=.
	161	4. Drag the image you downloaded on top of the application's icon at the
	162	top of information window (you will see a green "plus" symbol when
	163	you're hovering over it).
	164	5. Release the new icon on top of the old icon and it will update!
	165
	166	You can see an example of me dragging a new =signal.icns= file onto my
	167	Signal.app information window to update it below:
	168
	169	#+caption: replace macOS icons
	170	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240109-macos-customization/replace_icon.png]]

content/blog/2021-02-19-macos.md → blog/macos/index.org renamed +83 −97

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2021-02-19
3		title = "macOS: Testing Out A New OS"
4		description = "A retrospective on my migration from Linux to macOS."
5		+++
6
7		## Diving into macOS
	1	#+title: macOS: Testing Out A New OS
	2	#+date: 2021-02-19
	3	#+description: A retrospective on my migration from Linux to macOS.
	4	#+filetags: :apple:
8	5
	6	* Diving into macOS
9	7	After spending nearly 15 years working with Windows and 8 years on
10	8	Linux, I have experienced macOS for the first time. By chance, my spouse
11	9	happened to buy a new MacBook and gifted me their 2013 model. Of course,
		@@ -14,22 +12,21 @@ around for gaming needs, but over the past week I've found myself using
14	12	the MacBook more and more for things that don't require gaming specs or
15	13	advanced dev tools.
16	14
17		## Initial Thoughts
18
	15	* Initial Thoughts
19	16	Before I move on to the technical aspects of my set-up, I want to take
20	17	some time and express my thoughts on the overall OS.
21	18
22		![macOS
23		Desktop](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210219-macos-testing-out-a-new-os/macos-desktop.png)
	19	#+caption: macOS Desktop
	20	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210219-macos-testing-out-a-new-os/macos-desktop.png]]
24	21
25	22	As expected, the initial computer setup is a breeze with Mac's guided
26	23	GUI installer.
27	24
28	25	The desktop itself reminds me of GNOME more than anything else I've
29		seen: even Pantheon from [ElementaryOS](https://elementary.io/), which
	26	seen: even Pantheon from [[https://elementary.io/][ElementaryOS]], which
30	27	people commonly refer to as the closest Linux distro to macOS. The
31	28	desktop toolbar is great and far surpasses the utility of the GNOME
32		toolbar due to the fact that the extensions and icons actually work. I
	29	toolbar due to the fact that the extensions and icons /actually work/. I
33	30	launch macOS and immediately see my shortcuts for Tresorit, Bitwarden,
34	31	and Mullvad pop up as the computer loads.
35	32
		@@ -41,7 +38,7 @@ can't stand items taking up precious screen space if I'm not currently
41	38	using them. On that same note, it's taking me some time to get use to
42	39	the fact that I have to manually quit an app or else it will still stay
43	40	open/active in the dock, even if I've closed out all windows for that
44		app (e.g. Firefox).
	41	app (e.g. Firefox).
45	42
46	43	Overall, I'm having a lot of fun and for users who spend a large
47	44	majority of their time performing basic tasks like web browsing,
		@@ -51,8 +48,7 @@ The rest of this post explains the technicalities of how I set up my CLI
51	48	environment to make me feel more at-home, similar to the environments I
52	49	set up on Fedora, Ubuntu, etc.
53	50
54		## Making it Feel Like Home
55
	51	* Making it Feel Like Home
56	52	If you're someone who uses Linux primarily, no doubt your first thought
57	53	when booting macOS will be the same as mine was: "Where is the terminal
58	54	and how do I set up my favorite utilities?"
		@@ -60,155 +56,145 @@ and how do I set up my favorite utilities?"
60	56	Luckily, macOS hasn't completely hidden away the development tools from
61	57	the average user. You can easily find the Terminal app in the Launchpad
62	58	area, but it's probably not what you're used to. I was surprised (and
63		happy) to see that the default shell is `zsh`, the shell I
64		use on all of my Linux distros. However, the commands are not the same -
65		even the ones you may think are native to the shell. Commands like
66		`dir` do not exist, so other native commands like
67		`ls -la` or `pwd` are more useful here.
	59	happy) to see that the default shell is =zsh=, the shell I use on all of
	60	my Linux distros. However, the commands are not the same - even the ones
	61	you may think are native to the shell. Commands like =dir= do not exist,
	62	so other native commands like =ls -la= or =pwd= are more useful here.
68	63
69	64	With only a few minutes of installing and tweaking a few packages, I was
70	65	able to recreate a terminal environment that I feel very comfortable
71	66	using. See the image below for a preview of the iTerm2 app with a split
72	67	view between my macOS desktop shell and an SSH session into my server.
73	68
74		![iTerm2](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210219-macos-testing-out-a-new-os/iterm2.png)
75
76		## Xcode
	69	#+caption: iTerm2
	70	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210219-macos-testing-out-a-new-os/iterm2.png]]
77	71
78		My first step was to search the web for any hints on how to get
79		`zsh` back up to the state I like, with extensions, themes,
80		etc. My first step was to install the CLI tools for
81		[Xcode](https://developer.apple.com/xcode/), Apple's suite of
	72	* Xcode
	73	My first step was to search the web for any hints on how to get =zsh=
	74	back up to the state I like, with extensions, themes, etc. My first step
	75	was to install the CLI tools for
	76	[[https://developer.apple.com/xcode/][Xcode]], Apple's suite of
82	77	development tools.
83	78
84		```sh
	79	#+begin_src sh
85	80	sudo xcode-select -r
86		```
	81	#+end_src
87	82
88		```sh
	83	#+begin_src sh
89	84	sudo xcode-select --install
90		```
	85	#+end_src
91	86
92		## Homebrew
93
94		Next up is to install [Homebrew](https://brew.sh), a nifty package
	87	* Homebrew
	88	Next up is to install [[https://brew.sh][Homebrew]], a nifty package
95	89	manager for macOS.
96	90
97		```sh
	91	#+begin_src sh
98	92	/bin/bash -c "$(curl -fsSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/Homebrew/install/HEAD/install.sh)"
99		```
	93	#+end_src
100	94
101	95	I ran into a permission error when installing Homebrew:
102	96
103		```sh
	97	#+begin_src sh
104	98	Error: Failed to link all completions, docs and manpages:
105	99	Permission denied @ rb_file_s_symlink - (../../../Homebrew/completions/zsh/_brew, /usr/local/share/zsh/site-functions/_brew)
106	100	Failed during: /usr/local/bin/brew update --force --quiet
107		```
	101	#+end_src
108	102
109	103	I found that the following permission modification worked like a charm.
110	104	However, I noted that some users online discussed the fact that this
111	105	solution may not work if your system has multiple users who use
112	106	Homebrew.
113	107
114		```sh
	108	#+begin_src sh
115	109	sudo chown -R $(whoami) $(brew --prefix)/*
116		```
	110	#+end_src
117	111
118	112	Next up is to ensure Homebrew is updated and cleaned.
119	113
120		```sh
	114	#+begin_src sh
121	115	brew update
122		```
	116	#+end_src
123	117
124		```sh
	118	#+begin_src sh
125	119	brew cleanup
126		```
127
128		## iTerm2
	120	#+end_src
129	121
	122	* iTerm2
130	123	Now that I've installed the basic utilities for development, I moved
131	124	onto installing iTerm2, a much better terminal than the default.
132	125
133		```sh
	126	#+begin_src sh
134	127	brew install --cask iterm2
135		```
	128	#+end_src
136	129
137		I also used the `Make iTerm2 Default Term` and
138		`Install Shell Integration` options in the iTerm2 application
139		menu to make sure I don't run into any issues later on with different
140		terminals.
	130	I also used the =Make iTerm2 Default Term= and
	131	=Install Shell Integration= options in the iTerm2 application menu to
	132	make sure I don't run into any issues later on with different terminals.
141	133
142		We will also install `zsh` so we can use it in iTerm2.
	134	We will also install =zsh= so we can use it in iTerm2.
143	135
144		```sh
	136	#+begin_src sh
145	137	brew install zsh
146		```
147
148		## Oh-My-Zsh
	138	#+end_src
149	139
150		I've shown the great aspects of [Oh My Zsh](https://ohmyz.sh) in other
151		blog posts, so I'll skip over that speech for now. Simply install it
152		and run an update.
	140	* Oh-My-Zsh
	141	I've shown the great aspects of [[https://ohmyz.sh][Oh My Zsh]] in other
	142	blog posts, so I'll skip over that speech for now. Simply install it and
	143	run an update.
153	144
154		```sh
	145	#+begin_src sh
155	146	sh -c "$(curl -fsSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/robbyrussell/oh-my-zsh/master/tools/install.sh)"
156		```
	147	#+end_src
157	148
158		```sh
	149	#+begin_src sh
159	150	omz update
160		```
	151	#+end_src
161	152
162	153	Finally, restart the iTerm2 application to ensure all changes go into
163	154	effect.
164	155
165		## Oh-My-Zsh Themes
166
	156	* Oh-My-Zsh Themes
167	157	Let's change the theme of the terminal to make it a little more
168	158	friendly.
169	159
170		```sh
	160	#+begin_src sh
171	161	open ~/.zshrc
172		```
	162	#+end_src
173	163
174	164	The third section of this file should contain a line like the code
175		below. Change that theme to [any theme you
176		want](https://github.com/ohmyzsh/ohmyzsh/wiki/Themes), save the file,
177		and exit.
	165	below. Change that theme to
	166	[[https://github.com/ohmyzsh/ohmyzsh/wiki/Themes][any theme you want]],
	167	save the file, and exit.
178	168
179		```sh
	169	#+begin_src sh
180	170	ZSH_THEME="af-magic"
181		```
182
183		After changing the `.zshrc` file, you'll need to close your
184		terminal and re-open it to see the changes. Optionally, just open a new
185		tab if you're using iTerm2, and you'll see the new shell config.
	171	#+end_src
186	172
187		## Oh-My-Zsh Plugins
	173	After changing the =.zshrc= file, you'll need to close your terminal and
	174	re-open it to see the changes. Optionally, just open a new tab if you're
	175	using iTerm2, and you'll see the new shell config.
188	176
189		Of course, my customization of `zsh` would not be complete
190		without
191		[zsh-autosuggestions](https://github.com/zsh-users/zsh-autosuggestions).
192		This will bring up commands you've run in the past as you type them.
193		For example, if you've run `ssh user@192.168.1.99` before,
194		the terminal will show this command as soon as you start typing it
195		(e.g. =zsh u=), and you can hit the right arrow to autocomplete the
196		command.
	177	* Oh-My-Zsh Plugins
	178	Of course, my customization of =zsh= would not be complete without
	179	[[https://github.com/zsh-users/zsh-autosuggestions][zsh-autosuggestions]].
	180	This will bring up commands you've run in the past as you type them. For
	181	example, if you've run =ssh user@192.168.1.99= before, the terminal will
	182	show this command as soon as you start typing it (e.g. =zsh u=), and you
	183	can hit the right arrow to autocomplete the command.
197	184
198		```sh
	185	#+begin_src sh
199	186	git clone https://github.com/zsh-users/zsh-autosuggestions ${ZSH_CUSTOM:-~/.oh-my-zsh/custom}/plugins/zsh-autosuggestions
200		```
	187	#+end_src
201	188
202		```sh
	189	#+begin_src sh
203	190	open ~/.zshrc
204		```
	191	#+end_src
205	192
206		```sh
	193	#+begin_src sh
207	194	# Scroll down the script and edit this line to add zsh-autosuggestions
208	195	plugins=(git zsh-autosuggestions)
209		```
	196	#+end_src
210	197
211		Remember: After changing the `.zshrc` file, you'll need to
212		close your terminal and re-open it to see the changes. Optionally, just
213		open a new tab if you're using iTerm2, and you'll see the new shell
214		config.
	198	Remember: After changing the =.zshrc= file, you'll need to close your
	199	terminal and re-open it to see the changes. Optionally, just open a new
	200	tab if you're using iTerm2, and you'll see the new shell config.

content/blog/2023-01-05-mass-unlike-tumblr-posts.md → blog/mass-unlike-tumblr-posts/index.org renamed +34 −41

		@@ -1,18 +1,15 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-01-05
3		title = "How to Easily Mass Unlike Tumblr Posts with Javascript"
4		description = "Learn how to unlike Tumblr posts en masse in the browser."
5		+++
6
7		## The Dilemma
	1	#+title: How to Easily Mass Unlike Tumblr Posts with Javascript
	2	#+date: 2023-01-05
	3	#+description: Learn how to unlike Tumblr posts en masse in the browser.
	4	#+filetags: :dev:
8	5
	6	* The Dilemma
9	7	The dilemma I had was pretty simple: I wanted to unlike all the posts I
10	8	have liked on Tumblr so that I could follow a new focus on blogs and
11	9	start fresh. Otherwise, Tumblr will keep recommending content based on
12	10	your previous likes.
13	11
14		## The Solution
15
	12	* The Solution
16	13	I searched the web for a while and noted that most solutions referenced
17	14	Tumblr setting and dashboard pages that no longer exist. Additionally, I
18	15	did not want to install a third party extension to do this, as some
		@@ -22,13 +19,12 @@ Luckily, I used Javascript for a while a few years ago and figured it
22	19	would be easy enough to script a solution, as long as Tumblr had a
23	20	system for the unlike buttons.
24	21
25		### Identifying Unlike Buttons
26
	22	** Identifying Unlike Buttons
27	23	Tumblr's unlike buttons are structured as you can see in the following
28		code block. All unlike buttons have an `aria-label` with a
29		value of `Unlike`.
	24	code block. All unlike buttons have an =aria-label= with a value of
	25	=Unlike=.
30	26
31		```html
	27	#+begin_src html
32	28	<button class="TRX6J" aria-label="Unlike">
33	29	<span class="EvhBA B1Z5w ztpfZ" tabindex="-1">
34	30	<svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" height="21" width="23"
		@@ -37,56 +33,53 @@ value of `Unlike`.
37	33	</svg>
38	34	</span>
39	35	</button>
40		```
	36	#+end_src
41	37
42		### Running a Script to Unlike All Likes
43
44		To run this script, you will need to load the [Likes \\|
45		Tumblr](https://www.tumblr.com/likes) page while logged in to your
46		account.
	38	** Running a Script to Unlike All Likes
	39	To run this script, you will need to load the
	40	[[https://www.tumblr.com/likes][Likes \| Tumblr]] page while logged in to
	41	your account.
47	42
48	43	Further, be sure to scroll down to the bottom and force Tumblr to load
49	44	more posts so that this script unlikes more posts at a time.
50	45
51	46	Once you are logged in and the page is loaded, open the Developer Tools
52		and be sure you're on the "Console" tab. It should look something
53		like this (this is in Firefox, Chromium should be similar):
	47	and be sure you're on the "Console" tab. It should look something like
	48	this (this is in Firefox, Chromium should be similar):
54	49
55		![Firefox Dev
56		!Tools](https:///img.cleberg.net/blog/20230105-mass-unlike-tumblr-posts/dev_console.png)
	50	#+caption: Firefox Dev !Tools
	51	[[https:///img.cleberg.net/blog/20230105-mass-unlike-tumblr-posts/dev_console.png]]
57	52
58	53	All you need to do is paste the following snippet into the dev console.
59		This code will collect all unlike buttons (`elements`) and
60		then click each button to unlike it.
	54	This code will collect all unlike buttons (=elements=) and then click
	55	each button to unlike it.
61	56
62		Optionally, you can comment-out the line
63		`elements[i].click();` and uncomment the
64		`console.log()` lines to simply print out information without
65		performing any actions. This can be useful to debug issues or confirm
66		that the code below isn't doing anything you don't want it to.
	57	Optionally, you can comment-out the line =elements[i].click();= and
	58	uncomment the =console.log()= lines to simply print out information
	59	without performing any actions. This can be useful to debug issues or
	60	confirm that the code below isn't doing anything you don't want it to.
67	61
68		```javascript
	62	#+begin_src javascript
69	63	const elements = document.querySelectorAll('[aria-label="Unlike"]');
70	64	// console.log(elements); // 👉 [button]
71
	65
72	66	for (let i=0; i < elements.length; i++) {
73	67	// console.log(elements[i]);
74	68	elements[i].click();
75	69	}
76		```
77
78		## Results
	70	#+end_src
79	71
80		The results were quick for my situation, as it unliked \~200 posts
81		within 2-3 seconds. I am not sure how this will perform on larger sets
82		of likes (or if Tumblr has a limit to unliking posts).
	72	* Results
	73	The results were quick for my situation, as it unliked ~200 posts within
	74	2-3 seconds. I am not sure how this will perform on larger sets of likes
	75	(or if Tumblr has a limit to unliking posts).
83	76
84	77	You can see the below screenshot showing that I pasted the snippet into
85	78	the console, pressed Enter, and then the posts are automatically
86	79	unliked.
87	80
88		![Script
89		!Results](https:///img.cleberg.net/blog/20230105-mass-unlike-tumblr-posts/script_results.png)
	81	#+caption: Script !Results
	82	[[https:///img.cleberg.net/blog/20230105-mass-unlike-tumblr-posts/script_results.png]]
90	83
91	84	Thinking about this further, I would bet that this would be fairly
92	85	simple to package into a browser add-on so that users could install the

content/blog/2020-10-12-mediocrity.md → blog/mediocrity/index.org renamed +47 −45

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2020-10-12
3		title = "On the Pursuit of Mediocrity"
4		description = "Musings on mediocrity."
5		+++
6
7		# Perfect is the Enemy of Good
	1	#+title: On the Pursuit of Mediocrity
	2	#+date: 2020-10-12
	3	#+description: Musings on mediocrity.
	4	#+filetags: :personal:
8	5
	6	* Perfect is the Enemy of Good
9	7	As the saying goes, "the best is the enemy of the good." As we strive
10	8	for perfection, we often fail to realize the implications of such an
11	9	undertaking. Attempting to reach perfection is often unrealistic. Even
		@@ -15,36 +13,37 @@ burned the bridges that would have allowed us to reach a lesser yet
15	13	still superb solution.
16	14
17	15	Philosophers throughout history have inspected this plight from many
18		viewpoints. Greek mythology speaks of the [golden
19		mean](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Golden_mean_(philosophy)), which
20		uses the story of Icarus to illustrate that sometimes "the middle
	16	viewpoints. Greek mythology speaks of the
	17	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Golden_mean_(philosophy)][golden mean]],
	18	which uses the story of Icarus to illustrate that sometimes "the middle
21	19	course" is the best solution. In this story, Daedalus, a famous artist
22	20	of his time, built feathered wings for himself and his son so that they
23	21	might escape the clutches of King Minos. Daedalus warns his beloved son
24		whom he loved so much to "fly the middle course", between the sea
25		spray and the sun's heat. Icarus did not heed his father; he flew up
26		and up until the sun melted the wax off his wings. For not heeding the
27		middle course, he fell into the sea and drowned.
28
29		More recently, management scholars have explored the [Pareto
30		principle](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pareto_principle) and found
31		that as we increase the frequency of something, or strive to perform
32		actions to achieve some form of perfection, we run into [diminishing
33		returns](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diminishing_returns).
34
35		Even further, Harold Demsetz is noted as coining the term [the Nirvana
36		fallacy](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nirvana_fallacy) in 1969, which
37		shows the fallacy of comparing actual things with unrealistic, idealized
38		alternatives. This is another trap that we may fall into, where we are
39		constantly thinking of the ultimate solutions to problems, when
40		something more realistic needs to be considered.
	22	whom he loved so much to "fly the middle course", between the sea spray
	23	and the sun's heat. Icarus did not heed his father; he flew up and up
	24	until the sun melted the wax off his wings. For not heeding the middle
	25	course, he fell into the sea and drowned.
	26
	27	More recently, management scholars have explored the
	28	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pareto_principle][Pareto principle]] and
	29	found that as we increase the frequency of something, or strive to
	30	perform actions to achieve some form of perfection, we run into
	31	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diminishing_returns][diminishing
	32	returns]].
	33
	34	Even further, Harold Demsetz is noted as coining the term
	35	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nirvana_fallacy][the Nirvana fallacy]]
	36	in 1969, which shows the fallacy of comparing actual things with
	37	unrealistic, idealized alternatives. This is another trap that we may
	38	fall into, where we are constantly thinking of the ultimate solutions to
	39	problems, when something more realistic needs to be considered.
41	40
42	41	Over and over throughout history, we've found that perfection is often
43	42	unrealistic and unachievable. However, we push ourselves and our peers
44		to "give 100%" or "go the extra mile," while it may be that the
45		better course is to give a valuable level of effort while considering
46		the effects of further effort on the outcome. Working harder does not
47		always help us achieve loftier goals.
	43	to "give 100%" or "go the extra mile," while it may be that the better
	44	course is to give a valuable level of effort while considering the
	45	effects of further effort on the outcome. Working harder does not always
	46	help us achieve loftier goals.
48	47
49	48	This has presented itself to me most recently during my time studying at
50	49	my university. I was anxious and feeling the stresses of my courses,
		@@ -53,8 +52,10 @@ how well I was doing at school and my level of effort at work. One day,
53	52	I happened to be talking to my father when he said something simple that
54	53	hit home:
55	54
56		> All you can do is show up and do your best. Worrying about the
57		> outcomes won't affect the outcome itself.
	55	#+begin_quote
	56	All you can do is show up and do your best. Worrying about the outcomes
	57	won't affect the outcome itself.
	58	#+end_quote
58	59
59	60	The thought was extremely straightforward and uncomplicated, yet it was
60	61	something that I had lost sight of during my stress-filled years at
		@@ -63,8 +64,7 @@ quote every time I get anxious or stressed. It helps to stop and think
63	64	"Can I do anything to affect the outcome, or am I simply worrying over
64	65	something I can't change?"
65	66
66		# When Mediocrity Isn't Enough
67
	67	* When Mediocrity Isn't Enough
68	68	One problem with the philosophies presented in this post is that they
69	69	are implemented far too often in situations where mediocrity simply
70	70	isn't adequate. For example, let's take a look at digital user data,
		@@ -73,21 +73,23 @@ cybersecurity auditor in the United States, I have found that most
73	73	companies are concerned more with compliance than any actual safeguards
74	74	over the privacy or protection of user data. Other than companies who
75	75	have built their reputation on privacy and security, most companies will
76		use [satisficing](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Satisficing) as their
	76	use [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Satisficing][satisficing]] as their
77	77	primary decision-making strategy around user data.
78	78
79		> Satisficing is a decision-making strategy or cognitive heuristic that
80		> entails searching through the available alternatives until an
81		> acceptability threshold is met.
	79	#+begin_quote
	80	Satisficing is a decision-making strategy or cognitive heuristic that
	81	entails searching through the available alternatives until an
	82	acceptability threshold is met.
	83	#+end_quote
82	84
83	85	This means that each decision will be met with certain possible
84	86	solutions until one of the solutions meets their minimum acceptable
85	87	standards. For companies that deal with user data, the
86	88	minimum-acceptable standards come from three areas:
87	89
88		1. Laws and regulations
89		2. Competitive pressure
90		3. Risk of monetary or reputation loss
	90	1. Laws and regulations
	91	2. Competitive pressure
	92	3. Risk of monetary or reputation loss
91	93
92	94	Working with project management or auditing, the primary concern here is
93	95	the risk of legal ramifications. Since the primary risk comes from laws
		@@ -110,9 +112,9 @@ measure of how well a company or manager is performing, so we often
110	112	don't think about our responsibilities beyond these basic standards.
111	113
112	114	Not all situations demand excellence, but I believe that applying any
113		philosophy as a broad stroke across one's life can be a mistake. We
114		must be able to think critically about what we are doing as we do it and
115		ask ourselves a few questions. Have I done everything I can in this
	115	philosophy as a broad stroke across one's life can be a mistake. We must
	116	be able to think critically about what we are doing as we do it and ask
	117	ourselves a few questions. Have I done everything I can in this
116	118	situation? Is mediocrity an acceptable outcome, or should we strive for
117	119	perfection, even if we can't attain it?
118	120

content/blog/2022-10-04-mtp-linux.md → blog/mtp-linux/index.org renamed +28 −35

		@@ -1,16 +1,14 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-10-04
3		title = "How to Mount an MTP Mobile Device on Fedora Linux"
4		description = "Learn how to mount an MTP mobile device on Fedora Linux."
5		+++
	1	#+title: How to Mount an MTP Mobile Device on Fedora Linux
	2	#+date: 2022-10-04
	3	#+description: Learn how to mount an MTP mobile device on Fedora Linux.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
6	5
7	6	I recently ran into trouble attempting to mount my GrapheneOS phone to
8		my laptop running Fedora Linux via the [Media Transfer
9		Protocol](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Media_transfer_protocol) (MTP)
10		and discovered a simple and effective solution.
11
12		## Use a USB 3.0 Port
	7	my laptop running Fedora Linux via the
	8	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Media_transfer_protocol][Media Transfer
	9	Protocol]] (MTP) and discovered a simple and effective solution.
13	10
	11	* Use a USB 3.0 Port
14	12	First, ensure that the device was plugged in to the laptop through a USB
15	13	3.0 port, if possible. From a brief glance online, it seems that USB 2.0
16	14	ports may cause issues with dropped connections over MTP. This is purely
		@@ -18,63 +16,58 @@ anecdotal since I don't have any evidence to link showing that USB 2.0
18	16	causes issues, but I can confirm that switching to a USB 3.0 port seemed
19	17	to cut out most of my issues.
20	18
21		## Switch USB Preferences to MTP
22
	19	* Switch USB Preferences to MTP
23	20	Secondly, you need to ensure that the phone's USB preferences/mode is
24	21	changed to MTP or File Transfer once the phone is plugged in. Other
25	22	modes will not allow you to access the phone's file system.
26	23
27		## Install `jmtpfs`
28
29		Next, I used the `jmtpfs` package to mount my phone to my
30		laptop. There are other packages that exist, but this one worked
31		perfectly for me. On Fedora Linux, you can install it like this:
	24	* Install =jmtpfs=
	25	Next, I used the =jmtpfs= package to mount my phone to my laptop. There
	26	are other packages that exist, but this one worked perfectly for me. On
	27	Fedora Linux, you can install it like this:
32	28
33		```sh
	29	#+begin_src sh
34	30	sudo dnf install jmtpfs -y
35		```
36
37		## Create a Mount Point
	31	#+end_src
38	32
	33	* Create a Mount Point
39	34	Once you have the package installed, you just need to create a folder
40		for the device to use as a mount point. In my case, I used
41		`/mnt/pixel`:
	35	for the device to use as a mount point. In my case, I used =/mnt/pixel=:
42	36
43		```sh
	37	#+begin_src sh
44	38	sudo mkdir /mnt/pixel
45	39	sudo chown -R $USER:$USER /mnt/pixel
46		```
47
48		## Mount & Access the Phone's File System
	40	#+end_src
49	41
	42	* Mount & Access the Phone's File System
50	43	Finally, plug-in and mount the device, and you should be able to see all
51	44	storage (internal and external) inside your new folder!
52	45
53		```sh
	46	#+begin_src sh
54	47	jmtpfs /mnt/pixel
55		```
	48	#+end_src
56	49
57	50	The output should look something like this:
58	51
59		```sh
	52	#+begin_src sh
60	53	Device 0 (VID=18d1 and PID=4ee1) is a Google Inc Nexus/Pixel (MTP).
61	54	Android device detected, assigning default bug flags
62		```
	55	#+end_src
63	56
64	57	Now you are mounted and can do anything you'd like with the device's
65	58	files:
66	59
67		```sh
	60	#+begin_src sh
68	61	cd /mnt/pixel
69	62	ls -lha
70		```
	63	#+end_src
71	64
72	65	From here, you will be able to see any internal or external storage
73	66	available on the device:
74	67
75		```sh
	68	#+begin_src sh
76	69	total 0
77	70	drwxr-xr-x. 3 user user 0 Jan 1 1970 .
78	71	drwxr-xr-x. 1 root root 10 Oct 4 13:29 ..
79	72	drwxr-xr-x. 16 user user 0 Apr 21 4426383 'Internal shared storage'
80		```
	73	#+end_src

blog/neon-drive/index.org added +93

		@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
	1	#+title: Neon Drive: A Nostalgic 80s Arcade Racing Game
	2	#+date: 2020-12-28
	3	#+description: A video game review for Neon Drive.
	4	#+filetags: :gaming:
	5
	6	* Game Description
	7	[[https://store.steampowered.com/app/433910/Neon_Drive/][Neon Drive]]
	8	presents itself as a simple arcade-style game inspired by the arcade
	9	race games of the 1980s, yet it has managed to take up hours of my life
	10	without much effort. The game description, directly from the Steam page,
	11	is intriguing enough to entice anyone who's been looking for a good
	12	arcade racing game:
	13
	14	#+begin_quote
	15	Neon Drive is a slick retro-futuristic arcade game that will make your
	16	brain melt. You've been warned. From beautiful cityscapes and ocean
	17	roads to exploding enemy spaceships, Neon Drive has it all.
	18
	19	#+end_quote
	20
	21	* Gameplay
	22	The game holds true to the
	23	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Retrofuturism][retro-futurism]] style,
	24	including chrome female robots, pixelated arcade machines, and
	25	[[https://teddit.net/r/outrun/][outrun]] aesthetics.
	26
	27	Each level of the game is shown as a separate arcade machine. Each
	28	arcade machine lets you play on Normal, Hard, Insane, Practice, and Free
	29	Run. To beat each arcade, you must reach the end of the level without
	30	crashing your car into the various obstacles on the course. Basic levels
	31	let you move left or right to avoid blocks in the road. Later levels put
	32	you through other tests, such as dodging traffic or blasting asteroids.
	33
	34	The game uses synthwave music to keep you on track to make the correct
	35	moves by timing the beats of the songs to the correct moves on the
	36	screen. It reminds me of the early Guitar Hero games, as well as mobile
	37	apps like VOEZ - repetition and staying on-beat is the only way to win.
	38
	39	* In-Game Screenshots
	40	Taking a look at the main menu, you can see that Neon Drive plays into
	41	every stereotype you can think of around retro-futuristic, synthwave
	42	arcades (in a good way).
	43
	44	#+caption: Neon Drive Menu
	45	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20201228-neon-drive/neon_drive_menu.png]]
	46
	47	Once you get into the first level, we see that the choice of car fits
	48	right in with the stereotypical cars of the 80s, like the
	49	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DMC_DeLorean][DeLorean]] or the
	50	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ferrari_F40][Ferrari F40]]. Each new
	51	level comes with new color schemes and cars, so you should never get
	52	tired of the aesthetic.
	53
	54	#+caption: Neon Drive Race
	55	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20201228-neon-drive/neon_drive_race.png]]
	56
	57	Personally, I love the orange and blue colors used in level 2:
	58
	59	#+caption: Level 2
	60	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20201228-neon-drive/neon_drive_level_2.png]]
	61
	62	If you're the competitive type and getting 100% on all arcade machines
	63	isn't enough, there are leaderboards for the regular part of the game,
	64	and the endurance game mode.
	65
	66	#+caption: Leaderboard
	67	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20201228-neon-drive/neon_drive_leaderboard.png]]
	68
	69	* Other Suggestions
	70	Neon Drive sits nicely within the well-founded cult genre of Outrun.
	71	Other games that I've enjoyed in this same spectrum are:
	72
	73	- [[https://store.steampowered.com/app/233270/Far_Cry_3__Blood_Dragon/][Far
	74	Cry 3: Blood Dragon]]
	75	- [[https://store.steampowered.com/app/1239690/Retrowave/][Retrowave]]
	76	- [[https://store.steampowered.com/app/732810/Slipstream/][Slipstream]]
	77
	78	Although these games aren't necessarily in the same genre, they do have
	79	aspects that place them close enough to interest gamers that enjoyed
	80	Neon Drive:
	81
	82	- [[https://store.steampowered.com/app/311800/Black_Ice/][Black Ice]]
	83	- [[https://store.steampowered.com/app/746850/Cloudpunk/][Cloudpunk]]
	84	- [[https://store.steampowered.com/app/1222680/Need_for_Speed_Heat/][Need
	85	for Speed: Heat]]
	86	- [[https://store.steampowered.com/app/1019310/VirtuaVerse/][VirtuaVerse]]
	87
	88	Of course, if all you really care about is the arcade aspect of these
	89	games, you can check out the
	90	[[https://store.steampowered.com/app/400020/Atari_Vault/][Atari Vault]]
	91	or any of the other classic games sold on Steam by companies like Namco,
	92	Atari. For something like Nintendo, you'd have to settle for buying used
	93	classic consoles or delve into the world of emulation.

content/blog/2022-03-23-nextcloud-on-ubuntu.md → blog/nextcloud-on-ubuntu/index.org renamed +58 −68

		@@ -1,83 +1,77 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-03-23
3		title = "Installing Nextcloud on Ubuntu"
4		description = "A guide to self-hosting the NextCloud application on your own server."
5		+++
	1	#+title: Nextcloud on Ubuntu
	2	#+date: 2022-03-23
	3	#+description: A guide to self-hosting the NextCloud application on your own server.
	4	#+filetags: :selfhosting:
6	5
7		## What is Nextcloud?
8
9		[Nextcloud](https://nextcloud.com/) is a self-hosted solution for
	6	* What is Nextcloud?
	7	[[https://nextcloud.com/][Nextcloud]] is a self-hosted solution for
10	8	storage, communications, editing, calendar, contacts, and more.
11	9
12	10	This tutorial assumes that you have an Ubuntu server and a domain name
13	11	configured to point toward the server.
14	12
15		## Install Dependencies
16
	13	* Install Dependencies
17	14	To start, you will need to install the packages that Nextcloud requires:
18	15
19		```sh
	16	#+begin_src sh
20	17	sudo apt install apache2 mariadb-server libapache2-mod-php7.4
21	18	sudo apt install php7.4-gd php7.4-mysql php7.4-curl php7.4-mbstring php7.4-intl
22	19	sudo apt install php7.4-gmp php7.4-bcmath php-imagick php7.4-xml php7.4-zip
23		```
	20	#+end_src
24	21
25		## Set Up MySQL
	22	* Set Up MySQL
	23	Next, you will need to log in to MySQL as the =root= user of the
	24	machine.
26	25
27		Next, you will need to log in to MySQL as the `root` user of
28		the machine.
29
30		```sh
	26	#+begin_src sh
31	27	sudo mysql -uroot -p
32		```
	28	#+end_src
33	29
34	30	Once you've logged in, you must create a new user so that Nextcloud can
35		manage the database. You will also create a `nextcloud`
36		database and assign privileges:
	31	manage the database. You will also create a =nextcloud= database and
	32	assign privileges:
37	33
38		```sql
	34	#+begin_src sql
39	35	CREATE USER 'username'@'localhost' IDENTIFIED BY 'password';
40	36	CREATE DATABASE IF NOT EXISTS nextcloud CHARACTER SET utf8mb4 COLLATE utf8mb4_general_ci;
41		GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES ON nextcloud.* TO 'username'@'localhost';
	37	GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES ON nextcloud.** TO 'username'@'localhost';
42	38	FLUSH PRIVILEGES;
43	39	quit;
44		```
45
46		## Download & Install Nextcloud
	40	#+end_src
47	41
48		To download Nextcloud, go the [Nextcloud downloads
49		page](https://nextcloud.com/install/#instructions-server), click on
50		`Archive File` and right-click the big blue button to copy
51		the link.
	42	* Download & Install Nextcloud
	43	To download Nextcloud, go the
	44	[[https://nextcloud.com/install/#instructions-server][Nextcloud
	45	downloads page]], click on =Archive File= and right-click the big blue
	46	button to copy the link.
52	47
53	48	Then, go to your server and enter the following commands to download,
54	49	unzip, and move the files to your destination directory. This example
55		uses `example.com` as the destination, but you can put it
56		wherever you want to server your files from.
	50	uses =example.com= as the destination, but you can put it wherever you
	51	want to server your files from.
57	52
58		```sh
	53	#+begin_src sh
59	54	wget https://download.nextcloud.com/server/releases/nextcloud-23.0.3.zip
60	55	sudo apt install unzip
61	56	unzip nextcloud-23.0.3.zip
62	57	sudo cp -r nextcloud /var/www/example.com
63		```
64
65		## Configure the Apache Web Server
	58	#+end_src
66	59
	60	* Configure the Apache Web Server
67	61	Now that the database is set up and Nextcloud is installed, you need to
68	62	set up the Apache configuration files to tell the server how to handle
69		requests for `example.com/nextcloud`.
	63	requests for =example.com/nextcloud=.
70	64
71	65	First, open the following file in the editor:
72	66
73		```sh
	67	#+begin_src sh
74	68	sudo nano /etc/apache2/sites-available/nextcloud.conf
75		```
	69	#+end_src
76	70
77	71	Once the editor is open, paste the following information in. Then, save
78	72	and close the file.
79	73
80		```config
	74	#+begin_src config
81	75	<VirtualHost *:80>
82	76	DocumentRoot /var/www/example.com
83	77	ServerName example.com
		@@ -96,74 +90,70 @@ and close the file.
96	90	</IfModule>
97	91	</Directory>
98	92	</VirtualHost>
99		```
	93	#+end_src
100	94
101	95	Once the file is saved, enable it with Apache:
102	96
103		```sh
	97	#+begin_src sh
104	98	sudo a2ensite nextcloud.conf
105		```
	99	#+end_src
106	100
107	101	Next, enable the Apache mods required by Nextcloud:
108	102
109		```sh
	103	#+begin_src sh
110	104	sudo a2enmod rewrite headers env dir mime
111		```
	105	#+end_src
112	106
113	107	Finally, restart Apache. If any errors arise, you must solve those
114	108	before continuing.
115	109
116		```sh
	110	#+begin_src sh
117	111	sudo systemctl restart apache2
118		```
	112	#+end_src
119	113
120	114	For the app to work, you must have the correct file permissions on your
121		`nextcloud` directory. Set the owner to be
122		`www-data`:
	115	=nextcloud= directory. Set the owner to be =www-data=:
123	116
124		```sh
	117	#+begin_src sh
125	118	sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /var/www/example.com/nextcloud/
126		```
127
128		## DNS
	119	#+end_src
129	120
	121	* DNS
130	122	If you do not have a static IP address, you will need to update your DNS
131	123	settings (at your DNS provider) whenever your dynamic IP address
132	124	changes.
133	125
134	126	For an example on how I do that with Cloudflare, see my other post:
135		[Updating Dynamic DNS with Cloudflare
136		API](/blog/updating-dynamic-dns-with-cloudflare-api/)
137
138		## Certbot
	127	[[../updating-dynamic-dns-with-cloudflare-api/][Updating Dynamic DNS
	128	with Cloudflare API]]
139	129
	130	* Certbot
140	131	If you want to serve Nextcloud from HTTPS rather than plain HTTP, use
141	132	the following commands to issue Let's Encrypt SSL certificates:
142	133
143		```sh
	134	#+begin_src sh
144	135	sudo apt install snapd
145	136	sudo snap install core
146	137	sudo snap refresh core
147	138	sudo snap install --classic certbot
148	139	sudo ln -s /snap/bin/certbot /usr/bin/certbot
149	140	sudo certbot --apache
150		```
151
152		## Results
	141	#+end_src
153	142
	143	* Results
154	144	Voilà! You're all done and should be able to access Nextcloud from your
155	145	domain or IP address.
156	146
157	147	See the screenshots below for the dashboard and a settings page on my
158		instance of Nextcloud, using the `Breeze Dark` theme I
159		installed from the Apps page.
	148	instance of Nextcloud, using the =Breeze Dark= theme I installed from
	149	the Apps page.
160	150
161		![Nextcloud
162		Dashboard](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220323-installing-nextcloud-on-ubuntu/nextcloud_dashboard.png)
	151	#+caption: Nextcloud Dashboard
	152	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220323-installing-nextcloud-on-ubuntu/nextcloud_dashboard.png]]
163	153
164		Figure 01: Nextcloud Dashboard
	154	/Figure 01: Nextcloud Dashboard/
165	155
166		![Nextcloud
167		Settings](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220323-installing-nextcloud-on-ubuntu/nextcloud_settings.png)
	156	#+caption: Nextcloud Settings
	157	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220323-installing-nextcloud-on-ubuntu/nextcloud_settings.png]]
168	158
169		Figure 02: Nextcloud Security Settings
	159	/Figure 02: Nextcloud Security Settings/

blog/nginx-caching/index.org added +68

		@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
	1	#+title: Caching Static Content with Nginx
	2	#+date: 2022-02-20
	3	#+description: Learn how to enable the static content cache in Nginx.
	4	#+filetags: :nginx:
	5
	6	* Update Your Nginx Config to Cache Static Files
	7	If you run a website on Nginx that serves static content (i.e., content
	8	that is not dynamic and changing with interactions from the user), you
	9	would likely benefit from caching that content on the client-side. If
	10	you're used to Apache and looking for the Nginx equivalent, this post
	11	should help.
	12
	13	Luckily, setting up the cache is as easy as identifying the file types
	14	you want to cache and determining the expiration length. To include more
	15	file types, simply use the bar separator (=\|=) and type the new file
	16	extension you want to include.
	17
	18	#+begin_src config
	19	server {
	20	...
	21
	22	location ~** .(css\|js\|jpg\|jpeg\|gif\|png\|ico)$ {
	23	expires 30d;
	24	}
	25
	26	...
	27	}
	28	#+end_src
	29
	30	I have seen some people who prefer to set =expires= as =365d= or even
	31	=max=, but that is only for stable, infrequently changing websites. As
	32	my site often changes (i.e., I'm never content with my website), I need
	33	to know that my readers are seeing the new content without waiting too
	34	long.
	35
	36	So, I went ahead and set the expiration date at =30d=, which is short
	37	enough to refresh for readers but long enough that clients/browsers
	38	won't be re-requesting the static files too often, hopefully resulting
	39	in faster loading times, as images should be the only thing slowing down
	40	my site.
	41
	42	* Testing Results
	43	To test my changes to the Nginx configuration, I used the
	44	[[https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/http-header-live/][HTTP
	45	Header Live]] extension on my Gecko browser and used the sidebar to
	46	inspect the headers of a recent image from my blog.
	47
	48	In the image below, you can see that the =Cache-Control= header is now
	49	present and set to 2592000, which is 30 days represented in seconds (30
	50	days _ 24 hours/day _ 60 minutes/hour ** 60 seconds/minute = 2,592,000
	51	seconds).
	52
	53	The =Expires= field is now showing 22 March 2022, which is 30 days from
	54	the day of this post, 20 February 2022.
	55
	56	#+caption: Image Headers
	57	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220220-caching-static-content-with-nginx/image_headers.png]]
	58
	59	* Caveats
	60	Remember that this caching system is client-side, which means that
	61	content is only cached for as long as a client allows it. For example,
	62	my browser purges all caches, data, etc. upon exit, so this caching
	63	policy will only work as long as my browser remains open and running.
	64
	65	If you need to test updates to your site, you'll need to clear the cache
	66	to see updates for any file extension you configured. This can often be
	67	done with the =Shift + F5= or =Ctrl + F5= key combinations in most
	68	browsers.

blog/nginx-compression/index.org added +73

		@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
	1	#+title: Enable GZIP Compression in Nginx
	2	#+date: 2022-12-01
	3	#+description: Learn how to enable compression in Nginx.
	4	#+filetags: :nginx:
	5
	6	* Text Compression
	7	Text compression allows a web server to serve text-based resources
	8	faster than uncompressed data. This can speed up things like First
	9	Contentful Paint, Tie to Interactive, and Speed Index.
	10
	11	* Enable Nginx Compression with gzip
	12	In order to enable text compression on Nginx, we need to enable it
	13	within the configuration file:
	14
	15	#+begin_src sh
	16	nano /etc/nginx/nginx.conf
	17	#+end_src
	18
	19	Within the =http= block, find the section that shows something like the
	20	block below. This is the default gzip configuration I found in my
	21	=nginx.conf= file on Alpine Linux 3.17. Yours may look slightly
	22	different, just make sure that you're not creating any duplicate gzip
	23	options.
	24
	25	#+begin_src conf
	26	# Enable gzipping of responses.
	27	#gzip on;
	28
	29	# Set the Vary HTTP header as defined in the RFC 2616. Default is 'off'.
	30	gzip_vary on;
	31	#+end_src
	32
	33	Remove the default gzip lines and replace them with the following:
	34
	35	#+begin_src conf
	36	# Enable gzipping of responses.
	37	gzip on;
	38	gzip_vary on;
	39	gzip_min_length 10240;
	40	gzip_proxied expired no-cache no-store private auth;
	41	gzip_types text/plain text/css text/xml text/javascript application/x-javascript application/xml;
	42	gzip_disable "MSIE [1-6]";
	43	#+end_src
	44
	45	* Explanations of ngx_{httpgzipmodule} Options
	46	Each of the lines above enables a different aspect of the gzip response
	47	for Nginx. Here are the full explanations:
	48
	49	- =gzip= -- Enables or disables gzipping of responses.
	50	- =gzip_vary= -- Enables or disables inserting the "Vary:
	51	Accept-Encoding" response header field if the directives gzip,
	52	gzip_{static}, or gunzip are active.
	53	- =gzip_min_length= -- Sets the minimum length of a response that will
	54	be gzipped. The length is determined only from the "Content-Length"
	55	response header field.
	56	- =gzip_proxied= -- Enables or disables gzipping of responses for
	57	proxied requests depending on the request and response. The fact that
	58	the request is proxied is determined by the presence of the "Via"
	59	request header field.
	60	- =gzip_types= -- Enables gzipping of responses for the specified MIME
	61	types in addition to "text/html". The special value “*” matches any
	62	MIME type (0.8.29). Responses with the "text/html" type are always
	63	compressed.
	64	- =gzip_disable= -- Disables gzipping of responses for requests with
	65	"User-Agent" header fields matching any of the specified regular
	66	expressions.
	67	- The special mask "msie6" (0.7.12) corresponds to the regular
	68	expression "MSIE [4-6].", but works faster. Starting from version
	69	0.8.11, "MSIE 6.0; ... SV1" is excluded from this mask.
	70
	71	More information on these directives and their options can be found on
	72	the [[https://nginx.org/en/docs/http/ngx_http_gzip_module.html][Module
	73	ngx_{httpgzipmodule}]] page in Nginx's documentation.

content/blog/2022-11-29-nginx-referrer-ban-list.md → blog/nginx-referrer-ban-list/index.org renamed +46 −53

		@@ -1,25 +1,23 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-11-29
3		title = "Creating a Referrer Ban List in Nginx"
4		description = "Learn how to create a ban list for referring sites in Nginx."
5		+++
6
7		## Creating the Ban List
	1	#+title: Creating a Referrer Ban List in Nginx
	2	#+date: 2022-11-29
	3	#+description: Learn how to create a ban list for referring sites in Nginx.
	4	#+filetags: :nginx:
8	5
	6	* Creating the Ban List
9	7	In order to ban list referral domains or websites with Nginx, you need
10	8	to create a ban list file. The file below will accept regexes for
11	9	different domains or websites you wish to block.
12	10
13	11	First, create the file in your nginx directory:
14	12
15		```sh
	13	#+begin_src sh
16	14	doas nano /etc/nginx/banlist.conf
17		```
	15	#+end_src
18	16
19	17	Next, paste the following contents in and fill out the regexes with
20	18	whichever domains you're blocking.
21	19
22		```conf
	20	#+begin_src conf
23	21	# /etc/nginx/banlist.conf
24	22
25	23	map $http_referer $bad_referer {
		@@ -30,21 +28,20 @@ map $http_referer $bad_referer {
30	28	# Put regexes for undesired referrers here
31	29	"~news.ycombinator.com" 1;
32	30	}
33		```
34
35		## Configuring Nginx
	31	#+end_src
36	32
	33	* Configuring Nginx
37	34	In order for the ban list to work, Nginx needs to know it exists and how
38		to handle it. For this, edit the `nginx.conf` file.
	35	to handle it. For this, edit the =nginx.conf= file.
39	36
40		```sh
	37	#+begin_src sh
41	38	doas nano /etc/nginx/nginx.conf
42		```
	39	#+end_src
43	40
44		Within this file, find the `http` block and add your ban list
45		file location to the end of the block.
	41	Within this file, find the =http= block and add your ban list file
	42	location to the end of the block.
46	43
47		```conf
	44	#+begin_src conf
48	45	# /etc/nginx/nginx.conf
49	46
50	47	http {
		@@ -53,30 +50,28 @@ http {
53	50	# Include ban list
54	51	include /etc/nginx/banlist.conf;
55	52	}
56		```
57
58		## Enabling the Ban List
	53	#+end_src
59	54
	55	* Enabling the Ban List
60	56	Finally, we need to take action when a bad referral site is found. To do
61	57	so, edit the configuration file for your website. For example, I have
62		all website configuration files in the `http.d` directory.
63		You may have them in the `sites-available` directory on some
64		distributions.
	58	all website configuration files in the =http.d= directory. You may have
	59	them in the =sites-available= directory on some distributions.
65	60
66		```sh
	61	#+begin_src sh
67	62	doas nano /etc/nginx/http.d/example.com.conf
68		```
	63	#+end_src
69	64
70		Within each website's configuration file, edit the `server`
71		blocks that are listening to ports 80 and 443 and create a check for the
72		`$bad_referrer` variable we created in the ban list file.
	65	Within each website's configuration file, edit the =server= blocks that
	66	are listening to ports 80 and 443 and create a check for the
	67	=$bad_referrer= variable we created in the ban list file.
73	68
74		If a matching site is found, you can return any [HTTP Status
75		Code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_HTTP_status_codes) you want.
76		Code 403 (Forbidden) is logical in this case since you are preventing a
77		client connection due to a banned domain.
	69	If a matching site is found, you can return any
	70	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_HTTP_status_codes][HTTP Status
	71	Code]] you want. Code 403 (Forbidden) is logical in this case since you
	72	are preventing a client connection due to a banned domain.
78	73
79		```conf
	74	#+begin_src conf
80	75	server {
81	76	...
82	77
		@@ -87,42 +82,40 @@ server {
87	82
88	83	...
89	84	}
90		```
91
92		## Restart Nginx
	85	#+end_src
93	86
	87	* Restart Nginx
94	88	Lastly, restart Nginx to enable all changes made.
95	89
96		```sh
	90	#+begin_src sh
97	91	doas rc-service nginx restart
98		```
99
100		## Testing Results
	92	#+end_src
101	93
	94	* Testing Results
102	95	In order to test the results, let's curl the contents of our site. To
103	96	start, I'll curl the site normally:
104	97
105		```sh
	98	#+begin_src sh
106	99	curl https://cleberg.net
107		```
	100	#+end_src
108	101
109	102	The HTML contents of the page come back successfully:
110	103
111		```html
	104	#+begin_src html
112	105	<!doctype html>...</html>
113		```
	106	#+end_src
114	107
115	108	Next, let's include a banned referrer:
116	109
117		```sh
	110	#+begin_src sh
118	111	curl --referer https://news.ycombinator.com https://cleberg.net
119		```
	112	#+end_src
120	113
121		This time, I'm met with a 403 Forbidden response page. That means we
122		are successful and any clients being referred from a banned domain will
123		be met with this same response code.
	114	This time, I'm met with a 403 Forbidden response page. That means we are
	115	successful and any clients being referred from a banned domain will be
	116	met with this same response code.
124	117
125		```html
	118	#+begin_src html
126	119	<html>
127	120	<head><title>403 Forbidden</title></head>
128	121	<body>
		@@ -130,4 +123,4 @@ be met with this same response code.
130	123	<hr><center>nginx</center>
131	124	</body>
132	125	</html>
133		```
	126	#+end_src

content/blog/2022-04-02-nginx-reverse-proxy.md → blog/nginx-reverse-proxy/index.org renamed +97 −111

		@@ -1,43 +1,40 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-04-02
3		title = "Set-Up a Reverse Proxy with Nginx"
4		description = "Learn how to set-up an Nginx reverse proxy from scratch."
5		+++
6
7		## What is a Reverse Proxy?
	1	#+title: Set-Up a Reverse Proxy with Nginx
	2	#+date: 2022-04-02
	3	#+description: Learn how to set-up an Nginx reverse proxy from scratch.
	4	#+filetags: :nginx:
8	5
	6	* What is a Reverse Proxy?
9	7	A reverse proxy is a server that is placed between local servers or
10	8	services and clients/users (e.g., the internet). The reverse proxy
11	9	intercepts all requests from clients at the network edge and uses its
12	10	configuration files to determine where each request should be sent.
13	11
14		### A Brief Example
15
	12	** A Brief Example
16	13	For example, let's say that I run three servers in my home:
17	14
18		- Server~01~ (`example.com`)
19		- Server~02~ (`service01.example.com`)
20		- Server~03~ (`service02.example.com`)
	15	- Server_{01} (=example.com=)
	16	- Server_{02} (=service01.example.com=)
	17	- Server_{03} (=service02.example.com=)
21	18
22	19	I also run a reverse proxy in my home that intercepts all public
23	20	traffic:
24	21
25		- Reverse Proxy
	22	- Reverse Proxy
26	23
27		Assume that I have a domain name (`example.com`) that allows
28		clients to request websites or services from my home servers.
	24	Assume that I have a domain name (=example.com=) that allows clients to
	25	request websites or services from my home servers.
29	26
30	27	In this case, the reverse proxy will intercept all traffic from
31		`example.com` that enters my network and determine if the
32		client is requesting valid data, based on my configuration.
	28	=example.com= that enters my network and determine if the client is
	29	requesting valid data, based on my configuration.
33	30
34		If the user is requesting `example.com` and my configuration
35		files say that Server~01~ holds that data, Nginx will send the user to
36		Server~01~. If I were to change the configuration so that
37		`example.com` is routed to Server~02~, that same user would
38		be sent to Server~02~ instead.
	31	If the user is requesting =example.com= and my configuration files say
	32	that Server_{01} holds that data, Nginx will send the user to
	33	Server_{01}. If I were to change the configuration so that =example.com=
	34	is routed to Server_{02}, that same user would be sent to Server_{02}
	35	instead.
39	36
40		```txt
	37	#+begin_src txt
41	38	┌──────┐ ┌───────────┐
42	39	│ User │─┐ ┌──► Server_01 │
43	40	└──────┘ │ │ └───────────┘
		@@ -47,140 +44,130 @@ be sent to Server~02~ instead.
47	44	┌──────┐ │ │ ┌───────────┐
48	45	│ User │─┘ └──► Server_03 │
49	46	└──────┘ └───────────┘
50		```
51
52		## Reverse Proxy Options
	47	#+end_src
53	48
	49	* Reverse Proxy Options
54	50	There are a lot of options when it comes to reverse proxy servers, so
55		I'm just going to list a few of the options I've heard recommended
56		over the last few years:
	51	I'm just going to list a few of the options I've heard recommended over
	52	the last few years:
57	53
58		- [Nginx](https://nginx.com)
59		- [Caddy](https://caddyserver.com)
60		- [Traefik](https://traefik.io/)
61		- [HAProxy](https://www.haproxy.org/)
62		- [Squid](https://ubuntu.com/server/docs/proxy-servers-squid)
	54	- [[https://nginx.com][Nginx]]
	55	- [[https://caddyserver.com][Caddy]]
	56	- [[https://traefik.io/][Traefik]]
	57	- [[https://www.haproxy.org/][HAProxy]]
	58	- [[https://ubuntu.com/server/docs/proxy-servers-squid][Squid]]
63	59
64	60	In this post, we will be using Nginx as our reverse proxy, running on
65	61	Ubuntu Server 20.04.4 LTS.
66	62
67		## Nginx Reverse Proxy Example
68
69		### Local Applications
70
	63	* Nginx Reverse Proxy Example
	64	** Local Applications
71	65	You may be like me and have a lot of applications running on your local
72	66	network that you'd like to expose publicly with a domain.
73	67
74	68	In my case, I have services running in multiple Docker containers within
75	69	a single server and want a way to visit those services from anywhere
76		with a URL. For example, on my local network, [Dashy](https://dashy.to)
77		runs through port 4000 (`localhost:4000`) and [Uptime
78		Kuma](https://github.com/louislam/uptime-kuma) runs through port 3001
79		(`localhost:3001`).
	70	with a URL. For example, on my local network,
	71	[[https://dashy.to][Dashy]] runs through port 4000 (=localhost:4000=)
	72	and [[https://github.com/louislam/uptime-kuma][Uptime Kuma]] runs
	73	through port 3001 (=localhost:3001=).
80	74
81	75	In order to expose these services to the public, I will need to do the
82	76	following:
83	77
84		1. Set up DNS records for a domain or subdomain (one per service) to
85		point toward the IP address of the server.
86		2. Open up the server network's HTTP and HTTPS ports (80 & 443) so
87		that the reverse proxy can accept traffic and determine where to
88		send it.
89		3. Install the reverse proxy software.
90		4. Configure the reverse proxy to recognize which service should get
91		traffic from any of the domains or subdomains.
	78	1. Set up DNS records for a domain or subdomain (one per service) to
	79	point toward the IP address of the server.
	80	2. Open up the server network's HTTP and HTTPS ports (80 & 443) so that
	81	the reverse proxy can accept traffic and determine where to send it.
	82	3. Install the reverse proxy software.
	83	4. Configure the reverse proxy to recognize which service should get
	84	traffic from any of the domains or subdomains.
92	85
93		### Step 1: DNS Configuration
	86	** Step 1: DNS Configuration
	87	To start, update your DNS configuration so that you have an =A= record
	88	for each domain or subdomain.
94	89
95		To start, update your DNS configuration so that you have an
96		`A` record for each domain or subdomain.
	90	The =A= records should point toward the public IP address of the server.
	91	If you don't know the public IP address, log in to the server and run
	92	the following command:
97	93
98		The `A` records should point toward the public IP address of
99		the server. If you don't know the public IP address, log in to the
100		server and run the following command:
101
102		```sh
	94	#+begin_src sh
103	95	curl ifconfig.co
104		```
	96	#+end_src
105	97
106		In the DNS example below, `xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx` is the public IP
107		address of the server.
	98	In the DNS example below, =xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx= is the public IP address of
	99	the server.
108	100
109		```config
	101	#+begin_src config
110	102	example.com A xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
111	103	uptime.example.com A xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
112	104	dashy.example.com A xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
113	105	www CNAME example.com
114		```
115
116		Finally, ensure the DNS has propagated correctly with [DNS
117		Checker](https://dnschecker.org) by entering your domains or subdomains
118		in the search box and ensuring the results are showing the correct IP
119		address.
	106	#+end_src
120	107
121		### Step 2: Open Network Ports
	108	Finally, ensure the DNS has propagated correctly with
	109	[[https://dnschecker.org][DNS Checker]] by entering your domains or
	110	subdomains in the search box and ensuring the results are showing the
	111	correct IP address.
122	112
	113	** Step 2: Open Network Ports
123	114	This step will be different depending on which router you have in your
124	115	home. If you're not sure, try to visit
125		[192.168.1.1](http://192.168.1.1) in your browser. Login credentials are
126		usually written on a sticker somewhere on your modem/router.
	116	[[http://192.168.1.1][192.168.1.1]] in your browser. Login credentials
	117	are usually written on a sticker somewhere on your modem/router.
127	118
128	119	Once you're able to log in to your router, find the Port Forwarding
129		settings. You will need to forward ports `80` and
130		`443` to whichever machine is running the reverse proxy.
	120	settings. You will need to forward ports =80= and =443= to whichever
	121	machine is running the reverse proxy.
131	122
132	123	In my case, the table below shows the port-forwarding rules I've
133		created. In this table, `xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx` is the local device
134		IP of the reverse proxy server, it will probably be an IP between
135		`192.168.1.1` and `192.168.1.255`.
	124	created. In this table, =xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx= is the local device IP of the
	125	reverse proxy server, it will probably be an IP between =192.168.1.1=
	126	and =192.168.1.255=.
136	127
137		NAME FROM PORT DEST PORT/IP ENABLED
138		------- ------ ------ ----------------- ---------
139		HTTP \* 80 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx TRUE
140		HTTPS \* 443 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx TRUE
	128	\| NAME \| FROM \| PORT \| DEST PORT/IP \| ENABLED \|
	129	\|-------+------+------+-----------------+---------\|
	130	\| HTTP \| ** \| 80 \| xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx \| TRUE \|
	131	\| HTTPS \| ** \| 443 \| xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx \| TRUE \|
141	132
142	133	Once configured, these rules will direct all web traffic to your reverse
143	134	proxy.
144	135
145		### Step 3: Nginx Installation
146
	136	** Step 3: Nginx Installation
147	137	To install Nginx, simply run the following command:
148	138
149		```sh
	139	#+begin_src sh
150	140	sudo apt install nginx
151		```
	141	#+end_src
152	142
153		If you have a firewall enabled, open up ports `80` and
154		`443` on your server so that Nginx can accept web traffic
155		from the router.
	143	If you have a firewall enabled, open up ports =80= and =443= on your
	144	server so that Nginx can accept web traffic from the router.
156	145
157		For example, if you want to use `ufw` for web traffic and
158		SSH, run the following commands:
	146	For example, if you want to use =ufw= for web traffic and SSH, run the
	147	following commands:
159	148
160		```sh
	149	#+begin_src sh
161	150	sudo ufw allow 'Nginx Full'
162	151	sudo ufw allow SSH
163	152	sudo ufw enable
164		```
165
166		### Step 4: Nginx Configuration
	153	#+end_src
167	154
	155	** Step 4: Nginx Configuration
168	156	Now that we have domains pointing toward the server, the only step left
169	157	is to configure the reverse proxy to direct traffic from domains to
170	158	local services.
171	159
172	160	To start, you'll need to create a configuration file for each domain in
173		`/etc/nginx/sites-available/`. They will look identical
174		except for the `server_name` variable and the
175		`proxy_pass` port.
	161	=/etc/nginx/sites-available/=. They will look identical except for the
	162	=server_name= variable and the =proxy_pass= port.
176	163
177	164	Dashy:
178	165
179		```sh
	166	#+begin_src sh
180	167	nano /etc/nginx/sites-available/dashy.example.com
181		```
	168	#+end_src
182	169
183		```config
	170	#+begin_src config
184	171	server {
185	172	listen 80;
186	173	server_name dashy.example.com;
		@@ -189,15 +176,15 @@ server {
189	176	proxy_pass http://localhost:4000;
190	177	}
191	178	}
192		```
	179	#+end_src
193	180
194	181	Uptime:
195	182
196		```sh
	183	#+begin_src sh
197	184	nano /etc/nginx/sites-available/uptime.example.com
198		```
	185	#+end_src
199	186
200		```config
	187	#+begin_src config
201	188	server {
202	189	listen 80;
203	190	server_name uptime.example.com;
		@@ -206,29 +193,28 @@ server {
206	193	proxy_pass http://localhost:3001;
207	194	}
208	195	}
209		```
	196	#+end_src
210	197
211	198	Once the configuration files are created, you will need to enable them
212		with the `symlink` command:
	199	with the =symlink= command:
213	200
214		```sh
	201	#+begin_src sh
215	202	sudo ln -s /etc/nginx/sites-available/dashy.example.com /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/
216		```
	203	#+end_src
217	204
218	205	Voilà! Your local services should now be available through their URLs.
219	206
220		## HTTPS with Certbot
221
	207	* HTTPS with Certbot
222	208	If you've followed along, you'll notice that your services are only
223	209	available via HTTP (not HTTPS).
224	210
225	211	If you want to enable HTTPS for your new domains, you will need to
226	212	generate SSL/TLS certificates for them. The easiest way to generate
227		certificates on Nginx is [Certbot](https://certbot.eff.org):
	213	certificates on Nginx is [[https://certbot.eff.org][Certbot]]:
228	214
229		```sh
	215	#+begin_src sh
230	216	sudo apt install snapd; sudo snap install core; sudo snap refresh core
231	217	sudo snap install --classic certbot
232	218	sudo ln -s /snap/bin/certbot /usr/bin/certbot
233	219	sudo certbot --nginx
234		```
	220	#+end_src

content/blog/2022-11-11-nginx-tmp-errors.md → blog/nginx-tmp-errors/index.org renamed +31 −35

		@@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-11-11
3		title = "Fixing Permission Errors in /var/lib/nginx"
4		description = "Learn how to fix permission errors related to the Nginx temporary file storage."
5		+++
	1	#+title: Fixing Permission Errors in /var/lib/nginx
	2	#+date: 2022-11-11
	3	#+description: Learn how to fix permission errors related to the Nginx temporary file storage.
	4	#+filetags: :nginx:
6	5
7		*This is a brief post so that I personally remember the solution as it
8		has occurred multiple times for me.*
9
10		## The Problem
	6	/This is a brief post so that I personally remember the solution as it
	7	has occurred multiple times for me./
11	8
	9	* The Problem
12	10	After migrating to a new server OS, I started receiving quite a few
13	11	permission errors like the one below. These popped up for various
14	12	different websites I'm serving via Nginx on this server, but did not
		@@ -16,46 +14,44 @@ prevent the website from loading.
16	14
17	15	I found the errors in the standard log file:
18	16
19		```sh
	17	#+begin_src sh
20	18	cat /var/log/nginx/error.log
21		```
	19	#+end_src
22	20
23		```sh
	21	#+begin_src sh
24	22	2022/11/11 11:30:34 [crit] 8970#8970: *10 open() "/var/lib/nginx/tmp/proxy/3/00/0000000003" failed (13: Permission denied) while reading upstream, client: 169.150.203.10, server: cyberchef.example.com, request: "GET /assets/main.css HTTP/2.0", upstream: "http://127.0.0.1:8111/assets/main.css", host: "cyberchef.example.com", referrer: "https://cyberchef.example.com/"
25		```
	23	#+end_src
26	24
27		You can see that the error is `13: Permission denied` and it
28		occurs in the `/var/lib/nginx/tmp/` directory. In my case, I
29		had thousands of errors where Nginx was denied permission to read/write
30		files in this directory.
	25	You can see that the error is =13: Permission denied= and it occurs in
	26	the =/var/lib/nginx/tmp/= directory. In my case, I had thousands of
	27	errors where Nginx was denied permission to read/write files in this
	28	directory.
31	29
32	30	So how do I fix it?
33	31
34		## The Solution
35
36		In order to resolve the issue, I had to ensure the
37		`/var/lib/nginx` directory is owned by Nginx. Mine was owned
38		by the `www` user and Nginx was not able to read or write
39		files within that directory. This prevented Nginx from caching temporary
40		files.
	32	* The Solution
	33	In order to resolve the issue, I had to ensure the =/var/lib/nginx=
	34	directory is owned by Nginx. Mine was owned by the =www= user and Nginx
	35	was not able to read or write files within that directory. This
	36	prevented Nginx from caching temporary files.
41	37
42		```sh
	38	#+begin_src sh
43	39	# Alpine Linux
44	40	doas chown -R nginx:nginx /var/lib/nginx
45	41
46	42	# Other Distros
47	43	sudo chown -R nginx:nginx /var/lib/nginx
48		```
	44	#+end_src
49	45
50		You may also be able to change the `proxy_temp_path` in
51		your Nginx config, but I did not try this. Here's a suggestion I found
52		online that may work if the above solution does not:
	46	You /may/ also be able to change the =proxy_temp_path= in your Nginx
	47	config, but I did not try this. Here's a suggestion I found online that
	48	may work if the above solution does not:
53	49
54		```sh
	50	#+begin_src sh
55	51	nano /etc/nginx/http.d/example.com.conf
56		```
	52	#+end_src
57	53
58		```conf
	54	#+begin_src conf
59	55	server {
60	56	...
61	57
		@@ -65,15 +61,15 @@ server {
65	61
66	62	...
67	63	}
68		```
	64	#+end_src
69	65
70	66	Finally, restart Nginx and your server should be able to cache temporary
71	67	files again.
72	68
73		```sh
	69	#+begin_src sh
74	70	# Alpine Linux (OpenRC)
75	71	doas rc-service nginx restart
76	72
77	73	# Other Distros (systemd)
78	74	sudo systemctl restart nginx
79		```
	75	#+end_src

content/blog/2022-12-07-nginx-wildcard-redirect.md → blog/nginx-wildcard-redirect/index.org renamed +30 −36

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-12-07
3		title = "Redirect Nginx Subdomains & Trailing Content with Regex"
4		description = "A simple Nginx configuration to redirect all subdomains and trailing content."
5		+++
6
7		## Problem
	1	#+title: Redirect Nginx Subdomains & Trailing Content with Regex
	2	#+date: 2022-12-07
	3	#+description: A simple Nginx configuration to redirect all subdomains and trailing content.
	4	#+filetags: :nginx:
8	5
	6	* Problem
9	7	I recently migrated domains and replaced the old webpage with a simple
10	8	info page with instructions to users on how to edit their bookmarks and
11	9	URLs to get to the page they were seeking.
		@@ -13,13 +11,12 @@ URLs to get to the page they were seeking.
13	11	This was not ideal as it left the work up to the user and may have
14	12	caused friction for users who accessed my RSS feed.
15	13
16		## Solution
17
	14	* Solution
18	15	Instead, I finally found a solution that allows me to redirect both
19	16	subdomains AND trailing content. For example, both of these URLs now
20	17	redirect properly using the logic I'll explain below:
21	18
22		```txt
	19	#+begin_src txt
23	20	# Example 1 - Simple base domain redirect with trailing content
24	21	https://domain1.com/blog/alpine-linux/ -> https://domain2.com/blog/alpine-linux/
25	22
		@@ -27,23 +24,22 @@ https://domain1.com/blog/alpine-linux/ -> https://domain2.com/blog/alpine-linux/
27	24	https://libreddit.domain1.com/r/history/comments/7z8cbg/new_discovery_mode_turns_video_game_assassins/
28	25	->
29	26	https://libreddit.domain2.com/r/history/comments/7z8cbg/new_discovery_mode_turns_video_game_assassins/
30		```
	27	#+end_src
31	28
32	29	Go ahead, try the URLs if you want to test them.
33	30
34		### Nginx Config
35
	31	** Nginx Config
36	32	To make this possible. I needed to configure a proper redirect scheme in
37	33	my Nginx configuration.
38	34
39		```sh
	35	#+begin_src sh
40	36	doas nano /etc/nginx/http.d/domain1.conf
41		```
	37	#+end_src
42	38
43	39	Within this file, I had one block configured to redirect HTTP requests
44	40	to HTTPS for the base domain and all subdomains.
45	41
46		```conf
	42	#+begin_src conf
47	43	server {
48	44	listen [::]:80;
49	45	listen 80;
		@@ -59,14 +55,14 @@ server {
59	55
60	56	return 404;
61	57	}
62		```
	58	#+end_src
63	59
64		For the base domain, I have another `server` block dedicated
65		to redirecting all base domain requests. You can see that the
66		`rewrite` line is instructing Nginx to gather all trailing
67		content and append it to the new `domain2.com` URL.
	60	For the base domain, I have another =server= block dedicated to
	61	redirecting all base domain requests. You can see that the =rewrite=
	62	line is instructing Nginx to gather all trailing content and append it
	63	to the new =domain2.com= URL.
68	64
69		```conf
	65	#+begin_src conf
70	66	server {
71	67	listen [::]:443 ssl http2;
72	68	listen 443 ssl http2;
		@@ -78,23 +74,21 @@ server {
78	74	ssl_certificate /etc/letsencrypt/live/domain1.com/fullchain.pem;
79	75	ssl_certificate_key /etc/letsencrypt/live/domain1.com/privkey.pem;
80	76	}
81		```
	77	#+end_src
82	78
83	79	Finally, the tricky part is figuring out how to tell Nginx to redirect
84	80	while keeping both a subdomain and trailing content intact. I found that
85		the easiest way to do this is to give it a `server` block of
86		its own.
	81	the easiest way to do this is to give it a =server= block of its own.
87	82
88		Within this block, we need to do some regex on the
89		`server_name` line before we can rewrite anything. This
90		creates a variable called `subdomain`.
	83	Within this block, we need to do some regex on the =server_name= line
	84	before we can rewrite anything. This creates a variable called
	85	=subdomain=.
91	86
92		Once the server gets to the `rewrite` line, it pulls the
93		`subdomain` variable from above and uses it on the new
94		`domain2.com` domain before appending the trailing content
95		(`$request_uri`).
	87	Once the server gets to the =rewrite= line, it pulls the =subdomain=
	88	variable from above and uses it on the new =domain2.com= domain before
	89	appending the trailing content (=$request_uri=).
96	90
97		```conf
	91	#+begin_src conf
98	92	server {
99	93	listen [::]:443 ssl http2;
100	94	listen 443 ssl http2;
		@@ -106,14 +100,14 @@ server {
106	100	ssl_certificate /etc/letsencrypt/live/domain1.com/fullchain.pem;
107	101	ssl_certificate_key /etc/letsencrypt/live/domain1.com/privkey.pem;
108	102	}
109		```
	103	#+end_src
110	104
111	105	That's all there is to it. With this, I simply restarted Nginx and
112	106	watched the redirections work in-action.
113	107
114		```sh
	108	#+begin_src sh
115	109	doas rc-service nginx restart
116		```
	110	#+end_src
117	111
118	112	Looking back on it, I wish I had done this sooner. Who knows how many
119	113	people went looking for my sites or bookmarks and gave up when they saw

content/blog/2022-06-04-njalla-dns-api.md → blog/njalla-dns-api/index.org renamed +55 −67

		@@ -1,15 +1,13 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-02-10
3		title = "Dynamic DNS with Njalla API"
4		description = "Learn how to dynamically update DNS records for changing IPs with Njalla."
5		+++
	1	#+title: Dynamic DNS with Njalla API
	2	#+date: 2022-02-10
	3	#+description: Learn how to dynamically update DNS records for changing IPs with Njalla.
	4	#+filetags: :sysadmin:
6	5
7		## Njalla's API
8
9		As noted in my recent post about [switching to Njalla from
10		Cloudflare](/blog/ditching-cloudflare/), I was searching for a
11		way to replace my very easy-to-use bash script to [update Cloudflare's
12		DNS via their API](/blog/cloudflare-dns-api/).
	6	* Njalla's API
	7	As noted in my recent post about [[/blog/ditching-cloudflare/][switching
	8	to Njalla from Cloudflare]], I was searching for a way to replace my
	9	very easy-to-use bash script to [[/blog/cloudflare-dns-api/][update
	10	Cloudflare's DNS via their API]].
13	11
14	12	To reiterate what I said in those posts, this is a common necessity for
15	13	those of us who have non-static IP addresses that can change at any
		@@ -22,88 +20,81 @@ update their domain's DNS records if it changes.
22	20	This post explains how to use Python to update Njalla's DNS records
23	21	whenever a machine's public IP address changes.
24	22
25		### Creating a Token
26
	23	** Creating a Token
27	24	To use Njalla's API, you will first need to create a token that will be
28	25	used to authenticate you every time you call the API. Luckily, this is
29	26	very easy to do if you have an account with Njalla.
30	27
31		Simply go the [API Settings](https://njal.la/settings/api/) page and
32		click the `Add Token` button. Next, enter a name for the
33		token and click `Add`.
	28	Simply go the [[https://njal.la/settings/api/][API Settings]] page and
	29	click the =Add Token= button. Next, enter a name for the token and click
	30	=Add=.
34	31
35		Finally, click the `Manage` button next to your newly created
36		token and copy the `API Token` field.
37
38		### Finding the Correct API Request
	32	Finally, click the =Manage= button next to your newly created token and
	33	copy the =API Token= field.
39	34
	35	** Finding the Correct API Request
40	36	Once you have a token, you're ready to call the Njalla API for any
41	37	number of requests. For a full listing of available requests, see the
42		[Njalla API Documentation](https://njal.la/api/).
	38	[[https://njal.la/api/][Njalla API Documentation]].
43	39
44		For this demo, we are using the `list-records` and
45		`edit-record` requests.
	40	For this demo, we are using the =list-records= and =edit-record=
	41	requests.
46	42
47		The `list-records` request requires the following payload to
48		be sent when calling the API:
	43	The =list-records= request requires the following payload to be sent
	44	when calling the API:
49	45
50		```txt
	46	#+begin_src txt
51	47	params: {
52	48	domain: string
53	49	}
54		```
	50	#+end_src
55	51
56		The `edit-record` request requires the following payload to
57		be sent when calling the API:
	52	The =edit-record= request requires the following payload to be sent when
	53	calling the API:
58	54
59		```txt
	55	#+begin_src txt
60	56	params: {
61	57	domain: string
62	58	id: int
63	59	content: string
64	60	}
65		```
66
67		## Server Set-Up
	61	#+end_src
68	62
	63	* Server Set-Up
69	64	To create this script, we will be using Python. By default, I use Python
70	65	3 on my servers, so please note that I did not test this in Python 2,
71	66	and I do not know if Python 2 will work for this.
72	67
73		### Creating the Script
74
	68	** Creating the Script
75	69	First, find a suitable place to create your script. Personally, I just
76		create a directory called `ddns` in my home directory:
	70	create a directory called =ddns= in my home directory:
77	71
78		```sh
	72	#+begin_src sh
79	73	mkdir ~/ddns
80		```
	74	#+end_src
81	75
82	76	Next, create a Python script file:
83	77
84		```sh
	78	#+begin_src sh
85	79	nano ~/ddns/ddns.py
86		```
	80	#+end_src
87	81
88	82	The following code snippet is quite long, so I won't go into depth on
89	83	each part. However, I suggest you read through the entire script before
90	84	running it; it is quite simple and contains comments to help explain
91	85	each code block.
92	86
93		:warning: Note: You will need to update the following variables for
	87	:warning: Note: You will need to update the following variables for
94	88	this to work:
95	89
96		- `token`: This is the Njalla API token you created
97		earlier.
98		- `user_domain`: This is the top-level domain you want to
99		modify.
100		- `include_subdomains`: Set this to `True` if
101		you also want to modify subdomains found under the TLD.
102		- `subdomains`: If `include_subdomains` =
103		`True`, you can include your list of subdomains to be
104		modified here.
105
106		```python
	90	- =token=: This is the Njalla API token you created earlier.
	91	- =user_domain=: This is the top-level domain you want to modify.
	92	- =include_subdomains=: Set this to =True= if you also want to modify
	93	subdomains found under the TLD.
	94	- =subdomains=: If =include_subdomains= = =True=, you can include your
	95	list of subdomains to be modified here.
	96
	97	#+begin_src python
107	98	#!/usr/bin/python
108	99	# -- coding: utf-8 --
109	100	# Import Python modules
		@@ -182,30 +173,27 @@ for record in data['records']:
182	173	'does not match Njalla's value of',
183	174	record['content'], '. Updating...')
184	175	update_record(user_domain, record['id'], ipv6)
185		```
186
187		### Running the Script
	176	#+end_src
188	177
	178	** Running the Script
189	179	Once you've created the script and are ready to test it, run the
190	180	following command:
191	181
192		```sh
	182	#+begin_src sh
193	183	python3 ~/ddns/ddns.py
194		```
195
196		### Setting the Script to Run Automatically
	184	#+end_src
197	185
198		To make sure the scripts run automatically, add it to the
199		`cron` file so that it will run on a schedule. To do this,
200		open the `cron` file:
	186	** Setting the Script to Run Automatically
	187	To make sure the scripts run automatically, add it to the =cron= file so
	188	that it will run on a schedule. To do this, open the =cron= file:
201	189
202		```sh
	190	#+begin_src sh
203	191	crontab -e
204		```
	192	#+end_src
205	193
206	194	In the cron file, paste the following at the bottom of the editor in
207	195	order to check the IP every five minutes:
208	196
209		```sh
210		/5 * * * python3 /home/<your_username>/ddns/ddns.py
211		```
	197	#+begin_src sh
	198	,/5 * ** python3 /home/<your_username>/ddns/ddns.py
	199	#+end_src

blog/org-blog/index.org added +71

		@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
	1	#+title: Blogging in Org-Mode
	2	#+date: 2024-02-26
	3	#+description: A guide to blogging with org-mode, no third-party tools required.
	4	#+filetags: :dev:
	5
	6	* TODO Write a post on emacs first?
	7
	8	- Could write-up my Doom Emacs config and workflow first, then reference here.
	9
	10	* TODO Configure Emacs
	11
	12	#+begin_src sh
	13	emacs -nw
	14	#+end_src
	15
	16	=SPC f f= ---> =~/.doom.d/config.el=
	17
	18	#+begin_src lisp
	19	;; org-publish
	20	(require 'ox-publish)
	21
	22	(setq org-publish-project-alist
	23	`(("blog"
	24	:base-directory "~/Source/cleberg.net/"
	25	:base-extension "org"
	26	:recursive t
	27	:publishing-directory "~/Source/cleberg.net/public/"
	28	:publishing-function org-html-publish-to-html
	29	;; HTML5
	30	:html-doctype "html5"
	31	:html-html5-fancy t
	32	;; Disable some Org's HTML defaults
	33	:html-head-include-scripts nil
	34	:html-head-include-default-style nil
	35	:section-numbers nil
	36	:with-title nil
	37	;; Generate sitemap
	38	:auto-sitemap t
	39	:sitemap-filename "sitemap.org"
	40	;; Customize HTML output
	41	:html-divs ((preamble "header" "preamble")
	42	(content "main" "content")
	43	(postamble "footer" "postamble"))
	44	:html-head "<link rel='stylesheet' href='/styles.css' type='text/css'>"
	45	:html-preamble "<nav class='site-nav' aria-label='site-nav' role='navigation'>
	46	<ul>
	47	<li><a href='/'>Home</a></li>
	48	<li><a href='/blog/'>Blog</a></li>
	49	<li><a href='/services/'>Services</a></li>
	50	<li><a href='/wiki/'>Wiki</a></li>
	51	</ul></nav>
	52	<h1>%t</h1>
	53	<time datetime='%d'>%d</time>"
	54	:html-postamble "
	55	<p>Last build: %T</p>
	56	<p>Created with %c</p>"
	57	)
	58
	59	("static"
	60	:base-directory "~/Source/cleberg.net/static/"
	61	:base-extension "css\\\|txt\\\|jpg\\\|gif\\\|png"
	62	:recursive t
	63	:publishing-directory "~/Source/cleberg.net/public/"
	64	:publishing-function org-publish-attachment)
	65
	66	("cleberg.net" :components ("blog" "static"))))
	67	#+end_src
	68
	69	* TODO Build Process
	70
	71	* TODO Deploy Process

blog/password-security/index.org added +121

		@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
	1	#+title: Password Security
	2	#+date: 2019-12-16
	3	#+description: Password security basics.
	4	#+filetags: :security:
	5
	6	* Users
	7	** Why Does It Matter?
	8	Information security, including passwords and identities, has become one
	9	of the most important digital highlights of the last decade. With
	10	[[https://www.usatoday.com/story/money/2018/12/28/data-breaches-2018-billions-hit-growing-number-cyberattacks/2413411002/][billions
	11	of people affected by data breaches each year]], there's a greater need
	12	to introduce strong information security systems. If you think you've
	13	been part of a breach, or you want to check and see, you can use
	14	[[https://haveibeenpwned.com/][Have I Been Pwned]] to see if your email
	15	has been involved in any public breaches. Remember that there's a
	16	possibility that a company experienced a breach and did not report it to
	17	anyone.
	18
	19	** How Do I Protect Myself?
	20	The first place to start with any personal security check-up is to
	21	gather a list of all the different websites, apps, or programs that
	22	require you to have login credentials. Optionally, once you know where
	23	your information is being stored, you can sort the list from the
	24	most-important items such as banks or government logins to less
	25	important items such as your favorite meme site. You will want to ensure
	26	that your critical logins are secure before getting to the others.
	27
	28	Once you think you have a good idea of all your different authentication
	29	methods, I recommend using a password manager such as
	30	[[https://bitwarden.com/][Bitwarden]]. Using a password manager allows
	31	you to automatically save your logins, create randomized passwords, and
	32	transfer passwords across devices. However, you'll need to memorize your
	33	"vault password" that allows you to open the password manager. It's
	34	important to make this something hard to guess since it would allow
	35	anyone who has it to access every password you've stored in there.
	36
	37	Personally, I recommend using a
	38	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Passphrase][passphrase]] instead of a
	39	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Password][password]] for your vault
	40	password. Instead of using a string of characters (whether random or
	41	simple), use a phrase and add in symbols and a number. For example, your
	42	vault password could be =Racing-Alphabet-Gourd-Parrot3=. Swap the
	43	symbols out for whichever symbol you want, move the number around, and
	44	fine-tune the passphrase until you are confident that you can remember
	45	it whenever necessary.
	46
	47	Once you've stored your passwords, make sure you continually check up on
	48	your account and make sure you aren't following bad password practices.
	49	Krebs on Security has a great
	50	[[https://krebsonsecurity.com/password-dos-and-donts/][blog post on
	51	password recommendations]]. Any time that a data breach happens, make
	52	sure you check to see if you were included, and if you need to reset any
	53	account passwords.
	54
	55	* Developers
	56	** What Are the Basic Requirements?
	57	When developing any password-protected application, there are a few
	58	basic rules that anyone should follow even if they do not follow any
	59	official guidelines such as NIST. The foremost practice is to require
	60	users to use passwords that are at least 8 characters and cannot easily
	61	be guessed. This sounds extremely simple, but it requires quite a few
	62	different strategies. First, the application should check the potential
	63	passwords against a dictionary of insecure passwords such =password=,
	64	=1234abc=, or =application_name=.
	65
	66	Next, the application should offer guidance on the strength of passwords
	67	being entered during enrollment. Further, NIST officially recommends
	68	not* implementing any composition rules that make passwords hard to
	69	remember (e.g. passwords with letters, numbers, and special characters)
	70	and instead encouraging the use of long pass phrases which can include
	71	spaces. It should be noted that to be able to keep spaces within
	72	passwords, all unicode characters should be supported, and passwords
	73	should not be truncated.
	74
	75	** What Does NIST Recommend?
	76	The National Institute of Standards and Technology
	77	([[https://www.nist.gov][NIST]]) in the US Department of Commerce
	78	regularly publishes information around information security and digital
	79	identity guidelines. Recently, NIST published
	80	[[https://pages.nist.gov/800-63-3/sp800-63b.html][Special Publication
	81	800-63b]]: Digital Identity Guidelines and Authentication and Lifecycle
	82	Management.
	83
	84	#+begin_quote
	85	A Memorized Secret authenticator - commonly referred to as a password
	86	or, if numeric, a PIN - is a secret value intended to be chosen and
	87	memorized by the user. Memorized secrets need to be of sufficient
	88	complexity and secrecy that it would be impractical for an attacker to
	89	guess or otherwise discover the correct secret value. A memorized secret
	90	is something you know.
	91
	92	- NIST Special Publication 800-63B
	93	#+end_quote
	94
	95	NIST offers a lot of guidance on passwords, but I'm going to highlight
	96	just a few of the important factors:
	97
	98	- Require passwords to be a minimum of 8 characters (6 characters if
	99	randomly generated and be generated using an approved random bit
	100	generator).
	101	- Compare potential passwords against a list that contains values known
	102	to be commonly-used, expected, or compromised.
	103	- Offer guidance on password strength, such as a strength meter.
	104	- Implement a rate-limiting mechanism to limit the number of failed
	105	authentication attempts for each user account.
	106	- Do not require composition rules for passwords and do not require
	107	passwords to be changed periodically (unless compromised).
	108	- Allow pasting of user identification and passwords to facilitate the
	109	use of password managers.
	110	- Allow users to view the password as it is being entered.
	111	- Use secure forms of communication and storage, including salting and
	112	hashing passwords using a one-way key derivation function.
	113
	114	NIST offers further guidance on other devices that require specific
	115	security policies, querying for passwords, and more. All the information
	116	discussed so far comes from
	117	[[https://pages.nist.gov/800-63-3/sp800-63b.html][NIST SP800-63b]] but
	118	NIST offers a lot of information on digital identities, enrollment,
	119	identity proofing, authentication, lifecycle management, federation, and
	120	assertions in the total [[https://pages.nist.gov/800-63-3/][NIST
	121	SP800-63 Digital Identity Guidelines]].

content/blog/2021-04-28-photography.md → blog/photography/index.org renamed +30 −34

		@@ -1,68 +1,64 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2021-04-28
3		title = "Jumping Back Into Photography"
4		description = "Some thoughts on photography."
5		+++
	1	#+title: Jumping Back Into Photography
	2	#+date: 2021-04-28
	3	#+description: Some thoughts on photography.
	4	#+filetags: :personal:
6	5
7		## Why Photography?
8
9		I've often wondered why photography is as enticing as it is. You can
10		see billions of people around the world taking photographs every single
	6	* Why Photography?
	7	I've often wondered why photography is as enticing as it is. You can see
	8	billions of people around the world taking photographs every single
11	9	moment of the day. New technology often boasts about their photographic
12	10	capabilities, especially smartphones. I would even assume that we live
13	11	in a world where there is never a moment in which a photograph is not
14	12	being taken somewhere on Earth.
15	13
16	14	As for myself, I would simply say that I enjoy preserving a memory in
17		physical (or digital) form. I've never had the best memory when it
18		comes to recalling details of places and people gone by, so it helps to
19		have a frame of reference lying around.
	15	physical (or digital) form. I've never had the best memory when it comes
	16	to recalling details of places and people gone by, so it helps to have a
	17	frame of reference lying around.
20	18
21	19	Regardless of the reason, I think most people would agree that you
22	20	simply cannot have too many hobbies.
23	21
24		## Older Cameras
25
	22	* Older Cameras
26	23	I started playing around with the idea of photography when my family
27	24	purchased a Fujifilm camera for family-specific events. I don't recall
28	25	the specific model, but I do recall it was a point-and-shoot camera
29	26	without an interchangeable lens. However, it was of great value to
30		someone, like myself, who couldn't afford any other camera. I took
31		about 10,000 shots with that camera over a 3-5 year span. Most notably,
32		all of my trips to California were documented through this camera.
	27	someone, like myself, who couldn't afford any other camera. I took about
	28	10,000 shots with that camera over a 3-5 year span. Most notably, all of
	29	my trips to California were documented through this camera.
33	30
34	31	When possible, I would borrow my sister's camera, which is a Sony
35	32	SLT-A58. This camera was great and allowed for some of my best early
36	33	shots, especially those taken in Utah's and Nevada's parks.
37	34
38		## My Current Kit
39
	35	* My Current Kit
40	36	I've finally come to a point in my life where I have the disposable
41	37	income to invest in a solid photography kit. I played around with the
42	38	idea of a lot of different cameras, different types, new vs used, etc.
43		Finally, I settled on the [Sony α7
44		III](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sony_%CE%B17_III). This camera is
45		mirror-less and uses a full-frame image sensor at 24 megapixels. I
46		don't create large prints, and I am mostly focused on preserving
47		memories in high quality for the next 5-10 years with this camera, so
48		the specifications here are just perfect for me.
	39	Finally, I settled on the
	40	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sony_%CE%B17_III][Sony α7 III]]. This
	41	camera is mirror-less and uses a full-frame image sensor at 24
	42	megapixels. I don't create large prints, and I am mostly focused on
	43	preserving memories in high quality for the next 5-10 years with this
	44	camera, so the specifications here are just perfect for me.
49	45
50	46	For lenses, I decided to buy two lenses that could carry me through most
51	47	situations:
52	48
53		- [Vario-Tessar T\* FE 24-70 mm F4 ZA
54		OSS](https://electronics.sony.com/imaging/lenses/full-frame-e-mount/p/sel2470z)
55		- [Tamron 70-300mm f4.5-6.3 Di III
56		RXD](https://www.tamron-usa.com/product/lenses/a047.html)
	49	- [[https://electronics.sony.com/imaging/lenses/full-frame-e-mount/p/sel2470z][Vario-Tessar
	50	T** FE 24-70 mm F4 ZA OSS]]
	51	- [[https://www.tamron-usa.com/product/lenses/a047.html][Tamron 70-300mm
	52	f4.5-6.3 Di III RXD]]
57	53
58		In addition, I grabbed a couple [HGX Prime
59		67mm](https://www.promaster.com/Product/6725) protection filters for the
60		lenses.
	54	In addition, I grabbed a couple
	55	[[https://www.promaster.com/Product/6725][HGX Prime 67mm]] protection
	56	filters for the lenses.
61	57
62	58	As I delve further into photography and pick up more skills, I will most
63	59	likely go back and grab a lens with a higher f-stop value, such as
64		f/1.8. I toyed with the idea of grabbing a 50 mm at `f/1.8`,
65		but decided to keep things in a reasonable price range instead.
	60	f/1.8. I toyed with the idea of grabbing a 50 mm at =f/1.8=, but decided
	61	to keep things in a reasonable price range instead.
66	62
67	63	Finally, I made sure to buy a photography-specific backpack with a rain
68	64	guard, and the zipper on the back panel, to protect the equipment while

content/blog/2020-08-29-php-auth-flow.md → blog/php-auth-flow/index.org renamed +35 −42

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2020-08-29
3		title = "PHP Authentication Flow"
4		description = "Learn how to establish and maintain a basic user authentication flow in PHP."
5		+++
6
7		# Introduction
	1	#+title: PHP Authentication Flow
	2	#+date: 2020-08-29
	3	#+description: Learn how to establish and maintain a basic user authentication flow in PHP.
	4	#+filetags: :dev:
8	5
	6	* Introduction
9	7	When creating websites that will allow users to create accounts, the
10	8	developer always needs to consider the proper authentication flow for
11	9	their app. For example, some developers will utilize an API for
		@@ -17,7 +15,7 @@ problem of copying and pasting the code from their library's
17	15	documentation. For example, here's the code I use to authenticate users
18	16	with the Tumblr OAuth API for my Tumblr client, Vox Populi:
19	17
20		```php
	18	#+begin_src php
21	19	// Start the session
22	20	session_start();
23	21
		@@ -38,7 +36,7 @@ $client = new Tumblr\API\Client(
38	36	$token,
39	37	$token_secret
40	38	);
41		```
	39	#+end_src
42	40
43	41	However, developers creating authentication flows from scratch will need
44	42	to think carefully about when to make sure a web page will check the
		@@ -47,8 +45,7 @@ user's authenticity.
47	45	In this article, we're going to look at a simple authentication flow
48	46	using a MySQL database and PHP.
49	47
50		# Creating User Accounts
51
	48	* Creating User Accounts
52	49	The beginning to any type of user authentication is to create a user
53	50	account. This process can take many formats, but the simplest is to
54	51	accept user input from a form (e.g., username and password) and send it
		@@ -56,10 +53,10 @@ over to your database. For example, here's a snippet that shows how to
56	53	get username and password parameters that would come when a user submits
57	54	a form to your PHP script.
58	55
59		Note: Ensure that your password column is large enough to hold the
	56	Note: Ensure that your password column is large enough to hold the
60	57	hashed value (at least 60 characters or longer).
61	58
62		```php
	59	#+begin_src php
63	60	// Get the values from the URL
64	61	$username = $_POST['username'];
65	62	$raw_password = $_POST['password'];
		@@ -92,15 +89,14 @@ if ($conn->query($sql) === TRUE) {
92	89	}
93	90
94	91	$conn->close();
95		```
96
97		# Validate Returning Users
	92	#+end_src
98	93
	94	** Validate Returning Users
99	95	To be able to verify that a returning user has a valid username and
100	96	password in your database is as simple as having users fill out a form
101	97	and comparing their inputs to your database.
102	98
103		```php
	99	#+begin_src php
104	100	// Query the database for username and password
105	101	// ...
106	102
		@@ -111,42 +107,40 @@ if(password_verify($password_input, $hashed_password)) {
111	107
112	108	// Else, Redirect them back to the login page.
113	109	...
114		```
	110	#+end_src
115	111
116		# Storing Authentication State
	112	* Storing Authentication State
	113	Once you've created the user's account, now you're ready to initialize
	114	the user's session. *You will need to do this on every page you load
	115	while the user is logged in.** To do so, simply enter the following code
	116	snippet:
117	117
118		Once you've created the user's account, now you're ready to
119		initialize the user's session. **You will need to do this on every page
120		you load while the user is logged in.** To do so, simply enter the
121		following code snippet:
122
123		```php
	118	#+begin_src php
124	119	session_start();
125		```
	120	#+end_src
126	121
127	122	Once you've initialized the session, the next step is to store the
128	123	session in a cookie so that you can access it later.
129	124
130		```php
	125	#+begin_src php
131	126	setcookie(session_name());
132		```
	127	#+end_src
133	128
134	129	Now that the session name has been stored, you'll be able to check if
135	130	there's an active session whenever you load a page.
136	131
137		```php
	132	#+begin_src php
138	133	if(isset(session_name())) {
139	134	// The session is active
140	135	}
141		```
142
143		# Removing User Authentication
	136	#+end_src
144	137
	138	** Removing User Authentication
145	139	The next logical step is to give your users the option to log out once
146	140	they are done using your application. This can be tricky in PHP since a
147	141	few of the standard ways do not always work.
148	142
149		```php
	143	#+begin_src php
150	144	// Initialize the session.
151	145	// If you are using session_name("something"), don't forget it now!
152	146	session_start();
		@@ -178,18 +172,17 @@ session_write_close();
178	172	// Go back to sign-in page
179	173	header('Location: https://example.com/logged-out/');
180	174	die();
181		```
182
183		# Wrapping Up
	175	#+end_src
184	176
	177	* Wrapping Up
185	178	Now you should be ready to begin your authentication programming with
186	179	PHP. You can create user accounts, create sessions for users across
187	180	different pages of your site, and then destroy the user data when
188	181	they're ready to leave.
189	182
190		For more information on this subject, I recommend reading the [PHP
191		Documentation](https://www.php.net/). Specifically, you may want to look
192		at [HTTP Authentication with
193		PHP](https://www.php.net/manual/en/features.http-auth.php), [session
194		handling](https://www.php.net/manual/en/book.session.php), and
195		[hash](https://www.php.net/manual/en/function.hash.php).
	183	For more information on this subject, I recommend reading the
	184	[[https://www.php.net/][PHP Documentation]]. Specifically, you may want
	185	to look at [[https://www.php.net/manual/en/features.http-auth.php][HTTP
	186	Authentication with PHP]],
	187	[[https://www.php.net/manual/en/book.session.php][session handling]],
	188	and [[https://www.php.net/manual/en/function.hash.php][hash]].

content/blog/2021-04-23-php-comment-system.md → blog/php-comment-system/index.org renamed +84 −95

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2021-04-23
3		title = "Roll Your Own Static Commenting System in PHP"
4		description = "A simple guide to creating a commenting system in PHP."
5		+++
6
7		## The Terrible-ness of Commenting Systems
	1	#+title: Roll Your Own Static Commenting System in PHP
	2	#+date: 2021-04-23
	3	#+description: A simple guide to creating a commenting system in PHP.
	4	#+filetags: :dev:
8	5
	6	* The Terrible-ness of Commenting Systems
9	7	The current state of affairs regarding interactive comment systems is,
10	8	well, terrible. It is especially awful if you're a privacy conscious
11	9	person who does not generally load third-party scripts or frames on the
		@@ -16,24 +14,23 @@ something that should be standard.
16	14
17	15	Of course, there are some really terrible options:
18	16
19		- Facebook Comments
20		- Discourse
	17	- Facebook Comments
	18	- Discourse
21	19
22	20	There are some options that are better but still use too many scripts,
23	21	frames, or social integrations on your web page that could impact some
24	22	users:
25	23
26		- Disqus
27		- Isso
28		- Remark42
	24	- Disqus
	25	- Isso
	26	- Remark42
29	27
30	28	Lastly, I looked into a few unique ways of generating blog comments,
31	29	such as using Twitter threads or GitHub issues to automatically post
32	30	issues. However, these both rely on external third-party sites that I
33	31	don't currently use.
34	32
35		## Stay Static with Server-Side Comments
36
	33	* Stay Static with Server-Side Comments
37	34	The main issue for my personal use-case is that my blog is completely,
38	35	100% static. I use PHP on the back-end but website visitors only see
39	36	HTML and a single CSS file. No external javascript and no embedded
		@@ -41,15 +38,14 @@ frames.
41	38
42	39	So, how do we keep a site static and still allow users to interact with
43	40	blog posts? The key actually pretty simple - I'm already using PHP, so
44		why not rely on the classic HTML `<form>` and a PHP script to
45		save the comments somewhere? As it turns out, this was a perfect
46		solution for me.
	41	why not rely on the classic HTML =<form>= and a PHP script to save the
	42	comments somewhere? As it turns out, this was a perfect solution for me.
47	43
48	44	The second issue for my personal use-case is that I am trying to keep
49	45	the contents of my website accessible over time, as described by
50		@brandur, in his post entitled [Blog with Markdown + Git, and degrade
51		gracefully through
52		time](https://brandur.org/fragments/graceful-degradation-time) .
	46	[cite/t:@brandur], in his post entitled
	47	[[https://brandur.org/fragments/graceful-degradation-time][Blog with
	48	Markdown + Git, and degrade gracefully through time]] .
53	49
54	50	This means I cannot rely on a database for comments, since I do not rely
55	51	on a database for any other part of my websites.
		@@ -59,35 +55,34 @@ that future readers will be able to see the source data long after I'm
59	55	gone, or the website has gone offline. However, I still haven't
60	56	committed any images served on my blog to Git, as I'm not entirely sold
61	57	on Git LFS yet - for now, images can be found at
62		[img.cleberg.net](https://img.cleberg.net).
	58	[[https://img.cleberg.net][img.cleberg.net]].
63	59
64	60	Saving my comments back to the Git repository ensures that another
65	61	aspect of my site will degrade gracefully.
66	62
67		## Create a Comment Form
68
	63	* Create a Comment Form
69	64	Okay, let's get started. The first step is to create an HTML form that
70	65	users can see and utilize to submit comments. This is fairly easy and
71	66	can be changed depending on your personal preferences.
72	67
73	68	Take a look at the code block below for the form I currently use. Note
74		that `<current-url>` is replaced automatically in PHP with
75		the current post's URL, so that my PHP script used later will know
76		which blog post the comment is related to.
	69	that =<current-url>= is replaced automatically in PHP with the current
	70	post's URL, so that my PHP script used later will know which blog post
	71	the comment is related to.
77	72
78	73	The form contains the following structure:
79	74
80		1. `<form>` - This is the form and will determine which PHP
81		script to send the comment to.
82		2. `<section hidden>` - This section is hidden from the user
83		and is used to ensure that we know which blog post sent the comment.
84		3. `<section>` Display Name (Optional) - Used to accept a
85		display name, if entered.
86		4. `<section>` Comment (Required) - Used to accept the
87		user's full comment. Markdown is allowed.
88		5. `<button>` - A button to submit the form.
89
90		```html
	75	1. =<form>= - This is the form and will determine which PHP script to
	76	send the comment to.
	77	2. =<section hidden>= - This section is hidden from the user and is used
	78	to ensure that we know which blog post sent the comment.
	79	3. =<section>= Display Name (Optional) - Used to accept a display name,
	80	if entered.
	81	4. =<section>= Comment (Required) - Used to accept the user's full
	82	comment. Markdown is allowed.
	83	5. =<button>= - A button to submit the form.
	84
	85	#+begin_src html
91	86	<form action="/comment.php" method="POST">
92	87	<h3>Leave a Comment</h3>
93	88	<section hidden>
		@@ -127,32 +122,30 @@ The form contains the following structure:
127	122	</section>
128	123	<button type="submit">Submit</button>
129	124	</form>
130		```
131
132		## Handle Comments via POST
	125	#+end_src
133	126
	127	* Handle Comments via POST
134	128	Now that we have a form and can submit comments, we need to create a PHP
135	129	script so that the server can fetch the comment data and save it. Make
136		sure your PHP script name matches the name you entered in the
137		`action` field in your form.
138
139		See the code block below for the contents of my `comment.php`
140		script. We perform the following tasks in this script:
141
142		1. Grab the POST data from the HTML form.
143		2. Sanitize the comment data with `htmlentities`.
144		3. Set the display name to `Anonymous` if it was left blank.
145		4. Create a PHP object that combines all of this data.
146		5. Check if our destination file `comments.json` exists.
147		6. If so, convert the PHP object to JSON and save it to the file.
148		7. If the `comments.json` file does not exist, the script
149		will exit with an error. You can alter this to ensure it creates the
150		script, but my source code includes the file by default, so it will
151		always exist.
152		8. Finally, send the user back to the `#comments` section of
153		the blog post they just read.
154
155		```php
	130	sure your PHP script name matches the name you entered in the =action=
	131	field in your form.
	132
	133	See the code block below for the contents of my =comment.php= script. We
	134	perform the following tasks in this script:
	135
	136	1. Grab the POST data from the HTML form.
	137	2. Sanitize the comment data with =htmlentities=.
	138	3. Set the display name to =Anonymous= if it was left blank.
	139	4. Create a PHP object that combines all of this data.
	140	5. Check if our destination file =comments.json= exists.
	141	6. If so, convert the PHP object to JSON and save it to the file.
	142	7. If the =comments.json= file does not exist, the script will exit with
	143	an error. You can alter this to ensure it creates the script, but my
	144	source code includes the file by default, so it will always exist.
	145	8. Finally, send the user back to the =#comments= section of the blog
	146	post they just read.
	147
	148	#+begin_src php
156	149	// Get the content sent from the comment form
157	150	$comment = htmlentities($_POST['userContent']);
158	151	$post_url = $_POST['postURL'];
		@@ -187,33 +180,32 @@ if (file_exists($file_name)) {
187	180
188	181	// Send the user back
189	182	header('Location: ' . $post_url . '#comments');
190		```
	183	#+end_src
191	184
192		If you're using Apache, make sure the `www-data` user on
193		your server has the correct permissions to your website directory or
194		else it will not be able to write to `comments.json`.
	185	If you're using Apache, make sure the =www-data= user on your server has
	186	the correct permissions to your website directory or else it will not be
	187	able to write to =comments.json=.
195	188
196		```sh
	189	#+begin_src sh
197	190	chgrp -R www-data /path/to/website/
198	191	chmod -R g+w comments.json
199		```
200
201		## Display User Comments
	192	#+end_src
202	193
	194	* Display User Comments
203	195	Now that we can submit comments, and they are saved to the
204		`comments.json` file, let's make sure we can show those
205		comments in each blog post.
	196	=comments.json= file, let's make sure we can show those comments in each
	197	blog post.
206	198
207	199	The code block below shows the function I use to decode my
208		`comments.json` file, check if the comments apply to the
209		current post, and then display them.
	200	=comments.json= file, check if the comments apply to the current post,
	201	and then display them.
210	202
211		This piece of code should really be inside a function (or at least
212		in an organized PHP workflow). Don't just copy-and-paste and expect it
213		to work. You need to at least supply a `$query` variable
214		depending on the page visited.
	203	This piece of code should really* be inside a function (or at least in
	204	an organized PHP workflow). Don't just copy-and-paste and expect it to
	205	work. You need to at least supply a =$query= variable depending on the
	206	page visited.
215	207
216		```php
	208	#+begin_src php
217	209	$query = 'your-blog-post.html';
218	210
219	211	// Load saved comments
		@@ -245,32 +237,29 @@ foreach ($comments as $comment) {
245	237	}
246	238
247	239	echo $comment_section;
248		```
249
250		## Bonus: Create a 'Recent Comments' Page
	240	#+end_src
251	241
	242	* Bonus: Create a 'Recent Comments' Page
252	243	Finally, the last part of my current system is to create a Recent
253	244	Comments page so that I can easily check-in on my blog and moderate any
254		spam. As an alternative, you could use PHP's `mail()`
255		function to email you for each blog comment.
	245	spam. As an alternative, you could use PHP's =mail()= function to email
	246	you for each blog comment.
256	247
257	248	The code to do this is literally the same code as the previous section,
258	249	I just make sure it is printed when someone visits
259		`https://example.com/comments/`.
260
261		## Possible Enhancements
	250	=https://example.com/comments/=.
262	251
	252	* Possible Enhancements
263	253	This comment system is by no means a fully-developed system. I have
264	254	noted a few possible enhancements here that I may implement in the
265	255	future:
266	256
267		- Create a secure moderator page with user authentication at
268		`https://blog.example.com/mod/`. This page could have the
269		option to edit or delete any comment found in
270		`comments.json`.
271		- Create a temporary file, such as `pending_comments.json`,
272		that will store newly-submitted comments and won't display on blog
273		posts until approved by a moderator.
274		- Create a `/modlog/` page with a chronological log,
275		showing which moderator approved which comments and why certain
276		comments were rejected.
	257	- Create a secure moderator page with user authentication at
	258	=https://blog.example.com/mod/=. This page could have the option to
	259	edit or delete any comment found in =comments.json=.
	260	- Create a temporary file, such as =pending_comments.json=, that will
	261	store newly-submitted comments and won't display on blog posts until
	262	approved by a moderator.
	263	- Create a =/modlog/= page with a chronological log, showing which
	264	moderator approved which comments and why certain comments were
	265	rejected.

content/blog/2022-04-09-pinetime.md → blog/pinetime/index.org renamed +59 −70

		@@ -1,44 +1,39 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-04-09
3		title = "PineTime: An Open-Source Smart Watch"
4		description = "Playing with the PineTime smart watch."
5		+++
6
7		## PineTime Product Information
8
9		### Overview
10
11		The [PineTime](https://www.pine64.org/pinetime/) is an open-source
12		smartwatch, created by [PINE64](https://www.pine64.org). Originally
	1	#+title: PineTime: An Open-Source Smart Watch
	2	#+date: 2022-04-09
	3	#+description: Playing with the PineTime smart watch.
	4	#+filetags: :hardware:
	5
	6	* PineTime Product Information
	7	** Overview
	8	The [[https://www.pine64.org/pinetime/][PineTime]] is an open-source
	9	smartwatch, created by [[https://www.pine64.org][PINE64]]. Originally
13	10	announced in September 2019, this ARM-based watch is a fantastic option
14	11	for users who want the benefits of a modern smartwatch with the backing
15	12	of open-source components and software.
16	13
17		### Product Specifications
	14	** Product Specifications
	15	I won't dive into too many details that you can find on
	16	[[https://www.pine64.org/pinetime/][the product page]], but I wanted to
	17	point out the prices for each watch and the primary functions:
18	18
19		I won't dive into too many details that you can find on [the product
20		page](https://www.pine64.org/pinetime/), but I wanted to point out the
21		prices for each watch and the primary functions:
	19	1. Price:
22	20
23		1. Price:
	21	- $26.99 (Sealed)
	22	- $24.99 (Dev Kit)
	23	- $51.98 (One Sealed + One Dev Kit)
24	24
25		- \$26.99 (Sealed)
26		- \$24.99 (Dev Kit)
27		- \$51.98 (One Sealed + One Dev Kit)
	25	2. Primary Functionality:
28	26
29		2. Primary Functionality:
30
31		- Clock (+ Smartphone Sync)
32		- Pedometer
33		- Heart Rate Monitor
34		- Sleep Monitor
35		- Calories burned
36		- Messaging
37		- Smartphone Notifications
38		- Media Controls
39
40		## Unboxing
	27	- Clock (+ Smartphone Sync)
	28	- Pedometer
	29	- Heart Rate Monitor
	30	- Sleep Monitor
	31	- Calories burned
	32	- Messaging
	33	- Smartphone Notifications
	34	- Media Controls
41	35
	36	* Unboxing
42	37	Now, my PineTime was ordered on 2022-02-17, shipped on 2022-02-22, and
43	38	was delivered on 2022-03-23. With the current delays on shipping times
44	39	around the world (and the semiconductor shortage), a month for delivery
		@@ -51,31 +46,29 @@ USB wall adapter).
51	46	The watch itself was able to turn on immediately when I pulled it out of
52	47	the box, but the battery was depleted and required charging right away.
53	48
54		![PineTime Box
55		Contents](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220409-pinetime-smart-watch/pinetime_box_contents.png)
56
57		## Software
58
59		### Watch OS: InfiniTime
	49	#+caption: PineTime Box Contents
	50	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220409-pinetime-smart-watch/pinetime_box_contents.png]]
60	51
	52	* Software
	53	** Watch OS: InfiniTime
61	54	While turning on the watch for the first time, some of the main design
62	55	choices you can see in the watch OS,
63		[InfiniTime](https://wiki.pine64.org/wiki/InfiniTime), are:
	56	[[https://wiki.pine64.org/wiki/InfiniTime][InfiniTime]], are:
64	57
65		- A square bezel, not too thin against the sides of the watch.
66		- A simple, rubber band.
67		- Basic font and screen pixel design.
68		- Swipe gestures to access other screens.
	58	- A square bezel, not too thin against the sides of the watch.
	59	- A simple, rubber band.
	60	- Basic font and screen pixel design.
	61	- Swipe gestures to access other screens.
69	62
70		![PineTime
71		Screens](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220409-pinetime-smart-watch/pinetime.png)
	63	#+caption: PineTime Screens
	64	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220409-pinetime-smart-watch/pinetime.png]]
72	65
73	66	The OS itself is fantastic in terms of functionality for me. It does
74	67	exactly what a smartwatch should do - track time, steps, heart rates,
75	68	and connect to another smart device, without being overly burdensome to
76	69	the user.
77	70
78		My only gripe so far is that it's really difficult to swipe to
	71	My only gripe so far is that it's /really/ difficult to swipe to
79	72	different screens, such as pulling down the notification tray. I'm not
80	73	sure if this is an OS or hardware issue, but it makes it quite hard to
81	74	quickly move around the screens.
		@@ -86,46 +79,43 @@ accidentally turn on the screen. With other watches, I absolutely hated
86	79	not being able to turn off the raise-to-wake or wave features (i.e.,
87	80	blinding myself while wearing a watch at night because I moved my arm).
88	81
89		### iOS App: InfiniLink
90
	82	** iOS App: InfiniLink
91	83	Since I am using iOS as my primary mobile device OS, I am using the
92		[InfiniLink](https://github.com/xan-m/InfiniLink) app to connect my
	84	[[https://github.com/xan-m/InfiniLink][InfiniLink]] app to connect my
93	85	watch.
94	86
95	87	This app provides the following for PineTime owners:
96	88
97		- Firmware updates
98		- Steps
99		- Charts
100		- Notifications
	89	- Firmware updates
	90	- Steps
	91	- Charts
	92	- Notifications
101	93
102	94	I mashed up a few screenshots to show off the home page, menu, firmware
103	95	update, and notification test screens:
104	96
105		![InfiniLink
106		Home](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220409-pinetime-smart-watch/infinilink_home.png)
	97	#+caption: InfiniLink Home
	98	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220409-pinetime-smart-watch/infinilink_home.png]]
107	99
108	100	Another big feature of InfiniLink is the ability to track pedometer
109	101	steps in a collection of beautiful graphs, with the option to change
110	102	your step goal and add in manual steps.
111	103
112		![InfiniLink
113		Steps](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220409-pinetime-smart-watch/infinilink_steps.png)
	104	#+caption: InfiniLink Steps
	105	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220409-pinetime-smart-watch/infinilink_steps.png]]
114	106
115	107	Finally, there are charts to display the battery percentage and heart
116	108	rates over time. This area also comes with an option to clear data.
117	109
118		![InfiniLink
119		Charts](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220409-pinetime-smart-watch/infinilink_charts.png)
120
121		## Final Thoughts
122
123		### Pros
	110	#+caption: InfiniLink Charts
	111	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220409-pinetime-smart-watch/infinilink_charts.png]]
124	112
	113	* Final Thoughts
	114	** Pros
125	115	After wearing my watch for a few weeks, I have mostly positive thoughts
126	116	about the watch so far. In the past, I have owned smartwatches by
127		FitBit, Fossil, Apple, etc. - **but I prefer the PineTime over all of
128		those watches**.
	117	FitBit, Fossil, Apple, etc. - *but I prefer the PineTime over all of
	118	those watches*.
129	119
130	120	The PineTime strips out all the unnecessary features and performs the
131	121	functions that it provides effectively and efficiently.
		@@ -133,12 +123,11 @@ functions that it provides effectively and efficiently.
133	123	The battery life is amazing on this device. By default, the watch seems
134	124	to last anywhere from a few days to a week before dying.
135	125
136		And of course, it's open source and backed by some of the most
137		dedicated enthusiasts and developers I've seen. Watching the Matrix
138		channel, forums, and website have been exciting to see.
139
140		### Cons
	126	And of course, it's open source and backed by some of the most dedicated
	127	enthusiasts and developers I've seen. Watching the Matrix channel,
	128	forums, and website have been exciting to see.
141	129
	130	** Cons
142	131	If I had to complain about anything, it would simply be the small bugs
143	132	in some features that can be contributed to the companion apps more than
144	133	the watch itself.

blog/plex-migration/index.org added +230

		@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
	1	#+title: Migrating Plex to a New Server (& Nvidia Transcoding)
	2	#+date: 2022-03-08
	3	#+description: A retrospective on migrating Plex between servers and enabling Nvidia GPU transcoding.
	4	#+filetags: :selfhosting:
	5
	6	* Migration Phases
	7	I recently decided to migrate my server from an old OptiPlex desktop
	8	machine to a custom-built tower with better hardware in every category.
	9	In order to do this, I would need to properly migrate a full Plex
	10	installation.
	11
	12	The second part of this migration is that the new server uses an Nvidia
	13	GPU and does not have any integrated graphics, which requires extra work
	14	for installation, but provides much better hardware transcoding options
	15	for Plex.
	16
	17	Therefore, I have broken this migration down into three phases:
	18
	19	1. Configure the New Server
	20	2. Migrate Plex Data & Devices
	21	3. Configure GPU Transcoding
	22
	23	* Phase 1: Configure the New Server
	24	** Choosing an OS
	25	In order to migrate Plex to my new server, I first needed to choose an
	26	appropriate operating system (OS) and install it on the machine. Given
	27	that I have encountered numerous issues installing other Linux
	28	distributions properly with Nvidia graphics, I chose
	29	[[https://ubuntu.com/download/server][Ubuntu Server]].
	30
	31	The first step is to create a bootable USB with Ubuntu Server. This is
	32	easy with [[https://www.balena.io/etcher/][Etcher]], an app that runs on
	33	many different platforms. Just download the Ubuntu Server =.iso= image,
	34	launch Etcher, and install the =.iso= on the USB.
	35
	36	Once the USB is created, insert it into my server, reboot, and click
	37	=Esc= (or any of the =F1-12= keys) until the BIOS menu appears. Finally,
	38	launch the USB boot drive.
	39
	40	** Booting with Nvidia
	41	In order to install Ubuntu Server with an Nvidia Graphics card (and no
	42	integrated graphics on this device for some reason), you'll have to
	43	configure the boot menu to allow different graphics drivers to be
	44	loaded.
	45
	46	When booting from the USB, the machine will launch the initial
	47	installation menu. From this menu, type =e= to view the default command
	48	options that come with the device - it's a good idea to take a photo of
	49	this screen, so you can enter these commands on the next screen (along
	50	with adding support for Nvidia).
	51
	52	Finally, type =Ctrl + C= to enter the command line. From this command
	53	line, enter the commands found on the =e= screen. *Remember to add
	54	=nomodeset= to the =linux ...= line so that your Nvidia device will
	55	display the installation screens properly!*
	56
	57	Here's an example of the commands I pulled from the =e= screen and
	58	entered on the command line.
	59
	60	#+begin_src sh
	61	setparams 'Install Ubuntu Server'
	62	setgfxpayload=keep
	63	linux /casper/vmlinuz quiet nomodeset ---
	64	initrd /casper/initrd
	65	boot
	66	#+end_src
	67
	68	#+caption: Ubuntu Server Installation 01
	69	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220308-plex-media-server-migration/ubuntu_server_installation_01.png]]
	70
	71	#+caption: Ubuntu Server Installation 02
	72	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220308-plex-media-server-migration/ubuntu_server_installation_02.png]]
	73
	74	Once the machine is rebooted, enter the =e= screen again and add
	75	=nomodeset= to the =linux ...= line again and press =Ctrl + X= to save
	76	the boot options.
	77
	78	The machine is now fully installed and can properly display on an
	79	external display using the Nvidia GPU.
	80
	81	Always remember to update and upgrade on a new installation:
	82
	83	#+begin_src sh
	84	sudo apt update; sudo apt upgrade -y; sudo apt autoremove -y
	85	#+end_src
	86
	87	* Phase 2: Migrate Plex Data & Devices
	88	This phase uses the great Plex article on migrations
	89	([[https://support.plex.tv/articles/201370363-move-an-install-to-another-system/][Move
	90	an Installation to Another System]]) and adds a bit more information to
	91	help with commands and context.
	92
	93	** Terminology
	94	Source:* The original server that is being replaced.\\
	95	Destination:* The new server.\\
	96	Client:* Any application that can be used to modify settings for both
	97	source/destination.
	98
	99	** Step 01: [Client] Update Settings
	100	Open up a Plex app and /disable/ the =Account= > =Library= >
	101	=Empty trash automatically after every scan= preference for the source
	102	server.
	103
	104	** Step 02: [Destination] Install Plex
	105	Open up the [[https://www.plex.tv/media-server-downloads/][Plex Media
	106	Server download page]] and copy the link for the appropriate platform.
	107
	108	Execute the following commands on the destination server to install
	109	Plex:
	110
	111	#+begin_src sh
	112	wget <url>
	113	sudo dpkg -i <filename>
	114	sudo systemctl stop plexmediaserver.service
	115	#+end_src
	116
	117	** Step 03: [Source] Stop Plex & Migrate Data
	118	First, stop the Plex service so that no data is created or modified
	119	during the migration.
	120
	121	#+begin_src sh
	122	sudo systemctl stop plexmediaserver.service
	123	#+end_src
	124
	125	Next, copy the data to the new server. To find where the Plex data
	126	directory is located, Plex has another excellent article available:
	127	[[https://support.plex.tv/articles/202915258-where-is-the-plex-media-server-data-directory-located/][Where
	128	is the Plex Media Server data directory located?]].
	129
	130	There are many ways to copy the data to the new server and will largely
	131	depend on the size of the folder being copied. Personally, my data
	132	folder was ~23GB and I opted to simply use the =scp= command to copy the
	133	files over SSH.
	134
	135	This process was throttled by the old server's slow HDD and ports and
	136	took approximately 90 minutes to complete. In comparison, moving the
	137	data from the new server's =home/user/= directory to the
	138	=/var/.../Plex Media Server= directory took 2-3 minutes.
	139
	140	#+begin_src sh
	141	scp -r "/var/lib/plexmediaserver/Library/Application Support/Plex Media Server" your_user@xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx:"'/path/to/destination/'"
	142	#+end_src
	143
	144	** Step 04: [Destination] Update File Permissions
	145	In case you move the data directory to a common area on the new server,
	146	it will have to be moved to the proper location before Plex can function
	147	properly:
	148
	149	#+begin_src sh
	150	mv "Plex Media Server" /var/lib/plexmediaserver/Library/Application Support/
	151	#+end_src
	152
	153	To ensure permissions were retained properly, the server will need to
	154	show that all files and folders in the data directory are owned by
	155	=plex:plex= (or whichever user is running the Plex application).
	156
	157	#+begin_src sh
	158	sudo chown -R plex:plex "/var/lib/plexmediaserver/Library/Application Support/Plex Media Server"
	159	#+end_src
	160
	161	Finally, start the service and check the status.
	162
	163	#+begin_src sh
	164	sudo systemctl start plexmediaserver.service
	165	sudo systemctl status plexmediaserver.service
	166	#+end_src
	167
	168	** Step 05: [Client] Update Libraries & Metadata
	169	The first step - now that the new server is up and running - is to sign
	170	out of the client and sign back in. Once this is done, update any
	171	library locations, if necessary. This was unnecessary in my case since I
	172	simply moved my storage drives from the source server to the destination
	173	server.
	174
	175	Next, perform the following actions in the client:
	176
	177	1. On the left sidebar, click =More= > Three-Dot Menu >
	178	=Scan Library Files=
	179	2. /Enable/ the =Account= > =Library= >
	180	=Empty trash automatically after every scan= preference for the
	181	source server.
	182	3. On the left sidebar, click =More= > Three-Dot Menu > =Manage Server=
	183	> =Empty Trash=
	184	4. On the left sidebar, click =More= > Three-Dot Menu > =Manage Server=
	185	> =Clean Bundles=
	186	5. On the left sidebar, click =More= > Three-Dot Menu > =Manage Server=
	187	> =Optimize Database=
	188
	189	Finally, double-check the Remote Access settings to make sure no changes
	190	have caused issues with accessing the server from outside the network.
	191
	192	In my case, I use a single port forwarding rule in my router and needed
	193	to update the Local LAN IP Address to the new server IP address.
	194
	195	#+caption: Router port forwarding
	196	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220308-plex-media-server-migration/port_forwarding.png]]
	197
	198	* Phase 3: Configure GPU Transcoding
	199	The final piece to the migration is enabling hardware transcoding so
	200	that Plex can fully utilize the new Nvidia GPU available in the server.
	201	The first step is to install Nvidia graphics drivers. This process may
	202	take a few minutes, but the commands are pretty simple:
	203
	204	#+begin_src sh
	205	sudo add-apt-repository ppa:graphics-drivers/ppa
	206	sudo apt update
	207	sudo apt-get install ubuntu-drivers-common
	208	sudo ubuntu-drivers autoinstall
	209	#+end_src
	210
	211	Finally, reboot so that the changes are loaded:
	212
	213	#+begin_src sh
	214	sudo reboot now
	215	#+end_src
	216
	217	To ensure that the Nvidia graphics drivers are working properly, run the
	218	following command to view the available GPUs, statistics, and processes:
	219
	220	#+begin_src sh
	221	sudo nvidia-smi
	222	#+end_src
	223
	224	#+caption: nvidia-smi
	225	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220308-plex-media-server-migration/nvidia_smi.png]]
	226
	227	Finally, enable hardware transcoding settings in the Plex application:
	228
	229	#+caption: Plex transcoding settings
	230	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220308-plex-media-server-migration/plex_transcoding.png]]

content/blog/2023-07-19-plex-transcoder-errors.md → blog/plex-transcoder-errors/index.org renamed +27 −33

		@@ -1,63 +1,57 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-07-19
3		title = "How to Avoid Plex Error: 'Conversion failed. The transcoder failed to start up.'"
4		description = "Learn how to avoid Plex conversion errors caused by subtitles."
5		+++
6
7		## Plex Transcoder Error
	1	#+title: How to Avoid Plex Error: 'Conversion failed. The transcoder failed to start up.'
	2	#+date: 2023-07-19
	3	#+description: Learn how to avoid Plex conversion errors caused by subtitles.
	4	#+filetags: :sysadmin:
8	5
	6	* Plex Transcoder Error
9	7	Occasionally, you may see an error in your Plex client that references a
10	8	failure with the transcoder conversion process. The specific error
11	9	wording is:
12	10
13		```txt
	11	#+begin_src txt
14	12	Conversion failed. The transcoder failed to start up.
15		```
16
17		## Debugging the Cause
	13	#+end_src
18	14
19		In order to get a better look at what is causing the error, I'm going
20		to observe the Plex console while the error occurs. To do this, open the
21		Plex web client, go to `Settings` > `Manage` >
22		`Console`. Now, try to play the title again and watch to see
23		which errors occur.
	15	* Debugging the Cause
	16	In order to get a better look at what is causing the error, I'm going to
	17	observe the Plex console while the error occurs. To do this, open the
	18	Plex web client, go to =Settings= > =Manage= > =Console=. Now, try to
	19	play the title again and watch to see which errors occur.
24	20
25	21	In my case, you can see the errors below are related to a subtitle file
26		(`.srt`) causing the transcoder to crash.
	22	(=.srt=) causing the transcoder to crash.
27	23
28		```txt
	24	#+begin_src txt
29	25	Jul 19, 2023 16:49:34.945 [140184571120440] Error — Couldn't find the file to stream: /movies/Movie Title (2021)/Movie Title (2021).srt
30	26	Jul 19, 2023 16:49:34.947 [140184532732728] Error — [Req#7611/Transcode/42935159-67C1-4192-9336-DDC6F7BC9330] Error configuring transcoder: TPU: Failed to download sub-stream to temporary file
31	27	Jul 19, 2023 16:49:35.225 [140184532732728] Warning — [Req#760d/Transcode] Got a request to stop a transcode session without a valid session GUID.
32	28	Jul 19, 2023 16:49:45.561 [140184532732728] Info — [Req#7648] AutoUpdate: no updates available
33	29	Jul 19, 2023 16:51:23.402 [140184510081848] Info — Library section 1 (Movies) will be updated because of a change in "/movies/Movie Title (2021)/Movie Title (2021).srt"
34		```
35
36		## Solving the Error
	30	#+end_src
37	31
	32	* Solving the Error
38	33	In my case, I simply removed the subtitle file because it was not
39	34	critical to keep. You may also avoid this by turning off subtitles if
40	35	you don't want to delete the file.
41	36
42		```sh
	37	#+begin_src sh
43	38	rm -rf "/movies/Movie Title (2021)/Movie Title (2021).srt"
44		```
	39	#+end_src
45	40
46	41	Once the subtitle is removed from the directory or subtitles are turned
47	42	off, try to play the title again. At this point, it should play without
48	43	error. If not, reopen or refresh your Plex client and the Plex server:
49	44
50		```sh
	45	#+begin_src sh
51	46	sudo systemctl restart plexmediaserver.service
52		```
53
54		## Related Discussion
55
56		Looking at [a related Plex forum
57		post](https://forums.plex.tv/t/subtitles-crashing-plex-transcoder-samsung-q80-tv-with-or-without-hardware-transcode/741441/2),
58		it seems that `.srt` subtitles are the core issue here.
59		However, Plex does not seem to have a resolution that fixes these
60		errors.
	47	#+end_src
	48
	49	* Related Discussion
	50	Looking at
	51	[[https://forums.plex.tv/t/subtitles-crashing-plex-transcoder-samsung-q80-tv-with-or-without-hardware-transcode/741441/2][a
	52	related Plex forum post]], it seems that =.srt= subtitles are the core
	53	issue here. However, Plex does not seem to have a resolution that fixes
	54	these errors.
61	55
62	56	Unfortunately, I would suggest converting subtitle formats, burning the
63	57	subtitles into the title, or simply removing subtitles when they cause

content/blog/2022-08-31-privacy.com-changes.md → blog/privacy-com-changes/index.org renamed +30 −34

		@@ -1,24 +1,21 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-08-31
3		title = "Concering Changes on Privacy.com"
4		description = "My thoughts on Privacy.com changing from a prepaid model to a credit charge model."
5		+++
6
7		## Privacy.com Changes Their Terms
	1	#+title: Concerning Changes on Privacy.com
	2	#+date: 2022-08-31
	3	#+description: My thoughts on Privacy.com changing from a prepaid model to a credit charge model.
	4	#+filetags: :privacy:
8	5
	6	* Privacy.com Changes Their Terms
9	7	Recently, Privacy.com reached out to their customers regarding a change
10	8	in their terms of use. Further, all customers are required to agree to
11	9	the changes in order to continue using their accounts.
12	10
13		[You can view the new cardholder agreement
14		here](https://privacy.com/commercial-cardholder-agreement).
	11	[[https://privacy.com/commercial-cardholder-agreement][You can view the
	12	new cardholder agreement here]].
15	13
16	14	When you log in, you'll be greeted with a pop-up window asking you to
17	15	review and agree to the new terms of use. You will also not be able to
18	16	open any new cards until the terms are agreed to.
19	17
20		### Changing from a "Prepaid Debit" Model to a "Charge Card" Model
21
	18	** Changing from a "Prepaid Debit" Model to a "Charge Card" Model
22	19	The actual content of the changes is interesting. While the historical
23	20	model of using Privacy.com was akin to prepaid debit cards, the new
24	21	model is very similar to a credit card (they use the term "charge
		@@ -27,7 +24,7 @@ card").
27	24	I have used Privacy.com for 1-2 years, and the process was always that
28	25	you would create a single-use or merchant-locked card. This card could
29	26	be used for any dollar limit you set and would immediately draw the
30		funds from whatever funding source you connected, e.g. PayPal account or
	27	funds from whatever funding source you connected, e.g. PayPal account or
31	28	a bank account.
32	29
33	30	The benefit this service provides with a premium account is masking the
		@@ -37,15 +34,14 @@ charges through Privacy.com and set the merchant as one of their pre-set
37	34	options, such as "Smiley's Corner Store" or "NSA Gift Shop."
38	35
39	36	The new model still works with a bank account as a funding source, but
40		the model is changed so that you get a "line of credit" set according
41		to a 14-day billing cycle. It seems that Privacy.com will now allow
42		charges to be incurred without being immediately paid.
43
44		### Daily Payments and Available Credit
	37	the model is changed so that you get a "line of credit" set according to
	38	a 14-day billing cycle. It seems that Privacy.com will now allow charges
	39	to be incurred without being immediately paid.
45	40
	41	** Daily Payments and Available Credit
46	42	Instead of paying as charges are incurred, you must make a "Daily
47		Payment" and your "Available Credit" will be locked until you make
48		that payment. There are also "End of Billing Cycle Payments" that are
	43	Payment" and your "Available Credit" will be locked until you make that
	44	payment. There are also "End of Billing Cycle Payments" that are
49	45	assigned a due date.
50	46
51	47	Further, Privacy.com will decline charges that would cause you to exceed
		@@ -53,18 +49,20 @@ your Available Credit or Credit Limit.
53	49
54	50	One particular interesting section states the following:
55	51
56		> YOUR OBLIGATION TO PAY US BACK FOR ALL CARD TRANSACTIONS AND OTHER
57		> OBLIGATIONS YOU INCUR IS SECURED BY THE SECURED ACCOUNT. IF YOU DO NOT
58		> PAY US BACK FOR ANY AMOUNT YOU OWE US WHEN YOUR PAYMENTS ARE DUE, WE
59		> WILL EXERCISE OUR INTEREST AND DEBIT THE SECURED ACCOUNT, AND YOU WILL
60		> LOSE THE MONEY IN THE SECURED ACCOUNT. SEE SECTION 8: SECURITY
61		> AGREEMENT FOR MORE INFORMATION.
	52	#+begin_quote
	53	YOUR OBLIGATION TO PAY US BACK FOR ALL CARD TRANSACTIONS AND OTHER
	54	OBLIGATIONS YOU INCUR IS SECURED BY THE SECURED ACCOUNT. IF YOU DO NOT
	55	PAY US BACK FOR ANY AMOUNT YOU OWE US WHEN YOUR PAYMENTS ARE DUE, WE
	56	WILL EXERCISE OUR INTEREST AND DEBIT THE SECURED ACCOUNT, AND YOU WILL
	57	LOSE THE MONEY IN THE SECURED ACCOUNT. SEE SECTION 8: SECURITY AGREEMENT
	58	FOR MORE INFORMATION.
62	59
63		### Personal Information
	60	#+end_quote
64	61
	62	** Personal Information
65	63	Now that Privacy.com is more of a financial institution, they are
66		obligated to comply with the [know your
67		customer](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Know_your_customer)
	64	obligated to comply with the
	65	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Know_your_customer][know your customer]]
68	66	guidelines/laws.
69	67
70	68	I did not proceed with the change to my Privacy.com account, but I have
		@@ -73,13 +71,11 @@ to be submitted, such as SSN. I am not aware of all new personal
73	71	information required or if the funding source is now required to only be
74	72	a bank account.
75	73
76		### Fees
77
	74	** Fees
78	75	Luckily, the fees section did not change much. The subscription fees for
79	76	a premium account are still the only fees.
80	77
81		## My Thoughts
82
	78	* My Thoughts
83	79	Personally, I wiped my personal information from my account and then
84	80	permanently deleted it when I heard about these changes. I have no
85	81	interest in yet another method of credit lending offered by private
		@@ -93,6 +89,6 @@ This type of change toward a "buy it now, pay us later" model is
93	89	concerning, and I will be watching Privacy.com to see if they further
94	90	their interests in the credit model as time goes on.
95	91
96		Could we see them start charging interest, fees, etc.? I'm not sure,
97		but this change does not inspire confidence in their mission as a
	92	Could we see them start charging interest, fees, etc.? I'm not sure, but
	93	this change does not inspire confidence in their mission as a
98	94	privacy-focused company.

content/blog/2023-01-23-random-mullvad-wireguard.md → blog/random-wireguard/index.org renamed +41 −45

		@@ -1,17 +1,16 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-01-23
3		title = "Connecting to a Random Mullvad Wireguard Host on Boot"
4		description = "Learn how to connect to a random Mullvad Wireguard host on boot."
5		+++
6
7		## Mullvad Wireguard
	1	#+title: Connecting to a Random Mullvad Wireguard Host on Boot
	2	#+date: 2023-01-23
	3	#+description: Learn how to connect to a random Mullvad Wireguard host on boot.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
8	5
	6	* Mullvad Wireguard
9	7	If you're using an OS that does not support one of Mullvad's apps,
10	8	you're likely using the Wireguard configuration files instead.
11	9
12		If not, the first step is to visit Mullvad's [Wireguard configuration
13		files](https://mullvad.net/en/account/#/wireguard-config) page and
14		download a ZIP of the configuration files you want to use.
	10	If not, the first step is to visit Mullvad's
	11	[[https://mullvad.net/en/account/#/wireguard-config][Wireguard
	12	configuration files]] page and download a ZIP of the configuration files
	13	you want to use.
15	14
16	15	Personally, I downloaded all configuration files across the world and
17	16	chose my connections using the script below.
		@@ -19,32 +18,31 @@ chose my connections using the script below.
19	18	Once the files are downloaded, unzip them and move them to your
20	19	preferred location:
21	20
22		```sh
	21	#+begin_src sh
23	22	cd Downloads
24	23	unzip mullvad_wireguard_linux_all_all.zip
25	24	mkdir ~/mullvad && mv ~/Downloads/*.conf ~/mullvad/
26		```
27
28		## Creating a Script to Connect to a Random Host
	25	#+end_src
29	26
	27	*** Creating a Script to Connect to a Random Host
30	28	Once you have a folder of Wireguard configuration files from Mullvad,
31	29	you can create a script to randomly connect to any one of the locations.
32	30
33		Start by creating a shell script - mine is called `vpn.sh`.
	31	Start by creating a shell script - mine is called =vpn.sh=.
34	32
35		```sh
	33	#+begin_src sh
36	34	nano ~/vpn.sh
37		```
	35	#+end_src
38	36
39	37	Within this script, you can paste the following info. Note that I
40		specify `us-*` in my script, which means that it will only
41		consider US-based VPN locations. You can alter this or simply change it
42		`*` to consider all locations.
	38	specify =us-*= in my script, which means that it will only consider
	39	US-based VPN locations. You can alter this or simply change it =*= to
	40	consider all locations.
43	41
44		```sh
	42	#+begin_src sh
45	43	#!/bin/sh
46	44
47		ls /home/$USER/mullvad/us-* \|sort -R \|tail -n 1 \|while read file; do
	45	ls /home/$USER/mullvad/us-** \|sort -R \|tail -n 1 \|while read file; do
48	46	# Replace `doas` with `sudo` if your machine uses `sudo`,
49	47	# or remove `doas` if users don't need to su to run wg-quick
50	48	doas wg-quick up $file;
		@@ -52,19 +50,19 @@ ls /home/$USER/mullvad/us-* \|sort -R \|tail -n 1 \|while read file; do
52	50	printf "\n\nPrinting new IP info:\n"
53	51	curl https://am.i.mullvad.net/connected
54	52	done
55		```
	53	#+end_src
56	54
57	55	Once you've modified the script to your liking, add executable
58	56	permissions and run the script:
59	57
60		```sh
	58	#+begin_src sh
61	59	chmod +x ~/vpn.sh
62	60	~/vpn.sh
63		```
	61	#+end_src
64	62
65	63	The output should look like the following:
66	64
67		```txt
	65	#+begin_src txt
68	66	doas (user@host) password:
69	67
70	68	# ... The script will process all of the iptables and wg commands here
		@@ -73,44 +71,42 @@ Created Mullvad wireguard connection with file: /home/user/mullvad/us-nyc-wg-210
73	71
74	72	Printing new IP info:
75	73	You are connected to Mullvad (server country-city-wg-num). Your IP address is 12.345.678.99
76		```
	74	#+end_src
77	75
78	76	That's all there is to it. You can see your new location and IP via the
79		`printf` and `curl` commands included in the
80		script.
81
82		You can also go to the [Connection Check \\|
83		Mullvad](https://mullvad.net/en/check/) page to see if you are fully
84		connected to Mullvad and if any leaks exist.
	77	=printf= and =curl= commands included in the script.
85	78
86		![Mullvad Connection
87		Check](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230123-random-mullvad-wireguard/mullvad_check.png)
	79	You can also go to the [[https://mullvad.net/en/check/][Connection Check
	80	\| Mullvad]] page to see if you are fully connected to Mullvad and if any
	81	leaks exist.
88	82
89		## Disconnecting from the Wireguard Connection
	83	#+caption: Mullvad Connection Check
	84	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230123-random-mullvad-wireguard/mullvad_check.png]]
90	85
	86	* Disconnecting from the Wireguard Connection
91	87	If you forget which connection you're using, you can execute the
92	88	following command to see where Wireguard is currently connected:
93	89
94		```sh
	90	#+begin_src sh
95	91	wg show
96		```
	92	#+end_src
97	93
98	94	This command will show you the Wireguard interfaces and should output a
99		connection like so: `interface: us-lax-wg-104`.
	95	connection like so: =interface: us-lax-wg-104=.
100	96
101	97	Once you have this, just disconnect using that files' full path:
102	98
103		```sh
	99	#+begin_src sh
104	100	wg-quick down /home/user/mullvad/us-lax-wg-104.conf
105		```
	101	#+end_src
106	102
107	103	I have a TODO item on figuring out how to easily export an environment
108		variable that contains the configuration file's full name, so that I
109		can just execute the following:
	104	variable that contains the configuration file's full name, so that I can
	105	just execute the following:
110	106
111		```sh
	107	#+begin_src sh
112	108	# Ideal situation if I can export the $file variable to the environment
113	109	wg-quick down $file
114		```
	110	#+end_src
115	111
116	112	If you have an idea on how to do this, email me!

content/blog/2023-01-03-recent-website-changes.md → blog/recent-website-changes/index.org renamed +31 −42

		@@ -1,43 +1,36 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-01-03
3		title = "Recent Website Changes"
4		description = "A retrospective of recent changes to my website."
5		+++
6
7		## The State of This Website
	1	#+title: Recent Website Changes
	2	#+date: 2023-01-03
	3	#+description: A retrospective of recent changes to my website.
	4	#+filetags: :dev:
8	5
	6	* The State of This Website
9	7	Over the years, this website has changed URLs, styles, content focus,
10	8	and much more. However, it seems that I am never done, as I am yet again
11	9	changing this page to fit my current needs and wants.
12	10
13		While this site was already minimal (\~12kb), it contained a lot of
	11	While this site was already minimal (~12kb), it contained a lot of
14	12	disorganized content and some poorly chosen color schemes.
15	13
16	14	The recent updates attempt to fix these items while focusing on what I
17	15	truly care about here: the content within each page.
18	16
19		## Recent Changes
20
	17	* Recent Changes
21	18	I've made quite a few changes to the style of this website today, both
22	19	in the CSS and in the HTML.
23	20
24	21	Here are some of the key takeaways from today's changes:
25	22
26		1. Reduce the width of the website from `60em` to
27		`40em`.
28		2. Remove breadcrumb navigation and replaced with a simple "Return
29		Home" link when visiting anything other than the homepage.
30		3. Remove syntax highlighting from code blocks. CSS now loads from a
31		single file.
32		4. Move blog posts on the homepage to the top, pushing tertiary content
33		down.
34		5. Update font-family from `monospace` to
35		`sans-serif` for readability.
36
37		## Future Focus
38
39		### Accessibility
40
	23	1. Reduce the width of the website from =60em= to =40em=.
	24	2. Remove breadcrumb navigation and replaced with a simple "Return Home"
	25	link when visiting anything other than the homepage.
	26	3. Remove syntax highlighting from code blocks. CSS now loads from a
	27	single file.
	28	4. Move blog posts on the homepage to the top, pushing tertiary content
	29	down.
	30	5. Update font-family from =monospace= to =sans-serif= for readability.
	31
	32	* Future Focus
	33	** Accessibility
41	34	My main focus amidst all the changes this past year was accessibility. I
42	35	tried to improve the accessibility of all pages on this site as well as
43	36	I know how. For example, I added aria labels to identify different
		@@ -46,8 +39,7 @@ navigation menus in November.
46	39	I want to continue this in 2023 and learn more about the accessibility
47	40	features I can utilize to help those who may need them.
48	41
49		### Content First
50
	42	** Content First
51	43	Beyond accessibility, I am making a concerted effort to bring the
52	44	content of this site to the forefront and push the tertiary information
53	45	(e.g., About Me, Services, etc.) down below the content.
		@@ -56,30 +48,27 @@ Further, I want to review and edit previous blog posts for grammar,
56	48	accuracy, dead links, and more. Where necessary, I may even add a blurb
57	49	at the top of old posts that are no longer accurate or helpful.
58	50
59		### Style
60
	51	** Style
61	52	As always, I will be searching for ways to reduce distractions and bring
62	53	a minimalistic approach to this site. While there are certainly more
63		drastic measures I could take, such as making this a [Shinobi
64		Website](https://shinobi.bt.ht) or a [No CSS
65		Website](https://nocss.club), I prefer to keep some modern features
66		here.
	54	drastic measures I could take, such as making this a
	55	[[https://shinobi.bt.ht][Shinobi Website]] or a [[https://nocss.club][No
	56	CSS Website]], I prefer to keep some modern features here.
67	57
68	58	Two ideas have been floating around in my head, but I am not sure how I
69	59	feel about these approaches yet:
70	60
71		1. Going all-in with Emacs org-mode and creating a script to
72		auto-publish all my blog posts from org-mode to plain HTML files and
73		then letting my CSS style it after the fact.
74		2. Focus on publishing for Gemini or Gopher and then utilize a
75		conversion program to translate the pages to HTML.
76
77		## Looking Back
	61	1. Going all-in with Emacs org-mode and creating a script to
	62	auto-publish all my blog posts from org-mode to plain HTML files and
	63	then letting my CSS style it after the fact.
	64	2. Focus on publishing for Gemini or Gopher and then utilize a
	65	conversion program to translate the pages to HTML.
78	66
	67	* Looking Back
79	68	As I sit here and finalize the changes, as well as this post, I am happy
80	69	with the current state of this website. It's certainly a long way from
81		my first attempts (parallax background images, anyone?) and it's good
82		to see the progress.
	70	my first attempts (parallax background images, anyone?) and it's good to
	71	see the progress.
83	72
84	73	I can only hope and work hard to ensure that I make more meaningful
85	74	progress by this time next year.

blog/redirect-github-pages/index.org added +120

		@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
	1	#+title: Redirect GitHub Pages from Subdomain to the Top-Level Domain
	2	#+date: 2020-08-22
	3	#+description: Learn how to redirect Github pages to the TLD.
	4	#+filetags: :sysadmin:
	5
	6	* Short answer
	7	** Step 1
	8	Add a new file CNAME to your GitHub Pages repository containing only one
	9	line: your top-level domain name. E.g.: =example.com=
	10
	11	** Step 2
	12	[Optional] but highly recommended
	13
	14	2.1: Remove all other top-level records (prefixed with @) of type A from
	15	your DNS configuration.
	16
	17	2.2: Remove a CNAME record for the second-level domain www if it is
	18	present.
	19
	20	** Step 3
	21	Add these 5 entries to the very top of your DNS configuration:
	22
	23	#+begin_src txt
	24	@ A 185.199.108.153
	25	@ A 185.199.109.153
	26	@ A 185.199.110.153
	27	@ A 185.199.111.153
	28	www CNAME your_github_username.github.io.
	29	#+end_src
	30
	31	Replace =your_github_username= with your actual GitHub username.
	32
	33	** Step 4
	34	Wait for your DNS changes to propagate. DNS changes aren't effective
	35	immediately. They can take up to a full day to propagate.
	36
	37	* Long answer
	38	This issue has two sides. One is the DNS configuration itself. Another
	39	one is the way GitHub Pages will forward HTTP requests.
	40
	41	We need to know a few things to understand what GitHub is trying to say
	42	in their documentation.
	43
	44	** DNS Entry Types
	45	There are two types of DNS records which interest us: CNAME and A.
	46
	47	=A= is also known as =Apex= or sometimes as =root entry=. It forwards
	48	requests to a specified fixed IP address. =CNAME= entry forwards
	49	requests to a specified URL (actual valid plain text URL, not an IP
	50	address).
	51
	52	** DNS Load balancing
	53	GitHub has one central URL address which accepts all DNS requests for
	54	GitHub Pages: =http://username.github.io=. That URL is resolved to
	55	different IP addresses based on your geographical location. Website
	56	hosted on GitHub Pages is a simple collection of =HTML=, =CSS= and =JS=
	57	files. GitHub distributes these files to different servers across the
	58	globe. So that when your browser sends a request from Europe, it
	59	receives data from a server in Europe. The same is valid for the
	60	requests from Asia and the USA.
	61
	62	** What GitHub is trying to say
	63	Since =A= records in DNS must contain IP addresses, and they must be
	64	either =185.199.108.153= or =185.199.109.153= or =185.199.110.153= or
	65	=185.199.111.153=, there is no way to forward requests to a server
	66	located somewhere in Europe or Asia. Your website hosted at GitHub Pages
	67	will be downloaded from a central GitHub Pages server. There is a minor
	68	risk that if GitHub Pages DNS servers (=x.x.x.153=) are down for some
	69	reason, all custom domains which use fixed GitHub Pages IP addresses
	70	will not be accessible (their DNS requests will not be resolvable).
	71
	72	That is why GitHub strongly suggests to either use a second-level domain
	73	for your GitHub Pages (e.g. =blog.example.com=) or use a DNS service
	74	provider that supports a record type =ALIAS= that acts as =A= record but
	75	forwards request to a URL address (e.g. =username.github.io=) instead of
	76	a fixed IP address.
	77
	78	** How GitHub Pages treats HTTP requests
	79	After a DNS request for =your_github_username.github.io= is resolved
	80	into an IP address, e.g. =185.199.108.153= your browser sends an HTTP
	81	request to that server with an HTTP header =Host=. Below are =curl=
	82	examples that load the same website (these examples might not work if
	83	you are behind a proxy server):
	84
	85	#+begin_src sh
	86	curl --header "Host: your_github_username.github.io" http://185.199.108.153/
	87	curl --header "Host: www.example.com" http://185.199.108.153/
	88	curl --header "Host: example.com" http://185.199.108.153/
	89	#+end_src
	90
	91	This way GitHub Pages servers know which user website to serve.
	92
	93	#+begin_quote
	94	GitHub Pages server will automatically redirect HTTP requests to the
	95	top-level domain if your =CNAME= file contains =example.com= but
	96	=www.example.com= is requested.
	97
	98	The same is valid if your =CNAME= file contains =www.example.com= but
	99	the header =Host= in the =HTTP= request contains =example.com=.
	100	#+end_quote
	101
	102	** Why can't I add a =CNAME= record entry that accepts a top-level request (=@=) to my DNS configuration?
	103	Quote from the GitHub Pages documentation:
	104
	105	#+begin_quote
	106	Warning: Do not create a CNAME record for your custom apex domain! Doing
	107	so may cause issues with other services, such as email, on that domain.
	108	#+end_quote
	109
	110	** References:
	111	1. [[https://docs.github.com/en/github/working-with-github-pages/configuring-a-custom-domain-for-your-github-pages-site][Setting
	112	up a custom domain with GitHub Pages]]
	113	2. [[https://docs.github.com/en/github/working-with-github-pages/troubleshooting-custom-domains-and-github-pages][My
	114	custom domain isn't working]]
	115	3. [[https://serverfault.com/questions/589370/cannot-access-my-github-pages-website-by-ip-address][Cannot
	116	access my GitHub Pages website by IP Address]]
	117	4. [[https://stackoverflow.com/questions/23375422/how-do-i-set-up-github-pages-to-redirect-dns-requests-from-a-subdomain-e-g-www][How
	118	do I set up GitHub Pages to redirect DNS requests from a subdomain
	119	(e.g. www) to the top-level domain (TLD, Apex record)?]]
	120

content/blog/2022-03-02-note-taking.md → blog/reliable-notes/index.org renamed +49 −49

		@@ -1,16 +1,17 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-03-02
3		title = "Easy, Reliable Note-Taking"
4		description = "My personal preferences to ensure notes are clear, portable, and long-lasting."
5		+++
	1	#+title: Easy, Reliable Note-Taking
	2	#+date: 2022-03-02
	3	#+description: My personal preferences to ensure notes are clear, portable, and long-lasting.
	4	#+filetags: :personal:
6	5
7		## Choosing Durable File Formats
	6	* Choosing Durable File Formats
8	7
9		> TL;DR: Write in a format that can be easily rendered and read in
10		> plain-text mode (e.g., `.txt`, `.md`, etc.).
	8	#+begin_quote
	9	TL;DR: Write in a format that can be easily rendered and read in
	10	plain-text mode (e.g., =.txt=, =.md=, etc.).
	11	#+end_quote
11	12
12		As I've written more and more over the years, I've found that my love
13		of note-taking is always growing. Everything I learn or need to remember
	13	As I've written more and more over the years, I've found that my love of
	14	note-taking is always growing. Everything I learn or need to remember
14	15	can be written down in a note and saved digitally, with no cost to
15	16	myself. Unlike paper copies that need physical storage space, digital
16	17	files simply need space on your local disk or cloud storage, which is
		@@ -22,8 +23,8 @@ styling. This meant that I had to go through each note during migration
22	23	and edit the file to look presentable again.
23	24
24	25	For the last year or two, I have written everything exclusively in
25		[Markdown](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Markdown) format. Small notes,
26		long-form writings, and even these blog posts are all written in
	26	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Markdown][Markdown]] format. Small
	27	notes, long-form writings, and even these blog posts are all written in
27	28	Markdown.
28	29
29	30	Why Markdown? While I do appreciate the simplicity of plain-text files
		@@ -31,19 +32,18 @@ without any formatting, I often need visual cues such as heading and
31	32	code blocks to keep my thoughts straight. Markdown provides a minimal
32	33	set of styling indicators for me to style my notes without adding any
33	34	proprietary, embedded data into the files. If I want a top-level
34		heading, I simply add a hash (`#`) before the line. An added
35		bonus is that even if a system doesn't understand Markdown, it will
36		render it as plain-text and I can read it just as easily.
	35	heading, I simply add a hash (=#=) before the line. An added bonus is
	36	that even if a system doesn't understand Markdown, it will render it as
	37	plain-text and I can read it just as easily.
37	38
38	39	For example, here's how TextEdit on macOS will open and display a
39	40	Markdown file in plain-text, since it does contain any features to
40	41	preview Markdown as HTML:
41	42
42		![Plain Text
43		Markdown](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220302-easy-reliable-note-taking/plain_markdown.png)
44
45		## Saving & Syncing Files
	43	#+caption: Plain Text Markdown
	44	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220302-easy-reliable-note-taking/plain_markdown.png]]
46	45
	46	** Saving & Syncing Files
47	47	In order to read and edit my notes across platforms, I use my personal
48	48	cloud storage through Tresorit due to its native integration with macOS
49	49	and iOS file managers. In addition, Tresorit works well on Debian-based
		@@ -59,19 +59,17 @@ me to sync anything manually or kick-off a sync job to update my files.
59	59	This means that I can edit on mobile, and it takes about 5-10 seconds to
60	60	see the changes on desktop.
61	61
62		### Version Control with Git
63
	62	*** Version Control with Git
64	63	A different approach I've contemplated is storing my notes and
65	64	attachments is using a hosted Git repository to track changes to the
66	65	files. However, I don't want to rely on an external service that could
67	66	potentially see into my data, even if the repository is private.
68	67
69		I might just do `git init` locally and then commit my changes
70		each time I write or update a note, but that seems to be a lot of work
71		just for tracking changes - which I don't necessarily care to know.
72
73		### Backups!
	68	I might just do =git init= locally and then commit my changes each time
	69	I write or update a note, but that seems to be a lot of work just for
	70	tracking changes - which I don't necessarily care to know.
74	71
	72	*** Backups!
75	73	One small addition to the storage/sync conversation is the idea of
76	74	backups. Personally, I manually create periodic backups of my entire
77	75	cloud storage, compress it into an archive, and store it on my home
		@@ -81,12 +79,15 @@ To improve my workflow, I am going to be exploring options to
81	79	automatically compress the mounted cloud directory and send it over to
82	80	my server on a set schedule.
83	81
84		## Writing on Desktop
	82	** Writing on Desktop
85	83
86		> Update (06.14.22): Since writing this post, I have reverted to
87		> simply keeping my `notes` folder open and opening notes
88		> individually in TextEdit for a more minimal and relaxing writing
89		> experience on the desktop.
	84	#+begin_quote
	85	Update (06.14.22): Since writing this post, I have reverted to simply
	86	keeping my =notes= folder open and opening notes individually in
	87	TextEdit for a more minimal and relaxing writing experience on the
	88	desktop.
	89
	90	#+end_quote
90	91
91	92	The bulk of my writing occurs in a desktop environment, with a full
92	93	keyboard layout and wide screen. I don't illustrate with a smart pen, I
		@@ -94,31 +95,30 @@ rarely use embedded images, and I love being able to see all of my
94	95	notes/directories in a sidebar.
95	96
96	97	With this simple set of requirements, I chose
97		[Obsidian](https://obsidian.md) as my desktop text editor. Obsidian has
98		some in-depth tools like a graph view, command palette, mentions, etc.,
99		but I've found that using it as a simple Markdown editor is incredibly
100		easy and straightforward.
	98	[[https://obsidian.md][Obsidian]] as my desktop text editor. Obsidian
	99	has some in-depth tools like a graph view, command palette, mentions,
	100	etc., but I've found that using it as a simple Markdown editor is
	101	incredibly easy and straightforward.
101	102
102	103	Here's an example of how my Markdown notes look when opened in
103	104	plain-text mode:
104	105
105		![Obsidian Markdown Source
106		Mode](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220302-easy-reliable-note-taking/obsidian_source_mode.png)
107
108		Here's the "live preview" version, where the Markdown is rendered
109		into its HTML format:
	106	#+caption: Obsidian Markdown Source Mode
	107	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220302-easy-reliable-note-taking/obsidian_source_mode.png]]
110	108
111		![Obsidian Markdown Live
112		Preview](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220302-easy-reliable-note-taking/obsidian_live_preview.png)
	109	Here's the "live preview" version, where the Markdown is rendered into
	110	its HTML format:
113	111
114		### Programming on Desktop
	112	#+caption: Obsidian Markdown Live Preview
	113	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220302-easy-reliable-note-taking/obsidian_live_preview.png]]
115	114
	115	*** Programming on Desktop
116	116	While I was writing this, I realized I should specify that I don't use
117	117	the same editor for writing notes and for writing code. For programming
118		purposes, I use [VSCodium](https://vscodium.com) as my development IDE.
119
120		## Writing on Mobile
	118	purposes, I use [[https://vscodium.com][VSCodium]] as my development
	119	IDE.
121	120
	121	** Writing on Mobile
122	122	Personally, I write very little on mobile, except when needing to take
123	123	important notes on-the-go. Any long-form writing, journals, etc. are
124	124	done at home, where I always have my laptop available.
		@@ -126,9 +126,9 @@ done at home, where I always have my laptop available.
126	126	I wanted a simple and foolproof editor for iOS, preferably open-source.
127	127	After a long journey of testing the few (& terrible) open-source iOS
128	128	note-taking apps, I finally found a phenomenal one:
129		[Runestone](https://github.com/simonbs/runestone). This app is fantastic
130		for note-taking, has plenty of optional features, and integrates
131		natively with the iOS file manager.
	129	[[https://github.com/simonbs/runestone][Runestone]]. This app is
	130	fantastic for note-taking, has plenty of optional features, and
	131	integrates natively with the iOS file manager.
132	132
133	133	This app opens the iOS file manager and allows you to click any file you
134	134	want, opens it up in an editor, and lets me save and close out of that

blog/scli/index.org added +145

		@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
	1	#+title: Installing scli on Alpine Linux (musl)
	2	#+date: 2023-11-08
	3	#+description: Learn how to properly configure scli for musl-based systems.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
	5
	6	[[https://github.com/isamert/scli][scli]] is a command-line tool that
	7	allows you to connect to your Signal messenger account. This program
	8	utilizes a two-pane display that shows you chats on the left and the
	9	focused conversation on the right.
	10
	11	This guide will show you how to install =scli= and its dependencies on
	12	Alpine Linux, which requires some extra work due to musl.
	13
	14	If you're using a non-musl system, you can likely following the =scli=
	15	README and download the packaged binaries for an easier installation
	16	process.
	17
	18	* Dependencies
	19	In order to use =scli=, you need a few dependencies:
	20
	21	- =openjdk17-jre= - Used as a dependency for the =signal-cli= tool.
	22	Version may vary.
	23	- =signal-cli= - Used as the backbone of the =scli= tool.
	24	- =findutils= - Replaces the standard Busybox version of =xargs=.
	25	- =urwid= - A console user interface library for Python.
	26	- =urwid-readline= - For GNU emacs-like keybinds on the input line.
	27	- =qrencode= - Displays a QR code in the terminal to link the device
	28	using your phone. Not necessary if you're only linking on desktop and
	29	can copy/paste the connection URL.
	30
	31	Let's start by installing the packages available via Alpine's
	32	repositories. Be sure to install the latest version of =openjdk=. If you
	33	run into Java-related issues, uninstall =openjdk= and install an older
	34	version.
	35
	36	#+begin_src sh
	37	doas apk add openjdk17-jre findutils qrencode
	38	#+end_src
	39
	40	Next, let's install =signal-cli=. Be sure to export the version of
	41	=signal-cli= that you want. I use version =0.12.4= below, but that may
	42	be outdated by the time you're reading this.
	43
	44	#+begin_src sh
	45	export VERSION="0.12.4"
	46	wget https://github.com/AsamK/signal-cli/releases/download/v"${VERSION}"/signal-cli-"${VERSION}".tar.gz
	47	doas tar xf signal-cli-"${VERSION}".tar.gz -C /opt
	48	doas ln -sf /opt/signal-cli-${VERSION}"/bin/signal/cli /usr/local/bin
	49	#+end_src
	50
	51	Finally, install the =urwid= packages using the Python packaging
	52	utility.
	53
	54	#+begin_src sh
	55	pip3 install urwid urwid-readline
	56	#+end_src
	57
	58	* Installation
	59	Now that we have all of the dependencies we need, we can install =scli=.
	60	Start by simply cloning the repository.
	61
	62	#+begin_src sh
	63	git clone https://github.com/isamert/scli
	64	#+end_src
	65
	66	When I cloned this repository on 2023-11-08, I found a bug in the logic
	67	that required a fix. You must edit the =scli= file and replace the one
	68	instance of =RLIMIT_OFILE= with =RLIMIT_NOFILE=.
	69
	70	#+begin_src sh
	71	cd scli
	72	nano scli
	73	#+end_src
	74
	75	Once complete, you can move this program to anywhere on your =$PATH=. I
	76	chose the following directory.
	77
	78	#+begin_src sh
	79	doas mv scli /usr/local/bin/scli
	80	#+end_src
	81
	82	* Initial Setup
	83	Now that everything is installed, we can login and configure the client.
	84	Start by generating a connection link.
	85
	86	#+begin_src sh
	87	signal-cli link -n "YOUR-DEVICE-NICKNAME" \| tee >(xargs -L 1 qrencode -t utf8)
	88	#+end_src
	89
	90	This will generate a connection link and related QR code for you to use
	91	to link the devices together. Once complete, wait patiently* for the
	92	connection process to finish.
	93
	94	Once it completes, it will exit and return you to the prompt. From here,
	95	you need to perform an initial =receive= command to start things off.
	96	The =USERNAME= variable should be your phone number, such as
	97	=+15551237890=.
	98
	99	#+begin_src sh
	100	signal-cli -u USERNAME receive
	101	#+end_src
	102
	103	Also be sure to test the daemon to ensure it works properly. If no
	104	errors occur, it's working. If you run into errors because you're not
	105	running a DBUS session, see my notes below.
	106
	107	#+begin_src sh
	108	signal-cli -u USERNAME daemon
	109	#+end_src
	110
	111	Once the initial reception is complete, you are ready to use =scli=.
	112
	113	This process will differ depending on your desktop environment (DE). If
	114	you are running a DE, you likely have a DBUS session running already and
	115	can simply launch the program.
	116
	117	However, if you're like me and running your computer straight on the TTY
	118	without a DE, you'll need to start a DBUS session for this program.
	119
	120	#+begin_src sh
	121	# If you're not running a DBUS session yet, you need to start one for scli
	122	dbus-run-session -- scli
	123
	124	# OR - If you're already running a DBUS session, simply run scli
	125	scli
	126	#+end_src
	127
	128	* Configuration
	129	Lastly, there are a number of configuration options that you can pass
	130	via the command or in the =~/.config/sclirc= file. See the Github README
	131	for more information on configuration options.
	132
	133	#+begin_src sh
	134	nano ~/.config/sclirc
	135	#+end_src
	136
	137	#+begin_src conf
	138	# ~/.config/sclirc
	139
	140	wrap-at = 80
	141	enable-notifications = true
	142	#+end_src
	143
	144	That's it! Following this guide, I have a functional =scli= program that
	145	successfully sends messages to my contacts and myself!

content/blog/2023-10-17-self-hosting-anonymousoverflow.md → blog/self-hosting-anonymousoverflow/index.org renamed +27 −33

		@@ -1,35 +1,30 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-10-17
3		title = "Self-Hosting AnonymousOverflow"
4		description = "A guide to self-hosting the AnonymousOverflow application on your own server."
5		+++
6
7		## Overview
	1	#+title: Self-Hosting AnonymousOverflow
	2	#+date: 2023-10-17
	3	#+description: A guide to self-hosting the AnonymousOverflow application on your own server.
	4	#+filetags: :selfhosting:
8	5
	6	* Overview
9	7	I recently launched an instance of AnonymousOverflow at
10		[ao.cleberg.net](https://ao.cleberg.net) and wanted to write a brief
	8	[[https://ao.cleberg.net][ao.cleberg.net]] and wanted to write a brief
11	9	post on how easy it is to install with Docker Compose and Nginx.
12	10
13	11	This guide uses Ubuntu server, Docker Compose, and Nginx as a reverse
14	12	proxy.
15	13
16		## Installation
17
18		### Docker Compose
19
	14	* Installation
	15	** Docker Compose
20	16	To install AnonymousOverflow, start by creating a directory for the
21		application and create its `docker-compose.yml` file.
	17	application and create its =docker-compose.yml= file.
22	18
23		```sh
	19	#+begin_src sh
24	20	mkdir ~/anonymousoverflow && cd ~/anonymousoverflow
25	21	nano docker-compose.yml
26		```
	22	#+end_src
27	23
28	24	Within this file, paste the following information. Be sure to change the
29		`APP_URL`, `JWT_SIGNING_SECRET`, and
30		`ports` to match your needs.
	25	=APP_URL=, =JWT_SIGNING_SECRET=, and =ports= to match your needs.
31	26
32		```yaml
	27	#+begin_src yaml
33	28	version: '3'
34	29
35	30	services:
		@@ -42,32 +37,30 @@ services:
42	37	ports:
43	38	- '9380:8080'
44	39	restart: 'always'
45		```
	40	#+end_src
46	41
47	42	Save and exit the file when complete. You can now launch the container
48	43	and access it via your local network.
49	44
50		```sh
	45	#+begin_src sh
51	46	sudo docker-compose up -d
52		```
53
54		### Nginx Reverse Proxy
	47	#+end_src
55	48
	49	** Nginx Reverse Proxy
56	50	If you want to access this service outside the local network, I
57	51	recommend using Nginx as a reverse proxy.
58	52
59	53	Let's start by creating a configuration file.
60	54
61		```sh
	55	#+begin_src sh
62	56	sudo nano /etc/nginx/sites-available/ao
63		```
	57	#+end_src
64	58
65	59	Within this file, paste the following content and repace
66		`ao.example.com` with your URL. You may need to update the
67		SSL certificate statements if your certificates are in a different
68		location.
	60	=ao.example.com= with your URL. You may need to update the SSL
	61	certificate statements if your certificates are in a different location.
69	62
70		```conf
	63	#+begin_src conf
71	64	server {
72	65	if ($host ~ ^[^.]+\.cleberg\.net$) {
73	66	return 301 https://$host$request_uri;
		@@ -119,15 +112,16 @@ server {
119	112	proxy_buffers 64 256k;
120	113	}
121	114	}
122		```
	115	#+end_src
123	116
124	117	Save and exit the file when complete. On Ubuntu, you will need to
125	118	symlink the configuration file before it will be recognized by Nginx.
126	119	Once complete, simply restart the web server.
127	120
128		```sh
	121	#+begin_src sh
129	122	sudo ln -s /etc/nginx/sites-available/ao /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/ao
130	123	sudo systemctl restart nginx.service
131		```
	124	#+end_src
132	125
133		The website will now be available publicly. Visit [my instance](https://ao.cleberg.net) for an example.
	126	The website will now be available publicly. Visit
	127	[[https://ao.cleberg.net][my instance]] for an example.

content/blog/2023-10-11-self-hosting-authelia.md → blog/self-hosting-authelia/index.org renamed +84 −98

		@@ -1,12 +1,10 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-10-11
3		title = "Self-Hosting Authelia"
4		description = "A guide to self-hosting the Authelia application on your own server."
5		+++
	1	#+title: Self-Hosting Authelia
	2	#+date: 2023-10-11
	3	#+description: A guide to self-hosting the Authelia application on your own server.
	4	#+filetags: :selfhosting:
6	5
7		## Overview
8
9		[Authelia](https://www.authelia.com/) is an open-source authentication
	6	* Overview
	7	[[https://www.authelia.com/][Authelia]] is an open-source authentication
10	8	service that allows you to place a portal between end users on the
11	9	internet and self-hosted services on your server.
12	10
		@@ -15,42 +13,38 @@ authentication for any such user before allowing them to access a
15	13	specific service on your domain.
16	14
17	15	This guide will walk through a standard installation of Authelia for
18		`example.com`, using `auth.example.com` as
19		Authelia's authentication domain and `teddit.example.com` as
20		the website we want to protect behind the authentication portal.
21
22		## Prerequisites
	16	=example.com=, using =auth.example.com= as Authelia's authentication
	17	domain and =teddit.example.com= as the website we want to protect behind
	18	the authentication portal.
23	19
	20	* Prerequisites
24	21	This guide assumes you have the following already set-up:
25	22
26		- A registered domain with DNS pointing to your server.
27		- A subdomain for Authelia (`auth.example.com`) and a
28		subdomain to protect via Authelia (`app.example.com`).
29		- A working Nginx web server.
30		- Docker and docker-compose installed.
31
32		## Installation
	23	- A registered domain with DNS pointing to your server.
	24	- A subdomain for Authelia (=auth.example.com=) and a subdomain to
	25	protect via Authelia (=app.example.com=).
	26	- A working Nginx web server.
	27	- Docker and docker-compose installed.
33	28
	29	* Installation
34	30	This guide will walk through each installation step one-by-one, starting
35	31	with the container and finishing by cleaning up external access via an
36	32	Nginx reverse proxy.
37	33
38		### Docker-Compose
39
	34	** Docker-Compose
40	35	To start, create a directory for Authelia and create a
41		`docker-compose.yml` file.
	36	=docker-compose.yml= file.
42	37
43		```sh
	38	#+begin_src sh
44	39	mkdir ~/authelia
45	40	nano ~/authelia/docker-compose.yml
46		```
	41	#+end_src
47	42
48	43	Within this file, paste the following content. If you prefer a different
49	44	local port, modify the port on the left side of the colon on the
50		`9091:9091` line. Be sure to modify the `TZ`
51		variable to your timezone.
	45	=9091:9091= line. Be sure to modify the =TZ= variable to your timezone.
52	46
53		```yml
	47	#+begin_src yml
54	48	version: '3.3'
55	49
56	50	services:
		@@ -63,55 +57,52 @@ services:
63	57	- 9091:9091
64	58	environment:
65	59	- TZ=America/Chicago
66		```
	60	#+end_src
67	61
68	62	Start the container with docker-compose:
69	63
70		```sh
	64	#+begin_src sh
71	65	sudo docker-compose up -d
72		```
	66	#+end_src
73	67
74	68	After the first start, the container will automatically exit and require
75	69	you to modify the app's configuration files before continuing. Read on
76	70	to learn more.
77	71
78		### Authelia Configuration
79
	72	** Authelia Configuration
80	73	To configure Authelia before we restart the container, we need to open
81		the `config` directory and modify the files. Start by editing
82		the `configuration.yml` file, where all of Authelia's
83		settings are stored.
	74	the =config= directory and modify the files. Start by editing the
	75	=configuration.yml= file, where all of Authelia's settings are stored.
84	76
85	77	My personal preference is to copy the original configuration file to a
86	78	backup file and edit a fresh copy.
87	79
88		```sh
	80	#+begin_src sh
89	81	sudo cp ~/authelia/config/configuration.yml ~/authelia/config/configuration.yml.bk
90	82	sudo nano ~/authelia/config/configuration.yml
91		```
	83	#+end_src
92	84
93		Within the blank `configuration.yml` file, paste the
94		following information. You will need to make quite a few updates, so be
95		sure to read each line carefully and modify as necessary.
	85	Within the blank =configuration.yml= file, paste the following
	86	information. You will need to make quite a few updates, so be sure to
	87	read each line carefully and modify as necessary.
96	88
97	89	The major required changes are:
98	90
99		- Any instances of `example.com` should be replaced by your
100		domain.
101		- `jwt_secret` - Use the `pwgen 40 1` command to
102		generate a secret for yourself.
103		- `access_control` - Set the Authelia domain to bypass
104		here, as well as any subdomains you want to protect.
105		- `session` > `secret` - Use the
106		`pwgen 40 1` command to generate a secret for yourself.
107		- `regulation` - Set the variables here to restrict login
108		attempts and bans.
109		- `storage` > `encryption_key` - Use the
110		`pwgen 40 1` command to generate a secret for yourself.
111		- `smtp` - If you have access to an SMTP service, set up
112		the information here to active outgoing emails.
113
114		```yml
	91	- Any instances of =example.com= should be replaced by your domain.
	92	- =jwt_secret= - Use the =pwgen 40 1= command to generate a secret for
	93	yourself.
	94	- =access_control= - Set the Authelia domain to bypass here, as well as
	95	any subdomains you want to protect.
	96	- =session= > =secret= - Use the =pwgen 40 1= command to generate a
	97	secret for yourself.
	98	- =regulation= - Set the variables here to restrict login attempts and
	99	bans.
	100	- =storage= > =encryption_key= - Use the =pwgen 40 1= command to
	101	generate a secret for yourself.
	102	- =smtp= - If you have access to an SMTP service, set up the information
	103	here to active outgoing emails.
	104
	105	#+begin_src yml
115	106	# yamllint disable rule:comments-indentation
116	107	---
117	108	###############################################################################
		@@ -200,26 +191,25 @@ notifier:
200	191	skip_verify: false
201	192	minimum_version: TLS1.2
202	193	...
203		```
204
205		### Authelia Users
	194	#+end_src
206	195
	196	** Authelia Users
207	197	Next, create the users file for authentication.
208	198
209		```sh
	199	#+begin_src sh
210	200	sudo nano ~/authelia/config/users_database.yml
211		```
	201	#+end_src
212	202
213	203	Within the file, you will need to create an entry for each user that
214		needs access to Authelia. The `my_username` entry will be the
215		username used on the login page.
	204	needs access to Authelia. The =my_username= entry will be the username
	205	used on the login page.
216	206
217		To generate the password, go to [Argon2 Hash
218		Generator](https://argon2.online), generate a random salt, and make sure
219		the rest of the settings match the `authentication_backend`
220		section of `configuration.yml` file.
	207	To generate the password, go to [[https://argon2.online][Argon2 Hash
	208	Generator]], generate a random salt, and make sure the rest of the
	209	settings match the =authentication_backend= section of
	210	=configuration.yml= file.
221	211
222		```yaml
	212	#+begin_src yaml
223	213	users:
224	214	my_username:
225	215	displayname: "My User"
		@@ -230,32 +220,30 @@ users:
230	220	groups:
231	221	- admins
232	222	- dev
233		```
	223	#+end_src
234	224
235	225	Once the app is configured, restart the container from scratch.
236	226
237		```sh
	227	#+begin_src sh
238	228	cd ~/authelia
239	229	sudo docker-compose down && sudo docker-compose up -d
240		```
241
242		### Nginx: Authelia Domain
	230	#+end_src
243	231
	232	** Nginx: Authelia Domain
244	233	Once the container is running and configured, the final step is to
245	234	configure external access to the server via Nginx reverse proxy.
246	235
247	236	Start by creating the Authelia domain.
248	237
249		```sh
	238	#+begin_src sh
250	239	sudo nano /etc/nginx/sites-available/auth
251		```
	240	#+end_src
252	241
253	242	Within this file, paste the following information and be sure to update
254		`example.com` to your domain. Make sure the
255		`$upstream_authelia` variable matches the location of your
256		Authelia container.
	243	=example.com= to your domain. Make sure the =$upstream_authelia=
	244	variable matches the location of your Authelia container.
257	245
258		```conf
	246	#+begin_src conf
259	247	server {
260	248	if ($host ~ ^[^.]+\.example\.com$) {
261	249	return 301 https://$host$request_uri;
		@@ -307,30 +295,29 @@ server {
307	295	}
308	296
309	297	}
310		```
	298	#+end_src
311	299
312	300	Next, symlink the file and restart Nginx. If there are errors, be sure
313	301	to resolve those before moving on.
314	302
315		```sh
	303	#+begin_src sh
316	304	sudo ln -s /etc/nginx/sites-available/auth /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/auth
317	305	sudo systemctl restart nginx.service
318		```
319
320		### Nginx: Protected Domain(s)
	306	#+end_src
321	307
	308	** Nginx: Protected Domain(s)
322	309	Now that Authelia is accessible externally, you need to configure the
323	310	domain you intend to protect with Authelia. In this example, I'm
324		protecting `teddit.example.com`.
	311	protecting =teddit.example.com=.
325	312
326	313	Similar to the process above, paste the content and update the relevant
327	314	variables.
328	315
329		```sh
	316	#+begin_src sh
330	317	sudo nano /etc/nginx/sites-available/teddit
331		```
	318	#+end_src
332	319
333		```conf
	320	#+begin_src conf
334	321	server {
335	322	if ($host ~ ^[^.]+\.example\.com$) {
336	323	return 301 https://$host$request_uri;
		@@ -432,26 +419,25 @@ server {
432	419	proxy_buffers 64 256k;
433	420	}
434	421	}
435		```
	422	#+end_src
436	423
437	424	Same as before, symlink the file and restart Nginx.
438	425
439		```sh
	426	#+begin_src sh
440	427	sudo ln -s /etc/nginx/sites-available/teddit /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/teddit
441	428	sudo systemctl restart nginx.service
442		```
443
444		## Results
	429	#+end_src
445	430
	431	* Results
446	432	When visiting the protected domain, you will now be redirected to your
447	433	authentication domain and presented with the Authelia login portal.
448	434
449		![Authelia
450		Portal](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20231010-authelia/authelia_portal.png "Authelia Portal")
	435	#+caption: Authelia Portal
	436	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20231010-authelia/authelia_portal.png]]
451	437
452	438	Once you've successfully authenticated, you can visit your
453	439	authentication domain directly and see that you're currently
454	440	authenticated to any domain protected by Authelia.
455	441
456		![Authelia
457		Success](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20231010-authelia/authelia_success.png "Authelia Success")
	442	#+caption: Authelia Success
	443	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20231010-authelia/authelia_success.png]]

content/blog/2023-06-08-self-hosting-baikal-server.md → blog/self-hosting-baikal/index.org renamed +48 −57

		@@ -1,34 +1,30 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-06-08
3		title = "Self-Hosting Baikal Server (CalDAV & CardDAV)"
4		description = "A guide to self-hosting the Baikal application on your own server."
5		+++
	1	#+title: Self-Hosting Baikal Server (CalDAV & CardDAV)
	2	#+date: 2023-06-08
	3	#+description: A guide to self-hosting the Baikal application on your own server.
	4	#+filetags: :selfhosting:
6	5
7		## What is Baikal?
8
9		[Baikal](https://sabre.io/baikal/) is a lightweight CalDAV + CardDAV
	6	* What is Baikal?
	7	[[https://sabre.io/baikal/][Baikal]] is a lightweight CalDAV + CardDAV
10	8	server that you can self-host on your own machine. While I have tried (&
11	9	failed) to get this CalDAV + CardDAV server running before, it was quite
12	10	easy this time. Not really sure what I did differently this time, but
13	11	I'm documenting my process here to ensure I don't forget.
14	12
15		## Installation
16
17		First, create a folder on your server and open a
18		`docker-compose.yml` file for editing:
	13	* Installation
	14	First, create a folder on your server and open a =docker-compose.yml=
	15	file for editing:
19	16
20		```sh
	17	#+begin_src sh
21	18	mkdir baikal && cd baikal
22	19	nano docker-compose.yml
23		```
	20	#+end_src
24	21
25	22	Within this file, you'll need to paste the information below. You can
26		customize the `ports` section to use any port on your server
27		to pass through to port 80 in the container. You can also edit the
28		`volumes` section to use docker volumes instead of local
29		folders.
	23	customize the =ports= section to use any port on your server to pass
	24	through to port 80 in the container. You can also edit the =volumes=
	25	section to use docker volumes instead of local folders.
30	26
31		```conf
	27	#+begin_src conf
32	28	version: "2"
33	29	services:
34	30	baikal:
		@@ -39,45 +35,41 @@ services:
39	35	volumes:
40	36	- ./config:/var/www/baikal/config
41	37	- ./data:/var/www/baikal/Specific
42		```
	38	#+end_src
43	39
44	40	Once finished with editing, save and close the file. Then, launch the
45	41	docker container:
46	42
47		```sh
	43	#+begin_src sh
48	44	sudo docker-compose up -d
49		```
50
51		## Intial Setup
	45	#+end_src
52	46
	47	* Intial Setup
53	48	As long as no issues came up when starting the container, you should be
54		able to visit the server's set-up page at
55		`http://<server_ip>:<port>`. The application will ask you to
56		create an administrator account and choose the database type for your
57		storage. Personally, I opted to use SQLite.
	49	able to visit the server's set-up page at =http://<server_ip>:<port>=.
	50	The application will ask you to create an administrator account and
	51	choose the database type for your storage. Personally, I opted to use
	52	SQLite.
58	53
59	54	Make sure the administrator credentials are adequate to protect against
60	55	common attacks.
61	56
62		## Creating Users
63
64		Once you've set up the application, you will be greeted by the
65		Dashboard page, which will show the version of the app, status of the
	57	* Creating Users
	58	Once you've set up the application, you will be greeted by the Dashboard
	59	page, which will show the version of the app, status of the
66	60	admin/CalDAV/CardDAV services, and the number of users, calendars,
67	61	events, address books, and contacts.
68	62
69		![Baikal
70		Dashboard](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230608-baikal/baikal-dashboard.png)
	63	#+caption: Baikal Dashboard
	64	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230608-baikal/baikal-dashboard.png]]
71	65
72		To create a new user, navigate to the `Users and resources`
73		page. This process is as simple as entering a username, password, and
74		email.
	66	To create a new user, navigate to the =Users and resources= page. This
	67	process is as simple as entering a username, password, and email.
75	68
76	69	Once a user has been created, you can create any number of calendars and
77	70	address books for user, as well as inspect their information.
78	71
79		## Setting Up a Public URL
80
	72	* Setting Up a Public URL
81	73	Once your application is working locally, you can open access remotely
82	74	via a URL by using a reverse-proxy like Nginx.
83	75
		@@ -87,15 +79,15 @@ point a domain name to the server hosting Baikal.
87	79	Start by navigating to your web server's configuration directory and
88	80	create a new file for this application.
89	81
90		```sh
	82	#+begin_src sh
91	83	cd /etc/nginx/sites-available/
92	84	nano dav
93		```
	85	#+end_src
94	86
95	87	Within this file, paste in the configuration from below and change
96		`dav.example.com` to match the URL you'll be using.
	88	=dav.example.com= to match the URL you'll be using.
97	89
98		```conf
	90	#+begin_src conf
99	91	server {
100	92	if ($host ~ ^[^.]+\.example\.com$) {
101	93	return 301 https://$host$request_uri;
		@@ -125,35 +117,34 @@ server {
125	117	include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-nginx.conf;
126	118	ssl_dhparam /etc/letsencrypt/ssl-dhparams.pem;
127	119	}
128		```
	120	#+end_src
129	121
130	122	For Nginx on Ubuntu, you'll need to symlink the configuration file to
131		the `sites-enabled` directory and then restart Nginx.
	123	the =sites-enabled= directory and then restart Nginx.
132	124
133		```sh
	125	#+begin_src sh
134	126	sudo ln -s /etc/nginx/sites-available/dav /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/dav
135	127	sudo systemctl restart nginx.service
136		```
	128	#+end_src
137	129
138	130	At this point, the Baikal server should be available over the internet
139	131	at the URL configured above!
140	132
141		## Configuring Clients
142
	133	* Configuring Clients
143	134	Lastly, configuring clients and applications is essential to making sure
144	135	the DAV server is being fully utilized.
145	136
146		You can also use the `Users and resources` page to inspect a
147		user's personal link to their calendars and address books by clicking
148		the info (i) button. It will show a URI like
149		`/dav.php/calendars/your-user/default/`.
	137	You can also use the =Users and resources= page to inspect a user's
	138	personal link to their calendars and address books by clicking the info
	139	(i) button. It will show a URI like
	140	=/dav.php/calendars/your-user/default/=.
150	141
151	142	However, I found that the following URL works for most applications:
152		`/dav.php/principals/your-user/`.
	143	=/dav.php/principals/your-user/=.
153	144
154		I used the `principals` URL above for Thunderbird (calendar,
155		tasks, and contacts), as well as iOS (calendar, tasks, and contacts) and
156		everything works flawlessly so far.
	145	I used the =principals= URL above for Thunderbird (calendar, tasks, and
	146	contacts), as well as iOS (calendar, tasks, and contacts) and everything
	147	works flawlessly so far.
157	148
158	149	Syncing is quick between the server and clients, and I haven't seen any
159	150	disruptions in the service or data integrity.

content/blog/2023-06-23-self-hosting-convos-irc.md → blog/self-hosting-convos/index.org renamed +62 −68

		@@ -1,43 +1,39 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-06-23
3		title = "Self-Hosting Convos IRC Web Client"
4		description = "A guide to self-hosting the Convos application on your own server."
5		+++
	1	#+title: Self-Hosting Convos IRC Web Client
	2	#+date: 2023-06-23
	3	#+description: A guide to self-hosting the Convos application on your own server.
	4	#+filetags: :selfhosting:
6	5
7		## Convos
8
9		[Convos](https://convos.chat/) is an always-online web client for IRC.
	6	* Convos
	7	[[https://convos.chat/][Convos]] is an always-online web client for IRC.
10	8	It has a few features that made it attractive to me as a self-hosted
11	9	option:
12	10
13		- Extremely simple Docker Compose installation method.
14		- Runs in the background and monitors chats even while you're not
15		logged in.
16		- Neatly organized sidebar for conversation and client settings.
17		- Ability to connect to different hosts and create profiles for hosts.
18		- By default, registration is closed to the public. You can enable
19		public registration on the Settings page or generate invitation
20		links on the Users page.
21		- Customization of the client theme, organization name and URL, admin
22		email, and video service.
23
24		## Docker Installation
25
26		To install Convos, simply create a directory and a
27		`docker-compose.yml` file:
28
29		```sh
	11	- Extremely simple Docker Compose installation method.
	12	- Runs in the background and monitors chats even while you're not logged
	13	in.
	14	- Neatly organized sidebar for conversation and client settings.
	15	- Ability to connect to different hosts and create profiles for hosts.
	16	- By default, registration is closed to the public. You can enable
	17	public registration on the Settings page or generate invitation links
	18	on the Users page.
	19	- Customization of the client theme, organization name and URL, admin
	20	email, and video service.
	21
	22	* Docker Installation
	23	To install Convos, simply create a directory and a =docker-compose.yml=
	24	file:
	25
	26	#+begin_src sh
30	27	mkdir ~/convos && cd ~/convos
31	28	nano docker-compose.yml
32		```
	29	#+end_src
33	30
34		With the `docker-compose.yml` file open, paste the
35		configuration below into the file. You can customize the host port to be
36		something unique, such as `21897:3000`. You can also change
37		the `data` folder to be a docker volume instead, if you
38		prefer.
	31	With the =docker-compose.yml= file open, paste the configuration below
	32	into the file. You can customize the host port to be something unique,
	33	such as =21897:3000=. You can also change the =data= folder to be a
	34	docker volume instead, if you prefer.
39	35
40		```config
	36	#+begin_src config
41	37	version: '3'
42	38
43	39	services:
		@@ -50,33 +46,31 @@ services:
50	46	environment:
51	47	- CONVOS_REVERSE_PROXY=1
52	48	restart: always
53		```
	49	#+end_src
54	50
55		Save the `docker-compose.yml` file and bring the container
56		up:
	51	Save the =docker-compose.yml= file and bring the container up:
57	52
58		```sh
	53	#+begin_src sh
59	54	sudo docker-compose up -d
60		```
	55	#+end_src
61	56
62		At this point, Convos is available at `<server_ip>:3000` but
63		not available to the public.
64
65		## Nginx Reverse Proxy
	57	At this point, Convos is available at =<server_ip>:3000= but not
	58	available to the public.
66	59
	60	* Nginx Reverse Proxy
67	61	If you're using Nginx, you can create a configuration file for the
68	62	convos application. Start by opening the file:
69	63
70		```sh
	64	#+begin_src sh
71	65	nano /etc/nginx/sites-available/convos
72		```
	66	#+end_src
73	67
74	68	Within the nginx configuration file, paste the following content and be
75		sure to update `convos.example.com` to match your domain and
76		`127.0.0.1:3000` to match the port you opened in the
77		`docker-compose.yml` file.
	69	sure to update =convos.example.com= to match your domain and
	70	=127.0.0.1:3000= to match the port you opened in the
	71	=docker-compose.yml= file.
78	72
79		```config
	73	#+begin_src config
80	74	# Host and port where convos is running
81	75	upstream convos_upstream { server 127.0.0.1:3000; }
82	76
		@@ -114,53 +108,53 @@ server {
114	108	include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-nginx.conf;
115	109	ssl_dhparam /etc/letsencrypt/ssl-dhparams.pem;
116	110	}
117		```
	111	#+end_src
118	112
119		Once the file is saved, link it to the `sites-enabled`
120		directory and restart Nginx.
	113	Once the file is saved, link it to the =sites-enabled= directory and
	114	restart Nginx.
121	115
122		```sh
	116	#+begin_src sh
123	117	sudo ln -s /etc/nginx/sites-available/convos /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/convos
124	118	sudo systemctl restart nginx.service
125		```
126
127		## Screenshots
	119	#+end_src
128	120
	121	* Screenshots
129	122	See the screenshots below for an example of the Convos homepage and an
130	123	excerpt of the chat screen.
131	124
132	125	There are numerous themes to choose from; the theme shown in the images
133	126	below is Dracula.
134	127
135		![Convos Home](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230623-convos/convos_home.png "Convos Home")
136
137		![Convos Chat](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230623-convos/convos_chat.png "Convos Chat")
	128	#+caption: Convos Home
	129	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230623-convos/convos_home.png]]
138	130
139		## Registering a Nickname
	131	#+caption: Convos Chat
	132	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230623-convos/convos_chat.png]]
140	133
	134	* Registering a Nickname
141	135	Hop into the server channel so that you can message NickServ. In the
142	136	case of Convos, the default sever is libera.chat. Simply click the
143		`libera` conversation at the top of the sidebar to open it.
144		Once the chat is open, you can claim a nickname by typing:
	137	=libera= conversation at the top of the sidebar to open it. Once the
	138	chat is open, you can claim a nickname by typing:
145	139
146		```txt
	140	#+begin_src txt
147	141	/nick <nick>
148		```
	142	#+end_src
149	143
150		If the nickname is available, and you'd like to register the nickname
151		to yourself, you'll need to type another command:
	144	If the nickname is available, and you'd like to register the nickname to
	145	yourself, you'll need to type another command:
152	146
153		```txt
	147	#+begin_src txt
154	148	/msg NickServ REGISTER
155	149	<password> <email>
156		```
	150	#+end_src
157	151
158	152	On libera.chat, the server will send a confirmation email with a command
159	153	that you must message in IRC to verify registration of the nickname:
160	154
161		```txt
	155	#+begin_src txt
162	156	/msg NickServ VERIFY REGISTER <nick> <verification_code>
163		```
	157	#+end_src
164	158
165	159	Once entered, the server should confirm registration of the nickname to
166	160	the supplied email with the password specified.

content/blog/2022-06-07-freshrss.md → blog/self-hosting-freshrss/index.org renamed +90 −112

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-06-07
3		title = "Self-Hosting FreshRSS"
4		description = "A guide to self-hosting the FreshRSS application on your own server."
5		+++
6
7		## Why RSS?
	1	#+title: Self-Hosting FreshRSS
	2	#+date: 2022-06-07
	3	#+description: A guide to self-hosting the FreshRSS application on your own server.
	4	#+filetags: :selfhosting:
8	5
	6	* Why RSS?
9	7	After noticing that I have collected 50+ blogs as bookmarks, I decided
10	8	to migrate back to using RSS feeds to stay up-to-date with my favorite
11	9	websites. Using RSS allows me to read all of these posts in a single app
		@@ -16,56 +14,49 @@ However, I ran into one issue: syncing subscriptions and read/unread
16	14	posts across devices. Since I want to be able to easily read on both
17	15	mobile and desktop, I decided to look for a self-hosted RSS solution.
18	16
19		Thus, I found [FreshRSS](https://www.freshrss.org/) and was able to
	17	Thus, I found [[https://www.freshrss.org/][FreshRSS]] and was able to
20	18	successfully install it on my server in about 30 minutes.
21	19
22		## Documentation
23
24		While it's certainly not robust, the [FreshRSS
25		documentation](https://freshrss.github.io/FreshRSS/) is helpful for
26		figuring out basic information about the service.
	20	* Documentation
	21	While it's certainly not robust, the
	22	[[https://freshrss.github.io/FreshRSS/][FreshRSS documentation]] is
	23	helpful for figuring out basic information about the service.
27	24
28	25	However, I wanted to install this service as a Docker container and
29		stumbled across the [Docker
30		README](https://github.com/FreshRSS/FreshRSS/tree/edge/Docker) within
31		the GitHub repository.
	26	stumbled across the
	27	[[https://github.com/FreshRSS/FreshRSS/tree/edge/Docker][Docker README]]
	28	within the GitHub repository.
32	29
33	30	This README was the documentation I actually needed. However, as you'll
34		see below, I still had to manually edit one file
35		(`config.php`) to access the API externally via my RSS apps.
36
37		## Installation
38
39		### DNS
	31	see below, I still had to manually edit one file (=config.php=) to
	32	access the API externally via my RSS apps.
40	33
	34	* Installation
	35	** DNS
41	36	The first step, as required by any external web service, was assigning a
42		domain name to use. I chose to use a subdomain, like
43		`rss.example.com`.
	37	domain name to use. I chose to use a subdomain, like =rss.example.com=.
44	38
45		To assign this, I created an `A` record in my DNS settings
46		with the IPv4 address of the server and an `AAAA` record with
47		the IPv6 address of the server. Note: assigning an IPv6
48		(`AAAA`) record is optional, but I like to enable IPV6 for my
49		services.
	39	To assign this, I created an =A= record in my DNS settings with the IPv4
	40	address of the server and an =AAAA= record with the IPv6 address of the
	41	server. Note: assigning an IPv6 (=AAAA=) record is optional, but I like
	42	to enable IPV6 for my services.
50	43
51		```config
	44	#+begin_src config
52	45	rss.example.com A xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
53	46	rss.example.com AAAA xxxx:xxxx: ... :xxxx
54		```
55
56		### Docker
	47	#+end_src
57	48
58		I initially tried to set up a `docker-compose.yml` file with
59		a `.env` file because I prefer to have a file I can look back
60		at later to see how I initially started the container, but it simply
61		wouldn't work for me. I'm not sure why, but I assume I wasn't telling
62		`docker-compose` where the `.env` file was.
	49	** Docker
	50	I initially tried to set up a =docker-compose.yml= file with a =.env=
	51	file because I prefer to have a file I can look back at later to see how
	52	I initially started the container, but it simply wouldn't work for me.
	53	I'm not sure why, but I assume I wasn't telling =docker-compose= where
	54	the =.env= file was.
63	55
64		Regardless, I chose to simply run the service with
65		`docker run`. See the following command for my
66		`docker run` configuration:
	56	Regardless, I chose to simply run the service with =docker run=. See the
	57	following command for my =docker run= configuration:
67	58
68		```sh
	59	#+begin_src sh
69	60	sudo docker run -d --restart unless-stopped --log-opt max-size=10m \
70	61	-p 8080:80 \
71	62	-e TZ=America/Chicago \
		@@ -74,44 +65,40 @@ sudo docker run -d --restart unless-stopped --log-opt max-size=10m \
74	65	-v freshrss_extensions:/var/www/FreshRSS/extensions \
75	66	--name freshrss \
76	67	freshrss/freshrss
77		```
	68	#+end_src
78	69
79	70	This started the container successfully and allowed me to visit the
80		FreshRSS instance at `localhost:8080`.
81
82		### Fresh RSS Set-Up
	71	FreshRSS instance at =localhost:8080=.
83	72
84		I HIGHLY suggest that you set up your user account prior to exposing
	73	** Fresh RSS Set-Up
	74	I HIGHLY* suggest that you set up your user account prior to exposing
85	75	this service to the public. It's unlikely that someone is trying to
86		access the exact domain or IP/port you're assigning here, but as soon
87		as you expose this service, the first person to open the URL will be
88		able to create the admin user.
	76	access the exact domain or IP/port you're assigning here, but as soon as
	77	you expose this service, the first person to open the URL will be able
	78	to create the admin user.
89	79
90		In order to set up your FreshRSS service, open the
91		`localhost:8080` URL in your browser (you may need to use a
92		local IP instead of `localhost` if you're accessing the page
93		from a different machine on the network - e.g.,
94		`192.168.1.20:8080`).
	80	In order to set up your FreshRSS service, open the =localhost:8080= URL
	81	in your browser (you may need to use a local IP instead of =localhost=
	82	if you're accessing the page from a different machine on the network -
	83	e.g., =192.168.1.20:8080=).
95	84
96	85	Once the page loads, set up your default user with a strong username and
97	86	password. You may also choose to configure other settings prior to
98	87	exposing this service.
99	88
100		### Nginx Reverse-Proxy
101
	89	** Nginx Reverse-Proxy
102	90	In order to access this service outside my home, I needed to set up a
103		reverse-proxy to connect `localhost:8080` to
104		`rss.example.com`.
	91	reverse-proxy to connect =localhost:8080= to =rss.example.com=.
105	92
106	93	First, I created a new Nginx configuration file:
107	94
108		```sh
	95	#+begin_src sh
109	96	sudo nano /etc/nginx/sites-available/rss.example.com
110		```
	97	#+end_src
111	98
112	99	Within the config file, I pasted the following code:
113	100
114		```config
	101	#+begin_src config
115	102	upstream freshrss {
116	103	server 127.0.0.1:8080;
117	104	keepalive 64;
		@@ -140,87 +127,79 @@ server {
140	127	proxy_pass_header Authorization;
141	128	}
142	129	}
143		```
	130	#+end_src
144	131
145	132	Finally, restart Nginx and you will be able to access your service via
146	133	HTTP:
147	134
148		```sh
	135	#+begin_src sh
149	136	sudo systemctl restart nginx.service
150		```
151
152		### HTTPS
	137	#+end_src
153	138
	139	** HTTPS
154	140	However, I don't want to access my RSS feeds via HTTP. I want it
155	141	available only via HTTPS. In order to do this, I ran the
156		[certbot](https://certbot.eff.org/) program to generate SSL certificates
157		for me:
	142	[[https://certbot.eff.org/][certbot]] program to generate SSL
	143	certificates for me:
158	144
159		```sh
	145	#+begin_src sh
160	146	sudo certbot --nginx
161		```
	147	#+end_src
162	148
163	149	This process will automatically generate an SSL certificate for you and
164	150	modify the Nginx configuration file to include a redirect from HTTP to
165	151	HTTPS.
166	152
167		## Post-Installation Fixes
168
	153	* Post-Installation Fixes
169	154	At this point, we have a functional FreshRSS website, available from
170	155	anywhere and secured with HTTPS. However, attempting to connect this
171	156	service to an RSS app resulted in many errors regarding unavailable URLs
172	157	and incorrect credentials.
173	158
174		### API Set-Up
175
176		First, you need to open your user profile in FreshRSS
177		(`Settings` > `Profile`) and set an API password
178		in the field at the bottom. This is the password you will need to
179		provide to your RSS apps.
	159	** API Set-Up
	160	First, you need to open your user profile in FreshRSS (=Settings= >
	161	=Profile=) and set an API password in the field at the bottom. This is
	162	the password you will need to provide to your RSS apps.
180	163
181	164	Once that is set and saved, click the link below the API password field
182	165	to open the API check tool. It should look something like
183		`https://localhost:8080/api/` or
184		`https://rss.example.com/api/`.
	166	=https://localhost:8080/api/= or =https://rss.example.com/api/=.
185	167
186		Within this page, you should see your correct external URL and
187		"PASS" at the bottom of each API type. This would mean everything is
188		set up correctly, and you can now move on and login to any RSS apps that
	168	Within this page, you /should/ see your correct external URL and "PASS"
	169	at the bottom of each API type. This would mean everything is set up
	170	correctly, and you can now move on and login to any RSS apps that
189	171	support self-hosted options.
190	172
191	173	In my case, the URL showed an internal URL and I had a warning that the
192		`base_url` variable may be misconfigured. If this is the
193		case, see the next section for a fix.
194
195		### Base URL Fix
	174	=base_url= variable may be misconfigured. If this is the case, see the
	175	next section for a fix.
196	176
197		In order to fix the `base_url` for the API, I opened up my
198		docker container with the following command:
	177	** Base URL Fix
	178	In order to fix the =base_url= for the API, I opened up my docker
	179	container with the following command:
199	180
200		```sh
	181	#+begin_src sh
201	182	sudo docker exec -it freshrss bash
202		```
	183	#+end_src
203	184
204	185	Within this container, update the packages and install an editor:
205	186
206		```sh
	187	#+begin_src sh
207	188	apt-get update
208	189	apt-get install nano
209		```
	190	#+end_src
210	191
211		Finally, open up `config.php` in the `data`
212		directory:
	192	Finally, open up =config.php= in the =data= directory:
213	193
214		```sh
	194	#+begin_src sh
215	195	nano data/config.php
216		```
	196	#+end_src
217	197
218		Within `config.php`, you will need to update the
219		`base_url` variable and update it to match your external URL.
220		In my case, I simply commented-out the incorrect URL with
221		`//` and added the correct one on a new line:
	198	Within =config.php=, you will need to update the =base_url= variable and
	199	update it to match your external URL. In my case, I simply commented-out
	200	the incorrect URL with =//= and added the correct one on a new line:
222	201
223		```php
	202	#+begin_src php
224	203	<?php
225	204	return array (
226	205	...
		@@ -229,26 +208,25 @@ In my case, I simply commented-out the incorrect URL with
229	208	...
230	209	)
231	210	>
232		```
	211	#+end_src
233	212
234		You can now exit the file with `Ctrl + x`, press
235		`y` to save the file, and then click `Enter` to
236		keep the same file name.
	213	You can now exit the file with =Ctrl + x=, press =y= to save the file,
	214	and then click =Enter= to keep the same file name.
237	215
238	216	Finally, just exit out of the docker container:
239	217
240		```sh
	218	#+begin_src sh
241	219	exit
242		```
	220	#+end_src
243	221
244	222	Next, just restart the container:
245	223
246		```sh
	224	#+begin_src sh
247	225	sudo docker restart freshrss
248		```
	226	#+end_src
249	227
250	228	Voilà! Your API check should now "PASS" and you should be able to use
251	229	one of the API URLs in your RSS apps.
252	230
253		In my case, I use [NetNewsWire](https://netnewswire.com) on my desktop
	231	In my case, I use [[https://netnewswire.com][NetNewsWire]] on my desktop
254	232	and phone.

content/blog/2023-09-15-gitweb.md → blog/self-hosting-gitweb/index.org renamed +23 −28

		@@ -1,15 +1,12 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-09-15
3		title = "GitWeb via Nginx"
4		description = "A guide to self-hosting GitWeb using the Nginx web server."
5		+++
	1	#+title: Self-Hosting GitWeb via Nginx
	2	#+date: 2023-09-15
	3	#+description: A guide to self-hosting GitWeb using the Nginx web server.
	4	#+filetags: :selfhosting:
6	5
7		## Overview
8
9		[GitWeb](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-on-the-Server-GitWeb) is a
	6	* Overview
	7	[[https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-on-the-Server-GitWeb][GitWeb]] is a
10	8	simple web-based visualizer for git repositories. By default, GitWeb
11		will only run with the `lighttpd` or `webrick` web
12		servers.
	9	will only run with the =lighttpd= or =webrick= web servers.
13	10
14	11	However, this guide will show you how to keep GitWeb running in the
15	12	background and display information for all repositories in a chosen
		@@ -17,25 +14,24 @@ directory.
17	14
18	15	See below for the final result:
19	16
20		![Gitweb](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230915-gitweb/gitweb.png)
21
22		## Install Dependencies
	17	#+caption: Gitweb
	18	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230915-gitweb/gitweb.png]]
23	19
	20	* Install Dependencies
24	21	To start, you'll need install the following packages:
25	22
26		```sh
	23	#+begin_src sh
27	24	sudo apt install git gitweb fcgiwrap nginx
28		```
29
30		## Configure Nginx
	25	#+end_src
31	26
	27	* Configure Nginx
32	28	Once installed, create an Nginx configuration file.
33	29
34		```sh
	30	#+begin_src sh
35	31	sudo nano /etc/nginx/sites-available/git.example.com
36		```
	32	#+end_src
37	33
38		```conf
	34	#+begin_src conf
39	35	server {
40	36	listen 80;
41	37	server_name example.com;
		@@ -54,24 +50,23 @@ server {
54	50	index index.cgi;
55	51	}
56	52	}
57		```
	53	#+end_src
58	54
59	55	To make the configuration active, you need to symlink it and then
60	56	restart Nginx.
61	57
62		```sh
	58	#+begin_src sh
63	59	sudo ln -s /etc/nginx/sites-available/git.example.com /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/git.example.com
64	60	sudo systemctl restart nginx.service
65		```
	61	#+end_src
66	62
67	63	The GitWeb application should now be available via the URL you set in
68	64	the Nginx configuration above.
69	65
70		## Customize GitWeb
71
	66	* Customize GitWeb
72	67	If you need to, you can customize many things about Gitweb by editing
73		the [gitweb.conf](https://git-scm.com/docs/gitweb.conf) file.
	68	the [[https://git-scm.com/docs/gitweb.conf][gitweb.conf]] file.
74	69
75		```sh
	70	#+begin_src sh
76	71	sudo nano /etc/gitweb.conf
77		```
	72	#+end_src

content/blog/2022-11-07-matrix-synapse.md → blog/self-hosting-matrix/index.org renamed +69 −81

		@@ -1,106 +1,98 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-11-07
3		title = "Self-Hosting Matrix Synapse on Alpine Linux"
4		description = "A guide to self-hosting the Matrix Synapse application on your own server."
5		+++
6
7		## Synpase
	1	#+title: Self-Hosting Matrix Synapse on Alpine Linux
	2	#+date: 2022-11-07
	3	#+description: A guide to self-hosting the Matrix Synapse application on your own server.
	4	#+filetags: :selfhosting:
8	5
	6	* Synpase
9	7	If you're reading this, you likely know that
10		[Synapse](https://github.com/matrix-org/synapse/) is a popular
11		[Matrix](https://matrix.org/) home server software that allows users to
12		run their own Matrix home server.
	8	[[https://github.com/matrix-org/synapse/][Synapse]] is a popular
	9	[[https://matrix.org/][Matrix]] home server software that allows users
	10	to run their own Matrix home server.
13	11
14	12	This post is a short guide describing how I was able to get Synapse
15	13	working in a minimally-usable state on Alpine Linux.
16	14
17		## Installation Process
18
19		### Dependencies
20
	15	* Installation Process
	16	** Dependencies
21	17	First, since there is no Alpine-specific package for Synapse, we need to
22	18	ensure that Alpine has the required dependencies for the Python-based
23	19	installation method.
24	20
25		```sh
	21	#+begin_src sh
26	22	doas apk -U update
27	23	doas apk add python3 py3-virtualenv
28		```
	24	#+end_src
29	25
30	26	Next, we need to set up a Python virtual environment for Synapse:
31	27
32		```sh
	28	#+begin_src sh
33	29	mkdir -p ~/synapse && cd ~/synapse
34	30	virtualenv -p python3 ~/synapse/env
35	31	source ~/synapse/env/bin/activate
36	32	pip install --upgrade pip
37	33	pip install --upgrade setuptools
38	34	pip install matrix-synapse
39		```
40
41		### Running Synapse
	35	#+end_src
42	36
	37	** Running Synapse
43	38	Once installed, running Synapse is easy. Simply execute the following
44		command, replacing `example.com` with the domain name that
45		will be used with this home server. This will generate the configuration
46		files needed to run the server.
	39	command, replacing =example.com= with the domain name that will be used
	40	with this home server. This will generate the configuration files needed
	41	to run the server.
47	42
48		```sh
	43	#+begin_src sh
49	44	python -m synapse.app.homeserver \
50	45	--server-name example.com \
51	46	--config-path homeserver.yaml \
52	47	--generate-config \
53	48	--report-stats=no
54		```
	49	#+end_src
55	50
56	51	Once the configuration is generated, we can start up the Synapse server:
57	52
58		```sh
	53	#+begin_src sh
59	54	synctl start
60		```
	55	#+end_src
61	56
62		### Configuring Synapse
	57	** Configuring Synapse
	58	To make any change to Synapse, we need to edit the =YAML= configuration
	59	file:
63	60
64		To make any change to Synapse, we need to edit the `YAML`
65		configuration file:
66
67		```sh
	61	#+begin_src sh
68	62	nano ~/synapse/homeserver.yaml
69		```
	63	#+end_src
70	64
71		For now, we just need to ensure the `server_name` is
72		accurate. However, there are a lot of other configuration options found
73		in the [Configuring
74		Synapse](https://matrix-org.github.io/synapse/develop/usage/configuration/config_documentation.html)
75		documentation that can be enabled/disabled at any point.
	65	For now, we just need to ensure the =server_name= is accurate. However,
	66	there are a lot of other configuration options found in the
	67	[[https://matrix-org.github.io/synapse/develop/usage/configuration/config_documentation.html][Configuring
	68	Synapse]] documentation that can be enabled/disabled at any point.
76	69
77		```yaml
	70	#+begin_src yaml
78	71	server_name: "example.com"
79		```
	72	#+end_src
80	73
81	74	Make sure to restart Synapse when you make changes to the configuration:
82	75
83		```sh
	76	#+begin_src sh
84	77	synctl restart
85		```
86
87		### Nginx Reverse-Proxy
	78	#+end_src
88	79
	80	** Nginx Reverse-Proxy
89	81	To ensure that Synapse is reachable from the public, we need to connect
90	82	our domain to the Synapse server. In my case, I use a Nginx
91	83	reverse-proxy for this purpose.
92	84
93	85	To use Nginx, we need to create a reverse-proxy configuration file:
94	86
95		```sh
	87	#+begin_src sh
96	88	doas nano /etc/nginx/http.d/example.com.conf
97		```
	89	#+end_src
98	90
99		If you already have TLS certificates for this domain
100		(`example.com`), you can simply use the SSL configuration and
101		point toward your TLS certificates.
	91	If you already have TLS certificates for this domain (=example.com=),
	92	you can simply use the SSL configuration and point toward your TLS
	93	certificates.
102	94
103		```conf
	95	#+begin_src conf
104	96	server {
105	97	listen 443 ssl http2;
106	98	listen [::]:443 ssl http2;
		@@ -139,15 +131,15 @@ server {
139	131	listen 80;
140	132	return 404;
141	133	}
142		```
	134	#+end_src
143	135
144	136	If you need to generate TLS certificates (I recommend
145		[Certbot](https://certbot.eff.org/)), you'll need a more minimal Nginx
	137	[[https://certbot.eff.org/][Certbot]]), you'll need a more minimal Nginx
146	138	conf file before you can use the TLS-enabled example above. Instead, use
147	139	this configuration file during the Certbot certificate generation
148	140	process:
149	141
150		```conf
	142	#+begin_src conf
151	143	server {
152	144	server_name example.com;
153	145	location / {
		@@ -155,64 +147,60 @@ server {
155	147	}
156	148	listen 80;
157	149	}
158		```
	150	#+end_src
159	151
160	152	Once you're done editing the Nginx conf file, restart Nginx:
161	153
162		```sh
	154	#+begin_src sh
163	155	doas rc-service nginx restart
164		```
	156	#+end_src
165	157
166		If you still need to generate TLS certificates, run `certbot`
167		now and obtain the certificates. Certbot will ask if you want to use a
168		webroot or spin up a temporary web server. I highly recommend using
169		the temporary web server due to the many issues with using a webroot.
	158	If you still need to generate TLS certificates, run =certbot= now and
	159	obtain the certificates. Certbot will ask if you want to use a webroot
	160	or spin up a temporary web server. I highly* recommend using the
	161	temporary web server due to the many issues with using a webroot.
170	162
171	163	You will need to stop Nginx in order to user the temporary web server
172	164	option with Certbot:
173	165
174		```sh
	166	#+begin_src sh
175	167	# Stop Nginx so certbot can spin up a temp webserver for cert generation
176	168	doas rc-service nginx stop
177	169	doas certbot certonly -v
178	170	doas rc-service nginx start
179		```
	171	#+end_src
180	172
181		### Open Firewall & Router Ports
182
183		If you use a firewall on the server, open the `8448` port for
184		discovery and federation, as well as the normal web server ports if
185		you're using a reverse proxy. If you want additional services, such as
186		voice calls, you will need to read the Synapse documentation to see
187		which ports need to be opened for those features.
	173	** Open Firewall & Router Ports
	174	If you use a firewall on the server, open the =8448= port for discovery
	175	and federation, as well as the normal web server ports if you're using a
	176	reverse proxy. If you want additional services, such as voice calls, you
	177	will need to read the Synapse documentation to see which ports need to
	178	be opened for those features.
188	179
189	180	Here's an example of the Universal Firewall (UFW) software:
190	181
191		```sh
	182	#+begin_src sh
192	183	# Matrix port
193	184	doas ufw allow 8448
194	185	# Standard web server ports
195	186	doas ufw allow "Nginx Full"
196		```
197
198		Remember to forward any Synapse ports, such as `8448`,
199		`80`, and `443`, in your Router from the internet
200		to your server's IP address.
	187	#+end_src
201	188
202		### Adding Matrix Users
	189	Remember to forward any Synapse ports, such as =8448=, =80=, and =443=,
	190	in your Router from the internet to your server's IP address.
203	191
	192	** Adding Matrix Users
204	193	Finally, if you didn't enable public registration in the
205		`homeserver.yaml` file, you can manually create users via the
	194	=homeserver.yaml= file, you can manually create users via the
206	195	command-line:
207	196
208		```sh
	197	#+begin_src sh
209	198	cd ~/synapse
210	199	register_new_matrix_user -c homeserver.yaml
211		```
	200	#+end_src
212	201
213	202	Remember that the format for federated Matrix usernames is
214		`@username:example.com` when logging in to client
215		applications.
	203	=@username:example.com= when logging in to client applications.
216	204
217	205	Once Synapse is running, and you have a username, you are ready to log
218	206	in to a Matrix client and start sending messages, joining rooms, and

blog/self-hosting-otter-wiki/index.org added +135

		@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
	1	#+title: Self-Hosting An Otter Wiki
	2	#+date: <2024-02-21>
	3	#+description: Learn how to easily self-host An Otter Wiki.
	4	#+filetags: :selfhosting:
	5
	6	* An Otter Wiki
	7	[[https://otterwiki.com/][An Otter Wiki]] is an easy to use wiki
	8	software that takes almost no effort to set up and maintain.
	9
	10	* Installation
	11	To install An Otter Wiki, I'm going to use Docker Compose to create the
	12	container and then use Nginx as a reverse proxy to allow external access
	13	via a subdomain I own.
	14
	15	** Docker Compose
	16	Start by creating a directory for the container's files.
	17
	18	#+begin_src sh
	19	mkdir ~/otterwiki
	20	#+end_src
	21
	22	Next, create the =docker-compose.yml= file to define the container's
	23	parameters.
	24
	25	#+begin_src sh
	26	nano ~/otterwiki/docker-compose.yml
	27	#+end_src
	28
	29	Within the file, paste the following content. You can read the project's
	30	documentation if you want to further override or customize the
	31	container.
	32
	33	#+begin_src conf
	34	version: '3'
	35	services:
	36	otterwiki:
	37	image: redimp/otterwiki:2
	38	restart: unless-stopped
	39	# Internal port must be assigned to port 80
	40	# External port can be customized
	41	ports:
	42	- 8337:80
	43	volumes:
	44	- ./app-data:/app-data
	45	#+end_src
	46
	47	Once the file is saved and closed, you can launch the container.
	48
	49	#+begin_src sh
	50	cd ~/otterwiki
	51	sudo docker-compose up -d
	52	#+end_src
	53
	54	The container is now available at =localhost:8337=. Next, we will use
	55	Nginx to serve this app externally.
	56
	57	** Nginx
	58	To access the app externally, let's set up a reverse proxy. I'll start
	59	by creating the Nginx configuration file for my wiki.
	60
	61	#+begin_src sh
	62	sudo nano /etc/nginx/sites-available/wiki
	63	#+end_src
	64
	65	Within the file, I have saved the following content. This assumes you
	66	already have a TLS/SSL cert to use with this subdomain. If not, simply
	67	remove the =ssl_*= variables, remove the =80= server block, and change
	68	the =443= server block to =80= to serve the app without SSL.
	69
	70	#+begin_src conf
	71	server {
	72	if ($host ~ ^[^.]+\.example\.com$) {
	73	return 301 https://$host$request_uri;
	74	}
	75
	76	listen [::]:80;
	77	listen 80;
	78	server_name wiki.example.com;
	79	return 404;
	80	}
	81
	82	server {
	83	listen [::]:443 ssl http2;
	84	listen 443 ssl http2;
	85	server_name wiki.example.com;
	86	access_log /var/log/nginx/wiki.access.log;
	87	error_log /var/log/nginx/wiki.error.log;
	88
	89	ssl_certificate /etc/letsencrypt/live/example.com/fullchain.pem;
	90	ssl_certificate_key /etc/letsencrypt/live/example.com/privkey.pem;
	91	include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-nginx.conf;
	92	ssl_dhparam /etc/letsencrypt/ssl-dhparams.pem;
	93
	94	location / {
	95	set $upstream_wiki http://127.0.0.1:8337;
	96	proxy_pass $upstream_wiki;
	97
	98	proxy_set_header Host $http_host;
	99	proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr;
	100	proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for;
	101	proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Host $http_host;
	102	}
	103	}
	104	#+end_src
	105
	106	Save and close the configuration file. On Nginx, we need to symlink the
	107	file to enable it.
	108
	109	#+begin_src sh
	110	sudo ln -s /etc/nginx/sites-available/wiki /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/wiki
	111	#+end_src
	112
	113	Once enabled, restart the Nginx server to start serving the app
	114	externally.
	115
	116	#+begin_src sh
	117	sudo systemctl restart nginx.service
	118	#+end_src
	119
	120	* Screenshots
	121	In the screenshot below, you can see the initial launch screen for An
	122	Otter Wiki. Start by creating your admin account and configure the app
	123	as necessary.
	124
	125	#+caption: An Otter Wiki - Initial Screen
	126	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240221-otterwiki/otterwiki.png]]
	127
	128	You can also see the default editing screen for creating and editing
	129	pages. It's as easy as typing Markdown and hitting the save button.
	130
	131	#+caption: An Otter Wiki - Editing Screen
	132	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240221-otterwiki/otterwiki-edit.png]]
	133
	134	Overall, I like An Otter Wiki and will be looking forward to seeing how
	135	much use I get out of it going forward.

content/blog/2023-06-30-self-hosting-voyager-lemmy-client.md → blog/self-hosting-voyager/index.org renamed +41 −48

		@@ -1,55 +1,50 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-06-30
3		title = "Self-Hosting Voyager - A Lemmy Web Client"
4		description = "A guide to self-hosting the Voyager application on your own server."
5		+++
	1	#+title: Self-Hosting Voyager - A Lemmy Web Client
	2	#+date: 2023-06-30
	3	#+description: A guide to self-hosting the Voyager application on your own server.
	4	#+filetags: :selfhosting:
6	5
7		## Installation Guide
8
9		[Voyager](https://github.com/aeharding/voyager) is a mobile-first Lemmy
10		web client, based on iOS design standards. It follows very closely to
11		Apollo's design.
	6	* Installation Guide
	7	[[https://github.com/aeharding/voyager][Voyager]] is a mobile-first
	8	Lemmy web client, based on iOS design standards. It follows very closely
	9	to Apollo's design.
12	10
13	11	This post is a guide showing how I was able to build and launch my own
14	12	instance of Voyager via Docker Compose.
15	13
16		### Clone the Repository
17
	14	** Clone the Repository
18	15	Start by cloning the repository and entering it:
19	16
20		```sh
	17	#+begin_src sh
21	18	git clone https://github.com/aeharding/voyager
22	19	cd voyager
23		```
24
25		### Build the Image
	20	#+end_src
26	21
	22	** Build the Image
27	23	With this repository, you can build the image yourself without any
28	24	further configuration. When complete, it'll give you the image ID for
29	25	you to run.
30	26
31		```sh
	27	#+begin_src sh
32	28	sudo docker build .
33	29	# Successfully built 5f00723cb5be
34		```
	30	#+end_src
35	31
36	32	With the image ID above, you can run the container and pass the
37		requested port `5314` through or use a custom port, if you
38		wish.
	33	requested port =5314= through or use a custom port, if you wish.
39	34
40		You can also set the `CUSTOM_LEMMY_SERVERS` environment
41		variable if you want to add to the default suggested login servers. This
42		must be set with a comma separated list of suggested servers. The first
43		instance in the list will be the default view for logged-out users.
	35	You can also set the =CUSTOM_LEMMY_SERVERS= environment variable if you
	36	want to add to the default suggested login servers. This must be set
	37	with a comma separated list of suggested servers. The first instance in
	38	the list will be the default view for logged-out users.
44	39
45		I will be using a `docker-compose.yml` file to run this
46		container, instead of a `docker run` command.
	40	I will be using a =docker-compose.yml= file to run this container,
	41	instead of a =docker run= command.
47	42
48		```sh
	43	#+begin_src sh
49	44	nano docker-compose.yml
50		```
	45	#+end_src
51	46
52		```conf
	47	#+begin_src conf
53	48	version: "2"
54	49	services:
55	50	voyager:
		@@ -59,30 +54,29 @@ services:
59	54	- "<custom_port>:5314"
60	55	environment:
61	56	- CUSTOM_LEMMY_SERVERS=lemmy.dbzer0.com,lemmy.world,lemmy.ml,beehaw.org
62		```
	57	#+end_src
63	58
64		```sh
	59	#+begin_src sh
65	60	sudo docker-compose up -d
66		```
	61	#+end_src
67	62
68	63	The web app will now be available at the following address:
69		`<machine_ip>:<custom_port>`. If you are running it on your
70		local device, try `localhost:<custom_port>`.
71
72		### Reverse Proxy
	64	=<machine_ip>:<custom_port>=. If you are running it on your local
	65	device, try =localhost:<custom_port>=.
73	66
74		If you want to visit this app via an external URL or domain name,
75		you'll need to set up a reverse proxy. The example below uses Nginx as
76		a reverse proxy.
	67	** Reverse Proxy
	68	If you want to visit this app via an external URL or domain name, you'll
	69	need to set up a reverse proxy. The example below uses Nginx as a
	70	reverse proxy.
77	71
78	72	Simply create the configuration file, paste the contents below, save the
79	73	file, symlink the file, and restart Nginx.
80	74
81		```sh
	75	#+begin_src sh
82	76	sudo nano /etc/nginx/sites-available/voyager
83		```
	77	#+end_src
84	78
85		```conf
	79	#+begin_src conf
86	80	server {
87	81	if ($host ~ ^[^.]+\.example\.com$) {
88	82	return 301 https://$host$request_uri;
		@@ -112,15 +106,14 @@ server {
112	106	include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-nginx.conf;
113	107	ssl_dhparam /etc/letsencrypt/ssl-dhparams.pem;
114	108	}
115		```
	109	#+end_src
116	110
117		```sh
	111	#+begin_src sh
118	112	sudo ln sudo ln -s /etc/nginx/sites-available/voyager /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/voyager
119	113	sudo systemctl restart nginx.service
120		```
	114	#+end_src
121	115
122		The site will now be available at the `server_name` you
123		specified above!
	116	The site will now be available at the =server_name= you specified above!
124	117
125	118	You can visit my instance at
126		[voyager.cleberg.net](https://voyager.cleberg.net) for an example.
	119	[[https://voyager.cleberg.net][voyager.cleberg.net]] for an example.

content/blog/2023-01-28-self-hosting-wger-workout-manager.md → blog/self-hosting-wger/index.org renamed +59 −69

		@@ -1,106 +1,97 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-01-28
3		title = "Self-Hosting Wger Workout Manager"
4		description = "A guide to self-hosting the Wger application on your own server."
5		+++
	1	#+title: Self-Hosting Wger Workout Manager
	2	#+date: 2023-01-28
	3	#+description: A guide to self-hosting the Wger application on your own server.
	4	#+filetags: :selfhosting:
6	5
7		## Wger: The Self-Hosted Workout Manager
8
9		[Wger Workout Manager](https://wger.de) is a fitness tracking tool for
	6	* Wger: The Self-Hosted Workout Manager
	7	[[https://wger.de][Wger Workout Manager]] is a fitness tracking tool for
10	8	those who enjoy self-hosting their data. You can also register an
11	9	account on their main website if you'd prefer to try without
12	10	self-hosting.
13	11
14		### Features
15
	12	** Features
16	13	I didn't see a full listing of features anywhere, so I compiled this
17	14	list of my own after installing wger:
18	15
19		1. Dashboard
	16	1. Dashboard
20	17
21		- Dashboard view of Workout Schedule, Nutrition Plan, Weight
22		Graph, & last 5 Weight Logs
	18	- Dashboard view of Workout Schedule, Nutrition Plan, Weight Graph, &
	19	last 5 Weight Logs
23	20
24		2. Training
	21	2. Training
25	22
26		- Workout Log
27		- Workout Schedule
28		- Calendar (shows weight logs and Bad/Neutral/Good days)
29		- Gallery (shows images you upload)
30		- Workout templates
31		- Public templates
32		- Exercises
	23	- Workout Log
	24	- Workout Schedule
	25	- Calendar (shows weight logs and Bad/Neutral/Good days)
	26	- Gallery (shows images you upload)
	27	- Workout templates
	28	- Public templates
	29	- Exercises
33	30
34		3. Nutrition
	31	3. Nutrition
35	32
36		- Nutrition plans
37		- BMI calculator
38		- Daily calories calculator
39		- Ingredient overview
	33	- Nutrition plans
	34	- BMI calculator
	35	- Daily calories calculator
	36	- Ingredient overview
40	37
41		4. Body Weight
	38	4. Body Weight
42	39
43		- Weight overview
44
45		### Documentation
	40	- Weight overview
46	41
	42	** Documentation
47	43	In order to self-host wger, I opted to use the Docker version of the
48	44	application. You can read the README within the
49		[wger-project/docker](https://github.com/wger-project/docker) project on
50		GitHub for information and installation instructions.
51
52		### Installation
	45	[[https://github.com/wger-project/docker][wger-project/docker]] project
	46	on GitHub for information and installation instructions.
53	47
	48	** Installation
54	49	To start the installation, I created a folder for wger and started
55	50	creating the three necessary files:
56	51
57		```sh
	52	#+begin_src sh
58	53	mkdir ~/wger && mkdir ~/wger/config
59	54	touch ~/wger/docker-compose.yml && \
60	55	touch ~/wger/config/prod.env && \
61	56	touch ~/wger/config/nginx.conf
62		```
	57	#+end_src
63	58
64	59	Once you have the folders and files created, you will need to copy the
65		contents of the `docker-compose.yml`, `prod.env`,
66		and `nginx.conf` from the GitHub link above.
	60	contents of the =docker-compose.yml=, =prod.env=, and =nginx.conf= from
	61	the GitHub link above.
67	62
68	63	A few notes to explain the changes I made to the default files:
69	64
70		- I updated the `ALLOW_REGISTRAION` variable in
71		`prod.env` to `False` after I created an
72		account via my LAN connection, before I connected this app to a
73		publicly-available domain.
74		- I uncommented and updated `CSRF_TRUSTED_ORIGINS` to be
75		equal to the public version of this app:
76		`https://wger.example.com`.
77		- I updated the port within `docker-compose.yml`, within
78		the `nginx` block. The port I updated this to will be
79		reflected in my nginx configuration file on the server (NOT the wger
80		nginx.conf file).
81
82		### Deploy
	65	- I updated the =ALLOW_REGISTRAION= variable in =prod.env= to =False=
	66	after I created an account via my LAN connection, before* I connected
	67	this app to a publicly-available domain.
	68	- I uncommented and updated =CSRF_TRUSTED_ORIGINS= to be equal to the
	69	public version of this app: =https://wger.example.com=.
	70	- I updated the port within =docker-compose.yml=, within the =nginx=
	71	block. The port I updated this to will be reflected in my nginx
	72	configuration file on the server (NOT the wger nginx.conf file).
83	73
	74	** Deploy
84	75	Once all files are created and modified to your needs, simply start the
85	76	container.
86	77
87		```sh
	78	#+begin_src sh
88	79	docker-compose up -d
89		```
	80	#+end_src
90	81
91	82	You can now visit the website on your LAN by going to
92		`localhost:YOUR_PORT` or by the server's IP, if you're not
93		on the same machine that is running the container.
	83	=localhost:YOUR_PORT= or by the server's IP, if you're not on the same
	84	machine that is running the container.
94	85
95	86	If you wish to connect this app to a public domain name, you'll need to
96		point an `A` DNS record from the domain to your server's
97		public IP. You'll then need to create a configuration file for
98		whichever web server or reverse proxy you're using.
	87	point an =A= DNS record from the domain to your server's public IP.
	88	You'll then need to create a configuration file for whichever web server
	89	or reverse proxy you're using.
99	90
100	91	Wger's README suggests the following reverse proxy configuration for
101	92	Nginx:
102	93
103		```conf
	94	#+begin_src conf
104	95	upstream wger {
105	96	# This port should match the port in the `nginx` block of docker-compose.yml
106	97	# If the container is running on this same machine, replace this with
		@@ -127,16 +118,15 @@ server {
127	118	ssl_certificate /path/to/https/certificate.crt;
128	119	ssl_certificate_key /path/to/https/certificate.key;
129	120	}
130		```
131
132		## Thoughts on Wger
	121	#+end_src
133	122
134		I'm still playing around with the app itself, but it seems to be a
135		solid all-around workout manager, weight log, and food log.
	123	* Thoughts on Wger
	124	I'm still playing around with the app itself, but it seems to be a solid
	125	all-around workout manager, weight log, and food log.
136	126
137	127	I like that the weight log graph is fluid and updates quickly. You can
138		also import or export data in CSV format if you'd like to move your
139		data elsewhere.
	128	also import or export data in CSV format if you'd like to move your data
	129	elsewhere.
140	130
141	131	The workout manager is slightly odd, as it requires you to enter sets
142	132	and reps for each exercise when you enter it into the plan. Then, when
		@@ -146,8 +136,8 @@ actually performed, in terms of reps and weight.
146	136	I haven't tried the food log yet and I likely will not, at least for a
147	137	while. I have no need for a food log or calorie tracker at the moment.
148	138
149		### Screenshot Example
150
	139	** Screenshot Example
151	140	You can see an example of a dashboard with placeholder data here:
152	141
153		![wger dashboard](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230128-wger/wger.png)
	142	#+caption: wger dashboard
	143	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230128-wger/wger.png]]

content/blog/2022-09-17-serenity-os.md → blog/serenity-os/index.org renamed +52 −53

		@@ -1,12 +1,10 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-09-17
3		title = "Serenity OS: Testing Out a Unique System"
4		description = "A quick look at the Serenity operating system."
5		+++
	1	#+title: Serenity OS: Testing Out a Unique System
	2	#+date: 2022-09-17
	3	#+description: A quick look at the Serenity operating system.
	4	#+filetags: :dev:
6	5
7		## Overview
8
9		[SerenityOS](https://serenityos.org) is a unique operating system (OS)
	6	* Overview
	7	[[https://serenityos.org][SerenityOS]] is a unique operating system (OS)
10	8	that I have seen pop up in my news feed a few times over the last few
11	9	years, but I have never had time to test it out until now.
12	10
		@@ -16,42 +14,42 @@ to my youth.
16	14
17	15	Per their website:
18	16
19		> A graphical Unix-like operating system for desktop computers!
20		>
21		> SerenityOS is a love letter to '90s user interfaces with a custom
22		> Unix-like core. It flatters with sincerity by stealing beautiful ideas
23		> from various other systems.
24		>
25		> Roughly speaking, the goal is a marriage between the aesthetic of
26		> late-1990s productivity software and the power-user accessibility of
27		> late-2000s *nix.
28		>
29		> This is a system by us, for us, based on the things we like.
	17	#+begin_quote
	18	A graphical Unix-like operating system for desktop computers!
	19
	20	SerenityOS is a love letter to '90s user interfaces with a custom
	21	Unix-like core. It flatters with sincerity by stealing beautiful ideas
	22	from various other systems.
	23
	24	Roughly speaking, the goal is a marriage between the aesthetic of
	25	late-1990s productivity software and the power-user accessibility of
	26	late-2000s *nix.
30	27
31		## Building
	28	This is a system by us, for us, based on the things we like.
32	29
33		Your first question may be "Where's the iso?" and the answer is...
34		there are none. SerenityOS does not provide pre-built images for
35		testing. You must build the images yourself. This seems intentionally to
36		limit participation to only those who are truly interested enough to
37		learn how to build the OS.
	30	#+end_quote
38	31
39		### Clone
	32	* Building
	33	Your first question may be "Where's the iso?" and the answer is... there
	34	are none. SerenityOS does not provide pre-built images for testing. You
	35	must build the images yourself. This seems intentionally to limit
	36	participation to only those who are truly interested enough to learn how
	37	to build the OS.
40	38
	39	** Clone
41	40	In order to get started, you'll need to clone the source repository:
42	41
43		```sh
	42	#+begin_src sh
44	43	git clone https://github.com/SerenityOS/serenity && cd serenity
45		```
	44	#+end_src
46	45
47		### Build
48
49		Note that I followed the [Build
50		Instructions](https://github.com/SerenityOS/serenity/blob/master/Documentation/BuildInstructions.md)
51		in the SerenityOS repository as of commit
52		`660d2b53b1206e868d5470eee80b5e62d7e30da7`. Things may have
53		changed since my installation, and you should double-check the
54		instructions first.
	46	** Build
	47	Note that I followed the
	48	[[https://github.com/SerenityOS/serenity/blob/master/Documentation/BuildInstructions.md][Build
	49	Instructions]] in the SerenityOS repository as of commit
	50	=660d2b53b1206e868d5470eee80b5e62d7e30da7=. Things may have changed
	51	since my installation, and you should double-check the instructions
	52	first.
55	53
56	54	Regardless, I want to repeat my steps here to illustrate any errors or
57	55	differing commands I needed to run in order to build and run SerenityOS.
		@@ -59,58 +57,59 @@ differing commands I needed to run in order to build and run SerenityOS.
59	57	Since I am running Fedora, I needed to install these packages in order
60	58	to build the OS images:
61	59
62		```sh
	60	#+begin_src sh
63	61	sudo dnf install texinfo binutils-devel curl cmake mpfr-devel libmpc-devel gmp-devel e2fsprogs ninja-build patch ccache rsync @"C Development Tools and Libraries" @Virtualization
64		```
	62	#+end_src
65	63
66		Next, make sure you're inside the `serenity` directory
67		created earlier during the git cloning process and process to build the
68		toolchain:
	64	Next, make sure you're inside the =serenity= directory created earlier
	65	during the git cloning process and process to build the toolchain:
69	66
70		```sh
	67	#+begin_src sh
71	68	Meta/serenity.sh rebuild-toolchain
72		```
	69	#+end_src
73	70
74	71	Once the toolchain is built, you can Build and run the OS!
75	72
76		```sh
	73	#+begin_src sh
77	74	Meta/serenity.sh run
78		```
	75	#+end_src
79	76
80	77	After this process is completed, the image should run automatically and
81	78	launch.
82	79
83		## Issues
84
	80	* Issues
85	81	I played around in SerenityOS for an hour or two in order to see what I
86	82	could do and had a lot of fun with it. The only issue I ran into was a
87	83	lack of working internet. I didn't try very hard, but I could tell that
88	84	the main network link wasn't connecting to my Fedora host properly.
89	85
90		## Screenshots
91
	86	* Screenshots
92	87	The initial launch of the image displays the SerenityOS desktop, with a
93	88	simple terminal already launched:
94	89
95		![SerenityOS Terminal](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220917-serenityos/initial_launch.png)
	90	#+caption: SerenityOS Terminal
	91	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220917-serenityos/initial_launch.png]]
96	92
97	93	Here you can see the Fire application (literally just shows fire
98	94	burning), a browser with the local Serenity Browser page loaded, and a
99	95	text editor.
100	96
101		![SerenityOS Fire](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220917-serenityos/basic_apps.png)
	97	#+caption: SerenityOS Fire
	98	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220917-serenityos/basic_apps.png]]
102	99
103	100	I also poked around the system utilities and found most tools you'd
104	101	expect to find within a standard desktop.
105	102
106		![SerenityOS System Monitor](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220917-serenityos/system_monitor.png)
	103	#+caption: SerenityOS System Monitor
	104	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220917-serenityos/system_monitor.png]]
107	105
108	106	Lastly, I noted that the default desktop contains numerous pre-defined
109	107	themes to choose from. This is a small piece, but it's actually
110	108	wonderful to see desktop developers consider theming directly out of the
111	109	box rather than using an addon-based mentality.
112	110
113		![SerenityOS Themes](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220917-serenityos/themes.png)
	111	#+caption: SerenityOS Themes
	112	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220917-serenityos/themes.png]]
114	113
115	114	I didn't take a screenshot of the other pre-installed games, but I did
116	115	spend nearly 30 minutes playing Solitaire before remembering that I was

content/blog/2022-11-27-server-build.md → blog/server-build/index.org renamed +45 −51

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-11-27
3		title = "Building a Custom Rack-Mounted Server"
4		description = "A retrospective on building my own rack-mounted server."
5		+++
6
7		## The Dilemma
	1	#+title: Building a Custom Rack-Mounted Server
	2	#+date: 2022-11-27
	3	#+description: A retrospective on building my own rack-mounted server.
	4	#+filetags: :hardware:
8	5
	6	* The Dilemma
9	7	For years, I have been using desktops and a Raspberry Pi as the backbone
10	8	of my homelab. I have always wanted to move toward a single dedicated
11	9	server that could handle all of my tasks, but was often put off by the
		@@ -21,32 +19,31 @@ After returning the R720XD, I decided that I wanted to build my own
21	19	server with modern, consumer-grade PC components. This time, I am very
22	20	happy with the results of my server.
23	21
24		## Components
25
	22	* Components
26	23	I'll start by listing all the components I used for this server build:
27	24
28		- Case: [Rosewill RSV-R4100U 4U Server Chassis Rackmount
29		Case](https://www.rosewill.com/rosewill-rsv-r4100u-black/p/9SIA072GJ92825)
30		- Motherboard: [NZXT B550](https://nzxt.com/product/n7-b550)
31		- CPU: AMD Ryzen 7 5700G with Radeon Graphics
32		- GPU: N/A - I specifically chose one of the few AMD CPUs that
33		support onboard graphics.
34		- RAM: 64GB RAM (2x32GB) Max of 128GB RAM on this motherboard
35		- Boot Drive: Western Digital 500GB M.2 NVME SSD
36		- HDD Bay:
37		- 10TB WD White (shucked, moved from previous server)
38		- 8TB WD White (shucked, moved from previous server)
39		- 2 x 8TB WD Red Plus *(Black Friday lined up perfectly with this
40		build, so I grabbed two of these)*
41		- PSU: Corsair RM850 PSU
42		- Extras:
43		- Corsair TM3Q Thermal Paste
44		- Noctua 120mm fan (replacement for front case fan)
45		- 2 x Noctua 80mm fans (replacement for rear case fans)
46		- CableMatters 6Gbps SATA Cables
47
48		## Building the Server
49
	25	- Case:
	26	[[https://www.rosewill.com/rosewill-rsv-r4100u-black/p/9SIA072GJ92825][Rosewill
	27	RSV-R4100U 4U Server Chassis Rackmount Case]]
	28	- Motherboard: [[https://nzxt.com/product/n7-b550][NZXT B550]]
	29	- CPU: AMD Ryzen 7 5700G with Radeon Graphics
	30	- GPU: N/A - I specifically chose one of the few AMD CPUs that support
	31	onboard graphics.
	32	- RAM: 64GB RAM (2x32GB) /Max of 128GB RAM on this motherboard/
	33	- Boot Drive: Western Digital 500GB M.2 NVME SSD
	34	- HDD Bay:
	35	- 10TB WD White /(shucked, moved from previous server)/
	36	- 8TB WD White /(shucked, moved from previous server)/
	37	- 2 x 8TB WD Red Plus /(Black Friday lined up perfectly with this
	38	build, so I grabbed two of these)/
	39	- PSU: Corsair RM850 PSU
	40	- Extras:
	41	- Corsair TM3Q Thermal Paste
	42	- Noctua 120mm fan /(replacement for front case fan)/
	43	- 2 x Noctua 80mm fans /(replacement for rear case fans)/
	44	- CableMatters 6Gbps SATA Cables
	45
	46	* Building the Server
50	47	This took quite a while for me to build (in my opinion of time),
51	48	totaling around 3 hours from start to finish. The case has some peculiar
52	49	construction, so you have to completely remove the ODD & HDD cages to
		@@ -55,8 +52,8 @@ install the motherboard and other components first.
55	52	Now, I've never built a computer of any kind before, so I was quite
56	53	nervous. Personally, the only challenging part was getting the CPU
57	54	cooler to screw into the motherboard without sliding the thermal paste
58		around too much underneath. I'm still not entirely sure if I did a
59		great job of it, but nothing's broken yet.
	55	around too much underneath. I'm still not entirely sure if I did a great
	56	job of it, but nothing's broken yet.
60	57
61	58	The main components were all fine and simple. However, installing the
62	59	hard drives is slightly tedious as I need to power off the server and
		@@ -68,15 +65,13 @@ used to in other machines.
68	65	Seeing that the cases with hot-swap bays were 3-4x the price, I'm okay
69	66	dealing with the tedium of removing the cage to install new drives.
70	67
71		## Software
72
	68	* Software
73	69	I'm not going to dive into the software as I have done so in other
74	70	recent posts. However, I wanted to note that I am using Alpine Linux on
75	71	this server and hosting most services inside Docker. No virtual machines
76	72	(VMs) and very few bare-metal services.
77	73
78		## The Results
79
	74	* The Results
80	75	How did my build turn out? Well, after migrating my other servers and
81	76	their services over, I found that my server is blazing fast. The
82	77	heaviest of my applications, Plex, is handled with ease. Even 4k
		@@ -86,8 +81,7 @@ I am very happy with the results and will likely continue to improve on
86	81	this server as the years go by rather than buying another used server
87	82	online.
88	83
89		### Mistakes I Made
90
	84	** Mistakes I Made
91	85	This post wouldn't be complete unless I wrote about the mistakes I made
92	86	while building. The only real mistake I made beyond a "whoops I dropped
93	87	a screw" related to airflow and fan direction.
		@@ -96,19 +90,19 @@ While installing the two new hard drives that showed up on 2022-11-30
96	90	and getting ready to install the case in my rack, I noticed that the
97	91	hard drive temperatures were quite high.
98	92
99		I used the `smartctl` command for each of my drives
100		(`/dev/sda` through `/dev/sdd`):
	93	I used the =smartctl= command for each of my drives (=/dev/sda= through
	94	=/dev/sdd=):
101	95
102		```sh
	96	#+begin_src sh
103	97	doas smartctl -a /dev/sda \| grep Temperature_Celsius
104		```
	98	#+end_src
105	99
106		The results were unusual - all four drives were idling at ~44-46
107		degrees Celsius. The only drive that was cooler was my 10TB drive, which
108		was at 38 degrees Celsius. I noted that this 10TB drive was also closest
109		to the case fan.
	100	The results were unusual - all four drives were idling at ~44-46 degrees
	101	Celsius. The only drive that was cooler was my 10TB drive, which was at
	102	38 degrees Celsius. I noted that this 10TB drive was also closest to the
	103	case fan.
110	104
111		```sh
	105	#+begin_src sh
112	106	ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
113	107	# /dev/sda
114	108	194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0002 147 147 000 Old_age Always - 44 (Min/Max 22/46)
		@@ -118,7 +112,7 @@ ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_
118	112	194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0002 144 144 000 Old_age Always - 45 (Min/Max 19/61)
119	113	# /dev/sdd
120	114	194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0002 171 171 000 Old_age Always - 38 (Min/Max 14/56)
121		```
	115	#+end_src
122	116
123	117	After looking to see if I could fit more fans into the case, I noticed
124	118	that the 120mm fan used for intake from the front of the case was
		@@ -130,7 +124,7 @@ dropped immediately! They are now idling at ~31-33 degrees Celsius. A
130	124	single fan spinning the wrong way caused my drives to idle 10-15 degrees
131	125	higher than they should have.
132	126
133		```sh
	127	#+begin_src sh
134	128	ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
135	129	# /dev/sda
136	130	194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0002 209 209 000 Old_age Always - 31 (Min/Max 14/56)
		@@ -140,7 +134,7 @@ ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_
140	134	194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0002 203 203 000 Old_age Always - 32 (Min/Max 21/48)
141	135	# /dev/sdd
142	136	194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0002 196 196 000 Old_age Always - 33 (Min/Max 22/46)
143		```
	137	#+end_src
144	138
145	139	This was a silly error to make, but I'm glad I found it today before I
146	140	screwed the case into the rack and made things a lot more tedious to

blog/server-hardening/index.org added +334

		@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
	1	#+title: Hardening a Public-Facing Home Server
	2	#+date: 2022-03-24
	3	#+description: Learn some basic techniques to harden a home server and network.
	4	#+filetags: :security:
	5
	6	* Post Updates
	7
	8	#+begin_quote
	9	After reviewing this post today (2022-10-04), I noticed quite a few gaps
	10	in my write-up and wanted to add a few things, even though this blog is
	11	really just a retrospective and knowledge dump for myself. I left things
	12	intact and simply crossed them out (+like this+) for posterity.
	13	#+end_quote
	14
	15	* Planning Data Flows & Security
	16	** My Personal Data Flow
	17	#+begin_src txt
	18	┌───────┐ ┌─────────────────┐
	19	┌──► VLAN1 ├───► Private Devices │
	20	│ └───────┘ └─────────────────┘
	21	┌──────────┐ ┌────────┐ ┌──────────┐ ┌────────┐ │
	22	│ Internet ├───► Router ├───► Firewall ├───► Switch ├──┤
	23	└──────────┘ └────────┘ └──────────┘ └────────┘ │
	24	│ ┌───────┐ ┌───────────────┐
	25	└──► VLAN2 ├───► Public Server │
	26	└───────┘ └───────────────┘
	27	#+end_src
	28
	29	** Thought Process
	30	To serve content from your home server and harden your security posture,
	31	you have to think about the transport of data from =server= to =client=.
	32
	33	Let's start with the actual server itself. Think about the following:
	34
	35	- Do I have a firewall enabled? Do I need to update this to allow new
	36	ports or IPs?
	37	- Do I have an IPS/IDS that may prevent outside traffic?
	38	- Do I have any other security software installed?
	39	- Are the services hosted inside Docker containers, behind a reverse
	40	proxy, or virtualized? If so, are they configured to allow outside
	41	traffic?
	42
	43	Once the data leaves the server, where does it go? In my case, it goes
	44	to a managed switch. In this case, I asked the following:
	45
	46	- What configurations is the switch using?
	47	- Am I using VLANs?
	48	- Yes, I am using 802.1Q VLANs.
	49	- Are the VLANs configured properly?
	50	- Yes, as shown in the Switch section below, I have a
	51	separate VLAN to allow outside traffic to and from the server alone.
	52	No other devices, except for a service port, and in that VLAN.
	53
	54	At this point, the data has been processed through the switch. Where
	55	does it go next? In my case, it's pretty simple: it goes to the
	56	router/modem device.
	57
	58	- Does my ISP block any ports that I need?
	59	- This is an important step that a lot of people run into when
	60	self-hosting at home. Use an online port-checker tool for your IP or
	61	call your ISP if you think ports are blocked.
	62	- Is there a router firewall?
	63	- Yes, I checked that it's configured to allow the ports I need to run
	64	my services publicly. Common web servers and reverse proxies require
	65	ports 80 and 443, but other services like media servers or games can
	66	require unique ports, so be sure to check the documentation for your
	67	service(s).
	68	- Are there any other settings affecting inbound/outbound traffic?
	69	- Schedules or access blocks
	70	- Static Routing
	71	- QoS
	72	- Port Forwarding
	73	- DMZ Hosting
	74	- Remote Management (this can sometimes mess with services that also
	75	require the use of ports 80 and 443)
	76
	77	Once the data leaves my router, it goes to the upstream ISP and can be
	78	accessed publicly.
	79
	80	*** Server
	81	+The services I run on my server are installed straight into the OS,
	82	without any use of Docker or VMs, so I don't need any extra application
	83	configuration to make them accessible to the outside world.+
	84
	85	As of 2022-10-04, the paragraph above is no longer true as I now run a
	86	reverse proxy with Nginx and host many services inside Docker. However,
	87	it doesn't change anything regarding this post as I still just need to
	88	open ports 80 & 443 and create the necessary website configuration
	89	files.
	90
	91	When creating new services - either installed directly on bare metal or
	92	within something like Docker - I ensure that I read through the
	93	documentation thoroughly to understand a few key things: - What network
	94	activities should this app perform (if any)? Using which ports and
	95	protocols? - Does this app require any commands/services to be run as
	96	=root=? - Does this app log errors, authentication failures/successes,
	97	or anything else that would be useful for an investigation?
	98
	99	For extra security, I use limit all incoming connections to SSH
	100	connections through my server firewall (=ufw=) and disable common SSH
	101	settings. After all of that, I use =fail2ban= as a preventative measure
	102	against brute-force login attempts.
	103
	104	As another piece of security, you can randomize your SSH port to ensure
	105	that random scanners or attackers can't easily try to force their way
	106	into your network. For example, you can edit the port rules in your
	107	server to block all connection requests to port =22= but forward all
	108	remote connections from port =12345= to your server's port =22=. Then
	109	you just need to SSH to your network via your randomized port.
	110
	111	** =ufw=
	112	To see how to configure =ufw=, see my other post:
	113	[[../secure-your-network-with-the-uncomplicated-firewall/][Secure
	114	Your Network with the Uncomplicated Firewall]].
	115
	116	The general notion with an on-device firewall is that you want to deny
	117	all incoming connections by default and then selectively open certain
	118	ports for services or users that you know need access.
	119
	120	If you know that you will only be logging into this server from a
	121	certain set or list of IPs, you can always set the firewall to only
	122	allow connections to port 22 from those IPs.
	123
	124	For a quick start to only allow SSH connections to the server, use this:
	125
	126	#+begin_src sh
	127	sudo ufw default deny incoming
	128	sudo ufw default allow outgoing
	129	sudo ufw allow 22
	130	sudo ufw enable
	131	#+end_src
	132
	133	#+caption: ufw
	134	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220324-hardening-a-public-facing-home-server/ufw.png]]
	135
	136	** =ssh=
	137	1. Using SSH Keys
	138
	139	First, make sure you have an SSH keypair generated on the device(s)
	140	that you'll be using to log in to the server. If you don't have an
	141	SSH key, run this command:
	142
	143	#+begin_src sh
	144	ssh-keygen
	145	#+end_src
	146
	147	Now that we have an SSH key, copy it to the server with the following
	148	command, which will ask for the user's password before accepting the
	149	key:
	150
	151	#+begin_src sh
	152	ssh-copy-id my_user@my_server
	153	#+end_src
	154
	155	If you have multiple keys, you'll need to specify which to use. After
	156	it's complete, =ssh= back into the server as that user and make sure
	157	it doesn't ask for a password.
	158
	159	2. Disable Password & Root Authentication
	160
	161	Now that we can access the server without a password, we will disable
	162	password authentication and disable anyone from using =ssh= to login
	163	as =root=.
	164
	165	To do this, open the =sshd_config= file:
	166
	167	#+begin_src sh
	168	sudo nano /etc/ssh/sshd_config
	169	#+end_src
	170
	171	You'll need to update the parameters to the values below. If one of
	172	these rules is commented-out or doesn't exist, create the rule at the
	173	bottom of the file.
	174
	175	#+begin_src config
	176	PermitRootLogin no
	177	PasswordAuthentication no
	178	PubkeyAuthentication yes
	179	#+end_src
	180
	181	Finally, restart the =ssh= service:
	182
	183	#+begin_src sh
	184	sudo systemctl restart sshd.service
	185	#+end_src
	186
	187	To test that everything's working so far, open ANOTHER terminal and
	188	try logging in as =root= over SSH. It is very important that you keep
	189	your current SSH session open and test with an additional session, or
	190	you will lock yourself out at some point and will need to use a
	191	recovery method (e.g., hooking monitor up to home server) to get
	192	yourself back in.
	193
	194	3. Enable MFA for =ssh=
	195
	196	This part is optional, but I highly recommend it. So far, we've
	197	ensured that no one can log into our user on the server without using
	198	our secret key, and we've ensured that no one can log in remotely as
	199	=root=. Next, you can enable MFA authentication for =ssh=
	200	connections.
	201
	202	This process involves editing a couple files and installing an MFA
	203	package, so I will not include all the details in this post. To see
	204	how to configure MFA for =ssh=, see my other post:
	205	[[../enable-totp-mfa-for-ssh/][Enabling MFA for SSH]].
	206
	207	#+caption: SSH MFA
	208	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220324-hardening-a-public-facing-home-server/ssh_mfa.png]]
	209
	210	** =fail2ban=
	211	I haven't written a post on how I use =fail2ban=, but it's quite simple.
	212	I use the default =sshd= jail, but you can always create new jails for
	213	respective applications or ports. For example, if you use Nginx as your
	214	web server, you can use the =nginx-http-auth= jail.
	215
	216	In order to get it up and running, use the following commands:
	217
	218	#+begin_src sh
	219	sudo apt install fail2ban
	220	sudo fail2ban-client start sshd
	221	sudo fail2ban-client status sshd
	222	#+end_src
	223
	224	This should be used as a last-resort defense and shouldn't be a
	225	replacement for the security measures mentioned above.
	226
	227	#+caption: fail2ban
	228	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220324-hardening-a-public-facing-home-server/fail2ban.png]]
	229
	230	* Switch
	231	Between the router and any local devices is my managed switch, which is
	232	used to create VLANs. The example below shows how I would isolate the
	233	VLANs if I were starting to host a single service at home.
	234
	235	** 802.1Q VLAN Configuration
	236	In this configuration, port 8 is the public server that needs to be
	237	accessed from the outside. Port 23 is my 'dedicated service port' for
	238	this server. In order to SSH to this server, I need to plug my laptop
	239	into port 23 or else I cannot SSH. Otherwise, I'd need to hook up a
	240	monitor and keyboard directly to the server to manage it.
	241
	242	\| VLAN ID \| VLAN Name \| Member Ports \| Tagged Ports \| Untagged Ports \|
	243	\|---------+-----------+--------------+--------------+----------------\|
	244	\| 1 \| Default \| 1-24 \| \| 1-24 \|
	245	\| 2 \| Server \| 1,8,23 \| \| 1,8,23 \|
	246
	247	** 802.1Q VLAN PVID Setting
	248	Once the VLAN is created, I simply add the =VLAN ID= of =2= as the
	249	=PVID= for any related ports (in this case, see that ports =8= and =23=
	250	have a PVID of =2=).
	251
	252	\| Port \| PVID \|
	253	\|------+------\|
	254	\| 1 \| 1 \|
	255	\| 2 \| 1 \|
	256	\| 3 \| 1 \|
	257	\| 4 \| 1 \|
	258	\| 5 \| 1 \|
	259	\| 6 \| 1 \|
	260	\| 7 \| 1 \|
	261	\| 8 \| 2 \|
	262	\| 9 \| 1 \|
	263	\| 10 \| 1 \|
	264	\| 11 \| 1 \|
	265	\| 12 \| 1 \|
	266	\| 13 \| 1 \|
	267	\| 14 \| 1 \|
	268	\| 15 \| 1 \|
	269	\| 16 \| 1 \|
	270	\| 17 \| 1 \|
	271	\| 18 \| 1 \|
	272	\| 19 \| 1 \|
	273	\| 20 \| 1 \|
	274	\| 21 \| 1 \|
	275	\| 22 \| 1 \|
	276	\| 23 \| 2 \|
	277	\| 24 \| 1 \|
	278
	279	* Router
	280	On my router, the configuration was as easy as opening the firewall
	281	settings and unblocking the ports I needed for my services (e.g.,
	282	HTTP/S, Plex, SSH, MySQL, etc.).
	283
	284	+Since I'm relying on an ISP-provided modem/router combo for now (not by
	285	choice), I do not use any other advanced settings on my router that
	286	would inhibit any valid traffic to these services.+
	287
	288	The paragraph above regarding the ISP-owned router is no longer accurate
	289	as I now use the Ubiquiti Unifi Dream Machine Pro as my router. Within
	290	this router, I enabled port forwarding/firewall rules, segregate the
	291	network based on the device, and enable traffic restrictions (e.g.,
	292	silently drop traffic from certain countries and threat categories).
	293
	294	If you have the option with your ISP, I recommend using a personal
	295	router with software that you are familiar with so that you can explore
	296	all the options available to you.
	297
	298	* Physical Security
	299	One large piece of self-hosting that people generally don't discuss
	300	online is physical security. However, physical security is very
	301	important for everyone who hosts a server like this. Exactly /how/
	302	important it is depends on the server use/purpose.
	303
	304	If you self-host customer applications that hold protected data (HIPAA,
	305	GDPR, COPPA, etc.), then physical security is extremely important and
	306	cannot be ignored. If you simply host a blog and some hobby sites, then
	307	it's a relatively minor consideration, but one you still need to think
	308	about.
	309
	310	** Location
	311	The first consideration is quite simple: location. - Is the server
	312	within a property you own or housed on someone else's property? - Is it
	313	nearby (in your house, in your work office, in your neighbor's garage,
	314	in a storage unit, etc.)? - Do you have 24/7 access to the server? - Are
	315	there climate considerations, such as humidity, fires, tornadoes,
	316	monsoons? - Do you have emergency equipment nearby in case of emergency?
	317
	318	** Hardware Ownership
	319	Secondly, consider the hardware itself: - Do you own the server in its
	320	entirety? - Are any other users able to access the server, even if your
	321	data/space is segregated? - If you're utilizing a third party, do they
	322	have any documentation to show responsibility? This could be a SOC 1/2/3
	323	report, ISO compliance report, internal security/safety documentation.
	324
	325	** Physical Controls
	326	Regardless of who owns the hardware, ensure that there are adequate
	327	safeguards in place, if necessary. These usually don't apply to small
	328	home servers and are usually covered already if you're utilizing a third
	329	party.
	330
	331	These can include: - Server bezel locks - Server room locks - physical,
	332	digital, or biometric authentication - Security cameras - Raised
	333	floors/lowered ceilings with proper guards/gates in-place within the
	334	floors or ceilings - Security personnel - Log sheets and/or guest badges

content/blog/2020-03-25-session-messenger.md → blog/session-manager/index.org renamed +62 −70

		@@ -1,32 +1,31 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2020-03-25
3		title = "Session Private Messenger"
4		description = "Exploring the Session Private Messenger application."
5		+++
6
7		# Privacy Warning
	1	#+title: Session Private Messenger
	2	#+date: 2020-03-25
	3	#+description: Exploring the Session Private Messenger application.
	4	#+filetags: :privacy:
8	5
	6	* Privacy Warning
9	7	The company behind Session (Loki Foundation) is from Australia. If you
10	8	didn't know, Australia has introduced
11		[legislation](https://parlinfo.aph.gov.au/parlInfo/download/legislation/bills/r6195_aspassed/toc_pdf/18204b01.pdf)
	9	[[https://parlinfo.aph.gov.au/parlInfo/download/legislation/bills/r6195_aspassed/toc_pdf/18204b01.pdf][legislation]]
12	10	mandating companies comply with government requests to build backdoor
13		access into applications. For more information, read my article on [AES
14		Encryption](./2020-01-25-aes-encryption.html).
15
16		# About Session
17
18		[Session](https://getsession.org) is a private, cross-platform messaging
19		app from the [Loki Foundation](https://loki.foundation). As someone who
20		has spent years looking for quality alternatives to major messaging
21		apps, I was excited when I first heard about Session. Reading through
22		[Session's white paper](https://arxiv.org/pdf/2002.04609.pdf), you can
23		learn the technologies behind the Session app. Part of the security of
24		Session comes from the Signal protocol, which was forked as the origin
25		of Session.
26
27		> Session is an end-to-end encrypted messenger that removes sensitive
28		> metadata collection, and is designed for people who want privacy and
29		> freedom from any forms of surveillance.
	11	access into applications. For more information, read my article on
	12	[[./2020-01-25-aes-encryption.html][AES Encryption]].
	13
	14	* About Session
	15	[[https://getsession.org][Session]] is a private, cross-platform
	16	messaging app from the [[https://loki.foundation][Loki Foundation]]. As
	17	someone who has spent years looking for quality alternatives to major
	18	messaging apps, I was excited when I first heard about Session. Reading
	19	through [[https://arxiv.org/pdf/2002.04609.pdf][Session's white paper]],
	20	you can learn the technologies behind the Session app. Part of the
	21	security of Session comes from the Signal protocol, which was forked as
	22	the origin of Session.
	23
	24	#+begin_quote
	25	Session is an end-to-end encrypted messenger that removes sensitive
	26	metadata collection, and is designed for people who want privacy and
	27	freedom from any forms of surveillance.
	28	#+end_quote
30	29
31	30	In general, this app promises security through end-to-end encryption,
32	31	decentralized onion routing, and private identities. The biggest change
		@@ -39,90 +38,83 @@ ID.
39	38	Since Session's website and white paper describe the details of
40	39	Session's security, I'm going to focus on using the app in this post.
41	40
42		# Features
43
	41	* Features
44	42	Since most people are looking for an alternative to a popular chat app,
45	43	I am going to list out the features that Session has so that you are
46	44	able to determine if the app would suit your needs:
47	45
48		- Multiple device linking (via QR code or ID)
49		- App locking via device screen lock, password, or fingerprint
50		- Screenshot blocking
51		- Incognito keyboard
52		- Read receipts and typing indicators
53		- Mobile notification customization
54		- Old message deletion and conversation limit
55		- Backups
56		- Recovery phrase
57		- Account deletion, including ID, messages, sessions, and contacts
58
59		# Downloads
60
	46	- Multiple device linking (via QR code or ID)
	47	- App locking via device screen lock, password, or fingerprint
	48	- Screenshot blocking
	49	- Incognito keyboard
	50	- Read receipts and typing indicators
	51	- Mobile notification customization
	52	- Old message deletion and conversation limit
	53	- Backups
	54	- Recovery phrase
	55	- Account deletion, including ID, messages, sessions, and contacts
	56
	57	* Downloads
61	58	I have tested this app on Ubuntu 19.10, Android 10, macOS Monterey, and
62	59	iOS 15. All apps have worked well without many issues.
63	60
64	61	Below is a brief overview of the Session app on Linux. To get this app,
65		you'll need to go to the [Downloads](https://getsession.org/download/)
	62	you'll need to go to the [[https://getsession.org/download/][Downloads]]
66	63	page and click to link to the operating system you're using.
67	64
68	65	For Linux, it will download an AppImage that you'll need to enable with
69	66	the following command:
70	67
71		```sh
	68	#+begin_src sh
72	69	sudo chmod u+x session-messenger-desktop-linux-x86_64-1.0.5.AppImage
73		```
74
75		![Session Download
76		Options](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200325-session-private-messenger/session_downloads.png)
	70	#+end_src
77	71
78		# Creating an Account
	72	#+caption: Session Download Options
	73	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200325-session-private-messenger/session_downloads.png]]
79	74
80		Once you've installed the app, simply run the app and create your
81		unique Session ID. It will look something like this:
82		`05af1835afdd63c947b47705867501d6373f486aa1ae05b1f2f3fcd24570eba608`.
	75	* Creating an Account
	76	Once you've installed the app, simply run the app and create your unique
	77	Session ID. It will look something like this:
	78	=05af1835afdd63c947b47705867501d6373f486aa1ae05b1f2f3fcd24570eba608=.
83	79
84	80	You'll need to set a display name and, optionally, a password. If you
85	81	set a password, you will need to enter it every time you open the app.
86	82
87		![Session Login
88		(Linux)](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200325-session-private-messenger/session_linux_login.png)
89
90		![Session Login
91		(macOS)](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200325-session-private-messenger/session_macos_login.png)
	83	#+caption: Session Login (Linux)
	84	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200325-session-private-messenger/session_linux_login.png]]
92	85
93		![Password
94		Authentication](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200325-session-private-messenger/session_password_authentication.png)
	86	#+caption: Session Login (macOS)
	87	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200325-session-private-messenger/session_macos_login.png]]
95	88
96		# Start Messaging
	89	#+caption: Password Authentication
	90	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200325-session-private-messenger/session_password_authentication.png]]
97	91
	92	* Start Messaging
98	93	Once you've created your account and set up your profile details, the
99	94	next step is to start messaging other people. To do so, you'll need to
100	95	share your Session ID with other people. From this point, it's fairly
101	96	straightforward and acts like any other messaging app, so I won't dive
102	97	into much detail here.
103	98
104		## macOS
105
106		![macOS
107		Conversations](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200325-session-private-messenger/session_macos_conversations.png)
	99	** macOS
	100	#+caption: macOS Conversations
	101	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200325-session-private-messenger/session_macos_conversations.png]]
108	102
109	103	One key feature to note is that the desktop application now provides a
110	104	helpful pop-up box explaining the process that Session uses to hide your
111	105	IP address:
112	106
113		![IP Address Help
114		Box](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200325-session-private-messenger/session_ip.png)
115
116		## iOS
	107	#+caption: IP Address Help Box
	108	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200325-session-private-messenger/session_ip.png]]
117	109
	110	** iOS
118	111	The mobile app is quite simple and effective, giving you all the
119	112	standard mobile messaging options you'd expect.
120	113
121		![iOS
122		App](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200325-session-private-messenger/session_ios.png)
123
124		# Potential Issues
	114	#+caption: iOS App
	115	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200325-session-private-messenger/session_ios.png]]
125	116
	117	* Potential Issues
126	118	I've discovered one annoying issue that would prevent from using this
127	119	app regularly. On a mobile device, there have been issues with receiving
128	120	messages on time. Even with battery optimization disabled and no network

content/blog/2021-01-01-seum.md → blog/seum/index.org renamed +43 −43

		@@ -1,27 +1,25 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2021-01-01
3		title = "SEUM: Speedrunners from Hell"
4		description = "A video game review for SEUM: Speedrunners from Hell."
5		+++
6
7		## Game Description {#game-description id="809DA4E6-4E0D-4179-B8FF-6C9E767EC74D"}
8
9		[SEUM: Speedrunners from
10		Hell](https://store.steampowered.com/app/457210/SEUM_Speedrunners_from_Hell/)
11		is an incredibly fast-paced mashup of a puzzle game and a free-running
12		game. Created by [Pine Studio](https://pinestudio.co) in early 2016 and
13		first released as a [demo on
14		GameJolt](https://gamejolt.com/games/seum-speedrunners-from-hell-demo/154868),
15		this game was successfully green-lit on Steam and has amassed a cult
16		following on multiple consoles.
	1	#+title: SEUM: Speedrunners from Hell
	2	#+date: 2021-01-01
	3	#+description: A video game review for SEUM: Speedrunners from Hell.
	4	#+filetags: :gaming:
	5
	6	* Game Description
	7	[[https://store.steampowered.com/app/457210/SEUM_Speedrunners_from_Hell/][SEUM:
	8	Speedrunners from Hell]] is an incredibly fast-paced mashup of a puzzle
	9	game and a free-running game. Created by [[https://pinestudio.co][Pine
	10	Studio]] in early 2016 and first released as a
	11	[[https://gamejolt.com/games/seum-speedrunners-from-hell-demo/154868][demo
	12	on GameJolt]], this game was successfully green-lit on Steam and has
	13	amassed a cult following on multiple consoles.
17	14
18	15	Here's the game description straight from the developers:
19	16
20		> Like a bastard child of Quake 3 and Super Meat Boy, SEUM: Speedrunners
21		> from Hell is truly hardcore and focuses on speed and fast reaction.
22
23		## Story {#story id="BF401145-763D-4399-922B-7D73322B5B40"}
	17	#+begin_quote
	18	Like a bastard child of Quake 3 and Super Meat Boy, SEUM: Speedrunners
	19	from Hell is truly hardcore and focuses on speed and fast reaction.
	20	#+end_quote
24	21
	22	* Story
25	23	SEUM does a great job setting the stage when you open the game for the
26	24	first time, playing an animated video in the form of comic book images.
27	25	You see Marty, the protagonist, sitting around drinking his beer as
		@@ -33,10 +31,10 @@ use all the powers in the game.
33	31	Check out the screenshot below for one of the first panels of the
34	32	storyline:
35	33
36		![SEUM Story](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210101-seum/seum_story.png)
37
38		## Gameplay {#gameplay id="A55CB1AF-E818-4CA7-BF69-E8141369C269"}
	34	#+caption: SEUM Story
	35	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210101-seum/seum_story.png]]
39	36
	37	* Gameplay
40	38	To accomplish each level, you will need to get to the final blue portal
41	39	under a certain time limit. You can beat a level by getting to the
42	40	portal before the time meter runs out or "Dominate" a level by beating
		@@ -49,44 +47,46 @@ to go through any existing orange portals, light all yellow beacons,
49	47	avoid things like fireballs and blades, or use any satanic power orbs
50	48	lying around. These special abilities include:
51	49
52		- Gravity
53		- Teleport
54		- Rewind
55		- Spawn platform
56		- Roar (DLC)
57		- Rocket (DLC)
58		- Shadow world (DLC)
	50	- Gravity
	51	- Teleport
	52	- Rewind
	53	- Spawn platform
	54	- Roar (DLC)
	55	- Rocket (DLC)
	56	- Shadow world (DLC)
59	57
60	58	For the main storyline, there are nine floors to beat. Each floor
61	59	contains nine regular levels, one boss level, and one bonus level;
62		although you don't technically need to beat all levels to advance to
63		the next floor.
64
65		![SEUM Floor
66		Menu](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210101-seum/seum_floor.png)
	60	although you don't technically need to beat all levels to advance to the
	61	next floor.
67	62
68		## In-Game Screenshots {#in-game-screenshots id="C779F008-4C8A-4BA4-AA31-60A1BF5A3EE3"}
	63	#+caption: SEUM Floor Menu
	64	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210101-seum/seum_floor.png]]
69	65
	66	* In-Game Screenshots
70	67	The main menu gives you plenty of options for tuning your system,
71	68	playing main levels, playing the DLC, or exploring the other game modes.
72	69
73		![SEUM Main
74		Menu](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210101-seum/seum_menu.png)
	70	#+caption: SEUM Main Menu
	71	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210101-seum/seum_menu.png]]
75	72
76	73	Once you enter a level, you can look around and strategize before
77	74	starting. Clicking any button will start the menu, and you'll have to
78	75	restart if you die. One of the great things about SEUM is that it has
79		great keyboard shortcuts. You can quickly smash `R` to
80		restart the level or `M` to return to the level menu.
	76	great keyboard shortcuts. You can quickly smash =R= to restart the level
	77	or =M= to return to the level menu.
81	78
82		![SEUM Level](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210101-seum/seum_level.png)
	79	#+caption: SEUM Level
	80	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210101-seum/seum_level.png]]
83	81
84	82	Once you're able to win a level, you'll see the high scores and can
85	83	watch replays of the best scores.
86	84
87		![SEUM Win](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210101-seum/seum_win.png)
	85	#+caption: SEUM Win
	86	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210101-seum/seum_win.png]]
88	87
89	88	Each regular level contains a beer in a disguised location that may take
90	89	some out-of-the-box thinking.
91	90
92		![SEUM Beer](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210101-seum/seum_beer.png)
	91	#+caption: SEUM Beer
	92	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210101-seum/seum_beer.png]]

content/blog/2022-03-26-ssh-mfa.md → blog/ssh-mfa/index.org renamed +61 −70

		@@ -1,83 +1,78 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-03-26
3		title = "Enable TOTP MFA for SSH"
4		description = "Learn how to enable timed one-time passcodes for SSH."
5		+++
6
7		## Why Do I Need MFA for SSH?
	1	#+title: Enable TOTP MFA for SSH
	2	#+date: 2022-03-26
	3	#+description: Learn how to enable timed one-time passcodes for SSH.
	4	#+filetags: :security:
8	5
	6	* Why Do I Need MFA for SSH?
9	7	If you are a sysadmin of a server anywhere (that includes at home!), you
10	8	may want an added layer of protection against intruders. This is not a
11	9	replacement for other security measures, such as:
12	10
13		- Disable root SSH
14		- Disable SSH password authentication
15		- Allow only certain users to login via SSH
16		- Allow SSH only from certain IPs
	11	- Disable root SSH
	12	- Disable SSH password authentication
	13	- Allow only certain users to login via SSH
	14	- Allow SSH only from certain IPs
17	15
18	16	However, MFA can be added as an additional security measure to ensure
19	17	that your server is protected. This is especially important if you need
20	18	to allow password authentication for SSH.
21	19
22	20	For more guidance on server security measures, see my other post:
23		[Hardening a Public-Facing Home
24		Server](/blog/hardening-a-public-facing-home-server/).
25
26		## Install MFA PAM Module
	21	[[../hardening-a-public-facing-home-server/][Hardening a
	22	Public-Facing Home Server]].
27	23
	24	* Install MFA PAM Module
28	25	PAM, which stands for Pluggable Authentication Module, is an
29	26	authentication infrastructure used on Linux systems to authenticate a
30	27	user. In order to use this technology, let's install the
31		`libpam-google-authenticator` package:
	28	=libpam-google-authenticator= package:
32	29
33		```sh
	30	#+begin_src sh
34	31	sudo apt-get update
35		```
	32	#+end_src
36	33
37		```sh
	34	#+begin_src sh
38	35	sudo apt-get install libpam-google-authenticator
39		```
40
41		## Initialize the PAM Module
42
43		### Interactive Method
	36	#+end_src
44	37
	38	* Initialize the PAM Module
	39	** Interactive Method
45	40	Once the package is installed, initialize it and following the
46	41	interactive prompts to generate your OTP or TOTP:
47	42
48		```sh
	43	#+begin_src sh
49	44	google-authenticator
50		```
	45	#+end_src
51	46
52	47	If you are not sure how to answer, read the prompts carefully and think
53	48	about having to how each situation would affect your normal login
54	49	attempts. If you are still not sure, use my default responses below.
55	50
56		```txt
	51	#+begin_src txt
57	52	OUTPUT
58	53
59	54	Do you want authentication tokens to be time-based (y/n) y
60		```
	55	#+end_src
61	56
62	57	At this point, use an authenticator app somewhere one of your devices to
63	58	scan the QR code. Any future login attempts after our upcoming
64	59	configuration changes will require that TOTP.
65	60
66		```txt
	61	#+begin_src txt
67	62	OUTPUT
68	63
69	64	Do you want me to update your "/home/user/.google_authenticator" file? (y/n) y
70		```
	65	#+end_src
71	66
72		```txt
	67	#+begin_src txt
73	68	OUTPUT
74	69
75	70	Do you want to disallow multiple uses of the same authentication
76	71	token? This restricts you to one login about every 30s, but it increases
77	72	your chances to notice or even prevent man-in-the-middle attacks (y/n) y
78		```
	73	#+end_src
79	74
80		```txt
	75	#+begin_src txt
81	76	OUTPUT
82	77
83	78	By default, a new token is generated every 30 seconds by the mobile app.
		@@ -90,30 +85,29 @@ code, the next code) to 17 permitted codes (the 8 previous codes, the current
90	85	code, and the 8 next codes). This will permit for a time skew of up to 4 minutes
91	86	between client and server.
92	87	Do you want to do so? (y/n) n
93		```
	88	#+end_src
94	89
95		```txt
	90	#+begin_src txt
96	91	OUTPUT
97	92
98	93	If the computer that you are logging into isn't hardened against brute-force
99	94	login attempts, you can enable rate-limiting for the authentication module.
100	95	By default, this limits attackers to no more than 3 login attempts every 30s.
101	96	Do you want to enable rate-limiting? (y/n) y
102		```
103
104		### Non-Interactive Method
	97	#+end_src
105	98
	99	** Non-Interactive Method
106	100	If you need to do this quickly, know your responses to the prompts, or
107	101	are setting this up for numerous users, the non-interactive method can
108	102	be much faster:
109	103
110		```sh
	104	#+begin_src sh
111	105	google-authenticator -t -d -f -r 3 -R 30 -w 3
112		```
	106	#+end_src
113	107
114	108	The options referenced above are as follows:
115	109
116		```txt
	110	#+begin_src txt
117	111	google-authenticator [<options>]
118	112	-h, --help Print this message
119	113	-c, --counter-based Set up counter-based (HOTP) verification
		@@ -133,66 +127,63 @@ google-authenticator [<options>]
133	127	-w, --window-size=W Set window of concurrently valid codes
134	128	-W, --minimal-window Disable window of concurrently valid codes
135	129	-e, --emergency-codes=N Number of emergency codes to generate
136		```
	130	#+end_src
137	131
138	132	This fully configures the authenticator, saves it to a file, and then
139	133	outputs the secret key, QR code, and recovery codes. (If you add the
140		flag `-q`, then there won't be any output). If you use this
141		command in an automated fashion, make sure your script captures the
142		secret key and/or recovery codes and makes them available to the user.
143
144		## PAM Configuration Settings
	134	flag =-q=, then there won't be any output). If you use this command in
	135	an automated fashion, make sure your script captures the secret key
	136	and/or recovery codes and makes them available to the user.
145	137
	138	* PAM Configuration Settings
146	139	Once you've enabled the T/OTP and have it saved to an MFA app on your
147		phone or other device, open the PAM `sshd` file:
	140	phone or other device, open the PAM =sshd= file:
148	141
149		```sh
	142	#+begin_src sh
150	143	sudo nano /etc/pam.d/sshd
151		```
	144	#+end_src
152	145
153	146	You need to do two things in this file. First, add the following lines
154	147	to the bottom of the file:
155	148
156		```config
	149	#+begin_src config
157	150	auth required pam_google_authenticator.so nullok
158	151	auth required pam_permit.so
159		```
	152	#+end_src
160	153
161	154	Second, comment-out the following line near the top of the file.
162	155
163	156	If you leave this line uncommented, every SSH login attempt will ask for
164	157	the following three authentication factors:
165	158
166		1. Publickey
167		2. Password
168		3. T/OTP code
	159	1. Publickey
	160	2. Password
	161	3. T/OTP code
169	162
170		```config
	163	#+begin_src config
171	164	#@include common-auth
172		```
173
174		## SSH Configuration Settings
	165	#+end_src
175	166
176		Finally, edit the `sshd_config` file again:
	167	* SSH Configuration Settings
	168	Finally, edit the =sshd_config= file again:
177	169
178		```sh
	170	#+begin_src sh
179	171	sudo nano /etc/ssh/sshd_config
180		```
	172	#+end_src
181	173
182		You'll need to change `ChallengeResponseAuthentication` to
183		yes and add the `AuthenticationMethods` line to the bottom of
184		the file.
	174	You'll need to change =ChallengeResponseAuthentication= to yes and add
	175	the =AuthenticationMethods= line to the bottom of the file.
185	176
186		```config
	177	#+begin_src config
187	178	ChallengeResponseAuthentication yes
188	179	AuthenticationMethods publickey,password publickey,keyboard-interactive
189		```
	180	#+end_src
190	181
191		Finally, restart the `ssh` service:
	182	Finally, restart the =ssh= service:
192	183
193		```sh
	184	#+begin_src sh
194	185	sudo systemctl restart sshd.service
195		```
	186	#+end_src
196	187
197	188	The next time you log in, you should be greeted with a verification code
198	189	request!

blog/st/index.org added +87

		@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
	1	#+title: Simple Terminal
	2	#+date: 2022-12-17
	3	#+description: Instructions for building simple terminal on Fedora.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
	5
	6	* st
	7	[[https://st.suckless.org][st]] standards for Simple Terminal, a simple
	8	terminal implementation for X made by the
	9	[[https://suckless.org][suckless]] team.
	10
	11	This post walks through the dependencies needed and process to build and
	12	install =st= on Fedora Workstation.
	13
	14	** Obtain Files
	15	To start, obtain the source files for =st= via =git clone=.
	16
	17	#+begin_src sh
	18	mkdir ~/suckless && cd ~/suckless
	19	git clone https://git.suckless.org/st && cd st
	20	#+end_src
	21
	22	** Dependencies
	23	Once you have the files and are in the =st= directory, ensure the
	24	following packages are installed.
	25
	26	#+begin_src sh
	27	sudo dnf update && sudo dnf upgrade
	28	sudo dnf install gcc patch libX11-devel libXft-devel
	29	#+end_src
	30
	31	** Building
	32	Before building, ensure that you read the README file.
	33
	34	#+begin_src sh
	35	cat README
	36	#+end_src
	37
	38	Once you've read the instructions, open the =config.mk= file and ensure
	39	it matches your setup. If you're not sure, leave the default options
	40	within the file.
	41
	42	Finally, you can build =st= with the following command. Ensure you run
	43	as root (e.g., =sudo=) or else you may not end up with a usable
	44	application file.
	45
	46	#+begin_src sh
	47	sudo make clean install
	48	#+end_src
	49
	50	** Customization (Patches)
	51	Note that customizing =st= requires you to modify the source files or to
	52	download one of the [[https://st.suckless.org/patches/][available
	53	patches]] for suckless.org.
	54
	55	If you've already installed =st= and want to customize or install a
	56	patch, start by uninstalling the current program.
	57
	58	#+begin_src sh
	59	cd ~/suckless/st
	60	sudo make uninstall
	61	#+end_src
	62
	63	Next, grab the =<path>.diff= file from the page of the patch you chose.
	64	For example, I will be using the
	65	[[https://st.suckless.org/patches/defaultfontsize/][defaultfontsize]]
	66	patch in the below example.
	67
	68	#+begin_src sh
	69	wget https://st.suckless.org/patches/defaultfontsize/st-defaultfontsize-20210225-4ef0cbd.diff
	70	#+end_src
	71
	72	Once the file is downloaded inside the =st= folder, apply the patch and
	73	re-install the program. You may need to install the =patch= command if
	74	you don't have it installed already (you should have installed it
	75	above).
	76
	77	#+begin_src sh
	78	patch -i st-defaultfontsize-20210225-4ef0cbd.diff
	79	sudo make clean install
	80	#+end_src
	81
	82	Once installed, you can use the default font size patch to launch =st=
	83	with any font size you wish:
	84
	85	#+begin_src sh
	86	st -z 16
	87	#+end_src

blog/steam-on-ntfs/index.org added +93

		@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
	1	#+title: Linux Gaming Tweak: Steam on NTFS Drives
	2	#+date: 2020-01-26
	3	#+description: Learn how to fix Steam NTFS issues on Linux.
	4	#+filetags: :gaming:linux:
	5
	6	* Auto-Mount Steam Drives
	7	#+caption: Steam Screenshot
	8	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200125-the-best-linux-software/steam.png]]
	9
	10	If you want to see how to install Steam on Linux, see my other post:
	11	[[../linux-software/][Linux Software]].
	12
	13	Are you having trouble launching games, even though they've installed
	14	correctly? This may happen if you're storing your games on an
	15	NTFS-formatted drive. This shouldn't be an issue if you're storing your
	16	games on the same drive that Steam is on, but some gamers prefer to put
	17	Steam on their main drive and game files on another SSD or HDD.
	18
	19	To fix this problem, you'll need to try a few things. First, you'll need
	20	to install the =ntfs-3g= package, which is meant for better
	21	interoperability with Linux.
	22
	23	#+begin_src sh
	24	sudo apt install ntfs-3g
	25	#+end_src
	26
	27	Next, you should set up the =/etc/fstab= file to automatically mount
	28	your drives on boot. To automatically mount your drives when the
	29	computer boots up, you'll have to create the folders you want to mount
	30	your drive to first. I store mine in the =/mnt= folder using names that
	31	I'll recognize, but you can create your folders wherever you want.
	32
	33	#+begin_src sh
	34	mkdir /path/to/folder
	35	#+end_src
	36
	37	For example:
	38
	39	#+begin_src sh
	40	mkdir /mnt/steam_library
	41	#+end_src
	42
	43	To automatically mount drives upon system boot, you will need to collect
	44	a few items. The UUID is the identification number connected to
	45	whichever drive you're using to store Steam games.
	46
	47	Drives are usually labeled similar to =/dev/nvme0n1p1= or =/dev/sda1=,
	48	so you'll need to find the line in the output of the command below that
	49	correlates to your drive and copy the UUID over to the =/etc/fstab=
	50	file.
	51
	52	#+begin_src sh
	53	sudo blkid \| grep UUID=
	54	#+end_src
	55
	56	Next, you'll need your =uid= and =gid=. To find these, run the following
	57	command:
	58
	59	#+begin_src sh
	60	id -u && id -g
	61	#+end_src
	62
	63	Now that you have collected the necessary information, open the
	64	=/etc/fstab= file:
	65
	66	#+begin_src sh
	67	sudo nano /etc/fstab
	68	#+end_src
	69
	70	Each drive you want to mount on boot should have its own line in the
	71	=/etc/fstab= file that looks similar to this:
	72
	73	#+begin_src config
	74	UUID=B64E53824E5339F7 /mnt/steam_library ntfs-3g uid=1000,gid=1000 0 0
	75	#+end_src
	76
	77	Now all you need to do is unmount your drive and re-mount it. You can
	78	unmount the drive by doing this (be sure to use the correct drive name
	79	here):
	80
	81	#+begin_src sh
	82	sudo umount /dev/sdxX
	83	#+end_src
	84
	85	You can re-mount all your drives by executing the following:
	86
	87	#+begin_src sh
	88	sudo mount -a
	89	#+end_src
	90
	91	If you don't know what your drive name is, or you're nervous about
	92	unmounting and re-mounting, simply reboot your computer, and it will be
	93	done for you automatically.

content/blog/2022-10-20-syncthing.md → blog/syncthing/index.org renamed +82 −91

		@@ -1,70 +1,66 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-10-04
3		title = "Syncthing: A Minimal Self-Hosted Cloud Storage Solution"
4		description = ""
5		+++
6
7		## An Overview of Syncthing
	1	#+title: Syncthing: A Minimal Self-Hosted Cloud Storage Solution
	2	#+date: 2022-10-04
	3	#+description: An overview of how you can use Syncthing as a minimal alternative to cloud storage.
	4	#+filetags: :selfhosting:
8	5
	6	* An Overview of Syncthing
9	7	If you've been looking around the self-hosted cloud storage space for a
10	8	while, you've undoubtedly run into someone suggesting
11		[Syncthing](https://syncthing.net) as an option. However, it is an
	9	[[https://syncthing.net][Syncthing]] as an option. However, it is an
12	10	unusual alternative for those users out there who are used to having a
13		centralized cloud server that serves as the "controller" of the data
14		and interacts with clients on devices to fetch files.
	11	centralized cloud server that serves as the "controller" of the data and
	12	interacts with clients on devices to fetch files.
15	13
16	14	This post is a walkthrough of the Syncthing software, how I set up my
17	15	personal storage, and some pros and cons of using the software.
18	16
19		## Installing Syncthing
20
	17	* Installing Syncthing
21	18	To install Syncthing, visit the
22		[Downloads](https://syncthing.net/downloads/) page or install via your
	19	[[https://syncthing.net/downloads/][Downloads]] page or install via your
23	20	device's package manager.
24	21
25		### Server & Desktop
26
	22	** Server & Desktop
27	23	You can install Syncthing on servers and desktops via the Downloads page
28	24	linked above or via the command-line.
29	25
30	26	For Debian-based distros:
31	27
32		```sh
	28	#+begin_src sh
33	29	sudo apt install syncthing
34		```
	30	#+end_src
35	31
36	32	For Fedora-based distros:
37	33
38		```sh
	34	#+begin_src sh
39	35	sudo dnf install syncthing
40		```
41
42		### Mobile
	36	#+end_src
43	37
	38	** Mobile
44	39	Syncthing for Android is available on
45		[F-Droid](https://f-droid.org/packages/com.nutomic.syncthingandroid/)
46		and [Google
47		Play](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.nutomic.syncthingandroid).
48		Syncthing does not have an official iOS client, but there is a
49		third-party client called [Möbius
50		Sync](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/m%C3%B6bius-sync/id1539203216).
51
52		## How Does Syncthing Work?
53
	40	[[https://f-droid.org/packages/com.nutomic.syncthingandroid/][F-Droid]]
	41	and
	42	[[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.nutomic.syncthingandroid][Google
	43	Play]]. Syncthing does not have an official iOS client, but there is a
	44	third-party client called
	45	[[https://apps.apple.com/us/app/m%C3%B6bius-sync/id1539203216][Möbius
	46	Sync]].
	47
	48	* How Does Syncthing Work?
54	49	To start, I wanted to include the main marketing blurb from their
55	50	website:
56	51
57		> Syncthing is a continuous file synchronization program. It
58		> synchronizes files between two or more computers in real time, safely
59		> protected from prying eyes. Your data is your data alone, and you
60		> deserve to choose where it is stored, whether it is shared with some
61		> third party, and how it's transmitted over the internet.
	52	#+begin_quote
	53	Syncthing is a continuous file synchronization program. It synchronizes
	54	files between two or more computers in real time, safely protected from
	55	prying eyes. Your data is your data alone, and you deserve to choose
	56	where it is stored, whether it is shared with some third party, and how
	57	it's transmitted over the internet.
	58	#+end_quote
62	59
63	60	Let's break this apart and add in some other details to help explain
64	61	what exactly Syncthing does in order to sync files between devices.
65	62
66		### Local Syncthing Server(s)
67
	63	** Local Syncthing Server(s)
68	64	Syncthing syncs files between multiple devices by creating a local
69	65	server on each device. These local servers handle a few different
70	66	things, such as watching files and directories for changes, hosting an
		@@ -72,40 +68,37 @@ administrative GUI website, and authenticating with connected devices.
72	68
73	69	You can also start, stop, and restart the Syncthing server via the
74	70	command-line or web dashboard. If you're running Syncthing on a device
75		with `systemd`, you can use the following commands:
	71	with =systemd=, you can use the following commands:
76	72
77		```sh
	73	#+begin_src sh
78	74	sudo systemctl start syncthing@username.service
79	75	sudo systemctl restart syncthing@username.service
80	76	sudo systemctl stop syncthing@username.service
81		```
82
83		### Syncthing Dashboard
	77	#+end_src
84	78
	79	** Syncthing Dashboard
85	80	This biggest part of Syncthing is the admin GUI website that runs on
86	81	each device (note that mobile devices will use the Syncthing app rather
87	82	than the web GUI). The admin GUI is available through the web browser on
88	83	the local device that is running Syncthing - simply go to
89		`http://localhost:8384` or
90		`http://127.0.0.1:8384`. This web page is the place where you
91		will change settings, add/modify synced files, and add/modify connected
92		devices.
	84	=http://localhost:8384= or =http://127.0.0.1:8384=. This web page is the
	85	place where you will change settings, add/modify synced files, and
	86	add/modify connected devices.
93	87
94	88	Here's an example web GUI dashboard:
95	89
96		![Syncthing
97		Dashboard](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20221020-syncthing/syncthing_gui.png)
98
99		### Remote Devices
	90	#+caption: Syncthing Dashboard
	91	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20221020-syncthing/syncthing_gui.png]]
100	92
	93	** Remote Devices
101	94	A cloud storage solution wouldn't be very useful if you aren't able to
102	95	share data among various devices. Syncthing does this by sharing Device
103	96	IDs to connect servers, and then by manually sharing Folders with
104	97	devices that have been connected.
105	98
106	99	For instance, if you have a laptop running Syncthing and then install
107		the Syncthing mobile app on a phone, you could scan the laptop's QR
108		code for Device ID and then accept the authentication on the laptop's
	100	the Syncthing mobile app on a phone, you could scan the laptop's QR code
	101	for Device ID and then accept the authentication on the laptop's
109	102	dashboard. Next, you can use either device to select a folder for
110	103	sharing and dictating which device should send, receive, or both.
111	104
		@@ -114,8 +107,7 @@ which can add devices from the introducer to the device list, for
114	107	mutually shared folders. You can also configure Auto Accept,
115	108	compression, rate limits, and more settings per device.
116	109
117		## My Personal Cloud Storage Set-up
118
	110	* My Personal Cloud Storage Set-up
119	111	Personally, I use a model similar to a traditional cloud storage
120	112	service. I have a "centralized" server running 24/7 that acts as an
121	113	Introducer for my Syncthing network. I think of this as my main storage
		@@ -129,50 +121,49 @@ network, both running intermittently as they are not powered-on 24/7.
129	121	The initial set-up of the software was easy enough, but data transfer
130	122	rates were incredibly slow for me due to the Wi-Fi. Instead, I plugged
131	123	my laptop into the ethernet network that my server is on and manually
132		copied my folders over to the server with `scp`. Once
133		complete, Syncthing validated that all files were there and not missing,
134		and it did not need to transfer any data through the WAN.
	124	copied my folders over to the server with =scp=. Once complete,
	125	Syncthing validated that all files were there and not missing, and it
	126	did not need to transfer any data through the WAN.
135	127
136	128	As slow as the transfer was going, this probably saved me a few days of
137	129	waiting for my ~100GB sync.
138	130
139		## Pros & Cons
140
141		I've put together a short list of pros and cons for Syncthing. I
142		thought about my experiences with Nextcloud, WebDAV, proprietary
143		services (Google Drive, iCloud, etc.), and privacy-focused cloud
144		solutions (pCloud, Tresorit, etc.).
145
146		Pros:
147
148		- I've faced no data loss at all through my two-month trial run.
149		- No third-parties store your data on their servers.
150		- You have full control over your data and can take your data and
151		leave at any time.
152		- It's possible to encrypt client-side easily with software like
153		Cryptomator.
154		- No proprietary clients or mounted volumes, just plain files and
155		folders.
156
157		Cons:
158
159		- The learning curve is steeper than traditional cloud services and is
160		focused on a technical audience.
161		- If a device needs to modify files in a Folder, the devices will need
162		to sync ALL files from the folder, which may be large. To avoid size
163		restraints, split large folders into smaller folders for syncing.
164		- Syncing can be slow due to the clients/servers initially connecting
165		or re-connecting after sleeping.
166		- Multiple personal devices are required and require the user to own
167		or rent them as no third-party servers are involved in the storage
168		of data.
169
170		Overall, I've had a great experience with Syncthing so far. I've had
171		no data loss, syncing has been quick and easy when changes are made to
	131	* Pros & Cons
	132	I've put together a short list of pros and cons for Syncthing. I thought
	133	about my experiences with Nextcloud, WebDAV, proprietary services
	134	(Google Drive, iCloud, etc.), and privacy-focused cloud solutions
	135	(pCloud, Tresorit, etc.).
	136
	137	Pros:
	138
	139	- I've faced no data loss at all through my two-month trial run.
	140	- No third-parties store your data on their servers.
	141	- You have full control over your data and can take your data and leave
	142	at any time.
	143	- It's possible to encrypt client-side easily with software like
	144	Cryptomator.
	145	- No proprietary clients or mounted volumes, just plain files and
	146	folders.
	147
	148	Cons:
	149
	150	- The learning curve is steeper than traditional cloud services and is
	151	focused on a technical audience.
	152	- If a device needs to modify files in a Folder, the devices will need
	153	to sync ALL files from the folder, which may be large. To avoid size
	154	restraints, split large folders into smaller folders for syncing.
	155	- Syncing can be slow due to the clients/servers initially connecting or
	156	re-connecting after sleeping.
	157	- Multiple personal devices are required and require the user to own or
	158	rent them as no third-party servers are involved in the storage of
	159	data.
	160
	161	Overall, I've had a great experience with Syncthing so far. I've had no
	162	data loss, syncing has been quick and easy when changes are made to
172	163	files, device connections are reliable, and I love the freedom of
173	164	controlling the clients and servers as I choose.
174	165
175	166	Not to mention that I appreciate that I - or someone else - could pull
176		the Syncthing [source code](https://github.com/syncthing) and continue
	167	the Syncthing [[https://github.com/syncthing][source code]] and continue
177	168	development/support if the Syncthing Foundation decides to stop
178	169	developing the software or sells the business.

blog/tableau-dashboard/index.org added +156

		@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
	1	#+title: Data Visualization: Mapping Omaha Crime Data with Tableau
	2	#+date: 2024-01-27
	3	#+description: Learn how to utilize Tableau Public to build a dashboard to map crimes across Omaha.
	4	#+filetags: :data:
	5
	6	In this project, I am going to show you how to use Tableau Public for
	7	free to create simple dashboards.
	8
	9	I will be creating simple visuals from an Omaha crime data set and
	10	combining them to create the dashboard below. You can view this
	11	dashboard interactively online here:
	12	[[https://public.tableau.com/app/profile/c.c7042/viz/OmahaCrimeData2015-2023/OmahaCrimeData2015-2023#1][Omaha
	13	Crime Data (2015 - 2023)]].
	14
	15	#+caption: Tableau Dashboard
	16	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240127-tableau-dashboard/dashboard.png]]
	17
	18	* Gather the Data
	19	You can download incident data from the Omaha Police Department on their
	20	[[https://police.cityofomaha.org/crime-information/incident-data-download][Incident
	21	Data Download]] page. They currently have files for the years 2015
	22	through 2023.
	23
	24	Each file will be downloaded as a CSV file, approximately 3 MB - 8 MB.
	25
	26	* Clean and Transform the Data
	27	I have used Python to combine the files into a single CSV file, as well
	28	as adding a custom =datetime= column. You could do this step in any
	29	software you prefer, but I prefer Python as its free, easy to use, and
	30	has a plethora of support resources online.
	31
	32	Start by opening a terminal, navigating to your Downloads directory, and
	33	creating a python script.
	34
	35	#+begin_src sh
	36	cd ~/Downloads
	37	nano data_processing.py
	38	#+end_src
	39
	40	Within the Python script, paste the following:
	41
	42	#+begin_src python
	43	# Import modules
	44	import pandas as pd
	45	import glob
	46	import os
	47
	48	# Import the data
	49	path = r"~/Downloads/*.csv"
	50	files = glob.glob(path)
	51
	52	list = []
	53
	54	for file in files:
	55	df_tmp = pd.read_csv(file)
	56	li.append(df_tmp)
	57
	58	df = pd.concat(list, axis=0, ignore_index=True)
	59
	60	# Create a combined datetime column
	61	df["datetime"] = pd.to_datetime(
	62	df["date"] + " " + df["time"],
	63	format="%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S"
	64	)
	65	df.head()
	66
	67	# Export the combined data
	68	df.to_csv(r"~/Downloads/combined_incidents.csv")
	69	#+end_src
	70
	71	Once pasted, save and close the file. You can execute the file like so:
	72
	73	#+begin_src sh
	74	python3 data_processing.py
	75	#+end_src
	76
	77	After this, you should have a combined data file that contains all
	78	incidents between 2015 and 2023. Mine was approximately 55 MB.
	79
	80	* Tableau Public
	81	[[https://public.tableau.com/][Tableau Public]] is a free-to-use web
	82	application that allows you to create visualizations by uploading data
	83	sources. Note that there's no way to keep the data and visualizations
	84	private, so don't upload anything private.
	85
	86	After creating an account, you can click the =Create= > =Web Authoring=
	87	link to create your first visualization.
	88
	89	#+caption: Create Button
	90	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240127-tableau-dashboard/create_button.png]]
	91
	92	** Upload the Data
	93	Once you've opened your first project, Tableau will ask you to connect
	94	to your data. For this project, click the =Upload from computer= button
	95	and select the CSV file previously combined in the step above.
	96
	97	#+caption: Connect Data
	98	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240127-tableau-dashboard/connect_data.png]]
	99
	100	Once connected, you can refresh the preview of the data with the
	101	=Refresh Data Source= button in the toolbar.
	102
	103	#+caption: Data Preview
	104	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240127-tableau-dashboard/data_preview.png]]
	105
	106	If you need to edit any of the data types, column names, etc., you can
	107	do so now. Once complete, generate an extract so that you can start
	108	creating visualizations.
	109
	110	** Create Visualizations
	111	To start, create a worksheet in the toolbar at the bottom of the screen.
	112
	113	Within this screen, select a column from the =Data= side bar on the left
	114	and drag it into the =Columns= or =Rows= area of the canvas.
	115
	116	See below for the map visualization. You can recreate this by adding the
	117	following fields:
	118
	119	- =Columns=: Lon
	120	- =Rows=: Lat
	121	- =Marks=:
	122	- Description
	123	- Datetime
	124	- =Filters=: Datetime
	125
	126	#+caption: Worksheet Editing
	127	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240127-tableau-dashboard/worksheet_edit.png]]
	128
	129	You can repeat this process for each visualization you want to create.
	130	Explore your options by dragging data fields to different areas and by
	131	opening the field options to explore what operations can be performed on
	132	different data types (e.g., average, count, etc.).
	133
	134	** Create Dashboard
	135	To create a dashboard, click the button on the toolbar at the bottom of
	136	the screen. Within the dashboard, drag each sheet from the left side bar
	137	onto the dashboard canvas.
	138
	139	#+caption: Dashboard Editing
	140	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240127-tableau-dashboard/dashboard_edit.png]]
	141
	142	** Formatting
	143	You can explore a ton of different formatting options throughout the
	144	worksheets and dashboard. Specifically for maps, you can alter the map
	145	layers, background, and visible features through the =Map= menu in the
	146	top file menu of the editing screen.
	147
	148	In the finished dashboard below, I opted for a dark mode with a map that
	149	showed county lines and city names.
	150
	151	There's a ton of other options available to be used in a dashboard like
	152	this, but this project shows a quick preview of what you can do in
	153	Tableau Public.
	154
	155	#+caption: Tableau Dashboard
	156	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240127-tableau-dashboard/dashboard.png]]

content/blog/2022-06-16-terminal-lifestyle.md → blog/terminal-lifestyle/index.org renamed +84 −88

		@@ -1,25 +1,23 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-06-16
3		title = "A Terminal Lifestyle"
4		description = "Explaining how I live my digital life mostly in the console/terminal."
5		+++
6
7		## Text-Based Simplicity
	1	#+title: A Terminal Lifestyle
	2	#+date: 2022-06-16
	3	#+description: Explaining how I live my digital life mostly in the console/terminal.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
8	5
	6	* Text-Based Simplicity
9	7	I've detailed my views on web-based minimalism and related topics in
10	8	other posts throughout the years; e.g., JavaScript/CSS bloat slowing
11	9	down websites that are essentially a text document. However, I have
12	10	never really expanded beyond talking about the web and describing how I
13	11	focus on minimizing distractions in other digital environments.
14	12
15		This post is going to set the baseline for how I try to live my
	13	This post is going to set the baseline for how I /try/ to live my
16	14	digital life. It does not necessarily get into my physical life, which
17	15	is often harder to control and contain all the noise in our modern
18	16	world.
19	17
20	18	While there are new things to do every day in our digital world, I find
21	19	that keeping a core set of values and interests can ground you and keep
22		you mindful of why you are participating in the digital world. For
	20	you mindful of /why/ you are participating in the digital world. For
23	21	example, if - at your core - you have no interest in what strangers
24	22	think about random topics, it would be unwise to start participating in
25	23	social media. However, I am someone who has been dragged in by effective
		@@ -30,12 +28,11 @@ I won't dive much further into explaining the philosophy of all this,
30	28	but I will link a few helpful articles that may pique your interest if
31	29	you're in search of more meaningful experiences:
32	30
33		- [Mindfulness](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mindfulness)
34		- [Minimalism](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Minimalism)
35		- [Stoicism](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stoicism)
36
37		## Living Life in the Terminal
	31	- [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mindfulness][Mindfulness]]
	32	- [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Minimalism][Minimalism]]
	33	- [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stoicism][Stoicism]]
38	34
	35	* Living Life in the Terminal
39	36	My personal approach to reducing digital distractions and increasing my
40	37	focus on the task at hand is to use a terminal for as much as I possibly
41	38	can.
		@@ -43,12 +40,12 @@ can.
43	40	Most days, this means that I have a few tabs open constantly in my
44	41	terminal:
45	42
46		1. A web browser
47		2. A chat client
48		3. An email client
49		4. An RSS feed reader
50		5. A local shell for navigating my computer's files
51		6. A remote shell for managing servers and other machines
	43	1. A web browser
	44	2. A chat client
	45	3. An email client
	46	4. An RSS feed reader
	47	5. A local shell for navigating my computer's files
	48	6. A remote shell for managing servers and other machines
52	49
53	50	Beyond this, I rarely open other tabs or GUI applications, unless
54	51	absolutely necessary. If you look, you may be surprised what can be
		@@ -57,56 +54,55 @@ accomplished in the terminal.
57	54	For example, I have moved my music and entertainment downloads to the
58	55	terminal, along with my device VPN connections. I am exploring options
59	56	for moving my RSS subscriptions to something like
60		[Newsboat](https://newsboat.org/), so that I can read my daily articles
61		without all the fuss.
	57	[[https://newsboat.org/][Newsboat]], so that I can read my daily
	58	articles without all the fuss.
62	59
63	60	Now that we have some examples out of the way, let's dive into the
64	61	specifics.
65	62
66		### Browsing the Web
67
68		I'm going to start off with a hard topic for those who prefer to live
69		in the terminal: web browsing. This task is made hard mostly by websites
	63	** Browsing the Web
	64	I'm going to start off with a hard topic for those who prefer to live in
	65	the terminal: web browsing. This task is made hard mostly by websites
70	66	and web apps that require JavaScript to run. The other difficult part is
71		that if you're using a text-based browser, that means images won't
72		load (hopefully that's obvious).
	67	that if you're using a text-based browser, that means images won't load
	68	(hopefully that's obvious).
73	69
74		I am using [Lynx](https://lynx.invisible-island.net), a text-based
	70	I am using [[https://lynx.invisible-island.net][Lynx]], a text-based
75	71	browser that runs quickly and easily in the terminal. Lynx allows me to
76		browser most websites by simply typing `g` and then typing in
77		the URL I want.
	72	browser most websites by simply typing =g= and then typing in the URL I
	73	want.
78	74
79		![Lynx](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220616-terminal-lifestyle/lynx.png)
	75	#+caption: Lynx
	76	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220616-terminal-lifestyle/lynx.png]]
80	77
81		If you need a search engine while in Lynx, I recommend [DuckDuckGo
82		(Lite)](https://lite.duckduckgo.com/lite/), which allows you to search
83		the web using their text-only interface.
	78	If you need a search engine while in Lynx, I recommend
	79	[[https://lite.duckduckgo.com/lite/][DuckDuckGo (Lite)]], which allows
	80	you to search the web using their text-only interface.
84	81
85		![DuckDuckGo
86		!Lite](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220616-terminal-lifestyle/ddg.png)
	82	#+caption: DuckDuckGo !Lite
	83	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220616-terminal-lifestyle/ddg.png]]
87	84
88	85	Eventually, you will run into websites that don't work (or are just too
89		ugly and messy) in a text-only mode, and you'll be forced to switch
90		over to a GUI browser to look at that site. Personally, I don't mind
91		this as it doesn't happen as often as I thought it would.
	86	ugly and messy) in a text-only mode, and you'll be forced to switch over
	87	to a GUI browser to look at that site. Personally, I don't mind this as
	88	it doesn't happen as often as I thought it would.
92	89
93	90	The only time I need to do this is when I want to browse an
94	91	image/video-focused webpage or if I need to log in to a site, and it
95		doesn't support a text-only login page. For example, I am able to
96		easily log in to [Sourcehut](https://sr.ht) in lynx.
97
98		### Chatting with Friends
	92	doesn't support a text-only login page. For example, I am able to easily
	93	log in to [[https://sr.ht][Sourcehut]] in lynx.
99	94
	95	** Chatting with Friends
100	96	After web browsing activities, my main form of terminal communication is
101		Matrix. I use the [gomuks](https://docs.mau.fi/gomuks/) client
	97	Matrix. I use the [[https://docs.mau.fi/gomuks/][gomuks]] client
102	98	currently.
103	99
104	100	This was incredibly easy to install on macOS (but I will need to see if
105	101	it'll be just as easy on Linux when my new laptop arrives):
106	102
107		```sh
	103	#+begin_src sh
108	104	brew install gomuks
109		```
	105	#+end_src
110	106
111	107	Once you launch gomuks, it will sync and require your username and
112	108	password to login. After doing so, the only problem I ran into was
		@@ -114,102 +110,102 @@ verifying my gomuks client so that I could participate in rooms with
114	110	E2EE.
115	111
116	112	Finally, I was able to verify the session by opening the Element desktop
117		app (I assume you can do this in the browser and mobile app too, but
118		I'm not sure) and manually verifying myself with this process:
	113	app (I assume you can do this in the browser and mobile app too, but I'm
	114	not sure) and manually verifying myself with this process:
119	115
120		1. Open the Element desktop app
121		2. Open a room I was a member of
122		3. Open the `Room Info` pane
123		4. Open the `People` menu and search for myself
124		5. Click on my profile name
125		6. Click on the session link under the `Security` section
126		and follow the prompts to manually verify the session
	116	1. Open the Element desktop app
	117	2. Open a room I was a member of
	118	3. Open the =Room Info= pane
	119	4. Open the =People= menu and search for myself
	120	5. Click on my profile name
	121	6. Click on the session link under the =Security= section and follow the
	122	prompts to manually verify the session
127	123
128	124	Overall, I like gomuks and am able to enjoy all the features I was using
129	125	in Element. The only hiccup I have occurred is manually downloading
130	126	images to view them, which can be annoying.
131	127
132		![gomuks](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220616-terminal-lifestyle/gomuks.png)
133
134		### Email
	128	#+caption: gomuks
	129	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220616-terminal-lifestyle/gomuks.png]]
135	130
	131	** Email
136	132	Moving email to the terminal has been the hardest of the tasks for me.
137	133	Unlike web browsing, where I can simply decide to not look at a website
138	134	that does not work in the terminal, I cannot simply ignore emails sent
139	135	to me.
140	136
141		Personally, I am experimenting with [neomutt](https://neomutt.org/) as a
142		potential email client.
	137	Personally, I am experimenting with [[https://neomutt.org/][neomutt]] as
	138	a potential email client.
143	139
144		However, this requires a TON of configuration and tweaking to get
	140	However, this requires a TON* of configuration and tweaking to get
145	141	right. Even when I was able to set up neomutt, configure my email
146	142	account, and customize a few personal preferences, a lot of emails still
147	143	do not display correctly (mostly due to HTML and images).
148	144
149		I won't get into the details of configuring `neomutt`; I
150		mostly followed this blog post: [Email in the Terminal: Configuring
151		Neomutt](https://gideonwolfe.com/posts/workflow/neomutt/intro/).
	145	I won't get into the details of configuring =neomutt=; I mostly followed
	146	this blog post:
	147	[[https://gideonwolfe.com/posts/workflow/neomutt/intro/][Email in the
	148	Terminal: Configuring Neomutt]].
152	149
153	150	Finally, I have yet to figure out how to connect my GPG keys to
154		`neomutt`, but that's a problem for another day.
155
156		### RSS Feed Reader
	151	=neomutt=, but that's a problem for another day.
157	152
158		I have just started using [Newsboat](https://newsboat.org/) to read
	153	** RSS Feed Reader
	154	I have just started using [[https://newsboat.org/][Newsboat]] to read
159	155	articles in my terminal and have found quick success with it.
160	156
161	157	I'll show you a quick screenshot first:
162	158
163		![Newsboat](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220616-terminal-lifestyle/newsboat.png)
	159	#+caption: Newsboat
	160	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220616-terminal-lifestyle/newsboat.png]]
164	161
165	162	The configuration was super easy for this app; I simply installed the
166	163	app, created a file for URLs, and imported my OPML subscriptions that I
167	164	had exported out of my old feed reader:
168	165
169		```sh
	166	#+begin_src sh
170	167	brew install newsboat
171		```
	168	#+end_src
172	169
173		```sh
	170	#+begin_src sh
174	171	touch ~/.newsboat/urls
175		```
	172	#+end_src
176	173
177		```sh
	174	#+begin_src sh
178	175	newsboat -i=my_subscriptions.opml
179		```
180
181		### Writing & Programming
	176	#+end_src
182	177
	178	** Writing & Programming
183	179	Unfortunately, the weak link in my terminal-based environment right now
184	180	is my grasp of the possibilities of editing files within a shell.
185	181
186	182	I am used to the easy extensions found in VSCodium and Kate, so I am
187	183	slowly learning how to mold the default editing tools to my needs.
188		Currently, this means I am using `nano` with the following
	184	Currently, this means I am using =nano= with the following
189	185	configuration:
190	186
191		```config
	187	#+begin_src config
192	188	set breaklonglines
193	189	set autoindent
194	190	set linenumbers
195	191	set tabstospaces
196	192	set tabsize 2
197	193	set fill 80
198		```
	194	#+end_src
199	195
200	196	This configuration allows nano to automatically hard-wrap lines at 80
201	197	characters, autoindent the wrapped lines (if the previous line was
202	198	indented), use 2 spaces per tab, and display line numbers within each
203	199	file I open.
204	200
205		I am currently looking to see if `vim` or `emacs`
206		would be more useful for my current needs, but I'm not in any rush, so
207		I don't expect to find an answer anytime soon.
	201	I am currently looking to see if =vim= or =emacs= would be more useful
	202	for my current needs, but I'm not in any rush, so I don't expect to find
	203	an answer anytime soon.
208	204
209	205	With my current life demands, I am not programming at the moment and
210	206	have not explored the best terminal set-up for programming. However, I
211		have seen many peers find success configuring `vim` and
212		`emacs`, so that's where I will start when I pick my
213		projects back up.
	207	have seen many peers find success configuring =vim= and =emacs=, so
	208	that's where I will start when I pick my projects back up.
214	209
215		![nano](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220616-terminal-lifestyle/nano.png)
	210	#+caption: nano
	211	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220616-terminal-lifestyle/nano.png]]

blog/the-ansoff-matrix/index.org added +140

		@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
	1	#+title: The Ansoff Matrix
	2	#+date: 2019-12-03
	3	#+description: Learn about the Ansoff Matrix, a strategic management tool.
	4	#+filetags: :business:
	5
	6	* Overview
	7	As the world of business evolves, managers must approach business
	8	planning and strategy with a contemporary mindset. According to Dess,
	9	McNamara, Eisner, and Lee, managers must be willing to adapt to the
	10	modern business environment by going beyond "'incremental management',
	11	whereby they view their job as making a series of small, minor changes
	12	to improve the efficiency of the firm's operations"[fn:1].
	13
	14	One reason that strategic management is crucial is because most
	15	businesses that fail in the United States each year fail due to a lack
	16	of strategic focus or direction[fn:2]. The rate of failure for
	17	businesses with poor strategies shows that strategic planning and
	18	management are crucial to a business's strength and longevity, injecting
	19	the critical factors of growth and direction into a company's business
	20	plan.
	21
	22	One of the most significant strategic planning and management frameworks
	23	that companies can use is the
	24	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ansoff_matrix][Ansoff Matrix]]. While
	25	this framework has unique purposes and use-cases, it can effectively
	26	help an organization grow and compete. Specifically, the Ansoff matrix
	27	is one of the most effective frameworks for companies who want to focus
	28	on increasing sales revenue or profitability[fn:3].
	29
	30	This framework uses a two-by-two figure to show the four strategic
	31	options for companies to use in this framework: market penetration,
	32	market development, product development, and diversification (see
	33	Figure 1). The x-axis of the matrix focuses on the firm's markets and
	34	also determines if the firm is looking to enter new markets or innovate
	35	in its current markets. The y-axis of the matrix focuses on the firm's
	36	products and determines if the firm wants to pursue strategies around
	37	their existing products or explore new products.
	38
	39	#+caption: The Ansoff Matrix by JaisonAbeySabu, Own work, CC BY-SA 3.0
	40	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20191203-the-ansoff-matrix/ansoff_matrix-min.png]]
	41
	42	* Strategic Options
	43	** Market Penetration
	44	The most straightforward strategy in the Ansoff matrix is to focus on
	45	existing products in existing markets, also known as market
	46	penetration[fn:4]. Companies such as Coca-Cola have used market
	47	penetration successfully by investing a lot of money to get further
	48	value out of their current markets. Coca-Cola does this by introducing
	49	new features such as Christmas-themed bottles, personal names on the
	50	bottles, and other marketing schemes.
	51
	52	** Market Development
	53	Market development extends existing products into new markets in an
	54	attempt to increase the number of buyers. One interesting way that
	55	Coca-Cola used this strategy comes from the stigma that Diet Coke is a
	56	woman's drink[fn:5]. Coca-Cola introduced Coca-Cola Zero, which
	57	contained the same nutritional content as Diet Coke, but was packaged in
	58	a dark black can to appear more "manly"[fn:6].
	59
	60	** Product Development
	61	Product development uses existing markets to introduce new products so
	62	that the firm can better meet customer needs[fn:7]. The extreme end of
	63	diversification is home to companies such as Johnson & Johnson, a
	64	healthcare company that has developed a business portfolio of more than
	65	60,000 different products[fn:8]. Johnson & Johnson's dedication to
	66	continuous diversification has led them to a balance sheet rating of
	67	"AAA", industry recognition for diversification, and increases in their
	68	investor dividends for 57 consecutive years[fn:9].
	69
	70	** Related Diversification
	71	Diversification, the final strategy of the Ansoff Matrix, is more
	72	difficult than the others since it involves exploring both new markets
	73	and new products. Related diversification is a diversification strategy
	74	that closely relates to the firm's core business. Coca-Cola's best
	75	example of related diversification is its acquisition of Glaceau and
	76	Vitamin Water, which expanded their drinking lines of business[fn:10].
	77
	78	** Unrelated Diversification
	79	Unrelated diversification is a diversification strategy that does not
	80	really relate to the firm's core business but still diversifies their
	81	business portfolio. A good example of this would be a coffee company who
	82	has decided to enter the market for bicycle sales. The main purpose of
	83	this strategy is to an extremely diverse company that will not go
	84	bankrupt if one market goes through difficult times. However, this
	85	requires a lot of independent skills and heavy investments since the
	86	company most likely cannot easily transfer knowledge between the markets
	87	they compete in.
	88
	89	* Requirements for Success
	90	To use the Ansoff Matrix framework, managers need to formulate corporate
	91	goals and objectives. Without goals and direction, management frameworks
	92	do not present much practical utility. Further, the Ansoff Matrix
	93	requires the managers involved to make tactical decisions and create a
	94	path for the company to take toward their goals. Lastly, both the Ansoff
	95	Matrix needs to consider both internal and external perspectives
	96	throughout the strategy formulation process.
	97
	98	One interesting probability is that companies will be using multiple
	99	strategic planning and management frameworks at the same time. While
	100	this may sound like it could crowd the management process, there are
	101	numerous reasons to do so. For example, the Ansoff Matrix and the
	102	Balanced Scorecard are relatively popular, and they cover entirely
	103	different parts of a company's strategy. Using the results from the
	104	Balanced Scorecard could inform a company of the potential product and
	105	market demands, such as from customer or supplier survey results, to
	106	help the company determine which Ansoff Matrix strategy to pursue.
	107	However, a combined approach at this level would require mature
	108	frameworks and focused managers who are able to strategize at a high
	109	level.
	110
	111	Lastly, it should be noted that the author of the Ansoff matrix, Igor
	112	Ansoff, often used the term
	113	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Analysis_paralysis][paralysis by
	114	analysis]] to explain the mistake of companies who overuse analysis and
	115	spend too much time planning. Companies need to understand the utility
	116	of a strategic management framework while ensuring that the company is
	117	poised to execute as efficiently as they have planned.
	118
	119	* Footnotes
	120
	121	[fn:1] Dess, G. G., McNamara, G., Eisner, A. B., Lee, S. H. (2019). Strategic management: Text & cases, ninth edition. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill Education.
	122
	123	[fn:2] Juneja, P. (n.d.). Benefits of strategic management. Management Study Guide. Retrieved from [[https://www.managementstudyguide.com/strategic-management-benefits.htm]].
	124
	125	[fn:3] Meldrum M., McDonald M. (1995) The Ansoff matrix. In: Key Marketing Concepts. London: Palgrave.
	126
	127	[fn:4] Meldrum M., McDonald M. (1995) The Ansoff matrix. In: Key Marketing Concepts. London: Palgrave.
	128
	129	[fn:5] Oakley, T. (2015). Coca-Cola: The Ansoff matrix. The Marketing Agenda. Retrieved from [[https://themarketingagenda.com/2015/03/28/coca-cola-ansoff-matrix/]].
	130
	131	[fn:6] Oakley, T. (2015). Coca-Cola: The Ansoff matrix. The Marketing Agenda. Retrieved from [[https://themarketingagenda.com/2015/03/28/coca-cola-ansoff-matrix/]].
	132
	133	[fn:7] Oakley, T. (2015). Coca-Cola: The Ansoff matrix. The Marketing Agenda. Retrieved from [[https://themarketingagenda.com/2015/03/28/coca-cola-ansoff-matrix/]].
	134
	135	[fn:8] Lemke, T. (2019). The most diversified companies in the stock market. The balance. Retrieved from [[https://www.thebalance.com/the-most-diversified-companies-in-the-stock-market-4169730]].
	136
	137	[fn:9] Johnson & Johnson. (2018). 2018 Investor Fact Sheet. [PDF file]. Retrieved from [[http://www.investor.jnj.com/_document/2018-investor-fact-sheet-4-19'id=0000016a-5681-d475-a17f-d78db54a0000][http://www.investor.jnj.com/_document/2018-investor-fact-sheet-4-19'id=0000016a-5681-d475-a17f-d78db54a0000]].
	138
	139	[fn:10] Oakley, T. (2015). Coca-Cola: The Ansoff matrix. The Marketing Agenda. Retrieved from [[https://themarketingagenda.com/2015/03/28/coca-cola-ansoff-matrix/]].
	140

blog/tuesday/index.org added +37

		@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
	1	#+title: Tuesday
	2	#+date: 2022-02-22
	3	#+description: 2-22-22 \|\| 22-2-22
	4	#+filetags: :personal:
	5
	6	* Tuesday, Twosday
	7	I'm taking a break from my usual technology-related posts and writing
	8	about something a little more enjoyable today.
	9
	10	Today is Tuesday, February 22nd, 2022. Today is 02-22-2022. Today is
	11	Twosday.
	12
	13	Let's look at everything that fell in place today:
	14
	15	1. Written in the =m-dd-yy= or =dd-m-yy= formats, today is 2-22-22 or
	16	22-2-22, which is a neat little palindrome in either format. (The
	17	last ubiquitous six-digit palindrome was 1-11-11.)
	18	2. Today is Tuesday, which is why everyone is using the nickname Twosday
	19	to call out these similarities.
	20	3. Falling on Tuesday means today is the 2nd day of the week (for most
	21	cultures. For the US, it's the 3rd day of the week since we start on
	22	Sunday).
	23	4. The only culture I could find with a connection to a =2= is that some
	24	Slavic languages derived their version of Tuesday from the Old Church
	25	Slavonic word =въторъ=, meaning "the second."
	26	5. Written in the classic monospaced, digital font (think of digital
	27	clocks from the 80s/90s), there is nice symmetry to the numbers
	28	([[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220222-tuesday/digital_font.png][view
	29	the image here]]!).
	30	6. This one isn't naturally-occurring, but it seems people around the
	31	world are celebrating the day. For example, a group is putting
	32	together
	33	[[[[https://www.eventbrite.com/e/2-22-22-a-collective-wedding-ceremony-at-the-state-capitol-tickets-211434605597]]][a
	34	wedding of 222 couples at the California State Capitol in
	35	Sacramento]], concluding at exactly 2:22 PM. These couples will
	36	record their marriage dates as 2-22-22 2:22 PM. Tickets were on sale
	37	for $222.22.

blog/ubuntu-emergency-mode/index.org added +69

		@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
	1	#+title: Stuck in Ubuntu's Emergency Mode? Try Fixing the Fstab File
	2	#+date: 2024-02-13
	3	#+description: Learn how to fix a missing disk issue that can lock you in Ubuntu's emergency mode.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
	5
	6	* The Problem
	7	I recently [[../zfs/][migrated my hard drives to a ZFS pool]] and
	8	found myself stuck in Ubuntu's emergency mode after the first reboot I
	9	performed after creating the ZFS pool.
	10
	11	My server was stuck in the boot process and showed the following error
	12	on the screen:
	13
	14	#+begin_src txt
	15	You are in emergency mode.
	16	After logging in, type "journalctl -xb" to view system logs,
	17	"systemctl reboot" to reboot, "systemctl default"
	18	or ^D to try again to boot into default mode".
	19	#+end_src
	20
	21	After rebooting the server and watching the logs scroll on a monitor, I
	22	noticed the root cause was related to a very long search for certain
	23	drives. I kept seeing errors like this:
	24
	25	#+begin_src txt
	26	[ TIME ] Timed out waiting of device dev-disk-by/[disk-uuid]
	27	#+end_src
	28
	29	I realized that I had not removed the =/etc/fstab= references that asked
	30	Ubuntu to mount two disks on boot, but I had recently changed those
	31	disks to be part of my ZFS pool instead. Therefore, Ubuntu was trying to
	32	identify and mount a disk that was not available.
	33
	34	Now that we have an idea of the issue, let's move to solution.
	35
	36	* The Solution
	37	In order to fix the issue, I waited until I was allowed to type the root
	38	user's password, and then I executed the following command:
	39
	40	#+begin_src sh
	41	nano /etc/fstab
	42	#+end_src
	43
	44	Within the =fstab= file, I needed to comment/remove the following lines
	45	at the bottom of the file. You can comment-out a line by prepending a
	46	=#= symbol at the beginning of the line. You can also delete the line
	47	entirely.
	48
	49	#+begin_src conf
	50	# What it looked like when running into the issue:
	51	UUID=B64E53824E5339F7 /mnt/white-01 ntfs-3g uid=1000,gid=1000 0 0
	52	UUID=E69867E59867B32B /mnt/white-02 ntfs-3g uid=1000,gid=1000 0 0
	53
	54	# What I changed it to, in order to fix the issue:
	55	# UUID=B64E53824E5339F7 /mnt/white-01 ntfs-3g uid=1000,gid=1000 0 0
	56	# UUID=E69867E59867B32B /mnt/white-02 ntfs-3g uid=1000,gid=1000 0 0
	57	#+end_src
	58
	59	Once removing the lines above from the =/etc/fstab= file, save and exit
	60	the file by hitting the =Ctrl= + =x= key combo.
	61
	62	You can now hit =Ctrl= + =D= to continue, or reboot:
	63
	64	#+begin_src sh
	65	systemctl reboot
	66	#+end_src
	67
	68	Once rebooted, I was able to watch the machine boot properly and launch
	69	to the TTY login screen without errors!

content/blog/2021-01-07-ufw.md → blog/ufw/index.org renamed +76 −86

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2021-01-07
3		title = "Secure Your Network with the Uncomplicated Firewall"
4		description = "A simple guide to the UFW."
5		+++
6
7		## Uncomplicated Firewall
	1	#+title: Secure Your Network with the Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw)
	2	#+date: 2021-01-07
	3	#+description: A simple guide to the UFW.
	4	#+filetags: :sysadmin:
8	5
	6	* Uncomplicated Firewall
9	7	Uncomplicated Firewall, also known as ufw, is a convenient and
10	8	beginner-friendly way to enforce OS-level firewall rules. For those who
11	9	are hosting servers or any device that is accessible to the world (i.e.,
		@@ -15,147 +13,140 @@ implemented and active.
15	13	Ufw is available by default in all Ubuntu installations after 8.04 LTS.
16	14	For other distributions, you can look to install ufw or check if there
17	15	are alternative firewalls installed already. There are usually
18		alternatives available, such as Fedora's `firewall` and the
19		package available on most distributions: `iptables`. Ufw is
20		considered a beginner-friendly front-end to iptables.
	16	alternatives available, such as Fedora's =firewall= and the package
	17	available on most distributions: =iptables=. Ufw is considered a
	18	beginner-friendly front-end to iptables.
21	19
22		[Gufw](https://gufw.org) is available as a graphical user interface
	20	[[https://gufw.org][Gufw]] is available as a graphical user interface
23	21	(GUI) application for users who are uncomfortable setting up a firewall
24	22	through a terminal.
25	23
26		![Gufw Screenshot](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210107-secure-your-network-with-the-uncomplicated-firewall/gufw.png)
27
28		## Getting Help
	24	#+caption: Gufw Screenshot
	25	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210107-secure-your-network-with-the-uncomplicated-firewall/gufw.png]]
29	26
	27	* Getting Help
30	28	If you need help figuring out commands, remember that you can run the
31		`--help` flag to get a list of options.
	29	=--help= flag to get a list of options.
32	30
33		```sh
	31	#+begin_src sh
34	32	sudo ufw --help
35		```
36
37		## Set Default State
	33	#+end_src
38	34
	35	* Set Default State
39	36	The proper way to run a firewall is to set a strict default state and
40	37	slowly open up ports that you want to allow. This helps prevent anything
41	38	malicious from slipping through the cracks. The following command
42	39	prevents all incoming traffic (other than the rules we specify later),
43	40	but you can also set this for outgoing connections, if necessary.
44	41
45		```sh
	42	#+begin_src sh
46	43	sudo ufw default deny incoming
47		```
	44	#+end_src
48	45
49	46	You should also allow outgoing traffic if you want to allow the device
50	47	to communicate back to you or other parties. For example, media servers
51	48	like Plex need to be able to send out data related to streaming the
52	49	media.
53	50
54		```sh
	51	#+begin_src sh
55	52	sudo ufw default allow outgoing
56		```
	53	#+end_src
57	54
58		## Adding Port Rules
	55	* Adding Port Rules
	56	Now that we've disabled all incoming traffic by default, we need to open
	57	up some ports (or else no traffic would be able to come in). If you need
	58	to be able to =ssh= into the machine, you'll need to open up port 22.
59	59
60		Now that we've disabled all incoming traffic by default, we need to
61		open up some ports (or else no traffic would be able to come in). If you
62		need to be able to `ssh` into the machine, you'll need to
63		open up port 22.
64
65		```sh
	60	#+begin_src sh
66	61	sudo ufw allow 22
67		```
	62	#+end_src
68	63
69	64	You can also issue more restrictive rules. The following rule will allow
70		`ssh` connections only from machines on the local subnet.
	65	=ssh= connections only from machines on the local subnet.
71	66
72		```sh
	67	#+begin_src sh
73	68	sudo ufw allow proto tcp from 192.168.0.0/24 to any port 22
74		```
	69	#+end_src
75	70
76	71	If you need to set a rule that isn't tcp, just append your connection
77	72	type to the end of the rule.
78	73
79		```sh
	74	#+begin_src sh
80	75	sudo ufw allow 1900/udp
81		```
82
83		## Enable ufw
	76	#+end_src
84	77
	78	* Enable ufw
85	79	Now that the firewall is configured and ready to go, you can enable the
86	80	firewall.
87	81
88		```sh
	82	#+begin_src sh
89	83	sudo ufw enable
90		```
	84	#+end_src
91	85
92	86	A restart may be required for the firewall to begin operating.
93	87
94		```sh
	88	#+begin_src sh
95	89	sudo reboot now
96		```
97
98		## Checking Status
	90	#+end_src
99	91
	92	* Checking Status
100	93	Now that the firewall is enabled, let's check and see what the rules
101	94	look like.
102	95
103		```sh
	96	#+begin_src sh
104	97	sudo ufw status numbered
105		```
	98	#+end_src
106	99
107		```txt
	100	#+begin_src txt
108	101	Status: active
109	102
110	103	To Action From
111	104	-- ------ ----
112	105	[ 1] 22 ALLOW IN Anywhere
113	106	[ 2] 22 (v6) ALLOW IN Anywhere (v6)
114		```
115
116		## Deleting Rules
	107	#+end_src
117	108
	109	* Deleting Rules
118	110	If you need to delete a rule, you need to know the number associated
119	111	with that rule. Let's delete the first rule in the table above. You'll
120	112	be asked to confirm the deletion as part of this process.
121	113
122		```sh
	114	#+begin_src sh
123	115	sudo ufw delete 1
124		```
125
126		## Managing App Rules
	116	#+end_src
127	117
	118	* Managing App Rules
128	119	Luckily, there's a convenient way for installed applications to create
129		files that ufw can easily implement so that you don't have to search
130		and find which ports your application requires. To see if your device
131		has any applications with pre-installed ufw rules, execute the following
	120	files that ufw can easily implement so that you don't have to search and
	121	find which ports your application requires. To see if your device has
	122	any applications with pre-installed ufw rules, execute the following
132	123	command:
133	124
134		```sh
	125	#+begin_src sh
135	126	sudo ufw app list
136		```
	127	#+end_src
137	128
138	129	The results should look something like this:
139	130
140		```txt
	131	#+begin_src txt
141	132	Available applications:
142	133	OpenSSH
143	134	Samba
144	135	plexmediaserver
145	136	plexmediaserver-all
146	137	plexmediaserver-dlna
147		```
	138	#+end_src
148	139
149	140	If you want to get more information on a specific app rule, use the
150		`info` command.
	141	=info= command.
151	142
152		```sh
	143	#+begin_src sh
153	144	sudo ufw app info plexmediaserver-dlna
154		```
	145	#+end_src
155	146
156	147	You'll get a blurb of info back like this:
157	148
158		```txt
	149	#+begin_src txt
159	150	Profile: plexmediaserver-dlna
160	151	Title: Plex Media Server (DLNA)
161	152	Description: The Plex Media Server (additional DLNA capability only)
		@@ -163,29 +154,28 @@ Description: The Plex Media Server (additional DLNA capability only)
163	154	Ports:
164	155	1900/udp
165	156	32469/tcp
166		```
	157	#+end_src
167	158
168	159	You can add or delete app rules the same way that you'd add or delete
169	160	specific port rules.
170	161
171		```sh
	162	#+begin_src sh
172	163	sudo ufw allow plexmediaserver-dlna
173		```
	164	#+end_src
174	165
175		```sh
	166	#+begin_src sh
176	167	sudo ufw delete RULE\|NUM
177		```
178
179		## Creating App Rules
	168	#+end_src
180	169
	170	* Creating App Rules
181	171	If you'd like to create you own app rule, you'll need to create a file
182		in the `/etc/ufw/applications.d` directory. Within the file
183		you create, you need to make sure the content is properly formatted.
	172	in the =/etc/ufw/applications.d= directory. Within the file you create,
	173	you need to make sure the content is properly formatted.
184	174
185		For example, here are the contents my `plexmediaserver` file,
186		which creates three distinct app rules for ufw:
	175	For example, here are the contents my =plexmediaserver= file, which
	176	creates three distinct app rules for ufw:
187	177
188		```config
	178	#+begin_src config
189	179	[plexmediaserver]
190	180	title=Plex Media Server (Standard)
191	181	description=The Plex Media Server
		@@ -200,24 +190,24 @@ ports=1900/udp\|32469/tcp
200	190	title=Plex Media Server (Standard + DLNA)
201	191	description=The Plex Media Server (with additional DLNA capability)
202	192	ports=32400/tcp\|3005/tcp\|5353/udp\|8324/tcp\|32410:32414/udp\|1900/udp\|32469/tcp
203		```
	193	#+end_src
204	194
205		So, if I wanted to create a custom app rule called "mycustomrule,"
206		I'd create a file and add my content like this:
	195	So, if I wanted to create a custom app rule called "mycustomrule," I'd
	196	create a file and add my content like this:
207	197
208		```sh
	198	#+begin_src sh
209	199	sudo nano /etc/ufw/applications.d/mycustomrule
210		```
	200	#+end_src
211	201
212		```config
	202	#+begin_src config
213	203	[mycustomrule]
214	204	title=My Custom Rule
215	205	description=This is a temporary ufw app rule.
216	206	ports=88/tcp\|9100/udp
217		```
	207	#+end_src
218	208
219	209	Then, I would just enable this rule in ufw.
220	210
221		```sh
	211	#+begin_src sh
222	212	sudo ufw allow mycustomrule
223		```
	213	#+end_src

blog/unifi-ip-blocklist/index.org added +82

		@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
	1	#+title: Block IP Addresses and Subnets with Unifi Network Firewall
	2	#+date: 2023-06-18
	3	#+description: Learn how to use the Unifi Network Firewall to block IP addresses and subnets.
	4	#+filetags: :network:
	5
	6	* Identifying Abusive IPs
	7	If you're like me and use Unifi network equipment at the edge of the
	8	network you manage, you may know that Unifi is only somewhat decent at
	9	identifying and blocking IPs that represent abusive or threat actors.
	10
	11	While Unifi has a
	12	[[https://help.ui.com/hc/en-us/articles/360006893234-UniFi-Gateway-Threat-Management][threat
	13	management]] tool inside their Network application, it can be lacking in
	14	functionality and identification. For example, I have my UDM Pro set to
	15	identify and block almost all categories of threats available within the
	16	Unifi settings. However, I regularly identify abusive actors on my web
	17	server via the server logs.
	18
	19	In addition, I have identified IP addresses and subnets directly within
	20	Unifi's logs that the UDM did not block for whatever reason.
	21
	22	This guide is meant to be another step in the process to manually block
	23	abusive IP addresses or subnets that you have identified but are not
	24	being automatically blocked yet.
	25
	26	* Create an IP Group Profile
	27	To start, login to the Unifi machine's web GUI and navigate to the
	28	Network app > Settings > Profiles.
	29
	30	Within this page, choose the =IP Groups= tab and click =Create New=.
	31
	32	#+caption: Network Profiles
	33	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230618-unifi-ip-blocklist/unifi_profiles.png]]
	34
	35	Each IP Group profile can be used as one of three options:
	36
	37	1. Port Group
	38	2. IPv4 Address/Subnet
	39	3. IPv6 Address/Subnet
	40
	41	In this example, I'm creating an IPv4 Address/Subnet group and adding a
	42	few different IP addresses and a subnet. Once you've added all IP
	43	addresses and subnets, click the =Apply= button that should appear at
	44	the bottom.
	45
	46	#+caption: Network Profile IPs
	47	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230618-unifi-ip-blocklist/abusive_ips.png]]
	48
	49	At this point, the IPv4 Address/Subnet has been created but not yet
	50	used.
	51
	52	* Drop IP Group Profile via the Unifi Firewall
	53	To instruct the Unifi machine to block the profile we just created, we
	54	need to navigate to the Network app > Settings > Firewall & Security.
	55
	56	Within this screen, find the Firewall Rules table and click
	57	=Create Entry=. This entry should contain the following settings:
	58
	59	- Type: =Internet In=
	60	- Description: =<Your Custom Rule>=
	61	- Rule Applied: =Before Predefined Rules=
	62	- Action: =Drop=
	63	- Source Type: =Port/IP Group=
	64	- IPv4 Address Group: =<Name of the Group Profile You Created Above>=
	65
	66	Customize the remaining configurations to your liking, and then save and
	67	enable the firewall rule.
	68
	69	#+caption: Firewall Rule
	70	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230618-unifi-ip-blocklist/firewall_drop_rule.png]]
	71
	72	Once enabled, the Unifi machine will be able to drop all incoming
	73	connections from the defined IP addresses and subnets within the created
	74	profile.
	75
	76	#+begin_quote
	77	As a personal aside to this topic, I'm looking for a convenient way to
	78	update the firewall rules or profiles remotely (within the LAN) from the
	79	web server to accelerate this process. If you have an idea on how to
	80	automatically update Unifi IP groups or firewall rules, let me know!
	81
	82	#+end_quote

content/blog/2023-12-03-unifi-nextdns.md → blog/unifi-nextdns/index.org renamed +58 −68

		@@ -1,72 +1,64 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-12-03
3		title = "How to Install NextDNS on the Unifi Dream Machine"
4		description = "A guide to properly install the NextDNS client on the UDM Pro."
5		+++
6
7		# Overview
	1	#+title: How to Install NextDNS on the Unifi Dream Machine
	2	#+date: 2023-12-03
	3	#+description: A guide to properly install the NextDNS client on the UDM Pro.
	4	#+filetags: :network:
8	5
	6	* Overview
9	7	I recently installed NextDNS on my Unifi Dream Machine router using the
10		[UnifiOS](https://github.com/nextdns/nextdns/wiki/UnifiOS) wiki page on
11		NextDNS's GitHub repository.
	8	[[https://github.com/nextdns/nextdns/wiki/UnifiOS][UnifiOS]] wiki page
	9	on NextDNS's GitHub repository.
12	10
13	11	As a result of this, I wanted to write down the process in case the wiki
14	12	or installer ever gets lost.
15	13
16		# Wiki
17
	14	* Wiki
18	15	The following is copied from the wiki page linked above, with one
19		difference in the `ssh` command.
	16	difference in the =ssh= command.
20	17
21	18	Install instructions for Unifi Dream Machine (UDM) standard and pro
22	19	routers.
23	20
24		## Install
25
	21	** Install
26	22	Enable SSH:
27	23
28		- Go to your unifi admin interface and select your device (not the
29		controller settings, but the Dream Machine settings)
30		- Click on "Settings" at the bottom of the page
31		- Go to the "Advanced" section on the left pan
32		- Enable SSH
33		- Set a SSH password
	24	- Go to your unifi admin interface and select your device (not the
	25	controller settings, but the Dream Machine settings)
	26	- Click on "Settings" at the bottom of the page
	27	- Go to the "Advanced" section on the left pan
	28	- Enable SSH
	29	- Set a SSH password
34	30
35		Connect to your router using `ssh root@xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx` with
36		the password you configured.
	31	Connect to your router using =ssh root@xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx= with the
	32	password you configured.
37	33
38	34	Run the following command and follow the instructions:
39	35
40		```sh
	36	#+begin_src sh
41	37	sh -c 'sh -c "$(curl -sL https://nextdns.io/install)"'
42		```
	38	#+end_src
43	39
44	40	Note: Queries from the UDM itself won't be routed to NextDNS nor
45	41	encrypted due to current system limitation. All traffic from other
46	42	devices on then network will.
47	43
48		## Upgrade
49
	44	** Upgrade
50	45	To upgrade to the last version, simply re-run the installer above. If a
51	46	new version is available, the upgrade action will added to the list of
52	47	possible actions.
53	48
54		## Uninstall
55
	49	** Uninstall
56	50	To uninstall, re-run the installer above and select "Remove" in the
57	51	menu.
58	52
59		## Troubleshooting
60
	53	** Troubleshooting
61	54	If the installation fail, please the installer in debug mode and contact
62	55	us at team@nextdns.io with the transcript of the installation:
63	56
64		```sh
	57	#+begin_src sh
65	58	sh -c 'DEBUG=1 sh -c "$(curl -sL https://nextdns.io/install)"'
66		```
67
68		### Content Filtering Conflict
	59	#+end_src
69	60
	61	*** Content Filtering Conflict
70	62	NextDNS CLI and the UDM Content Filtering or the Ad Blocking features
71	63	are incompatible. If you want to use NextDNS CLI, please make sure they
72	64	are disabled.
		@@ -77,28 +69,26 @@ network, set the Content Filtering feature to None
77	69	To disable Ad Blocking, go to Settings > Application Firewall. In the
78	70	General tab, uncheck the Ad Blocking checkbox.
79	71
80		### APT Error
81
	72	*** APT Error
82	73	If you get an apt error as follow:
83	74
84		```sh
	75	#+begin_src sh
85	76	E: Failed to fetch http://security.debian.org/dists/stretch/updates/main/binary-arm64/Packages 404 Not Found [IP: 151.101.70.132 80]
86		```
	77	#+end_src
87	78
88	79	You may try to following:
89	80
90		```sh
	81	#+begin_src sh
91	82	sed -i -e 's/deb.debian.org/archive.debian.org/g' \
92	83	-e 's\|security.debian.org\|archive.debian.org/\|g' \
93	84	-e '/stretch-updates/d' /etc/apt/sources.list
94		```
95
96		# install.sh
	85	#+end_src
97	86
98		Here are the contents of the `install.sh` file used above, as
99		of 2023-12-03:
	87	** install.sh
	88	Here are the contents of the =install.sh= file used above, as of
	89	2023-12-03:
100	90
101		```sh
	91	#+begin_src sh
102	92	#!/bin/sh
103	93
104	94	main() {
		@@ -323,13 +313,13 @@ install_bin() {
323	313	fi
324	314	log_debug "Installing $INSTALL_RELEASE binary for $GOOS/$GOARCH to $bin_path"
325	315	case "$INSTALL_RELEASE" in
326		/)
	316	,/)
327	317	# Snapshot
328	318	branch=${INSTALL_RELEASE%/*}
329	319	hash=${INSTALL_RELEASE#*/}
330	320	url="https://snapshot.nextdns.io/${branch}/nextdns-${hash}_${GOOS}_${GOARCH}.tar.gz"
331	321	;;
332		*)
	322	,*)
333	323	url="https://github.com/nextdns/nextdns/releases/download/v${INSTALL_RELEASE}/nextdns_${INSTALL_RELEASE}_${GOOS}_${GOARCH}.tar.gz"
334	324	;;
335	325	esac
		@@ -631,12 +621,12 @@ install_type() {
631	621	echo "$FORCE_INSTALL_TYPE"; return 0
632	622	fi
633	623	case "$INSTALL_RELEASE" in
634		/)
	624	,/)
635	625	case $OS in
636	626	ubios)
637	627	echo "ubios_snapshot"; return 0
638	628	;;
639		*)
	629	,*)
640	630	# Snapshot mode always use binary install
641	631	echo "bin"; return 0
642	632	;;
		@@ -664,7 +654,7 @@ install_type() {
664	654	. /etc/os-release
665	655	major=$(echo "$VERSION_ID" \| cut -d. -f1)
666	656	case $major in
667		[!0-9])
	657	,[!0-9])
668	658	if [ "$VERSION_ID" = "19.07.0-rc1" ]; then
669	659	# No opkg support before 19.07.0-rc2
670	660	echo "bin"
		@@ -673,7 +663,7 @@ install_type() {
673	663	echo "openwrt"
674	664	fi
675	665	;;
676		*)
	666	,*)
677	667	if [ "$major" -lt 19 ]; then
678	668	# No opkg support before 19.07.0-rc2
679	669	echo "bin"
		@@ -719,7 +709,7 @@ install_type() {
719	709	# TODO: pkg for xbps
720	710	echo "bin"
721	711	;;
722		*)
	712	,*)
723	713	log_error "Unsupported installation for $(detect_os)"
724	714	return 1
725	715	;;
		@@ -871,7 +861,7 @@ ask_bool() {
871	861	false)
872	862	msg="$msg [y\|N]: "
873	863	;;
874		*)
	864	,*)
875	865	msg="$msg (y/n): "
876	866	esac
877	867	while true; do
		@@ -889,7 +879,7 @@ ask_bool() {
889	879	echo "false"
890	880	return 0
891	881	;;
892		*)
	882	,*)
893	883	echo "Invalid input, use yes or no"
894	884	;;
895	885	esac
		@@ -901,12 +891,12 @@ detect_endiannes() {
901	891	# Some firmwares do not contain hexdump, for those, try to detect endianness
902	892	# differently.
903	893	case $(cat /proc/cpuinfo) in
904		BCM5300)
	894	,BCM5300)
905	895	# RT-AC66U does not support Merlin version over 380.70 which
906	896	# lacks hexdump command.
907	897	echo "le"
908	898	;;
909		*)
	899	,*)
910	900	log_error "Cannot determine endianness"
911	901	return 1
912	902	;;
		@@ -937,10 +927,10 @@ detect_goarch() {
937	927	arm)
938	928	# FreeBSD does not include arm version
939	929	case "$(sysctl -b hw.model 2>/dev/null)" in
940		A9)
	930	,A9)
941	931	echo "armv7"
942	932	;;
943		*)
	933	,*)
944	934	# Unknown version, fallback to the lowest
945	935	echo "armv5"
946	936	;;
		@@ -964,7 +954,7 @@ detect_goarch() {
964	954	# "out of memory allocating heap arena metadata".
965	955	echo "armv7"
966	956	;;
967		*)
	957	,*)
968	958	echo "arm64"
969	959	;;
970	960	esac
		@@ -976,7 +966,7 @@ detect_goarch() {
976	966	# TODO: detect hardfloat
977	967	echo "$(uname -m)$(detect_endiannes)_softfloat"
978	968	;;
979		*)
	969	,*)
980	970	log_error "Unsupported GOARCH: $(uname -m)"
981	971	return 1
982	972	;;
		@@ -1003,7 +993,7 @@ detect_goos() {
1003	993	OpenBSD)
1004	994	echo "openbsd"
1005	995	;;
1006		*)
	996	,*)
1007	997	log_error "Unsupported GOOS: $(uname -s)"
1008	998	return 1
1009	999	esac
		@@ -1080,7 +1070,7 @@ detect_os() {
1080	1070	OpenBSD)
1081	1071	echo "openbsd"; return 0
1082	1072	;;
1083		*)
	1073	,*)
1084	1074	esac
1085	1075	log_error "Unsupported OS: $(uname -o) $(grep ID "/etc/os-release" 2>/dev/null \| xargs)"
1086	1076	return 1
		@@ -1099,7 +1089,7 @@ guess_host_type() {
1099	1089	darwin\|steamos)
1100	1090	echo "workstation"
1101	1091	;;
1102		*)
	1092	,*)
1103	1093	echo "unsure"
1104	1094	;;
1105	1095	esac
		@@ -1158,7 +1148,7 @@ bin_location() {
1158	1148	steamos)
1159	1149	echo "$HOME/.local/bin/nextdns"
1160	1150	;;
1161		*)
	1151	,*)
1162	1152	log_error "Unknown bin location for $OS"
1163	1153	;;
1164	1154	esac
		@@ -1166,12 +1156,12 @@ bin_location() {
1166	1156
1167	1157	is_version_current() {
1168	1158	case "$INSTALL_RELEASE" in
1169		/)
	1159	,/)
1170	1160	# Snapshot
1171	1161	hash=${INSTALL_RELEASE#*/}
1172	1162	test "0.0.0-$hash" = "$CURRENT_RELEASE"
1173	1163	;;
1174		*)
	1164	,*)
1175	1165	test "$INSTALL_RELEASE" = "$CURRENT_RELEASE"
1176	1166	;;
1177	1167	esac
		@@ -1196,7 +1186,7 @@ get_release() {
1196	1186	curl) cmd="curl -A curl -s" ;;
1197	1187	wget) cmd="wget -qO- -U curl" ;;
1198	1188	openssl) cmd="openssl_get" ;;
1199		*)
	1189	,*)
1200	1190	log_error "Cannot retrieve latest version"
1201	1191	return
1202	1192	;;
		@@ -1248,4 +1238,4 @@ openssl_get() {
1248	1238
1249	1239	umask 0022
1250	1240	main
1251		```
	1241	#+end_src

content/blog/2019-01-07-useful-css.md → blog/useful-css/index.org renamed +64 −74

		@@ -1,12 +1,10 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2019-01-07
3		title = "Useful CSS Snippets"
4		description = "Explore some useful CSS snippets."
5		+++
	1	#+title: Useful CSS Snippets
	2	#+date: 2019-01-07
	3	#+description: Explore some useful CSS snippets.
	4	#+filetags: :dev:
6	5
7		# Introduction to CSS
8
9		[CSS](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CSS), the language used to markup
	6	* Introduction to CSS
	7	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CSS][CSS]], the language used to markup
10	8	HTML code and make it "pretty", is one of the most effective ways to
11	9	increase the attractiveness of a website. It can also lead to increased
12	10	user engagement, retention, and satisfaction. In fact, there are whole
		@@ -15,12 +13,11 @@ known as UI design and UX design.
15	13
16	14	Some web developers are used to the common CSS properties, such as
17	15	element sizing, fonts, colors, etc., but are not as well versed in
18		less-used properties and values such as `flexbox`,
19		`clip-path`, and `transform`. This article will
20		provide some insight into the less-used and unique CSS properties.
21
22		# CSS Variables
	16	less-used properties and values such as =flexbox=, =clip-path=, and
	17	=transform=. This article will provide some insight into the less-used
	18	and unique CSS properties.
23	19
	20	* CSS Variables
24	21	The first topic today is CSS variables. Variables are not often used by
25	22	smaller developers. CSS variables allow you to give your website a
26	23	well-defined structure, where you can easily reuse CSS properties
		@@ -29,15 +26,14 @@ throughout the project.
29	26	You can use variables to define things, such as color palettes. Then,
30	27	you can use these colors for backgrounds anywhere else in the HTML. This
31	28	could be extended, where extra variables could be defined for
32		`primary-text`, `quoted-text`, etc. Variables can
33		also be used to define spacing (e.g. `32px` or
34		`2rem`), which can then be applied to margins, padding, font
35		sizes, and more.
	29	=primary-text=, =quoted-text=, etc. Variables can also be used to define
	30	spacing (e.g. =32px= or =2rem=), which can then be applied to margins,
	31	padding, font sizes, and more.
36	32
37	33	For example, here are some variables defined at the root of the website,
38	34	which allows for any subsequent CSS rules to use those variables:
39	35
40		```css
	36	#+begin_src css
41	37	:root {
42	38	--primary-color: black;
43	39	--secondary-color: white;
		@@ -47,39 +43,38 @@ body {
47	43	background-color: var(--primary-color);
48	44	color: var(--secondary-color);
49	45	}
50		```
51
52		# CSS Box Shadows
	46	#+end_src
53	47
	48	* CSS Box Shadows
54	49	Box shadows were once my mortal enemy. No matter how hard I tried, I
55	50	just couldn't get them to work how I wanted. Because of this, my
56		favorite discovery has been CSSMatic's [box shadow
57		generator](https://www.cssmatic.com/box-shadow). It provides an
58		excellent tool to generate box shadows using their simple sliders.
59		Surprisingly, this is the reason I learned how box shadows work! You can
60		use the sliders and watch how the CSS code changes in the image that is
61		displayed. Through this, you should understand that the basic structure
62		for box shadows is:
63
64		```css
	51	favorite discovery has been CSSMatic's
	52	[[https://www.cssmatic.com/box-shadow][box shadow generator]]. It
	53	provides an excellent tool to generate box shadows using their simple
	54	sliders. Surprisingly, this is the reason I learned how box shadows
	55	work! You can use the sliders and watch how the CSS code changes in the
	56	image that is displayed. Through this, you should understand that the
	57	basic structure for box shadows is:
	58
	59	#+begin_src css
65	60	box-shadow: inset horizontal vertical blur spread color;
66		```
	61	#+end_src
67	62
68	63	Now, let's look at some basic examples! You can copy and paste the
69	64	following code into a site like CodePen or your own HTML files. Feel
70	65	free to play around with the code, experiment, and learn.
71	66
72		**Box Shadow #1**
	67	Box Shadow #1
73	68
74		```html
	69	#+begin_src html
75	70	<div class="shadow-examples">
76	71	<div class="box effect1">
77	72	<h3>Effect 1</h3>
78	73	</div>
79	74	</div>
80		```
	75	#+end_src
81	76
82		```css
	77	#+begin_src css
83	78	.box h3 {
84	79	text-align: center;
85	80	position: relative;
		@@ -94,19 +89,19 @@ free to play around with the code, experiment, and learn.
94	89	.effect1 {
95	90	box-shadow: 0 10px 6px -6px #777;
96	91	}
97		```
	92	#+end_src
98	93
99		**Box Shadow #2**
	94	Box Shadow #2
100	95
101		```html
	96	#+begin_src html
102	97	<div class="shadow-examples">
103	98	<div class="box effect2">
104	99	<h3>Effect 2</h3>
105	100	</div>
106	101	</div>
107		```
	102	#+end_src
108	103
109		```css
	104	#+begin_src css
110	105	.box h3 {
111	106	text-align: center;
112	107	position: relative;
		@@ -121,28 +116,27 @@ free to play around with the code, experiment, and learn.
121	116	.effect2 {
122	117	box-shadow: 10px 10px 5px -5px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.75);
123	118	}
124		```
	119	#+end_src
125	120
126	121	Try these box shadows out on your own and see how changing each shadow
127	122	value works.
128	123
129		# CSS Flexbox
130
	124	* CSS Flexbox
131	125	Now, let's move on to the best part of this article: flexbox. The
132	126	flexbox is by far my favorite new toy. I originally stumbled across this
133	127	solution after looking for more efficient ways of centering content
134	128	horizontally AND vertically. I had used a few hack-ish methods before,
135	129	but flexbox throws those out the window. The best part of it all is that
136		flexbox is dead simple.
	130	flexbox is /dead simple/.
137	131
138	132	Flexbox pertains to the parent div of any element. You want the parent
139	133	to be the flexbox in which items are arranged to use the flex methods.
140	134	It's easier to see this in action that explained, so let's see an
141	135	example.
142	136
143		**Flexbox**
	137	Flexbox
144	138
145		```html
	139	#+begin_src html
146	140	<div class="flex-examples">
147	141	<div class="sm-box">
148	142	<h3>1</h3>
		@@ -151,9 +145,9 @@ example.
151	145	<h3>2</h3>
152	146	</div>
153	147	</div>
154		```
	148	#+end_src
155	149
156		```css
	150	#+begin_src css
157	151	.flex-examples {
158	152	display: flex;
159	153	flex-wrap: wrap;
		@@ -171,29 +165,25 @@ example.
171	165	background: #fff;
172	166	margin: 40px 10px;
173	167	}
174		```
175
176		You may notice that we no longer need to use the `top`
177		property for the `h3` elements in our code. This is because
178		we set the display box to be a flex container for the small boxes, AND
179		we made the small boxes flex containers for their elements (the h3
180		tags). Flex boxes can be nested like this to center content that is
181		inside centered content.
182
183		For the example above, we designated the `justify-content`
184		property to be `flex-start` so that the boxes stack from the
185		left side of the screen. This property can be changed to
186		`center` to make the boxes appear in the center of the
187		screen.
188
189		For an interactive example, [check out this
190		CodePen](https://codepen.io/LandonSchropp/pen/KpzzGo) from
191		[LandonScropp](https://codepen.io/LandonSchropp/). Resize the window
192		with dice to see how they collapse and re-align.
193
194		# Even More CSS
195
196		For more inspiration, you can visit [CodePen](https://www.codepen.io),
197		[Dribbble](https://dribbble.com), or [UI
198		Movement](https://uimovement.com) to browse the collections of many
199		amazing web designers.
	168	#+end_src
	169
	170	You may notice that we no longer need to use the =top= property for the
	171	=h3= elements in our code. This is because we set the display box to be
	172	a flex container for the small boxes, AND we made the small boxes flex
	173	containers for their elements (the h3 tags). Flex boxes can be nested
	174	like this to center content that is inside centered content.
	175
	176	For the example above, we designated the =justify-content= property to
	177	be =flex-start= so that the boxes stack from the left side of the
	178	screen. This property can be changed to =center= to make the boxes
	179	appear in the center of the screen.
	180
	181	For an interactive example,
	182	[[https://codepen.io/LandonSchropp/pen/KpzzGo][check out this CodePen]]
	183	from [[https://codepen.io/LandonSchropp/][LandonScropp]]. Resize the
	184	window with dice to see how they collapse and re-align.
	185
	186	* Even More CSS
	187	For more inspiration, you can visit [[https://www.codepen.io][CodePen]],
	188	[[https://dribbble.com][Dribbble]], or [[https://uimovement.com][UI
	189	Movement]] to browse the collections of many amazing web designers.

content/blog/2021-03-28-vaporwave-vs-outrun.md → blog/vaporwave-vs-outrun/index.org renamed +51 −57

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2021-03-28
3		title = "Vaporwave vs Outrun"
4		description = "Learn the differences between the vaporwave and Outrun aesthetics."
5		+++
6
7		## Overview
	1	#+title: Vaporwave vs Outrun
	2	#+date: 2021-03-28
	3	#+description: Learn the differences between the vaporwave and Outrun aesthetics.
	4	#+filetags: :personal:
8	5
	6	* Overview
9	7	When it comes to an aesthetic that originated primarily online, there
10	8	tends to be a lot of confusion around what falls into each specific
11	9	genre. This post discusses Vaporwave and Outrun, which have become
		@@ -13,58 +11,58 @@ almost synonymous in the minds of those online who aren't hardcore into
13	11	these genres of media. More specifically, Outrun is largely an unknown
14	12	term while all aesthetics in these two genres are usually attributed to
15	13	Vaporwave. For example, take a look at the image search results for
16		Vaporwave: the results include a lot of Outrun-themed images.
17		You'll find a similar trend almost everywhere.
18
19		![Vaporwave Search Results](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210328-vaporwave-vs-outrun/vaporwave-search-results.png)
	14	Vaporwave: the results include a lot* of Outrun-themed images. You'll
	15	find a similar trend almost everywhere.
20	16
21		## Vaporwave
	17	#+caption: Vaporwave Search Results
	18	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210328-vaporwave-vs-outrun/vaporwave-search-results.png]]
22	19
23		![Macintosh Plus Album Cover](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210328-vaporwave-vs-outrun/macintosh-plus.png)
	20	* Vaporwave
	21	#+caption: Macintosh Plus Album Cover
	22	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210328-vaporwave-vs-outrun/macintosh-plus.png]]
24	23
25	24	Okay, so what is Vaporwave? I'm going to just copy-and-paste some
26	25	general info from the Wikipedia article on
27		[Vaporwave](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vaporwave), so that I'm not
	26	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vaporwave][Vaporwave]], so that I'm not
28	27	repeating everything you can already search for online:
29	28
30		> Vaporwave is a microgenre of electronic music, a visual art style, and
31		> an Internet meme that emerged in the early 2010s. It is defined partly
32		> by its slowed-down, chopped and screwed samples of smooth jazz,
33		> elevator, R&B, and lounge music from the 1980s and 1990s. The
34		> surrounding subculture is sometimes associated with an ambiguous or
35		> satirical take on consumer capitalism and pop culture, and tends to be
36		> characterized by a nostalgic or surrealist engagement with the popular
37		> entertainment, technology and advertising of previous decades.
38		> Visually, it incorporates early Internet imagery, late 1990s web
39		> design, glitch art, anime, 3D-rendered objects, and cyberpunk tropes
40		> in its cover artwork and music videos.
	29	#+begin_quote
	30	Vaporwave is a microgenre of electronic music, a visual art style, and
	31	an Internet meme that emerged in the early 2010s. It is defined partly
	32	by its slowed-down, chopped and screwed samples of smooth jazz,
	33	elevator, R&B, and lounge music from the 1980s and 1990s. The
	34	surrounding subculture is sometimes associated with an ambiguous or
	35	satirical take on consumer capitalism and pop culture, and tends to be
	36	characterized by a nostalgic or surrealist engagement with the popular
	37	entertainment, technology and advertising of previous decades. Visually,
	38	it incorporates early Internet imagery, late 1990s web design, glitch
	39	art, anime, 3D-rendered objects, and cyberpunk tropes in its cover
	40	artwork and music videos.
	41	#+end_quote
41	42
42	43	This is an excellent summary, and it helps address my point here: there
43	44	are specific aspects that make Vaporwave unique:
44	45
45		### Time Frame
46
	46	** Time Frame
47	47	The time frame for references, logos, etc. focuses mostly on the 1990s
48	48	in Vaporwave. You'll see old school Pepsi logos, Microsoft 95 screens,
49	49	tropical plants, classic marble sculptures, and many references from
50	50	Japan's influence in the 90s.
51	51
52		### Art
53
	52	** Art
54	53	The color scheme is generally a soft, light palette that uses pastel
55	54	colors. The backdrop will often be in a light-pink or teal blue.
56	55
57		### Music
58
	56	** Music
59	57	The musical genre of Vaporwave incorporates soft tunes, lounge music,
60	58	and sound effects that will make the listener reminisce of the 90s. The
61	59	sounds of the genre are generally slower-paced and calming. The major
62		breakthrough artist for Vaporwave was [Macintosh
63		Plus](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vektroid), who released the album
64		[Floral
65		Shoppe](https://archive.org/details/MACINTOSHPLUS-FLORALSHOPPE_complete)
66		in 2011. Another more recent example is the artist
67		[sadbert](https://sadbert.bandcamp.com/), whose latest album
	60	breakthrough artist for Vaporwave was
	61	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vektroid][Macintosh Plus]], who released
	62	the album
	63	[[https://archive.org/details/MACINTOSHPLUS-FLORALSHOPPE_complete][Floral
	64	Shoppe]] in 2011. Another more recent example is the artist
	65	[[https://sadbert.bandcamp.com/][sadbert]], whose latest album
68	66	incorporates the upbeat tones of the 1999 Dilbert TV series.
69	67
70	68	Notice that Vaporwave doesn't include things like racing cars,
		@@ -74,23 +72,21 @@ was becoming common in households, a reality that we have already
74	72	experienced. Focus on the most aesthetically-pleasing parts of that past
75	73	is a large part of Vaporwave.
76	74
77		## Outrun
78
79		![Outrun](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210328-vaporwave-vs-outrun/outrun.png)
	75	* Outrun
	76	#+caption: Outrun
	77	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210328-vaporwave-vs-outrun/outrun.png]]
80	78
81	79	Now, let's get to Outrun. This one is a little trickier since the genre
82	80	has largely been lumped under the Vaporwave title for so long. However,
83		it stems from the [Synthwave](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Synthwave)
84		music genre and is likely named after the 1986 racer game, [Out
85		Run](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Out_Run).
86
87		### Time Frame
	81	it stems from the [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Synthwave][Synthwave]]
	82	music genre and is likely named after the 1986 racer game,
	83	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Out_Run][Out Run]].
88	84
	85	** Time Frame
89	86	Outrun can be thought of as a retro-futuristic aesthetic born from the
90	87	1980s.
91	88
92		### Art
93
	89	** Art
94	90	The color scheme uses a very dark color palette with the main colors
95	91	being deep oranges, blues, and purples. Red edges are common around
96	92	objects in Outrun art. The background of the Outrun aesthetic is almost
		@@ -101,8 +97,7 @@ Classic sports cars, chrome robots, computer generated graphics and
101	97	fonts, and the occasional use of rain or palm trees can be found in
102	98	Outrun art.
103	99
104		### Music
105
	100	** Music
106	101	This aesthetic has a more aggressive and fast-paced style of music,
107	102	which tends to match the subject of the art in this aesthetic.
108	103
		@@ -110,20 +105,19 @@ Outrun enthusiasts love what people in the 1980s thought the future
110	105	would look like. Take a look at a common video game discussed in Outrun
111	106	circles, Far Cry 3: Blood Dragon:
112	107
113		![Fry Cry 3: Blood
114		Dragon](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210328-vaporwave-vs-outrun/far-cry.png)
	108	#+caption: Fry Cry 3: Blood Dragon
	109	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210328-vaporwave-vs-outrun/far-cry.png]]
115	110
116	111	Another example that doesn't force the color scheme as hard as some
117	112	online art does is Kung Fury:
118	113
119		![Kung
120		Fury](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210328-vaporwave-vs-outrun/kung-fury.png)
121
122		![Kung Fury Hacker
123		Scene](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210328-vaporwave-vs-outrun/kung-fury-hacker.png)
	114	#+caption: Kung Fury
	115	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210328-vaporwave-vs-outrun/kung-fury.png]]
124	116
125		## Conclusion
	117	#+caption: Kung Fury Hacker Scene
	118	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20210328-vaporwave-vs-outrun/kung-fury-hacker.png]]
126	119
	120	* Conclusion
127	121	While Vaporwave and Outrun share similarities, they are two distinct
128	122	aesthetics with many important distinctions. Someone who enjoys one may
129	123	not necessarily enjoy the other, so it's important to make sure we

content/blog/2020-07-20-video-game-sales.md → blog/video-game-sales/index.org renamed +62 −68

		@@ -1,36 +1,33 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2020-07-20
3		title = "Data Exploration: Video Game Sales"
4		description = "Exploring and visualizing data with Python."
5		+++
6
7		# Background Information
	1	#+title: Data Exploration: Video Game Sales
	2	#+date: 2020-07-20
	3	#+description: Exploring and visualizing data with Python.
	4	#+filetags: :data:
8	5
	6	* Background Information
9	7	This dataset (obtained from
10		[Kaggle](https://www.kaggle.com/gregorut/videogamesales/data)) contains
11		a list of video games with sales greater than 100,000 copies. It was
12		generated by a scrape of vgchartz.com.
	8	[[https://www.kaggle.com/gregorut/videogamesales/data][Kaggle]])
	9	contains a list of video games with sales greater than 100,000 copies.
	10	It was generated by a scrape of vgchartz.com.
13	11
14	12	Fields include:
15	13
16		- Rank: Ranking of overall sales
17		- Name: The game name
18		- Platform: Platform of the game release (i.e. PC,PS4, etc.)
19		- Year: Year of the game's release
20		- Genre: Genre of the game
21		- Publisher: Publisher of the game
22		- NA~Sales~: Sales in North America (in millions)
23		- EU~Sales~: Sales in Europe (in millions)
24		- JP~Sales~: Sales in Japan (in millions)
25		- Other~Sales~: Sales in the rest of the world (in millions)
26		- Global~Sales~: Total worldwide sales.
	14	- Rank: Ranking of overall sales
	15	- Name: The game name
	16	- Platform: Platform of the game release (i.e. PC,PS4, etc.)
	17	- Year: Year of the game's release
	18	- Genre: Genre of the game
	19	- Publisher: Publisher of the game
	20	- NA_{Sales}: Sales in North America (in millions)
	21	- EU_{Sales}: Sales in Europe (in millions)
	22	- JP_{Sales}: Sales in Japan (in millions)
	23	- Other_{Sales}: Sales in the rest of the world (in millions)
	24	- Global_{Sales}: Total worldwide sales.
27	25
28	26	There are 16,598 records. 2 records were dropped due to incomplete
29	27	information.
30	28
31		# Import the Data
32
33		```python
	29	* Import the Data
	30	#+begin_src python
34	31	# Import the Python libraries we will be using
35	32	import pandas as pd
36	33	import numpy as np
		@@ -41,55 +38,54 @@ import matplotlib.pyplot as plt
41	38	file = r'video_game_sales.csv'
42	39	df = pd.read_csv(file)
43	40	df
44		```
45
46		![Dataframe
47		Results](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/01_dataframe-min.png)
	41	#+end_src
48	42
49		# Explore the Data
	43	#+caption: Dataframe Results
	44	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/01_dataframe-min.png]]
50	45
51		```python
	46	* Explore the Data
	47	#+begin_src python
52	48	# With the description function, we can see the basic stats. For example, we can also see that the 'Year' column has some incomplete values.
53	49	df.describe()
54		```
	50	#+end_src
55	51
56		![df.describe()](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/02_describe-min.png)
	52	#+caption: df.describe()
	53	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/02_describe-min.png]]
57	54
58		```python
	55	#+begin_src python
59	56	# This function shows the rows and columns of NaN values. For example, df[179,3] = nan
60	57	np.where(pd.isnull(df))
61	58
62	59	(array([179, ..., 16553], dtype=int64),
63	60	array([3, ..., 5], dtype=int64))
64		```
	61	#+end_src
65	62
66		# Visualize the Data
67
68		```python
	63	* Visualize the Data
	64	#+begin_src python
69	65	# This function plots the global sales by platform
70	66	sns.catplot(x='Platform', y='Global_Sales', data=df, jitter=False).set_xticklabels(rotation=90)
71		```
	67	#+end_src
72	68
73		![Plot of Global Sales by
74		Platform](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/03_plot-min.png)
	69	#+caption: Plot of Global Sales by Platform
	70	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/03_plot-min.png]]
75	71
76		```python
	72	#+begin_src python
77	73	# This function plots the global sales by genre
78	74	sns.catplot(x='Genre', y='Global_Sales', data=df, jitter=False).set_xticklabels(rotation=45)
79		```
	75	#+end_src
80	76
81		![Plot of Global Sales by
82		Genre](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/04_plot-min.png)
	77	#+caption: Plot of Global Sales by Genre
	78	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/04_plot-min.png]]
83	79
84		```python
	80	#+begin_src python
85	81	# This function plots the global sales by year
86	82	sns.lmplot(x='Year', y='Global_Sales', data=df).set_xticklabels(rotation=45)
87		```
	83	#+end_src
88	84
89		![Plot of Global Sales by
90		Year](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/05_plot-min.png)
	85	#+caption: Plot of Global Sales by Year
	86	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/05_plot-min.png]]
91	87
92		```python
	88	#+begin_src python
93	89	# This function plots four different lines to show sales from different regions.
94	90	# The global sales plot line is commented-out, but can be included for comparison
95	91	df2 = df.groupby('Year').sum()
		@@ -113,14 +109,13 @@ ax.plot(years, d, label='Other_Sales')
113	109
114	110	ax.legend()
115	111	plt.show()
116		```
117
118		![Plot of Regional Sales by
119		Year](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/06_plot-min.png)
	112	#+end_src
120	113
121		# Investigate Outliers
	114	#+caption: Plot of Regional Sales by Year
	115	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/06_plot-min.png]]
122	116
123		```python
	117	** Investigate Outliers
	118	#+begin_src python
124	119	# Find the game with the highest sales in North America
125	120	df.loc[df['NA_Sales'].idxmax()]
126	121
		@@ -140,30 +135,29 @@ Name: 0, dtype: object
140	135	# Explore statistics in the year 2006 (highest selling year)
141	136	df3 = df[(df['Year'] == 2006)]
142	137	df3.describe()
143		```
	138	#+end_src
144	139
145		![Descriptive Statistics of 2006
146		Sales](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/07_2006_stats-min.png)
	140	#+caption: Descriptive Statistics of 2006 Sales
	141	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/07_2006_stats-min.png]]
147	142
148		```python
	143	#+begin_src python
149	144	# Plot the results of the previous dataframe (games from 2006) - we can see the year's results were largely carried by Wii Sports
150	145	sns.catplot(x="Genre", y="Global_Sales", data=df3, jitter=False).set_xticklabels(rotation=45)
151		```
	146	#+end_src
152	147
153		![Plot of 2006
154		Sales](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/08_plot-min.png)
	148	#+caption: Plot of 2006 Sales
	149	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/08_plot-min.png]]
155	150
156		```python
	151	#+begin_src python
157	152	# We can see 4 outliers in the graph above, so let's get the top 5 games from that dataframe
158	153	# The results below show that Nintendo had all top 5 games (3 on the Wii and 2 on the DS)
159	154	df3.sort_values(by=['Global_Sales'], ascending=False).head(5)
160		```
161
162		![Outliers of 2006
163		Sales](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/09_outliers-min.png)
	155	#+end_src
164	156
165		# Discussion
	157	#+caption: Outliers of 2006 Sales
	158	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200720-data-exploration-video-game-sales/09_outliers-min.png]]
166	159
	160	* Discussion
167	161	The purpose of exploring datasets is to ask questions, answer questions,
168	162	and discover intelligence that can be used to inform decision-making.
169	163	So, what have we found in this dataset?

content/blog/2020-09-01-visual-recognition.md → blog/visual-recognition/index.org renamed +50 −57

		@@ -1,66 +1,62 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2020-09-01
3		title = "IBM Watson Visual Recognition"
4		description = "Exploring and visualizing data with Python."
5		+++
	1	#+title: IBM Watson Visual Recognition
	2	#+date: 2020-09-01
	3	#+description: Exploring and visualizing data with Python.
	4	#+filetags: :dev:
6	5
7		# What is IBM Watson?
8
9		If you've never heard of [Watson](https://www.ibm.com/watson), this
	6	* What is IBM Watson?
	7	If you've never heard of [[https://www.ibm.com/watson][Watson]], this
10	8	service is a suite of enterprise-ready AI services, applications, and
11	9	tooling provided by IBM. Watson contains quite a few useful tools for
12	10	data scientists and students, including the subject of this post today:
13	11	visual recognition.
14	12
15	13	If you'd like to view the official documentation for the Visual
16		Recognition API, visit the [API
17		Docs](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/visual-recognition/visual-recognition-v3?code=python).
18
19		# Prerequisites
	14	Recognition API, visit the
	15	[[https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/visual-recognition/visual-recognition-v3?code=python][API
	16	Docs]].
20	17
	18	* Prerequisites
21	19	To be able to use Watson Visual Recognition, you'll need the following:
22	20
23		1. Create a free account on [IBM Watson
24		Studio](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/watson-studio).
25		2. Add the [Watson Visual
26		Recognition](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/watson-visual-recognition)
27		service to your IBM Watson account.
28		3. Get your API key and URL. To do this, first go to the [profile
29		dashboard](https://dataplatform.cloud.ibm.com/home2?context=cpdaas)
30		for your IBM account and click on the Watson Visual Recognition
31		service you created. This will be listed in the section titled
32		Your services. Then click the Credentials tab and open the
33		Auto-generated credentials dropdown. Copy your API key and URL
34		so that you can use them in the Python script later.
35		4. [Optional] While not required, you can also create the Jupyter
36		Notebook for this project right inside [Watson
37		Studio](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/watson-studio). Watson Studio will
38		save your notebooks inside an organized project and allow you to use
39		their other integrated products, such as storage containers, AI
40		models, documentation, external sharing, etc.
41
42		# Calling the IBM Watson Visual Recognition API
43
	21	1. Create a free account on
	22	[[https://www.ibm.com/cloud/watson-studio][IBM Watson Studio]].
	23	2. Add the [[https://www.ibm.com/cloud/watson-visual-recognition][Watson
	24	Visual Recognition]] service to your IBM Watson account.
	25	3. Get your API key and URL. To do this, first go to the
	26	[[https://dataplatform.cloud.ibm.com/home2?context=cpdaas][profile
	27	dashboard]] for your IBM account and click on the Watson Visual
	28	Recognition service you created. This will be listed in the section
	29	titled Your services. Then click the Credentials* tab and open the
	30	Auto-generated credentials* dropdown. Copy your API key and URL so
	31	that you can use them in the Python script later.
	32	4. [Optional]* While not required, you can also create the Jupyter
	33	Notebook for this project right inside
	34	[[https://www.ibm.com/cloud/watson-studio][Watson Studio]]. Watson
	35	Studio will save your notebooks inside an organized project and allow
	36	you to use their other integrated products, such as storage
	37	containers, AI models, documentation, external sharing, etc.
	38
	39	* Calling the IBM Watson Visual Recognition API
44	40	Okay, now let's get started.
45	41
46	42	To begin, we need to install the proper Python package for IBM Watson.
47	43
48		```sh
	44	#+begin_src sh
49	45	pip install --upgrade --user "ibm-watson>=4.5.0"
50		```
	46	#+end_src
51	47
52	48	Next, we need to specify the API key, version, and URL given to us when
53	49	we created the Watson Visual Recognition service.
54	50
55		```python
	51	#+begin_src python
56	52	apikey = "<your-apikey>"
57	53	version = "2018-03-19"
58	54	url = "<your-url>"
59		```
	55	#+end_src
60	56
61	57	Now, let's import the necessary libraries and authenticate our service.
62	58
63		```python
	59	#+begin_src python
64	60	import json
65	61	from ibm_watson import VisualRecognitionV3
66	62	from ibm_cloud_sdk_core.authenticators import IAMAuthenticator
		@@ -72,20 +68,19 @@ visual_recognition = VisualRecognitionV3(
72	68	)
73	69
74	70	visual_recognition.set_service_url(url)
75		```
	71	#+end_src
76	72
77		[Optional] If you'd like to tell the API not to use any data to
	73	[Optional] If you'd like to tell the API not to use any data to
78	74	improve their products, set the following header.
79	75
80		```python
	76	#+begin_src python
81	77	visual_recognition.set_default_headers({'x-watson-learning-opt-out': "true"})
82		```
	78	#+end_src
83	79
84		Now we have our API all set and ready to go. For this example, I'm
85		going to include a `dict` of photos to load as we test out
86		the API.
	80	Now we have our API all set and ready to go. For this example, I'm going
	81	to include a =dict= of photos to load as we test out the API.
87	82
88		```python
	83	#+begin_src python
89	84	data = [
90	85	{
91	86	"title": "Grizzly Bear",
		@@ -112,7 +107,7 @@ data = [
112	107	"url": "https://example.com/photos/image6.jpg"
113	108	}
114	109	]
115		```
	110	#+end_src
116	111
117	112	Now that we've set up our libraries and have the photos ready, let's
118	113	create a loop to call the API for each image. The code below shows a
		@@ -123,7 +118,7 @@ to the console with dotted lines separating each section.
123	118	In the case of an API error, the codes and explanations are output to
124	119	the console.
125	120
126		```python
	121	#+begin_src python
127	122	from ibm_watson import ApiException
128	123
129	124	for x in range(len(data)):
		@@ -144,10 +139,9 @@ try:
144	139	print("-----------------------------------------------")
145	140	except ApiException as ex:
146	141	print("Method failed with status code " + str(ex.code) + ": " + ex.message)
147		```
148
149		# The Results
	142	#+end_src
150	143
	144	* The Results
151	145	Here we can see the full result set of our function above. If you view
152	146	each of the URLs that we sent to the API, you'll be able to see that it
153	147	was remarkably accurate. To be fair, these are clear high-resolution,
		@@ -160,13 +154,13 @@ instead of attempting to write our own image recognition function. Each
160	154	of the classifications returned was a fair description of the image.
161	155
162	156	If you wanted to restrict the results to those that are at least 90%
163		confident or greater, you would simply adjust the `threshold`
164		in the `visual_recognition.classify()` function.
	157	confident or greater, you would simply adjust the =threshold= in the
	158	=visual_recognition.classify()= function.
165	159
166	160	When your program runs, it should show the output below for each photo
167	161	you provide.
168	162
169		```txt
	163	#+begin_src txt
170	164	----------------------------------------------------------------
171	165	Image Title: Grizzly Bear
172	166	Image URL: https://example.com/photos/image1.jpg
		@@ -179,10 +173,9 @@ animal ( 1 )
179	173	Alaskan brown bear ( 0.759 )
180	174	greenishness color ( 0.975 )
181	175	----------------------------------------------------------------
182		```
183
184		# Discussion
	176	#+end_src
185	177
	178	* Discussion
186	179	Now, this was a very minimal implementation of the API. We simply
187	180	supplied some images and looked to see how accurate the results were.
188	181	However, you could implement this type of API into many machine learning

content/blog/2021-03-30-vps-web-server.md → blog/vps-web-server/index.org renamed +168 −186

		@@ -1,35 +1,34 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2021-03-30
3		title = "How to Set Up a VPS Web Server"
4		description = "A beginner's guide to setting up a virtual private server (VPS)."
5		+++
6
7		## Shared Hosting vs. VPS
	1	#+title: How to Set Up a VPS Web Server
	2	#+date: 2021-03-30
	3	#+description: A beginner's guide to setting up a virtual private server (VPS).
	4	#+filetags: :sysadmin:
8	5
	6	* Shared Hosting vs. VPS
9	7	Choosing a place to host a website is one of the most confusing
10	8	decisions for beginner web developers. Even for experienced web devs,
11	9	choosing between different forms of web hosting can be a daunting
12	10	choice.
13	11
14		First, let's take a look at [shared web
15		hosting](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shared_web_hosting_service).
16		Shared web hosting is a product where you are purchasing a small piece
17		of a web server that is being shared between many websites. As a result,
18		the cost of shared hosting is extremely low. You won't have access to
19		the server itself, which means you can't install your own software on
20		the server, such as Docker. Usually, you are simply allowed to connect
21		your domains to the server, set up domain security, and other small
22		utilities.
23
24		In contrast, a [virtual private
25		server](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Virtual_private_server) (VPS) is a
26		virtual machine that replicates the environment of having a dedicated
27		server to yourself. You are able to control the virtual server's host
28		names, base file system, package manager, etc. Another great upside of a
29		VPS is that since it's virtual, the company providing the VPS can
30		dynamically increase the disk size, RAM size, or number of CPUs at any
31		time. However, the virtual server is still physically located on a
32		server that is shared between multiple virtual servers.
	12	First, let's take a look at
	13	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shared_web_hosting_service][shared web
	14	hosting]]. Shared web hosting is a product where you are purchasing a
	15	small piece of a web server that is being shared between many websites.
	16	As a result, the cost of shared hosting is extremely low. You won't have
	17	access to the server itself, which means you can't install your own
	18	software on the server, such as Docker. Usually, you are simply allowed
	19	to connect your domains to the server, set up domain security, and other
	20	small utilities.
	21
	22	In contrast, a
	23	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Virtual_private_server][virtual private
	24	server]] (VPS) is a virtual machine that replicates the environment of
	25	having a dedicated server to yourself. You are able to control the
	26	virtual server's host names, base file system, package manager, etc.
	27	Another great upside of a VPS is that since it's virtual, the company
	28	providing the VPS can dynamically increase the disk size, RAM size, or
	29	number of CPUs at any time. However, the virtual server is still
	30	physically located on a server that is shared between multiple virtual
	31	servers.
33	32
34	33	The choice between shared hosting and VPS mostly depends on your skill
35	34	level with system administration. If you're comforting working on a
		@@ -38,8 +37,7 @@ a VPS is usually a better option. However, shared hosting is a fantastic
38	37	option for people who don't want to have to learn how to manage their
39	38	server.
40	39
41		## My Situation
42
	40	* My Situation
43	41	I had used shared hosting for approximately 5 years before trying my
44	42	first VPS. I manage a homelab and have had success running a server and
45	43	performing typical sysadmin duties, but I was still hesitant to get a
		@@ -48,49 +46,48 @@ networking part of a server - DNS and hostname configurations were not
48	46	my friend.
49	47
50	48	As a little bit of background, I originally used
51		[Siteground](https://www.siteground.com) for my initially shared hosting
52		and stayed on that platform for at least a year. However, the UI was
53		clunky, and I didn't like how they handled certain technical aspects,
54		so I switched to [Namecheap](https://www.namecheap.com). Namecheap was
55		great because it is the service I primarily use for purchasing domain
56		names, which made it incredibly easy to link them to my hosting service.
57		However, it was still mediocre shared hosting, and Namecheap is
58		notorious for not letting you use [Let's
59		Encrypt](https://letsencrypt.org) to obtain free SSL/TLS certificates;
60		Namecheap wants to make you purchase certificates through their store.
61
62		Finally, I settled down with [iWebFusion](https://www.iwebfusion.net)
	49	[[https://www.siteground.com][Siteground]] for my initially shared
	50	hosting and stayed on that platform for at least a year. However, the UI
	51	was clunky, and I didn't like how they handled certain technical
	52	aspects, so I switched to [[https://www.namecheap.com][Namecheap]].
	53	Namecheap was great because it is the service I primarily use for
	54	purchasing domain names, which made it incredibly easy to link them to
	55	my hosting service. However, it was still mediocre shared hosting, and
	56	Namecheap is notorious for not letting you use
	57	[[https://letsencrypt.org][Let's Encrypt]] to obtain free SSL/TLS
	58	certificates; Namecheap wants to make you purchase certificates through
	59	their store.
	60
	61	Finally, I settled down with [[https://www.iwebfusion.net][iWebFusion]]
63	62	for about the last year of my shared hosting. This service was pretty
64	63	great, came with free SSL/TLS, and I never had any complaints.
65	64
66	65	However, I finally grew tired of not being able to install software on
67	66	my own web server. I wanted to be able to try out things like
68		[Postmill](https://postmill.xyz) or [Matrix](https://matrix.org). This
69		is possible with a VPS, so I decided to grab a new domain name to try it
70		out.
71
72		## Getting Started: Buying a VPS
	67	[[https://postmill.xyz][Postmill]] or [[https://matrix.org][Matrix]].
	68	This is possible with a VPS, so I decided to grab a new domain name to
	69	try it out.
73	70
	71	* Getting Started: Buying a VPS
74	72	The first step to moving over to a VPS is (you guessed it): finding a
75		VPS provider. For my VPSs, I use [1984](https://1984hosting.com) and
	73	VPS provider. For my VPSs, I use [[https://1984hosting.com][1984]] and
76	74	prefer their services much more than any alternative, due to their
77		location (Iceland), their [privacy
78		policy](https://1984hosting.com/GDPR/), their respect for GDPR, and the
79		ability to remain anonymous if you pay in Bitcoin or Monero.
	75	location (Iceland), their [[https://1984hosting.com/GDPR/][privacy
	76	policy]], their respect for GDPR, and the ability to remain anonymous if
	77	you pay in Bitcoin or Monero.
80	78
81		[Njalla](https://njal.la) is another good, privacy-oriented option for
	79	[[https://njal.la][Njalla]] is another good, privacy-oriented option for
82	80	VPS services.
83	81
84	82	You'll have to decide what specifications you want on your VPS. For me,
85	83	I only build and deploy low-resource HTML, PHP, and Python websites.
86	84	This means I can survive on the smallest VPS: 1 CPU, 1GB of RAM, and
87		25GB SSD for \$5.00 per month.
	85	25GB SSD for $5.00 per month.
88	86
89	87	As noted above, the great thing about a VPS is you can request your
90	88	provider to increase the resources at any time.
91	89
92		## Configuring DNS Settings
93
	90	* Configuring DNS Settings
94	91	Okay, so now let's get into some actual work that has to be done to get
95	92	content moved from a shared host to a VPS. At this point, I'm assuming
96	93	you have a shared host with website content that you can still access,
		@@ -98,143 +95,135 @@ and you've purchased a new VPS and can SSH into that server.
98	95
99	96	The first change is minor, but it should be done immediately in order to
100	97	get things moving: DNS settings. Go to wherever your DNS settings are
101		handled. If your shared host also managed your DNS settings, you'll
102		need to first move that DNS over to your new VPS provider. For me, I
103		route my DNS through [Gandi](https://www.gandi.net).
	98	handled. If your shared host also managed your DNS settings, you'll need
	99	to first move that DNS over to your new VPS provider. For me, I route my
	100	DNS through [[https://www.gandi.net][Gandi]].
104	101
105		Once you know where your DNS settings are, go ahead and update the
106		`A` records to match the public IP address of your VPS. For
107		example:
	102	Once you know where your DNS settings are, go ahead and update the =A=
	103	records to match the public IP address of your VPS. For example:
108	104
109		```txt
	105	#+begin_src txt
110	106	A example.com xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
111	107	A subdomain xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
112	108	CNAME www example.com.
113		```
	109	#+end_src
114	110
115	111	If you have any other records that require updates, such as MX or TXT
116	112	records for a mail server, be sure to update those accordingly.
117	113	Personally, I don't host my own mail server. I route all mail on my
118		custom domains to [Migadu](https://www.migadu.com). Hosting your own
	114	custom domains to [[https://www.migadu.com][Migadu]]. Hosting your own
119	115	email server can become complex quickly and is not for beginners.
120	116
121	117	DNS changes can take up to 48 hours to propagate, so be sure to give it
122	118	some time before assuming you've made an error.
123	119
124		## Server Updates and Packages
125
	120	* Server Updates and Packages
126	121	Now that the DNS settings have been changed, let's set up our server
127	122	while we wait for the DNS to propagate. First up is to ssh into your
128	123	server. If you've signed up with a service like DigitalOcean, you can
129	124	add your SSH key to your account and to your VPS droplet so that you
130	125	don't need a password in order to SSH.
131	126
132		```sh
	127	#+begin_src sh
133	128	ssh root@xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
134		```
	129	#+end_src
135	130
136	131	The VPS that is used in this blog post runs Ubuntu 20.04 with an Apache
137	132	web server. If you're working on a different operating system (OS) or
138		want a different web server, such as Nginx, you'll have to use
139		different commands to set it up.
	133	want a different web server, such as Nginx, you'll have to use different
	134	commands to set it up.
140	135
141	136	First, let's update and upgrade our server.
142	137
143		NOTE: Since we have logged in to the server as `root` for
144		now, we don't need to use the `sudo` modifier before our
145		commands.
	138	NOTE: Since we have logged in to the server as =root= for now, we
	139	don't need to use the =sudo= modifier before our commands.
146	140
147		```sh
	141	#+begin_src sh
148	142	apt update && apt upgrade -y
149		```
150
151		## Create A User Account
	143	#+end_src
152	144
153		While being able to use `root` can be beneficial at times,
154		you shouldn't use `root` unless you have to.
	145	* Create A User Account
	146	While being able to use =root= can be beneficial at times, you shouldn't
	147	use =root= unless you have to.
155	148
156		So let's set up a new user in our system. The `-m` option
157		below tells the OS to create a home directory for the new user.
	149	So let's set up a new user in our system. The =-m= option below tells
	150	the OS to create a home directory for the new user.
158	151
159		```sh
	152	#+begin_src sh
160	153	adduser USERNAME
161		```
	154	#+end_src
162	155
163	156	Now, create a password for that user.
164	157
165		```sh
	158	#+begin_src sh
166	159	passwd USERNAME
167		```
	160	#+end_src
168	161
169	162	Finally, add the user to the sudoers file, so they can perform
170	163	priveleged commands.
171	164
172		```sh
	165	#+begin_src sh
173	166	usermod -a -G sudo USERNAME
174		```
	167	#+end_src
175	168
176	169	If you are using SSH keys and not passwords, you'll need to copy your
177	170	SSH key from your local machine to the VPS. If you haven't disabled
178		password-based SSH yet, the easiest way to do this is
179		`ssh-copy-id` from your local computer (not from the VPS):
	171	password-based SSH yet, the easiest way to do this is =ssh-copy-id= from
	172	your local computer (not from the VPS):
180	173
181		```sh
	174	#+begin_src sh
182	175	ssh-copy-id testuser@xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
183		```
	176	#+end_src
184	177
185		If you've disabled password-based SSH, you'll need to manually copy
186		your SSH key into the `~/.ssh/authorized_keys` file.
187
188		## Install Software
	178	If you've disabled password-based SSH, you'll need to manually copy your
	179	SSH key into the =~/.ssh/authorized_keys= file.
189	180
	181	* Install Software
190	182	Our goal here is to host a web server, so the next step is to install
191	183	the Apache web server and any other packages we need.
192	184
193		From this point on, I will be logged in as a user (not
194		`root`) and will need to use the `sudo` modifier
195		for most commands.
	185	From this point on, I will be logged in as a user (not =root=) and will
	186	need to use the =sudo= modifier for most commands.
196	187
197		```sh
	188	#+begin_src sh
198	189	sudo apt update; sudo apt upgrade -y; sudo apt autoremove -y
199	190	sudo apt install apache2
200		```
	191	#+end_src
201	192
202	193	If you need other language support, such as PHP, you'll need to install
203	194	that too.
204	195
205		```sh
	196	#+begin_src sh
206	197	sudo apt install libapache2-mod-php php-dom
207	198	sudo a2enmod php
208	199	sudo systemctl restart apache2
209		```
210
211		## Website Files & Folders
	200	#+end_src
212	201
	202	* Website Files & Folders
213	203	Next up is to create the directories for the domain(s) we want to be
214	204	hosted on this web server.
215	205
216		```sh
	206	#+begin_src sh
217	207	cd /var/www
218	208	sudo mkdir example.com
219		```
	209	#+end_src
220	210
221		We have a folder for `example.com` now, so let's add an
222		`index.html` file and put it within a specific
223		`public_html` folder. You don't need this
224		`public_html` if you don't want it, but it helps with
225		organizing items related to `example.com` that you don't
226		want to publish to the internet.
	211	We have a folder for =example.com= now, so let's add an =index.html=
	212	file and put it within a specific =public_html= folder. You don't need
	213	this =public_html= if you don't want it, but it helps with organizing
	214	items related to =example.com= that you don't want to publish to the
	215	internet.
227	216
228		```sh
	217	#+begin_src sh
229	218	cd example.com
230	219	sudo mkdir public_html && cd public_html
231	220	sudo nano index.html
232		```
	221	#+end_src
233	222
234		You can put anything you want in this `index.html` file. If
235		you can't think of anything, paste this in there:
	223	You can put anything you want in this =index.html= file. If you can't
	224	think of anything, paste this in there:
236	225
237		```html
	226	#+begin_src html
238	227	<!DOCTYPE html>
239	228	<html lang="en">
240	229	<head>
		@@ -246,36 +235,34 @@ you can't think of anything, paste this in there:
246	235	<h1>Hello, world!</h1>
247	236	</body>
248	237	</html>
249		```
	238	#+end_src
250	239
251		If you want something to be served at
252		`example.com/page01/file.txt`, you'll have to create the
253		`page01` directory under the `example.com`
	240	If you want something to be served at =example.com/page01/file.txt=,
	241	you'll have to create the =page01= directory under the =example.com=
254	242	directory. For example:
255	243
256		```sh
	244	#+begin_src sh
257	245	cd /var/www/example.com/public_html
258	246	sudo mkdir page01
259	247	sudo nano file.txt
260		```
261
262		## Apache Configuration
	248	#+end_src
263	249
	250	* Apache Configuration
264	251	Now, let's set up the files that will tell the server where to find the
265		files for `example.com`. We will copy the default
266		configuration file and create our own.
	252	files for =example.com=. We will copy the default configuration file and
	253	create our own.
267	254
268		```sh
	255	#+begin_src sh
269	256	cd /etc/apache2/sites-available
270	257	sudo cp 000-default.conf example.com.conf
271	258	sudo nano example.com.conf
272		```
	259	#+end_src
273	260
274	261	This configuration file will have a few default lines, but you'll need
275	262	to edit it to look similar to this (settings may change based on your
276	263	personal needs):
277	264
278		```config
	265	#+begin_src config
279	266	<VirtualHost *:80>
280	267	ServerAdmin your-email@email-provider.com
281	268	ServerName example.com
		@@ -284,85 +271,82 @@ personal needs):
284	271	ErrorLog ${APACHE_LOG_DIR}/error.log
285	272	CustomLog ${APACHE_LOG_DIR}/access.log combined
286	273	</VirtualHost>
287		```
	274	#+end_src
288	275
289	276	Now, enable the configuration for your new site, disable the default
290	277	configuration, and reload the web server.
291	278
292		```sh
	279	#+begin_src sh
293	280	sudo a2ensite example.com.conf
294	281	sudo a2dissite 000-default.conf
295	282	sudo systemctl reload apache2
296		```
	283	#+end_src
297	284
298	285	You can always run a test to make sure no errors or warnings are found
299	286	in your configuration files.
300	287
301		```sh
	288	#+begin_src sh
302	289	sudo apache2ctl configtest
303		```
	290	#+end_src
304	291
305	292	Now, restart the web server entirely. After this, you should be able to
306		browse to `http://example.com` and see the HTML content you
307		provided earlier. Note that SSL/TLS has not been enabled yet, so you
308		won't be able to use the secure version yet
309		(`https://example.com`).
	293	browse to =http://example.com= and see the HTML content you provided
	294	earlier. Note that SSL/TLS has not been enabled yet, so you won't be
	295	able to use the secure version yet (=https://example.com=).
310	296
311		```sh
	297	#+begin_src sh
312	298	sudo systemctl restart apache2
313		```
	299	#+end_src
314	300
315	301	You can repeat this for as many websites as you need. Just create the
316		domain folders in `/var/www/`, add the configuration file,
317		enable the configuration, and restart `apache2`.
318
319		## SSL/TLS Certificates: Serve Websites Over HTTPS
	302	domain folders in =/var/www/=, add the configuration file, enable the
	303	configuration, and restart =apache2=.
320	304
	305	* SSL/TLS Certificates: Serve Websites Over HTTPS
321	306	In order to serve secure content, you'll need to obtain SSL/TLS
322	307	certificates. Luckily, there's a free tool called
323		[Certbot](https://certbot.eff.org) that helps us with the process.
	308	[[https://certbot.eff.org][Certbot]] that helps us with the process.
324	309
325		The first step is to install `snapd` and `core`
326		for Ubuntu.
	310	The first step is to install =snapd= and =core= for Ubuntu.
327	311
328		```sh
	312	#+begin_src sh
329	313	sudo apt install snapd
330	314	sudo snap install core
331	315	sudo snap refresh core
332		```
	316	#+end_src
333	317
334		Next, install the `certbot` snap package.
	318	Next, install the =certbot= snap package.
335	319
336		```sh
	320	#+begin_src sh
337	321	sudo snap install --classic certbot
338		```
	322	#+end_src
339	323
340		Execute the following command to ensure that the `certbot`
341		command can be run.
	324	Execute the following command to ensure that the =certbot= command can
	325	be run.
342	326
343		```sh
	327	#+begin_src sh
344	328	sudo ln -s /snap/bin/certbot /usr/bin/certbot
345		```
	329	#+end_src
346	330
347		Finally, you can run `certbot` one of two ways:
	331	Finally, you can run =certbot= one of two ways:
348	332
349		1. run it and let it alter your Apache configuration files
350		automatically to enable HTTPS redirects.
351		2. run it and only allow it to create certificates. You'll need to
352		manually alter the config files to enable HTTPS redirects.
	333	1. run it and let it alter your Apache configuration files automatically
	334	to enable HTTPS redirects.
	335	2. run it and only allow it to create certificates. You'll need to
	336	manually alter the config files to enable HTTPS redirects.
353	337
354	338	Run certbot and allow automatic config changes:
355	339
356		```sh
	340	#+begin_src sh
357	341	sudo certbot --apache
358		```
	342	#+end_src
359	343
360	344	Run certbot for certificates only and don't allow it to alter config
361	345	files:
362	346
363		```sh
	347	#+begin_src sh
364	348	sudo certbot certonly --apache
365		```
	349	#+end_src
366	350
367	351	The Certbot packages on your system come with a cron job or systemd
368	352	timer that will renew your certificates automatically before they
		@@ -370,48 +354,46 @@ expire. You will not need to run Certbot again unless you change your
370	354	configuration. You can test automatic renewal for your certificates by
371	355	running this command:
372	356
373		```sh
	357	#+begin_src sh
374	358	sudo certbot renew --dry-run
375		```
376
377		Now, test your domains by going to `https://example.com`.
	359	#+end_src
378	360
379		## Firewall Security
	361	Now, test your domains by going to =https://example.com=.
380	362
	363	* Firewall Security
381	364	To enable better security on your server, you'll need to enable a basic
382		firewall. For Ubuntu, we'll use [the uncomplicated
383		firewall](https://cleberg.net/blog/secure-your-network-with-the-uncomplicated-firewall.html).
	365	firewall. For Ubuntu, we'll use
	366	[[../secure-your-network-with-the-uncomplicated-firewall/][the
	367	uncomplicated firewall]].
384	368
385	369	Now, add the following rules to the firewall allow SSH, Apache, and
386	370	HTTP(S) connections. If you need to, you can enable different ports for
387	371	specifics applications, SFTP, etc.
388	372
389		```sh
	373	#+begin_src sh
390	374	sudo ufw default deny incoming
391	375	sudo ufw default allow outgoing
392	376	sudo ufw allow OpenSSH
393	377	sudo ufw allow Apache
394	378	sudo ufw allow proto tcp from any to any port 80,443
395		```
	379	#+end_src
396	380
397	381	Once you've added all the rules you need, enable the firewall.
398	382
399		```sh
	383	#+begin_src sh
400	384	sudo ufw enable
401		```
402
403		## Troubleshooting
	385	#+end_src
404	386
	387	* Troubleshooting
405	388	If you run into any issues during your VPS set-up, be sure to walk back
406	389	through your actions and make sure you didn't miss any steps.
407	390
408	391	Many websites have fantastic guides to setting up various web servers.
409		This is one of the areas [where DigitalOcean
410		shines](https://www.digitalocean.%20com/community/tutorials). For
411		simpler or more Linux-oriented questions, I suggest using [Linuxize]
412		(<https://linuxize.com>).
413
414		If you're getting certain errors (e.g. =500 Internal Server Error=) and
415		need to debug locally, you can view the `access.log` and
416		`error.log` files in the `/var/log/apache/`
417		directory.
	392	This is one of the areas
	393	[[https://www.digitalocean.%20com/community/tutorials][where
	394	DigitalOcean shines]]. For simpler or more Linux-oriented questions, I
	395	suggest using [Linuxize] ([[https://linuxize.com]]).
	396
	397	If you're getting certain errors (e.g. =500 Internal Server Error=) and
	398	need to debug locally, you can view the =access.log= and =error.log=
	399	files in the =/var/log/apache/= directory.

content/blog/2020-12-27-website-redesign.md → blog/website-redesign/index.org renamed +34 −40

		@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2020-12-27
3		title = "Redesigning My Website: The 5 KB Result"
4		description = "A retrospective on my recent website redesign."
5		+++
6
7		# A Brief History
	1	#+title: Redesigning My Website: The 5 KB Result
	2	#+date: 2020-12-27
	3	#+description: A retrospective on my recent website redesign.
	4	#+filetags: :sysadmin:
8	5
	6	* A Brief History
9	7	As a form of continuous learning and entertainment, I've been running a
10	8	handful of websites since 2016 when I took my first programming courses
11	9	in college. I maintain one main website, the place I consider the
		@@ -14,35 +12,33 @@ subdirectories and subdomains.
14	12
15	13	One of the parts I've enjoyed the most about web development is the
16	14	aspect of designing an identity for a web page and working to find
17		exciting ways to display the site's content. Inevitably, this means
18		I've changed the designs for my websites more times than I could
19		possibly count. Since I don't really host anything on my main webpage
20		that's vital, it allows me the freedom to change things as inspiration
21		strikes.
	15	exciting ways to display the site's content. Inevitably, this means I've
	16	changed the designs for my websites more times than I could possibly
	17	count. Since I don't really host anything on my main webpage that's
	18	vital, it allows me the freedom to change things as inspiration strikes.
22	19
23		Historically, I've relied on core utilities for spacing, components,
24		and layouts from [Bootstrap](https://getbootstrap.com) and added custom
	20	Historically, I've relied on core utilities for spacing, components, and
	21	layouts from [[https://getbootstrap.com][Bootstrap]] and added custom
25	22	CSS for fonts, accents, colors, and other items. I also tend to create
26	23	sites with no border radius on items, visible borders, and content that
27	24	takes up the entire screen (using whitespace inside components instead
28	25	of whitespace around my components).
29	26
30		# The Redesign Process
31
	27	* The Redesign Process
32	28	About a week ago, I found myself wishing for a new design yet again. The
33		prior design was largely inspired by IBM's [Carbon Design
34		System](https://www.carbondesignsystem.com) and relied on jQuery,
35		Bootstrap, along with some compressed
36		[.webp](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebP) images.
	29	prior design was largely inspired by IBM's
	30	[[https://www.carbondesignsystem.com][Carbon Design System]] and relied
	31	on jQuery, Bootstrap, along with some compressed
	32	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebP][.webp]] images.
37	33
38	34	To anyone who knows my preferences toward web design - and even in my
39	35	personal life - it should be no surprise that I immediately started
40	36	looking for inspiration on minimalism. While there are some decent
41	37	minimalistic designs on sites like
42		[Dribbble](https://dribbble.com/search/shots/popular/web-design?q=minimalism),
43		people seem to mostly discuss [brutalist web
44		design](https://brutalist-web.design) when you ask about minimalism.
45		While brutalist web design doesn't have to be minimal, it often is.
	38	[[https://dribbble.com/search/shots/popular/web-design?q=minimalism][Dribbble]],
	39	people seem to mostly discuss [[https://brutalist-web.design][brutalist
	40	web design]] when you ask about minimalism. While brutalist web design
	41	doesn't have to be minimal, it often is.
46	42
47	43	I suppose, in a way, I did create a brutalist website since my HTML is
48	44	semantic and accessible, hyperlinks are colored and underlined, and all
		@@ -64,28 +60,26 @@ also helped to move all categories to a single page, rather than have
64	60	each category on its own page.
65	61
66	62	The final big piece to finish the
67		"[KonMari](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Marie_Kondo#KonMari_method)"-like
	63	"[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Marie_Kondo#KonMari_method][KonMari]]"-like
68	64	part of my process was to remove Bootstrap CSS in its entirety. However,
69		this meant pulling out a few very useful classes, such as `.img-fluid`
	65	this meant pulling out a few very useful classes, such as =.img-fluid=
70	66	and the default font stacks to keep in my custom CSS.
71	67
72	68	After removing all the unnecessary pieces, I was finally able to
73	69	reorganize my content and add a very small amount of custom CSS to make
74	70	everything pretty. This took a brief amount of time, effectively just
75		consisting of me converting `<div>` tags into things like
76		`<ul>` lists and choosing accent colors.
77
78		# The Results
79
80		## Reflection
	71	consisting of me converting =<div>= tags into things like =<ul>= lists
	72	and choosing accent colors.
81	73
	74	* The Results
	75	** Reflection
82	76	So, what did all of this reorganizing do to my webpages? Well, first, my
83		websites are now ridiculously fast. Since the prior designs were
84		also minimal and didn't have many images, they measured up in
85		Firefox's Network Monitor around 300 KB - 600KB. After making the
86		changes, my main site is at 5 KB transferred (22 KB total), and my blog
87		is at 6.5 KB transferred (13 KB total). **That means the redesigned
88		pages are less than 2% the size of the old designs.**
	77	websites are now ridiculously fast. Since the prior designs were also
	78	minimal and didn't have many images, they measured up in Firefox's
	79	Network Monitor around 300 KB - 600KB. After making the changes, my main
	80	site is at 5 KB transferred (22 KB total), and my blog is at 6.5 KB
	81	transferred (13 KB total). *That means the redesigned pages are less
	82	than 2% the size of the old designs.*
89	83
90	84	Google Lighthouse ranks the new webpage as 100 in performance,
91	85	accessibility, and best practices, with SEO at 92 since they think tap
		@@ -98,5 +92,5 @@ separate CSS file, and the CSS for my main website is simply embedded in
98	92	the HTML file.
99	93
100	94	Now that everything is complete, I can confidently say I'm happy with
101		the result and proud to look at the fastest set of websites I've
102		created so far.
	95	the result and proud to look at the fastest set of websites I've created
	96	so far.

content/blog/2023-07-12-mullvad-wireguard-lan.md → blog/wireguard-lan/index.org renamed +54 −55

		@@ -1,30 +1,28 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-07-12
3		title = "Enable LAN Access in Mullvad Wireguard Conf Files"
4		description = "Learn how to enable LAN access manually in Mullvad configuration files."
5		+++
6
7		## Download Configuration Files from Mullvad
8
9		To begin, you'll need [Wireguard configuration files from
10		Mullvad](https://mullvad.net/account/wireguard-config). You can choose
11		any of the options as you download them. For example, I enabled the kill
12		switch, selected all countries, and selected a few content filters.
	1	#+title: Enable LAN Access in Mullvad Wireguard Conf Files
	2	#+date: 2023-07-12
	3	#+description: Learn how to enable LAN access manually in Mullvad configuration files.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
	5
	6	* Download Configuration Files from Mullvad
	7	To begin, you'll need
	8	[[https://mullvad.net/account/wireguard-config][Wireguard configuration
	9	files from Mullvad]]. You can choose any of the options as you download
	10	them. For example, I enabled the kill switch, selected all countries,
	11	and selected a few content filters.
13	12
14	13	Once downloaded, unzip the files and move them to the Wireguard folder
15	14	on your system.
16	15
17		```sh
	16	#+begin_src sh
18	17	cd ~/Downloads
19	18	unzip mullvad_wireguard_linux_all_all.zip
20	19	doas mv *.conf /etc/wireguard/
21		```
22
23		### Configuration File Layout
	20	#+end_src
24	21
	22	** Configuration File Layout
25	23	The default configuration files will look something like this:
26	24
27		```conf
	25	#+begin_src conf
28	26	[Interface]
29	27	# Device: <redacted>
30	28	PrivateKey = <redacted>
		@@ -37,45 +35,46 @@ PreDown = iptables -D OUTPUT ! -o %i -m mark ! --mark $(wg show %i fwmark) -m ad
37	35	PublicKey = <redacted>
38	36	AllowedIPs = <redacted>
39	37	Endpoint = <redacted>
40		```
	38	#+end_src
41	39
42		> Note: If you didn't select the kill switch option, you won't see the
43		> `PostUp` and `PreDown` lines. In this case,
44		> you'll need to modify the script below to simply append those lines
45		> to the `[Interface]` block.
46
47		## Editing the Configuration Files
	40	#+begin_quote
	41	Note: If you didn't select the kill switch option, you won't see the
	42	=PostUp= and =PreDown= lines. In this case, you'll need to modify the
	43	script below to simply append those lines to the =[Interface]= block.
	44	#+end_quote
48	45
	46	* Editing the Configuration Files
49	47	Once you have the files, you'll need to edit them and replace the
50		`PostUp` and `PreDown` lines to enable LAN access.
	48	=PostUp= and =PreDown= lines to enable LAN access.
51	49
52	50	I recommend that you do this process as root, since you'll need to be
53		able to access files in `/etc/wireguard`, which are generally
54		owned by root. You can also try using `sudo` or
55		`doas`, but I didn't test that scenario so you may need to
56		adjust, as necessary.
	51	able to access files in =/etc/wireguard=, which are generally owned by
	52	root. You can also try using =sudo= or =doas=, but I didn't test that
	53	scenario so you may need to adjust, as necessary.
57	54
58		```sh
	55	#+begin_src sh
59	56	su
60		```
	57	#+end_src
61	58
62	59	Create the Python file that we'll be using to update the Wireguard
63	60	configuration files.
64	61
65		```sh
	62	#+begin_src sh
66	63	nano replace.py
67		```
	64	#+end_src
68	65
69	66	Within the Python file, copy and paste the logic below. This script will
70	67	open a directory, loop through every configuration file within the
71		directory, and replace the `PostUp` and `PreDown`
72		lines with the new LAN-enabled iptables commands.
	68	directory, and replace the =PostUp= and =PreDown= lines with the new
	69	LAN-enabled iptables commands.
	70
	71	#+begin_quote
	72	Note: If your LAN is on a subnet other than =192.168.1.0/24=, you'll
	73	need to update the Python script below appropriately.
73	74
74		> Note: If your LAN is on a subnet other than
75		> `192.168.1.0/24`, you'll need to update the Python script
76		> below appropriately.
	75	#+end_quote
77	76
78		```python
	77	#+begin_src python
79	78	import os
80	79	import fileinput
81	80
		@@ -94,25 +93,25 @@ for file in os.listdir(dir):
94	93	print(line, end="")
95	94
96	95	print("--- done ---")
97		```
	96	#+end_src
98	97
99	98	Once you're done, save and close the file. You can now run the Python
100	99	script and watch as each file is updated.
101	100
102		```sh
	101	#+begin_src sh
103	102	python3 replace.py
104		```
	103	#+end_src
105	104
106		To confirm it worked, you can `cat` one of the configuration
107		files to inspect the new logic and connect to one to test it out.
	105	To confirm it worked, you can =cat= one of the configuration files to
	106	inspect the new logic and connect to one to test it out.
108	107
109		```sh
	108	#+begin_src sh
110	109	cat /etc/wireguard/us-chi-wg-001.conf
111		```
	110	#+end_src
112	111
113	112	The configuration files should now look like this:
114	113
115		```conf
	114	#+begin_src conf
116	115	[Interface]
117	116	# Device: <redacted>
118	117	PrivateKey = <redacted>
		@@ -125,20 +124,20 @@ PreDown = iptables -D OUTPUT ! -o %i -m mark ! --mark $(wg show %i fwmark) -m ad
125	124	PublicKey = <redacted>
126	125	AllowedIPs = <redacted>
127	126	Endpoint = <redacted>
128		```
	127	#+end_src
129	128
130		If you connect to a Wireguard interface, such as
131		`us-chi-wg-001`, you can test your SSH functionality and see
132		that it works even while on the VPN.
	129	If you connect to a Wireguard interface, such as =us-chi-wg-001=, you
	130	can test your SSH functionality and see that it works even while on the
	131	VPN.
133	132
134		```sh
	133	#+begin_src sh
135	134	wg-quick up us-chi-wg-001
136	135	ssh user@lan-host
137		```
	136	#+end_src
138	137
139	138	To confirm your VPN connection, you can curl Mullvad's connection API:
140	139
141		```sh
	140	#+begin_src sh
142	141	curl https://am.i.mullvad.net/connected
143	142	# You are connected to Mullvad (server us-chi-wg-001). Your IP address is <redacted>
144		```
	143	#+end_src

content/blog/2024-02-06-zfs.md → blog/zfs/index.org renamed +134 −131

		@@ -1,42 +1,43 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2024-02-06
3		title = "How to Create a ZFS Pool on Ubuntu Linux"
4		description = "Learn how to create a simple ZFS pool on Ubuntu Linux."
5		+++
	1	#+title: How to Create a ZFS Pool on Ubuntu Linux
	2	#+date: 2024-02-06
	3	#+description: Learn how to create a simple ZFS pool on Ubuntu Linux.
	4	#+filetags: :linux:
6	5
7	6	This post details the process I used to create ZFS pools, datasets, and
8	7	snapshots on Ubuntu Server.
9	8
10		I found the following pages very helpful while going through this process:
	9	I found the following pages very helpful while going through this
	10	process:
11	11
12		- [Setup a ZFS storage pool](https://ubuntu.com/tutorials/setup-zfs-storage-pool)
13		- [Kernel/Reference/ZFS](https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Kernel/Reference/ZFS)
14		- [ZFS for Dummies](https://blog.victormendonca.com/2020/11/03/zfs-for-dummies/)
15
16		## Installation
	12	- [[https://ubuntu.com/tutorials/setup-zfs-storage-pool][Setup a ZFS
	13	storage pool]]
	14	- [[https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Kernel/Reference/ZFS][Kernel/Reference/ZFS]]
	15	- [[https://blog.victormendonca.com/2020/11/03/zfs-for-dummies/][ZFS for
	16	Dummies]]
17	17
	18	* Installation
18	19	To start, I installed the ZFS package with the following command:
19	20
20		```sh
	21	#+begin_src sh
21	22	sudo apt install zfsutils-linux
22		```
	23	#+end_src
23	24
24		Once installed, you can check the version to see if it installed correctly.
	25	Once installed, you can check the version to see if it installed
	26	correctly.
25	27
26		```sh
	28	#+begin_src sh
27	29	> zsf --version
28	30
29	31	zfs-2.1.5-1ubuntu6~22.04.2
30	32	zfs-kmod-2.1.5-1ubuntu6~22.04.1
31		```
32
33		## ZFS Configuration
	33	#+end_src
34	34
	35	* ZFS Configuration
35	36	Now that ZFS is installed, we can create and configure the pool.
36	37
37		You have various options for configuring ZFS pools that all come different pros
38		and cons. I suggest visiting the links at the top of this post or searching
39		online for the best configuration for your use-case.
	38	You have various options for configuring ZFS pools that all come
	39	different pros and cons. I suggest visiting the links at the top of this
	40	post or searching online for the best configuration for your use-case.
40	41
41	42	- Striped VDEVs (Raid0)
42	43	- Mirrored VDEVs (Raid1)
		@@ -46,22 +47,21 @@ online for the best configuration for your use-case.
46	47	- RAIDz3
47	48	- Nested RAIDz (Raid50, Raid60)
48	49
49		I will be using Raid10 in this guide. However, the majority of the steps are the
50		same regardless of your chosen pool configuration.
51
52		### Creating the Pool
	50	I will be using Raid10 in this guide. However, the majority of the steps
	51	are the same regardless of your chosen pool configuration.
53	52
54		To start, let's list the disks available to use. You can use `fdisk` command to
55		see all available disks.
	53	** Creating the Pool
	54	To start, let's list the disks available to use. You can use =fdisk=
	55	command to see all available disks.
56	56
57		```sh
	57	#+begin_src sh
58	58	sudo fdisk -l
59		```
	59	#+end_src
60	60
61		Or, if you currently have them mounted, you can use the `df` command to view
62		your disks.
	61	Or, if you currently have them mounted, you can use the =df= command to
	62	view your disks.
63	63
64		```sh
	64	#+begin_src sh
65	65	> sudo df -h
66	66
67	67	Filesystem Size Used Avail Use% Mounted on
		@@ -72,116 +72,118 @@ Filesystem Size Used Avail Use% Mounted on
72	72	/dev/sdd1 9.1T 8.7T 435G 96% /mnt/white-01
73	73	/dev/sde1 7.3T 28K 6.9T 1% /mnt/red-03
74	74	/dev/sdf1 7.3T 28K 6.9T 1% /mnt/red-04
75		```
	75	#+end_src
76	76
77		If you're going to use mounted disks, make sure to umount them before creating
78		the pool.
	77	If you're going to use mounted disks, make sure to umount them before
	78	creating the pool.
79	79
80		```sh
	80	#+begin_src sh
81	81	sudo umount /dev/sda1
82	82	sudo umount /dev/sdb1
83		```
	83	#+end_src
84	84
85		Now that I've identified the disks I want to use and have them unmounted, let's
86		create the pool. For this example, I will call it `tank`.
	85	Now that I've identified the disks I want to use and have them
	86	unmounted, let's create the pool. For this example, I will call it
	87	=tank=.
87	88
88		```sh
	89	#+begin_src sh
89	90	sudo zpool create -f -m /mnt/pool tank mirror /dev/sda /dev/sdb
90		```
	91	#+end_src
91	92
92		See below for the results of the new ZFS pool named `tank`, with a vdev
93		automatically named `mirror-0`.
	93	See below for the results of the new ZFS pool named =tank=, with a vdev
	94	automatically named =mirror-0=.
94	95
95		```sh
	96	#+begin_src sh
96	97	> zfs list
97	98
98	99	NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT
99	100	tank 396K 7.14T 96K /tank
100		```
	101	#+end_src
101	102
102		```sh
	103	#+begin_src sh
103	104	> zpool status
104	105
105	106	pool: tank
106	107	state: ONLINE
107	108	config:
108	109
109		NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM
110		tank ONLINE 0 0 0
111		mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0
112		sda ONLINE 0 0 0
113		sdb ONLINE 0 0 0
	110	NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM
	111	tank ONLINE 0 0 0
	112	mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0
	113	sda ONLINE 0 0 0
	114	sdb ONLINE 0 0 0
114	115
115	116	errors: No known data errors
116		```
	117	#+end_src
117	118
118		We can also look at the mounted filesystem to see where the pool is mounted and
119		some quick stats.
	119	We can also look at the mounted filesystem to see where the pool is
	120	mounted and some quick stats.
120	121
121		```sh
	122	#+begin_src sh
122	123	> df -h
123	124
124	125	Filesystem Size Used Avail Use% Mounted on
125	126	...
126	127	tank 7.2T 128K 7.2T 1% /tank
127		```
	128	#+end_src
128	129
129		### Expanding the Pool
	130	** Expanding the Pool
	131	If you want to expand this pool, you will need to add a new VDEV to the
	132	pool. Since I am using 2 disks per VDEV, I will need to add a new 2-disk
	133	VDEV to the existing =tank= pool.
130	134
131		If you want to expand this pool, you will need to add a new VDEV to the pool.
132		Since I am using 2 disks per VDEV, I will need to add a new 2-disk VDEV to the
133		existing `tank` pool.
134
135		```sh
	135	#+begin_src sh
136	136	sudo zpool add tank mirror /dev/sdX /dev/sdY
137		```
	137	#+end_src
138	138
139		If you're adding disks of different sizes, you'll need to use the `-f` flag.
140		Keep in mind that the max size will be limited to the smallest disk added.
	139	If you're adding disks of different sizes, you'll need to use the =-f=
	140	flag. Keep in mind that the max size will be limited to the smallest
	141	disk added.
141	142
142		```sh
	143	#+begin_src sh
143	144	sudo zpool add -f tank mirror /dev/sdX /dev/sdY
144		```
	145	#+end_src
145	146
146		I added two 8TB hard drives and this process took around 10 seconds to complete.
	147	I added two 8TB hard drives and this process took around 10 seconds to
	148	complete.
147	149
148		When viewing the pool again, you can see that the pool has now doubled in size.
149		We have 14.3 TB useable space and the same space used for mirroring.
	150	When viewing the pool again, you can see that the pool has now doubled
	151	in size. We have 14.3 TB useable space and the same space used for
	152	mirroring.
150	153
151		```sh
	154	#+begin_src sh
152	155	> zfs list
153	156
154	157	NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT
155	158	tank 145G 14.3T 104K /tank
156	159	tank/cloud 145G 14.3T 145G /tank/cloud
157	160	tank/media 96K 14.3T 96K /tank/media
158		```
159
160		#### Converting Disks
	161	#+end_src
161	162
162		Some disks, such as NTFS-formatted drives, will need to be partitioned and
163		formatted prior to being added to the pool.
	163	*** Converting Disks
	164	Some disks, such as NTFS-formatted drives, will need to be partitioned
	165	and formatted prior to being added to the pool.
164	166
165	167	Start by identifying the disks you want to format and add to the pool.
166	168
167		```sh
	169	#+begin_src sh
168	170	sudo fdisk -l \| grep /dev
169		```
	171	#+end_src
170	172
171		I am going to format my `/dev/sdc` and `/dev/sdd` disks with the `fdisk`
	173	I am going to format my =/dev/sdc= and =/dev/sdd= disks with the =fdisk=
172	174	command.
173	175
174		See below for instructions on how to use `fdisk`. Here's what I did to create
175		basic Linux formatted disks:
	176	See below for instructions on how to use =fdisk=. Here's what I did to
	177	create basic Linux formatted disks:
176	178
177		- `g` : Create GPT partition table
178		- `n` : Create a new partition, hit Enter for all default options
179		- `t` : Change partition type to `20` for `Linux filesystem`
180		- `w` : Write the changes to disk and exit
	179	- =g= : Create GPT partition table
	180	- =n= : Create a new partition, hit Enter for all default options
	181	- =t= : Change partition type to =20= for =Linux filesystem=
	182	- =w= : Write the changes to disk and exit
181	183
182	184	I repeated this process for both disks.
183	185
184		```sh
	186	#+begin_src sh
185	187	> sudo fdisk /dev/sdc
186	188
187	189	Welcome to fdisk (util-linux 2.37.2).
		@@ -227,95 +229,96 @@ Help:
227	229	G create a new empty SGI (IRIX) partition table
228	230	o create a new empty DOS partition table
229	231	s create a new empty Sun partition table
230		```
	232	#+end_src
231	233
232	234	Once the drives are formatted, we can add these disks to the pool.
233	235
234		```sh
	236	#+begin_src sh
235	237	sudo zpool add tank mirror /dev/sdc /dev/sdd
236		```
	238	#+end_src
237	239
238	240	When we list the pool again, we can see that our size is now updated to
239	241	approximately 22TB. This represents my hard drives totalling 45.6TB when
240		shown with `fdisk -l`, with a Raid10 configuration using 22TB for mirroring
241		and 22TB of useable space.
	242	shown with =fdisk -l=, with a Raid10 configuration using 22TB for
	243	mirroring and 22TB of useable space.
242	244
243		```sh
	245	#+begin_src sh
244	246	> zfs list
245	247
246	248	NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT
247	249	tank 145G 21.7T 104K /tank
248	250	tank/cloud 145G 21.7T 145G /tank/cloud
249	251	tank/media 145GT 21.7T 96K /tank/media
250		```
	252	#+end_src
251	253
252		### Creating Datasets
	254	** Creating Datasets
	255	According to
	256	[[https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E18752_01/html/819-5461/ftyue.html][ZFS
	257	Terminology]], a =dataset= can refer to “clones, file systems,
	258	snapshots, and volumes.
253	259
254		According to [ZFS
255		Terminology](https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E18752_01/html/819-5461/ftyue.html), a
256		`dataset` can refer to "clones, file systems, snapshots, and volumes.
	260	For this guide, I will use the =dataset= term to refer to file systems
	261	created under a pool.
257	262
258		For this guide, I will use the `dataset` term to refer to file systems created
259		under a pool.
	263	Within my =tank= pool, I am going to create some datasets to help
	264	organize my files. This will give me location to store data rather than
	265	simply dumping everything at the =/tank/= location.
260	266
261		Within my `tank` pool, I am going to create some datasets to help organize my
262		files. This will give me location to store data rather than simply dumping
263		everything at the `/tank/` location.
264
265		```sh
	267	#+begin_src sh
266	268	sudo zfs create tank/cloud
267	269	sudo zfs create tank/media
268		```
	270	#+end_src
269	271
270		Once created, you can see these datasets in the output of your pool list:
	272	Once created, you can see these datasets in the output of your pool
	273	list:
271	274
272		```sh
	275	#+begin_src sh
273	276	> zfs list
274	277	NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT
275	278	tank 752K 7.14T 104K /tank
276	279	tank/cloud 96K 7.14T 96K /tank/cloud
277	280	tank/media 96K 7.14T 96K /tank/media
278		```
279
280		### Creating Snapshots
	281	#+end_src
281	282
282		Next, let's create our first snapshot. We can do this by calling the `snapshot`
283		command and give it an output name. I will be throwing the current date and time
284		into my example.
	283	** Creating Snapshots
	284	Next, let's create our first snapshot. We can do this by calling the
	285	=snapshot= command and give it an output name. I will be throwing the
	286	current date and time into my example.
285	287
286		```sh
	288	#+begin_src sh
287	289	sudo zfs snapshot tank@$(date '+%Y-%m-%d_%H-%M')
288		```
	290	#+end_src
289	291
290	292	We can list the snapshots in our pool with the following command:
291	293
292		```sh
	294	#+begin_src sh
293	295	> zfs list -t snapshot
294	296	NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT
295	297	tank@2024-02-06_19-41 0B - 104K -
296		```
297
298		### Destroy Snapshots
	298	#+end_src
299	299
	300	** Destroy Snapshots
300	301	You can always destroy snapshots that are no longer needed:
301	302
302		```sh
	303	#+begin_src sh
303	304	sudo zfs destroy tank@2024-02-06_19-41
304		```
	305	#+end_src
305	306
306	307	Once deleted, they will no longer appear in the list:
307	308
308		```sh
	309	#+begin_src sh
309	310	> zfs list -t snapshot
310	311	no datasets available
311		```
312
313		## My Thoughts on ZFS So Far
	312	#+end_src
314	313
315		- I sacrificed 25TB to be able to mirror my data, but I feel more comfortable
316		with the potential to save my data by quickly replacing a disk if I need to.
	314	* My Thoughts on ZFS So Far
	315	- I sacrificed 25TB to be able to mirror my data, but I feel more
	316	comfortable with the potential to save my data by quickly replacing a
	317	disk if I need to.
317	318	- The set-up was surprisingly easy and fast.
318		- Disk I/O is fast as well. I was worried that the data transfer speeds would be
319		slower due to the RAID configuration.
320		- Media streaming and transcoding has seen no noticeable drop in performance.
321		- My only limitation really is the number of HDD bays in my server HDD cage.
	319	- Disk I/O is fast as well. I was worried that the data transfer speeds
	320	would be slower due to the RAID configuration.
	321	- Media streaming and transcoding has seen no noticeable drop in
	322	performance.
	323	- My only limitation really is the number of HDD bays in my server HDD
	324	cage.

content/blog/2020-12-29-zork.md → blog/zork/index.org renamed +45 −50

		@@ -1,25 +1,23 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2020-12-29
3		title = "Zork: Let's Explore a Classic"
4		description = "A video game review for Zork."
5		+++
6
7		# Download (Free)
	1	#+title: Zork: Let's Explore a Classic
	2	#+date: 2020-12-29
	3	#+description: A video game review for Zork.
	4	#+filetags: :gaming:
8	5
	6	* Download (Free)
9	7	Before we get into the game itself, you should know that you can
10		download Zork for free from Infocom's [download
11		page](http://infocom-if.org/downloads/downloads.html). So feel free to
12		boot it up and take a ride back to the 1980s with this masterpiece.
13
14		# Game Description
15
16		Zork is an interactive, text-based computer game originally released in
17		1980. This series, split into three separate games, introduced a robust
18		and sophisticated text parser to gamers. People were largely used to the
19		simple commands used in the popular game [Colossal Cave
20		Adventure](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colossal_Cave_Adventure), but
21		Zork allowed users to send more complex commands that included
22		prepositions and conjunctions.
	8	download Zork for free from Infocom's
	9	[[http://infocom-if.org/downloads/downloads.html][download page]]. So
	10	feel free to boot it up and take a ride back to the 1980s with this
	11	masterpiece.
	12
	13	* Game Description
	14	Zork is an interactive, text-based computer game originally released
	15	in 1980. This series, split into three separate games, introduced a
	16	robust and sophisticated text parser to gamers. People were largely used
	17	to the simple commands used in the popular game
	18	[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colossal_Cave_Adventure][Colossal Cave
	19	Adventure]], but Zork allowed users to send more complex commands that
	20	included prepositions and conjunctions.
23	21
24	22	Zork tracks your score as you explore the map, find tools, and collect
25	23	trophy items (e.g., a jewel-encrusted egg). When you place your trophy
		@@ -28,59 +26,57 @@ points. Collecting the Twenty Treasures of Zork and placing them within
28	26	the trophy case wins the game. However, you must explore the map, solve
29	27	puzzles, and avoid being eaten by a grue to collect these treasures.
30	28
31		# The Map
32
	29	* The Map
33	30	Since Zork is a vast and complex game, it helps to have a map as you
34	31	explore and collect your trophies. However, if you want to play the game
35	32	as it was truly intended, you should try to play it without using the
36	33	map.
37	34
38		![Zork Map](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20201229-zork/zork_map.png)
39
40		[Map Source](https://www.filfre.net/2012/01/exploring-zork-part-1/)
	35	#+caption: Zork Map
	36	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20201229-zork/zork_map.png]]
41	37
42		# In-Game Screenshots
	38	/[[https://www.filfre.net/2012/01/exploring-zork-part-1/][Map Source]]/
43	39
	40	* In-Game Screenshots
44	41	After playing the game (for the first time ever) for several weeks
45	42	around 2014, I was finally able to beat the game with some online help
46	43	to find the last couple items. As I was writing this post, I installed
47	44	the game again to grab some screenshots to show off the true glory of
48		this game. As noted in [Jimmy Maher's
49		playthrough](https://www.filfre.net/2012/01/exploring-zork-part-1/), the
50		original Zork games looked quite a bit different due to the older
51		hardware of computers like the Apple II and multiple bug fixes that
52		Infocom pushed out after the game's initial release. My play-through
53		uses the [Zork
54		Anthology](https://store.steampowered.com/app/570580/Zork_Anthology/)
55		version, which utilizes DOSBox on Windows.
	45	this game. As noted in
	46	[[https://www.filfre.net/2012/01/exploring-zork-part-1/][Jimmy Maher's
	47	playthrough]], the original Zork games looked quite a bit different due
	48	to the older hardware of computers like the Apple II and multiple bug
	49	fixes that Infocom pushed out after the game's initial release. My
	50	play-through uses the
	51	[[https://store.steampowered.com/app/570580/Zork_Anthology/][Zork
	52	Anthology]] version, which utilizes DOSBox on Windows.
56	53
57	54	The first screenshot here shows the introductory information, which
58		doesn't include instructions of any kind for the player. If you
59		haven't played text adventures before, try to use simple commands like
60		"go west," "look around," or "hit troll with elvish sword."
	55	doesn't include instructions of any kind for the player. If you haven't
	56	played text adventures before, try to use simple commands like "go
	57	west," "look around," or "hit troll with elvish sword."
61	58
62		![Zork Screen, pt.
63		1](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20201229-zork/zork_01.png)
	59	#+caption: Zork Screen, pt. 1
	60	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20201229-zork/zork_01.png]]
64	61
65	62	In this second screenshot, we see the player has entered the house and
66	63	found the trophy case in the living room. The lantern and sword in this
67	64	room allow the player to explore dark areas and attack enemies. If you
68		don't use the lantern, you won't be able to see anything in dark
69		areas, and you may be eaten by a grue.
	65	don't use the lantern, you won't be able to see anything in dark areas,
	66	and you may be eaten by a grue.
70	67
71		![Zork Screen, pt.
72		2](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20201229-zork/zork_02.png)
	68	#+caption: Zork Screen, pt. 2
	69	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20201229-zork/zork_02.png]]
73	70
74	71	Finally, we see that the player has found the first treasure: a
75	72	jewel-encrusted egg. These treasures can be taken back to the house and
76	73	placed in the trophy case or carried until you feel like you want to put
77	74	things away.
78	75
79		![Zork Screen, pt
80		3.](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20201229-zork/zork_03.png)
81
82		# Conclusion
	76	#+caption: Zork Screen, pt 3.
	77	[[https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20201229-zork/zork_03.png]]
83	78
	79	* Conclusion
84	80	It's been quite a few years since I first played Zork, but I clearly
85	81	remember the late nights and bloodshot eyes that helped me find all the
86	82	treasures. This game is well worth the time and effort, even though the
		@@ -90,6 +86,5 @@ and skills learned in early video games like Zork can actually help you,
90	86	even when playing newer games.
91	87
92	88	If you do decide to play Zork, you can download Zork I, II, and III from
93		Infocom's [download
94		page](http://infocom-if.org/downloads/downloads.html) for free or search
95		the internet for an online version.
	89	Infocom's [[http://infocom-if.org/downloads/downloads.html][download
	90	page]] for free or search the internet for an online version.

build.sh deleted −6

		@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
1		#!/bin/sh
2
3		cd ~/Source/cleberg.net/
4		rm -rf public/
5		zola build --force
6		scp -r public/* ubuntu:/var/www/cleberg.net/

config.toml deleted −21

		@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
1		# Site settings
2		base_url = "https://cleberg.net"
3		title = "cleberg.net"
4		description = "The personal website of Christian Cleberg."
5		author = "Christian Cleberg"
6
7		# RSS settings
8		generate_feed = true
9		feed_filename = "atom.xml"
10
11		[markdown]
12		highlight_code = true
13		highlight_theme = "css"
14		highlight_themes_css = [
15		{ theme = "ayu-dark", filename = "syntax-theme-dark.css" },
16		{ theme = "inspired-github", filename = "syntax-theme-light.css" },
17		]
18		external_links_target_blank = true
19		lazy_async_image = true
20
21		[extra]

content/blog/2018-12-08-aes-encryption.md deleted −124

		@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2018-12-08
3		title = "AES Encryption"
4		description = "An exploration of the AES encryption standard."
5		+++
6
7		# Basic AES
8
9		If you're not familiar with encryption techniques,
10		[AES](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Advanced_Encryption_Standard) is the
11		Advanced Encryption Standard. This specification was established by
12		the National Institute of Standards and Technology, sub-selected from
13		the Rijndael family of ciphers (128, 192, and 256 bits) in 2001.
14		Furthering its popularity and status, the US government chose AES as
15		their default encryption method for top-secret data, removing the
16		previous standard which had been in place since 1977.
17
18		AES has proven to be an extremely safe encryption method, with 7-round
19		and 8-round attacks making no material improvements since the release of
20		this encryption standard almost two decades ago.
21
22		> Though many papers have been published on the cryptanalysis of AES,
23		> the fastest single-key attacks on round-reduced AES variants [20,
24		> 33] so far are only slightly more powerful than those proposed 10
25		> years ago [23,24].
26		>
27		> - [Bogdonav, et
28		> al.](http://research.microsoft.com/en-us/projects/cryptanalysis/aesbc.pdf)
29
30		# How Secure is AES?
31
32		In theory, AES-256 is non-crackable due to the massive number of
33		combinations that can be produced. However, AES-128 is no longer
34		recommended as a viable implementation to protect important data.
35
36		A semi-short [comic
37		strip](http://www.moserware.com/2009/09/stick-figure-guide-to-advanced.html)
38		from Moserware quickly explains AES for the public to understand.
39		Basically AES encrypts the data by obscuring the relationship between
40		the data and the encrypted data. Additionally, this method spreads the
41		message out. Lastly, the key produced by AES is the secret to decrypting
42		it. Someone may know the method of AES, but without the key, they are
43		powerless.
44
45		To obscure and spread the data out, AES creates a
46		substitution-permutation network. Wikipedia has a wonderful [example of
47		an SP
48		network](https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/c/cd/SubstitutionPermutationNetwork2.png/468px-SubstitutionPermutationNetwork2.png)
49		available. This network sends the data through a set of S boxes (using
50		the unique key) to substitute the bits with another block of bits. Then,
51		a P box will permutate, or rearrange, the bits. This is done over and
52		over, with the key being derived from the last round. For AES, the key
53		size specifies the number of transformation rounds: 10, 12, and 14
54		rounds for 128-bit, 192-bit, and 256-bit keys, respectively.
55
56		# The Process
57
58		1. \*KeyExpansion=: Using [Rijndael's key
59		schedule](https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Advanced_Encryption_Standard),
60		the keys are dynamically generated.
61		2. AddRoundKey: Each byte of the data is combined with this key
62		using bitwise xor.
63		3. SubBytes: This is followed by the substitution of each byte of
64		data.
65		4. ShiftRows: Then, the final three rows are shifted a certain
66		number of steps, dictated by the cipher.
67		5. MixColumns: After the rows have been shifted, the columns are
68		mixed and combined.
69
70		This process does not necessarily stop after one full round. Steps 2
71		through 5 will repeat for the number of rounds specified by the key.
72		However, the final round excludes the MixColumns step. As you can see,
73		this is a fairly complex process. One must have a solid understanding of
74		general mathematic principles to fully understand how the sequence works
75		(and to even attempt to find a weakness).
76
77		According to research done by Bogdanov et al., it would take billions of
78		years to brute force a 126-bit key with current hardware. Additionally,
79		this brute force attack would require storing 2^88^ bits of data!
80		However, there are a few different attacks that have been used to show
81		vulnerabilities with the use of this technology. Side-channel attacks
82		use inadvertent leaks of data from the hardware or software, which can
83		allow attackers to obtain the key or run programs on a user's hardware.
84
85		Please note that this is not something you should run out and try to
86		implement in your `Hello, World!` app after only a few hours of
87		research. While AES (basically all encryption methods) is extremely
88		efficient in what it does, it takes a lot of time and patience to
89		understand. If you're looking for something which currently implements
90		AES, check out the [Legion of the Bouncy
91		Castle](https://www.bouncycastle.org/documentation.html) for Java
92		implementations of cryptographic algorithms.
93
94		# Why Does Encryption Matter?
95
96		There are limitless reasons to enable encryption at-rest or in-transit
97		for various aspects of your digital life. You can research specific
98		examples, such as [Australia passes new law to thwart strong
99		encryption](https://arstechnica.com/tech-policy/2018/12/australia-passes-new-law-to-thwart-strong-encryption/).
100		However, I will simply list a few basic reasons to always enable
101		encryption, where feasible:
102
103		1. Privacy is a human right and is recognized as a national right in
104		some countries (e.g., [US Fourth
105		Amendment](https://www.law.cornell.edu/wex/fourth_amendment)).
106		2. "Why not?" Encryption rarely affects performance or speed, so
107		there's usually not a reason to avoid it in the first place.
108		3. Your digital identity and activity (texts, emails, phone calls,
109		online accounts, etc.) are extremely valuable and can result in
110		terrible consequences, such as identity theft, if leaked to other
111		parties. Encrypting this data prevents such leaks from ruining
112		lives.
113		4. Wiping or factory-resetting does not actually wipe all data from the
114		storage device. There are methods to read data from the physical
115		disks/boards inside devices.
116		5. Corporations, governments, and other nefarious groups/individuals
117		are actively looking for ways to collect personal information about
118		anyone they can. If someone's data is unencrypted, that person may
119		become a target due to the ease of data collection.
120
121		**Read More:**
122
123		- [Federal Information Processing Standards Publication
124		197](http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.197.pdf)

content/blog/2019-12-03-the-ansoff-matrix.md deleted −205

		@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2019-12-03
3		title = "The Ansoff Matrix"
4		description = "Learn about the Ansoff Matrix, a strategic management tool."
5		+++
6
7		# Overview
8
9		As the world of business evolves, managers must approach business
10		planning and strategy with a contemporary mindset. According to Dess,
11		McNamara, Eisner, and Lee, managers must be willing to adapt to the
12		modern business environment by going beyond "'incremental
13		management', whereby they view their job as making a series of small,
14		minor changes to improve the efficiency of the firm's operations"[^1].
15
16		One reason that strategic management is crucial is because most
17		businesses that fail in the United States each year fail due to a lack
18		of strategic focus or direction[^2]. The rate of failure for businesses
19		with poor strategies shows that strategic planning and management are
20		crucial to a business's strength and longevity, injecting the critical
21		factors of growth and direction into a company's business plan.
22
23		One of the most significant strategic planning and management frameworks
24		that companies can use is the [Ansoff
25		Matrix](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ansoff_matrix). While this
26		framework has unique purposes and use-cases, it can effectively help an
27		organization grow and compete. Specifically, the Ansoff matrix is one of
28		the most effective frameworks for companies who want to focus on
29		increasing sales revenue or profitability[^3].
30
31		This framework uses a two-by-two figure to show the four strategic
32		options for companies to use in this framework: market penetration,
33		market development, product development, and diversification (see
34		Figure 1). The x-axis of the matrix focuses on the firm's markets
35		and also determines if the firm is looking to enter new markets or
36		innovate in its current markets. The y-axis of the matrix focuses on the
37		firm's products and determines if the firm wants to pursue strategies
38		around their existing products or explore new products.
39
40		![The Ansoff Matrix by JaisonAbeySabu, Own work, CC BY-SA
41		3.0](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20191203-the-ansoff-matrix/ansoff_matrix-min.png)
42
43		# Strategic Options
44
45		## Market Penetration
46
47		The most straightforward strategy in the Ansoff matrix is to focus on
48		existing products in existing markets, also known as market
49		penetration[^4]. Companies such as Coca-Cola have used market
50		penetration successfully by investing a lot of money to get further
51		value out of their current markets. Coca-Cola does this by introducing
52		new features such as Christmas-themed bottles, personal names on the
53		bottles, and other marketing schemes.
54
55		## Market Development
56
57		Market development extends existing products into new markets in an
58		attempt to increase the number of buyers. One interesting way that
59		Coca-Cola used this strategy comes from the stigma that Diet Coke is a
60		woman's drink[^5]. Coca-Cola introduced Coca-Cola Zero, which contained
61		the same nutritional content as Diet Coke, but was packaged in a dark
62		black can to appear more "manly"[^6].
63
64		## Product Development
65
66		Product development uses existing markets to introduce new products so
67		that the firm can better meet customer needs[^7]. The extreme end of
68		diversification is home to companies such as Johnson & Johnson, a
69		healthcare company that has developed a business portfolio of more than
70		60,000 different products[^8]. Johnson & Johnson's dedication to
71		continuous diversification has led them to a balance sheet rating of
72		"AAA", industry recognition for diversification, and increases in
73		their investor dividends for 57 consecutive years[^9].
74
75		## Related Diversification
76
77		Diversification, the final strategy of the Ansoff Matrix, is more
78		difficult than the others since it involves exploring both new markets
79		and new products. Related diversification is a diversification strategy
80		that closely relates to the firm's core business. Coca-Cola's best
81		example of related diversification is its acquisition of Glaceau and
82		Vitamin Water, which expanded their drinking lines of business[^10].
83
84		## Unrelated Diversification
85
86		Unrelated diversification is a diversification strategy that does not
87		really relate to the firm's core business but still diversifies their
88		business portfolio. A good example of this would be a coffee company who
89		has decided to enter the market for bicycle sales. The main purpose of
90		this strategy is to an extremely diverse company that will not go
91		bankrupt if one market goes through difficult times. However, this
92		requires a lot of independent skills and heavy investments since the
93		company most likely cannot easily transfer knowledge between the markets
94		they compete in.
95
96		# Requirements for Success
97
98		To use the Ansoff Matrix framework, managers need to formulate corporate
99		goals and objectives. Without goals and direction, management frameworks
100		do not present much practical utility. Further, the Ansoff Matrix
101		requires the managers involved to make tactical decisions and create a
102		path for the company to take toward their goals. Lastly, both the Ansoff
103		Matrix needs to consider both internal and external perspectives
104		throughout the strategy formulation process.
105
106		One interesting probability is that companies will be using multiple
107		strategic planning and management frameworks at the same time. While
108		this may sound like it could crowd the management process, there are
109		numerous reasons to do so. For example, the Ansoff Matrix and the
110		Balanced Scorecard are relatively popular, and they cover entirely
111		different parts of a company's strategy. Using the results from the
112		Balanced Scorecard could inform a company of the potential product and
113		market demands, such as from customer or supplier survey results, to
114		help the company determine which Ansoff Matrix strategy to pursue.
115		However, a combined approach at this level would require mature
116		frameworks and focused managers who are able to strategize at a high
117		level.
118
119		Lastly, it should be noted that the author of the Ansoff matrix, Igor
120		Ansoff, often used the term [paralysis by
121		analysis](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Analysis_paralysis) to explain
122		the mistake of companies who overuse analysis and spend too much time
123		planning. Companies need to understand the utility of a strategic
124		management framework while ensuring that the company is poised to
125		execute as efficiently as they have planned.
126
127		# Footnotes
128
129		[^1]:
130		```example
131		Dess, G. G., McNamara, G., Eisner, A. B., Lee, S. H. (2019). Strategic
132		```
133
134		management: Text & cases, ninth edition. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill
135		Education.
136
137		[^2]:
138		```example
139		Juneja, P. (n.d.). Benefits of strategic management. Management Study
140		```
141
142		Guide. Retrieved from
143		<https://www.managementstudyguide.com/strategic-management-benefits.htm>.
144
145		[^3]:
146		```example
147		Meldrum M., McDonald M. (1995) The Ansoff matrix. In: Key Marketing
148		```
149
150		Concepts. London: Palgrave.
151
152		[^4]:
153		```example
154		Meldrum M., McDonald M. (1995) The Ansoff matrix. In: Key Marketing
155		```
156
157		Concepts. London: Palgrave.
158
159		[^5]:
160		```example
161		Oakley, T. (2015). Coca-Cola: The Ansoff matrix. The Marketing Agenda.
162		```
163
164		Retrieved from
165		<https://themarketingagenda.com/2015/03/28/coca-cola-ansoff-matrix/>.
166
167		[^6]:
168		```example
169		Oakley, T. (2015). Coca-Cola: The Ansoff matrix. The Marketing Agenda.
170		```
171
172		Retrieved from
173		<https://themarketingagenda.com/2015/03/28/coca-cola-ansoff-matrix/>.
174
175		[^7]:
176		```example
177		Oakley, T. (2015). Coca-Cola: The Ansoff matrix. The Marketing Agenda.
178		```
179
180		Retrieved from
181		<https://themarketingagenda.com/2015/03/28/coca-cola-ansoff-matrix/>.
182
183		[^8]:
184		```example
185		Lemke, T. (2019). The most diversified companies in the stock market. The
186		```
187
188		balance. Retrieved from
189		<https://www.thebalance.com/the-most-diversified-companies-in-the-stock-market-4169730>.
190
191		[^9]:
192		```example
193		Johnson & Johnson. (2018). 2018 Investor Fact Sheet. [PDF file]. Retrieved
194		```
195
196		from
197		[http://www.investor.jnj.com/_document/2018-investor-fact-sheet-4-19'id=0000016a-5681-d475-a17f-d78db54a0000](http://www.investor.jnj.com/\_document/2018-investor-fact-sheet-4-19'id=0000016a-5681-d475-a17f-d78db54a0000).
198
199		[^10]:
200		```example
201		Oakley, T. (2015). Coca-Cola: The Ansoff matrix. The Marketing Agenda.
202		```
203
204		Retrieved from
205		<https://themarketingagenda.com/2015/03/28/coca-cola-ansoff-matrix/>.

content/blog/2019-12-16-password-security.md deleted −126

		@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2019-12-16
3		title = "Password Security"
4		description = "Password security basics."
5		+++
6
7		# Users
8
9		## Why Does It Matter?
10
11		Information security, including passwords and identities, has become one
12		of the most important digital highlights of the last decade. With
13		[billions of people affected by data breaches each
14		year](https://www.usatoday.com/story/money/2018/12/28/data-breaches-2018-billions-hit-growing-number-cyberattacks/2413411002/),
15		there's a greater need to introduce strong information security
16		systems. If you think you've been part of a breach, or you want to
17		check and see, you can use [Have I Been
18		Pwned](https://haveibeenpwned.com/) to see if your email has been
19		involved in any public breaches. Remember that there's a possibility
20		that a company experienced a breach and did not report it to anyone.
21
22		## How Do I Protect Myself?
23
24		The first place to start with any personal security check-up is to
25		gather a list of all the different websites, apps, or programs that
26		require you to have login credentials. Optionally, once you know where
27		your information is being stored, you can sort the list from the
28		most-important items such as banks or government logins to less
29		important items such as your favorite meme site. You will want to ensure
30		that your critical logins are secure before getting to the others.
31
32		Once you think you have a good idea of all your different authentication
33		methods, I recommend using a password manager such as
34		[Bitwarden](https://bitwarden.com/). Using a password manager allows you
35		to automatically save your logins, create randomized passwords, and
36		transfer passwords across devices. However, you'll need to memorize
37		your "vault password" that allows you to open the password manager.
38		It's important to make this something hard to guess since it would
39		allow anyone who has it to access every password you've stored in
40		there.
41
42		Personally, I recommend using a
43		[passphrase](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Passphrase) instead of a
44		[password](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Password) for your vault
45		password. Instead of using a string of characters (whether random or
46		simple), use a phrase and add in symbols and a number. For example, your
47		vault password could be `Racing-Alphabet-Gourd-Parrot3`. Swap
48		the symbols out for whichever symbol you want, move the number around,
49		and fine-tune the passphrase until you are confident that you can
50		remember it whenever necessary.
51
52		Once you've stored your passwords, make sure you continually check up
53		on your account and make sure you aren't following bad password
54		practices. Krebs on Security has a great [blog post on password
55		recommendations](https://krebsonsecurity.com/password-dos-and-donts/).
56		Any time that a data breach happens, make sure you check to see if you
57		were included, and if you need to reset any account passwords.
58
59		# Developers
60
61		## What Are the Basic Requirements?
62
63		When developing any password-protected application, there are a few
64		basic rules that anyone should follow even if they do not follow any
65		official guidelines such as NIST. The foremost practice is to require
66		users to use passwords that are at least 8 characters and cannot easily
67		be guessed. This sounds extremely simple, but it requires quite a few
68		different strategies. First, the application should check the potential
69		passwords against a dictionary of insecure passwords such
70		`password`, `1234abc`, or
71		`application_name`.
72
73		Next, the application should offer guidance on the strength of passwords
74		being entered during enrollment. Further, NIST officially recommends
75		not implementing any composition rules that make passwords hard to
76		remember (e.g. passwords with letters, numbers, and special characters)
77		and instead encouraging the use of long pass phrases which can include
78		spaces. It should be noted that to be able to keep spaces within
79		passwords, all unicode characters should be supported, and passwords
80		should not be truncated.
81
82		## What Does NIST Recommend?
83
84		The National Institute of Standards and Technology
85		([NIST](https://www.nist.gov)) in the US Department of Commerce
86		regularly publishes information around information security and digital
87		identity guidelines. Recently, NIST published [Special Publication
88		800-63b](https://pages.nist.gov/800-63-3/sp800-63b.html): Digital
89		Identity Guidelines and Authentication and Lifecycle Management.
90
91		> A Memorized Secret authenticator - commonly referred to as a password
92		> or, if numeric, a PIN - is a secret value intended to be chosen and
93		> memorized by the user. Memorized secrets need to be of sufficient
94		> complexity and secrecy that it would be impractical for an attacker to
95		> guess or otherwise discover the correct secret value. A memorized
96		> secret is something you know.
97		>
98		> - NIST Special Publication 800-63B
99
100		NIST offers a lot of guidance on passwords, but I'm going to highlight
101		just a few of the important factors:
102
103		- Require passwords to be a minimum of 8 characters (6 characters if
104		randomly generated and be generated using an approved random bit
105		generator).
106		- Compare potential passwords against a list that contains values
107		known to be commonly-used, expected, or compromised.
108		- Offer guidance on password strength, such as a strength meter.
109		- Implement a rate-limiting mechanism to limit the number of failed
110		authentication attempts for each user account.
111		- Do not require composition rules for passwords and do not require
112		passwords to be changed periodically (unless compromised).
113		- Allow pasting of user identification and passwords to facilitate the
114		use of password managers.
115		- Allow users to view the password as it is being entered.
116		- Use secure forms of communication and storage, including salting and
117		hashing passwords using a one-way key derivation function.
118
119		NIST offers further guidance on other devices that require specific
120		security policies, querying for passwords, and more. All the information
121		discussed so far comes from [NIST
122		SP800-63b](https://pages.nist.gov/800-63-3/sp800-63b.html) but NIST
123		offers a lot of information on digital identities, enrollment, identity
124		proofing, authentication, lifecycle management, federation, and
125		assertions in the total [NIST SP800-63 Digital Identity
126		Guidelines](https://pages.nist.gov/800-63-3/).

content/blog/2020-01-26-steam-on-ntfs.md deleted −95

		@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2020-01-26
3		title = "Linux Gaming Tweak: Steam on NTFS Drives"
4		description = "Learn how to fix Steam NTFS issues on Linux."
5		+++
6
7		# Auto-Mount Steam Drives
8
9		![Steam Screenshot](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200125-the-best-linux-software/steam.png)
10
11		If you want to see how to install Steam on Linux, see my other post:
12		[Linux Software](/blog/linux-software/).
13
14		Are you having trouble launching games, even though they've installed
15		correctly? This may happen if you're storing your games on an
16		NTFS-formatted drive. This shouldn't be an issue if you're storing
17		your games on the same drive that Steam is on, but some gamers prefer to
18		put Steam on their main drive and game files on another SSD or HDD.
19
20		To fix this problem, you'll need to try a few things. First, you'll
21		need to install the `ntfs-3g` package, which is meant for
22		better interoperability with Linux.
23
24		```sh
25		sudo apt install ntfs-3g
26		```
27
28		Next, you should set up the `/etc/fstab` file to
29		automatically mount your drives on boot. To automatically mount your
30		drives when the computer boots up, you'll have to create the folders
31		you want to mount your drive to first. I store mine in the
32		`/mnt` folder using names that I'll recognize, but you can
33		create your folders wherever you want.
34
35		```sh
36		mkdir /path/to/folder
37		```
38
39		For example:
40
41		```sh
42		mkdir /mnt/steam_library
43		```
44
45		To automatically mount drives upon system boot, you will need to collect
46		a few items. The UUID is the identification number connected to
47		whichever drive you're using to store Steam games.
48
49		Drives are usually labeled similar to `/dev/nvme0n1p1` or
50		`/dev/sda1`, so you'll need to find the line in the output
51		of the command below that correlates to your drive and copy the UUID
52		over to the `/etc/fstab` file.
53
54		```sh
55		sudo blkid \| grep UUID=
56		```
57
58		Next, you'll need your `uid` and `gid`. To find
59		these, run the following command:
60
61		```sh
62		id -u && id -g
63		```
64
65		Now that you have collected the necessary information, open the
66		`/etc/fstab` file:
67
68		```sh
69		sudo nano /etc/fstab
70		```
71
72		Each drive you want to mount on boot should have its own line in the
73		`/etc/fstab` file that looks similar to this:
74
75		```config
76		UUID=B64E53824E5339F7 /mnt/steam_library ntfs-3g uid=1000,gid=1000 0 0
77		```
78
79		Now all you need to do is unmount your drive and re-mount it. You can
80		unmount the drive by doing this (be sure to use the correct drive name
81		here):
82
83		```sh
84		sudo umount /dev/sdxX
85		```
86
87		You can re-mount all your drives by executing the following:
88
89		```sh
90		sudo mount -a
91		```
92
93		If you don't know what your drive name is, or you're nervous about
94		unmounting and re-mounting, simply reboot your computer, and it will be
95		done for you automatically.

content/blog/2020-05-19-customizing-ubuntu.md deleted −210

		@@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2020-05-19
3		title = "Beginner's Guide: Customizing Ubuntu"
4		description = "A beginner's guide to customizing the Ubuntu operating system."
5		+++
6
7		# More Information
8
9		For inspiration on designing your *nix computer, check out the
10		[r/unixporn](https://libredd.it/r/unixporn) subreddit!
11
12		# Customizing Ubuntu
13
14		New to Linux and want to add a personal touch to your machine? One of
15		the best perks of Linux is that it is extremely customizable. You
16		can change the styles of the windows, shell (status bars/docks), icons,
17		fonts, terminals, and more.
18
19		In this post, I'm going to go through customization on Ubuntu 20.04
20		(GNOME) since most new users tend to choose Ubuntu-based distros. If
21		you've found a way to install Arch with i3-gaps, I'm assuming you know
22		how to find more advanced tutorials out there on customizations.
23
24		## Required Tools
25
26		![Gnome
27		Tweaks](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200519-customizing-ubuntu/gnome-tweaks-min.png)
28
29		Ubuntu 20.04 ships with the default desktop environment
30		[Gnome](https://www.gnome.org/), which includes the handy
31		`gnome-tweaks` tool to quickly change designs. To install
32		this, just open your terminal and enter the following command:
33
34		```sh
35		sudo apt install gnome-tweaks
36		```
37
38		After you've finished installing the tool, simply launch the Tweaks
39		application, and you'll be able to access the various customization
40		options available by default on Ubuntu. You might even like some of the
41		pre-installed options.
42
43		## GNOME Application Themes
44
45		To change the themes applied to applications in GNOME, you will need to
46		change the Applications dropdown in the Appearance section of Tweaks. To
47		add more themes, you will have to find your preferred theme online and
48		follow the steps below to have it show up in the Tweaks tool. While you
49		may find themes anywhere, one of the most popular sites for GNOME themes
50		is [gnome-look.org](https://www.gnome-look.org/). This website contains
51		themes for applications, shells, icons, and cursors.
52
53		Steps to import themes into Tweaks:
54
55		1. Download the theme.
56		2. These files are usually compressed (.zip, .tar.gz, .tar.xz), so you
57		will need to extract the contents. This is easiest when opening the
58		file explorer, right-clicking the compressed file, and choosing
59		"Extract here."
60		3. Move the theme folder to `/usr/share/themes/`. You can do
61		so with the following command:
62		`sudo mv theme-folder/ /usr/share/themes/`.
63		- Icons and cursors will be moved to the
64		`/usr/share/icons/` folder.
65		- Fonts will be moved to the `/usr/share/fonts/` folder
66		Alternatively, you can move them to the
67		`/usr/share/fonts/opentype/` or
68		`/usr/share/fonts/opentype/` folders, if you have a
69		specific font type.
70		4. Close tweaks if it is open. Re-open Tweaks and your new theme will
71		be available in the Applications dropdown in the Appearance section
72		of Tweaks.
73
74		If the theme is not showing up after you've moved it into the themes
75		folder, you may have uncompressed the folder into a sub-folder. You can
76		check this by entering the theme folder and listing the contents:
77
78		```sh
79		cd /usr/share/themes/Mojave-Dark && ls -la
80		```
81
82		This is an example of what the contents of your theme folder should look
83		like. If you just see another folder there, you should move that folder
84		up into the `/usr/share/themes/` folder.
85
86		```sh
87		cinnamon COPYING gnome-shell gtk-2.0 gtk-3.0 index.theme metacity-1 plank xfwm4
88		```
89
90		## GNOME Shell Themes
91
92		To change the appearance of the title bar, default dock, app menu, and
93		other parts of the GNOME shell, you'll need to install the [user
94		themes](https://extensions.gnome.org/extension/19/user-themes/)
95		extension on [Gnome Extensions](https://extensions.gnome.org/). To be
96		able to install extensions, you will first need to install the browser
97		extension that the website instructs you to. See this screenshot for the
98		blue box with a link to the extension.
99
100		![Gnome
101		Extensions](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20200519-customizing-ubuntu/gnome-extensions-min.png)
102
103		After the browser extension is installed, you will need to install the
104		native host connector:
105
106		```sh
107		sudo apt install chrome-gnome-shell
108		```
109
110		Finally, you can go the [user
111		themes](https://extensions.gnome.org/extension/19/user-themes/)
112		extension page and click the installation button. This will enable the
113		Shell option in Tweaks. Now you can move shell themes to the
114		`/usr/share/themes` directory, using the same steps mentioned
115		in the previous section, and enable the new theme in Tweaks.
116
117		## Icons & Cursors
118
119		Icons and cursors are installed exactly the same way, so I'm grouping
120		these together in this post. Both of these items will need to follow the
121		same process as installing themes, except you will want to move your
122		font folders to the `/usr/share/icons/` directory instead.
123
124		## Fonts
125
126		Fonts are one of the overlooked parts of customization, but a good font
127		can make the whole screen look different. For example, I have installed
128		the [IBM Plex](https://github.com/IBM/plex/releases) fonts on my system.
129		This follows the same process as installing themes, except you will want
130		to move your font folders to the `/usr/share/fonts/`
131		directory instead.
132
133		## Terminal
134
135		If you spend a lot of time typing commands, you know how important the
136		style and functionality of the terminal is. After spending a lot of time
137		using the default GNOME terminal with [unix
138		shell](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bash_(Unix_shell)), I decided to
139		try some different options. I ended up choosing
140		[Terminator](https://terminator-gtk3.readthedocs.io/en/latest/) with
141		[zsh](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Z_shell).
142
143		Terminator is great if you need to open multiple terminals at one time
144		by simply right-clicking and splitting the screen into as many terminals
145		as you want. While this project hasn't been updated in a while, [it is
146		coming under new
147		development](https://github.com/gnome-terminator/terminator/issues/1).
148		However, this terminal is great and I haven't experienced any errors
149		yet.
150
151		For the shell choice, I decided to choose zsh after trying it out on a
152		fresh Manjaro installation. Zsh is great if you like to change the
153		themes of your terminal, include icons, or add plugins.
154
155		The desktop uses the
156		[zsh-autosuggestions](https://github.com/zsh-users/zsh-autosuggestions)
157		to suggest past commands as you type. In addition, it suggests
158		corrections if you misspell a command. Lastly, it uses the
159		`af-magic` theme, which adds dashed lines between commands,
160		moving the user@host tag to the right side of the terminal, and changes
161		the colors. There are plenty of plugins and themes to choose from. Just
162		figure out what you like and add it to your `~/.zshrc` file!
163
164		### Steps to Replicate My Terminal
165
166		To install zsh on Ubuntu, enter the following command into a terminal:
167
168		```sh
169		sudo apt install zsh
170		```
171
172		Then, enter the next command to activate zsh:
173
174		```sh
175		sudo chsh -s $(which zsh) $(whoami)
176		```
177
178		To install Terminator on Ubuntu:
179
180		```sh
181		sudo apt install terminator
182		```
183
184		To install Oh My Zsh on Ubuntu:
185
186		```sh
187		sh -c "$(curl -fsSL https://raw.github.com/ohmyzsh/ohmyzsh/master/tools/install.sh)"
188		```
189
190		To install zsh-autosuggestions via Oh My Zsh:
191
192		```sh
193		git clone https://github.com/zsh-users/zsh-autosuggestions ${ZSH_CUSTOM:-~/.oh-my-zsh/custom}/plugins/zsh-autosuggestions
194		```
195
196		Then, add the following plugin wording to your `~/.zshrc`
197		file (the default config usually has the `git` plugin
198		activated, so just add any other plugins to the parentheses separated by
199		a space):
200
201		```sh
202		nano ~/.zshrc
203		```
204
205		```sh
206		plugins=(git zsh-autosuggestions)
207		```
208
209		Finally, you need to log out of your computer and log back in so your
210		user shell can refresh.

content/blog/2020-08-22-redirect-github-pages.md deleted −136

		@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2020-08-22
3		title = "Redirect GitHub Pages from Subdomain to the Top-Level Domain"
4		description = "Learn how to redirect Github pages to the TLD."
5		+++
6
7		# Short answer
8
9		## Step 1
10
11		Add a new file CNAME to your GitHub Pages repository containing only one
12		line: your top-level domain name. E.g.: `example.com`
13
14		## Step 2
15
16		[Optional] but highly recommended
17
18		2.1: Remove all other top-level records (prefixed with @) of type A from
19		your DNS configuration.
20
21		2.2: Remove a CNAME record for the second-level domain www if it is
22		present.
23
24		## Step 3
25
26		Add these 5 entries to the very top of your DNS configuration:
27
28		```txt
29		@ A 185.199.108.153
30		@ A 185.199.109.153
31		@ A 185.199.110.153
32		@ A 185.199.111.153
33		www CNAME your_github_username.github.io.
34		```
35
36		Replace `your_github_username` with your actual GitHub
37		username.
38
39		## Step 4
40
41		Wait for your DNS changes to propagate. DNS changes aren't effective
42		immediately. They can take up to a full day to propagate.
43
44		# Long answer
45
46		This issue has two sides. One is the DNS configuration itself. Another
47		one is the way GitHub Pages will forward HTTP requests.
48
49		We need to know a few things to understand what GitHub is trying to say
50		in their documentation.
51
52		## DNS Entry Types
53
54		There are two types of DNS records which interest us: CNAME and A.
55
56		`A` is also known as `Apex` or sometimes as
57		`root entry`. It forwards requests to a specified fixed IP
58		address. `CNAME` entry forwards requests to a specified URL
59		(actual valid plain text URL, not an IP address).
60
61		## DNS Load balancing
62
63		GitHub has one central URL address which accepts all DNS requests for
64		GitHub Pages: `http://username.github.io`. That URL is
65		resolved to different IP addresses based on your geographical location.
66		Website hosted on GitHub Pages is a simple collection of
67		`HTML`, `CSS` and `JS` files. GitHub
68		distributes these files to different servers across the globe. So that
69		when your browser sends a request from Europe, it receives data from a
70		server in Europe. The same is valid for the requests from Asia and the
71		USA.
72
73		## What GitHub is trying to say
74
75		Since `A` records in DNS must contain IP addresses, and they
76		must be either `185.199.108.153` or
77		`185.199.109.153` or `185.199.110.153` or
78		`185.199.111.153`, there is no way to forward requests to a
79		server located somewhere in Europe or Asia. Your website hosted at
80		GitHub Pages will be downloaded from a central GitHub Pages server.
81		There is a minor risk that if GitHub Pages DNS servers
82		(`x.x.x.153`) are down for some reason, all custom domains
83		which use fixed GitHub Pages IP addresses will not be accessible (their
84		DNS requests will not be resolvable).
85
86		That is why GitHub strongly suggests to either use a second-level domain
87		for your GitHub Pages (e.g. `blog.example.com`) or use a DNS
88		service provider that supports a record type `ALIAS` that
89		acts as `A` record but forwards request to a URL address
90		(e.g. `username.github.io`) instead of a fixed IP address.
91
92		## How GitHub Pages treats HTTP requests
93
94		After a DNS request for `your_github_username.github.io` is
95		resolved into an IP address, e.g. `185.199.108.153` your
96		browser sends an HTTP request to that server with an HTTP header
97		`Host`. Below are `curl` examples that load the
98		same website (these examples might not work if you are behind a proxy
99		server):
100
101		```sh
102		curl --header "Host: your_github_username.github.io" http://185.199.108.153/
103		curl --header "Host: www.example.com" http://185.199.108.153/
104		curl --header "Host: example.com" http://185.199.108.153/
105		```
106
107		This way GitHub Pages servers know which user website to serve.
108
109		> GitHub Pages server will automatically redirect HTTP requests to the
110		> top-level domain if your `CNAME` file contains
111		> `example.com` but `www.example.com` is
112		> requested.
113		>
114		> The same is valid if your `CNAME` file contains
115		> `www.example.com` but the header `Host` in the
116		> `HTTP` request contains `example.com`.
117
118		## Why can't I add a `CNAME` record entry that accepts a top-level request (`@`) to my DNS configuration?
119
120		Quote from the GitHub Pages documentation:
121
122		> Warning: Do not create a CNAME record for your custom apex domain!
123		> Doing so may cause issues with other services, such as email, on that
124		> domain.
125
126		# References:
127
128		1. [Setting up a custom domain with GitHub
129		Pages](https://docs.github.com/en/github/working-with-github-pages/configuring-a-custom-domain-for-your-github-pages-site)
130		2. [My custom domain isn't
131		working](https://docs.github.com/en/github/working-with-github-pages/troubleshooting-custom-domains-and-github-pages)
132		3. [Cannot access my GitHub Pages website by IP
133		Address](https://serverfault.com/questions/589370/cannot-access-my-github-pages-website-by-ip-address)
134		4. [How do I set up GitHub Pages to redirect DNS requests from a
135		subdomain (e.g. www) to the top-level domain (TLD, Apex
136		record)?](https://stackoverflow.com/questions/23375422/how-do-i-set-up-github-pages-to-redirect-dns-requests-from-a-subdomain-e-g-www)

content/blog/2020-12-28-neon-drive.md deleted −94

		@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2020-12-28
3		title = "Neon Drive: A Nostalgic 80s Arcade Racing Game"
4		description = "A video game review for Neon Drive."
5		+++
6
7		# Game Description
8
9		[Neon Drive](https://store.steampowered.com/app/433910/Neon_Drive/)
10		presents itself as a simple arcade-style game inspired by the arcade
11		race games of the 1980s, yet it has managed to take up hours of my life
12		without much effort. The game description, directly from the Steam page,
13		is intriguing enough to entice anyone who's been looking for a good
14		arcade racing game:
15
16		> Neon Drive is a slick retro-futuristic arcade game that will make your
17		> brain melt. You've been warned. From beautiful cityscapes and ocean
18		> roads to exploding enemy spaceships, Neon Drive has it all.
19
20		# Gameplay
21
22		The game holds true to the
23		[retro-futurism](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Retrofuturism) style,
24		including chrome female robots, pixelated arcade machines, and
25		[outrun](https://teddit.net/r/outrun/) aesthetics.
26
27		Each level of the game is shown as a separate arcade machine. Each
28		arcade machine lets you play on Normal, Hard, Insane, Practice, and Free
29		Run. To beat each arcade, you must reach the end of the level without
30		crashing your car into the various obstacles on the course. Basic levels
31		let you move left or right to avoid blocks in the road. Later levels put
32		you through other tests, such as dodging traffic or blasting asteroids.
33
34		The game uses synthwave music to keep you on track to make the correct
35		moves by timing the beats of the songs to the correct moves on the
36		screen. It reminds me of the early Guitar Hero games, as well as mobile
37		apps like VOEZ - repetition and staying on-beat is the only way to win.
38
39		# In-Game Screenshots
40
41		Taking a look at the main menu, you can see that Neon Drive plays into
42		every stereotype you can think of around retro-futuristic, synthwave
43		arcades (in a good way).
44
45		![Neon Drive
46		Menu](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20201228-neon-drive/neon_drive_menu.png)
47
48		Once you get into the first level, we see that the choice of car fits
49		right in with the stereotypical cars of the 80s, like the
50		[DeLorean](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DMC_DeLorean) or the [Ferrari
51		F40](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ferrari_F40). Each new level comes
52		with new color schemes and cars, so you should never get tired of the
53		aesthetic.
54
55		![Neon Drive
56		Race](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20201228-neon-drive/neon_drive_race.png)
57
58		Personally, I love the orange and blue colors used in level 2:
59
60		![Level
61		2](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20201228-neon-drive/neon_drive_level_2.png)
62
63		If you're the competitive type and getting 100% on all arcade machines
64		isn't enough, there are leaderboards for the regular part of the game,
65		and the endurance game mode.
66
67		![Leaderboard](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20201228-neon-drive/neon_drive_leaderboard.png)
68
69		# Other Suggestions
70
71		Neon Drive sits nicely within the well-founded cult genre of Outrun.
72		Other games that I've enjoyed in this same spectrum are:
73
74		- [Far Cry 3: Blood
75		Dragon](https://store.steampowered.com/app/233270/Far_Cry_3__Blood_Dragon/)
76		- [Retrowave](https://store.steampowered.com/app/1239690/Retrowave/)
77		- [Slipstream](https://store.steampowered.com/app/732810/Slipstream/)
78
79		Although these games aren't necessarily in the same genre, they do have
80		aspects that place them close enough to interest gamers that enjoyed
81		Neon Drive:
82
83		- [Black Ice](https://store.steampowered.com/app/311800/Black_Ice/)
84		- [Cloudpunk](https://store.steampowered.com/app/746850/Cloudpunk/)
85		- [Need for Speed:
86		Heat](https://store.steampowered.com/app/1222680/Need_for_Speed_Heat/)
87		- [VirtuaVerse](https://store.steampowered.com/app/1019310/VirtuaVerse/)
88
89		Of course, if all you really care about is the arcade aspect of these
90		games, you can check out the [Atari
91		Vault](https://store.steampowered.com/app/400020/Atari_Vault/) or any of
92		the other classic games sold on Steam by companies like Namco, Atari.
93		For something like Nintendo, you'd have to settle for buying used
94		classic consoles or delve into the world of emulation.

content/blog/2021-10-09-apache-redirect.md deleted −46

		@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2021-10-09
3		title = "Apache Redirect HTML Files to a Directory"
4		description = "A guide on redirecting HTML files to directory in Apache."
5		+++
6
7		## The Problem
8
9		After recently switching static site generators (SSG), my blog URLs
10		changed with no option to preserve the classic `.html`
11		extension at the end of my blog post URLs.
12
13		I really disliked using my old SSG ([Jekyll](https://jekyllrb.com)) and
14		prefer my new tool ([Zola](https://www.getzola.org)) much more, so I was
15		determined to figure out a way to get the proper redirect set up so that
16		people who find my posts online aren't constantly met by 404 errors.
17
18		## The Solution
19
20		To solve this problem, I really needed to solve two pieces:
21
22		1. Redirect all blog post URL requests from
23		`/blog/some-post.html` to `/blog/some-post/`.
24		2. Ensure that no other `.html` files are redirected, such
25		as `index.html`.
26
27		After a lot of tweaking and testing, I believe I have finally found
28		the solution. The solution is shown below.
29
30		```conf
31		RewriteEngine On
32		RewriteCond %{REQUEST_URI} !\index.html$ [NC]
33		RewriteRule ^(.*).html$ https://example.com/$1 [R=301,L]
34		```
35
36		This piece of code in the Apache `.conf` or
37		`.htaccess` file will do the following:
38
39		1. Turn on the RewriteEngine so that we can modify URLs.
40		2. Ignore any `index.html` files from the rule we are about
41		to specify.
42		3. Find any `.html` files within the website directory and
43		redirect it to exclude the file extension.
44		4. The final piece is adding the trailing slash (`/`) at the
45		end of the URL - you'll notice that I don't have an Apache rule
46		for that since Apache handles that automatically.

content/blog/2022-02-17-exiftool.md deleted −67

		@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-02-17
3		title = "Stripping Image Metadata with exiftool"
4		description = "A simple guide to remove exif data with exiftool."
5		+++
6
7		## Why Strip Metadata?
8
9		Okay, so you want to strip metadata from your photos. Perhaps you take
10		pictures of very rare birds, and the location metadata is a gold mine
11		for poachers, or perhaps you're just privacy-oriented like me and
12		prefer to strip metadata from publicly-available images.
13
14		There are various components of image metadata that you may want to
15		delete before releasing a photo to the public. Here's an incomplete
16		list of things I could easily see just by inspecting a photo on my
17		laptop:
18
19		- Location (Latitude & Longitude)
20		- Dimensions
21		- Device Make & Model
22		- Color Space
23		- Color Profile
24		- Focal Length
25		- Alpha Channel
26		- Red Eye
27		- Metering Mode
28		- F Number
29
30		Regardless of your reasoning, I'm going to explain how I used the
31		`exiftool` package in Linux to automatically strip metadata
32		from all images in a directory (+ subdirectories).
33
34		## Installing `exiftool`
35
36		First things first: we need to install the tool. I'm running Debian 11
37		on my server (Ubuntu will work the same), so the command is as simple
38		as:
39
40		```sh
41		sudo apt install exiftool
42		```
43
44		There are different tools that can accomplish the same thing across
45		distributions, but I really only care to test out this one package.
46
47		## Recursively Strip Data
48
49		I actually use this tool extensively to strip any photos uploaded to the
50		website that serves all the images for my blog
51		(`img.cleberg.net`).
52
53		The following command is incredibly useful and can be modified to
54		include any image extensions that `exiftool` supports:
55
56		```sh
57		exiftool -r -all= -ext jpg -ext png /path/to/directory/
58		```
59
60		See below for the results of my most recent usage of
61		`exiftool` after I uploaded the image for this blog post. You
62		can see that the command will let you know how many directories were
63		scanned, how many images were updated, and how many images were
64		unchanged.
65
66		![exiftool
67		results](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220217-stripping-metadata-with-exiftool/exiftool.png)

content/blog/2022-02-20-nginx-caching.md deleted −72

		@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-02-20
3		title = "Caching Static Content with Nginx"
4		description = "Learn how to enable the static content cache in Nginx."
5		+++
6
7		## Update Your Nginx Config to Cache Static Files
8
9		If you run a website on Nginx that serves static content (i.e., content
10		that is not dynamic and changing with interactions from the user), you
11		would likely benefit from caching that content on the client-side. If
12		you're used to Apache and looking for the Nginx equivalent, this post
13		should help.
14
15		Luckily, setting up the cache is as easy as identifying the file types
16		you want to cache and determining the expiration length. To include more
17		file types, simply use the bar separator (`\|`) and type the
18		new file extension you want to include.
19
20		```config
21		server {
22		...
23
24		location ~* .(css\|js\|jpg\|jpeg\|gif\|png\|ico)$ {
25		expires 30d;
26		}
27
28		...
29		}
30		```
31
32		I have seen some people who prefer to set `expires` as
33		`365d` or even `max`, but that is only for stable,
34		infrequently changing websites. As my site often changes (i.e., I'm
35		never content with my website), I need to know that my readers are
36		seeing the new content without waiting too long.
37
38		So, I went ahead and set the expiration date at `30d`, which
39		is short enough to refresh for readers but long enough that
40		clients/browsers won't be re-requesting the static files too often,
41		hopefully resulting in faster loading times, as images should be the
42		only thing slowing down my site.
43
44		## Testing Results
45
46		To test my changes to the Nginx configuration, I used the [HTTP Header
47		Live](https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/http-header-live/)
48		extension on my Gecko browser and used the sidebar to inspect the
49		headers of a recent image from my blog.
50
51		In the image below, you can see that the `Cache-Control`
52		header is now present and set to 2592000, which is 30 days represented
53		in seconds (30 days \_ 24 hours/day \_ 60 minutes/hour \* 60
54		seconds/minute = 2,592,000 seconds).
55
56		The `Expires` field is now showing 22 March 2022, which is 30
57		days from the day of this post, 20 February 2022.
58
59		![Image
60		Headers](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220220-caching-static-content-with-nginx/image_headers.png)
61
62		## Caveats
63
64		Remember that this caching system is client-side, which means that
65		content is only cached for as long as a client allows it. For example,
66		my browser purges all caches, data, etc. upon exit, so this caching
67		policy will only work as long as my browser remains open and running.
68
69		If you need to test updates to your site, you'll need to clear the
70		cache to see updates for any file extension you configured. This can
71		often be done with the `Shift + F5` or `Ctrl + F5`
72		key combinations in most browsers.

content/blog/2022-02-22-tuesday.md deleted −41

		@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-02-22
3		title = "Tuesday"
4		description = "2-22-22 \|\| 22-2-22"
5		+++
6
7		## Tuesday, Twosday
8
9		I'm taking a break from my usual technology-related posts and writing
10		about something a little more enjoyable today.
11
12		Today is Tuesday, February 22nd, 2022. Today is 02-22-2022. Today is
13		Twosday.
14
15		Let's look at everything that fell in place today:
16
17		1. Written in the `m-dd-yy` or `dd-m-yy` formats,
18		today is 2-22-22 or 22-2-22, which is a neat little palindrome in
19		either format. (The last ubiquitous six-digit palindrome was
20		1-11-11.)
21		2. Today is Tuesday, which is why everyone is using the nickname
22		Twosday to call out these similarities.
23		3. Falling on Tuesday means today is the 2nd day of the week (for most
24		cultures. For the US, it's the 3rd day of the week since we start
25		on Sunday).
26		4. The only culture I could find with a connection to a `2`
27		is that some Slavic languages derived their version of Tuesday from
28		the Old Church Slavonic word `въторъ`, meaning "the
29		second."
30		5. Written in the classic monospaced, digital font (think of digital
31		clocks from the 80s/90s), there is nice symmetry to the numbers
32		([view the image
33		here](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220222-tuesday/digital_font.png)!).
34		6. This one isn't naturally-occurring, but it seems people around the
35		world are celebrating the day. For example, a group is putting
36		together
37		[[<https://www.eventbrite.com/e/2-22-22-a-collective-wedding-ceremony-at-the-state-capitol-tickets-211434605597>][a
38		wedding of 222 couples at the California State Capitol in
39		Sacramento]], concluding at exactly 2:22 PM. These couples will
40		record their marriage dates as 2-22-22 2:22 PM. Tickets were on sale
41		for \$222.22.

content/blog/2022-03-03-financial-database.md deleted −271

		@@ -1,271 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-03-03
3		title = "Maintaining a Personal Financial Database"
4		description = "An example project showing to build and maintain a simple financial database."
5		+++
6
7		## Personal Financial Tracking
8
9		For the last 6-ish years, I've tracked my finances in a spreadsheet.
10		This is common practice in the business world, but any good dev will
11		cringe at the thought of storing long-term data in a spreadsheet. A
12		spreadsheet is not for long-term storage or as a source of data to pull
13		data/reports.
14
15		As I wanted to expand the functionality of my financial data (e.g.,
16		adding more reports), I decided to migrate the data into a database. To
17		run reports, I would query the database and use a language like Python
18		or Javascript to process the data, perform calculations, and visualize
19		the data.
20
21		## SQLite
22
23		When choosing the type of database I wanted to use for this project, I
24		was split between three options:
25
26		1. MySQL: The database I have the most experience with and have used
27		for years.
28		2. PostgreSQL: A database I'm new to, but want to learn.
29		3. SQLite: A database that I've used for a couple projects and have
30		moderate experience.
31
32		I ended up choosing SQLite since it can be maintained within a single
33		`.sqlite` file, which allows me more flexibility for storage
34		and backup. I keep this file in my cloud storage and pull it up whenever
35		needed.
36
37		### GUI Editing
38
39		Since I didn't want to try and import 1000--1500 records into my new
40		database via the command line, I opted to use [DB Browser for SQLite
41		(DB4S)](https://sqlitebrowser.org/) as a GUI tool. This application is
42		excellent, and I don't see myself going back to the CLI when working in
43		this database.
44
45		DB4S allows you to copy a range of cells from a spreadsheet and paste it
46		straight into the SQL table. I used this process for all 36 accounts,
47		1290 account statements, and 126 pay statements. Overall, I'm guessing
48		this took anywhere between 4--8 hours. In comparison, it probably took
49		me 2-3 days to initially create the spreadsheet.
50
51		![DB4S](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220303-maintaining-a-personal-financial-database/db4s.png)
52
53		### Schema
54
55		The schema for this database is actually extremely simple and involves
56		only three tables (for now):
57
58		1. Accounts
59		2. Statements
60		3. Payroll
61
62		Accounts
63
64		The Accounts table contains summary information about an account, such
65		as a car loan or a credit card. By viewing this table, you can find
66		high-level data, such as interest rate, credit line, or owner.
67
68		```sql
69		CREATE TABLE "Accounts" (
70		"AccountID" INTEGER NOT NULL UNIQUE,
71		"AccountType" TEXT,
72		"AccountName" TEXT,
73		"InterestRate" NUMERIC,
74		"CreditLine" NUMERIC,
75		"State" TEXT,
76		"Owner" TEXT,
77		"Co-Owner" TEXT,
78		PRIMARY KEY("AccountID" AUTOINCREMENT)
79		)
80		```
81
82		Statements
83
84		The Statements table uses the same unique identifier as the Accounts
85		table, meaning you can join the tables to find a monthly statement for
86		any of the accounts listed in the Accounts table. Each statement has an
87		account ID, statement date, and total balance.
88
89		```sql
90		CREATE TABLE "Statements" (
91		"StatementID" INTEGER NOT NULL UNIQUE,
92		"AccountID" INTEGER,
93		"StatementDate" INTEGER,
94		"Balance" NUMERIC,
95		PRIMARY KEY("StatementID" AUTOINCREMENT),
96		FOREIGN KEY("AccountID") REFERENCES "Accounts"("AccountID")
97		)
98		```
99
100		Payroll
101
102		The Payroll table is a separate entity, unrelated to the Accounts or
103		Statements tables. This table contains all information you would find on
104		a pay statement from an employer. As you change employers or obtain new
105		perks/benefits, just add new columns to adapt to the new data.
106
107		```sql
108		CREATE TABLE "Payroll" (
109		"PaycheckID" INTEGER NOT NULL UNIQUE,
110		"PayDate" TEXT,
111		"Payee" TEXT,
112		"Employer" TEXT,
113		"JobTitle" TEXT,
114		"IncomeRegular" NUMERIC,
115		"IncomePTO" NUMERIC,
116		"IncomeHoliday" NUMERIC,
117		"IncomeBonus" NUMERIC,
118		"IncomePTOPayout" NUMERIC,
119		"IncomeReimbursements" NUMERIC,
120		"FringeHSA" NUMERIC,
121		"FringeStudentLoan" NUMERIC,
122		"Fringe401k" NUMERIC,
123		"PreTaxMedical" NUMERIC,
124		"PreTaxDental" NUMERIC,
125		"PreTaxVision" NUMERIC,
126		"PreTaxLifeInsurance" NUMERIC,
127		"PreTax401k" NUMERIC,
128		"PreTaxParking" NUMERIC,
129		"PreTaxStudentLoan" NUMERIC,
130		"PreTaxOther" NUMERIC,
131		"TaxFederal" NUMERIC,
132		"TaxSocial" NUMERIC,
133		"TaxMedicare" NUMERIC,
134		"TaxState" NUMERIC,
135		PRIMARY KEY("PaycheckID" AUTOINCREMENT)
136		)
137		```
138
139		### Python Reporting
140
141		Once I created the database tables and imported all my data, the only
142		step left was to create a process to report and visualize on various
143		aspects of the data.
144
145		In order to explore and create the reports I'm interested in, I
146		utilized a two-part process involving Jupyter Notebooks and Python
147		scripts.
148
149		1. Step 1: Jupyter Notebooks
150
151		When I need to explore data, try different things, and re-run my
152		code cell-by-cell, I use Jupyter Notebooks. For example, I explored
153		the `Accounts` table until I found the following useful
154		information:
155
156		```python
157		import sqlite3
158		import pandas as pd
159		import matplotlib
160
161		# Set up database filename and connect
162		db = "finances.sqlite"
163		connection = sqlite3.connect(db)
164		df = pd.read_sql_query("SELECT * FROM Accounts", connection)
165
166		# Set global matplotlib variables
167		%matplotlib inline
168		matplotlib.rcParams['text.color'] = 'white'
169		matplotlib.rcParams['axes.labelcolor'] = 'white'
170		matplotlib.rcParams['xtick.color'] = 'white'
171		matplotlib.rcParams['ytick.color'] = 'white'
172		matplotlib.rcParams['legend.labelcolor'] = 'black'
173
174		# Display graph
175		df.groupby(['AccountType']).sum().plot.pie(title='Credit Line by Account Type', y='CreditLine', figsize=(5,5), autopct='%1.1f%%')
176		```
177
178		2. Step 2: Python Scripts
179
180		Once I explored enough through the notebooks and had a list of
181		reports I wanted, I moved on to create a Python project with the
182		following structure:
183
184		```txt
185		finance/
186		├── notebooks/
187		│ │ ├── account_summary.ipynb
188		│ │ ├── account_details.ipynb
189		│ │ └── payroll.ipynb
190		├── public/
191		│ │ ├── image-01.png
192		│ │ └── image-0X.png
193		├── src/
194		│ └── finance.sqlite
195		├── venv/
196		├── _init.py
197		├── database.py
198		├── process.py
199		├── requirements.txt
200		└── README.md
201		```
202
203		This structure allows me to:
204
205		1. Compile all required python packages into
206		`requirements.txt` for easy installation if I move to
207		a new machine.
208		2. Activate a virtual environment in `venv/` so I don't
209		need to maintain a system-wide Python environment just for this
210		project.
211		3. Keep my `notebooks/` folder to continuously explore
212		the data as I see fit.
213		4. Maintain a local copy of the database in `src/` for
214		easy access.
215		5. Export reports, images, HTML files, etc. to
216		`public/`.
217
218		Now, onto the differences between the code in a Jupyter Notebook and
219		the actual Python files. To create the report in the Notebook
220		snippet above, I created the following function inside
221		`process.py`:
222
223		```python
224		# Create summary pie chart
225		def summary_data(accounts: pandas.DataFrame) -> None:
226		accounts_01 = accounts[accounts["Owner"] == "Person01"]
227		accounts_02 = accounts[accounts["Owner"] == "Person02"]
228		for x in range(1, 4):
229		if x == 1:
230		df = accounts
231		account_string = "All Accounts"
232		elif x == 2:
233		df = accounts_01
234		account_string = "Person01's Accounts"
235		elif x == 3:
236		df = accounts_02
237		account_string = "Person02's Accounts"
238		print(f"Generating pie chart summary image for {account_string}...")
239		summary_chart = (
240		df.groupby(["AccountType"])
241		.sum()
242		.plot.pie(
243		title=f"Credit Line by Type for {account_string}",
244		y="CreditLine",
245		autopct="%1.1f%%",
246		)
247		)
248		summary_chart.figure.savefig(f"public/summary_chart_{x}.png", dpi=1200)
249		```
250
251		The result? A high-quality pie chart that is read directly by the
252		`public/index.html` template I use.
253
254		![Summary Pie
255		Chart](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220303-maintaining-a-personal-financial-database/summary_chart.png)
256
257		Other charts generated by this project include:
258
259		- Charts of account balances over time.
260		- Line chart of effective tax rate (taxes divided by taxable
261		income).
262		- Salary projections and error limits using past income and
263		inflation rates.
264		- Multi-line chart of gross income, taxable income, and net
265		income.
266
267		The best thing about this project? I can improve it at any given
268		time, shaping it into whatever helps me the most for that time. I
269		imagine that I will be introducing an asset tracking table soon to
270		track the depreciating value of cars, houses, etc. Who knows what's
271		next?

content/blog/2022-03-08-plex-migration.md deleted −253

		@@ -1,253 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-03-08
3		title = "Migrating Plex to a New Server (& Nvidia Transcoding)"
4		description = "A retrospective on migrating Plex between servers and enabling Nvidia GPU transcoding."
5		+++
6
7		## Migration Phases
8
9		I recently decided to migrate my server from an old OptiPlex desktop
10		machine to a custom-built tower with better hardware in every category.
11		In order to do this, I would need to properly migrate a full Plex
12		installation.
13
14		The second part of this migration is that the new server uses an Nvidia
15		GPU and does not have any integrated graphics, which requires extra work
16		for installation, but provides much better hardware transcoding options
17		for Plex.
18
19		Therefore, I have broken this migration down into three phases:
20
21		1. [Configure the New Server](#phase-1-configure-the-new-server)
22		2. [Migrate Plex Data & Devices](#phase-2-migrate-plex-data-devices)
23		3. [Configure GPU Transcoding](#phase-3-configure-gpu-transcoding)
24
25		------------------------------------------------------------------------
26
27		## Phase 1: Configure the New Server
28
29		### Choosing an OS
30
31		In order to migrate Plex to my new server, I first needed to choose an
32		appropriate operating system (OS) and install it on the machine. Given
33		that I have encountered numerous issues installing other Linux
34		distributions properly with Nvidia graphics, I chose [Ubuntu
35		Server](https://ubuntu.com/download/server).
36
37		The first step is to create a bootable USB with Ubuntu Server. This is
38		easy with [Etcher](https://www.balena.io/etcher/), an app that runs on
39		many different platforms. Just download the Ubuntu Server
40		`.iso` image, launch Etcher, and install the
41		`.iso` on the USB.
42
43		Once the USB is created, insert it into my server, reboot, and click
44		`Esc` (or any of the `F1-12` keys) until the BIOS
45		menu appears. Finally, launch the USB boot drive.
46
47		### Booting with Nvidia
48
49		In order to install Ubuntu Server with an Nvidia Graphics card (and no
50		integrated graphics on this device for some reason), you'll have to
51		configure the boot menu to allow different graphics drivers to be
52		loaded.
53
54		When booting from the USB, the machine will launch the initial
55		installation menu. From this menu, type `e` to view the
56		default command options that come with the device - it's a good idea to
57		take a photo of this screen, so you can enter these commands on the next
58		screen (along with adding support for Nvidia).
59
60		Finally, type `Ctrl + C` to enter the command line. From this
61		command line, enter the commands found on the `e` screen.
62		\*Remember to add `nomodeset` to the `linux ...`
63		line so that your Nvidia device will display the installation screens
64		properly!\*
65
66		Here's an example of the commands I pulled from the `e`
67		screen and entered on the command line.
68
69		```sh
70		setparams 'Install Ubuntu Server'
71		setgfxpayload=keep
72		linux /casper/vmlinuz quiet nomodeset ---
73		initrd /casper/initrd
74		boot
75		```
76
77		![Ubuntu Server Installation
78		01](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220308-plex-media-server-migration/ubuntu_server_installation_01.png)
79
80		![Ubuntu Server Installation
81		02](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220308-plex-media-server-migration/ubuntu_server_installation_02.png)
82
83		Once the machine is rebooted, enter the `e` screen again and
84		add `nomodeset` to the `linux ...` line again and
85		press `Ctrl + X` to save the boot options.
86
87		The machine is now fully installed and can properly display on an
88		external display using the Nvidia GPU.
89
90		Always remember to update and upgrade on a new installation:
91
92		```sh
93		sudo apt update; sudo apt upgrade -y; sudo apt autoremove -y
94		```
95
96		------------------------------------------------------------------------
97
98		## Phase 2: Migrate Plex Data & Devices
99
100		This phase uses the great Plex article on migrations ([Move an
101		Installation to Another
102		System](https://support.plex.tv/articles/201370363-move-an-install-to-another-system/))
103		and adds a bit more information to help with commands and context.
104
105		### Terminology
106
107		Source: The original server that is being replaced.\
108		Destination: The new server.\
109		Client: Any application that can be used to modify settings for both
110		source/destination.
111
112		### Step 01: [Client] Update Settings
113
114		Open up a Plex app and disable the `Account` \>
115		`Library` \>
116		`Empty trash automatically after every scan` preference for
117		the source server.
118
119		### Step 02: [Destination] Install Plex
120
121		Open up the [Plex Media Server download
122		page](https://www.plex.tv/media-server-downloads/) and copy the link for
123		the appropriate platform.
124
125		Execute the following commands on the destination server to install
126		Plex:
127
128		```sh
129		wget <url>
130		sudo dpkg -i <filename>
131		sudo systemctl stop plexmediaserver.service
132		```
133
134		### Step 03: [Source] Stop Plex & Migrate Data
135
136		First, stop the Plex service so that no data is created or modified
137		during the migration.
138
139		```sh
140		sudo systemctl stop plexmediaserver.service
141		```
142
143		Next, copy the data to the new server. To find where the Plex data
144		directory is located, Plex has another excellent article available:
145		[Where is the Plex Media Server data directory
146		located?](https://support.plex.tv/articles/202915258-where-is-the-plex-media-server-data-directory-located/).
147
148		There are many ways to copy the data to the new server and will largely
149		depend on the size of the folder being copied. Personally, my data
150		folder was \~23GB and I opted to simply use the `scp` command
151		to copy the files over SSH.
152
153		This process was throttled by the old server's slow HDD and ports and
154		took approximately 90 minutes to complete. In comparison, moving the
155		data from the new server's `home/user/` directory to the
156		`/var/.../Plex Media Server` directory took 2-3 minutes.
157
158		```sh
159		scp -r "/var/lib/plexmediaserver/Library/Application Support/Plex Media Server" your_user@xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx:"'/path/to/destination/'"
160		```
161
162		### Step 04: [Destination] Update File Permissions
163
164		In case you move the data directory to a common area on the new server,
165		it will have to be moved to the proper location before Plex can function
166		properly:
167
168		```sh
169		mv "Plex Media Server" /var/lib/plexmediaserver/Library/Application Support/
170		```
171
172		To ensure permissions were retained properly, the server will need to
173		show that all files and folders in the data directory are owned by
174		`plex:plex` (or whichever user is running the Plex
175		application).
176
177		```sh
178		sudo chown -R plex:plex "/var/lib/plexmediaserver/Library/Application Support/Plex Media Server"
179		```
180
181		Finally, start the service and check the status.
182
183		```sh
184		sudo systemctl start plexmediaserver.service
185		sudo systemctl status plexmediaserver.service
186		```
187
188		### Step 05: [Client] Update Libraries & Metadata
189
190		The first step - now that the new server is up and running - is to sign
191		out of the client and sign back in. Once this is done, update any
192		library locations, if necessary. This was unnecessary in my case since I
193		simply moved my storage drives from the source server to the destination
194		server.
195
196		Next, perform the following actions in the client:
197
198		1. On the left sidebar, click `More` \> Three-Dot Menu \>
199		`Scan Library Files`
200		2. Enable the `Account` \> `Library` \>
201		`Empty trash automatically after every scan` preference
202		for the source server.
203		3. On the left sidebar, click `More` \> Three-Dot Menu \>
204		`Manage Server` \> `Empty Trash`
205		4. On the left sidebar, click `More` \> Three-Dot Menu \>
206		`Manage Server` \> `Clean Bundles`
207		5. On the left sidebar, click `More` \> Three-Dot Menu \>
208		`Manage Server` \> `Optimize Database`
209
210		Finally, double-check the Remote Access settings to make sure no changes
211		have caused issues with accessing the server from outside the network.
212
213		In my case, I use a single port forwarding rule in my router and needed
214		to update the Local LAN IP Address to the new server IP address.
215
216		![Router port
217		forwarding](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220308-plex-media-server-migration/port_forwarding.png)
218
219		------------------------------------------------------------------------
220
221		## Phase 3: Configure GPU Transcoding
222
223		The final piece to the migration is enabling hardware transcoding so
224		that Plex can fully utilize the new Nvidia GPU available in the server.
225		The first step is to install Nvidia graphics drivers. This process may
226		take a few minutes, but the commands are pretty simple:
227
228		```sh
229		sudo add-apt-repository ppa:graphics-drivers/ppa
230		sudo apt update
231		sudo apt-get install ubuntu-drivers-common
232		sudo ubuntu-drivers autoinstall
233		```
234
235		Finally, reboot so that the changes are loaded:
236
237		```sh
238		sudo reboot now
239		```
240
241		To ensure that the Nvidia graphics drivers are working properly, run the
242		following command to view the available GPUs, statistics, and processes:
243
244		```sh
245		sudo nvidia-smi
246		```
247
248		![nvidia-smi](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220308-plex-media-server-migration/nvidia_smi.png)
249
250		Finally, enable hardware transcoding settings in the Plex application:
251
252		![Plex transcoding
253		settings](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220308-plex-media-server-migration/plex_transcoding.png)

content/blog/2022-03-24-server-hardening.md deleted −353

		@@ -1,353 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-03-24
3		title = "Hardening a Public-Facing Home Server"
4		description = "Learn some basic techniques to harden a home server and network."
5		+++
6
7		## Post Updates
8
9		> After reviewing this post today (2022-10-04), I noticed quite a few
10		> gaps in my write-up and wanted to add a few things, even though this
11		> blog is really just a retrospective and knowledge dump for myself. I
12		> left things intact and simply crossed them out (~~like this~~) for
13		> posterity.
14
15		## Planning Data Flows & Security
16
17		### My Personal Data Flow
18
19		```txt
20		┌───────┐ ┌─────────────────┐
21		┌──► VLAN1 ├───► Private Devices │
22		│ └───────┘ └─────────────────┘
23		┌──────────┐ ┌────────┐ ┌──────────┐ ┌────────┐ │
24		│ Internet ├───► Router ├───► Firewall ├───► Switch ├──┤
25		└──────────┘ └────────┘ └──────────┘ └────────┘ │
26		│ ┌───────┐ ┌───────────────┐
27		└──► VLAN2 ├───► Public Server │
28		└───────┘ └───────────────┘
29		```
30
31		### Thought Process
32
33		To serve content from your home server and harden your security posture,
34		you have to think about the transport of data from `server`
35		to `client`.
36
37		Let's start with the actual server itself. Think about the following:
38
39		- Do I have a firewall enabled? Do I need to update this to allow new
40		ports or IPs?
41		- Do I have an IPS/IDS that may prevent outside traffic?
42		- Do I have any other security software installed?
43		- Are the services hosted inside Docker containers, behind a reverse
44		proxy, or virtualized? If so, are they configured to allow outside
45		traffic?
46
47		Once the data leaves the server, where does it go? In my case, it goes
48		to a managed switch. In this case, I asked the following:
49
50		- What configurations is the switch using?
51		- Am I using VLANs?
52		- Yes, I am using 802.1Q VLANs.
53		- Are the VLANs configured properly?
54		- Yes, as shown in the [Switch](#switch) section below, I have a
55		separate VLAN to allow outside traffic to and from the server
56		alone. No other devices, except for a service port, and in that
57		VLAN.
58
59		At this point, the data has been processed through the switch. Where
60		does it go next? In my case, it's pretty simple: it goes to the
61		router/modem device.
62
63		- Does my ISP block any ports that I need?
64		- This is an important step that a lot of people run into when
65		self-hosting at home. Use an online port-checker tool for your
66		IP or call your ISP if you think ports are blocked.
67		- Is there a router firewall?
68		- Yes, I checked that it's configured to allow the ports I need
69		to run my services publicly. Common web servers and reverse
70		proxies require ports 80 and 443, but other services like media
71		servers or games can require unique ports, so be sure to check
72		the documentation for your service(s).
73		- Are there any other settings affecting inbound/outbound traffic?
74		- Schedules or access blocks
75		- Static Routing
76		- QoS
77		- Port Forwarding
78		- DMZ Hosting
79		- Remote Management (this can sometimes mess with services that
80		also require the use of ports 80 and 443)
81
82		Once the data leaves my router, it goes to the upstream ISP and can be
83		accessed publicly.
84
85		## Server
86
87		+The services I run on my server are installed straight into the OS,
88		without any use of Docker or VMs, so I don't need any extra application
89		configuration to make them accessible to the outside world.+
90
91		As of 2022-10-04, the paragraph above is no longer true as I now run a
92		reverse proxy with Nginx and host many services inside Docker. However,
93		it doesn't change anything regarding this post as I still just need to
94		open ports 80 & 443 and create the necessary website configuration
95		files.
96
97		When creating new services - either installed directly on bare metal or
98		within something like Docker - I ensure that I read through the
99		documentation thoroughly to understand a few key things: - What network
100		activities should this app perform (if any)? Using which ports and
101		protocols? - Does this app require any commands/services to be run as
102		`root`? - Does this app log errors, authentication
103		failures/successes, or anything else that would be useful for an
104		investigation?
105
106		For extra security, I use limit all incoming connections to SSH
107		connections through my server firewall (`ufw`) and disable
108		common SSH settings. After all of that, I use `fail2ban` as a
109		preventative measure against brute-force login attempts.
110
111		As another piece of security, you can randomize your SSH port to ensure
112		that random scanners or attackers can't easily try to force their way
113		into your network. For example, you can edit the port rules in your
114		server to block all connection requests to port `22` but
115		forward all remote connections from port `12345` to your
116		server's port `22`. Then you just need to SSH to your
117		network via your randomized port.
118
119		### `ufw`
120
121		To see how to configure `ufw`, see my other post: [Secure
122		Your Network with the Uncomplicated
123		Firewall](/blog/secure-your-network-with-the-uncomplicated-firewall/).
124
125		The general notion with an on-device firewall is that you want to deny
126		all incoming connections by default and then selectively open certain
127		ports for services or users that you know need access.
128
129		If you know that you will only be logging into this server from a
130		certain set or list of IPs, you can always set the firewall to only
131		allow connections to port 22 from those IPs.
132
133		For a quick start to only allow SSH connections to the server, use this:
134
135		```sh
136		sudo ufw default deny incoming
137		sudo ufw default allow outgoing
138		sudo ufw allow 22
139		sudo ufw enable
140		```
141
142		![ufw](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220324-hardening-a-public-facing-home-server/ufw.png)
143
144		### `ssh`
145
146		1. Using SSH Keys
147
148		First, make sure you have an SSH keypair generated on the device(s)
149		that you'll be using to log in to the server. If you don't have an
150		SSH key, run this command:
151
152		```sh
153		ssh-keygen
154		```
155
156		Now that we have an SSH key, copy it to the server with the
157		following command, which will ask for the user's password before
158		accepting the key:
159
160		```sh
161		ssh-copy-id my_user@my_server
162		```
163
164		If you have multiple keys, you'll need to specify which to use.
165		After it's complete, `ssh` back into the server as that
166		user and make sure it doesn't ask for a password.
167
168		2. Disable Password & Root Authentication
169
170		Now that we can access the server without a password, we will
171		disable password authentication and disable anyone from using
172		`ssh` to login as `root`.
173
174		To do this, open the `sshd_config` file:
175
176		```sh
177		sudo nano /etc/ssh/sshd_config
178		```
179
180		You'll need to update the parameters to the values below. If one of
181		these rules is commented-out or doesn't exist, create the rule at
182		the bottom of the file.
183
184		```config
185		PermitRootLogin no
186		PasswordAuthentication no
187		PubkeyAuthentication yes
188		```
189
190		Finally, restart the `ssh` service:
191
192		```sh
193		sudo systemctl restart sshd.service
194		```
195
196		To test that everything's working so far, open ANOTHER terminal and
197		try logging in as `root` over SSH. It is very important
198		that you keep your current SSH session open and test with an
199		additional session, or you will lock yourself out at some point and
200		will need to use a recovery method (e.g., hooking monitor up to home
201		server) to get yourself back in.
202
203		3. Enable MFA for `ssh`
204
205		This part is optional, but I highly recommend it. So far, we've
206		ensured that no one can log into our user on the server without
207		using our secret key, and we've ensured that no one can log in
208		remotely as `root`. Next, you can enable MFA
209		authentication for `ssh` connections.
210
211		This process involves editing a couple files and installing an MFA
212		package, so I will not include all the details in this post. To see
213		how to configure MFA for `ssh`, see my other post:
214		[Enabling MFA for SSH](/blog/enable-totp-mfa-for-ssh/).
215
216		![SSH
217		MFA](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220324-hardening-a-public-facing-home-server/ssh_mfa.png)
218
219		### `fail2ban`
220
221		I haven't written a post on how I use `fail2ban`, but it's
222		quite simple. I use the default `sshd` jail, but you can
223		always create new jails for respective applications or ports. For
224		example, if you use Nginx as your web server, you can use the
225		`nginx-http-auth` jail.
226
227		In order to get it up and running, use the following commands:
228
229		```sh
230		sudo apt install fail2ban
231		sudo fail2ban-client start sshd
232		sudo fail2ban-client status sshd
233		```
234
235		This should be used as a last-resort defense and shouldn't be a
236		replacement for the security measures mentioned above.
237
238		![fail2ban](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220324-hardening-a-public-facing-home-server/fail2ban.png)
239
240		## Switch
241
242		Between the router and any local devices is my managed switch, which is
243		used to create VLANs. The example below shows how I would isolate the
244		VLANs if I were starting to host a single service at home.
245
246		### 802.1Q VLAN Configuration
247
248		In this configuration, port 8 is the public server that needs to be
249		accessed from the outside. Port 23 is my 'dedicated service port' for
250		this server. In order to SSH to this server, I need to plug my laptop
251		into port 23 or else I cannot SSH. Otherwise, I'd need to hook up a
252		monitor and keyboard directly to the server to manage it.
253
254		VLAN ID VLAN Name Member Ports Tagged Ports Untagged Ports
255		--------- ----------- -------------- -------------- ----------------
256		1 Default 1-24 1-24
257		2 Server 1,8,23 1,8,23
258
259		### 802.1Q VLAN PVID Setting
260
261		Once the VLAN is created, I simply add the `VLAN ID` of
262		`2` as the `PVID` for any related ports (in this
263		case, see that ports `8` and `23` have a PVID of
264		`2`).
265
266		Port PVID
267		------ ------
268		1 1
269		2 1
270		3 1
271		4 1
272		5 1
273		6 1
274		7 1
275		8 2
276		9 1
277		10 1
278		11 1
279		12 1
280		13 1
281		14 1
282		15 1
283		16 1
284		17 1
285		18 1
286		19 1
287		20 1
288		21 1
289		22 1
290		23 2
291		24 1
292
293		## Router
294
295		On my router, the configuration was as easy as opening the firewall
296		settings and unblocking the ports I needed for my services (e.g.,
297		HTTP/S, Plex, SSH, MySQL, etc.).
298
299		+Since I'm relying on an ISP-provided modem/router combo for now (not
300		by choice), I do not use any other advanced settings on my router that
301		would inhibit any valid traffic to these services.+
302
303		The paragraph above regarding the ISP-owned router is no longer accurate
304		as I now use the Ubiquiti Unifi Dream Machine Pro as my router. Within
305		this router, I enabled port forwarding/firewall rules, segregate the
306		network based on the device, and enable traffic restrictions (e.g.,
307		silently drop traffic from certain countries and threat categories).
308
309		If you have the option with your ISP, I recommend using a personal
310		router with software that you are familiar with so that you can explore
311		all the options available to you.
312
313		## Physical Security
314
315		One large piece of self-hosting that people generally don't discuss
316		online is physical security. However, physical security is very
317		important for everyone who hosts a server like this. Exactly how
318		important it is depends on the server use/purpose.
319
320		If you self-host customer applications that hold protected data (HIPAA,
321		GDPR, COPPA, etc.), then physical security is extremely important and
322		cannot be ignored. If you simply host a blog and some hobby sites, then
323		it's a relatively minor consideration, but one you still need to think
324		about.
325
326		### Location
327
328		The first consideration is quite simple: location. - Is the server
329		within a property you own or housed on someone else's property? - Is it
330		nearby (in your house, in your work office, in your neighbor's garage,
331		in a storage unit, etc.)? - Do you have 24/7 access to the server? - Are
332		there climate considerations, such as humidity, fires, tornadoes,
333		monsoons? - Do you have emergency equipment nearby in case of emergency?
334
335		### Hardware Ownership
336
337		Secondly, consider the hardware itself: - Do you own the server in its
338		entirety? - Are any other users able to access the server, even if your
339		data/space is segregated? - If you're utilizing a third party, do they
340		have any documentation to show responsibility? This could be a SOC 1/2/3
341		report, ISO compliance report, internal security/safety documentation.
342
343		### Physical Controls
344
345		Regardless of who owns the hardware, ensure that there are adequate
346		safeguards in place, if necessary. These usually don't apply to small
347		home servers and are usually covered already if you're utilizing a
348		third party.
349
350		These can include: - Server bezel locks - Server room locks - physical,
351		digital, or biometric authentication - Security cameras - Raised
352		floors/lowered ceilings with proper guards/gates in-place within the
353		floors or ceilings - Security personnel - Log sheets and/or guest badges

content/blog/2022-06-24-fedora-i3.md deleted −158

		@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-06-24
3		title = "Rebooting My Love Affair with Linux"
4		description = "A retrospective on moving from macOS to Linux."
5		+++
6
7		## Leaving macOS
8
9		As I noted [in a recent post](/blog/foss-macos-apps), I have been
10		planning on migrating from macOS back to a Linux-based OS. I am happy to
11		say that I have finally completed my migration and am now stuck in the
12		wonderful world of Linux again.
13
14		My decision to leave macOS really came down to just a few important
15		things:
16
17		- Apple Security (Gatekeeper) restricting me from running any software
18		I want. Even if you disable Gatekeeper and allow software to bypass
19		the rest of the device installation security, you still have to
20		repeat that process every time the allowed software is updated.
21		- macOS sends out nearly constant connections, pings, telemetry, etc.
22		to a myriad of mysterious Apple services. I'm not even going to
23		dive into how many macOS apps have constant telemetry on, as well.
24		- Lastly, I just really missed the customization and freedom that
25		comes with Linux. Being able to switch to entirely new kernel, OS,
26		or desktop within minutes is a freedom I took for granted when I
27		switched to macOS.
28
29		Now that I've covered macOS, I'm going to move on to more exciting
30		topics: my personal choice of OS, DE, and various customizations I'm
31		using.
32
33		## Fedora
34
35		After trying a ton of distros (I think I booted and tested around 20-25
36		distros), I finally landed on [Fedora Linux](https://getfedora.org/). I
37		have quite a bit of experience with Fedora and enjoy the
38		`dnf` package manager. Fedora allows me to keep up-to-date
39		with recent software (I'm looking at you, Debian), but still provides a
40		level of stability you don't find in every distro.
41
42		In a very close second place was Arch Linux, as well as its spin-off:
43		Garuda Linux (Garuda w/ sway is beautiful). Arch is great for
44		compatibility and the massive community it has, but I have just never
45		had the time to properly sit down and learn the methodology behind their
46		packaging systems.
47
48		Basically, everything else I tested was unacceptable in at least one way
49		or another. Void (`glibc`) was great, but doesn't support
50		all the software I need. Slackware worked well as a tui, but I wasn't
51		skilled enough to get a tiling window manager (WM) working on it.
52
53		### i3
54
55		One of the reasons I settled on Fedora is that it comes with an official
56		i3 spin. Being able to use a tiling WM, such as i3 or sway, is one of
57		the biggest things I wanted to do as soon as I adopted Linux again.
58
59		I will probably set up a dotfile repository soon, so that I don't lose
60		any of my configurations, but nothing big has been configured thus far.
61
62		The two main things I have updated in i3wm are natural scrolling and
63		binding my brightness keys to the `brightnessctl` program.
64
65		1. Natural Scrolling
66
67		You can enable natural scrolling by opening the following file:
68
69		```sh
70		sudo nano /usr/share/X11/xorg.conf.d/40-libinput.conf
71		```
72
73		Within the `40-libinput.conf` file, find the following
74		input sections and enable the natural scrolling option.
75
76		This is the `pointer` section:
77
78		```conf
79		Section "InputClass"
80		Identifier "libinput pointer catchall"
81		MatchIsPointer "on"
82		MatchDevicePath "/dev/input/event*"
83		Driver "libinput"
84		Option "NaturalScrolling" "True"
85		EndSection
86		```
87
88		This is the `touchpad` section:
89
90		```conf
91		Section "InputClass"
92		Identifier "libinput touchpad catchall"
93		MatchIsTouchpad "on"
94		MatchDevicePath "/dev/input/event*"
95		Driver "libinput"
96		Option "NaturalScrolling" "True"
97		EndSection
98		```
99
100		2. Enabling Brightness Keys
101
102		Likewise, enabling brightness key functionality is as simple as
103		binding the keys to the `brightnessctl` program.
104
105		To do this, open up your i3 config file. Mine is located here:
106
107		```sh
108		nano /home/<my-user>/.config/i3/config
109		```
110
111		```conf
112		# Use brightnessctl to adjust brightness.
113		bindsym XF86MonBrightnessDown exec --no-startup-id brightnessctl --min-val=2 -q set 3%-
114		bindsym XF86MonBrightnessUp exec --no-startup-id brightnessctl -q set 3%+
115		```
116
117		3. `polybar`
118
119		Instead of using the default `i3status` bar, I have opted
120		to use `polybar` instead (as you can also see in the
121		screenshot above).
122
123		My config for this menu bar is basically just the default settings
124		with modified colors and an added battery block to quickly show me
125		the machine's battery info.
126
127		4. `alacritty`
128
129		Not much to say on this part yet, as I haven't configured it much,
130		but I installed `alacritty` as my default terminal, and I
131		am using `zsh` and the shell.
132
133		## Software Choices
134
135		Again, I'm not going to say much that I haven't said yet in other blog
136		posts, so I'll just do a quick rundown of the apps I installed
137		immediately after I set up the environment.
138
139		Flatpak Apps:
140
141		- Cryptomator
142		- pCloud
143		- Signal
144
145		Fedora Packages:
146
147		- gomuks
148		- neomutt
149		- neofetch
150		- Firefox
151		- uBlock Origin
152		- Bitwarden
153		- Stylus
154		- Privacy Redirect
155
156		Other:
157
158		- exiftool

content/blog/2022-07-25-curseradio.md deleted −106

		@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-07-25
3		title = "CurseRadio: Listening to the Radio on the Comand Line"
4		description = "Use Curse Radio to listen to radio on the command-line."
5		+++
6
7		## Overview
8
9		While exploring some interesting Linux applications, I stumbled across
10		[curseradio](https://github.com/chronitis/curseradio), a command-line
11		radio player based on Python.
12
13		This application is fantastic and incredibly easy to install, so I
14		wanted to dedicate a post today to this app. Let's look at the features
15		within the app and then walk through the installation process I took to
16		get `curseradio` working.
17
18		## Features
19
20		![curseradio](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20220725-curseradio/curseradio.png)
21
22		The radio player itself is quite minimal. As you can see in the
23		screenshot above, it contains a simple plaintext list of all available
24		categories, which can be broken down further and further. In addition,
25		radio shows are available for listening, alongside regular radio
26		stations.
27
28		For example, the `Sports` > `Pro Basketball` >
29		`Shows` category contains a number of specific shows related
30		to Professional Basketball.
31
32		Aside from being able to play any of the listed stations/shows, you can
33		make a channel your favorite by pressing `f`. It will now
34		show up at the top of the radio player in the `Favourites`
35		category.
36
37		### Commands/Shortcuts
38
39		Key(s) Command
40		------------ ---------------------------------
41		↑, ↓ navigate
42		PgUp, PgDn navigate quickly
43		Home, End to top/bottom
44		Enter open/close folders, play stream
45		k stop playing stream
46		q quit
47		f toggle favourite
48
49		## Installation
50
51		### Dependencies
52
53		Before installing `curseradio`, a handful of system and
54		Python packages are required. To get started, install
55		`python3`, `pip3`, and `mpv` on your
56		system. In this example, I'm using Fedora Linux, which uses the
57		`dnf` package manager. You may need to adjust this if you're
58		using a different system.
59
60		```sh
61		sudo dnf install python3 pip3 mpv
62		```
63
64		Next, use `pip3` to install `requests`,
65		`xdg`, and `lxml`:
66
67		```sh
68		pip3 install requests xdg lxml
69		```
70
71		### Repository Source Installation
72
73		Once all the dependencies are installed, we can clone the source code
74		and enter that directory:
75
76		```sh
77		git clone https://github.com/chronitis/curseradio && cd curseradio
78		```
79
80		Once you're within the `curseradio` directory, you can
81		install the application with the provided `setup.py` script.
82
83		```sh
84		sudo python3 setup.py install
85		```
86
87		In my case, I ran into a few errors and needed to create the folders
88		that curseradio wanted to use for its installation. If you don't get
89		any errors, you can skip this and run the app.
90
91		```sh
92		sudo mkdir /usr/local/lib/python3.10/
93		sudo mkdir /usr/local/lib/python3.10/site-packages/
94		```
95
96		```sh
97		sudo chown -R $USER:$USER /usr/local/lib/python3.10/
98		```
99
100		## Run the Application
101
102		Once fully installed without errors, you can run the application!
103
104		```sh
105		python3 /usr/local/bin/curseradio
106		```

content/blog/2022-09-21-graphene-os.md deleted −167

		@@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-09-21
3		title = "Installing Graphene OS on the Pixel 6 Pro"
4		description = "A retrospective on the successful command-line installation of Graphene OS on a Pixel 6 Pro."
5		+++
6
7		## Introduction
8
9		After using iOS for a couple of years, I finally took the plunge and
10		purchased a Pixel 6 Pro in order to test and use [GrapheneOS]
11		(<https://grapheneos.org>).
12
13		The installation process was rather quick once you have the tools and
14		files you need. Overall, it can be done in just a few minutes.
15
16		## Gathering Tools & Files
17
18		### Android Tools
19
20		First, in order to interact with the device, we will need the [Android
21		platform
22		tools](https://developer.android.com/studio/releases/platform-tools.html).
23		Find the Linux download and save the ZIP folder to your preferred
24		location.
25
26		Once we've downloaded the files, we will need to unzip them, enter the
27		directory, and move the necessary executables to a central location,
28		such as `/usr/bin/`. For this installation, we only need the
29		`fastboot` and `adb` executables.
30
31		```sh
32		cd ~/Downloads
33		```
34
35		```sh
36		unzip platform-tools_r33.0.3-linux.zip
37		cd platform-tools
38		sudo mv fastboot /usr/bin/
39		sudo mv adb /usr/bin
40		```
41
42		### GrapheneOS Files
43
44		Next, we need the [GrapheneOS files](https://grapheneos.org/releases)
45		for our device and model. For example, the Pixel 6 Pro is codenamed
46		`raven` on the release page.
47
48		Once we have the links, let's download them to our working directory:
49
50		```sh
51		curl -O https://releases.grapheneos.org/factory.pub
52		curl -0 https://releases.grapheneos.org/raven-factory-2022091400.zip
53		curl -0 https://releases.grapheneos.org/raven-factory-2022091400.zip.sig
54		```
55
56		1. Validate Integrity
57
58		In order to validate the integrity of the downloaded files, we will
59		need the `signify` package and Graphene's
60		`factory.pub` file.
61
62		```sh
63		sudo dnf install signify
64		```
65
66		```sh
67		curl -O https://releases.grapheneos.org/factory.pub
68		```
69
70		Then we can validate the files and ensure that no data was corrupted
71		or modified before it was saved to our device.
72
73		```sh
74		signify -Cqp factory.pub -x raven-factory-2022091400.zip.sig && echo verified
75		```
76
77		2. Unzip Files
78
79		Once the files are verified, we can unzip the Graphene image and
80		enter the directory:
81
82		```sh
83		unzip raven-factory-2022091400.zip && cd raven-factory-2022091400
84		```
85
86		## Installation Process
87
88		### Enable Developer Debugging & OEM Unlock
89
90		Before we can actually flash anything to the phone, we will need to
91		enable OEM Unlocking, as well as either USB Debugging or Wireless
92		Debugging, depending on which method we will be using.
93
94		To start, enable developer mode by going to `Settings` >
95		`About` and tapping `Build Number` seven (7)
96		times. You may need to enter your PIN to enable this mode.
97
98		Once developer mode is enabled, go to `Settings` >
99		`System` > `Devloper Options` and enable OEM
100		Unlocking, as well as USB or Wireless Debugging. In my case, I chose USB
101		Debugging and performed all actions via USB cable.
102
103		Once these options are enabled, plug the phone into the computer and
104		execute the following command:
105
106		```sh
107		adb devices
108		```
109
110		If an unauthorized error occurs, make sure the USB mode on the phone is
111		changed from charging to something like "File Transfer" or "PTP."
112		You can find the USB mode in the notification tray.
113
114		### Reboot Device
115
116		Once we have found the device via `adb`, we can either boot
117		into the bootloader interface by holding the volume down button while
118		the phone reboots or by executing the following command:
119
120		```sh
121		adb reboot bootloader
122		```
123
124		### Unlock the Bootloader
125
126		The phone will reboot and load the bootloader screen upon startup. At
127		this point, we are ready to start the actual flashing of GrapheneOS onto
128		the device.
129
130		NOTE: In my situation, I needed to use `sudo` with every
131		`fastboot` command, but not with `adb` commands. I
132		am not sure if this is standard or a Fedora quirk, but I'm documenting
133		my commands verbatim in this post.
134
135		First, we start by unlocking the bootloader so that we can load other
136		ROMs:
137
138		```sh
139		sudo fastboot flashing unlock
140		```
141
142		### Flashing Factory Images
143
144		Once the phone is unlocked, we can flash it with the
145		`flash-all.sh` script found inside the
146		`raven-factory-2022091400` folder we entered earlier:
147
148		```sh
149		sudo ./flash-all.sh
150		```
151
152		This process should take a few minutes and will print informational
153		messages as things progress. Avoid doing anything on the phone while
154		this process is operating.
155
156		### Lock the Bootloader
157
158		If everything was successful, the phone should reboot a few times and
159		finally land back on the bootloader screen. At this point, we can
160		re-lock the bootloader to enable full verified boot and protect the
161		device from unwanted flashing or erasure of data.
162
163		```sh
164		sudo fastboot flashing lock
165		```
166
167		Once done, the device will be wiped and ready for a fresh set-up!

content/blog/2022-10-22-alpine-linux.md deleted −280

		@@ -1,280 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-10-22
3		title = "Alpine Linux: My New Server OS"
4		description = "A retrospective on installing and configuring Alpine Linux as my new server operating system."
5		+++
6
7		## Alpine Linux
8
9		[Alpine Linux](https://alpinelinux.org) is a very small distro, built on
10		musl libc and busybox. It uses ash as the default shell, OpenRC as the
11		init system, and apk as the package manager. According to their website,
12		an Alpine container "requires no more than 8 MB and a minimal
13		installation to disk requires around 130 MB of storage." An actual bare
14		metal machine is recommended to have 100 MB of RAM and 0-700 MB of
15		storage space.
16
17		Historically, I've used Ubuntu's minimal installation image as my
18		server OS for the last five years. Ubuntu worked well and helped as my
19		original server contained an nVidia GPU and no onboard graphics, so
20		quite a few distros won't boot or install without a lot of tinkering.
21
22		Alpine has given me a huge increase in performance across my Docker apps
23		and Nginx websites. CPU load for the new server I'm using to test
24		Alpine hovers around 0-5% on average with an Intel(R) Core(TM) i3-6100
25		CPU @ 3.70GHz.
26
27		The only services I haven't moved over to Alpine are Plex Media Server
28		and Syncthing, which may increase CPU load quite a bit depending on how
29		many streams are running.
30
31		### Installation
32
33		In terms of installation, Alpine has an incredibly useful
34		[wiki](https://wiki.alpinelinux.org/wiki/Installation) that will guide a
35		user throughout the installation and post-installation processes, as
36		well as various other articles and guides.
37
38		To install Alpine, find an appropriate [image to
39		download](https://alpinelinux.org/downloads/) and flash it to a USB
40		using software such as Rufus or Etcher. I opted to use the Standard
41		image for my x86~64~ architecture.
42
43		Once the USB is ready, plug it into the machine and reboot. Note that
44		you may have to use a key such as `Esc` or `F1-12`
45		to access the boot menu. The Alpine Linux terminal will load quickly and
46		for a login.
47
48		To log in to the installation image, use the `root` account;
49		there is no password. Once logged-in, execute the setup command:
50
51		```sh
52		setup-alpine
53		```
54
55		The setup script will ask a series of questions to configure the system.
56		Be sure to answer carefully or else you may have to re-configure the
57		system after boot.
58
59		- Keyboard Layout (Local keyboard language and usage mode, e.g., us
60		and variant of us-nodeadkeys.)
61		- Hostname (The name for the computer.)
62		- Network (For example, automatic IP address discovery with the
63		"DHCP" protocol.)
64		- DNS Servers (Domain Name Servers to query. For privacy reasons, it
65		is NOT recommended to route every local request to servers like
66		Google's 8.8.8.8 .)
67		- Timezone
68		- Proxy (Proxy server to use for accessing the web. Use "none" for
69		direct connections to the internet.)
70		- Mirror (From where to download packages. Choose the organization you
71		trust giving your usage patterns to.)
72		- SSH (Secure SHell remote access server. "Openssh" is part of the
73		default install image. Use "none" to disable remote login, e.g. on
74		laptops.)
75		- NTP (Network Time Protocol client used for keeping the system clock
76		in sync with a time-server. Package "chrony" is part of the
77		default install image.)
78		- Disk Mode (Select between diskless (disk="none"), "data" or
79		"sys", as described above.)
80
81		Once the setup script is finished, be sure to reboot the machine and
82		remove the USB device.
83
84		```sh
85		reboot
86		```
87
88		### Post-Installation
89
90		There are many things you can do once your Alpine Linux system is up and
91		running, and it largely depends on what you'll use the machine for.
92		I'm going to walk through my personal post-installation setup for my
93		web server.
94
95		1. Upgrade the System
96
97		First, login as `root` in order to update and upgrade the
98		system:
99
100		```sh
101		apk -U upgrade
102		```
103
104		2. Adding a User
105
106		I needed to add a user so that I don't need to log in as root. Note
107		that if you're used to using the `sudo` command, you
108		will now need to use the `doas` command on Alpine Linux.
109
110		```sh
111		apk add doas
112		adduser <username>
113		adduser <username> wheel
114		```
115
116		You can now log out and log back in using the newly-created user:
117
118		```sh
119		exit
120		```
121
122		3. Enable Community Packages
123
124		In order to install more common packages that aren't found in the
125		`main` repository, you will need to enable the
126		`community` repository:
127
128		```sh
129		doas nano /etc/apk/repositories
130		```
131
132		Uncomment the community line for whichever version of Alpine you're
133		running:
134
135		```sh
136		/media/usb/apks
137		http://dl-cdn.alpinelinux.org/alpine/v3.16/main
138		http://dl-cdn.alpinelinux.org/alpine/v3.16/community
139		#http://dl-cdn.alpinelinux.org/alpine/edge/main
140		#http://dl-cdn.alpinelinux.org/alpine/edge/community
141		#http://dl-cdn.alpinelinux.org/alpine/edge/testing
142		```
143
144		4. Install Required Packages
145
146		Now that the community packages are available, you can install any
147		packages you need. In my case, I installed the web server packages I
148		need for my services:
149
150		```sh
151		doas apk add nano nginx docker docker-compose ufw
152		```
153
154		5. SSH
155
156		If you didn't install OpenSSH as part of the installation, you can
157		do so now:
158
159		```sh
160		doas apk add openssh
161		```
162
163		Next, either create a new key or copy your SSH key to the server
164		from your current machines:
165
166		```sh
167		# Create a new key
168		ssh-keygen
169		```
170
171		If you need to copy an existing SSH key from a current machine:
172
173		```sh
174		# Copy key from existing machines
175		ssh-copy-id <username>@<ip_address>
176		```
177
178		6. Firewall
179
180		Lastly, I installed `ufw` above as my firewall. To set
181		up, default to deny incoming and allow outgoing connections. Then
182		selectively allow other ports or apps as needed.
183
184		```sh
185		doas ufw default deny incoming
186		doas ufw default allow outgoing
187		doas ufw allow SSH
188		doas ufw allow "WWW Full"
189		doas ufw allow 9418 # Git server port
190		```
191
192		7. Change Hostname
193
194		If you don't like the hostname set during installation, you just
195		need to edit two files. First, edit the simple hostname file:
196
197		```sh
198		doas nano /etc/hostname
199		```
200
201		```sh
202		<hostname>
203		```
204
205		Next, edit the `hosts` file:
206
207		```sh
208		doas nano /etc/hosts
209		```
210
211		```sh
212		127.0.0.1 <hostname>.local <hostname> localhost.local localhost
213		::1 <hostname> <hostname>.local
214		```
215
216		## Nginx Web Server
217
218		To set up my web server, I simply created the `www` user and
219		created the necessary files.
220
221		```sh
222		doas adduser -D -g 'www' www
223		mkdir /www
224		doas mkdir /www
225		doas chown -R www:www /var/lib/nginx/
226		doas chown -R www:www /www
227		```
228
229		If you're running a simple webroot, you can alter the main
230		`nginx.conf` file. Otherwise, you can drop configuration
231		files in the following directory. You don't need to enable or symlink
232		the configuration file like you do in other systems.
233
234		```sh
235		doas nano /etc/nginx/http.d/example_website.conf
236		```
237
238		Once the configuration is set and pointed at the `/www`
239		directory to serve files, enable the Nginx service:
240
241		```sh
242		# Note that 'default' must be included or Nginx will not start on boot
243		doas rc-update add nginx default
244		```
245
246		## Docker Containers
247
248		Docker works exactly the same as other systems. Either execute a
249		`docker run` command or create a
250		`docker-compose.yml` file and do
251		`docker-compose up -d`.
252
253		## Git Server
254
255		I went in-depth on how to self-host a git server in another post:
256		[Self-Hosting a Personal Git Server](/blog/git-server/).
257
258		However, there are a few differences with Alpine. First note that in
259		order to change the `git` user's shell, you must do a few
260		things a little different:
261
262		```sh
263		doas apk add libuser
264		doas touch /etc/login.defs
265		doas mkdir /etc/default
266		doas touch /etc/default/useradd
267		doas lchsh git
268		```
269
270		## Thoughts on Alpine
271
272		So far, I love Alpine Linux. I have no complaints about anything at this
273		point, but I'm not completely finished with the migration yet. Once
274		I'm able to upgrade my hardware to a rack-mounted server, I will
275		migrate Plex and Syncthing over to Alpine as well - possibly putting
276		Plex into a container or VM.
277
278		The performance is stellar, the `apk` package manager is
279		seamless, and system administration tasks are effortless. My only regret
280		is that I didn't install Alpine sooner.

content/blog/2022-10-30-linux-display-manager.md deleted −81

		@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-10-30
3		title = "How to Disable or Change the Display Manager on Void Linux"
4		description = "Learn how to remove or modify the display manager on Void Linux."
5		+++
6
7		## Display Manager Services
8
9		In order to change the [display
10		manager](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Display_manager) on Void Linux -
11		or any other Linux distro - you need to identify the currently enabled
12		display manager.
13
14		### Disabling the Current Display Manager
15
16		Void Linux only has one ISO available for download with a pre-built
17		display manager at the time of this post: the XFCE ISO. If you've
18		installed this version, the pre-assigned display manager is
19		`lxdm`. If you installed another display manager, replace
20		`lxdm` in the following command with the display manager you
21		have installed.
22
23		To disable `lxdm`, simply remove the service symlink:
24
25		```sh
26		sudo rm /var/service/lxdm
27		```
28
29		### Enabling a New Display Manager
30
31		If you want to enable a new display manager, you can do so after
32		`lxdm` is disabled. Make sure to replace
33		`<new_display_manager>` with your new DM, such as
34		`gdm`, `xdm`, etc.
35
36		```sh
37		sudo ln -s /etc/sv/<new_display_manager> /var/service
38		```
39
40		## Set Up `.xinitrc`
41
42		Depending on your setup, you may need to create a few X files, such as
43		`~/.xinitrc`. For my personal set-up, I created this file to
44		launch the i3wm as my desktop.
45
46		```sh
47		nano ~/.xinitrc
48		```
49
50		```sh
51		#!/bin/sh
52
53		exec i3
54		```
55
56		If you run a desktop other than i3, simply replace `i3` with
57		the shell command that launches that desktop.
58
59		## Set Up Your Shell Profile
60
61		Finally, in order to automatically launch an X session upon login, you
62		will need to edit the `.bash_profile` (bash) or
63		`.zprofile` (zsh) files for your shell:
64
65		```sh
66		nano ~/.zprofile
67		```
68
69		Add the following snippet to the end of the shell profile file. This
70		will execute the `startx` command upon login.
71
72		```sh
73		if [ -z "${DISPLAY}" ] && [ "${XDG_VTNR}" -eq 1 ]; then
74		exec startx
75		fi
76		```
77
78		Alternatively, you can ignore this step and simply choose to manually
79		execute `startx` upon login. This can be useful if you have
80		issues with your desktop or like to manually launch different desktops
81		by choice.

content/blog/2022-12-01-nginx-compression.md deleted −79

		@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-12-01
3		title = "Enable GZIP Compression in Nginx"
4		description = "Learn how to enable compression in Nginx."
5		+++
6
7		## Text Compression
8
9		Text compression allows a web server to serve text-based resources
10		faster than uncompressed data. This can speed up things like First
11		Contentful Paint, Tie to Interactive, and Speed Index.
12
13		## Enable Nginx Compression with gzip
14
15		In order to enable text compression on Nginx, we need to enable it
16		within the configuration file:
17
18		```sh
19		nano /etc/nginx/nginx.conf
20		```
21
22		Within the `http` block, find the section that shows
23		something like the block below. This is the default gzip configuration I
24		found in my `nginx.conf` file on Alpine Linux 3.17. Yours may
25		look slightly different, just make sure that you're not creating any
26		duplicate gzip options.
27
28		```conf
29		# Enable gzipping of responses.
30		#gzip on;
31
32		# Set the Vary HTTP header as defined in the RFC 2616. Default is 'off'.
33		gzip_vary on;
34		```
35
36		Remove the default gzip lines and replace them with the following:
37
38		```conf
39		# Enable gzipping of responses.
40		gzip on;
41		gzip_vary on;
42		gzip_min_length 10240;
43		gzip_proxied expired no-cache no-store private auth;
44		gzip_types text/plain text/css text/xml text/javascript application/x-javascript application/xml;
45		gzip_disable "MSIE [1-6]";
46		```
47
48		## Explanations of ngx~httpgzipmodule~ Options
49
50		Each of the lines above enables a different aspect of the gzip response
51		for Nginx. Here are the full explanations:
52
53		- `gzip` -- Enables or disables gzipping of responses.
54		- `gzip_vary` -- Enables or disables inserting the "Vary:
55		Accept-Encoding" response header field if the directives gzip,
56		gzip~static~, or gunzip are active.
57		- `gzip_min_length` -- Sets the minimum length of a
58		response that will be gzipped. The length is determined only from
59		the "Content-Length" response header field.
60		- `gzip_proxied` -- Enables or disables gzipping of
61		responses for proxied requests depending on the request and
62		response. The fact that the request is proxied is determined by the
63		presence of the "Via" request header field.
64		- `gzip_types` -- Enables gzipping of responses for the
65		specified MIME types in addition to "text/html". The special value
66		"*" matches any MIME type (0.8.29). Responses with the
67		"text/html" type are always compressed.
68		- `gzip_disable` -- Disables gzipping of responses for
69		requests with "User-Agent" header fields matching any of the
70		specified regular expressions.
71		- The special mask "msie6" (0.7.12) corresponds to the regular
72		expression "MSIE [4-6].", but works faster. Starting from
73		version 0.8.11, "MSIE 6.0; ... SV1" is excluded from this
74		mask.
75
76		More information on these directives and their options can be found on
77		the [Module
78		ngx~httpgzipmodule~](https://nginx.org/en/docs/http/ngx_http_gzip_module.html)
79		page in Nginx's documentation.

content/blog/2022-12-17-st.md deleted −94

		@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2022-12-17
3		title = "Simple Terminal"
4		description = "Instructions for building simple terminal on Fedora."
5		+++
6
7		## st
8
9		[st](https://st.suckless.org) standards for Simple Terminal, a simple
10		terminal implementation for X made by the
11		[suckless](https://suckless.org) team.
12
13		This post walks through the dependencies needed and process to build and
14		install `st` on Fedora Workstation.
15
16		### Obtain Files
17
18		To start, obtain the source files for `st` via
19		`git clone`.
20
21		```sh
22		mkdir ~/suckless && cd ~/suckless
23		git clone https://git.suckless.org/st && cd st
24		```
25
26		### Dependencies
27
28		Once you have the files and are in the `st` directory, ensure
29		the following packages are installed.
30
31		```sh
32		sudo dnf update && sudo dnf upgrade
33		sudo dnf install gcc patch libX11-devel libXft-devel
34		```
35
36		### Building
37
38		Before building, ensure that you read the README file.
39
40		```sh
41		cat README
42		```
43
44		Once you've read the instructions, open the `config.mk` file
45		and ensure it matches your setup. If you're not sure, leave the default
46		options within the file.
47
48		Finally, you can build `st` with the following command.
49		Ensure you run as root (e.g., `sudo`) or else you may not end
50		up with a usable application file.
51
52		```sh
53		sudo make clean install
54		```
55
56		### Customization (Patches)
57
58		Note that customizing `st` requires you to modify the source
59		files or to download one of the [available
60		patches](https://st.suckless.org/patches/) for suckless.org.
61
62		If you've already installed `st` and want to customize or
63		install a patch, start by uninstalling the current program.
64
65		```sh
66		cd ~/suckless/st
67		sudo make uninstall
68		```
69
70		Next, grab the `<path>.diff` file from the page of the patch
71		you chose. For example, I will be using the
72		[defaultfontsize](https://st.suckless.org/patches/defaultfontsize/)
73		patch in the below example.
74
75		```sh
76		wget https://st.suckless.org/patches/defaultfontsize/st-defaultfontsize-20210225-4ef0cbd.diff
77		```
78
79		Once the file is downloaded inside the `st` folder, apply the
80		patch and re-install the program. You may need to install the
81		`patch` command if you don't have it installed already (you
82		should have installed it above).
83
84		```sh
85		patch -i st-defaultfontsize-20210225-4ef0cbd.diff
86		sudo make clean install
87		```
88
89		Once installed, you can use the default font size patch to launch
90		`st` with any font size you wish:
91
92		```sh
93		st -z 16
94		```

content/blog/2023-02-02-exploring-hare.md deleted −171

		@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-02-02
3		title = "Exploring the Hare Programming Language"
4		description = "A retrospective on my first time using the Hare Programming Language."
5		+++
6
7		## A Quick Note
8
9		By no means am I a professional developer, so this post will be rather
10		short. I won't be going into depth on the specification or anything
11		that technical.
12
13		Instead, I will simply be talking about how I (a relatively basic
14		hobbyist programmer) have been playing with Hare and what intrigues me
15		about the language.
16
17		## Hare
18
19		The [Hare](https://harelang.org) programming language is a
20		straightforward language that should look familiar if you've ever
21		programmed with C, Rust, or other languages that aim to build software
22		at the system-level.
23
24		The Hare homepage states the following:
25
26		> Hare is a systems programming language designed to be simple, stable,
27		> and robust. Hare uses a static type system, manual memory management,
28		> and minimal runtime. It is well-suited to writing operating systems,
29		> system tools, compilers, networking software, and other low-level,
30		> high performance tasks.
31
32		I have found this all to be true while playing with it for the first
33		time today. In the next few sections, I'm going to walk through my
34		installation and first program.
35
36		### Installation
37
38		I'm currently running Alpine Linux on my Thinkpad, so the installation
39		was quite easy as there is a package for Hare in the `apk`
40		repositories.
41
42		```sh
43		doas apk add hare hare-doc
44		```
45
46		However, I was able to install Hare from scratch on Fedora Linux a short
47		while ago, which was also very easy to do. If you need further
48		instructions and Hare doesn't have a package on your system, take a
49		look at the [Hare Installation](https://harelang.org/installation/)
50		page.
51
52		### Creating a Test Project
53
54		In order to play with the language, I created
55		[hare-test](https://git.sr.ht/~cmc/hare-projects) and will be putting
56		any of my Hare-related adventures in here.
57
58		> Update: I also created a simple Hare program for creating a file
59		> from user input:
60		> [files.ha](https://git.sr.ht/~cmc/hare-projects/tree/main/item/files/files.ha)
61
62		Luckily, Hare doesn't require any complex set-up tools or build
63		environment. Once you have Hare installed, you simply need to create a
64		file ending with `.ha` and you can run a Hare program.
65
66		I created a file called `rgb.ha` in order to test out the
67		random number generation and passing parameters between functions.
68
69		```sh
70		nano rgb.ha
71		```
72
73		Within this file, I was able to easily import a few of the [standard
74		library modules](https://harelang.org/tutorials/stdlib/):
75		`fmt`, `math::random`, and `datetime`.
76
77		With these modules, I created two functions:
78
79		1. `main`: This function calls the `generate_rgb`
80		function and then prints out the returned values.
81		2. `generate_rgb`: This function uses the current Unix epoch
82		time to generate a pseudo-random value and uses this value to create
83		three more random values between 0 and 255. These three numbers
84		represent a color in RGB format.
85
86		> Note: Some syntax coloring may look odd, as Zola currently
87		> doesn't have a syntax highlighting theme for Hare. Instead, I'm
88		> using the C theme, which may not be exactly accurate when coloring the
89		> code below.
90
91		```c
92		use datetime;
93		use fmt;
94		use math::random;
95
96		export fn main() void = {
97		const rgb = generate_rgb();
98		fmt::printfln("RGB: ({}, {}, {})", rgb[0], rgb[1], rgb[2])!;
99		};
100
101		fn generate_rgb() []u64 = {
102		// Use the current Unix epoch time as the seed value
103		let datetime = datetime::epochunix(&datetime::now());
104
105		// Generate initial pseudo-random value
106		// You must cast the datetime from int to u64
107		let x = random::init(datetime: u64);
108
109		// Generate RGB values between (0, 255) using pseudo-random init value
110		let r = random::u64n(&x, 255);
111		let g = random::u64n(&x, 255);
112		let b = random::u64n(&x, 255);
113
114		// Structure data as array and return
115		let rgb_array: [3]u64 = [r, g, b];
116		return rgb_array;
117		};
118		```
119
120		### Running a Program
121
122		Once you have a Hare file written and ready to run, you simply need to
123		run it:
124
125		```sh
126		hare run file.ha
127		```
128
129		You can also compile the program into an executable:
130
131		```sh
132		hare build -o example file.ha
133		./example
134		```
135
136		### Initial Thoughts
137
138		1. Documentation Improvements Would Help
139
140		While I was able to piece everything together eventually, the
141		biggest downfall right now in Hare's documentation. For such a new
142		project, the documentation is in a great spot. However, bare
143		specifications don't help as much as a brief examples section
144		would.
145
146		For example, it took me a while to figure out what the
147		`u64n` function was looking for. I could tell that it
148		took two parameters and the second was my max value (255), but
149		couldn't figure out what the first value should be. Eventually, I
150		inspected the `random.ha` file in the [Hare source
151		code](https://git.sr.ht/~sircmpwn/hare/tree/master/item/math/random/random.ha)
152		and found the test suite that helped me discover that it needed an
153		`init()` value in the form of `&var`.
154
155		2. More Basic Modules
156
157		This is another point that comes from Hare being new and awaiting
158		more contributions, but there are some basic functions that I would
159		personally enjoy seeing in Hare, such as one to convert decimal
160		(base 10) values to hexadecimal (base 16).
161
162		If I'm feeling comfortable with my math, I may work on the list of
163		functions I want and see if any can make it into the Hare source
164		code.
165
166		3. Overall Thoughts
167
168		Overall, I actually really enjoy Hare. It's not as tedious to get a
169		project up and running as Rust, but it's also simpler and more
170		user-friendly than learning C. I am going to continue playing with
171		it and see if I can make anything of particular value.

content/blog/2023-06-18-unifi-ip-blocklist.md deleted −87

		@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-06-18
3		title = "Block IP Addresses and Subnets with Unifi Network Firewall"
4		description = "Learn how to use the Unifi Network Firewall to block IP addresses and subnets."
5		+++
6
7		## Identifying Abusive IPs
8
9		If you're like me and use Unifi network equipment at the edge of the
10		network you manage, you may know that Unifi is only somewhat decent at
11		identifying and blocking IPs that represent abusive or threat actors.
12
13		While Unifi has a [threat
14		management](https://help.ui.com/hc/en-us/articles/360006893234-UniFi-Gateway-Threat-Management)
15		tool inside their Network application, it can be lacking in
16		functionality and identification. For example, I have my UDM Pro set to
17		identify and block almost all categories of threats available within the
18		Unifi settings. However, I regularly identify abusive actors on my web
19		server via the server logs.
20
21		In addition, I have identified IP addresses and subnets directly within
22		Unifi's logs that the UDM did not block for whatever reason.
23
24		This guide is meant to be another step in the process to manually block
25		abusive IP addresses or subnets that you have identified but are not
26		being automatically blocked yet.
27
28		## Create an IP Group Profile
29
30		To start, login to the Unifi machine's web GUI and navigate to the
31		Network app \> Settings \> Profiles.
32
33		Within this page, choose the `IP Groups` tab and click
34		`Create New`.
35
36		![Network
37		Profiles](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230618-unifi-ip-blocklist/unifi_profiles.png)
38
39		Each IP Group profile can be used as one of three options:
40
41		1. Port Group
42		2. IPv4 Address/Subnet
43		3. IPv6 Address/Subnet
44
45		In this example, I'm creating an IPv4 Address/Subnet group and adding a
46		few different IP addresses and a subnet. Once you've added all IP
47		addresses and subnets, click the `Apply` button that should
48		appear at the bottom.
49
50		![Network Profile
51		IPs](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230618-unifi-ip-blocklist/abusive_ips.png)
52
53		At this point, the IPv4 Address/Subnet has been created but not yet
54		used.
55
56		## Drop IP Group Profile via the Unifi Firewall
57
58		To instruct the Unifi machine to block the profile we just created, we
59		need to navigate to the Network app \> Settings \> Firewall & Security.
60
61		Within this screen, find the Firewall Rules table and click
62		`Create Entry`. This entry should contain the following
63		settings:
64
65		- Type: `Internet In`
66		- Description: `<Your Custom Rule>`
67		- Rule Applied: `Before Predefined Rules`
68		- Action: `Drop`
69		- Source Type: `Port/IP Group`
70		- IPv4 Address Group:
71		`<Name of the Group Profile You Created Above>`
72
73		Customize the remaining configurations to your liking, and then save and
74		enable the firewall rule.
75
76		![Firewall
77		Rule](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20230618-unifi-ip-blocklist/firewall_drop_rule.png)
78
79		Once enabled, the Unifi machine will be able to drop all incoming
80		connections from the defined IP addresses and subnets within the created
81		profile.
82
83		> As a personal aside to this topic, I'm looking for a convenient way
84		> to update the firewall rules or profiles remotely (within the LAN)
85		> from the web server to accelerate this process. If you have an idea on
86		> how to automatically update Unifi IP groups or firewall rules, let me
87		> know!

content/blog/2023-06-20-audit-review-template.md deleted −80

		@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-06-20
3		title = "Audit Testing Review Template"
4		description = "A handy reference template for audit reviews."
5		+++
6
7		## Overview
8
9		This post is a very brief overview on the basic process to review
10		audit test results, focusing on work done as part of a financial
11		statement audit (FSA) or service organization controls (SOC) report.
12
13		While there are numerous different things to review and look for - all
14		varying wildly depending on the report, client, and tester - this list
15		serves as a solid base foundation for a reviewer.
16
17		I have used this throughout my career as a starting point to my reviews,
18		and it has worked wonders for creating a consistent and objective
19		template to my reviews. The goal is to keep this base high-level enough
20		to be used on a wide variety of engagements, while still ensuring that
21		all key areas are covered.
22
23		## Review Template
24
25		1. [ ] Check all documents for spelling and grammar.
26		2. [ ] Ensure all acronyms are fully explained upon first use.
27		3. [ ] For all people referenced, use their full names and job titles
28		upon first use.
29		4. [ ] All supporting documents must cross-reference to the lead sheet
30		and vice-versa.
31		5. [ ] Verify that the control has been adequately tested:
32		- [ ] Test of Design: Did the tester obtain information
33		regarding how the control should perform normally and abnormally
34		(e.g., emergency scenarios)?
35		- [ ] Test of Operating Effectiveness: Did the tester inquire,
36		observe, inspect, or re-perform sufficient evidence to support
37		their conclusion over the control? Inquiry alone is not
38		adequate!
39		6. [ ] For any information used in the control, whether by the control
40		operator or by the tester, did the tester appropriately document the
41		source (system or person), extraction method, parameters, and
42		completeness and accuracy (C&A)?
43		- [ ] For any reports, queries, etc. used in the extraction, did
44		the tester include a copy and notate C&A considerations?
45		7. [ ] Did the tester document the specific criteria that the control
46		is being tested against?
47		8. [ ] Did the tester notate in the supporting documents where each
48		criterion was satisfied?
49		9. [ ] If testing specific policies or procedures, are the documents
50		adequate?
51		- [ ] e.g., a test to validate that a review of policy XYZ occurs
52		periodically should also evaluate the sufficiency of the policy
53		itself, if meant to cover the risk that such a policy does not
54		exist and is not reviewed.
55		10. [ ] Does the test cover the appropriate period under review?
56		- [ ] If the test is meant to cover only a portion of the audit
57		period, do other controls exist to mitigate the risks that exist
58		for the remainder of the period?
59		11. [ ] For any computer-aided audit tools (CAATs) or other automation
60		techniques used in the test, is the use of such tools explained and
61		appropriately documented?
62		12. [ ] If prior-period documentation exists, are there any missing
63		pieces of evidence that would further enhance the quality of the
64		test?
65		13. [ ] Was any information discovered during the walkthrough or inquiry
66		phase that was not incorporated into the test?
67		14. [ ] Are there new rules or expectations from your company's
68		internal guidance or your regulatory bodies that would affect the
69		audit approach for this control?
70		15. [ ] Was an exception, finding, or deficiency identified as a result
71		of this test?
72		- [ ] Was the control deficient in design, operation, or both?
73		- [ ] What was the root cause of the finding?
74		- [ ] Does the finding indicate other findings or potential fraud?
75		- [ ] What's the severity and scope of the finding?
76		- [ ] Do other controls exist as a form of compensation against
77		the finding's severity, and do they mitigate the risk within
78		the control objective?
79		- [ ] Does the finding exist at the end of the period, or was it
80		resolved within the audit period?

content/blog/2023-06-28-backblaze-b2.md deleted −188

		@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-06-28
3		title = "Getting Started with Backblaze B2 Cloud Storage"
4		description = "An introduction to the free ttier of Backblaze B2 Cloud Storage."
5		+++
6
7		## Overview
8
9		Backblaze [B2 Cloud
10		Storage](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/cloud-storage.html) is an
11		inexpensive and reliable on-demand cloud storage and backup solution.
12
13		The service starts at \$5/TB/month (\$0.005/GB/month) with a download
14		rate of \$0.01/GB/month.
15
16		However, there are free tiers:
17
18		- The first 10 GB of storage is free.
19		- The first 1 GB of data downloaded each day is free.
20		- Class A transactions are free.
21		- The first 2500 Class B transactions each day are free.
22		- The first 2500 Class C transactions each day are free.
23
24		You can see which API calls fall into categories A, B, or C here:
25		[Pricing Organized by API
26		Calls](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/b2-transactions-price.html).
27
28		For someone like me, who wants an offsite backup of their server's
29		`/home/` directory and various other server configs that fall
30		under 10 GB total, Backblaze is a great solution from a financial
31		perspective.
32
33		## Create An Account
34
35		To start with Backblaze, you'll need to [create a free
36		account](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/sign-up.html) - no payment method
37		is required to sign up.
38
39		Once you have an account, you can test out the service with their web
40		GUI, their mobile app, or their CLI tool. I'm going to use the CLI tool
41		below to test a file upload and then sync an entire directory to my
42		Backblaze bucket.
43
44		## Create a Bucket
45
46		Before you can start uploading, you need to create a bucket. If you're
47		familiar with other object storage services, this will feel familiar. If
48		not, it's pretty simple to create one.
49
50		As their webpage says:
51
52		> A bucket is a container that holds files that are uploaded into B2
53		> Cloud Storage. The bucket name must be globally unique and must have a
54		> minimum of 6 characters. A limit of 100 buckets may be created per
55		> account. An unlimited number of files may be uploaded into a bucket.
56
57		Once you click the `Create a Bucket` button on their webpage
58		or mobile app, you need to provide the following:
59
60		- Bucket Unique Name
61		- Files in Bucket are: `Private` or `Public`
62		- Default Encryption: `Disable` or `Enable`
63		- Object Lock: `Disable` or `Enable`
64
65		For my bucket, I created a private bucket with encryption enabled and
66		object lock disabled.
67
68		Once your bucket is created, you can test the upload/download feature on
69		their web GUI or mobile app! At this point, you have a fully functional
70		bucket and account.
71
72		## Linux CLI Tool
73
74		### Installation
75
76		To install the `b2` CLI tool, you'll need to download it
77		from the [CLI
78		Tools](https://www.backblaze.com/docs/cloud-storage-command-line-tools)
79		page. I recommend copying the URL from the link that says
80		`Linux` and using wget to download it, as shown below.
81
82		Once downloaded, make the file executable and move it to a location on
83		your `$PATH`, so that you can execute that command from
84		anywhere on the machine.
85
86		```sh
87		wget <b2_cli_url>
88		chmod +x b2_linux
89		mv b2_linux /usr/bin/b2
90		```
91
92		### Log In
93
94		The first step after installation is to log in. To do this, execute the
95		following command and provide your `<applicationKeyId>` and
96		`<applicationKey>`.
97
98		If you don't want to provide these values in the command itself, you
99		can simply execute the base command and it will request them in an
100		interactive prompt.
101
102		```sh
103		# if you want to provide the keys directly:
104		b2 authorize-account [<applicationKeyId>] [<applicationKey>]
105
106		# or, if you don't want your keys in your shell history:
107		b2 authorize-account
108		```
109
110		### Upload a Test File
111
112		In order to test the functionality of the CLI tool, I'll start by
113		uploading a single test file to the bucket I created above. We can do
114		this with the `upload_file` function.
115
116		The command is issued as follows:
117
118		```sh
119		b2 upload_file <bucket_name> <local_file> <remote_file>
120		```
121
122		In my situation, I executed the following command with my username.
123
124		```sh
125		b2 upload_file my_unique_bucket /home/<user>/test.md test.md
126		```
127
128		To confirm that the file was uploaded successfully, list the files in
129		your bucket:
130
131		```sh
132		b2 ls <bucket_name>
133		```
134
135		```txt
136		test.md
137		```
138
139		### Sync a Directory
140
141		If you have numerous files, you can use the `sync` function
142		to perform functionality similar to `rsync`, where you can
143		check what's in your bucket and sync anything that is new or modified.
144
145		The command is issued as follows:
146
147		```sh
148		b2 sync <source file location> <B2 bucket destination>
149		```
150
151		In my case, I can sync my user's entire home directory to my bucket
152		without specifying any of the files directly:
153
154		```sh
155		b2 sync /home/<user>/ "b2://<bucketName>/home/<user>"
156		```
157
158		## Caveats
159
160		### Timing of Updates to the Web GUI
161
162		When performing actions over a bucket, there is a slight delay in the
163		web GUI when inspecting a bucket or its file. Note that simple actions
164		such as uploading or deleting files may have a delay of a few minutes up
165		to 24 hours. In my experience (\<10 GB and \~20,000 files), any actions
166		took only a few minutes to update across clients.
167
168		### Symlinks
169
170		Note that symlinks are resolved by b2, so if you have a link from
171		`/home/<user>/nas-storage` that symlinks out to a
172		`/mnt/nas-storage` folder that has 10TB of data,
173		`b2` will resolve that link and start uploading all 10TB of
174		data linked within the folder.
175
176		If you're not sure if you have any symlinks, a symlink will look like
177		this (note the `->` symbol):
178
179		```sh
180		> ls -lha
181		lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 20 Jun 28 13:32 nas -> /mnt/nas-storage/
182		```
183
184		You can recursively find symlink in a path with the following command:
185
186		```sh
187		ls -lR /path/to/search \| grep '^l'
188		```

content/blog/2023-08-18-agile-auditing.md deleted −158

		@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-08-18
3		title = "Agile Auditing: An Introduction"
4		description = "A quick introduction to using the Agile methodology in an audit."
5		+++
6
7		## What is Agile Auditing?
8
9		[Agile](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Agile_software_development), the
10		collaborative philosophy behind many software development methods, has
11		been picking up steam as a beneficial tool to use in the external and
12		internal auditing world.
13
14		This blog post will walk through commonly used terms within Agile,
15		Scrum, and Kanban in order to translate these terms and roles into
16		audit-specific terms.
17
18		Whether your team is in charge of a financial statement audit, an
19		attestation (SOC 1, SOC 2, etc.), or a unique internal audit, the terms
20		used throughout this post should still apply.
21
22		## Agile
23
24		To start, I'll take a look at Agile.
25
26		> The Agile methodology is a project management approach that involves
27		> breaking the project into phases and emphasizes continuous
28		> collaboration and improvement. Teams follow a cycle of planning,
29		> executing, and evaluating.
30
31		While this approach may seem familiar to what audit teams have
32		historically done, an audit team must make distinct changes in their
33		mentality and how they approach and manage a project.
34
35		### Agile Values
36
37		The Agile Manifesto, written in 2001 at a summit in Utah, contain a set
38		of four main values that comprise the Agile approach:
39
40		1. Individuals and interactions over processes and tools.
41		2. Working software over comprehensive documentation.
42		3. Customer collaboration over contract negotiation.
43		4. Responding to change over following a plan.
44
45		Beyond the four values, [twelve
46		principles](https://agilemanifesto.org/principles.html) were also
47		written as part of the summit.
48
49		In order to relate these values to an audit or attestation engagement,
50		we need to shift the focus from software development to the main goal of
51		an engagement: completing sufficient audit testing to address to
52		relevant risks over the processes and controls at hand.
53
54		Audit Examples:
55
56		- Engagement teams must value the team members, client contacts, and
57		their interactions over the historical processes and tools that have
58		been used.
59		- Engagement teams must value a final report that contains sufficient
60		audit documentation over excessive documentation or scope creep.
61		- Engagement teams must collaborate with the audit clients as much as
62		feasible to ensure that both sides are constantly updated with
63		current knowledge of the engagement's status and any potential
64		findings, rather than waiting for pre-set meetings or the end of the
65		engagement to communicate.
66		- Engagement teams must be able to respond to change in an
67		engagement's schedule, scope, or environment to ensure that the
68		project is completed in a timely manner and that all relevant areas
69		are tested.
70		- In terms of an audit department's portfolio, they must be able
71		to respond to changes in their company's or client's
72		environment and be able to dynamically change their audit plan
73		accordingly.
74
75		## Scrum
76
77		The above section discusses the high-level details of the Agile
78		philosophy and how an audit team can potentially mold that mindset into
79		the audit world, but how does a team implement these ideas?
80
81		There are many methods that use an Agile mindset, but I prefer
82		[Scrum](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scrum_(software_development)).
83		Scrum is a framework based on Agile that enables a team to work through
84		a project through a series of roles, ceremonies, artifacts, and values.
85
86		Let's dive into each of these individually.
87
88		### Scrum Team
89
90		A scrum project is only as good as the team running the project.
91		Standard scrum teams are separated into three distinct areas:
92
93		1. Product Owner (Client Contact): The client contact is the audit
94		equivalent of the product owner in Scrum. They are responsible for
95		partnering with the engagement or audit team to ensure progress is
96		being made, priorities are established, and clear guidance is given
97		when questions or findings arise within each sprint.
98		2. Scrum Master (Engagement Lead): The engagement or audit team
99		lead is responsible for coaching the team and the client contact on
100		the scrum process, tracking team progress against plan, scheduling
101		necessary resources, and helping remove obstacles.
102		3. Scrum Developers (Engagement Members): The engagement or audit
103		team is the set of team members responsible for getting the work
104		done. These team members will work on each task, report progress,
105		resolve obstacles, and collaborate with other team members and the
106		client contact to ensure goals are being met.
107
108		### Scrum Ceremonies
109
110		Scrum ceremonies are events that are performed on a regular basis.
111
112		1. Sprint Planning: The team works together to plan the upcoming
113		sprint goal and which user stories (tasks) will be added to the
114		sprint to achieve that goal.
115		2. Sprint: The time period, typically at least one week and no more
116		than one month in length, where the team works on the stories and
117		anything in the backlog.
118		3. Daily Scrum: A very short meeting held each day, typically 15
119		minutes, to quickly emphasize alignment on the sprint goal and plan
120		the next 24 hours. Each team member may share what they did the day
121		before, what they'll do today, and any obstacles to their work.
122		4. Sprint Review: At the end of each sprint, the team will gather
123		and discuss the progress, obstacles, and backlog from the previous
124		sprint.
125		5. Sprint Retrospective: More specific than the sprint review, the
126		retrospective is meant to discuss what worked and what did not work
127		during the sprint. This may be processes, tools, people, or even
128		things related to the Scrum ceremonies.
129
130		One additional ceremony that may be applicable is organizing the
131		backlog. This is typically the responsibility of the engagement leader
132		and is meant to prioritize and clarify what needs to be done to complete
133		items in the backlog.
134
135		### Artifacts
136
137		While artifacts are generally not customizable in the audit world (i.e.,
138		each control test must include some kind of working paper with evidence
139		supporting the test results), I wanted to include some quick notes on
140		associating scrum artifact terms with an audit.
141
142		1. Product Backlog: This is the overall backlog of unfinished audit
143		tasks from all prior sprints.
144		2. Sprint Backlog: This is the backlog of unfinished audit tasks
145		from one individual sprint.
146		3. Increment: This is the output of each sprint - generally this is
147		best thought of as any documentation prepared during the sprint,
148		such as risk assessments, control working papers, deficiency
149		analysis, etc.
150
151		## Kanban
152
153		Last but not least, Kanban is a methodology that relies on boards to
154		categorize work into distinct, descriptive categories that allow an
155		agile or scrum team to effectively plan the work of a sprint or project.
156
157		See Atlassian's [Kanban](https://www.atlassian.com/agile/kanban) page
158		for more information.

content/blog/2023-10-04-digital-minimalism.md deleted −106

		@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-10-04
3		title = "Digital Minimalism"
4		description = "My personal retrospective on digital minimalism."
5		+++
6
7		I've written [a note about minimalism](/wiki/#digital-garden)
8		before, but I wanted to dedicate some time to reflect on digital
9		minimalism and how I've been able to minimize the impact of digital
10		devices in my life.
11
12		> These changes crept up on us and happened fast, before we had a chance
13		> to step back and ask what we really wanted out of the rapid advances
14		> of the past decade. We added new technologies to the periphery of our
15		> experience for minor reasons, then woke one morning to discover that
16		> they had colonized the core of our daily life. We didn't, in other
17		> words, sign up for the digital world in which we're currently
18		> entrenched; we seem to have stumbled backward into it.
19		>
20		> (Digital Minimalism, 2019)
21
22		## The Principles of Digital Minimalism
23
24		As noted in Cal Newport's book, Digital Minimalism, there are three
25		main principles to digital minimalism that I tend to agree with:
26
27		1. Clutter is costly.
28		- Digital minimalists recognize that cluttering their time and
29		attention with too many devices, apps, and services creates an
30		overall negative cost that can swamp the small benefits that
31		each individual item provides in isolation.
32		2. Optimization is important.
33		- Digital minimalists believe that deciding a particular
34		technology supports something they value is only the first step.
35		To truly extract its full potential benefit, it's necessary to
36		think carefully about how they'll use the technology.
37		3. Intentionality is satisfying.
38		- Digital minimalists derive significant satisfaction from their
39		general commitment to being more intentional about how they
40		engage with new technologies. This source of satisfaction is
41		independent of the specific decisions they make and is one of
42		the biggest reasons that minimalism tends to be immensely
43		meaningful to its practitioners.
44
45		## Taking Action
46
47		In order to put the logic into practice, I've created a few new habits
48		and continued performing old habits that are working well:
49
50		### Using Devices With Intention
51
52		- I already rarely use "social media", mostly limited to forums such
53		as Hacker News and Tildes, so I've just tweaked my behavior to stop
54		looking for content in those places when I'm bored.
55		- Use devices with intention. Each time I pick up a digital device,
56		there should be an intention to use the device to improve my current
57		situation. No more endless scrolling or searching for something to
58		interest me.
59
60		### Prevent Distractions
61
62		- Disable (most) notifications on all devices. I spent 15-30 minutes
63		going through the notifications on my phone, watch, and computer to
64		ensure that only a select few apps have the ability to interrupt me:
65		Calendar, Messages, Phone, Reminders, & Signal.
66		- Disable badges for any apps except the ones mentioned in the bullet
67		above.
68		- Set-up focus profiles across devices so that I can enable different
69		modes, such as Personal when I only want to see notifications from
70		people I care about or Do Not Disturb, where absolutely nothing can
71		interrupt me.
72		- Clean up my home screens. This one was quite easy as I already
73		maintain a minimalist set-up, but I went extreme by limiting my
74		phone to just eight apps on the home screen and four in the dock. If
75		I need another app, I'll have to search or use the app library.
76		- Remove the work profile from my phone. This was a tough decision as
77		having my work profile on my device definitely makes my life easier
78		at times, but it also has quite a negative effect when I'm "always
79		online" and can see the notifications and team activity 24/7. I
80		believe creating a distinct barrier between my work and personal
81		devices will be beneficial in the end.
82
83		### Creating Alternative Activities
84
85		This is the most difficult piece, as most of my hobbies and interests
86		lie in the digital world. However, I'm making a concerted effort to put
87		devices down unless necessary and force myself to perform other
88		activities in the physical world instead.
89
90		I've started with a few basics that are always readily available to me:
91
92		- Do a chore, such as organizing or cleaning.
93		- Read a book, study a piece of art, etc.
94		- Exercise or get outdoors.
95		- Participate in a hobby, such as photography, birding, disc golf,
96		etc.
97		- Let yourself be bored and wander into creativity.
98
99		## Making Progress
100
101		I'll be taking notes as I continue down this journey and hope to see
102		positive trends. I've always been a minimalist in the physical world
103		and it feels refreshing to filter out the clutter that has come to
104		dominate my digital life over the years.
105
106		I'm excited to see where this journey leads.

content/blog/2023-11-08-scli.md deleted −157

		@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2023-11-08
3		title = "Installing scli on Alpine Linux (musl)"
4		description = "Learn how to properly configure scli for musl-based systems."
5		+++
6
7		[scli](https://github.com/isamert/scli) is a command-line tool that
8		allows you to connect to your Signal messenger account. This program
9		utilizes a two-pane display that shows you chats on the left and the
10		focused conversation on the right.
11
12		This guide will show you how to install `scli` and its
13		dependencies on Alpine Linux, which requires some extra work due to
14		musl.
15
16		If you're using a non-musl system, you can likely following the
17		`scli` README and download the packaged binaries for an
18		easier installation process.
19
20		## Dependencies
21
22		In order to use `scli`, you need a few dependencies:
23
24		- `openjdk17-jre` - Used as a dependency for the
25		`signal-cli` tool. Version may vary.
26		- `signal-cli` - Used as the backbone of the
27		`scli` tool.
28		- `findutils` - Replaces the standard Busybox version of
29		`xargs`.
30		- `urwid` - A console user interface library for Python.
31		- `urwid-readline` - For GNU emacs-like keybinds on the
32		input line.
33		- `qrencode` - Displays a QR code in the terminal to link
34		the device using your phone. Not necessary if you're only linking
35		on desktop and can copy/paste the connection URL.
36
37		Let's start by installing the packages available via Alpine's
38		repositories. Be sure to install the latest version of
39		`openjdk`. If you run into Java-related issues, uninstall
40		`openjdk` and install an older version.
41
42		```sh
43		doas apk add openjdk17-jre findutils qrencode
44		```
45
46		Next, let's install `signal-cli`. Be sure to export the
47		version of `signal-cli` that you want. I use version
48		`0.12.4` below, but that may be outdated by the time you're
49		reading this.
50
51		```sh
52		export VERSION="0.12.4"
53		wget https://github.com/AsamK/signal-cli/releases/download/v"${VERSION}"/signal-cli-"${VERSION}".tar.gz
54		doas tar xf signal-cli-"${VERSION}".tar.gz -C /opt
55		doas ln -sf /opt/signal-cli-${VERSION}"/bin/signal/cli /usr/local/bin
56		```
57
58		Finally, install the `urwid` packages using the Python
59		packaging utility.
60
61		```sh
62		pip3 install urwid urwid-readline
63		```
64
65		## Installation
66
67		Now that we have all of the dependencies we need, we can install
68		`scli`. Start by simply cloning the repository.
69
70		```sh
71		git clone https://github.com/isamert/scli
72		```
73
74		When I cloned this repository on 2023-11-08, I found a bug in the logic
75		that required a fix. You must edit the `scli` file and
76		replace the one instance of `RLIMIT_OFILE` with
77		`RLIMIT_NOFILE`.
78
79		```sh
80		cd scli
81		nano scli
82		```
83
84		Once complete, you can move this program to anywhere on your
85		`$PATH`. I chose the following directory.
86
87		```sh
88		doas mv scli /usr/local/bin/scli
89		```
90
91		## Initial Setup
92
93		Now that everything is installed, we can login and configure the client.
94		Start by generating a connection link.
95
96		```sh
97		signal-cli link -n "YOUR-DEVICE-NICKNAME" \| tee >(xargs -L 1 qrencode -t utf8)
98		```
99
100		This will generate a connection link and related QR code for you to use
101		to link the devices together. Once complete, wait patiently for the
102		connection process to finish.
103
104		Once it completes, it will exit and return you to the prompt. From here,
105		you need to perform an initial `receive` command to start
106		things off. The `USERNAME` variable should be your phone
107		number, such as `+15551237890`.
108
109		```sh
110		signal-cli -u USERNAME receive
111		```
112
113		Also be sure to test the daemon to ensure it works properly. If no
114		errors occur, it's working. If you run into errors because you're not
115		running a DBUS session, see my notes below.
116
117		```sh
118		signal-cli -u USERNAME daemon
119		```
120
121		Once the initial reception is complete, you are ready to use
122		`scli`.
123
124		This process will differ depending on your desktop environment (DE). If
125		you are running a DE, you likely have a DBUS session running already and
126		can simply launch the program.
127
128		However, if you're like me and running your computer straight on the
129		TTY without a DE, you'll need to start a DBUS session for this program.
130
131		```sh
132		# If you're not running a DBUS session yet, you need to start one for scli
133		dbus-run-session -- scli
134
135		# OR - If you're already running a DBUS session, simply run scli
136		scli
137		```
138
139		## Configuration
140
141		Lastly, there are a number of configuration options that you can pass
142		via the command or in the `~/.config/sclirc` file. See the
143		Github README for more information on configuration options.
144
145		```sh
146		nano ~/.config/sclirc
147		```
148
149		```conf
150		# ~/.config/sclirc
151
152		wrap-at = 80
153		enable-notifications = true
154		```
155
156		That's it! Following this guide, I have a functional `scli`
157		program that successfully sends messages to my contacts and myself!

content/blog/2024-01-08-dont-say-hello.md deleted −17

		@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2024-01-08
3		title = "Don't Say Hello"
4		description = "A short post describing my displeasure with cliffhanger conversations."
5		+++
6
7		I recently came back from a winter break and have started working again... only to immediately run into the dilemma of people sending me cliffhanger messages again.
8
9		## No Hello
10
11		A year or two ago, I discovered [no hello](https://nohello.net/en/) and have thought about it often since then. I've even sent it to a few people since then (who wouldn't take offense to it).
12
13		I work in a fast-paced environment where efficiency is extremely valuable. Therefore, I have always held a deep displeasure for conversations where people start with "Hello" and then.
14
15		I searched back through my work messages and found that I received ~50 messages from ~10 people last year from people that contained "hi", "hey", or "hello" and did not contain any indication of the purpose of the conversation. I also noticed that a few of the users were responsible for the large majority of the cliffhangers.
16
17		There's no real point to this post, just a desparate request for people to please stop doing this.

content/blog/2024-01-09-macos-customization.md deleted −166

		@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2024-01-09
3		title = "Customizing macOS"
4		description = "Learn how to customize macOS beyond the standard, built-in options provided by Apple."
5		+++
6
7		I have been using macOS more than Linux lately, so I wrote this post to describe
8		some simple options to customize macOS beyond the normal built-in settings
9		menu.
10
11		While not all-encompassing, the options below should be a good start for anyone
12		looking to dive down the rabbit hole.
13
14		## Basics
15
16		### Package Management
17
18		To install a lot of software on macOS, you will need
19		[Homebrew](https://brew.sh/). You can use their installation script to get
20		started. Simply open the `Terminal` application and paste the following snippet:
21
22		```sh
23		/bin/bash -c "$(curl -fsSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/Homebrew/install/HEAD/install.sh)"
24		```
25
26		This will allow you to easily install and manage applications and other software
27		easily through the `brew` command.
28
29		### Terminal
30
31		If you're serious about customizing your macOS system, I highly recommend
32		installing a terminal emulator that you like and if you're not comfortable on
33		the command line yet, start learning. A lot of customization options require you
34		to edit hidden files, which is easiest in a terminal.
35
36		There are options like iTerm2, Kitty, Alacritty, Hyper, Warp, or the built-in
37		Terminal app.
38
39		I use [iTerm2](https://iterm2.com/), which can be installed with Homebrew:
40
41		```sh
42		brew install iterm2
43		```
44
45		![iTerm2](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240109-macos-customization/iterm2.png "iTerm2")
46
47		To install color schemes, such as the Dracula scheme shown in the screenshot
48		above, you visit [iTerm Themes](https://iterm2colorschemes.com/) and follow
49		their installation instructions to install any of the themes.
50
51		## Desktop
52
53		### Window Management
54
55		[yabai](https://github.com/koekeishiya/yabai) is a tiling window manager for
56		macOS. While other window managers exist, I found that most of them struggled to
57		create logical layouts and to allow me to easily move windows around the screen.
58
59		Some advanced settings for yabai are only available if partially disable System
60		Integrity Protection (SIP). However, I chose not to do this and it hasn't
61		affected my basic usage of yabai at all.
62
63		Refer to the [yabai
64		wiki](https://github.com/koekeishiya/yabai/wiki/Installing-yabai-(latest-release))
65		for installation instructions. You will need to ensure that yabai is allowed to
66		access the accessibility and screen recording APIs.
67
68		You can see a basic three-pane layout atuomatically configured by yabai for me as I opened the windows below.
69
70		![yabai window manager](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240109-macos-customization/yabai.png "yabai window manager")
71
72		### Keyboard Shortcuts
73
74		[skhd](https://github.com/koekeishiya/skhd) is a simple hotkey daemon that
75		allows you to define hotkeys in a file for usage on your system.
76
77		Installation is simple:
78
79		```sh
80		brew install koekeishiya/formulae/skhd
81		skhd --start-service
82		```
83
84		After installation, be sure to allow `skhd` access to the accessibility API in
85		the macOS privacy settings.
86
87		You can configure your hotkeys in the `~/.config/skhd/skhdrc` file:
88
89		```sh
90		nano ~/.config/skhd/skhdrc
91		```
92
93		For example, I have hotkeys to open my browser and terminal:
94
95		```conf
96		# Terminal
97		cmd - return : /Applications/iTerm.app/Contents/MacOS/iTerm2
98
99		# Browser
100		cmd + shift - return : /Applications/LibreWolf.app/Contents/MacOS/librewolf
101		```
102
103		### Widgets
104
105		[uebersicht](https://github.com/felixhageloh/uebersicht/) is a handy
106		desktop-based widget tool with a plethora of community-made widgets available in
107		the [widgets gallery](https://tracesof.net/uebersicht-widgets/). You can also
108		write your own widgets with this tool.
109
110		To install, simply download the latest release from the [uebersicht
111		website](https://tracesof.net/uebersicht/) and copy it to the Applications
112		folder.
113
114		See below for an example of the
115		[Mond](https://tracesof.net/uebersicht-widgets/#Mond) widget in action.
116
117		![uebersicht desktop widgets](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240109-macos-customization/uebersicht.png "uebersicht desktop widgets")
118
119		### Status Bar
120
121		[SketchyBar](https://github.com/FelixKratz/SketchyBar) is a customizable
122		replacement for the macOS status or menu bar.
123
124		You can browse a discussion where various users shared their
125		[configurations](https://github.com/FelixKratz/SketchyBar/discussions/47?sort=top)
126		for inspiration or to copy their dotfiles.
127
128		See below for a quick (& slightly broken) copy of
129		[zer0yu's](https://github.com/zer0yu/dotfiles) SketchyBar configuration.
130
131		![SketchyBar](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240109-macos-customization/sketchybar.png "SketchyBar")
132
133		### Dock
134
135		The easiest way to customize the dock is to install
136		[uBar](https://ubarapp.com/), which uses a Windows-like menu bar as the default
137		style.
138
139		However, the built-in macOS dock cannot be disabled and can only be set to
140		"always hidden". This can be annoying as it will pop out any time your mouse
141		cursor passes closely to the dock edge of the screen. Because of this, I simply
142		use the built-in dock instead of customizing it with third-party software.
143
144		Regardless, see below for the default installation style of uBar.
145
146		![uBar](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240109-macos-customization/ubar.png "uBar")
147
148		### Application Icons
149
150		You can also customize the icon of any application in macOS, which will show up
151		in Finder, the Dock, Launchpad, search results, etc. I recommend using
152		[macOSicons](https://macosicons.com/) to download icons you want, and then apply
153		them by following this process.
154
155		1. Open the Finder application.
156		2. Navigate to the `Applications` folder.
157		3. Right-click an application of your choice, and select `Get Info`.
158		4. Drag the image you downloaded on top of the application's icon at the top of
159		information window (you will see a green "plus" symbol when you're hovering
160		over it).
161		5. Release the new icon on top of the old icon and it will update!
162
163		You can see an example of me dragging a new `signal.icns` file onto my
164		Signal.app information window to update it below:
165
166		![replace macOS icons](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240109-macos-customization/replace_icon.png "replace macOS icons")

content/blog/2024-01-13-local-llm.md deleted −103

		@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2024-01-13
3		title = "Running Local LLMs on macOS and iOS"
4		description = "Finding some useful applications for running local LLMs on macOS and iOS."
5		+++
6
7		## Requirements
8
9		I've recently started playing with large language models (LLMs), mostly in the
10		popular chatbot form, as part of my job and have decided to see if there's a
11		consistent and reliable way to interact with these models on Apple devices
12		without sacrificing privacy or requiring in-depth technical setup.
13
14		My requirements for this test:
15
16		- Open source platform
17		- On-device model files
18		- Minimal required configuration
19		- Preferably pre-built, but a simple build process is acceptable
20
21		I tested a handful of apps and have summarized my favorite (so far) for macOS
22		and iOS below.
23
24		> TL;DR - Here are the two that met my requirements and I have found the easiest
25		> to install and use so far:
26
27		- macOS: [Ollama](https://ollama.ai/)
28		- iOS : [LLM Farm](https://llmfarm.site/)
29
30		## macOS
31
32		[Ollama](https://ollama.ai/) is a simple Go application for macOS and Linux that
33		can run various LLMs locally.
34
35		For macOS, you can download the pplication on the [Ollama download
36		page](https://ollama.ai/download/mac) and install it by unzipping the
37		`Ollama.app` file and moving it to the `Applications` folder.
38
39		If you prefer the command line, you can run these commands after the download
40		finished:
41
42		```sh
43		cd ~/Downloads && \
44		unzip Ollama-darwin.zip && \
45		mv ~/Downloads/Ollama.app /Applications/
46		```
47
48		After running the app, the app will ask you to open a terminal and run the
49		default `llama2` model, which will open an interactive chat session in the
50		terminal. You can startfully using the application at this point.
51
52		![Ollama](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240113-local-llm/ollama.png "Ollama")
53
54		If you don't want to use the default `llama2` model, you can download and run
55		additional models found on the [Models](https://ollama.ai/library) page.
56
57		To see the information for the currently-used model, you can run the `/show
58		info` command in the chat.
59
60		![Model Info](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240113-local-llm/ollama_info.png "Model Info")
61
62		### Community Integrations
63
64		I highly recommend browsing the [Community
65		Integrations](https://github.com/jmorganca/ollama#community-integrations)
66		section of the project to see how you would prefer to extend Ollama beyond a
67		simple command-line interface. There are options for APIs, browser UIs, advanced
68		terminal configurations, and more.
69
70		![Ollama SwiftUI](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240113-local-llm/ollama-swiftui.png "Ollama SwifTUI")
71
72		## iOS
73
74		While there are a handful of decent macOS options, it was quite difficult to
75		find an iOS app that offered an open source platform without an extensive
76		configuration and building process. I found LLM Farm to be decent enough in
77		quality to sit at the top of my list - however, it's definitely not user
78		friendly enough for me to consider using it on a daily basis.
79
80		[LLM Farm](https://llmfarm.site/) is available on TestFlight, so there's no
81		manual build process required. However, you can view the [LLMFarm
82		repository](https://github.com/guinmoon/LLMFarm) if you wish.
83
84		The caveat is that you will have to manually download the model files from the
85		links in the
86		[models.md](https://github.com/guinmoon/LLMFarm/blob/main/models.md) file to
87		your iPhone to use the app - there's currently no option in the app to reach out
88		and grab the latest version of any supported model.
89
90		Once you have a file downloaded, you simply create a new chat and select the
91		downloaded model file and ensure the inference matches the requirement in the
92		`models.md` file.
93
94		See below for a test of the ORCA Mini v3 model:
95
96		\| Chat List \| Chat \|
97		\|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------\|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------\|
98		\| ![LLM Farm Chats](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240113-local-llm/llm_farm_chats.png "LLM Farm Chats") \| ![LLM Farm](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240113-local-llm/llm_farm.png "LLM Farm")
99
100		[Enchanted](https://github.com/AugustDev/enchanted) is also an iOS for private
101		AI models, but it requires a public-facing Ollama API, which did not meet my
102		"on device requirement." Nonetheless, it's an interesting looking app and I will
103		likely set it up to test soon.

content/blog/2024-01-16-audit-dashboard.md deleted −134

		@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2024-01-26
3		title = "Building an Audit Status Dashboard"
4		description = "Learn how to utilize Alteryx Designer and Power BI Desktop to build a simple status tracking dashboard for an audit or other engagement."
5		+++
6
7		Alteryx and Power BI are powerful tools that can help turn your old-school audit trackers into interactive tools that provide useful insights and potential action plans.
8
9		With these tools, we are going to build the following dashboard:
10
11		![Audit Dashboard, pg. 1](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/dashboard_01.png)
12		![Audit Dashboard, pg. 2](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/dashboard_02.png)
13
14		## Requirements
15
16		This project assumes the following:
17
18		- You have access to Alteryx Designer and Power BI Desktop.
19		- If you only have Power BI Desktop, you may need to perform some analysis in Power BI instead of Alteryx.
20		- Your data is in a format that can be imported into Alteryx and/or Power BI.
21		- You have a basic understanding of data types and visualization.
22
23		## Alteryx: Data Preparation & Analysis
24
25		### Import Data
26
27		With Alteryx, importing data is easy with the use of the `Input Data` tool. Simply drag this tool onto the canvas from the `In/Out` tab in the Ribbon to create it as a node.
28
29		You can choose the File Format manually or simply connect to your file/database and let Alteryx determine the format for you. For this example, we will be importing an Excel file and changing the `Start Data Import on Line` variable to `2`.
30
31		![Alteryx Excel Import](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/alteryx_import.png)
32
33		### Transform Data
34
35		Next, let's replace null data and remove whitespace to clean up our data. We can do this with the `Data Cleansing` tool in the `Preparation` tab in the Ribbon.
36
37		Ensure that the following options are enabled:
38
39		- Replace Nulls
40		- Replace with Blanks (String Fields)
41		- Replace with 0 (Numeric Fields)
42		- Remove Unwanted Characters
43		- Leading and Trailing Whitespace
44
45		![Data Cleansing](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/alteryx_cleansing.png)
46
47		For our next step, we will transform the date fields from strings to datetime format. Add a `Datetime` tool for each field you want to transform - in the example below, I am using the tool twice for the "Started On" and "Submitted On" fields.
48
49		![Data Transformation](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/alteryx_transformation.png)
50
51		Now that the dates are in the correct format, let's perform a calculation based on those fields. Start by adding a `Filter` tool, naming a new Output Column, and pasting the formula below into it (the two fields used in this formula must match the output of the `Datetime` tools above):
52
53		```txt
54		DateTimeDiff([SubmittedOn_Out],[StartedOn_Out], "days")
55		```
56
57		![Data Analysis](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/alteryx_analysis.png)
58
59		### Export Data
60
61		Finalize the process by exporting the transformed data set to a new file, for use in the following visualization step.
62
63		![Data Export](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/alteryx_export.png)
64
65		## Power BI: Data Visualization
66
67		### Import Data
68
69		To start, open the Power BI Desktop application. Upon first use, Power BI will ask if you want to open an existing dashboard or import new data.
70
71		As we are creating our first dashboard, let's import our data. In my example below, I'm importing data from the "Tracker" sheet of the Excel file I'm using for this project.
72
73		During this process, I also imported the export from the Alteryx workflow above. Therefore, we have two different files available for use in our dashboard.
74
75		![Excel Tracker](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/excel_tracker.png)
76
77		![Power BI Excel Import](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/powerbi_import.png)
78
79		### Add Visuals
80
81		To create the dashboard below, you will need to follow the list instructions below and format as needed:
82
83		![Audit Dashboard, pg. 1](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/dashboard_01.png)
84		![Audit Dashboard, pg. 2](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240126-audit-dashboard/dashboard_02.png)
85
86		Instructions to create the visuals above:
87
88		- `Text Box`: Explain the name and purpose of the dashboard. You can also add images and logos at the top of the dashboard.
89		- `Donut Chart`: Overall status of the project.
90		- `Legend`: Status
91		- `Values`: Count of Status
92		- `Stacked Column Chart`: Task count by assignee.
93		- `X-axis`: Preparer
94		- `Y-axis`: Count of Control ID
95		- `Legend`: Status
96		- `Treemap`: Top N client submitters by average days to submit.
97		- `Details`: Preparer
98		- `Values`: Sum of Avg_DaysToSubmit
99		- `Line Chart`: Projected vs. actual hours over time.
100		- `Clustered Bar Chart`: Projected vs. actual hours per person.
101		- `Slicer & Table` - Upcoming due dates.
102		- `Slicer`:
103		- `Values`: Date Due
104		- `Table`:
105		- `Columns`: Count of Control ID, Date Due, Preparer, Status
106
107		### Format the Dashboard
108
109		You can choose a theme in the View tab of the Ribbon. You can even browse for custom JSON files that define themes, such as ones found online or custom ones created by your organization.
110
111		For each visual, you can click the `Format` button in the `Visualizations` side pane and explore the options. You can custom options such as:
112
113		- Visual
114		- Legend
115		- Colors
116		- Data labels
117		- Category labels
118		- General
119		- Properties
120		- Title
121		- Effects
122		- Header icons
123		- Tooltips
124		- Alt text
125
126		You can always look online for inspiration when trying to decide how best to organize and style your dashboard.
127
128		## Sharing the Results
129
130		Generally, you have a few different options for sharing your dashboards with others:
131
132		1. Export the dashboard as a PDF in the file menu of Power BI. This will export all tabs and visuals as they are set when the export button is pressed. You will lose all interactivity with this option.
133		2. Send the full Power BI file to those you wish to share the dashboard. This will retain all settings and interactivity. However, you will also need to send the source files if they need to refresh the dashboard and you will need to re-send the files if you make updates.
134		3. Store the dashboard in a synced location, such as a shared drive or Microsoft Teams. Depending on how a user configures their local Windows paths, the data source paths may not be compatible for all users with such a setup.

content/blog/2024-01-27-tableau-dashboard.md deleted −122

		@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2024-01-27
3		title = "Data Visualization: Mapping Omaha Crime Data with Tableau"
4		description = "Learn how to utilize Tableau Public to build a dashboard to map crimes across Omaha."
5		+++
6
7		In this project, I am going to show you how to use Tableau Public for free to create simple dashboards.
8
9		I will be creating simple visuals from an Omaha crime data set and combining them to create the dashboard below. You can view this dashboard interactively online here: [Omaha Crime Data (2015 - 2023)](https://public.tableau.com/app/profile/c.c7042/viz/OmahaCrimeData2015-2023/OmahaCrimeData2015-2023#1).
10
11		![Tableau Dashboard](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240127-tableau-dashboard/dashboard.png)
12
13		## Gather the Data
14
15		You can download incident data from the Omaha Police Department on their [Incident Data Download](https://police.cityofomaha.org/crime-information/incident-data-download) page. They currently have files for the years 2015 through 2023.
16
17		Each file will be downloaded as a CSV file, approximately 3 MB - 8 MB.
18
19		## Clean and Transform the Data
20
21		I have used Python to combine the files into a single CSV file, as well as adding a custom `datetime` column. You could do this step in any software you prefer, but I prefer Python as its free, easy to use, and has a plethora of support resources online.
22
23		Start by opening a terminal, navigating to your Downloads directory, and creating a python script.
24
25		```sh
26		cd ~/Downloads
27		nano data_processing.py
28		```
29
30		Within the Python script, paste the following:
31
32		```python
33		# Import modules
34		import pandas as pd
35		import glob
36		import os
37
38		# Import the data
39		path = r"~/Downloads/*.csv"
40		files = glob.glob(path)
41
42		list = []
43
44		for file in files:
45		df_tmp = pd.read_csv(file)
46		li.append(df_tmp)
47
48		df = pd.concat(list, axis=0, ignore_index=True)
49
50		# Create a combined datetime column
51		df["datetime"] = pd.to_datetime(
52		df["date"] + " " + df["time"],
53		format="%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S"
54		)
55		df.head()
56
57		# Export the combined data
58		df.to_csv(r"~/Downloads/combined_incidents.csv")
59		```
60
61		Once pasted, save and close the file. You can execute the file like so:
62
63		```sh
64		python3 data_processing.py
65		```
66
67		After this, you should have a combined data file that contains all incidents between 2015 and 2023. Mine was approximately 55 MB.
68
69		## Tableau Public
70
71		[Tableau Public](https://public.tableau.com/) is a free-to-use web application that allows you to create visualizations by uploading data sources. Note that there's no way to keep the data and visualizations private, so don't upload anything private.
72
73		After creating an account, you can click the `Create` > `Web Authoring` link to create your first visualization.
74
75		![Create Button](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240127-tableau-dashboard/create_button.png)
76
77		### Upload the Data
78
79		Once you've opened your first project, Tableau will ask you to connect to your data. For this project, click the `Upload from computer` button and select the CSV file previously combined in the step above.
80
81		![Connect Data](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240127-tableau-dashboard/connect_data.png)
82
83		Once connected, you can refresh the preview of the data with the `Refresh Data Source` button in the toolbar.
84
85		![Data Preview](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240127-tableau-dashboard/data_preview.png)
86
87		If you need to edit any of the data types, column names, etc., you can do so now. Once complete, generate an extract so that you can start creating visualizations.
88
89		### Create Visualizations
90
91		To start, create a worksheet in the toolbar at the bottom of the screen.
92
93		Within this screen, select a column from the `Data` side bar on the left and drag it into the `Columns` or `Rows` area of the canvas.
94
95		See below for the map visualization. You can recreate this by adding the following fields:
96
97		- `Columns`: Lon
98		- `Rows`: Lat
99		- `Marks`:
100		- Description
101		- Datetime
102		- `Filters`: Datetime
103
104		![Worksheet Editing](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240127-tableau-dashboard/worksheet_edit.png)
105
106		You can repeat this process for each visualization you want to create. Explore your options by dragging data fields to different areas and by opening the field options to explore what operations can be performed on different data types (e.g., average, count, etc.).
107
108		### Create Dashboard
109
110		To create a dashboard, click the button on the toolbar at the bottom of the screen. Within the dashboard, drag each sheet from the left side bar onto the dashboard canvas.
111
112		![Dashboard Editing](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240127-tableau-dashboard/dashboard_edit.png)
113
114		### Formatting
115
116		You can explore a ton of different formatting options throughout the worksheets and dashboard. Specifically for maps, you can alter the map layers, background, and visible features through the `Map` menu in the top file menu of the editing screen.
117
118		In the finished dashboard below, I opted for a dark mode with a map that showed county lines and city names.
119
120		There's a ton of other options available to be used in a dashboard like this, but this project shows a quick preview of what you can do in Tableau Public.
121
122		![Tableau Dashboard](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240127-tableau-dashboard/dashboard.png)

content/blog/2024-02-13-ubuntu-emergency-mode.md deleted −71

		@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2024-02-13
3		title = "Stuck in Ubuntu's Emergency Mode? Try Fixing the Fstab File"
4		description = "Learn how to fix a missing disk issue that can lock you in Ubuntu's emergency mode."
5		+++
6
7		### The Problem
8
9		I recently [migrated my hard drives to a ZFS pool](/blog/zfs/) and found myself
10		stuck in Ubuntu's emergency mode after the first reboot I performed after
11		creating the ZFS pool.
12
13		My server was stuck in the boot process and showed the following error on the
14		screen:
15
16		```txt
17		You are in emergency mode.
18		After logging in, type "journalctl -xb" to view system logs,
19		"systemctl reboot" to reboot, "systemctl default"
20		or ^D to try again to boot into default mode".
21		```
22
23		After rebooting the server and watching the logs scroll on a monitor, I noticed
24		the root cause was related to a very long search for certain drives. I kept
25		seeing errors like this:
26
27		```txt
28		[ TIME ] Timed out waiting of device dev-disk-by/[disk-uuid]
29		```
30
31		I realized that I had not removed the `/etc/fstab` references that asked Ubuntu
32		to mount two disks on boot, but I had recently changed those disks to be part of
33		my ZFS pool instead. Therefore, Ubuntu was trying to identify and mount a disk
34		that was not available.
35
36		Now that we have an idea of the issue, let's move to solution.
37
38		### The Solution
39
40		In order to fix the issue, I waited until I was allowed to type the root user's
41		password, and then I executed the following command:
42
43		```sh
44		nano /etc/fstab
45		```
46
47		Within the `fstab` file, I needed to comment/remove the following lines at the
48		bottom of the file. You can comment-out a line by prepending a `#` symbol at the
49		beginning of the line. You can also delete the line entirely.
50
51		```conf
52		# What it looked like when running into the issue:
53		UUID=B64E53824E5339F7 /mnt/white-01 ntfs-3g uid=1000,gid=1000 0 0
54		UUID=E69867E59867B32B /mnt/white-02 ntfs-3g uid=1000,gid=1000 0 0
55
56		# What I changed it to, in order to fix the issue:
57		# UUID=B64E53824E5339F7 /mnt/white-01 ntfs-3g uid=1000,gid=1000 0 0
58		# UUID=E69867E59867B32B /mnt/white-02 ntfs-3g uid=1000,gid=1000 0 0
59		```
60
61		Once removing the lines above from the `/etc/fstab` file, save and exit the file
62		by hitting the `Ctrl` + `x` key combo.
63
64		You can now hit `Ctrl` + `D` to continue, or reboot:
65
66		```sh
67		systemctl reboot
68		```
69
70		Once rebooted, I was able to watch the machine boot properly and launch to the
71		TTY login screen without errors!

content/blog/2024-02-21-self-hosting-otter-wiki.md deleted −135

		@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		date = 2024-02-21
3		title = "Self-Hosting An Otter Wiki"
4		description = "Learn how to easily self-host An Otter Wiki."
5		+++
6
7		## An Otter Wiki
8
9		[An Otter Wiki](https://otterwiki.com/) is an easy to use wiki software that
10		takes almost no effort to set up and maintain.
11
12		## Installation
13
14		To install An Otter Wiki, I'm going to use Docker Compose to create the
15		container and then use Nginx as a reverse proxy to allow external access via a
16		subdomain I own.
17
18		### Docker Compose
19
20		Start by creating a directory for the container's files.
21
22		```sh
23		mkdir ~/otterwiki
24		```
25
26		Next, create the `docker-compose.yml` file to define the container's parameters.
27
28		```sh
29		nano ~/otterwiki/docker-compose.yml
30		```
31
32		Within the file, paste the following content. You can read the project's
33		documentation if you want to further override or customize the container.
34
35		```conf
36		version: '3'
37		services:
38		otterwiki:
39		image: redimp/otterwiki:2
40		restart: unless-stopped
41		# Internal port must be assigned to port 80
42		# External port can be customized
43		ports:
44		- 8337:80
45		volumes:
46		- ./app-data:/app-data
47		```
48
49		Once the file is saved and closed, you can launch the container.
50
51		```sh
52		cd ~/otterwiki
53		sudo docker-compose up -d
54		```
55
56		The container is now available at `localhost:8337`. Next, we will use Nginx to
57		serve this app externally.
58
59		### Nginx
60
61		To access the app externally, let's set up a reverse proxy. I'll start by
62		creating the Nginx configuration file for my wiki.
63
64		```sh
65		sudo nano /etc/nginx/sites-available/wiki
66		```
67
68		Within the file, I have saved the following content. This assumes you already
69		have a TLS/SSL cert to use with this subdomain. If not, simply remove the
70		`ssl_*` variables, remove the `80` server block, and change the `443`
71		server block to `80` to serve the app without SSL.
72
73		```conf
74		server {
75		if ($host ~ ^[^.]+\.example\.com$) {
76		return 301 https://$host$request_uri;
77		}
78
79		listen [::]:80;
80		listen 80;
81		server_name wiki.example.com;
82		return 404;
83		}
84
85		server {
86		listen [::]:443 ssl http2;
87		listen 443 ssl http2;
88		server_name wiki.example.com;
89		access_log /var/log/nginx/wiki.access.log;
90		error_log /var/log/nginx/wiki.error.log;
91
92		ssl_certificate /etc/letsencrypt/live/example.com/fullchain.pem;
93		ssl_certificate_key /etc/letsencrypt/live/example.com/privkey.pem;
94		include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-nginx.conf;
95		ssl_dhparam /etc/letsencrypt/ssl-dhparams.pem;
96
97		location / {
98		set $upstream_wiki http://127.0.0.1:8337;
99		proxy_pass $upstream_wiki;
100
101		proxy_set_header Host $http_host;
102		proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr;
103		proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for;
104		proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Host $http_host;
105		}
106		}
107		```
108
109		Save and close the configuration file. On Nginx, we need to symlink the file to
110		enable it.
111
112		```sh
113		sudo ln -s /etc/nginx/sites-available/wiki /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/wiki
114		```
115
116		Once enabled, restart the Nginx server to start serving the app externally.
117
118		```sh
119		sudo systemctl restart nginx.service
120		```
121
122		## Screenshots
123
124		In the screenshot below, you can see the initial launch screen for An Otter
125		Wiki. Start by creating your admin account and configure the app as necessary.
126
127		![An Otter Wiki - Initial Screen](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240221-otterwiki/otterwiki.png)
128
129		You can also see the default editing screen for creating and editing pages. It's
130		as easy as typing Markdown and hitting the save button.
131
132		![An Otter Wiki - Editing Screen](https://img.cleberg.net/blog/20240221-otterwiki/otterwiki-edit.png)
133
134		Overall, I like An Otter Wiki and will be looking forward to seeing how much use
135		I get out of it going forward.

content/blog/_index.md deleted −4

		@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		title = "Blog"
3		sort_by = "date"
4		+++
		\ No newline at end of file

content/salary/index.md deleted −54

		@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		title = "Salary"
3		description = "A summary of my salaries throughout my career."
4		+++
5
6		## Salary Transparency
7
8		The data below details the base salary information for each job I've
9		held. This information is posted publicly to ensure others in my
10		position have a solid reference point when determining if their current
11		or proposed salary is appropriate.
12
13		While sites like Glassdoor are locking salary data behind a paywall,
14		LinkedIn is discontinuing LinkedIn Salary, and helpful websites like Big
15		4 Transparency are extremely rare, I wanted to provide my personal data
16		publicly and freely to those who need it.
17
18		I have seen what can happen when great employees don't know the market
19		values for their skills and I happily help those in my teams, so I'm
20		happy to extend this information to the online community.
21
22		As a final note, there are numerous reasons that people in the same role
23		are paid differently (expertise, years of experience, certifications,
24		education, etc.) and that the data in this table should only be used as
25		a single point of reference, not the whole story.
26
27		## Salary Data
28
29		Note: When in a role that gives periodic raises, I will create a new
30		record with the new base salary in the table below. See the KPMG records
31		for an example of a raise while in the same role.
32
33		\| Title \| Company \| Location \| Start \| End \| Salary \|
34		\|------------------------------------------------\|------------------------\|----------------\|:-------:\|:-------:\|----------\|
35		\| Senior Associate, Technology Assurance - Audit \| KPMG \| Omaha, NE \| 2023-10 \| Current \| $116,700 \|
36		\| Senior Associate, Technology Assurance - Audit \| KPMG \| Omaha, NE \| 2022-06 \| 2023-10 \| $110,000 \|
37		\| Senior Technology Risk Consultant \| Ernst & Young \| Des Moines, IA \| 2021-09 \| 2022-06 \| $89,500 \|
38		\| Senior IT Auditor \| Ameritas \| Lincoln, NE \| 2021-05 \| 2021-09 \| $72,000 \|
39		\| IT Auditor \| Ameritas \| Lincoln, NE \| 2020-04 \| 2021-05 \| $65,000 \|
40		\| IS Auditor II \| Nelnet \| Lincoln, NE \| 2019-12 \| 2020-04 \| $58,000 \|
41		\| IS Auditor I \| Nelnet \| Lincoln, NE \| 2019-06 \| 2019-12 \| $20/hour \|
42		\| Internal Audit Intern \| Ameritas \| Lincoln, NE \| 2018-02 \| 2019-06 \| $16/hour \|
43		\| Teaching Assistant \| University of Nebraska \| Lincoln, NE \| 2017-08 \| 2018-05 \| $7/hour \|
44		\| Community Management Intern \| Walgreens \| Lincoln, NE \| 2017-06 \| 2018-02 \| $14/hour \|
45
46		This page was inspired by [Xe](https://xeiaso.net/), and I'm quoting
47		the following wording from them as I want to reiterate this piece:
48
49		> Please consider publishing your salary data like this as well. By
50		> open, voluntary transparency we can help to end stigmas around
51		> discussing pay and help ensure that the next generations of people in
52		> tech are treated fairly. Stigmas thrive in darkness but die in the
53		> light of day. You can help end the stigma by playing your cards out in
54		> the open like this.

content/services/index.md deleted −18

		@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
1		+++
2		title = "Services"
3		description = "Publicly-available services hosted on cleberg.net."
4		+++
5
6		- [AnonymousOverflow](https://ao.cleberg.net) - A StackOverflow proxy
7		- [CyberChef](https://cyberchef.cleberg.net) - The Cyber Swiss Army Knife
8		- [FileArchive](https://files.cleberg.net) - An interesting file archive
9		- [FlashPaper](https://paste.cleberg.net) - One-time encrypted password/secret sharing
10		- [GotHub](https://gh.cleberg.net) - An alternative front-end for GitHub
11		- [ifconfig.php](https://ip.cleberg.net) - A \"whatsmyip\" tool
12		- [Invidious](https://invidious.cleberg.net) - A YouTube proxy
13		- [Office](https://office.cleberg.net) - The world\'s smallest office suite
14		- [SearXNG](https://search.cleberg.net) - A privacy-respecting, open metasearch engine
15
16		See the [git
17		log](https://git.cleberg.net/cleberg.net.git/log)
18		if you want to see changes that have been made.

index.org added +28

		@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
	1	#+title: cleberg.net
	2	#+options: toc:nil
	3	#+options: \n:t
	4
	5	#+begin_quote
	6	Do AIs dream in electric sheep?
	7	He hoped it had nanosecond nightmares.
	8	#+end_quote
	9
	10	* Recent Blog Posts
	11
	12	- 2024-02-21 [[./blog/self-hosting-otter-wiki/][Self-Hosting An Otter Wiki]]
	13	- 2024-02-13 [[./blog/ubuntu-emergency-mode/][Stuck in Ubuntu's Emergency Mode? Try Fixing the Fstab File]]
	14	- 2024-02-06 [[./blog/zfs/][How to Create a ZFS Pool on Ubuntu Linux]]
	15
	16	[[./blog/][All Posts →]]
	17
	18	* Everything Else
	19
	20	- [[./salary/][Salary]]
	21	- [[./services/][Services]]
	22	- [[./wiki/][Wiki]]
	23
	24	* Contact
	25
	26	- hello [at] cleberg.net ([[./gpg.txt][GPG]])
	27	- [[https://matrix.to/#/@cyborg:matrix.tchncs.de][@cyborg:@matrix.tchncs.de]]
	28	- [[https://git.cleberg.net/cleberg.net.git][Git]]

salary/index.org added +50

		@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
	1	#+title: Salary
	2	#+description: A historical log of my jobs and salaries.
	3
	4	* Salary Transparency
	5
	6	The data below details the base salary information for each job I've held. This
	7	information is posted publicly to ensure others in my position have a solid
	8	reference point when determining if their current or proposed salary is
	9	appropriate.
	10
	11	While sites like Glassdoor are locking salary data behind a paywall, LinkedIn is
	12	discontinuing LinkedIn Salary, and helpful websites like Big 4 Transparency are
	13	extremely rare, I wanted to provide my personal data publicly and freely to
	14	those who need it.
	15
	16	I have seen what can happen when great employees don't know the market values
	17	for their skills and I happily help those in my teams, so I'm happy to extend
	18	this information to the online community.
	19
	20	As a final note, there are numerous reasons that people in the same role are
	21	paid differently (expertise, years of experience, certifications, education,
	22	etc.) and that the data in this table should only be used as a single point of
	23	reference, not the whole story.
	24
	25	* Salary Data
	26
	27	Note: When in a role that gives periodic raises, I will create a new record with
	28	the new base salary in the table below. See the KPMG records for an example of a
	29	raise while in the same role.
	30
	31	\| Title \| Company \| Location \| Start \| End \| Salary \|
	32	\|------------------------------------------------+------------------------+----------------+---------+---------+----------\|
	33	\| Senior IT & Security Auditor \| Gemini \| Remote \| 2024-03 \| Current \| $122,000 \|
	34	\| Senior Associate, Technology Assurance - Audit \| KPMG \| Omaha, NE \| 2023-10 \| 2024-03 \| $116,700 \|
	35	\| Senior Associate, Technology Assurance - Audit \| KPMG \| Omaha, NE \| 2022-06 \| 2023-10 \| $110,000 \|
	36	\| Senior Technology Risk Consultant \| Ernst & Young \| Des Moines, IA \| 2021-09 \| 2022-06 \| $89,500 \|
	37	\| Senior IT Auditor \| Ameritas \| Lincoln, NE \| 2021-05 \| 2021-09 \| $72,000 \|
	38	\| IT Auditor \| Ameritas \| Lincoln, NE \| 2020-04 \| 2021-05 \| $65,000 \|
	39	\| IS Auditor II \| Nelnet \| Lincoln, NE \| 2019-12 \| 2020-04 \| $58,000 \|
	40	\| IS Auditor I \| Nelnet \| Lincoln, NE \| 2019-06 \| 2019-12 \| $20/hour \|
	41	\| Internal Audit Intern \| Ameritas \| Lincoln, NE \| 2018-02 \| 2019-06 \| $16/hour \|
	42	\| Teaching Assistant \| University of Nebraska \| Lincoln, NE \| 2017-08 \| 2018-05 \| $7/hour \|
	43	\| Community Management Intern \| Walgreens \| Lincoln, NE \| 2017-06 \| 2018-02 \| $14/hour \|
	44
	45	This page was inspired by [[https://xeiaso.net/][Xe]], and I'm quoting the following wording from them as
	46	I want to reiterate this piece:
	47
	48	#+begin_quote
	49	Please consider publishing your salary data like this as well. By open, voluntary transparency we can help to end stigmas around discussing pay and help ensure that the next generations of people in tech are treated fairly. Stigmas thrive in darkness but die in the light of day. You can help end the stigma by playing your cards out in the open like this.
	50	#+end_quote

services/index.org added +14

		@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
	1	#+title: Services
	2	#+description: Publicly-available services hosted on cleberg.net.
	3
	4	- [[https://ao.cleberg.net/][AnonymousOverflow]] - A StackOverflow proxy
	5	- [[https://cyberchef.cleberg.net/][CyberChef]] - The Cyber Swiss Army Knife
	6	- [[https://files.cleberg.net/][FileArchive]] - An interesting file archive
	7	- [[https://paste.cleberg.net/][FlashPaper]] - One-time encrypted password/secret sharing
	8	- [[https://gh.cleberg.net/][GotHub]] - An alternative front-end for GitHub
	9	- [[https://ip.cleberg.net/][ifconfig.php]] - A "whatsmyip" tool
	10	- [[https://invidious.cleberg.net/][Invidious]] - A YouTube proxy
	11	- [[https://office.cleberg.net/][Office]] - The world's smallest office suite
	12	- [[https://search.cleberg.net/][SearXNG]] - A privacy-respecting, open metasearch engine
	13
	14	See the [[https://git.cleberg.net/cleberg.net.git/log][git log]] if you want to see changes that have been made.

static/gpg.txt deleted −52

		@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
1		-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----
2
3		mQINBGN0Z8YBEAC6gWrNuB0nyAVkIuCsErIqpO7ngH0HV2sZD54t0ge9on0Fb+QA
4		S/oRSK3bcwgR09lnIwPDWpQqlPpzKib2bZ9USBMD0lcgPb0hMr0fafs/+/FCRQV1
5		Pvc/e37n2/KHRW2KoiM4sOFT9LYxi7LBGgXffusx6uVBzrNUacTFFd/pMNkPd5uX
6		/J4IT+QbDh1bKw4CtLNvoh7xTcfdpzdqpHfNkjm+24pEnbrv6QrSpBzol4uulaB+
7		5I8JF938/FBHBndVMT9UQcGRtX+ttZTp9U7m0TzCAsyrVV/V8rEbcGTMlU+yyUjR
8		TDRX4Dwj79IfL+vLZgFGLd8GwO08AirNkHYaZwzvYi42I5Bh8cX1L2IippYL8YYF
9		ASX26pXC6mxTwC/hjCA7rzyIMD5sf1UailYm5MvrhEujRYOPWDU+kex2t2HJpzvN
10		vYSVIS0sKi7iHr82VA+/spR6Ii07/84zZPQ1h/sXJLaDolQV2pU7WJBPyFO957Er
11		BggugSpB1U/blgU+B9vOR+2sMEReRQwVF7aVhQ2Wy5wOZRHlmTZVMNO5SawXkiTp
12		Bt4IwhThzMcUQstXxf5V44pPsB5uQE3n4WdROfJTOiB2cZJZOiXe3iPiiTsVsBc2
13		tcqxJmwplMS4jNddJ9Nh0NTCKNk3Yt0iZzWlQDKAzR1uSGW9fQGAdh/UZQARAQAB
14		tCVDaHJpc3RpYW4gQ2xlYmVyZyA8aGVsbG9AY2xlYmVyZy5uZXQ+iQJRBBMBCAA7
15		FiEEOReXP7FZu7hhlFOFaUUaUXrAyzcFAmN0Z8YCGwMFCwkIBwICIgIGFQoJCAsC
16		BBYCAwECHgcCF4AACgkQaUUaUXrAyzcrIQ//ZzCvcNKi2exZ4MfH68q9cIrJtHA3
17		+FQ/3yTwAMiXmaTctHTcME+4Um12TCJMH/PwOkmxjolln5LfNHC8emcNs9Uaoga7
18		1Cy8ihqKbQMaZN1ZHrgaddeTs7+N1+/u8yAZPXo+N6pmLaeuPfn1MMhcejTbo+C/
19		c22/yj97ym6Iuc9oodnbHb2rxhGKReQLJmqzBHWd0syFbYDopmhY2MjMawVirPG7
20		vt6EbiFHkWLBY08FYbOQWT4bXdSHlLxT3q5m+j0HdVjHxd/vOk+dc3FPtK8ZpTVC
21		qKa2oQ6dl4fjp8GVbu4f4SMDDJRR1iOoLTNEhKDSZHkZdjH0/LQRLsf49cqbff1Y
22		mpxJcNv1/RmgzctTmBAoGt2RS8mT97H8AUW7v7PGs3eS/OkrY1e4cuTrmcafEaMy
23		J2L7aUxDVVUCvRKsONXx+zSLin7ByRHypqRfxGqnpQUDPW4Oty6CewsSXktDjIUx
24		FXzMwfuNXKS/KHqcUxamE0rL8O2d3CJI4YAbWu2Y0GtBetfuaaOgi56cYqv86zGu
25		os0oga1ZakiCeRPgEaipPaZZMf6pCvucF2VyaUHwIOMcSVEH5nhHO4McgYLSZucx
26		na5qcLk06EP+1HjmifGqPmkxHTW/ez5x6m/QT9jOzyRu94p3IG5DT1Lh8kl6gid7
27		YntCGrwcsvw8zKi5Ag0EY3RnxgEQANj1c0ZS3npmtj1V5m+vsq1mK2g4K66senuC
28		Gf+wTudYgcUzBhcTtEwzFJTwFFUMkfpgmkgYrlMB7iH+85YxiDR2sBhMg56haJXn
29		LGnSaWqHVE4P0yyHI/6QasYxdJWfYkSH9m3B8yW1VKs4eSSL6S/U/qdHzDRRZCEX
30		lNhvplrWcWv6Ifk/aYJ+njwn+jhXT4j8lbhem5oCbg4olY84bs+rfvWHTrWdGD1N
31		sHkbLEwLgnmJou7vkVY9vkIMhbgpvNp1CEx0zOGTMhlPrCYBCFUGR7Bnoqwwl/C4
32		CTBwZxBE5bNBpsEdySYhmHW+YHRHIxeboLmOyoc0CpT/zhu2y5JxqJBiGEDYhTM/
33		V2nNqKGDgUenXqjwoBw5oCNQJ35NNgFgEbphhs71W7VVwEPRdppcem33TcpFBeoE
34		vTzCfK6xJA82ASJHKz0hajEQchJ5jJZYo4wRZJGFv2jMIhq24DLIqxgjZeBKLEzl
35		RigfuuCrAsQBIMtTUSUUvxjB/b+UDYssqi9Q+8F7FcwqE9egaj7xVQprTAYcGW7S
36		zxfjzFSbJSl+b4WQSewFtmFIx62RYemBH+YPxbwOhQAuRWgEg0E6xeuILu22xydf
37		DEkbk1GEXH3ilYxl4LhFy2EmUbvB8rxh5Vk3A1KVaBe/ndPhwznTe7X9ypRHzQiV
38		Jkc2vVGjABEBAAGJAjYEGAEIACAWIQQ5F5c/sVm7uGGUU4VpRRpResDLNwUCY3Rn
39		xgIbDAAKCRBpRRpResDLN60xD/9pEDZK7SXZy/nhVdHMKn2UyF7F8dEXYxILmXp0
40		53zDDVN5D7luHjcI5pYynWqlgXWPAaCOthWtexr3r3b8fVSc7yxi497fFa3jiVkn
41		VNYjDCa4SK5H6Rdf6I5rv+SS1PPmiVFKL7xuWcJ9YucHACdeH0UUmPCMmHHDc9SY
42		MGUPjadFxjCGtBz8itS+ufDiZsTU9ov7XRE+pVyrDlMSVD1Ex02vMRtr+UD9lkYb
43		KGs32TEDw28+OgvSZc81P6/BuxmG2XxgvU5OOrlVFOs4VU5P0TnZVxbVuKyO4fkZ
44		sxSApn+U4lU89dM0M1l1S2NZtvkWTIW2jFvzwXDCPxs5GAXAGtnEO8gjGICo2QV3
45		VovHMTmPz7Bo87fqGZkfZatzvAeHW92FIhQBOdgSiCwSDRPVVdPTpQ27BaUrfH8p
46		aS81RhlCWgKptFKj4+MAqGEf9V6jUIKn5EvdSxCZ5XXHmaBL/kXxTPaDJiK8nMKv
47		dr/iwtb23SwNrBLQkYcI+6aZj4jcqr5T0H2EsC8h9jQWMG+S9/BzhJOI/QeepHvD
48		VJQve5jozXbz+iBRLrWbEgbNydL/LT9iQCWaWt2HCPQ7bPrxKqya8fUMPxi3VCZZ
49		AuXpJzywCyVuzpuChuvdMflHbmx1r8uJjSmUCJf6ngt0TQMXiwL3vsECTV7ZtVge
50		0jZ4tA==
51		=pl2G
52		-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----

static/styles.css +468 −208

		@@ -1,127 +1,59 @@
1		/! normalize.css v8.0.1 \| MIT License \| github.com/necolas/normalize.css /
2
3		/* Document
4		========================================================================== */
5
6		/**
7		* 1. Correct the line height in all browsers.
8		* 2. Prevent adjustments of font size after orientation changes in iOS.
9		*/
10
	1	/!normalize.css v8.0.1 \| MIT License \| github.com/necolas/normalize.css/
11	2	html {
12		line-height: 1.15; /* 1 */
13		-webkit-text-size-adjust: 100%; /* 2 */
	3	line-height: 1.15;
	4	-webkit-text-size-adjust: 100%;
14	5	}
15	6
16		/* Sections
17		========================================================================== */
18
19		/**
20		* Remove the margin in all browsers.
21		*/
22
23	7	body {
24	8	margin: 0;
25	9	}
26	10
27		/**
28		* Render the `main` element consistently in IE.
29		*/
30
31	11	main {
32	12	display: block;
33	13	}
34	14
35		/**
36		* Correct the font size and margin on `h1` elements within `section` and
37		* `article` contexts in Chrome, Firefox, and Safari.
38		*/
39
40	15	h1 {
41	16	font-size: 2em;
42	17	margin: 0.67em 0;
43	18	}
44	19
45		/* Grouping content
46		========================================================================== */
47
48		/**
49		* 1. Add the correct box sizing in Firefox.
50		* 2. Show the overflow in Edge and IE.
51		*/
52
53	20	hr {
54		box-sizing: content-box; /* 1 */
55		height: 0; /* 1 */
56		overflow: visible; /* 2 */
	21	box-sizing: content-box;
	22	height: 0;
	23	overflow: visible;
57	24	}
58	25
59		/**
60		* 1. Correct the inheritance and scaling of font size in all browsers.
61		* 2. Correct the odd `em` font sizing in all browsers.
62		*/
63
64	26	pre {
65		font-family: monospace, monospace; /* 1 */
66		font-size: 1em; /* 2 */
	27	font-family: monospace, monospace;
	28	font-size: 1em;
67	29	}
68	30
69		/* Text-level semantics
70		========================================================================== */
71
72		/**
73		* Remove the gray background on active links in IE 10.
74		*/
75
76	31	a {
77		background-color: transparent;
	32	background-color: initial;
78	33	}
79	34
80		/**
81		* 1. Remove the bottom border in Chrome 57-
82		* 2. Add the correct text decoration in Chrome, Edge, IE, Opera, and Safari.
83		*/
84
85	35	abbr[title] {
86		border-bottom: none; /* 1 */
87		text-decoration: underline; /* 2 */
88		text-decoration: underline dotted; /* 2 */
	36	border-bottom: none;
	37	text-decoration: underline;
	38	text-decoration: underline dotted;
89	39	}
90	40
91		/**
92		* Add the correct font weight in Chrome, Edge, and Safari.
93		*/
94
95	41	b,
96	42	strong {
97	43	font-weight: bolder;
98	44	}
99	45
100		/**
101		* 1. Correct the inheritance and scaling of font size in all browsers.
102		* 2. Correct the odd `em` font sizing in all browsers.
103		*/
104
105	46	code,
106	47	kbd,
107	48	samp {
108		font-family: monospace, monospace; /* 1 */
109		font-size: 1em; /* 2 */
	49	font-family: monospace, monospace;
	50	font-size: 1em;
110	51	}
111	52
112		/**
113		* Add the correct font size in all browsers.
114		*/
115
116	53	small {
117	54	font-size: 80%;
118	55	}
119	56
120		/**
121		* Prevent `sub` and `sup` elements from affecting the line height in
122		* all browsers.
123		*/
124
125	57	sub,
126	58	sup {
127	59	font-size: 75%;
		@@ -138,62 +70,31 @@ sup {
138	70	top: -0.5em;
139	71	}
140	72
141		/* Embedded content
142		========================================================================== */
143
144		/**
145		* Remove the border on images inside links in IE 10.
146		*/
147
148	73	img {
149	74	border-style: none;
150	75	}
151	76
152		/* Forms
153		========================================================================== */
154
155		/**
156		* 1. Change the font styles in all browsers.
157		* 2. Remove the margin in Firefox and Safari.
158		*/
159
160	77	button,
161	78	input,
162	79	optgroup,
163	80	select,
164	81	textarea {
165		font-family: inherit; /* 1 */
166		font-size: 100%; /* 1 */
167		line-height: 1.15; /* 1 */
168		margin: 0; /* 2 */
	82	font-family: inherit;
	83	font-size: 100%;
	84	line-height: 1.15;
	85	margin: 0;
169	86	}
170	87
171		/**
172		* Show the overflow in IE.
173		* 1. Show the overflow in Edge.
174		*/
175
176	88	button,
177	89	input {
178		/* 1 */
179	90	overflow: visible;
180	91	}
181	92
182		/**
183		* Remove the inheritance of text transform in Edge, Firefox, and IE.
184		* 1. Remove the inheritance of text transform in Firefox.
185		*/
186
187	93	button,
188	94	select {
189		/* 1 */
190	95	text-transform: none;
191	96	}
192	97
193		/**
194		* Correct the inability to style clickable types in iOS and Safari.
195		*/
196
197	98	button,
198	99	[type="button"],
199	100	[type="reset"],
		@@ -201,10 +102,6 @@ button,
201	102	-webkit-appearance: button;
202	103	}
203	104
204		/**
205		* Remove the inner border and padding in Firefox.
206		*/
207
208	105	button::-moz-focus-inner,
209	106	[type="button"]::-moz-focus-inner,
210	107	[type="reset"]::-moz-focus-inner,
		@@ -213,10 +110,6 @@ button::-moz-focus-inner,
213	110	padding: 0;
214	111	}
215	112
216		/**
217		* Restore the focus styles unset by the previous rule.
218		*/
219
220	113	button:-moz-focusring,
221	114	[type="button"]:-moz-focusring,
222	115	[type="reset"]:-moz-focusring,
		@@ -224,133 +117,68 @@ button:-moz-focusring,
224	117	outline: 1px dotted ButtonText;
225	118	}
226	119
227		/**
228		* Correct the padding in Firefox.
229		*/
230
231	120	fieldset {
232	121	padding: 0.35em 0.75em 0.625em;
233	122	}
234	123
235		/**
236		* 1. Correct the text wrapping in Edge and IE.
237		* 2. Correct the color inheritance from `fieldset` elements in IE.
238		* 3. Remove the padding so developers are not caught out when they zero out
239		* `fieldset` elements in all browsers.
240		*/
241
242	124	legend {
243		box-sizing: border-box; /* 1 */
244		color: inherit; /* 2 */
245		display: table; /* 1 */
246		max-width: 100%; /* 1 */
247		padding: 0; /* 3 */
248		white-space: normal; /* 1 */
	125	box-sizing: border-box;
	126	color: inherit;
	127	display: table;
	128	max-width: 100%;
	129	padding: 0;
	130	white-space: normal;
249	131	}
250	132
251		/**
252		* Add the correct vertical alignment in Chrome, Firefox, and Opera.
253		*/
254
255	133	progress {
256	134	vertical-align: baseline;
257	135	}
258	136
259		/**
260		* Remove the default vertical scrollbar in IE 10+.
261		*/
262
263	137	textarea {
264	138	overflow: auto;
265	139	}
266	140
267		/**
268		* 1. Add the correct box sizing in IE 10.
269		* 2. Remove the padding in IE 10.
270		*/
271
272	141	[type="checkbox"],
273	142	[type="radio"] {
274		box-sizing: border-box; /* 1 */
275		padding: 0; /* 2 */
	143	box-sizing: border-box;
	144	padding: 0;
276	145	}
277	146
278		/**
279		* Correct the cursor style of increment and decrement buttons in Chrome.
280		*/
281
282	147	[type="number"]::-webkit-inner-spin-button,
283	148	[type="number"]::-webkit-outer-spin-button {
284	149	height: auto;
285	150	}
286	151
287		/**
288		* 1. Correct the odd appearance in Chrome and Safari.
289		* 2. Correct the outline style in Safari.
290		*/
291
292	152	[type="search"] {
293		-webkit-appearance: textfield; /* 1 */
294		outline-offset: -2px; /* 2 */
	153	-webkit-appearance: textfield;
	154	outline-offset: -2px;
295	155	}
296	156
297		/**
298		* Remove the inner padding in Chrome and Safari on macOS.
299		*/
300
301	157	[type="search"]::-webkit-search-decoration {
302	158	-webkit-appearance: none;
303	159	}
304	160
305		/**
306		* 1. Correct the inability to style clickable types in iOS and Safari.
307		* 2. Change font properties to `inherit` in Safari.
308		*/
309
310	161	::-webkit-file-upload-button {
311		-webkit-appearance: button; /* 1 */
312		font: inherit; /* 2 */
	162	-webkit-appearance: button;
	163	font: inherit;
313	164	}
314	165
315		/* Interactive
316		========================================================================== */
317
318		/*
319		* Add the correct display in Edge, IE 10+, and Firefox.
320		*/
321
322	166	details {
323	167	display: block;
324	168	}
325	169
326		/*
327		* Add the correct display in all browsers.
328		*/
329
330	170	summary {
331	171	display: list-item;
332	172	}
333	173
334		/* Misc
335		========================================================================== */
336
337		/**
338		* Add the correct display in IE 10+.
339		*/
340
341	174	template {
342	175	display: none;
343	176	}
344	177
345		/**
346		* Add the correct display in IE 10.
347		*/
348
349	178	[hidden] {
350	179	display: none;
351	180	}
352	181
353		/* CUSTOM CSS */
354	182	:root {
355	183	--bg: #fff;
356	184	--bg-bright: #eee;
		@@ -368,8 +196,19 @@ template {
368	196	body {
369	197	background-color: var(--bg);
370	198	color: var(--fg);
371		font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, avenir next, avenir, segoe ui,
372		helvetica neue, helvetica, Cantarell, Ubuntu, roboto, noto, arial,
	199	font-family:
	200	-apple-system,
	201	BlinkMacSystemFont,
	202	avenir next,
	203	avenir,
	204	segoe ui,
	205	helvetica neue,
	206	helvetica,
	207	Cantarell,
	208	Ubuntu,
	209	roboto,
	210	noto,
	211	arial,
373	212	sans-serif;
374	213	font-size: 1rem;
375	214	line-height: 1.5;
		@@ -390,6 +229,7 @@ footer {
390	229	}
391	230
392	231	footer p {
	232	font-size: 90%;
393	233	margin: 0;
394	234	}
395	235
		@@ -433,8 +273,13 @@ table {
433	273	border-collapse: collapse;
434	274	color: var(--fg);
435	275	border-color: var(--bg-bright);
436		font-family: Menlo, Consolas, Monaco, Liberation Mono, Lucida Console, monospace;
437		font-size: 0.9rem;
	276	font-family:
	277	Menlo,
	278	Consolas,
	279	Monaco,
	280	Liberation Mono,
	281	Lucida Console,
	282	monospace;
438	283	}
439	284
440	285	thead,
		@@ -448,7 +293,13 @@ td {
448	293	pre > code,
449	294	time,
450	295	code {
451		font-family: Menlo, Consolas, Monaco, Liberation Mono, Lucida Console, monospace;
	296	font-family:
	297	Menlo,
	298	Consolas,
	299	Monaco,
	300	Liberation Mono,
	301	Lucida Console,
	302	monospace;
452	303	font-size: 1rem;
453	304	}
454	305
		@@ -510,7 +361,7 @@ details {
510	361	}
511	362
512	363	summary {
513		font-weight: bold;
	364	font-weight: 700;
514	365	}
515	366
516	367	.footnote-definition {
		@@ -545,3 +396,412 @@ summary {
545	396	--code: #ffb454;
546	397	}
547	398	}
	399
	400	/* Org Styles */
	401	p.verse {
	402	margin-left: 3%;
	403	}
	404	.timestamp {
	405	color: var(--bg-light);
	406	}
	407	.timestamp-kwd {
	408	color: var(--timestamp-kwd);
	409	}
	410	.org-right {
	411	margin-left: auto;
	412	margin-right: 0px;
	413	text-align: right;
	414	}
	415	.org-left {
	416	margin-left: 0px;
	417	margin-right: auto;
	418	text-align: left;
	419	}
	420	.org-center {
	421	margin-left: auto;
	422	margin-right: auto;
	423	text-align: center;
	424	}
	425	.underline {
	426	text-decoration: underline;
	427	}
	428	.todo {
	429	font-family: monospace;
	430	color: red;
	431	}
	432	.done {
	433	font-family: monospace;
	434	color: green;
	435	}
	436	.priority {
	437	font-family: monospace;
	438	color: orange;
	439	}
	440	.tag {
	441	background-color: #eee;
	442	font-family: monospace;
	443	padding: 2px;
	444	font-size: 80%;
	445	font-weight: normal;
	446	}
	447
	448	.code-highlighted {
	449	background-color: var(--highlight);
	450	}
	451	.org-info-js_info-navigation {
	452	border-style: none;
	453	}
	454	#org-info-js_console-label {
	455	font-size: 10px;
	456	font-weight: bold;
	457	white-space: nowrap;
	458	}
	459	.org-info-js_search-highlight {
	460	background-color: var(--highlight);
	461	color: var(--fg);
	462	font-weight: bold;
	463	}
	464
	465	caption.t-above {
	466	caption-side: top;
	467	}
	468	caption.t-bottom {
	469	caption-side: bottom;
	470	}
	471	td,
	472	th {
	473	vertical-align: top;
	474	}
	475	th.org-right {
	476	text-align: center;
	477	}
	478	th.org-left {
	479	text-align: center;
	480	}
	481	th.org-center {
	482	text-align: center;
	483	}
	484	td.org-right {
	485	text-align: right;
	486	}
	487	td.org-left {
	488	text-align: left;
	489	}
	490	td.org-center {
	491	text-align: center;
	492	}
	493	dt {
	494	font-weight: bold;
	495	}
	496	.footpara {
	497	display: inline;
	498	}
	499	.footdef {
	500	margin-bottom: 1em;
	501	}
	502	.figure {
	503	padding: 1em;
	504	}
	505	.figure p {
	506	text-align: center;
	507	}
	508	.equation-container {
	509	display: table;
	510	text-align: center;
	511	width: 100%;
	512	}
	513	.equation {
	514	vertical-align: middle;
	515	}
	516	.equation-label {
	517	display: table-cell;
	518	text-align: right;
	519	vertical-align: middle;
	520	}
	521	.inlinetask {
	522	padding: 10px;
	523	border: 2px solid var(--bg);
	524	margin: 10px;
	525	background: var(--task);
	526	}
	527	#org-div-home-and-up {
	528	text-align: right;
	529	font-size: 70%;
	530	white-space: nowrap;
	531	}
	532
	533	pre.src {
	534	position: relative;
	535	overflow: auto;
	536	}
	537	pre.src:before {
	538	display: none;
	539	position: absolute;
	540	top: -8px;
	541	right: 12px;
	542	padding: 3px;
	543	color: var(--fg);
	544	background-color: var(--bg-lightest-opac);
	545	}
	546	pre.src:hover:before {
	547	display: inline;
	548	margin-top: 14px;
	549	}
	550
	551	/* Languages per Org manual */
	552	pre.src-asymptote:before {
	553	content: "Asymptote";
	554	}
	555	pre.src-awk:before {
	556	content: "Awk";
	557	}
	558	pre.src-authinfo::before {
	559	content: "Authinfo";
	560	}
	561	pre.src-C:before {
	562	content: "C";
	563	}
	564	/* pre.src-C++ doesn't work in CSS */
	565	pre.src-clojure:before {
	566	content: "Clojure";
	567	}
	568	pre.src-css:before {
	569	content: "CSS";
	570	}
	571	pre.src-D:before {
	572	content: "D";
	573	}
	574	pre.src-ditaa:before {
	575	content: "ditaa";
	576	}
	577	pre.src-dot:before {
	578	content: "Graphviz";
	579	}
	580	pre.src-calc:before {
	581	content: "Emacs Calc";
	582	}
	583	pre.src-emacs-lisp:before {
	584	content: "Emacs Lisp";
	585	}
	586	pre.src-fortran:before {
	587	content: "Fortran";
	588	}
	589	pre.src-gnuplot:before {
	590	content: "gnuplot";
	591	}
	592	pre.src-haskell:before {
	593	content: "Haskell";
	594	}
	595	pre.src-hledger:before {
	596	content: "hledger";
	597	}
	598	pre.src-java:before {
	599	content: "Java";
	600	}
	601	pre.src-js:before {
	602	content: "Javascript";
	603	}
	604	pre.src-latex:before {
	605	content: "LaTeX";
	606	}
	607	pre.src-ledger:before {
	608	content: "Ledger";
	609	}
	610	pre.src-lisp:before {
	611	content: "Lisp";
	612	}
	613	pre.src-lilypond:before {
	614	content: "Lilypond";
	615	}
	616	pre.src-lua:before {
	617	content: "Lua";
	618	}
	619	pre.src-matlab:before {
	620	content: "MATLAB";
	621	}
	622	pre.src-mscgen:before {
	623	content: "Mscgen";
	624	}
	625	pre.src-ocaml:before {
	626	content: "Objective Caml";
	627	}
	628	pre.src-octave:before {
	629	content: "Octave";
	630	}
	631	pre.src-org:before {
	632	content: "Org mode";
	633	}
	634	pre.src-oz:before {
	635	content: "OZ";
	636	}
	637	pre.src-plantuml:before {
	638	content: "Plantuml";
	639	}
	640	pre.src-processing:before {
	641	content: "Processing.js";
	642	}
	643	pre.src-python:before {
	644	content: "Python";
	645	}
	646	pre.src-R:before {
	647	content: "R";
	648	}
	649	pre.src-ruby:before {
	650	content: "Ruby";
	651	}
	652	pre.src-sass:before {
	653	content: "Sass";
	654	}
	655	pre.src-scheme:before {
	656	content: "Scheme";
	657	}
	658	pre.src-screen:before {
	659	content: "Gnu Screen";
	660	}
	661	pre.src-sed:before {
	662	content: "Sed";
	663	}
	664	pre.src-sh:before {
	665	content: "shell";
	666	}
	667	pre.src-sql:before {
	668	content: "SQL";
	669	}
	670	pre.src-sqlite:before {
	671	content: "SQLite";
	672	}
	673	/* additional languages in org.el's org-babel-load-languages alist */
	674	pre.src-forth:before {
	675	content: "Forth";
	676	}
	677	pre.src-io:before {
	678	content: "IO";
	679	}
	680	pre.src-J:before {
	681	content: "J";
	682	}
	683	pre.src-makefile:before {
	684	content: "Makefile";
	685	}
	686	pre.src-maxima:before {
	687	content: "Maxima";
	688	}
	689	pre.src-perl:before {
	690	content: "Perl";
	691	}
	692	pre.src-picolisp:before {
	693	content: "Pico Lisp";
	694	}
	695	pre.src-scala:before {
	696	content: "Scala";
	697	}
	698	pre.src-shell:before {
	699	content: "Shell Script";
	700	}
	701	pre.src-ebnf2ps:before {
	702	content: "ebfn2ps";
	703	}
	704	/* additional language identifiers per "defun org-babel-execute"
	705	in ob-.el /
	706	pre.src-cpp:before {
	707	content: "C++";
	708	}
	709	pre.src-abc:before {
	710	content: "ABC";
	711	}
	712	pre.src-coq:before {
	713	content: "Coq";
	714	}
	715	pre.src-groovy:before {
	716	content: "Groovy";
	717	}
	718	/* additional language identifiers from org-babel-shell-names in
	719	ob-shell.el: ob-shell is the only babel language using a lambda to put
	720	the execution function name together. */
	721	pre.src-bash:before {
	722	content: "bash";
	723	}
	724	pre.src-csh:before {
	725	content: "csh";
	726	}
	727	pre.src-ash:before {
	728	content: "ash";
	729	}
	730	pre.src-dash:before {
	731	content: "dash";
	732	}
	733	pre.src-ksh:before {
	734	content: "ksh";
	735	}
	736	pre.src-mksh:before {
	737	content: "mksh";
	738	}
	739	pre.src-posh:before {
	740	content: "posh";
	741	}
	742	/* Additional Emacs modes also supported by the LaTeX listings package */
	743	pre.src-ada:before {
	744	content: "Ada";
	745	}
	746	pre.src-asm:before {
	747	content: "Assembler";
	748	}
	749	pre.src-caml:before {
	750	content: "Caml";
	751	}
	752	pre.src-delphi:before {
	753	content: "Delphi";
	754	}
	755	pre.src-html:before {
	756	content: "HTML";
	757	}
	758	pre.src-idl:before {
	759	content: "IDL";
	760	}
	761	pre.src-mercury:before {
	762	content: "Mercury";
	763	}
	764	pre.src-metapost:before {
	765	content: "MetaPost";
	766	}
	767	pre.src-modula-2:before {
	768	content: "Modula-2";
	769	}
	770	pre.src-pascal:before {
	771	content: "Pascal";
	772	}
	773	pre.src-ps:before {
	774	content: "PostScript";
	775	}
	776	pre.src-prolog:before {
	777	content: "Prolog";
	778	}
	779	pre.src-simula:before {
	780	content: "Simula";
	781	}
	782	pre.src-tcl:before {
	783	content: "tcl";
	784	}
	785	pre.src-tex:before {
	786	content: "TeX";
	787	}
	788	pre.src-plain-tex:before {
	789	content: "Plain TeX";
	790	}
	791	pre.src-verilog:before {
	792	content: "Verilog";
	793	}
	794	pre.src-vhdl:before {
	795	content: "VHDL";
	796	}
	797	pre.src-xml:before {
	798	content: "XML";
	799	}
	800	pre.src-nxml:before {
	801	content: "XML";
	802	}
	803	/* add a generic configuration mode; LaTeX export needs an additional
	804	(add-to-list 'org-latex-listings-langs '(conf " ")) in .emacs */
	805	pre.src-conf:before {
	806	content: "Configuration File";
	807	}

static/styles.min.css deleted −1

		@@ -1 +0,0 @@
1		/!normalize.css v8.0.1 \| MIT License \| github.com/necolas/normalize.css/html{line-height:1.15;-webkit-text-size-adjust:100%}body{margin:0}main{display:block}h1{font-size:2em;margin:.67em 0}hr{box-sizing:content-box;height:0;overflow:visible}pre{font-family:monospace,monospace;font-size:1em}a{background-color:initial}abbr[title]{border-bottom:none;text-decoration:underline;text-decoration:underline dotted}b,strong{font-weight:bolder}code,kbd,samp{font-family:monospace,monospace;font-size:1em}small{font-size:80%}sub,sup{font-size:75%;line-height:0;position:relative;vertical-align:baseline}sub{bottom:-.25em}sup{top:-.5em}img{border-style:none}button,input,optgroup,select,textarea{font-family:inherit;font-size:100%;line-height:1.15;margin:0}button,input{overflow:visible}button,select{text-transform:none}button,[type=button],[type=reset],[type=submit]{-webkit-appearance:button}button::-moz-focus-inner,[type=button]::-moz-focus-inner,[type=reset]::-moz-focus-inner,[type=submit]::-moz-focus-inner{border-style:none;padding:0}button:-moz-focusring,[type=button]:-moz-focusring,[type=reset]:-moz-focusring,[type=submit]:-moz-focusring{outline:1px dotted ButtonText}fieldset{padding:.35em .75em .625em}legend{box-sizing:border-box;color:inherit;display:table;max-width:100%;padding:0;white-space:normal}progress{vertical-align:baseline}textarea{overflow:auto}[type=checkbox],[type=radio]{box-sizing:border-box;padding:0}[type=number]::-webkit-inner-spin-button,[type=number]::-webkit-outer-spin-button{height:auto}[type=search]{-webkit-appearance:textfield;outline-offset:-2px}[type=search]::-webkit-search-decoration{-webkit-appearance:none}::-webkit-file-upload-button{-webkit-appearance:button;font:inherit}details{display:block}summary{display:list-item}template{display:none}[hidden]{display:none}:root{--bg:#fff;--bg-bright:#eee;--fg:#111;--link:#00f;--code:#f00}@media(prefers-reduced-motion:no-preference){:root{scroll-behavior:smooth}}body{background-color:var(--bg);color:var(--fg);font-family:-apple-system,BlinkMacSystemFont,avenir next,avenir,segoe ui,helvetica neue,helvetica,Cantarell,Ubuntu,roboto,noto,arial,sans-serif;font-size:1rem;line-height:1.5;max-width:45em;margin:0 auto;padding:0 1rem}.site-nav,footer{border-color:var(--fg)}footer{border-top:1px dotted;padding-top:1rem;margin:1rem 0}footer p{margin:0}.site-nav{border-bottom:1px dotted}.site-nav ul{list-style-type:none;display:flex;align-items:center;padding:0}.site-nav ul li{margin-right:.5rem}h1,h2,h3,h4{color:var(--fg)}a,a:visited{color:var(--link);text-decoration:none}a:hover{text-decoration:underline}img{width:100%}table{border-collapse:collapse;color:var(--fg);border-color:var(--bg-bright);font-family:Menlo,Consolas,Monaco,Liberation Mono,Lucida Console,monospace}thead,th,tr,td{border:1px solid var(--bg-bright);padding:.25rem}pre>code,time,code{font-family:Menlo,Consolas,Monaco,Liberation Mono,Lucida Console,monospace;font-size:1rem}pre{background-color:var(--bg-bright)!important;border-radius:5px;margin:.5rem 0;padding:.5rem;overflow-x:auto}:not(pre)>code{color:var(--code);font-family:inherit}aside{background-color:var(--bg-bright);padding:1rem}blockquote{background-color:var(--bg-bright);border-left:10px solid var(--link);border-radius:5px;margin:1rem 0;padding:.5rem 1rem}blockquote p{margin:0}.post{display:flex}.post time{flex-shrink:0;margin-right:.5rem}.post-metadata{border:1px dotted var(--fg);border-top:none;padding:1rem}.post-metadata h1{margin:0}.post-metadata p{margin:0}details{margin-top:1rem}summary{font-weight:700}.footnote-definition{display:flex;justify-content:flex-start;align-items:top;margin:1rem 0}.footnote-definition sup{font-size:inherit;top:0;line-height:inherit;padding-right:.5rem}.footnote-definition sup::after{content:"."}.footnote-definition p{display:inline-block;margin:0}@media(prefers-color-scheme:dark){:root{--bg:#111111;--bg-bright:#2a2a2a;--fg:#c9c9c9;--link:#f07178;--code:#ffb454}}
		\ No newline at end of file

static/syntax-theme-dark.css added +280

		@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
	1	/*
	2	* theme "ayu" generated by syntect
	3	*/
	4
	5	.z-code {
	6	color: #bfbab0;
	7	background-color: #0f1419;
	8	}
	9
	10	.z-comment, .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-comment {
	11	color: #5c6773;
	12	font-style: italic;
	13	}
	14	.z-variable {
	15	color: #bfbab0;
	16	}
	17	.z-string, .z-constant.z-other.z-symbol {
	18	color: #c2d94c;
	19	}
	20	.z-constant.z-numeric {
	21	color: #f29718;
	22	}
	23	.z-string.z-regexp, .z-constant.z-character.z-escape {
	24	color: #95e6cb;
	25	}
	26	.z-constant.z-language {
	27	color: #f29718;
	28	}
	29	.z-constant.z-character, .z-constant.z-other {
	30	color: #f29718;
	31	}
	32	.z-variable.z-member {
	33	color: #ec5f67;
	34	}
	35	.z-keyword, .z-keyword.z-operator.z-word {
	36	color: #ff7733;
	37	}
	38	.z-keyword.z-operator {
	39	color: #f29668;
	40	}
	41	.z-punctuation.z-separator, .z-punctuation.z-terminator {
	42	color: #bfbab0;
	43	}
	44	.z-punctuation.z-section {
	45	color: #bfbab0;
	46	}
	47	.z-punctuation.z-accessor {
	48	color: #f29668;
	49	}
	50	.z-punctuation.z-definition.z-annotation {
	51	color: #bfbab0;
	52	}
	53	.z-variable.z-other.z-dollar.z-only.z-js, .z-variable.z-other.z-object.z-dollar.z-only.z-js, .z-variable.z-type.z-dollar.z-only.z-js, .z-support.z-class.z-dollar.z-only.z-js {
	54	color: #e6b673;
	55	}
	56	.z-storage {
	57	color: #ff7733;
	58	}
	59	.z-storage.z-type {
	60	color: #ff7733;
	61	}
	62	.z-entity.z-name.z-function {
	63	color: #ffb454;
	64	}
	65	.z-entity.z-name, .z-entity.z-name.z-tag, .z-entity.z-name.z-label) {
	66	color: #59c2ff;
	67	}
	68	.z-entity.z-other.z-inherited-class {
	69	color: #59c2ff;
	70	text-decoration: underline;
	71	}
	72	.z-variable.z-parameter {
	73	color: #f29718;
	74	}
	75	.z-variable.z-language {
	76	color: #39bae6;
	77	font-style: italic;
	78	}
	79	.z-entity.z-name.z-tag, .z-meta.z-tag.z-sgml {
	80	color: #39bae6;
	81	}
	82	.z-punctuation.z-definition.z-tag.z-end, .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-tag.z-begin, .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-tag {
	83	color: #39bae6;
	84	}
	85	.z-entity.z-other.z-attribute-name {
	86	color: #ffb454;
	87	}
	88	.z-variable.z-function, .z-variable.z-annotation {
	89	color: #ffb454;
	90	}
	91	.z-support.z-function, .z-support.z-macro {
	92	color: #f07178;
	93	}
	94	.z-support.z-constant {
	95	color: #f29668;
	96	font-style: italic;
	97	}
	98	.z-support.z-type, .z-support.z-class {
	99	color: #39bae6;
	100	font-style: italic;
	101	}
	102	.z-invalid {
	103	color: #ff3333;
	104	}
	105	.z-invalid.z-deprecated {
	106	color: #ffffff;
	107	background-color: #ff7733;
	108	}
	109	.z-meta.z-diff, .z-meta.z-diff.z-header {
	110	color: #c594c5;
	111	}
	112	.z-source.z-ruby .z-variable.z-other.z-readwrite {
	113	color: #ffb454;
	114	}
	115	.z-source.z-css .z-entity.z-name.z-tag, .z-source.z-sass .z-entity.z-name.z-tag, .z-source.z-scss .z-entity.z-name.z-tag, .z-source.z-less .z-entity.z-name.z-tag, .z-source.z-stylus .z-entity.z-name.z-tag {
	116	color: #59c2ff;
	117	}
	118	.z-source.z-css .z-support.z-type, .z-source.z-sass .z-support.z-type, .z-source.z-scss .z-support.z-type, .z-source.z-less .z-support.z-type, .z-source.z-stylus .z-support.z-type {
	119	color: #5c6773;
	120	}
	121	.z-support.z-type.z-property-name {
	122	color: #39bae6;
	123	}
	124	.z-constant.z-numeric.z-line-number.z-find-in-files {
	125	color: #5c6773;
	126	}
	127	.z-constant.z-numeric.z-line-number.z-match {
	128	color: #ff7733;
	129	}
	130	.z-entity.z-name.z-filename.z-find-in-files {
	131	color: #c2d94c;
	132	}
	133	.z-message.z-error {
	134	color: #ff3333;
	135	}
	136	.z-source.z-json .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json, .z-source.z-json .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-string {
	137	color: #39bae6;
	138	}
	139	.z-source.z-json .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json, .z-source.z-json .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-string {
	140	color: #39bae6;
	141	}
	142	.z-source.z-json .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json, .z-source.z-json .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-string {
	143	color: #39bae6;
	144	}
	145	.z-source.z-json .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json, .z-source.z-json .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-string {
	146	color: #39bae6;
	147	}
	148	.z-source.z-json .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json, .z-source.z-json .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-string {
	149	color: #39bae6;
	150	}
	151	.z-source.z-json .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json, .z-source.z-json .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-string {
	152	color: #39bae6;
	153	}
	154	.z-source.z-json .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json, .z-source.z-json .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-string {
	155	color: #39bae6;
	156	}
	157	.z-source.z-json .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json, .z-source.z-json .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-string {
	158	color: #39bae6;
	159	}
	160	.z-source.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json, .z-source.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-string {
	161	color: #39bae6;
	162	}
	163	.z-markup.z-heading {
	164	color: #ff7733;
	165	font-weight: bold;
	166	}
	167	.z-string.z-other.z-link, .z-markup.z-underline.z-link {
	168	color: #95e6cb;
	169	text-decoration: underline;
	170	font-style: italic;
	171	}
	172	.z-punctuation.z-definition.z-image {
	173	color: #ffb454;
	174	}
	175	.z-markup.z-italic {
	176	color: #f07178;
	177	font-style: italic;
	178	}
	179	.z-markup.z-bold {
	180	color: #f07178;
	181	font-weight: bold;
	182	}
	183	.z-markup.z-italic .z-markup.z-bold, .z-markup.z-bold .z-markup.z-italic {
	184	font-weight: bold;
	185	font-style: italic;
	186	}
	187	.z-markup.z-raw {
	188	background-color: #bfbab0;
	189	}
	190	.z-markup.z-raw.z-inline {
	191	background-color: #bfbab0;
	192	}
	193	.z-meta.z-separator {
	194	color: #5c6773;
	195	background-color: #bfbab0;
	196	font-weight: bold;
	197	}
	198	.z-markup.z-quote {
	199	color: #f29718;
	200	font-style: italic;
	201	}
	202	.z-markup.z-list.z-numbered.z-bullet, .z-markup.z-list .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-list_item {
	203	color: #95e6cb;
	204	}
	205	.z-markup.z-inserted {
	206	color: #c2d94c;
	207	}
	208	.z-markup.z-changed {
	209	color: #39bae6;
	210	}
	211	.z-markup.z-deleted {
	212	color: #f07178;
	213	}
	214	.z-markup.z-strike {
	215	color: #e6b673;
	216	}
	217	.z-markup.z-table {
	218	color: #39bae6;
	219	background-color: #bfbab0;
	220	}
	221	.z-text.z-html.z-markdown .z-markup.z-raw.z-inline {
	222	color: #f29668;
	223	}
	224	.z-text.z-html.z-markdown .z-meta.z-dummy.z-line-break {
	225	color: #5c6773;
	226	}
	227	.z-markup.z-raw.z-block.z-fenced.z-markdown {
	228	color: #bfbab0;
	229	background-color: #bfbab0;
	230	}
	231	.z-punctuation.z-definition.z-fenced.z-markdown, .z-variable.z-language.z-fenced.z-markdown {
	232	color: #5c6773;
	233	background-color: #bfbab0;
	234	}
	235	.z-variable.z-language.z-fenced.z-markdown {
	236	color: #5c6773;
	237	}
	238	.z-markup.z-inserted.z-git_gutter {
	239	color: #c2d94c;
	240	}
	241	.z-markup.z-changed.z-git_gutter {
	242	color: #39bae6;
	243	}
	244	.z-markup.z-deleted.z-git_gutter {
	245	color: #ff3333;
	246	}
	247	.z-markup.z-ignored.z-git_gutter {
	248	color: #20272c;
	249	}
	250	.z-markup.z-untracked.z-git_gutter {
	251	color: #20272c;
	252	}
	253	.z-gutter_color {
	254	color: #ffffff;
	255	}
	256	.z-acejump.z-label.z-blue {
	257	color: #ffffff;
	258	background-color: #39bae6;
	259	}
	260	.z-acejump.z-label.z-green {
	261	color: #ffffff;
	262	background-color: #c2d94c;
	263	}
	264	.z-acejump.z-label.z-orange {
	265	color: #ffffff;
	266	background-color: #ff7733;
	267	}
	268	.z-acejump.z-label.z-purple {
	269	color: #ffffff;
	270	background-color: #f07178;
	271	}
	272	.z-sublimelinter.z-mark.z-warning {
	273	color: #39bae6;
	274	}
	275	.z-sublimelinter.z-gutter-mark {
	276	color: #ffffff;
	277	}
	278	.z-sublimelinter.z-mark.z-error {
	279	color: #ff3333;
	280	}

static/syntax-theme-light.css added +407

		@@ -0,0 +1,407 @@
	1	/*
	2	* theme "GitHub" generated by syntect
	3	*/
	4
	5	.z-code {
	6	color: #323232;
	7	background-color: #ffffff;
	8	}
	9
	10	.z-comment {
	11	color: #969896;
	12	font-style: italic;
	13	}
	14	.z-string {
	15	color: #183691;
	16	}
	17	.z-regexp-operator {
	18	color: #a71d5d;
	19	}
	20	.z-string.z-regexp.z-characterclass .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-string.z-begin, .z-string.z-regexp.z-characterclass .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-string.z-end {
	21	color: #a71d5d;
	22	}
	23	.z-constant.z-numeric {
	24	color: #0086b3;
	25	}
	26	.z-constant.z-language {
	27	color: #0086b3;
	28	}
	29	.z-constant.z-character, .z-constant.z-other, .z-variable.z-other.z-constant {
	30	color: #0086b3;
	31	}
	32	.z-variable {
	33	color: #323232;
	34	}
	35	.z-keyword {
	36	color: #a71d5d;
	37	font-weight: bold;
	38	}
	39	.z-bitwise-operator {
	40	color: #a71d5d;
	41	font-weight: bold;
	42	}
	43	.z-storage {
	44	color: #a71d5d;
	45	font-weight: bold;
	46	}
	47	.z-storage.z-type {
	48	color: #a71d5d;
	49	font-weight: bold;
	50	}
	51	.z-entity.z-name.z-class {
	52	color: #0086b3;
	53	}
	54	.z-entity.z-other.z-inherited-class {
	55	color: #0086b3;
	56	}
	57	.z-entity.z-name.z-function {
	58	color: #795da3;
	59	font-weight: bold;
	60	}
	61	.z-variable.z-parameter {
	62	color: #323232;
	63	}
	64	.z-entity.z-name.z-tag {
	65	color: #63a35c;
	66	}
	67	.z-entity.z-other.z-attribute-name {
	68	color: #795da3;
	69	}
	70	.z-support.z-function {
	71	color: #62a35c;
	72	}
	73	.z-support.z-constant {
	74	color: #0086b3;
	75	}
	76	.z-support.z-type, .z-support.z-class {
	77	color: #0086b3;
	78	}
	79	.z-support.z-other.z-variable {
	80	color: #323232;
	81	}
	82	.z-invalid, .z-invalid.z-illegal, .z-invalid.z-deprecated {
	83	color: #b52a1d;
	84	background-color: #f5f5f5;
	85	font-weight: bold;
	86	}
	87	.z-entity.z-name.z-filename.z-find-in-files {
	88	color: #323232;
	89	font-weight: bold;
	90	}
	91	.z-constant.z-numeric.z-line-number.z-find-in-files, .z-constant.z-numeric.z-line-number.z-match.z-find-in-files {
	92	color: #b3b3b3;
	93	}
	94	.z-meta.z-diff.z-header {
	95	color: #969896;
	96	background-color: #ffffff;
	97	font-style: italic;
	98	}
	99	.z-meta.z-diff.z-header .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-from-file.z-diff {
	100	color: #bd2c00;
	101	background-color: #ffecec;
	102	font-weight: bold;
	103	font-style: italic;
	104	}
	105	.z-meta.z-diff.z-header .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-to-file.z-diff {
	106	color: #55a532;
	107	background-color: #eaffea;
	108	font-weight: bold;
	109	font-style: italic;
	110	}
	111	.z-meta.z-diff.z-range {
	112	color: #969896;
	113	font-weight: bold;
	114	font-style: italic;
	115	}
	116	.z-markup.z-deleted {
	117	background-color: #ffecec;
	118	}
	119	.z-markup.z-deleted .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-inserted {
	120	color: #bd2c00;
	121	font-weight: bold;
	122	}
	123	.z-markup.z-inserted {
	124	background-color: #eaffea;
	125	}
	126	.z-markup.z-inserted .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-inserted {
	127	color: #55a532;
	128	font-weight: bold;
	129	}
	130	.z-markup.z-deleted.z-git_gutter {
	131	color: #bd2c00;
	132	}
	133	.z-markup.z-inserted.z-git_gutter {
	134	color: #55a532;
	135	}
	136	.z-markup.z-changed.z-git_gutter {
	137	color: #0086b3;
	138	}
	139	.z-markup.z-ignored.z-git_gutter {
	140	color: #b3b3b3;
	141	}
	142	.z-markup.z-untracked.z-git_gutter {
	143	color: #b3b3b3;
	144	}
	145	.z-source.z-css .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-entity {
	146	color: #323232;
	147	}
	148	.z-source.z-css .z-entity.z-other.z-attribute-name.z-pseudo-class, .z-source.z-css .z-entity.z-other.z-attribute-name.z-pseudo-element {
	149	color: #a71d5d;
	150	}
	151	.z-source.z-css .z-meta.z-value, .z-source.z-css .z-support.z-constant, .z-source.z-css .z-support.z-function {
	152	color: #323232;
	153	}
	154	.z-source.z-css .z-constant.z-other.z-color {
	155	color: #ed6a43;
	156	}
	157	.z-source.z-scss .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-entity {
	158	color: #323232;
	159	}
	160	.z-source.z-scss .z-entity.z-other.z-attribute-name.z-pseudo-class, .z-source.z-scss .z-entity.z-other.z-attribute-name.z-pseudo-element {
	161	color: #a71d5d;
	162	}
	163	.z-source.z-scss .z-support.z-constant.z-property-value, .z-source.z-scss .z-support.z-function {
	164	color: #323232;
	165	}
	166	.z-source.z-scss .z-variable {
	167	color: #a71d5d;
	168	}
	169	.z-variable.z-language.z-this.z-js {
	170	color: #ed6a43;
	171	}
	172	.z-source.z-js .z-entity.z-name.z-function {
	173	color: #323232;
	174	}
	175	.z-source.z-js .z-meta.z-function .z-entity.z-name.z-function, .z-source.z-js .z-entity.z-name.z-function .z-meta.z-function {
	176	color: #795da3;
	177	font-weight: bold;
	178	}
	179	.z-entity.z-name.z-type.z-new.z-js {
	180	color: #795da3;
	181	}
	182	.z-variable.z-language.z-prototype.z-js {
	183	color: #0086b3;
	184	}
	185	.z-source.z-js .z-support.z-function {
	186	color: #0086b3;
	187	}
	188	.z-support.z-type.z-object.z-console.z-js {
	189	color: #795da3;
	190	}
	191	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	192	color: #183691;
	193	font-weight: bold;
	194	}
	195	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	196	color: #323232;
	197	}
	198	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	199	color: #183691;
	200	font-weight: bold;
	201	}
	202	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	203	color: #323232;
	204	}
	205	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	206	color: #183691;
	207	font-weight: bold;
	208	}
	209	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	210	color: #323232;
	211	}
	212	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	213	color: #183691;
	214	font-weight: bold;
	215	}
	216	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	217	color: #323232;
	218	}
	219	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	220	color: #183691;
	221	font-weight: bold;
	222	}
	223	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	224	color: #323232;
	225	}
	226	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	227	color: #183691;
	228	font-weight: bold;
	229	}
	230	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	231	color: #323232;
	232	}
	233	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	234	color: #183691;
	235	font-weight: bold;
	236	}
	237	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	238	color: #323232;
	239	}
	240	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	241	color: #183691;
	242	font-weight: bold;
	243	}
	244	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	245	color: #323232;
	246	}
	247	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	248	color: #183691;
	249	font-weight: bold;
	250	}
	251	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	252	color: #323232;
	253	}
	254	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	255	color: #183691;
	256	font-weight: bold;
	257	}
	258	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	259	color: #323232;
	260	}
	261	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	262	color: #183691;
	263	font-weight: bold;
	264	}
	265	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	266	color: #323232;
	267	}
	268	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	269	color: #183691;
	270	font-weight: bold;
	271	}
	272	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	273	color: #323232;
	274	}
	275	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	276	color: #183691;
	277	font-weight: bold;
	278	}
	279	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	280	color: #323232;
	281	}
	282	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	283	color: #183691;
	284	font-weight: bold;
	285	}
	286	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	287	color: #323232;
	288	}
	289	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	290	color: #183691;
	291	font-weight: bold;
	292	}
	293	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	294	color: #323232;
	295	}
	296	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	297	color: #183691;
	298	font-weight: bold;
	299	}
	300	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	301	color: #323232;
	302	}
	303	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	304	color: #183691;
	305	font-weight: bold;
	306	}
	307	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	308	color: #323232;
	309	}
	310	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	311	color: #183691;
	312	font-weight: bold;
	313	}
	314	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	315	color: #323232;
	316	}
	317	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	318	color: #183691;
	319	font-weight: bold;
	320	}
	321	.z-meta .z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	322	color: #323232;
	323	}
	324	.z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	325	color: #183691;
	326	font-weight: bold;
	327	}
	328	.z-meta .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	329	color: #323232;
	330	}
	331	.z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	332	color: #183691;
	333	font-weight: bold;
	334	}
	335	.z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-json .z-meta.z-structure.z-dictionary.z-value.z-json .z-string.z-quoted.z-double.z-json {
	336	color: #323232;
	337	}
	338	.z-source.z-python .z-keyword {
	339	font-weight: bold;
	340	}
	341	.z-source.z-python .z-storage {
	342	font-weight: bold;
	343	}
	344	.z-source.z-python .z-storage.z-type {
	345	font-weight: bold;
	346	}
	347	.z-source.z-python .z-entity.z-name.z-function {
	348	color: #323232;
	349	font-weight: bold;
	350	}
	351	.z-source.z-php .z-entity.z-name.z-type.z-class {
	352	color: #323232;
	353	font-weight: bold;
	354	}
	355	.z-variable.z-language.z-ruby {
	356	color: #ed6a43;
	357	}
	358	.z-entity.z-name.z-type.z-module.z-ruby {
	359	color: #795da3;
	360	font-weight: bold;
	361	}
	362	.z-entity.z-name.z-type.z-class.z-ruby {
	363	color: #795da3;
	364	font-weight: bold;
	365	}
	366	.z-entity.z-other.z-inherited-class.z-ruby {
	367	color: #795da3;
	368	font-weight: bold;
	369	}
	370	.z-punctuation.z-definition.z-heading.z-markdown, .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-italic.z-markdown, .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-bold.z-markdown, .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-string.z-begin.z-markdown, .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-string.z-end.z-markdown, .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-metadata.z-markdown, .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-link.z-markdown, .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-blockquote.z-markdown, .z-punctuation.z-definition.z-raw.z-markdown {
	371	color: #a71d5d;
	372	}
	373	.z-text.z-html.z-markdown .z-meta.z-separator {
	374	color: #b3b3b3;
	375	}
	376	.z-text.z-html.z-markdown .z-markup.z-heading {
	377	font-weight: bold;
	378	}
	379	.z-text.z-html.z-markdown .z-markup.z-raw.z-block {
	380	color: #323232;
	381	}
	382	.z-text.z-html.z-markdown .z-markup.z-raw.z-inline {
	383	color: #323232;
	384	}
	385	.z-text.z-html.z-markdown .z-meta.z-link, .z-text.z-html.z-markdown .z-meta.z-image {
	386	color: #4183c4;
	387	}
	388	.z-text.z-html.z-markdown .z-markup.z-underline.z-link, .z-text.z-html.z-markdown .z-constant.z-other.z-reference {
	389	font-style: italic;
	390	}
	391	.z-text.z-html.z-markdown .z-markup.z-list {
	392	color: #ed6a43;
	393	}
	394	.z-text.z-html.z-markdown .z-markup.z-bold {
	395	font-weight: bold;
	396	}
	397	.z-text.z-html.z-markdown .z-markup.z-italic {
	398	font-style: italic;
	399	}
	400	.z-text.z-html.z-markdown .z-markup.z-bold .z-markup.z-italic {
	401	font-weight: bold;
	402	font-style: italic;
	403	}
	404	.z-text.z-html.z-markdown .z-markup.z-italic .z-markup.z-bold {
	405	font-weight: bold;
	406	font-style: italic;
	407	}

templates/base.html deleted −48

		@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
1		<!doctype html>
2		<html lang="en">
3		<head>
4		{% block title %}
5		<title>cleberg.net</title>
6		{% endblock %}
7		<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0">
8		<meta name="theme-color" content="#111" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
9		<meta name="theme-color" content="#fff" media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)">
10		{% if page %}
11		{% if page.description %}
12		<meta name="description" content="{{ page.description }}">
13		{% elif config.description %}
14		<meta name="description" content="{{ config.description }}">
15		{% endif %}
16		{% elif config.description %}
17		<meta name="description" content="{{ config.description }}" />
18		{% endif %}
19
20		{% block rss %}
21		<link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml" title="RSS" href="{{ get_url(path="atom.xml", trailing_slash=false) }}">
22		{% endblock %}
23
24		{% block css %}
25		<link rel="stylesheet" href="/styles.min.css">
26		{% endblock css %}
27
28		{% block extra_head %}{% endblock extra_head %}
29		</head>
30		<body>
31		<nav class="site-nav" aria-label="site-nav" role="navigation">
32		<ul>
33		<li><a href="/">Home</a></li>
34		<li><a href="/blog/">Blog</a></li>
35		<li><a href="/services/">Services</a></li>
36		<li><a href="/wiki/">Wiki</a></li>
37		</ul>
38		</nav>
39
40		<main>{% block content %}{% endblock content %}</main>
41
42		<footer>
43		<p>Last build: {{ now() \| date(format="%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S") }}</p>
44		<p><a href="https://git.cleberg.net/cleberg.net.git" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Source Code</a></p>
45		<p><a href="/atom.xml">Atom RSS Feed</a></p>
46		</footer>
47		</body>
48		</html>

templates/index.html deleted −40

		@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
1		{% extends "base.html" %}
2
3		{% block content %}
4		<section>
5		<h1>cleberg.net</h1>
6		<blockquote>Do AIs dream in electric sheep?<br>He hoped it had nanosecond nightmares.</blockquote>
7		</section>
8		<section>
9		<h2>Recent Blog Posts</h2>
10		{% set section = get_section(path="blog/_index.md") %}
11		{% set i = 0 %}
12		{% for page in section.pages %}
13		{% if i < 3%}
14		{% set_global i = i + 1%}
15		<div class="post">
16		<time datetime="{{ page.date \| date(format='%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S') }}">{{ page.date }}</time>
17		<a href="/blog/{{ page.slug }}/">{{ page.title }}</a>
18		</div>
19		{% endif %}
20		{% endfor %}
21		<br>
22		<a href="/blog/">All Posts →</a>
23		</section>
24		<section>
25		<h2>Everything Else</h2>
26		<ul>
27		<li><a href="/salary/">Salary</a></li>
28		<li><a href="/services/">Services</a></li>
29		<li><a href="/wiki/">Wiki</a></li>
30		</ul>
31		</section>
32		<section>
33		<h2>Contact</h2>
34		<ul>
35		<li>hello [at] cleberg.net (<a href="/gpg.txt">GPG</a>)</li>
36		<li><a href="https://matrix.to/#/@cyborg:matrix.tchncs.de" target="_blank" rel="noopener">@cyborg:@matrix.tchncs.de</a></li>
37		<li><a href="https://git.cleberg.net/cleberg.net.git" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Git</a></li>
38		</ul>
39		</section>
40		{% endblock content %}

templates/page.html deleted −48

		@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
1		{% extends "base.html" %}
2
3		{% block title %}
4		<title>{{ page.title }} \| cleberg.net</title>
5		{% endblock %}
6
7		{% block css %}
8		<link rel="stylesheet" href="/syntax-theme-dark.css" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
9		<link rel="stylesheet" href="/syntax-theme-light.css" media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)">
10		<link rel="stylesheet" href="/styles.css">
11		{% endblock css %}
12
13		{% block content %}
14		<section class="post-metadata">
15		<h1>{{ page.title }}</h1>
16		{% if page.date %}
17		<p><time datetime="{{ page.date \| date(format='%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S') }}">{{ page.date }}</time></p>
18		{% endif %}
19		<p>{{ page.word_count }} words; {{ page.reading_time }} minute(s)</p>
20		{% if page.toc %}
21		<details open>
22		<summary>Table of Contents</summary>
23		<nav class="page-nav" aria-label="page-nav" role="navigation">
24		<ul>
25		{% for h1 in page.toc %}
26		<li>
27		<a href="{{ h1.permalink \| safe }}">{{ h1.title }}</a>
28		{% if h1.children %}
29		<ul>
30		{% for h2 in h1.children %}
31		<li>
32		<a href="{{ h2.permalink \| safe }}">{{ h2.title }}</a>
33		</li>
34		{% endfor %}
35		</ul>
36		{% endif %}
37		</li>
38		{% endfor %}
39		</ul>
40		</nav>
41		</details>
42		{% endif %}
43		</section>
44
45		<article role="article">
46		{{ page.content \| safe }}
47		</article>
48		{% endblock content %}

templates/section.html deleted −18

		@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
1		{% extends "base.html" %}
2
3		{% block content %}
4		<h1>{{ section.title }}</h1>
5		<p>Use <code>Ctrl + F</code> to search blog post titles for keywords.</p>
6		<p>You can also add the <a href="/atom.xml">Atom RSS Feed</a> to your feed reader.</p>
7		{% set post_date = "1970-01-01" \| date(format="%Y") %}
8		{% for page in section.pages %}
9		{% if post_date != page.date \| date(format="%Y") %}
10		{% set_global post_date = page.date \| date(format="%Y") %}
11		<h2>{{ post_date }}</h2>
12		{% endif %}
13		<div class="post">
14		<time datetime="{{ page.date \| date(format='%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S') }}">{{ page.date }}</time>
15		<a href="/blog/{{ page.slug }}/">{{ page.title }}</a>
16		</div>
17		{% endfor %}
18		{% endblock content %}

content/wiki/index.md → wiki/index.org renamed +41 −37

		@@ -1,79 +1,83 @@
1		+++
2		title = "Wiki"
3		description = "An informal wiki of sorts."
4		+++
	1	#+title: Wiki
	2	#+description: An informal wiki of sorts.
5	3
6	4	An informal wiki of sorts.
7	5
8		## Digital Garden
	6	* Digital Garden
9	7
10		> At times, wilderness is exactly what readers want: a rich collection
11		> of resources and links. At times, rigid formality suits readers
12		> perfectly, providing precisely the information they want, no more and
13		> no less. Indeed, individual hypertexts and Web sites may contain
14		> sections that tend toward each extreme.
	8	#+begin_quote
	9	At times, wilderness is exactly what readers want: a rich collection of
	10	resources and links. At times, rigid formality suits readers perfectly,
	11	providing precisely the information they want, no more and no less.
	12	Indeed, individual hypertexts and Web sites may contain sections that
	13	tend toward each extreme.
15	14
16		> Often, however, designers should strive for the comfort, interest, and
17		> habitability of parks and gardens: places that invite visitors to
18		> remain, and that are designed to engage and delight them, to invite
19		> them to linger, to explore, and to reflect.
	15	#+end_quote
20	16
21		[Hypertext Garden](https://www.eastgate.com/garden/)
	17	#+begin_quote
	18	Often, however, designers should strive for the comfort, interest, and
	19	habitability of parks and gardens: places that invite visitors to
	20	remain, and that are designed to engage and delight them, to invite them
	21	to linger, to explore, and to reflect.
22	22
23		## Git
	23	#+end_quote
	24
	25	[[https://www.eastgate.com/garden/][Hypertext Garden]]
	26
	27	* Git
24	28
25	29	I want to get rid of all local modifications and go back to the working
26	30	tree of the most recent commit:
27	31
28		```sh
	32	#+begin_src sh
29	33	git restore .
30		```
	34	#+end_src
31	35
32	36	Revert a specified commit:
33	37
34		```sh
	38	#+begin_src sh
35	39	git revert commit-id
36		```
	40	#+end_src
37	41
38	42	Reset the repository to a specific commit in the git log:
39	43
40		```sh
	44	#+begin_src sh
41	45	git reset --mixed commit-id
42		```
	46	#+end_src
43	47
44	48	I need to commit and push changes to a remote that has been changed
45	49	since my most recent pull:
46	50
47		```sh
	51	#+begin_src sh
48	52	git pull --rebase
49		```
	53	#+end_src
50	54
51		## Hardware
	55	* Hardware
52	56
53		### Laptops
	57	** Laptops
54	58
55		#### macOS
	59	*** macOS
56	60
57	61	\| Category \| Details \|
58		\| -------- \| --------------- \|
59		\| Model \| Macbook Pro 16" \|
	62	\|----------+-----------------\|
	63	\| Model \| Macbook Pro 16” \|
60	64	\| CPU \| Apple M2 Pro \|
61	65	\| RAM \| 16GB \|
62	66	\| Storage \| 512GB SSD \|
63	67
64		#### Linux
	68	*** Linux
65	69
66	70	\| Category \| Details \|
67		\| -------- \| ------------------------------------------- \|
	71	\|----------+---------------------------------------------\|
68	72	\| Model \| Lenovo ThinkPad E15 Gen 4, model 21ED0048US \|
69	73	\| CPU \| AMD Ryzen 5 5625U with Radeon Graphics \|
70	74	\| RAM \| 16 GB \|
71	75	\| Storage \| 256 GB SSD \|
72	76
73		### Servers
	77	** Servers
74	78
75	79	\| Category \| Details \|
76		\| ------------------ \| -------------------------------------- \|
	80	\|--------------------+----------------------------------------\|
77	81	\| Case \| Rosewill RSV-R4100U 4U \|
78	82	\| Motherboard \| NZXT B550 \|
79	83	\| CPU \| AMD Ryzen 7 5700G with Radeon Graphics \|
		@@ -82,7 +86,7 @@ git pull --rebase
82	86	\| Storage (HDD Bay) \| 48TB HDD \|
83	87	\| PSU \| Corsair RM850 PSU \|
84	88
85		### Networking Equipment
	89	** Networking Equipment
86	90
87	91	- UDM-Pro
88	92	- USW-24-PoE
		@@ -96,9 +100,9 @@ git pull --rebase
96	100	- USW 24-Port Patch Panel
97	101	- USW Switch Lite 8 PoE
98	102
99		## Software
	103	* Software
100	104
101		### Laptop
	105	** Laptop
102	106
103	107	Alpine 3.18.2; no DE.
104	108
		@@ -128,7 +132,7 @@ I have Sway installed and configured, but only launch it when I must.
128	132	- zola
129	133	- zsh
130	134
131		### Server
	135	** Server
132	136
133	137	Ubuntu 22.04.1; no DE.
134	138

Commit c71a52cb7a

Commit `c71a52cb7a`